summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-doc/doc
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2005-12-29 00:33:52 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2005-12-29 00:33:52 +0000
commit2293d6885b754133151c14be7e01ad81baf0afbf (patch)
tree6e5db0ac3c71be8cc1ff2747482684a7d14c3ec6 /Master/texmf-doc/doc
parenta9d59a2d83b345581f2eb0c6b7f08c091f5622f0 (diff)
doc/english/co-h
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@20 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-doc/doc')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/README31
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/etexkomp.tex478
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/figkomp.tex50
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/figtotal.tex174
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/names.sty91
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/texrep.sty97
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/README91
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/SYMLIST2926
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.eps85
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.map1
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.mf36
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb10.mf13
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb10.pfbbin0 -> 14002 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/symbols.tex8915
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdfbin0 -> 3148373 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/README30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/cskeleton.dtx130
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/cskeleton.ins55
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/dtxtut.pdfbin0 -> 263687 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/dtxtut.tex2075
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/skeleton.dtx127
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/skeleton.ins55
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/Contents23
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/article.tpl94
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/article2.tpl100
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/bibl.tpl135
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/gallery.tex254
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggamsart.tpl112
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggart.tpl97
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggart2.tpl101
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/intrart.tex127
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/lattice.sty122
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/math.tex21
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/mathb.tex24
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note1.tex22
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note1b.tex22
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note2.tex14
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/noteslug.tex22
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/sampart.tex258
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/sampart2.tex252
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/gentle/gentle.tex5397
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/README.txt14
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demo.eps12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demo.pdfbin0 -> 886 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.pdfbin0 -> 78441 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.ps2504
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.tex78
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-1.tex189
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-10.tex16
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-2.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-3.tex180
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-4.tex12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-5.tex17
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-6.tex7
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-7.tex30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-8.tex17
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-9.tex21
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer1.tex65
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-1.tex7
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-2.tex9
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-3.tex23
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-4.tex38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-5.tex136
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer2.tex90
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer3.tex7
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-1.tex12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-2.tex24
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-3.tex45
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-4.tex61
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-5.tex37
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-6.tex32
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-7.tex6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-1.tex6
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-2.tex54
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3a.tex7
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3b.tex7
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3c.tex7
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-10.tex170
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-11.tex170
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-12.tex174
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-1a.tex53
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-1b.tex53
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-2.tex53
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-3.tex103
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-4a.tex105
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-4b.tex105
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-5a.tex104
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-5b.tex111
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-6.tex162
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-7a.tex161
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-7b.tex168
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-8a.tex161
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-8b.tex161
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-9.tex160
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-1.tex39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-10.tex19
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-2.tex42
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-3.tex12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-4.tex57
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-5.tex16
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-6.tex21
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-7.tex27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-8.tex19
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-9.tex16
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-1.tex39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-2.tex12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-3.tex97
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-4.tex98
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-1.tex17
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-2.tex30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-3.tex29
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-4.tex20
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-5.tex49
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-1.tex7
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-10.tex13
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-11.tex15
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-12.tex12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-13.tex27
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-14.tex38
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-15.tex12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-16.tex11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-17.tex19
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-18.tex14
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-19.tex9
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-2.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-20.tex12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-21a.tex74
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-21b.tex76
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-3.tex13
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-4.tex11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-5.tex9
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-6.tex11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-7.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-8.tex10
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-9.tex12
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-1.tex11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-2.tex11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-3.tex21
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/mpletter.cls131
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.pdfbin0 -> 16176 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.ps493
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.tex30
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/seminar.con11
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/sempdftx.sty54
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites83
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ1015
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books147
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index11553
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex189
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan298
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt1892
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial331
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp234
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html354
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth633
155 files changed, 47186 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a8f5653b4da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/README
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+This is the report
+
+ The Components of TeX
+
+It describes the components and files users of TeX get in contact
+with.
+
+
+To LaTeX the article five files are needed:
+
+ etexkomp.tex the real article
+ figkomp.tex a graphics with the relation of the components
+ figtotal.tex a graphics with all components and file types
+ texrep.sty the main style option, made for this article
+ names.sty is used by texrep.sty, definition of logos
+
+Please note that texrep.sty redefines ^. If you incorporate this
+report in an other document you should either typeset it in a group
+or you should have a look at texrep.sty and change the macros/the
+article.
+
+Happy hours.
+
+ Joachim
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Detig Schrod TeXsys Email: xitijsch@ddathd21.bitnet
+Joachim Schrod
+Alexanderstr. 10
+D-6100 Darmstadt
+FR Germany
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/etexkomp.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/etexkomp.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2406ac98a87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/etexkomp.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+% etexkomp.tex 25 Mar 91
+%------------------------------------------------------------
+% (c) 1990 by J.Schrod (TeXsys).
+
+%
+% originally published in Die TeXnische Komoedie (DANTE e.V.) as:
+% Die Komponenten von TeX
+%
+% ILaTeX with standard styles and
+% style for reports about TeX
+
+% Changes made by Adrian Clark for publication in `Baskerville'
+% and editorial remarks by Malcolm Clark
+% incorporated.
+
+
+\documentstyle[texrep]{article}
+
+
+% terms `output' and `driver' in english, used in picture `figtotal'.
+\def\OutputInFigtotal{output}
+\def\DriverInFigtotal{\DVI{} driver}
+
+
+
+\begin{document}
+
+
+\title{The Components of \TeX{}}
+\author{
+ Joachim Schrod\\
+ Detig$\,\cdot\,$Schrod \TeX{}sys
+ }
+ \date{March 1991}
+
+\titlenote{
+ \copyright{} Copyright 1990, 1991 by Joachim Schrod.
+ All rights reserved.
+ Republication and Distribution is allowed under conditions analog
+ to the GNU General Public License.
+ Previous revisions of this paper appeared in ``Die \TeX{}nische
+ Kom\"odie'' and in ``Baskerville.''
+ }
+\titlenote{
+ {\sl Actual address\/}:
+ Joachim Schrod, Detig$\,\cdot\,$Schrod \TeX{}sys,
+ Kranichweg 1, D-6074 R\"odermark, FR~Germany,
+ Email: {\tt xitijsch@ddathd21.bitnet}
+ }
+
+\maketitle
+
+
+
+ \begin{abstract}
+ \TeX{} needs a great amount of supplementary components (files and
+programs) of which the meaning and interaction often is unknown. This
+paper explains the components of the kernel system \TeX{} that are
+visible for the \TeX{} user and their relations.
+ \end{abstract}
+
+
+
+
+\section{About this Report}
+
+\TeX{} is a typesetting system which offers authors easy usage of
+powerful typesetting features to produce printed matter which is the
+state of the art of computer typesetting. This is, however, not done by the
+\TeX{} program alone: A significant number of supplementary
+programs and files together form the complete typesetting and
+authoring system. Along with the programs that belong to \TeX{}
+directly, there exist two other major programs which were built by {\sc
+Donald Knuth} in connection with \TeX{} and must be included in an
+explanation of the full system: \MF{}, for the generation of fonts,
+and \WEB{}, a documentation and developing `language' for programming.
+\TeX{} and \MF{} are written in \WEB{}.
+
+This text describes this `kernel' \TeX{} from a user's viewpoint: at
+the end you should have an overview of the ingredients of the \TeX{}
+system, and about the files and support programs that are essential
+for you as a user. This will not, however, be an introduction to the
+capabilities of \TeX{} or how you may run \TeX{} on your computer.
+
+I will use marginal notes to identify the places where terms are
+explained for the first time. Abbrevations for file types -- usually
+identified by common suffixes or extensions -- are set in a monospace
+type (``{\tt typewriter\/}'') and those abbrevations are put into the
+margin, too. Please note that these abbreviations are sometimes not
+identical with the file extensions (see also
+Table~\ref{tab:filetypes}).
+
+This report is the start of a series that describes the subsystems
+mentioned above and their respective components. In that series each
+report will focus on one subsystem in a special point of view; it
+should not result in gigantic descriptions which tell everything (and
+then nothing). In my opinion the following reports will be of
+interest:
+ %
+ \begin{itemize}
+
+\item the structure of a standard installation of \TeX{}
+\item \DVI{} drivers and fonts
+\item possibilities of graphics inclusion in \TeX{} documents
+\item the components of \MF{}
+\item the structure of a standard installation of \MF{}
+\item \WEB{} systems --- the concept of Literate Programming
+\item other (though not yet planned) themes of interest are perhaps
+\begin{itemize}
+\item differences between \TeX{} and DTP systems
+\item the way how \TeX{} works (there exists some good books on this topic!)
+\item the limits of \TeX{}
+\item \TeX{} as a programming language
+\end{itemize}
+
+ \end{itemize}
+ %
+ The reports will be published in this sequence.
+
+
+
+
+\section{What is \TeX{}?}
+
+ \TeX{} is a typesetting system with great power for the typesetting
+of formulae. Its basic principle is that structures in the document
+are marked and transformed into typeset output. Providing such
+information about the structure of a document is known as {\it
+^|markup|}. If the marks describe the look of the document, it is
+called {\it ^|optical markup|}, while, if document structures are
+marked, it is called {\it ^|logical markup|}. \TeX{} provides both
+forms of markup, \ie{}, exact control of the layout of parts of the
+document and their positioning as well as the markup of the structure
+of formulae or document components. The logical markup is mapped to
+the optical one by \TeX{} so that layout may serve for the
+identification of structures by the reader.%
+ \footnote{
+ Layout -- and book design in general -- do not represent useless
+beauty. A good book design must first support the understanding of
+the content to produce readable text. So it is {\it
+\ae{}sthetic\/} in its best sense, since it connects form and contents
+and builts a new quality.
+ }
+
+ The kernel of the \TeX{} typesetting system is the formatting program
+\TeX82^^|typesetting machine \TeX82|, which is often simply called
+\TeX{}. This usage shall be adopted here whenever the difference
+between the complete system and the formatter is unimportant or
+obvious. \TeX82 is a big monolithic program which is published in the
+book {\it \TeX{}: The Program\/} by {\sc Donald Knuth}. Its features
+may be separated into two levels:
+ %
+ \begin{enumerate}
+
+\item \TeX82 formats text, \ie{}, it breaks it into paragraphs
+(including automatic hyphenation) and produces page breaks.
+
+\item It provides the programming language \TeX{} which incorporates a macro
+mechanism. This allows new commands to be built to support markup
+at a higher level. {\sc Donald Knuth} presents an example in the
+\TeX{}book: \Plain{}. A collection of macros which supports a special
+task and has (hopefully) a common philosophy of usage is called a
+{\it ^|macro package|}.
+
+\end{enumerate}
+ %
+ High level features for optical markup, as represented by \Plain{},
+allow one to build additional levels leading to full logical markup.
+At the moment, two macro packages for logical markup are widespread:
+\AmSTeX{} and \LaTeX{}. Both systems are built on top of \Plain{} to
+greater or lesser extents and the user can use the optical markup of
+\Plain{} in addition to logical markup if desired. This results in
+the effect that the author can use a mixture of structural
+information and explicit layout information -- a situation with a
+high potency of features that nevertheless can (and does) lead to a
+lot of typographic nonsense!
+
+As \TeX82 was built only for typesetting texts and to allow the
+realization of new markup structures, many features are lacking which are
+required by authors. To provide features like the production of
+an index or a bibliography or the inclusion of graphics, additional
+programs^^|supplementary programs| have been written, which use
+information from a \TeX82 formatting run, process them, and provide
+them for the next \TeX82 run. Two supplementary programs are
+in widespread use and available for many computer/operating system
+combinations: \BibTeX{}, for the production of a bibliography from a
+reference collection, and \MakeIndex{}, for the production of an index.
+
+A special case of the processing of information provided by a \TeX{}
+run is the production of a table of contents or the usage of cross
+references in a text. For this only informations about page numbers,
+section numbers, etc., are needed. These are
+provided by \TeX82 and can be processed by \TeX82 itself, so \TeX82 is
+used as its own post processor in this situation.
+
+We have now seen that the \TeX{} typesetting system is
+a collection of tools that consists of the typesetting `engine' \TeX82,
+macro packages (maybe several that are based on others) and
+supplementary programs, used together with these macro packages.
+This relation is illustrated by Figure~\ref{fig:components}.
+
+\begin{figure}
+\begin{center}
+\input figkomp
+\caption{The Components of \TeX{}}
+\label{fig:components}
+\end{center}
+\end{figure}
+
+
+
+\section{Formatting}
+
+The formatting process of \TeX{} needs information about the
+dimensions of characters used for the paragraph breaking. A set
+of characters is grouped in {\it ^|font|s}. (But this is a
+simplification as the notion ``font'' should be used for the
+realization of a type in a fixed size for a specific output device.)
+The dimensions of the characters of a font are called {\it font
+metrics}.
+
+
+The format in which the font metrics are used by \TeX{} was
+defined by {\sc Donald Knuth} and is called \ftype{tfm} format
+(``{\sl \TeX{} font metrics\/}''). In this format, every character is
+descibed as a {\it box\/} with a height, a depth, and a width.
+\TeX{} only needs these measurements, it is not interested in the shape
+of the character. It is even possible that the character may extend
+outside
+the box, which may result in an overlap with other characters.
+The character measures are specified in a device independent
+dimension because \TeX{} processes its breaking algorithm
+independent of any output device.
+
+During paragraph breaking, \TeX{} hyphenates automatically, which
+can be done in an almost language-independent way. For the adaption to
+different languages, {\it ^|hyphenation patterns|\/} are needed to
+parametrize the hyphenation algorithm.
+
+The result of a \TeX{} formatting run is a \ftype{DVI} document, in which
+the type and position on the page are specified for each character to
+be output. The resolution that is used is so small that
+every possible output device will have a coarser raster, so that the
+positioning is effectively device independent. The \DVI{} document
+specifies only types, not the fonts themselves, so that the name \DVI{}%
+ \footnote{
+ This name is a problem because ``DVI'' is a trademark of
+ Intel Corp.\ now, but the name \DVI{} for \TeX{} output files
+ pre-dates this.
+ }
+ (``{\sl device independent\/}'') is accurate. To make the result of
+the formatting run available, the \DVI{} file must be output by a
+so-called ^|\DVI{} driver| on the desired output device.
+
+If problems occur during the formatting, error messages or warnings
+are output on the terminal. {\it Every\/} message that appears on the
+terminal will also be written into a protocol file named \ftype{log}
+file. In this \LOG{} file additional information may be placed that
+would have been too verbose for the output to the terminal. If this
+is the case, \TeX{} will tell the user so at the end of the
+formatting run. The messages of \TeX{} are not built in the program,
+they are stored in a (string) \ftype{pool} file. These messages must
+be read in at the beginning of a run.
+
+
+
+\section{Macro Packages}
+The basic macro package is ^|\Plain|, developed by {\sc Donald Knuth}
+together with \TeX82. It parametrizes the \TeX82 typesetting machine
+so that it can typeset English texts with the Computer Modern type
+family. Additionally, \Plain{} provides optical markup features.
+\Plain{} is available as one source file, {\tt plain.tex}.
+
+All other macro packages known to the author are based on \Plain{},
+\ie{}, they contain the source file {\tt plain.tex\/} either
+originally or with modifications of less important parts. Next to
+\Plain{}, the most important (free) available macro packages are
+^|\AmSTeX{}| by {\sc Michael Spivak} and ^|\LaTeX{}| by {\sc Leslie
+Lamport}. Other free macro packages are often of only local
+importance (\eg{} Blue\TeX{}, TEXT1, or \TeX{}sis) or are used in
+very special environments only (\eg{} {\tt texinfo\/} in the
+GNU~project or {\tt webmac\/} for \WEB{}). Important commercial macro
+packages are ^|Macro\TeX{}| by {\sc Amy Hendrickson} and
+^|\LAMSTeX{}|, also written by {\sc Michael Spivak}.
+
+These macro packages usually consist of a kernel that
+provides additional markup primitives. With such primitives,
+{\it document styles\/}^^|styles| can be built which realize logical
+markups by a corresponding layout. This layout can often be varied by
+{\it sub-styles\/} or {\it style options\/} which may also provide
+additional markups.
+
+The macro packages produce {\it ^|supplementary files|\/} which contain
+information about the page breaks or the document markup. This
+information may be used by support programs -- \eg{}, the
+specification of a reference from a bibliography database or the
+specification of an index entry with corresponding page number for the
+construction of an index. A special case is the information about
+cross references and headings for the building of a table of contents,
+as this information can be gathered and reused by \TeX{} directly.
+
+^|\SliTeX{}| is a special component of \LaTeX{} for the preparation
+of slides with overlays. In TUGBoat volume~10, no.~3 (1989)
+^|\LAMSTeX{}| was announced, which will provide the functionality of
+\LaTeX{} within \AmSTeX{}. ^|Macro\TeX{}| is a toolbox of macro
+``modules'' which may be used to realize new markups but, as it
+became available only short time ago, it is not yet widespread.
+
+For the usage of these (and other) macro packages, one must check
+whether they need ^|additional fonts| which do not belong to the Computer
+Modern type family. For \LaTeX{}, \eg{}, fonts with additional symbols
+and with invisible characters (for the slide overlays) are needed,
+while \AmSTeX{} needs several additional font sets with mathematical and
+Cyrillic characters.
+
+
+
+\section{Support Programs}
+
+Only two support programs will be discussed here: ^|\BibTeX{}| by
+{\sc Oren Patashnik} for the preparation of bibliographies and
+^|\MakeIndex{}| by {\sc Pehong Chen} and {\sc Michael Harrison} for
+the preparation of a sorted index. For both tasks exist other,
+funcionally equivalent, support programs. But the abovementioned are
+available on many operating systems, and have an ``official'' state
+as they are {\sc Leslie Lamport} encourages their usage with
+\LaTeX{} in his documentation, and the TUG supports them for general use.
+
+There is no totally portable mechanism for the inclusion of general
+graphics in \TeX{} documents, so that there are no machine independent
+support programs available.
+
+\BibTeX{} is used to handle references collected in \ftype{bib}
+files. \TeX{} produces supplementary files which contain information
+about the required references, and \BibTeX{} generates from them a
+sorted bibliography in a \ftype{bbl} file which may be subsequently
+used by \TeX{}. The kind of sorting and the type of ^|cite keys| are
+defined by {\it ^|bibliography styles|\/}, specified in \ftype{bst}
+files. The messages of a \BibTeX{} run are written to a \ftype{blg}
+logfile.
+
+\MakeIndex{} reads an \ftype{idx} support file that contains the index
+entries and the according page numbers, sorts these items, unifies
+them and writes them as \TeX{} input in an \ftype{ind} file. The
+formatting style may be specified by an {\it ^|index style|}. The
+messages of a \MakeIndex{} run are written to a \ftype{ilg} file.
+
+
+
+\section{Performance Improvements}
+
+Much of the work that \TeX82 has to do is the same for every
+document:
+%
+ \begin{enumerate}
+
+\item \label{enum:hyphen}
+ All text has to be broken into lines. Text pieces in the same
+language are hyphenated with the same hyphenation patterns.
+
+\item \label{enum:markup}
+ The basic markups of the corresponding macro packages must be
+available.
+
+\item The required font metrics are much alike for many documents, as the
+font set used usually doesn't differ that much.
+
+\end{enumerate}
+%
+ To improve \TeX{}'s performance, hyphenation, markup, and font
+metrics descriptions are converted from an external, for
+(\ref{enum:hyphen}) and~(\ref{enum:markup}) textual, representation
+into an internal representation which can easily be used by \TeX82.
+It is sensible to do this transformation only once, not for every
+document. The internal representation is stored in a \ftype{fmt} file.
+The storing is done with the \TeX{} command {\tt \bs{}dump}, so that
+\FMT{} files often are called ``{\it dumped formats}.'' A \FMT{} file
+can be read at the beginning of a \TeX82 run and is thus available
+for the processing of the actual text.
+
+As the creation of a \FMT{} file is done infrequently -- usually for
+the update of a macro package -- the formatting of texts can be done
+with a reduced version of the \TeX82 program that doesn't contain the
+storage and the program parts for the transformation of the
+hyphenation patterns and for the dumping. The complete version of
+\TeX82 is needed in an initialization phase only and therefore called
+^|\INITeX{}|. Additional improvements of the performance can be
+reached by the usage of ^|production version|s of \TeX82 from which
+parts for statistical analysis and for debugging are stripped.
+
+\TeX{} versions that have no dumped formats preloaded, have the
+ability to load a dumped format (\ie{} a \FMT{} file), and have no
+ability to dump a \FMT{} file (\ie{}, they are not \INITeX{}) are
+often called ^|Vir\TeX{}|, which stands for {\it virgin \TeX{}}.
+
+
+
+\section{Connections Between File Types and Components}
+
+In the above sections, the components of the \TeX{} authoring system
+were described, and the files that are read or written by these
+components mentioned. The connections between them all is
+demonstrated graphically in Figure~\ref{fig:total}. In this graphic,
+file types are represented by rectangles, and programs by ovals. The
+arrows mean ``is read by'' or ``is produced by.'' The abbreviations
+of the file types are explained in Table~\ref{tab:filetypes}, which
+also lists the file identifications (suffixes or extensions) that
+these files usually have (but note that other file identifications
+are also in use).
+
+\begin{figure}
+\begin{center}
+\input figtotal
+\caption{The Connection of Components and File Types}
+\label{fig:total}
+\end{center}
+\end{figure}
+
+\begin{table}
+\begin{center}
+
+\noindent
+\vbox\bgroup % halign, LaTeX is too inflexible!!
+%
+\tabskip=1em
+\catcode`\,=\active % Roman Komma, also in typewriter text!
+\def,{{\rm \char`\,\relax \space}\ignorespaces}
+
+\let\par=\cr \obeylines%
+\halign{\tt \hfil #\unskip\hfil & #\unskip\hfil & \tt #\unskip\hfil
+%
+\sc File Type & \hfil \sc Explanation & \sc File Identification
+ & & \sc (suffix, extension, etc.)
+\noalign{\vskip 3pt}%
+%
+TEX & Text input & tex, ltx
+DVI & \TeX82 output, formatted text & dvi
+LOG & \TeX82 log file & log, lis, list
+HYP & Hyphenation patterns & tex
+TFM & Font metrics & tfm
+POOL & String pool & pool, poo, pol
+FMT & Format file & fmt
+MAC & \TeX{} macro file & tex, doc
+STY & \TeX{} style file & sty, tex, st, doc
+AUX & Support files & aux, toc, lot, lof,\unskip
+ & & glo, tmp, tex
+BIB & Reference collections & bib
+BBL & References or bibliographies & bbl
+BLG & \BibTeX{} log file & blg
+BST & \BibTeX{} style file & bst
+IDX & Unsorted index & idx
+IND & Sorted index & ind
+IST & Index markup specification
+ILG & \MakeIndex{} log file & ilg
+}%
+%
+\egroup
+
+\caption{File Types}
+\label{tab:filetypes}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+
+
+
+\subsubsection*{Acknowledgements}
+
+I would like to thank {\sc Christine Detig} who was so kind to
+provide the English translation. {\sc Nelson Beebe} suggested
+performing the translation. {\sc Klaus Guntermann} made valuable
+comments on the first (German) version.
+{\sc Nico Poppelier} contributed a new version of figure
+\ref{fig:total}, better than my original one.
+
+
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/figkomp.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/figkomp.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f0d0140d5db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/figkomp.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+% figkomp.tex 01 Oct 90
+%------------------------------------------------------------
+% (c) 1990 by J.Schrod (TeXsys).
+
+%
+% picture of the components of TeX (logical connection)
+%
+
+% NOTE: BibTeX was made available for Plain TeX recently. So the
+% graphic will be changed soon...
+
+
+\begin{picture}(23,14)(3,0)
+
+
+% TeX82
+\put( 3, 0){ \rule{\w}{3\k} }
+\put( 3, 3){ \rule{24\k}{\w} }
+\put(27, 0){ \rule{\w}{3\k} }
+\put( 3, 0){ \makebox(24,3){\TeX82} }
+
+% Plain TeX
+\put( 4, 3){ \framebox(22,3){\Plain} }
+
+% AmS-TeX
+\put( 5, 6){ \rule{\w}{5\k} }
+\put( 5,11){ \rule{5\k}{\w} }
+\put(10, 6){ \rule{\w}{5\k} }
+\put( 5, 6){ \makebox(5,3){\AmSTeX} }
+
+% LAmS-TeX
+\put( 6, 9){ \dashbox{.5}(4,2){\LAMSTeX} }
+
+% LaTeX
+\put(11, 6){ \framebox(8,5){\LaTeX} }
+
+% SliTeX
+\put(11,11){ \framebox(4,3){\SliTeX} }
+
+% BibTeX
+\put(15,11){ \framebox(4,3){\BibTeX} }
+
+% MakeIndex
+\put(20, 6){ \framebox(5,8){\MakeIndex} }
+
+\end{picture}
+
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/figtotal.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/figtotal.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1cd47b1e9da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/figtotal.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+% figtotal.tex 25 Mar 91
+%------------------------------------------------------------
+% (c) 1991 by J.Schrod (TeXsys).
+
+%
+% Picture of the components and used file types of TeX (data flow)
+% (thanks to Nico Poppelier who contributed this better structured version)
+%
+% LaTeX picture
+
+
+% check if \OutputInFigtotal and \DriverInFigtotal is defined
+
+\ifx \OutputInFigtotal\undefined
+ \errhelp{It should be defined as the term `output' in the used language}
+ \errmessage{You must define \string\OutputInFigtotal}
+ \def\OutputInFigtotal{output}
+\fi
+\ifx \DriverInFigtotal\undefined
+ \errhelp{It should be defined as the term `driver' in the used language}
+ \errmessage{You must define \string\DriverInFigtotal}
+ \def\DriverInFigtotal{\DVI{} driver}
+\fi
+
+
+
+\def\file#1{\framebox(3,2){\tt \uppercase{#1}}}
+\def\prog(#1)#2{%
+ \oval(#1,2)%
+ \makebox(0,0){#2}%
+ }
+
+
+% X and Y variables
+
+\newcount\X \newcount\Y % needed for \Program
+
+% macros for objects
+
+\def\File(#1,#2)#3{%
+ \put(#1,#2){\framebox(20,10){\tt\uppercase{#3}}}}
+\def\CopyFile(#1,#2)#3{%
+ \put(#1,#2){\dashbox{2}(20,10){#3}}}
+\def\Program(#1,#2)#3{%
+ \X=#1 \Y=#2 \advance\X by 15 \advance\Y by 5
+ \put(\X,\Y){\oval(30,10)}%
+ \put(#1,#2){\makebox(30,10){#3}}}
+\def\Device(#1,#2)#3{%
+ \put(#1,#2){\line(1,2){5}} \put(#1,#2){\line(1,0){25}}
+ \X=#1 \Y=#2 \advance\X by 30 \advance\Y by 10
+ \put(\the\X,\the\Y){\line(-1,-2){5}} \put(\the\X,\the\Y){\line(-1,0){25}}
+ \put(#1,#2){\makebox(30,10){#3}}}
+
+
+% don't ask me why it's 0.7mm, that's from Nico! -js
+
+\unitlength=0.7mm
+
+
+\begin{picture}(260,160)(80,0)
+
+% this code provides a dotted grid that makes modification easier
+
+%\multiput( 70, 0)(10,0){20}{%
+% \vbox to 160\unitlength{%
+% \leaders
+% \vbox to 2.5\unitlength{%
+% \vfill
+% \hbox{\fivrm .}%
+% \vfill
+% }%
+% \vfill
+% }%
+% }
+%\multiput( 70, 0)(0,10){17}{%
+% \hbox to 190\unitlength{%
+% \leaders
+% \hbox to 2.5\unitlength{%
+% \hfill
+% \hbox{\fivrm .}%
+% \hfill
+% }%
+% \hfill
+% }%
+% }
+
+
+%
+% IniTeX block
+%
+ \File( 75,145){tfm} \File(105,145){hyp} \File(135,145){mac}
+ \File(165,145){pool}
+\multiput( 85,145)(30,0){4}{\line(0,-1){5}}
+ \put( 85,140){\line(1,0){90}}
+ \put(115,140){\vector(0,-1){5}}
+ \Program(100,125){\INITeX}
+ \put(115,125){\line(0,-1){5}}
+ \put(100,120){\line(1,0){30}}
+\multiput(100,120)(30,0){2}{\vector(0,-1){5}}
+ \File( 90,105){log}
+ \File(120,105){fmt} \File(150,105){tex}
+ \File(180,105){sty} \File(210,105){mac} \File(240,105){tfm}
+
+%
+% TeX block
+%
+\multiput(130,105)(30,0){5}{\line(0,-1){5}}
+ \put(130,100){\line(1,0){120}}
+ \put(175,100){\vector(0,-1){5}}
+ \Program(160, 85){\TeX82}
+ \put(175, 85){\line(0,-1){5}}
+ \put(130, 80){\line(1,0){90}}
+\multiput(130, 80)(30,0){4}{\vector(0,-1){5}}
+ \File(120, 65){dvi} \File(150, 65){log}
+ \File(180, 65){idx} \File(210, 65){aux}
+% loop back to TeX
+ \put(230, 70){\line(1,0){10}}
+ \put(240, 70){\vector(0,1){10}}
+ \put(240, 80){\line(0,1){10}}
+
+%
+% BibTeX block
+%
+ \File(195, 45){bib} \File(225, 45){bst}
+\multiput(205, 45)(30,0){2}{\line(0,-1){5}}
+ \put(205, 40){\line(1,0){30}}
+ \put(220, 65){\vector(0,-1){30}}
+ \Program(205, 25){\BibTeX}
+ \put(220, 25){\line(0,-1){5}}
+ \put(205, 20){\line(1,0){30}}
+\multiput(205, 20)(30,0){2}{\vector(0,-1){5}}
+ \File(195, 5){blg} \File(225, 5){bbl}
+% loop back to TeX
+ \put(245, 10){\line(1,0){10}}
+ \put(255, 10){\vector(0,1){10}}
+ \put(255, 20){\line(0,1){70}}
+
+%
+% MakeIndex block
+%
+ \File(150, 45){ist}
+ \put(190, 65){\line(0,-1){20}}
+\multiput(160, 45)(30,0){2}{\line(0,-1){5}}
+ \put(160, 40){\line(1,0){30}}
+ \put(175, 40){\vector(0,-1){5}}
+ \Program(160, 25){\MakeIndex}
+ \put(175, 25){\line(0,-1){5}}
+ \put(145, 20){\line(1,0){30}}
+\multiput(145, 20)(30,0){2}{\vector(0,-1){5}}
+ \File(135, 5){ilg} \File(165, 5){ind}
+% loop back to TeX
+ \put(175, 5){\line(0,-1){5}}
+ \put(175, 0){\line(1,0){85}}
+ \put(260, 0){\vector(0,1){10}}
+ \put(260, 10){\line(0,1){80}}
+ \put(260, 90){\vector(-1,0){70}}
+
+%
+% device driver block
+%
+ \File( 90, 65){fnt}
+\multiput(100, 65)(30,0){2}{\line(0,-1){25}}
+ \put(100, 40){\line(1,0){30}}
+ \put(115, 40){\vector(0,-1){5}}
+ \Program(100, 25){\DriverInFigtotal}
+ \put(115, 25){\vector(0,-1){10}}
+ \Device(100, 5){\OutputInFigtotal}
+
+
+\end{picture}
+
+
+\endinput
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/names.sty b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/names.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6ca02c31286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/names.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+% names.sty 01 Oct 90
+%------------------------------------------------------------
+
+%
+% abbrevations/logos in LaTeX and Format!, usable for base size 10pt
+%
+% should be compared with tugboat.com and should be documented...
+% should be enhanced for LaTeX (to Format! standards) [NFSS ?!]
+%
+% all logos only in Roman
+% Logos:
+% \TeX
+% \INITeX
+% \Plain Plain TeX
+% \LaTeX
+% \BibTeX
+% \SliTeX
+% \MakeIndex (italic)
+% \AmSTeX AmS-TeX
+% \LAMSTeX LAmS-TeX
+% \MF METAFONT
+% \INIMF
+% \WEB
+% \CWEB
+% \TIE
+% \stTeX
+% \stMF
+% file types (all monospaced):
+% \LOG
+% \DVI
+% \FMT
+% \TFM
+% \GF
+% \PK
+% \PXL
+
+
+\font\tenlogo=logo10
+\let\logo=\tenlogo
+\ifx \mc\undefined \let\mc=\small \fi % for LaTeX, `medium caps'
+
+
+% FIXME: should the space factor be set to 1000 afterwards?
+% is it a global value? otherwise it would be a faulty design within TeX...
+\def\TeX{{\rm T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}
+\def\INITeX{{\rm INI\TeX}}
+
+\def\Plain{{\rm Plain~\TeX}}
+
+% LaTeX definition with original TeX logo!
+% Does not conform to the definition of L. Lamport, but is more consistent...
+\def\LaTeX{{\rm L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\sc a}\kern-.15em\TeX}}
+\def\BibTeX{{\rm B\kern-.05em{\sc i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em\TeX}}
+\def\SliTeX{{\rm S\kern-.06em{\sc l\kern-.035em i}\kern-.06em\TeX}}
+\def\MakeIndex{{\it MakeIndex\/}}
+
+\def\AmSTeX{%
+ $\cal A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.125em S$%
+ -\TeX
+ }
+\def\LAMSTeX{%
+ L\raise.42ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\kern-.3em\cal A$}\kern-.2em
+ \lower.376ex\hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.125em $\cal S$%
+ -\TeX
+ }
+
+
+\def\MF{{\logo META}\-{\logo FONT\/}}
+\def\INIMF{{\mc INI}{\logo MF}}
+
+
+\def\WEB{{\tt WEB\/}}
+\def\CWEB{{\mc CWEB}}
+\def\TIE{{\tt TIE\/}}
+
+
+\def\stTeX{{\sc st\rm\kern-0.13em\TeX}} % our stTeX (TeXsys)
+\def\stMF{{\sc st}{\logo MF}} % our stMF
+
+
+\def\LOG{{\tt LOG\/}}
+\def\DVI{{\tt DVI\/}}
+\def\FMT{{\tt FMT\/}}
+\def\TFM{{\tt TFM\/}}
+
+\def\GF{{\tt GF\/}}
+\def\PK{{\tt PK\/}}
+\def\PXL{{\tt PXL\/}}
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/texrep.sty b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/texrep.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b5096c4e537
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/components-of-TeX/texrep.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+% texrep.sty 14 Nov 90
+%------------------------------------------------------------
+% (c) 1990 by J.Schrod (TeXsys).
+
+%
+% markups for my articles about TeX
+%
+% ILaTeX style option
+% testet with: article
+%
+% ATTENTION:
+% After loading ^ can not be used for exponents any more, use \sp !
+
+
+\input names.sty % Logos
+
+
+% abbrevations
+
+\chardef\bs=`\\ % backslash
+
+\def\dh{d.\,h.\spacefactor\@m} % kerning! (Spatium)
+\def\zb{z.\,B.}
+\def\ZB{Z.\,B.}
+
+\def\eg{e.\,g.\spacefactor\@m}
+\def\ie{i.\,e.\spacefactor\@m}
+
+
+%
+% consistent formatting
+%
+
+% first time a file type is mentioned it is marked with \ftype.
+\def\ftype#1{{\tt \marginpar{\uppercase{#1}}\uppercase{#1}\/}}
+
+% split ligatures with \| (if not in math mode)
+% is already defined in local.tex but this is often not used!
+\def\allowhyphens{\penalty\@M \hskip\z@skip}
+\def\|{%
+ \relax
+ \ifmmode \Vert
+ \else \allowhyphens\-\allowhyphens
+ \fi
+ }
+
+
+%
+% pictures
+%
+
+\unitlength=5mm % may be changed for DINA5
+\let\w=\@wholewidth % width of a rule
+\let\k=\unitlength % a box (in German: Kasten) on my drawing-paper...
+
+
+%
+% title notes are footnotes on the title page without any marker
+%
+
+\def\titlenote#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@makefntext##1{\noindent ##1}%
+ \footnotetext{#1}%
+ \endgroup
+ }
+
+
+% marginal notes, for easier input
+% (idea taken from manmac.tex)
+%
+% usage:
+% ^|rem1| for remark rem1, which is also printed (loud).
+% ^^|rem2| for remark rem2, which is not printed (silent).
+% implementation:
+% look at next char; if ^, then do not print it.
+% with this char determin macro to expand
+% macro is defined accordingly
+% marginal note is created by \marginpar.
+% attention:
+% ^ can not be used for creating an exponent any more (but \sp!)
+
+\catcode`\^=\active
+\def^{\futurelet\next \check@silent}
+\def\check@silent{%
+ \ifx \next^%
+ \let\next\silent@margin
+ \else \let\next\print@margin
+ \fi
+ \next
+ }
+
+\def\silent@margin^|#1|{\marginpar{\rm #1}}
+\def\print@margin|#1|{#1\marginpar{\rm #1}}
+
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5c181cdbd61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/README
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+ +--------------------------------------+
+ | THE COMPREHENSIVE LATEX SYMBOL LIST |
+ | By Scott Pakin, scott+clsl@pakin.org |
+ | |
+ | 22 September 2005 |
+ +--------------------------------------+
+
+The Comprehensive LaTeX Symbols List is an organized list of 3300
+symbols commonly available to LaTeX users. Some of these symbols are
+guaranteed to be available in every TeX distribution. Others require
+font files that come with some, but not all, TeX distributions. The
+rest require font files that must be downloaded explicitly from CTAN
+(http://www.ctan.org) and installed. The Comprehensive LaTeX Symbols
+List currently showcases symbols from 83 separate typefaces.
+
+The same directory that contains this README file should also contain
+SYMLIST, an ASCII list of symbols that appear in the symbols list, and
+a set of prebuilt versions of the symbol list in a variety of formats
+and paper sizes. However, if you'd like to build symbols.tex
+yourself, the steps are as follows:
+
+ latex symbols
+ latex symbols
+ makeindex -s gind.ist symbols
+ latex symbols
+ latex symbols
+ dvips symbols.dvi -o symbols.ps
+
+(The repeated runs are for the longtable and makeidx packages to
+stabilize.) symbols.tex tries to be smart about fonts; it omits
+tables of symbols that require (seemingly) unavailable fonts. The
+"Document Characteristics" table at the end of the document lists the
+packages that were unavailable during the build.
+
+The prebuilt versions of the symbol list primarily use Type 1 fonts.
+Type 1 fonts are scalable and should look good at any resolution and
+on any output device. However, some of the fonts used by symbols.tex
+are available only in a METAFONT-generated bitmap format. The
+prebuilt symbol lists utilize 1200 DPI versions of all of the
+bitmapped fonts as 1200 DPI is a reasonably high printer resolution.
+Unfortunately, older (pre-6.0) versions of Adobe Acrobat render
+bitmapped fonts positively dreadfully on screen. Nevertheless, all
+versions of Acrobat manage to *print* bitmapped fonts with no trouble.
+
+The bitmapped fonts used to prepare the PDF versions of the symbol
+list are the following:
+
+ ar10.mf ar9.mf ark10.mf ark10.mf
+ bbding10.mf bbding10.mf bbm10.mf bbm9.mf
+ bbmss10.mf bbmtt10.mf bbold10.mf bbold9.mf
+ cmph10.mf cmphi10.mf dingbat.mf dingbat.mf
+ fcr10.mf fcr9.mf feymr10.mf feymr10.mf
+ fulmr10.mf fulmr9.mf ifclk10.mf ifclk10.mf
+ ifgeo10.mf ifgeo10.mf ifsym10.mf ifsym10.mf
+ ifwea10.mf ifwea10.mf matha10.mf matha9.mf
+ mathb10.mf mathb9.mf mathx10.mf mathx10.mf
+ mbb10.mf mbb9.mf skak10.mf skakf10.mf
+ skakf10.mf skull.mf skull.mf trsy10.mf
+ trsy10.mf ulsy10.mf vnr10.mf vnr9.mf
+ wnr10.mf wnr9.mf wsuipa10.mf wsuipa9.mf
+ yhcmex10.mf
+
+For completeness, these are the scalable fonts used in the PDF
+versions of the symbol list:
+
+ arrow.pfb cmbsy10.pfb cmbsy10.pfb cmbx10.pfb
+ cmbx12.pfb cmbx7.pfb cmbx9.pfb cmcsc10.pfb
+ cmmi10.pfb cmmi12.pfb cmmi5.pfb cmmi6.pfb
+ cmmi7.pfb cmmi8.pfb cmmi9.pfb cmmib10.pfb
+ cmmib5.pfb cmr10.pfb cmr12.pfb cmr17.pfb
+ cmr5.pfb cmr6.pfb cmr7.pfb cmr8.pfb
+ cmr9.pfb cmsl12.pfb cmss10.pfb cmss8.pfb
+ cmss9.pfb cmssi10.pfb cmsy10.pfb cmsy5.pfb
+ cmsy6.pfb cmsy7.pfb cmsy8.pfb cmsy9.pfb
+ cmti10.pfb cmti7.pfb cmti9.pfb cmtt10.pfb
+ cmtt12.pfb cmtt8.pfb cmtt9.pfb cour.pfb
+ dictsym.pfb dsrom10.pfb dsss10.pfb esint10.pfb
+ eufm10.pfb eurm10.pfb eusm10.pfb eusm10.pfb
+ lcircle1.pfb lcirclew.pfb lightbulb10.pfb line10.pfb
+ logo10.pfb logo9.pfb logosl10.pfb manfnt.pfb
+ marvosym.pfb msam10.pfb msam10.pfb msam7.pfb
+ msbm10.pfb msbm10.pfb msym10.pfb musix13.pfb
+ phaistos.pfb pmhg.pfb proto10.pfb rsfs10.pfb
+ rtcxr.pfb sfrm0700.pfb sfrm0900.pfb sfrm0900.pfb
+ sfrm1000.pfb sfrm1000.pfb sfrm1200.pfb sfrm2488.pfb
+ sfsi1000.pfb stmary10.pfb stmary9.pfb tipa10.pfb
+ tipa8.pfb tipa9.pfb tipx10.pfb tipx9.pfb
+ txexa.pfb txmia.pfb txsy.pfb txsyc.pfb
+ uzcmi8a.pfb vect10.pfb vect9.pfb wasy10.pfb
+ wasy9.pfb yfrak.pfb ygoth.pfb yswab.pfb
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/SYMLIST b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/SYMLIST
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..21dea13bef9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/SYMLIST
@@ -0,0 +1,2926 @@
+/
+(
+)
+[
+]
+{}
+*
+\`
+\^
+\^{}
+\~
+\~{}
+\_
+\-
+\,
+\.
+\'
+\"
+\{
+\}
+\$
+\&
+\#
+\%
+\a
+\aa
+\AA
+\AAaleph
+\AAayin
+\AAbeth
+\AAcht
+\AAdaleth
+\AAhe
+\AAhelmet
+\AAheth
+\AAkaph
+\AAlamed
+\Aaleph
+\AApe
+\AAqoph
+\AAresh
+\AAsade
+\Aayin
+\AAyod
+\Abeth
+\AC
+\acarc
+\acbar
+\accentset
+\Acht
+\ACK
+\AcPa
+\acute
+\acutus
+\Adaleth
+\adots
+\ae
+\AE
+\agemO
+\Agimel
+\Ahe
+\Ahelmet
+\Aheth
+\ain
+\Akaph
+\alad
+\Alad
+\Alamed
+\alas
+\Alas
+\aleph
+\Alif
+\alpha
+\alphaup
+\amalg
+\Amem
+\anaclasis
+\Anaclasis
+\anchor
+\angle
+\Anglesign
+\angud
+\Angud
+\angus
+\Angus
+\Ankh
+\annu
+\antidiple
+\antidiple*
+\Antidiple
+\Antidiple*
+\antisigma
+\Antisigma
+\Anun
+\Ape
+\APLbox
+\APLcirc
+\APLcomment
+\APLdown
+\APLdownarrowbox
+\APLinput
+\APLinv
+\APLleftarrowbox
+\APLlog
+\APLminus
+\APLnot
+\APLrightarrowbox
+\APLstar
+\APLup
+\APLuparrowbox
+\APLvert
+\apprge
+\apprle
+\approx
+\approxeq
+\Aqoph
+\aquarius
+\Aquarius
+\AR
+\arccos
+\arcsin
+\arctan
+\Aresh
+\arg
+\aries
+\Aries
+\ArrowBoldDownRight
+\ArrowBoldRightCircled
+\ArrowBoldRightShort
+\ArrowBoldRightStrobe
+\ArrowBoldUpRight
+\arrownot
+\Arrownot
+\arrowvert
+\Arrowvert
+\Asade
+\Asamekh
+\ascnode
+\Ashin
+\ast
+\asteriscus
+\Asteriscus
+\asterisk
+\Asterisk
+\AsteriskBold
+\AsteriskCenterOpen
+\AsteriskRoundedEnds
+\AsteriskThin
+\AsteriskThinCenterOpen
+\astrosun
+\asymp
+\atan
+\ataribox
+\Atav
+\Ateth
+\AtForty
+\AtNinetyFive
+\AtSixty
+\autoleftarrow
+\autoleftrightharpoons
+\autorightarrow
+\autorightleftharpoons
+\Avav
+\Ayn
+\Ayod
+\Azayin
+\b
+\B
+\babygamma
+\backepsilon
+\backprime
+\backsim
+\backsimeq
+\backslash
+\bar
+\barb
+\bard
+\bari
+\barin
+\barj
+\barl
+\barlambda
+\barleftharpoon
+\baro
+\barp
+\barrightharpoon
+\barsci
+\barscu
+\baru
+\barwedge
+\Bat
+\baucircle
+\bauforms
+\bauhead
+\bausquare
+\bautriangle
+\bb
+\bB
+\Bb
+\BB
+\bba
+\bbalpha
+\bbar
+\bbb
+\bbbeta
+\Bbbk
+\bbdollar
+\bbetter
+\bbeuro
+\bbfinalnun
+\bbgamma
+\bbm
+\bBm
+\Bbm
+\BBm
+\bbmb
+\bbmx
+\bbnabla
+\bbpe
+\bbqof
+\bbslash
+\bbyod
+\bdecisive
+\Beam
+\Bearing
+\because
+\BEL
+\bell
+\beta
+\betaup
+\beth
+\betteris
+\between
+\bibridge
+\Bicycle
+\bigast
+\bigbox
+\bigboxasterisk
+\bigboxbackslash
+\bigboxbot
+\bigboxcirc
+\bigboxcoasterisk
+\bigboxdiv
+\bigboxdot
+\bigboxleft
+\bigboxminus
+\bigboxplus
+\bigboxright
+\bigboxslash
+\bigboxtimes
+\bigboxtop
+\bigboxtriangleup
+\bigboxvoid
+\bigcap
+\bigcirc
+\BigCircle
+\bigcoast
+\bigcomplementop
+\BigCross
+\bigcup
+\bigcurlyvee
+\bigcurlywedge
+\BigDiamondshape
+\BigHBar
+\biginterleave
+\BigLowerDiamond
+\bignplus
+\bigoasterisk
+\bigobackslash
+\bigobot
+\bigocirc
+\bigocoasterisk
+\bigodiv
+\bigodot
+\bigoleft
+\bigominus
+\bigoplus
+\bigoright
+\bigoslash
+\bigotimes
+\bigotop
+\bigotriangleup
+\bigovoid
+\bigparallel
+\bigplus
+\BigRightDiamond
+\bigsqcap
+\bigsqcapplus
+\bigsqcup
+\bigsqcupplus
+\BigSquare
+\bigsquplus
+\bigstar
+\bigtimes
+\bigtriangledown
+\BigTriangleDown
+\BigTriangleLeft
+\BigTriangleRight
+\bigtriangleup
+\BigTriangleUp
+\biguplus
+\bigvarstar
+\BigVBar
+\bigvee
+\bigwedge
+\binampersand
+\bindnasrepma
+\Biohazard
+\bishoppair
+\blackdiamond
+\blacklozenge
+\blacksmiley
+\blacksquare
+\blacktriangle
+\blacktriangledown
+\blacktriangleleft
+\blacktriangleright
+\blacktriangleup
+\Bleech
+\blitza
+\blitzb
+\blitzc
+\blitzd
+\blitze
+\bm
+\Bm
+\bmod
+\boldmath
+\boldsymbol
+\bot
+\botdoteq
+\Bouquet
+\bowtie
+\Bowtie
+\Box
+\boxast
+\boxasterisk
+\boxbackslash
+\boxbar
+\boxbot
+\boxbox
+\boxbslash
+\boxcirc
+\boxcircle
+\boxcoasterisk
+\boxdiv
+\boxdot
+\boxdotleft
+\boxdotLeft
+\boxdotright
+\boxdotRight
+\boxempty
+\boxleft
+\boxLeft
+\boxminus
+\boxplus
+\boxright
+\boxRight
+\boxslash
+\boxtimes
+\boxtop
+\boxtriangleup
+\boxvoid
+\boy
+\braceld
+\bracerd
+\bracevert
+\breve
+\brokenvert
+\BS
+\BSEfree
+\bullet
+\bumpedeq
+\Bumpedeq
+\bumpeq
+\Bumpeq
+\bupperhand
+\c
+\C
+\CAN
+\cancer
+\Cancer
+\cap
+\Cap
+\Capricorn
+\capricornus
+\carriagereturn
+\catalexis
+\Catalexis
+\cc
+\Cc
+\ccby
+\Ccc
+\ccnc
+\ccnd
+\ccsa
+\cdot
+\cdotp
+\cdots
+\celsius
+\Celtcross
+\cent
+\centerdot
+\centre
+\CEsign
+\changenotsign
+\char
+\check
+\checked
+\Checkedbox
+\CheckedBox
+\checkmark
+\Checkmark
+\CheckmarkBold
+\chemarrow
+\chi
+\chiup
+\circ
+\circeq
+\Circle
+\CIRCLE
+\circlearrowleft
+\circlearrowright
+\CircledA
+\circledast
+\circledbar
+\circledbslash
+\circledcirc
+\circleddash
+\circleddotleft
+\circleddotright
+\circledgtr
+\circledless
+\circledR
+\circledS
+\circledvee
+\circledwedge
+\circleleft
+\circleright
+\CircleShadow
+\CircleSolid
+\Circpipe
+\circplus
+\Circsteel
+\circumflexus
+\CleaningA
+\CleaningF
+\CleaningFF
+\CleaningP
+\CleaningPP
+\clickb
+\clickc
+\clickt
+\clock
+\Clocklogo
+\closedniomega
+\closedrevepsilon
+\Cloud
+\clubsuit
+\coasterisk
+\coAsterisk
+\Coffeecup
+\colon
+\colonapprox
+\Colonapprox
+\coloneq
+\Coloneq
+\coloneqq
+\Coloneqq
+\colonsim
+\Colonsim
+\comment
+\compensation
+\complement
+\ComputerMouse
+\cong
+\conjunction
+\convolution
+\coprod
+\copyright
+\corner
+\corresponds
+\Corresponds
+\cos
+\cosh
+\cot
+\coth
+\counterplay
+\CR
+\Cross
+\crossb
+\CrossBoldOutline
+\CrossClowerTips
+\crossd
+\Crossedbox
+\crossh
+\CrossMaltese
+\crossnilambda
+\CrossOpenShadow
+\CrossOutline
+\crtilde
+\crux
+\Crux
+\csc
+\Cube
+\cup
+\Cup
+\curlyc
+\curlyeqprec
+\curlyeqsucc
+\curlyesh
+\curlyvee
+\curlyveedownarrow
+\curlyveeuparrow
+\curlywedge
+\curlywedgedownarrow
+\curlywedgeuparrow
+\curlyyogh
+\curlyz
+\currency
+\curvearrowbotleft
+\curvearrowbotleftright
+\curvearrowbotright
+\curvearrowleft
+\curvearrowleftright
+\curvearrowright
+\Cutleft
+\Cutline
+\Cutright
+\d
+\D
+\dag
+\dagger
+\daleth
+\dashint
+\dashleftarrow
+\dashleftrightarrow
+\dashrightarrow
+\dashv
+\Dashv
+\DashV
+\dashVv
+\davidsstar
+\DavidStar
+\DavidStarSolid
+\dbar
+\dbend
+\DCa
+\DCb
+\DCc
+\DCd
+\DD
+\ddag
+\ddagger
+\ddashint
+\ddddot
+\dddot
+\DDohne
+\ddot
+\ddots
+\DeclareFontFamily
+\DeclareFontShape
+\DeclareMathOperator
+\DeclareMathOperator*
+\declareslashed
+\deg
+\degree
+\DEL
+\delta
+\Delta
+\deltaup
+\Denarius
+\dental
+\descnode
+\det
+\devadvantage
+\dfourier
+\Dfourier
+\dft
+\DFT
+\dh
+\DH
+\diaeresis
+\diagdown
+\diagonal
+\diagup
+\diameter
+\diamond
+\Diamond
+\Diamondblack
+\Diamonddot
+\Diamonddotleft
+\DiamonddotLeft
+\Diamonddotright
+\DiamonddotRight
+\Diamondleft
+\DiamondLeft
+\Diamondright
+\DiamondRight
+\DiamondShadowA
+\DiamondShadowB
+\DiamondShadowC
+\Diamondshape
+\DiamondSolid
+\diamondsuit
+\diatop
+\diaunder
+\digamma
+\dim
+\ding
+dingautolist
+\diple
+\diple*
+\Diple
+\Diple*
+\displaystyle
+\div
+\divdot
+\divideontimes
+\divides
+\dj
+\DJ
+\dlbari
+\DLE
+\dlsh
+\Dohne
+\Dontwash
+\dot
+\dotcup
+\dotdiv
+\doteq
+\doteqdot
+\dotplus
+\dots
+\dotsb
+\dotsc
+\dotseq
+\dotsi
+\dotsint
+\dotsm
+\dotso
+\dottedtilde
+\dottimes
+\double
+\doublebarwedge
+\doublecap
+\doublecup
+\doublepawns
+\doubletilde
+\downarrow
+\Downarrow
+\DOWNarrow
+\downbracketfill
+\downdownarrows
+\downdownharpoons
+\downharpoonleft
+\downharpoonright
+\downp
+\downparenthfill
+\downt
+\downtouparrow
+\downuparrows
+\downupharpoons
+\drsh
+\Ds
+\DS
+\dsaeronautical
+\dsagricultural
+\dsarchitectural
+\dsbiological
+\dschemical
+\dscommercial
+\dsheraldical
+\dsjuridical
+\dsliterary
+\dsmathematical
+\dsmedical
+\dsmilitary
+\dsrailways
+\dstechnical
+\dz
+\e
+\earth
+\Earth
+\Ecommerce
+\EightAsterisk
+\EightFlowerPetal
+\EightFlowerPetalRemoved
+\eighthnote
+\EightStar
+\EightStarBold
+\EightStarConvex
+\EightStarTaper
+\ejective
+\ell
+\Ellipse
+\EllipseShadow
+\EllipseSolid
+\EM
+\Email
+\Emailct
+\emgma
+\emptyset
+\ending
+\eng
+\engma
+\ENQ
+\Envelope
+\enya
+\EOT
+\epsi
+\epsilon
+\epsilonup
+\eqbumped
+\eqcirc
+\eqcolon
+\Eqcolon
+\eqqcolon
+\Eqqcolon
+\eqsim
+\eqslantgtr
+\eqslantless
+\equal
+\equalsfill
+\equiv
+\er
+\ESC
+\esh
+\Estatically
+\eta
+\etaup
+\ETB
+\etc
+\eth
+\ETX
+\EUR
+\EURcr
+\EURdig
+\EURhv
+\euro
+\EURtm
+\exists
+\exp
+\Explosionsafe
+\eye
+\EyesDollar
+\fallingdotseq
+\FallingEdge
+\fatbslash
+\fatsemi
+\fatslash
+\fax
+\FAX
+\Faxmachine
+\female
+\Female
+\FEMALE
+\FemaleFemale
+\FemaleMale
+\Ferli
+\Fermi
+\FF
+\FHBOlogo
+\FHBOLOGO
+\file
+\FilledBigCircle
+\FilledBigDiamondshape
+\FilledBigSquare
+\FilledBigTriangleDown
+\FilledBigTriangleLeft
+\FilledBigTriangleRight
+\FilledBigTriangleUp
+\FilledCircle
+\FilledCloud
+\FilledDiamondShadowA
+\FilledDiamondShadowC
+\FilledDiamondshape
+\FilledHut
+\FilledRainCloud
+\FilledSectioningDiamond
+\FilledSmallCircle
+\FilledSmallDiamondshape
+\FilledSmallSquare
+\FilledSmallTriangleDown
+\FilledSmallTriangleLeft
+\FilledSmallTriangleRight
+\FilledSmallTriangleUp
+\FilledSnowCloud
+\FilledSquare
+\FilledSquareShadowA
+\FilledSquareShadowC
+\filledsquarewithdots
+\FilledSunCloud
+\FilledTriangleDown
+\FilledTriangleLeft
+\FilledTriangleRight
+\FilledTriangleUp
+\FilledWeakRainCloud
+\finpartvoice
+\finpartvoiceless
+\fint
+\Finv
+\Fire
+\FiveFlowerOpen
+\FiveFlowerPetal
+\FiveStar
+\FiveStarCenterOpen
+\FiveStarConvex
+\FiveStarLines
+\FiveStarOpen
+\FiveStarOpenCircled
+\FiveStarOpenDotted
+\FiveStarOutline
+\FiveStarOutlineHeavy
+\FiveStarShadow
+\Fixedbearing
+\fixedddots
+\fixedvdots
+\fj
+\Flag
+\flap
+\flapr
+\flat
+\Flatsteel
+\Fog
+\fontencoding
+\Football
+\forall
+\Force
+\Forward
+\ForwardToEnd
+\ForwardToIndex
+\FourAsterisk
+\FourClowerOpen
+\FourClowerSolid
+\fourier
+\Fourier
+\FourStar
+\FourStarOpen
+\fourth
+\frown
+\frownie
+\Frowny
+\FS
+\FullFHBO
+\fullmoon
+\fullnote
+\G
+\Game
+\gamma
+\Gamma
+\gammaup
+\Ganz
+\GaPa
+\gcd
+\gemini
+\Gemini
+\geneuro
+\geneuronarrow
+\geneurowide
+\Gentsroom
+\geq
+\geqq
+\geqslant
+\gg
+\ggcurly
+\ggg
+\gimel
+\girl
+\glotstop
+\glottal
+\gluon
+\gnapprox
+\gneq
+\gneqq
+\gnsim
+\grave
+\gravis
+\GS
+\gtrapprox
+\gtrdot
+\gtreqless
+\gtreqqless
+\gtrless
+\gtrsim
+\guillemotleft
+\guillemotright
+\guilsinglleft
+\guilsinglright
+\gvertneqq
+\h
+\H
+\Ha
+\HA
+\Hail
+\Halb
+\HalfCircleLeft
+\HalfCircleRight
+\HalfFilledHut
+\halflength
+\halfnote
+\HalfSun
+\HandCuffLeft
+\HandCuffLeftUp
+\HandCuffRight
+\HandCuffRightUp
+\HandLeft
+\HandLeftUp
+\HandPencilLeft
+\HandRight
+\HandRightUp
+\Handwash
+\HaPa
+\hash
+\hat
+\hausab
+\hausaB
+\hausad
+\hausaD
+\hausak
+\hausaK
+\Hb
+\HB
+\hbar
+\HBar
+\Hc
+\HC
+\HCthousand
+\Hd
+\HD
+\Hdual
+\He
+\HE
+\Heart
+\heartsuit
+\Hermaphrodite
+\HERMAPHRODITE
+\hexagon
+\Hexasteel
+\hexstar
+\Hf
+\HF
+\Hg
+\HG
+\Hh
+\HH
+\Hhundred
+\Hi
+\HI
+\Hibl
+\Hibp
+\Hibs
+\Hibw
+\hill
+\Hj
+\HJ
+\Hk
+\HK
+\hksqrt
+\Hl
+\HL
+\Hm
+\HM
+\Hman
+\Hmillion
+\Hms
+\Hn
+\HN
+\Ho
+\HO
+\holter
+\hom
+\Hone
+\hookb
+\hookd
+\hookg
+\hookh
+\hookheng
+\hookleftarrow
+\hookrevepsilon
+\hookrightarrow
+\Hp
+\HP
+\Hplural
+\Hplus
+\Hq
+\HQ
+\Hquery
+\Hr
+\HR
+\Hs
+\HS
+\Hscribe
+\hslash
+\Hslash
+\Hsv
+\Ht
+\HT
+\Hten
+\Hthousand
+\Htongue
+\Hu
+\HU
+\Hut
+\hv
+\Hv
+\HV
+\Hvbar
+\Hw
+\HW
+\Hx
+\HX
+\HXthousand
+\Hy
+\HY
+\Hz
+\HZ
+\i
+\ibar
+\IceMountain
+\iddots
+\idotsint
+\iiiint
+\iiint
+\iint
+\im
+\Im
+\imath
+\in
+\independent
+\Industry
+\inf
+\Info
+\infty
+\inipartvoice
+\inipartvoiceless
+\injlim
+\inplus
+\int
+\intercal
+\interleave
+\Interval
+\inva
+\invamp
+\invdiameter
+\inve
+\InversTransformHoriz
+\InversTransformVert
+\invf
+\invglotstop
+\invh
+\invlegr
+\invm
+\invneg
+\invr
+\invscr
+\invscripta
+\invv
+\invw
+\invy
+\iota
+\iotaup
+\ipagamma
+\IroningI
+\IroningII
+\IroningIII
+\Irritant
+\ismodeledby
+\j
+\JackStar
+\JackStarBold
+\jmath
+\Joch
+\Join
+\joinrel
+\jupiter
+\Jupiter
+\k
+\kappa
+\kappaup
+\ker
+\Keyboard
+\Kr
+\kreuz
+\kside
+\Kutline
+\l
+\L
+\labdentalnas
+\labvel
+\Ladiesroom
+\lambda
+\Lambda
+\lambdabar
+\lambdaslash
+\lambdaup
+\landdownint
+\landupint
+\langle
+\lAngle
+\Langle
+\laplace
+\Laplace
+\largepencil
+\larrowfill
+\Laserbeam
+\latfric
+\lbag
+\Lbag
+\lbbbrack
+\lBrack
+\Lbrack
+\lceil
+\lCeil
+\lcm
+\lcorners
+\ldotp
+\ldots
+\leadsto
+\left
+\leftarrow
+\Leftarrow
+\LEFTarrow
+\leftarrowtail
+\leftarrowtriangle
+\leftbarharpoon
+\Leftcircle
+\LEFTcircle
+\LEFTCIRCLE
+\leftharpoondown
+\leftharpoonup
+\leftleftarrows
+\leftleftharpoons
+\leftmoon
+\leftp
+\leftpointright
+\leftrightarrow
+\Leftrightarrow
+\leftrightarroweq
+\leftrightarrows
+\leftrightarrowtriangle
+\leftrightharpoon
+\leftrightharpoons
+\leftrightharpoonsfill
+\leftrightsquigarrow
+\Leftscissors
+\leftslice
+\leftsquigarrow
+\leftt
+\leftthreetimes
+\leftthumbsdown
+\leftthumbsup
+\lefttorightarrow
+\Lefttorque
+\leftturn
+\legm
+\legr
+\length
+\leo
+\Leo
+\leq
+\leqq
+\leqslant
+\lessapprox
+\lessdot
+\lesseqgtr
+\lesseqqgtr
+\lessgtr
+\lesssim
+\Letter
+\LF
+\lfilet
+\lfloor
+\lFloor
+\lg
+\lgroup
+\lhd
+\LHD
+\lhdbend
+\libra
+\Libra
+\lightbulb
+\lightning
+\Lightning
+\lim
+\liminf
+\limsup
+\Lineload
+\lJoin
+\ll
+\llap
+\llbracket
+\llceil
+\llcorner
+\llcurly
+\Lleftarrow
+\llfloor
+\lll
+\llparenthesis
+\lmoustache
+\ln
+\lnapprox
+\lneq
+\lneqq
+\lnsim
+\log
+\logof
+\longleftarrow
+\Longleftarrow
+\longleftrightarrow
+\Longleftrightarrow
+\longmapsfrom
+\Longmapsfrom
+\longmapsto
+\Longmapsto
+\LongPulseHigh
+\LongPulseLow
+\longrightarrow
+\Longrightarrow
+\looparrowdownleft
+\looparrowdownright
+\looparrowleft
+\looparrowright
+\Loosebearing
+\LowerDiamond
+\lozenge
+\Lparen
+\lrcorner
+\lrtimes
+\Lsh
+\Lsteel
+\ltimes
+\ltriple
+\lvert
+\lVert
+\lvertneqq
+\lz
+\m
+\M
+\ma
+\macron
+\makeatletter
+\makeatother
+\male
+\Male
+\MALE
+\MaleMale
+\maltese
+\manboldkidney
+\manconcentriccircles
+\manconcentricdiamond
+\mancone
+\mancube
+\manerrarrow
+\manfilledquartercircle
+\manhpennib
+\manimpossiblecube
+\mankidney
+\manlhpenkidney
+\manpenkidney
+\manquadrifolium
+\manquartercircle
+\manrotatedquadrifolium
+\manrotatedquartercircle
+\manstar
+\mantiltpennib
+\mantriangledown
+\mantriangleright
+\mantriangleup
+\manvpennib
+\mappedfromchar
+\Mappedfromchar
+\mapsfrom
+\Mapsfrom
+\mapsfromchar
+\Mapsfromchar
+\mapsto
+\Mapsto
+\mapstochar
+\Mapstochar
+\markera
+\markerb
+\mars
+\Mars
+\MartinVogel
+\mate
+\mathaccent
+\mathbb
+\mathbbm
+\mathbbmss
+\mathbbmtt
+\mathbf
+\mathbin
+\mathbold
+\mathcal
+\mathcent
+\mathchoice
+\mathclose
+\mathdollar
+\mathds
+\mathellipsis
+\mathfrak
+\mathit
+\mathnormal
+\mathop
+\mathopen
+\mathord
+\mathpalette
+\mathparagraph
+\mathpunct
+\mathpzc
+\mathrel
+\mathring
+\mathrm
+\mathscr
+\mathsection
+\mathsterling
+\mathunderscore
+\max
+\maya
+\mb
+\Mb
+\mbb
+\mbB
+\mBb
+\Mbb
+\mbbx
+\mbox
+\measuredangle
+\medbullet
+\medcirc
+\mercury
+\Mercury
+\merge
+metre
+\mho
+\micro
+\mid
+\middle
+\midtilde
+\min
+\minuso
+\mmappedfromchar
+\Mmappedfromchar
+\mmapstochar
+\Mmapstochar
+\Mobilefone
+\mod
+\models
+\moo
+\Moon
+\morepawns
+\moreroom
+\Mountain
+\MoveDown
+\moverlay
+\MoveUp
+\mp
+\mu
+\multimap
+\multimapboth
+\multimapbothvert
+\multimapdot
+\multimapdotboth
+\multimapdotbothA
+\multimapdotbothAvert
+\multimapdotbothB
+\multimapdotbothBvert
+\multimapdotbothvert
+\multimapdotinv
+\multimapinv
+\Mundus
+\muup
+\MVAt
+\MVEight
+\MVFive
+\MVFour
+\MVNine
+\MVOne
+\MVSeven
+\MVSix
+\MVThree
+\MVTwo
+\MVZero
+\nabla
+\NAK
+\napprox
+\napproxeq
+\nasymp
+\natural
+\nbacksim
+\nbacksimeq
+\nbumpeq
+\nBumpeq
+\ncong
+\ncurlyeqprec
+\ncurlyeqsucc
+\ndashv
+\ndashV
+\nDashv
+\nDashV
+\ndashVv
+\nearrow
+\Nearrow
+\neg
+\neptune
+\Neptune
+\neq
+\neqslantgtr
+\neqslantless
+\nequiv
+\neswarrow
+\Neutral
+\newmoon
+\newtie
+\nexists
+\ng
+\NG
+\ngeq
+\ngeqq
+\ngeqslant
+\ngg
+\ngtr
+\ngtrapprox
+\ngtrless
+\ngtrsim
+\ni
+\nialpha
+\nibeta
+\NibLeft
+\NibRight
+\NibSolidLeft
+\NibSolidRight
+\nichi
+\niepsilon
+\nigamma
+\niiota
+\nilambda
+\niomega
+\niphi
+\niplus
+\nisigma
+\nitheta
+\niupsilon
+\niv
+\nj
+\nleftarrow
+\nLeftarrow
+\nleftrightarrow
+\nLeftrightarrow
+\nleq
+\nleqq
+\nleqslant
+\nless
+\nlessapprox
+\nlessgtr
+\nlesssim
+\nll
+\nmid
+\nnearrow
+\nnwarrow
+\NoBleech
+\NoChemicalCleaning
+\NoIroning
+\NoSun
+\not
+\notasymp
+\notbackslash
+\notbot
+\notdivides
+\notequiv
+\notin
+\notni
+\notowner
+\notperp
+\notslash
+\nottop
+\NoTumbler
+\novelty
+\nparallel
+\nplus
+\nprec
+\nprecapprox
+\npreccurlyeq
+\npreceq
+\npreceqq
+\nprecsim
+\nrightarrow
+\nRightarrow
+\nshortmid
+\nshortparallel
+\nsim
+\nsimeq
+\nsqsubset
+\nsqSubset
+\nsqsubseteq
+\nsqsubseteqq
+\nsqsupset
+\nsqSupset
+\nsqsupseteq
+\nsqsupseteqq
+\nsubset
+\nSubset
+\nsubseteq
+\nsubseteqq
+\nsucc
+\nsuccapprox
+\nsucccurlyeq
+\nsucceq
+\nsucceqq
+\nsuccsim
+\nsupset
+\nSupset
+\nsupseteq
+\nsupseteqq
+\nthickapprox
+\ntriangleleft
+\ntrianglelefteq
+\ntrianglelefteqslant
+\ntriangleright
+\ntrianglerighteq
+\ntrianglerighteqslant
+\ntwoheadleftarrow
+\ntwoheadrightarrow
+\nu
+\nuup
+\nvargeq
+\nvarleq
+\nvarparallel
+\nvarparallelinv
+\nvdash
+\nvDash
+\nVdash
+\nVDash
+\nVvash
+\nwarrow
+\Nwarrow
+\nwsearrow
+o
+\o
+\O
+\oasterisk
+\obackslash
+\obar
+\obelus
+\obelus*
+\Obelus
+\Obelus*
+\oblong
+\obot
+\obslash
+\ocirc
+\ocircle
+\ocoasterisk
+\octagon
+\Octosteel
+\od
+\odiv
+\odot
+\odplus
+\oe
+\OE
+\officialeuro
+\offinterlineskip
+\ogreaterthan
+\ohill
+\ohm
+\Ohne
+\ohorn
+\OHORN
+\oiiint
+\oiiintclockwise
+\oiiintctrclockwise
+\oiint
+\oiintclockwise
+\oiintctrclockwise
+\oint
+\ointclockwise
+\ointctrclockwise
+\oldstylenums
+\oleft
+\olessthan
+\omega
+\Omega
+\omegaup
+\ominus
+\onlymove
+\oo
+\open
+\openJoin
+\openo
+\opentimes
+\oplus
+\opposbishops
+\opposition
+\oright
+\OrnamentDiamondSolid
+\oslash
+\otimes
+\otop
+\otriangleup
+\ovee
+\overarc
+\overbrace
+\overbracket
+\overbridge
+\overgroup
+\overleftarrow
+\overleftrightarrow
+\overline
+\overparenthesis
+\overrightarrow
+\Overrightarrow
+\overring
+\ovoid
+\owedge
+\owns
+\ownsbar
+\p
+\p@
+\P
+\PaperLandscape
+\PaperPortrait
+\parallel
+\ParallelPort
+\partial
+\partialslash
+\partvoice
+\partvoiceless
+\passedpawn
+\Peace
+\PencilLeft
+\PencilLeftDown
+\PencilLeftUp
+\PencilRight
+\PencilRightDown
+\PencilRightUp
+\pentagon
+\permil
+\perp
+\Perp
+\perthousand
+\Pfund
+\PHarrow
+\PHbee
+\PHbeehive
+\PHboomerang
+\PHbow
+\PHbullLeg
+\PHcaptive
+\PHcarpentryPlane
+\PHcat
+\PHchild
+\PHclub
+\PHcolumn
+\PHcomb
+\PHdolium
+\PHdove
+\PHeagle
+\PHflute
+\PHgaunlet
+\PHgrater
+\PHhelmet
+\PHhide
+\PHhorn
+\phi
+\Phi
+\phiup
+\PHlid
+\PHlily
+\PHmanacles
+\PHmattock
+\phone
+\Phone
+\PhoneHandset
+\photon
+\PHoxBack
+\PHpapyrus
+\PHpedestrian
+\PHplaneTree
+\PHplumedHead
+\PHram
+\PHrosette
+\PHsaw
+\PHshield
+\PHship
+\PHsling
+\PHsmallAxe
+\PHstrainer
+\PHtattooedHead
+\PHtiara
+\PHtunny
+\PHvine
+\PHwavyBand
+\PHwoman
+\pi
+\Pi
+\Pickup
+\pisces
+\Pisces
+\Pisymbol
+\pitchfork
+\piup
+\planck
+\Plane
+\Plus
+\PlusCenterOpen
+\pluscirc
+\PlusOutline
+\PlusThinCenterOpen
+\pluto
+\Pluto
+\pm
+\pmb
+\pmod
+\pod
+\pointer
+\Pointinghand
+\polishhook
+\polter
+\pounds
+\pp
+\Pp
+\ppm
+\ppp
+\Ppp
+\pppp
+\Pppp
+\ppppp
+\Ppppp
+\Pr
+\prec
+\precapprox
+\preccurlyeq
+\precdot
+\preceq
+\preceqq
+\precnapprox
+\precneq
+\precneqq
+\precnsim
+\precsim
+\prime
+\Printer
+\prod
+\projlim
+\propto
+\ProvidesPackage
+\ps
+\psi
+\Psi
+\psiup
+\Pu
+\PulseHigh
+\PulseLow
+\pwedge
+\pxp
+\Pxp
+\qside
+\quadrad
+\Quadrad
+\quadras
+\Quadras
+\quarternote
+\quotedblbase
+\quotesinglbase
+\r
+\R
+\Radiation
+\Radioactivity
+\Rain
+\RainCloud
+\RaisingEdge
+\rangle
+\rAngle
+\Rangle
+\rarrowfill
+\rbag
+\Rbag
+\rbbbrack
+\rBrack
+\Rbrack
+\rc
+\rceil
+\rCeil
+\rcorners
+\Re
+\recorder
+\Rectangle
+\RectangleBold
+\RectangleThin
+\Rectpipe
+\Rectsteel
+\reflectbox
+\relbar
+\Relbar
+\respondens
+\Respondens
+\restoresymbol
+\restriction
+\revD
+\revddots
+\reve
+\reveject
+\revepsilon
+\reversedvideodbend
+\revglotstop
+\Rewind
+\RewindToIndex
+\RewindToStart
+\rfilet
+\rfloor
+\rFloor
+\rgroup
+\rhd
+\RHD
+\rho
+\rhoup
+\right
+\rightarrow
+\Rightarrow
+\RIGHTarrow
+\rightarrowtail
+\rightarrowtriangle
+\rightbarharpoon
+\Rightcircle
+\RIGHTcircle
+\RIGHTCIRCLE
+\RightDiamond
+\rightharpoondown
+\rightharpoonup
+\rightleftarrows
+\rightleftharpoon
+\rightleftharpoons
+\rightleftharpoonsfill
+\rightmoon
+\rightp
+\rightpointleft
+\rightpointright
+\rightrightarrows
+\rightrightharpoons
+\Rightscissors
+\rightslice
+\rightsquigarrow
+\rightt
+\rightthreetimes
+\rightthumbsdown
+\rightthumbsup
+\righttoleftarrow
+\Righttorque
+\rightturn
+\ring
+\riota
+\rip
+\risingdotseq
+\rJoin
+\rlap
+\rmoustache
+\rotatebox
+\rotm
+\rotOmega
+\rotr
+\rotvara
+\rotw
+\roty
+\RoundedLsteel
+\RoundedTsteel
+\RoundedTTsteel
+\Rparen
+\rqm
+\rrbracket
+\rrceil
+\rrfloor
+\Rrightarrow
+\rrparenthesis
+\RS
+\Rsh
+\rtimes
+\rtriple
+\rvert
+\rVert
+\S
+\sagittarius
+\Sagittarius
+\samebishops
+\satellitedish
+\saturn
+\Saturn
+\savesymbol
+\Sborder
+\scd
+\scg
+\schwa
+\sci
+\ScissorHollowLeft
+\ScissorHollowRight
+\ScissorLeft
+\ScissorLeftBrokenBottom
+\ScissorLeftBrokenTop
+\ScissorRight
+\ScissorRightBrokenBottom
+\ScissorRightBrokenTop
+\scn
+\scorpio
+\Scorpio
+\scr
+\scripta
+\scriptg
+\scriptscriptstyle
+\scriptstyle
+\scriptv
+\scu
+\scy
+\searrow
+\Searrow
+\sec
+\Sech
+\second
+\secstress
+\SectioningDiamond
+\see
+\selectfont
+\SePa
+\seppawns
+\SerialInterface
+\SerialPort
+\setminus
+\sharp
+\Shilling
+\shortdownarrow
+\ShortFifty
+\ShortForty
+\shortleftarrow
+\shortmid
+\ShortNinetyFive
+\shortparallel
+\ShortPulseHigh
+\ShortPulseLow
+\shortrightarrow
+\ShortSixty
+\ShortThirty
+\shortuparrow
+\showclock
+\SI
+\sigma
+\Sigma
+\sigmaup
+\sim
+\simeq
+\sin
+\sinh
+\SixFlowerAlternate
+\SixFlowerAltPetal
+\SixFlowerOpenCenter
+\SixFlowerPetalDotted
+\SixFlowerPetalRemoved
+\SixFlowerRemovedOpenPetal
+\SixStar
+\SixteenStarLight
+\skull
+\slash
+\slashb
+\slashc
+\slashd
+\slashed
+\slashu
+\Sleet
+\sliding
+\SmallCircle
+\SmallCross
+\SmallDiamondshape
+\smallfrown
+\SmallHBar
+\SmallLowerDiamond
+\smallpencil
+\SmallRightDiamond
+\smallsetminus
+\smallsmile
+\SmallSquare
+\smalltriangledown
+\SmallTriangleDown
+\smalltriangleleft
+\SmallTriangleLeft
+\smalltriangleright
+\SmallTriangleRight
+\smalltriangleup
+\SmallTriangleUp
+\SmallVBar
+\smile
+\smiley
+\Smiley
+\Snow
+\SnowCloud
+\Snowflake
+\SnowflakeChevron
+\SnowflakeChevronBold
+\SO
+\SOH
+\spadesuit
+\Sparkle
+\SparkleBold
+\SpecialForty
+\sphericalangle
+\SpinDown
+\SpinUp
+\splitvert
+\spreadlips
+\sqbullet
+\sqcap
+\sqcapplus
+\sqcup
+\sqcupplus
+\sqdoublecap
+\sqdoublecup
+\sqiiint
+\sqiint
+\sqint
+\sqrt
+\sqsubset
+\sqSubset
+\sqsubseteq
+\sqsubseteqq
+\sqsubsetneq
+\sqsubsetneqq
+\sqsupset
+\sqSupset
+\sqsupseteq
+\sqsupseteqq
+\sqsupsetneq
+\sqsupsetneqq
+\square
+\Square
+\SquareCastShadowBottomRight
+\SquareCastShadowTopLeft
+\SquareCastShadowTopRight
+\Squaredot
+\Squarepipe
+\SquareShadowA
+\SquareShadowB
+\SquareShadowBottomRight
+\SquareShadowC
+\SquareShadowTopLeft
+\SquareShadowTopRight
+\SquareSolid
+\Squaresteel
+\squarewithdots
+\squplus
+\ss
+\SS
+\ssearrow
+\sslash
+\sswarrow
+\stackrel
+\star
+\StoneMan
+\Stopsign
+\StopWatchEnd
+\StopWatchStart
+\stress
+\strictfi
+\strictif
+\strictiff
+\StrokeFive
+\StrokeFour
+\StrokeOne
+\StrokeThree
+\StrokeTwo
+\STX
+\SUB
+\subcorner
+\subdoublebar
+\subdoublevert
+\sublptr
+\subrptr
+\subset
+\Subset
+\subseteq
+\subseteqq
+\subsetneq
+\subsetneqq
+\subsetplus
+\subsetpluseq
+\succ
+\succapprox
+\succcurlyeq
+\succdot
+\succeq
+\succeqq
+\succnapprox
+\succneq
+\succneqq
+\succnsim
+\succsim
+\sum
+\Summit
+\SummitSign
+\sun
+\Sun
+\SunCloud
+\SunshineOpenCircled
+\sup
+\supset
+\Supset
+\supseteq
+\supseteqq
+\supsetneq
+\supsetneqq
+\supsetplus
+\supsetpluseq
+\surd
+\SurveySign
+\swarrow
+\Swarrow
+\syl
+\syllabic
+\SYN
+\t
+\T
+\taild
+\tailinvr
+\taill
+\tailn
+\tailr
+\tails
+\tailt
+\tailz
+\Takt
+\talloblong
+\tan
+\tanh
+\Tape
+\Taschenuhr
+\tau
+\taurus
+\Taurus
+\tauup
+\tccentigrade
+\tcmu
+\tcohm
+\tcpertenthousand
+\tcperthousand
+\td
+\Telefon
+\Telephone
+\Tent
+\terminus
+\terminus*
+\Terminus
+\Terminus*
+\tesh
+\text
+\textacutedbl
+\textacutemacron
+\textacutewedge
+\textadvancing
+\textaolig
+\textasciiacute
+\textasciibreve
+\textasciicaron
+\textasciicircum
+\textasciidieresis
+\textasciigrave
+\textasciimacron
+\textasciitilde
+\textasteriskcentered
+\textbabygamma
+\textbackslash
+\textbaht
+\textbar
+\textbarb
+\textbarc
+\textbard
+\textbardbl
+\textbardotlessj
+\textbarg
+\textbarglotstop
+\textbari
+\textbarl
+\textbaro
+\textbarrevglotstop
+\textbaru
+\textbeltl
+\textbenttailyogh
+\textbeta
+\textbigcircle
+\textbktailgamma
+\textblank
+\textborn
+\textbottomtiebar
+\textbraceleft
+\textbraceright
+\textbrevemacron
+\textbrokenbar
+\textbullet
+\textbullseye
+\textcelsius
+\textceltpal
+\textcent
+\textcentoldstyle
+\textchi
+\textcircled
+\textcircledP
+\textcircumacute
+\textcircumdot
+\textcloseepsilon
+\textcloseomega
+\textcloserevepsilon
+\textcolonmonetary
+\textcommatailz
+\textcopyleft
+\textcopyright
+\textcorner
+\textcrb
+\textcrd
+\textcrg
+\textcrh
+\textcrinvglotstop
+\textcrlambda
+\textcrtwo
+\textctc
+\textctd
+\textctdctzlig
+\textctesh
+\textctinvglotstop
+\textctj
+\textctjvar
+\textctn
+\textctstretchc
+\textctstretchcvar
+\textctt
+\textcttctclig
+\textctturnt
+\textctyogh
+\textctz
+\textcurrency
+\textdagger
+\textdaggerdbl
+\textdbend
+\textdblhyphen
+\textdblhyphenchar
+\textdblig
+\textdctzlig
+\textdegree
+\textdied
+\textdiscount
+\textdiv
+\textdivorced
+\textdollar
+\textdollaroldstyle
+\textdong
+\textdotacute
+\textdotbreve
+\textdoublebaresh
+\textdoublebarpipe
+\textdoublebarpipevar
+\textdoublebarslash
+\textdoublegrave
+\textdoublepipe
+\textdoublepipevar
+\textdoublevbaraccent
+\textdoublevertline
+\textdownarrow
+\textdownfullarrow
+\textdownstep
+\textdyoghlig
+\textdzlig
+\texteightoldstyle
+\textellipsis
+\textemdash
+\textendash
+\textepsilon
+\textesh
+\textestimated
+\texteuro
+\textexclamdown
+\textfemale
+\textfishhookr
+\textfiveoldstyle
+\textfjlig
+\textflorin
+\textfouroldstyle
+\textfractionsolidus
+\textfrak
+\textfrbarn
+\textfrhookd
+\textfrhookdvar
+\textfrhookt
+\textfrtailgamma
+\textg
+\textgamma
+\textglobfall
+\textglobrise
+\textglotstop
+\textglotstopvari
+\textglotstopvarii
+\textglotstopvariii
+\textgoth
+\textgravecircum
+\textgravedbl
+\textgravedot
+\textgravemacron
+\textgravemid
+\textgreater
+\textgrgamma
+\textguarani
+\texthalflength
+\texthardsign
+\textheng
+\texthmlig
+\texthooktop
+\texthtb
+\texthtbardotlessj
+\texthtbardotlessjvar
+\texthtc
+\texthtd
+\texthtg
+\texthth
+\texththeng
+\texthtk
+\texthtp
+\texthtq
+\texthtrtaild
+\texthtscg
+\texthtt
+\texthvlig
+\textifsym
+\textinterrobang
+\textinterrobangdown
+\textinvglotstop
+\textinvomega
+\textinvsca
+\textinvscr
+\textinvscripta
+\textinvsubbridge
+\textiota
+\textlambda
+\textlangle
+\textlbrackdbl
+\textleaf
+\textleftarrow
+\textlengthmark
+\textless
+\textlfishhookrlig
+\textlhdbend
+\textlhookfour
+\textlhookp
+\textlhookt
+\textlhti
+\textlhtlongi
+\textlhtlongy
+\textlira
+\textlnot
+\textlonglegr
+\textlooptoprevesh
+\textlowering
+\textlptr
+\textlquill
+\textltailm
+\textltailn
+\textltilde
+\textlyoghlig
+\textmarried
+\textmho
+\textmidacute
+\textminus
+\textmu
+\textmusicalnote
+\textnaira
+\textnineoldstyle
+\textnrleg
+\textnumero
+\textObardotlessj
+\textObullseye
+\textohm
+\textOlyoghlig
+\textomega
+\textonehalf
+\textoneoldstyle
+\textonequarter
+\textonesuperior
+\textopenbullet
+\textopencorner
+\textopeno
+\textordfeminine
+\textordmasculine
+\textovercross
+\textoverw
+\textpalhook
+\textpalhooklong
+\textpalhookvar
+\textparagraph
+\textperiodcentered
+\textpertenthousand
+\textperthousand
+\textpeso
+\textphi
+\textpilcrow
+\textpipe
+\textpipevar
+\textpm
+\textpmhg
+\textpolhook
+\textprimstress
+\textproto
+\textqplig
+\textquestiondown
+\textquotedbl
+\textquotedblleft
+\textquotedblright
+\textquoteleft
+\textquoteright
+\textquotesingle
+\textquotestraightbase
+\textquotestraightdblbase
+\textraiseglotstop
+\textraisevibyi
+\textraising
+\textramshorns
+\textrangle
+\textrbrackdbl
+\textrecipe
+\textrectangle
+\textreferencemark
+\textregistered
+\textretracting
+\textretractingvar
+\textrevapostrophe
+\textreve
+\textrevepsilon
+\textreversedvideodbend
+\textrevglotstop
+\textrevscl
+\textrevscr
+\textrevyogh
+\textrhooka
+\textrhooke
+\textrhookepsilon
+\textrhookopeno
+\textrhookrevepsilon
+\textrhookschwa
+\textrhoticity
+\textrightarrow
+\textringmacron
+\textroundcap
+\textrptr
+\textrquill
+\textrtaild
+\textrtailhth
+\textrtaill
+\textrtailn
+\textrtailr
+\textrtails
+\textrtailt
+\textrtailz
+\textrthook
+\textrthooklong
+\textsca
+\textscaolig
+\textscb
+\textscdelta
+\textsce
+\textscf
+\textscg
+\textsch
+\textschwa
+\textsci
+\textscj
+\textsck
+\textscl
+\textscm
+\textscn
+\textscoelig
+\textscomega
+\textscp
+\textscq
+\textscr
+\textscripta
+\textscriptg
+\textscriptv
+\textscu
+\textscy
+\textseagull
+\textsecstress
+\textsection
+\textservicemark
+\textsevenoldstyle
+\textsixoldstyle
+\textsoftsign
+\textspleftarrow
+\textsterling
+\textstretchc
+\textstretchcvar
+\textstyle
+\textsubacute
+\textsubarch
+\textsubbar
+\textsubbridge
+\textsubcircum
+\textsubdot
+\textsubdoublearrow
+\textsubgrave
+\textsublhalfring
+\textsubplus
+\textsubrhalfring
+\textsubrightarrow
+\textsubring
+\textsubsquare
+\textsubtilde
+\textsubumlaut
+\textsubw
+\textsubwedge
+\textsuperimposetilde
+\textsuperscript
+\textsurd
+\textswab
+\textsyllabic
+\texttctclig
+\textteshlig
+\texttheta
+\textthorn
+\textthornvari
+\textthornvarii
+\textthornvariii
+\textthornvariv
+\textthreeoldstyle
+\textthreequarters
+\textthreequartersemdash
+\textthreesuperior
+\texttildedot
+\texttildelow
+\texttimes
+\texttoneletterstem
+\texttoptiebar
+\texttrademark
+\texttslig
+\textturna
+\textturncelig
+\textturnglotstop
+\textturnh
+\textturnk
+\textturnlonglegr
+\textturnm
+\textturnmrleg
+\textturnr
+\textturnrrtail
+\textturnsck
+\textturnscripta
+\textturnscu
+\textturnt
+\textturnthree
+\textturntwo
+\textturnv
+\textturnw
+\textturny
+\texttwelveudash
+\texttwooldstyle
+\texttwosuperior
+\textuncrfemale
+\textunderscore
+\textuparrow
+\textupfullarrow
+\textupsilon
+\textupstep
+\textvbaraccent
+\textvertline
+\textvibyi
+\textvibyy
+\textvisiblespace
+\textwon
+\textwynn
+\textyen
+\textyogh
+\textzerooldstyle
+\th
+\TH
+\therefore
+\Thermo
+\theta
+\Theta
+\thetaup
+\thickapprox
+\thicksim
+\thickvert
+\ThinFog
+\third
+\thorn
+\Thorn
+\threesim
+\tilde
+\tildel
+\timelimit
+\times
+\ToBottom
+\tone
+\top
+\topbot
+\topdoteq
+\ToTop
+\TransformHoriz
+\TransformVert
+\triangle
+\triangledown
+\TriangleDown
+\triangleleft
+\TriangleLeft
+\trianglelefteq
+\trianglelefteqslant
+\triangleq
+\triangleright
+\TriangleRight
+\trianglerighteq
+\trianglerighteqslant
+\TriangleUp
+\triple
+\tsbm
+\tsmb
+\tsmm
+\Tsteel
+\TTsteel
+\Tumbler
+\TwelweStar
+\twoheadleftarrow
+\twoheadrightarrow
+\twonotes
+\u
+\U
+\UB
+\ubar
+\udesc
+\udot
+\uhorn
+\UHORN
+\ulcorner
+\Umd
+\unclear
+\underaccent
+\underarc
+\underarch
+\underbrace
+\underbracket
+\underdots
+\undergroup
+\underleftarrow
+\underleftrightarrow
+\underline
+\underparenthesis
+\underrightarrow
+\underring
+\undertilde
+\underwedge
+\unitedpawns
+\unlhd
+\unrhd
+\upalpha
+\uparrow
+\Uparrow
+\UParrow
+\upbar
+\upbeta
+\upbracketfill
+\upchi
+\updelta
+\Updelta
+\updownarrow
+\Updownarrow
+\updownarrows
+\updownharpoons
+\upepsilon
+\upeta
+\upgamma
+\Upgamma
+\upharpoonleft
+\upharpoonright
+\upiota
+\upkappa
+\uplambda
+\Uplambda
+\uplett
+\uplus
+\upmu
+\upnu
+\upomega
+\Upomega
+\upp
+\upparenthfill
+\upphi
+\Upphi
+\uppi
+\Uppi
+\uppsi
+\Uppsi
+\uprho
+\upsigma
+\Upsigma
+\upsilon
+\Upsilon
+\upsilonup
+\upt
+\uptau
+\uptheta
+\Uptheta
+\uptodownarrow
+\upuparrows
+\upupharpoons
+\upupsilon
+\Upupsilon
+\upvarepsilon
+\upvarphi
+\upvarpi
+\upvarrho
+\upvarsigma
+\upvartheta
+\upxi
+\Upxi
+\upzeta
+\uranus
+\Uranus
+\urcorner
+\US
+\usepackage
+\ut
+\utilde
+\v
+\vara
+\varangle
+\varbigcirc
+\VarClock
+\varclubsuit
+\varcurlyvee
+\varcurlywedge
+\vardiamondsuit
+\varEarth
+\varepsilon
+\varepsilonup
+\VarFlag
+\varg
+\vargeq
+\varhash
+\varheartsuit
+\varhexagon
+\varhexstar
+\vari
+\VarIceMountain
+\varinjlim
+\varint
+\various
+\varkappa
+\varleq
+\varliminf
+\varlimsup
+\varmathbb
+\VarMountain
+\varnothing
+\varnotin
+\varnotowner
+\varoast
+\varobar
+\varobslash
+\varocircle
+\varodot
+\varogreaterthan
+\varoiiintclockwise
+\varoiiintctrclockwise
+\varoiint
+\varoiintclockwise
+\varoiintctrclockwise
+\varoint
+\varointclockwise
+\varointctrclockwise
+\varolessthan
+\varomega
+\varominus
+\varopeno
+\varoplus
+\varoslash
+\varotimes
+\varovee
+\varowedge
+\varparallel
+\varparallelinv
+\varphi
+\varphiup
+\varpi
+\varpiup
+\varprod
+\varprojlim
+\varpropto
+\varrho
+\varrhoup
+\varsigma
+\varsigmaup
+\varspadesuit
+\varsqsubsetneq
+\varsqsubsetneqq
+\varsqsupsetneq
+\varsqsupsetneqq
+\varstar
+\varsubsetneq
+\varsubsetneqq
+\VarSummit
+\varsupsetneq
+\varsupsetneqq
+\VarTaschenuhr
+\vartheta
+\varthetaup
+\vartimes
+\vartriangle
+\vartriangleleft
+\vartriangleright
+\varv
+\varw
+\vary
+\VBar
+\vcenter
+\vdash
+\vDash
+\Vdash
+\VDash
+\vdots
+\vec
+\Vectorarrow
+\Vectorarrowhigh
+\vee
+\veebar
+\veedoublebar
+\venus
+\Venus
+\vernal
+\vert
+\Vert
+\VHF
+\Vier
+\Village
+\vin
+\ViPa
+\virgo
+\Virgo
+\VM
+\vod
+\voicedh
+\vppm
+\vpppm
+\VT
+\vv
+\Vvdash
+\VvDash
+\vvvert
+\WashCotton
+\WashSynthetics
+\WashWool
+\wasylozenge
+\wasypropto
+\wasytherefore
+\wbetter
+\wdecisive
+\weakpt
+\WeakRain
+\WeakRainCloud
+\Wecker
+\wedge
+\Wheelchair
+\whistle
+\widearrow
+\widebar
+\widecheck
+\widehat
+\wideparen
+\widering
+\widetilde
+\widetriangle
+\wind
+\with
+\withattack
+\withidea
+\withinit
+\without
+\Womanface
+\wp
+\wr
+\Writinghand
+\wupperhand
+\x
+\XBox
+\xhookleftarrow
+\xhookrightarrow
+\xi
+\Xi
+\xiup
+\xleftarrow
+\xLeftarrow
+\xleftharpoondown
+\xleftharpoonup
+\xleftrightarrow
+\xLeftrightarrow
+\xleftrightharpoons
+\xlongequal
+\xlongleftarrow
+\xLongleftarrow
+\xlongleftrightarrow
+\xLongleftrightarrow
+\xlongrightarrow
+\xLongrightarrow
+\xmapsto
+\xrightarrow
+\xRightarrow
+\xrightharpoondown
+\xrightharpoonup
+\xrightleftharpoons
+\XSolid
+\XSolidBold
+\XSolidBrush
+\Ydown
+\Yinyang
+\Yleft
+\yogh
+\Yright
+\Yup
+\Zborder
+\zeta
+\zetaup
+\Zodiac
+\ztransf
+\Ztransf
+\zugzwang
+\Zwdr
+\ZwPa
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.eps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.eps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e4496262b8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0
+%%BoundingBox: -1 -37 180 259
+%%Creator: MetaPost
+%%CreationDate: 2004.04.14:1324
+%%Pages: 1
+%%DocumentFonts: cmr17
+ /cmr17 /cmr17 def
+/fshow {exch findfont exch scalefont setfont show}bind def
+%%EndProlog
+%%Page: 1 1
+ 0.7 setgray 0 17.93271 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+ [] 0 setdash 1 setlinejoin 10 setmiterlimit
+newpath 89.66356 244.33316 moveto
+132.3908 244.94174 165.87755 208.3536 165.87755 164.75676 curveto
+165.87755 121.15993 132.3908 84.5718 89.66356 85.18037 curveto
+47.76907 85.7771 15.69113 122.03224 15.69113 164.75676 curveto
+15.69113 207.48131 47.76907 243.73645 89.66356 244.33316 curveto closepath
+ stroke
+ 1 setlinecap
+newpath 128.41212 95.85231 moveto
+128.41212 0 lineto
+116.14232 -4.44911 103.19072 -6.72478 90.13918 -6.72478 curveto
+77.08765 -6.72478 64.13605 -4.44911 51.86626 0 curveto
+51.86626 96.58183 lineto stroke
+ 0 setgray 0.4 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth
+ 2 setlinecap
+newpath 0 -35.86542 moveto
+0 251.05794 lineto stroke
+newpath 8.96635 -35.86542 moveto
+8.96635 251.05794 lineto stroke
+newpath 89.66356 -35.86542 moveto
+89.66356 251.05794 lineto stroke
+newpath 170.36075 -35.86542 moveto
+170.36075 251.05794 lineto stroke
+ 0 0.4 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop
+newpath 0 0 moveto
+170.36075 0 lineto stroke
+newpath 0 -35.86542 moveto
+170.36075 -35.86542 lineto stroke
+newpath 0 164.75676 moveto
+170.36075 164.75676 lineto stroke
+newpath 0 251.05794 moveto
+170.36075 251.05794 lineto stroke
+85.71588 247.33316 moveto
+(1) cmr17 17.21544 fshow
+ 0 3 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 1 setlinecap
+newpath 89.66356 244.33316 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke
+161.92989 167.75676 moveto
+(2) cmr17 17.21544 fshow
+newpath 165.87755 164.75676 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke
+85.71588 88.18037 moveto
+(3) cmr17 17.21544 fshow
+newpath 89.66356 85.18037 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke
+11.74345 167.75676 moveto
+(4) cmr17 17.21544 fshow
+newpath 15.69113 164.75676 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke
+124.46445 98.85231 moveto
+(5) cmr17 17.21544 fshow
+newpath 128.41212 95.85231 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke
+124.46445 3 moveto
+(6) cmr17 17.21544 fshow
+newpath 128.41212 0 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke
+82.24385 -3.72478 moveto
+(67) cmr17 17.21544 fshow
+newpath 90.13918 -6.72478 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke
+47.91858 3 moveto
+(7) cmr17 17.21544 fshow
+newpath 51.86626 0 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke
+47.91858 99.58183 moveto
+(8) cmr17 17.21544 fshow
+newpath 51.86626 96.58183 moveto 0 0 rlineto stroke
+ 0 0.4 dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop 2 setlinecap
+newpath 0 0 moveto
+179.3271 0 lineto stroke
+newpath 0 251.05794 moveto
+179.3271 251.05794 lineto stroke
+newpath 0 -35.86542 moveto
+179.3271 -35.86542 lineto stroke
+ 0.4 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth
+newpath 0 -35.86542 moveto
+0 251.05794 lineto stroke
+newpath 179.3271 -35.86542 moveto
+179.3271 251.05794 lineto stroke
+showpage
+%%EOF
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.map b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.map
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4687118a70c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.map
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+lightbulb10 LightBulb10 <lightbulb10.pfb
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.mf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.mf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1c8dd47f20e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb.mf
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%% Simple \MF{} symbol example: light bulb
+%% (Demonstrates simplicity, not necesarily good style)
+
+mode_setup; % Target a given printer.
+
+define_pixels(em, cap, sb); % Convert to device-specific units.
+define_corrected_pixels(o); % Same, but add a device-specific fudge factor.
+
+%% Define a light bulb at the character position for ``A'' with width
+%% 1/2 em\#, height cap\#, and depth 1pt\#.
+beginchar("A", 1/2 em#, cap#, 1pt#); "A light bulb";
+ pickup pencircle scaled 1/2pt; % Use a pen with a small, circular tip.
+
+ %% Define the points we need.
+ top z1 = (w/2, h+o); % z1 is at the top of a circle.
+ rt z2 = (w+sb+o-x4, y4); % z2 is at the same height as z4 but opposite side.
+ bot z3 = (z1 - (0, w-sb-o)); % z3 is at the bottom of the circle.
+ lft z4 = (sb-o, 1/2[y1,y3]); % z4 is on the left of the circle.
+ path bulb; % Define a path for the bulb itself.
+ bulb = z1 .. z2 .. z3 .. z4 .. cycle; % The bulb is a closed path.
+
+ z5 = point 2-1/3 of bulb; % z5 lies on the bulb, a little to the right of z3.
+ z6 = (x5, 0); % z6 is at the bottom, directly under z5.
+ z7 = (x8, 0); % z7 is at the bottom, directly under z8.
+ z8 = point 2+1/3 of bulb; % z8 lies on the bulb, a little to the left of z3.
+ bot z67 = (1/2[x6,x7], pen_bot-o-1/8pt); % z67 lies halfway between z6 and z7 but a jot lower.
+
+ %% Draw the bulb and the base.
+ draw bulb; % Draw the bulb proper.
+ draw z5 -- z6 .. z67 .. z7 -- z8; % Draw the base of the bulb.
+
+ %% Display key positions and points to help us debug.
+ makegrid (0, sb, w/2, w-sb) (0, -1pt, y2, h); % Label interesting x and y coordinates.
+ penlabels(1,2,3,4,5,6,67,7,8); % Label control points for debugging.
+endchar;
+end
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb10.mf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb10.mf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f932d094eab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb10.mf
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+%% Simple \MF{} symbol example: light bulb
+%% (Demonstrates simplicity, not necesarily good style)
+
+font_identifier := "LightBulb10"; % Name the font.
+font_size 10pt#; % Specify the design size.
+
+em# := 10pt#; % ``M'' width is 10 points.
+cap# := 7pt#; % Capital letter height is 7 points above the baseline.
+sb# := 1/4pt#; % Leave this much space on the side of each character.
+o# := 1/16pt#; % Amount that curves overshoot borders.
+
+input lightbulb % Load the file that draws the actual glyph.
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb10.pfb b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb10.pfb
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..52cd7eba91e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/lightbulb10.pfb
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/symbols.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/symbols.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cdab333c78a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/source/symbols.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,8915 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-file{
+%%% author = "Scott Pakin",
+%%% version = "9.0",
+%%% date = "22 September 2005",
+%%% time = "20:03:05 MDT",
+%%% filename = "symbols.tex",
+%%% checksum = "12421 8915 28164 336491",
+%%% email = "scott+clsl@pakin.org (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "symbols, LaTeX, typesetting, accents,
+%%% mathematical, scientific, dingbats",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% abstract = "This document lists thousands of symbols and
+%%% the corresponding LaTeX commands that
+%%% produce them. Some of these symbols are
+%%% guaranteed to be available in every LaTeX2e
+%%% system; others require fonts and packages
+%%% that may not accompany a given distribution
+%%% and that therefore need to be installed.
+%%% All of the fonts and packages used to
+%%% prepare this document -- as well as this
+%%% document itself -- are freely available
+%%% from the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network
+%%% (http://www.ctan.org).",
+%%% docstring = "This LaTeX document showcases thousands of
+%%% symbols that are available to authors. The
+%%% original version of this document was
+%%% written by David Carlisle on 1994/10/02.
+%%% It was subsequently changed and expanded by
+%%% Scott Pakin.
+%%%
+%%% To build this document, run ``latex
+%%% symbols'', then ``makeindex -s gind.ist
+%%% symbols'', then two more ``latex symbols''
+%%% commands. This ensures the stability of
+%%% all generated content (tables, references,
+%%% etc.)
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by
+%%% the equivalent of the standard UNIX wc
+%%% (word count) utility output of lines,
+%%% words, and characters. This is produced by
+%%% Robert Solovay's checksum utility. This file
+%%% header was produced with the help of Nelson
+%%% Beebe's filehdr utility. Both checksum and
+%%% filehdr are available from CTAN
+%%% (http://www.ctan.org)."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{array}
+\usepackage{longtable}
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+\usepackage{latexsym}
+\usepackage{varioref}
+\usepackage{xspace}
+\usepackage{makeidx}
+\usepackage{verbatim}
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+\usepackage{tabularx}
+
+\newcommand{\doctitle}{Comprehensive \LaTeX\ Symbol List} % Reusable
+\title{The \doctitle}
+
+\author{\person{Scott}{Pakin} \texttt{<scott+clsl@pakin.org>}%
+ \thanks{The original version of this document was written by
+ \person{David}{Carlisle}, with several additional tables provided by
+ \person{Alexander}{Holt}. See Section~\vref{about-doc} for more
+ information about who did what.}}
+\date{22 September 2005}
+
+\makeindex
+
+%%%
+%%% TO-DO LIST
+%%% * Proofread, especially looking for symbols defined by more
+%%% than one symbol set or symbols that should be in a table
+%%% but aren't.
+%%% * Figure out how to make this file play nice with hyperref.
+%%% * Add more symbol tables. (Did we miss any common, standard, or
+%%% useful ones?)
+%%% * Further index symbols by _description_ (e.g., "perpendicular"
+%%% for "\perp"). This would be really useful, but extremely
+%%% time-consuming to do. Note that Adobe's Web site has a list
+%%% of the names of all the Zapf Dingbats characters. Unfortunately,
+%%% these names can be rather long, like "notched upper right-shadowed
+%%% white rightwards arrow" for \ding{241}.
+%%% * Find some way to associate each package with a flag indicating
+%%% whether the corresponding fonts are in bitmapped or vector
+%%% format.
+%%% * Verify that there aren't any missing symbols in the current
+%%% packages (especially after font upgrades).
+%%%
+
+
+% Index "X Y" and "Y, X". The "begin" and "end" variants are for page ranges.
+\newcommand{\idxboth}[2]{\mbox{}\index{#1 #2}\index{#2>#1}}
+\newcommand{\idxbothbegin}[2]{\mbox{}\index{#1 #2|(}\index{#2>#1|(}}
+\newcommand{\idxbothend}[2]{\mbox{}\index{#1 #2|)}\index{#2>#1|)}}
+
+% Index logical styles.
+\newcommand{\pkgname}[1]{%
+ \textsf{#1}%
+ \index{#1=\textsf{#1} (package)}%
+ \index{packages>\textsf{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\optname}[2]{%
+ \textsf{#2}%
+ \index{#2=\textsf{#2} (\textsf{#1} package option)}%
+ \index{package options>\textsf{#2} (\textsf{#1})}}
+\newcommand{\filename}[1]{%
+ \texttt{#1}%
+ \index{#1=\texttt{#1} (file)}}
+\newcommand{\PSfont}[1]{%
+ #1%
+ \index{#1 (PostScript font)}%
+ \index{fonts, PostScript>#1}%
+ \index{PostScript fonts}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\person}[2]{#1\index{#2, #1} #2}
+
+% Index common words and phrases.
+\newcommand{\latex}{\LaTeX\index{LaTeX=\string\LaTeX}\xspace}
+\newcommand{\latexE}{\LaTeXe\index{LaTeX2e=\string\LaTeXe}\xspace}
+\newcommand{\metafont}{\MF\index{Metafont=\string\MF}\xspace}
+\newcommand{\tex}{\TeX\index{TeX=\string\TeX}\xspace}
+\newcommand{\xypic}{%
+ \mbox{\kern-.1em X\kern-.3em\lower.4ex\hbox{Y\kern-.15em}-pic}%
+ \index{Xy-pic=\mbox{\kern-.1em X\kern-.3em\lower.4ex\hbox{Y\kern-.15em}-pic}}}
+\newcommand{\TeXbook}{%
+ The \TeX{}book\index{TeXbook, The=\TeX{}book, The}~\cite{Knuth:ct-a}\xspace}
+\newcommand{\ctt}{%
+ \texttt{comp.text.tex}%
+ \index{comp.text.tex=\texttt{comp.text.tex} (newsgroup)}\xspace}
+\newcommand{\fntenc}[1][]{%
+ \def\firstarg{#1}%
+ font encoding%
+ \ifx\firstarg\empty%
+ \index{font encodings}%
+ \else
+ \index{font encodings>\firstarg}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand{\selftex}{\expandafter\filename\expandafter{\jobname.tex}\xspace}
+\newcommand{\fontdefdtx}{\filename{fontdef.dtx}\xspace}
+\newcommand{\thanhhanthe}{Th\`anh, H\`an Th\diatop[\'|\^e]} % "|" confuses MakeIndex.
+
+% Index TeXbook symbols and the CTAN repository.
+\newcommand{\idxTBsyms}{%
+ \index{symbols>TeXbook=\TeX{}book}%
+ \index{TeXbook, The=\TeX{}book, The>symbols from}%
+}
+\newcommand{\idxCTAN}{%
+ \index{Comprehensive TeX Archive Network=Comprehensive \string\TeX{} Archive Network}}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% There are a number of symbols (e.g., \Square) that are defined by %
+% multiple packages. In order to typeset all the variants in this %
+% document, we have to give glyph a unique name. To do that, we define %
+% \savesymbol{XXX}, which renames a symbol from \XXX to \origXXX, and %
+% \restoresymbols{yyy}{XXX}, which renames \origXXX back to \XXX and %
+% defines a new command, \yyyXXX, which corresponds to the most recently %
+% loaded version of \XXX. %
+% %
+
+% Save a symbol that we know is going to get redefined.
+\def\savesymbol#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\origsym\expandafter=\csname#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname orig#1\endcsname=\origsym
+ \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname=\relax
+}
+
+% Restore a previously saved symbol, and rename the current one.
+\def\restoresymbol#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\newsym\expandafter=\csname#2\endcsname
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname#1#2\endcsname=\newsym
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\origsym\expandafter=\csname orig#2\endcsname
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\csname#2\endcsname=\origsym
+}
+
+% %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+% Each of the packages used by this document is loaded conditionally.
+% However, it might be nice to know if we have a complete set. So we
+% define \ifcomplete which starts true, but gets set to false if any
+% package is missing.
+\newif\ifcomplete
+\completetrue
+
+% \IfStyFileExists* is just like \IfFileExists, except that it appends
+% ".sty" to its first argument. \IfStyFileExists is the same as
+% \IfStyFileExists*, but it additionally adds its first argument to a list
+% (\missingpkgs) and marks the document as incomplete (with
+% \completefalse) if the .sty file doesn't exist.
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand{\missingpkgs}{}
+\newcommand{\foundpkgs}{}
+\newcommand{\if@sty@file@exists@star}[3]{\IfFileExists{#1.sty}{#2}{#3}}
+\newcommand{\if@sty@file@exists}[3]{%
+ \IfFileExists{#1.sty}%
+ {#2\@cons\foundpkgs{{#1}}}%
+ {#3\completefalse\@cons\missingpkgs{{#1}}}
+}
+\newcommand{\IfStyFileExists}{%
+ \@ifstar{\if@sty@file@exists@star}{\if@sty@file@exists}
+}
+\makeatother
+
+% We get a few packages for free.
+\makeatletter
+\@cons\foundpkgs{{textcomp}}
+\@cons\foundpkgs{{latexsym}}
+\makeatother
+\newcommand{\TC}{\pkgname{textcomp}}
+
+% Typeset a string in various encodings.
+\newcommand{\encone}[1]{{\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont#1}}
+\newcommand{\encfour}[1]{{\fontencoding{T4}\selectfont#1}}
+\newcommand{\encfive}[1]{{\fontencoding{T5}\selectfont#1}}
+
+% Various punctuation marks confuse makeindex when used directly.
+\let\magicrbrack=]
+\let\magicequal=\=
+\newcommand{\magicequalname}{\texttt{\string\=}}
+\newcommand{\magicvertname}{\texttt{|}}
+\newcommand{\magicVertname}{\texttt{\string\|}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\newif\ifAMS
+\newcommand\AMS{\AmS\index{AMS=\AmS}}
+\makeatletter
+\IfStyFileExists{amssymb}
+ {\AMStrue
+ \savesymbol{angle} \savesymbol{rightleftharpoons}
+ \savesymbol{lefthapoondown} \savesymbol{rightharpoonup}
+ \savesymbol{iint} \savesymbol{iiint}
+ \savesymbol{iiiint} \savesymbol{idotsint}
+ \let\orig@ifstar=\@ifstar
+ \usepackage{amsmath}
+ \usepackage{amssymb}
+ \let\@ifstar=\orig@ifstar
+ \let\Rightarrowfill@=\relax
+ \restoresymbol{AMS}{angle} \restoresymbol{AMS}{rightleftharpoons}
+ \restoresymbol{AMS}{lefthapoondown} \restoresymbol{AMS}{rightharpoonup}
+ \restoresymbol{AMS}{iint} \restoresymbol{AMS}{iiint}
+ \restoresymbol{AMS}{iiiint} \restoresymbol{AMS}{idotsint}
+ }
+ {
+ % The following was modified from amsmath.sty.
+ \newcommand{\AmSfont}{%
+ \usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}}
+ \providecommand{\AmS}{{\protect\AmSfont
+ A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}
+ }
+\makeatother
+
+\newif\ifST
+\newcommand\ST{\pkgname{stmaryrd}}
+\IfStyFileExists{stmaryrd}
+ {\STtrue
+ \savesymbol{lightning}
+ \savesymbol{bigtriangleup} \savesymbol{bigtriangledown}
+ \usepackage{stmaryrd}
+ \restoresymbol{ST}{lightning}
+ \restoresymbol{ST}{bigtriangleup} \restoresymbol{ST}{bigtriangledown}
+ }
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifEU
+\IfStyFileExists{euscript}
+ {\EUtrue\usepackage[mathcal]{euscript}
+ \renewcommand{\mathcal}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{eus}{m}{n}##1}}
+ }
+ {\let\CMcal\mathcal}
+
+\newif\ifWASY
+\newcommand\WASY{\pkgname{wasysym}}
+\IfStyFileExists{wasysym}
+ {\WASYtrue
+ \savesymbol{lightning}
+ \savesymbol{Box}
+ \savesymbol{Diamond}
+ \usepackage{wasysym}
+ \restoresymbol{WASY}{lightning}
+ \restoresymbol{WASY}{Box}
+ \restoresymbol{WASY}{Diamond}
+ }
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifPI
+\newcommand\PI{\pkgname{pifont}}
+\IfStyFileExists{pifont}
+ {\PItrue\usepackage{pifont}}
+ {}
+
+% marvosym underwent a major rewrite for the 2000/05/01 version, adding
+% a large number of new symbols. If it looks like we have only the
+% older version, pretend we don't have it at all.
+\newif\ifMARV
+\newcommand\MARV{\pkgname{marvosym}}
+\makeatletter
+\IfStyFileExists*{marvosym}
+ {\savesymbol{Rightarrow}
+ \usepackage{marvosym}[2000/05/01] % Major rewrite at this version.
+ \restoresymbol{marv}{Rightarrow}
+ \@ifundefined{Denarius} % \Denarius is a newer symbol.
+ {\global\MARVfalse}
+ {\global\MARVtrue}
+ }
+ {}
+\makeatother
+
+\newif\ifMAN
+\newcommand\MAN{\pkgname{manfnt}}
+\IfStyFileExists{manfnt}
+ {\MANtrue\usepackage{manfnt}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifDING
+\newcommand\DING{\pkgname{bbding}}
+\IfStyFileExists{bbding}
+ {\DINGtrue
+ \savesymbol{Cross} \savesymbol{Square}
+ \usepackage{bbding}
+ \restoresymbol{ding}{Cross} \restoresymbol{ding}{Square}
+ }
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifUTILD
+\newcommand\UTILD{\pkgname{undertilde}}
+\IfStyFileExists{undertilde}
+ {\UTILDtrue\usepackage{undertilde}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifIFS
+\newcommand\IFS{\pkgname{ifsym}}
+\IfStyFileExists{ifsym}
+ {\IFStrue
+ \savesymbol{Letter} \savesymbol{Square} \savesymbol{Cross} \savesymbol{Sun}
+ \savesymbol{TriangleUp} \savesymbol{TriangleDown} \savesymbol{Circle}
+ \savesymbol{Lightning}
+ \usepackage[alpine,clock,electronic,geometry,misc,weather]{ifsym}[2000/04/18]
+ \restoresymbol{ifs}{Letter} \restoresymbol{ifs}{Square}
+ \restoresymbol{ifs}{Cross} \restoresymbol{ifs}{Sun}
+ \restoresymbol{ifs}{TriangleUp} \restoresymbol{ifs}{TriangleDown}
+ \restoresymbol{ifs}{Circle} \restoresymbol{ifs}{Lightning}
+ }
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifTIPA
+\newcommand\TIPA{\pkgname{tipa}}
+\IfStyFileExists{tipa}
+ {\TIPAtrue\usepackage[safe]{tipa}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifTIPX
+\newcommand\TIPX{\pkgname{tipx}}
+\IfStyFileExists{tipx}
+ {\TIPXtrue\usepackage{tipx}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifXIPA
+\newcommand\XIPA{\pkgname{extraipa}}
+\IfStyFileExists{extraipa}
+ {\XIPAtrue\usepackage{extraipa}}
+ {}
+
+% We use the *-form of \IfStyFileExists, because the package is named
+% "wsuipa", while the .sty file is named "ipa.sty".
+\makeatletter
+\newif\ifWIPA
+\newcommand\WIPA{\pkgname{wsuipa}}
+\IfStyFileExists*{ipa}
+ {\@cons\foundpkgs{{wsuipa}}
+ \WIPAtrue
+ \savesymbol{baro} \savesymbol{eth} \savesymbol{openo} \savesymbol{thorn}
+ \usepackage{ipa}
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname ver@wsuipa.sty\endcsname{%
+ \csname ver@ipa.sty\endcsname}
+ \restoresymbol{WSU}{baro} \restoresymbol{WSU}{eth}
+ \restoresymbol{WSU}{openo} \restoresymbol{WSU}{thorn}
+ }
+ {\completefalse\@cons\missingpkgs{{wsuipa}}}
+\makeatother
+
+\newif\ifPHON
+\newcommand\PHON{\pkgname{phonetic}}
+\IfStyFileExists{phonetic}
+ {\PHONtrue
+ \savesymbol{esh} \savesymbol{eth} \savesymbol{hookb}
+ \savesymbol{hookd} \savesymbol{hookh} \savesymbol{openo}
+ \savesymbol{schwa} \savesymbol{taild} \savesymbol{thorn}
+ \savesymbol{varg} \savesymbol{yogh}
+ \usepackage{phonetic}
+ \restoresymbol{PHON}{esh} \restoresymbol{PHON}{eth}
+ \restoresymbol{PHON}{hookb} \restoresymbol{PHON}{hookd}
+ \restoresymbol{PHON}{hookh} \restoresymbol{PHON}{openo}
+ \restoresymbol{PHON}{schwa} \restoresymbol{PHON}{taild}
+ \restoresymbol{PHON}{thorn} \restoresymbol{PHON}{varg}
+ \restoresymbol{PHON}{yogh}
+
+ % A few phonetic macros are fragile but need to be made robust.
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\PHONibar}{\ibar}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\PHONrbar}{\rbar}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\PHONvod}{\vod}
+ }
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifULSY
+\newcommand\ULSY{\pkgname{ulsy}}
+\IfStyFileExists{ulsy}
+ {\ULSYtrue\usepackage{ulsy}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifASP
+\newcommand\ASP{\pkgname{ar}}
+\IfStyFileExists{ar}
+ {\ASPtrue\usepackage{ar}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifMETRE
+\newcommand\METRE{\pkgname{metre}}
+\IfStyFileExists{metre}
+ {\METREtrue
+ \savesymbol{breve}
+ \newcommand{\breve}{PLACEHOLDER FOR RENEWCOMMAND}
+ \usepackage{metre}
+ \restoresymbol{METRE}{breve}
+ %
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREantidiplestar}{\antidiple*}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREantidiple}{\antidiple}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREdiplestar}{\diple*}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREdiple}{\diple}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREobelusstar}{\obelus*}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREobelus}{\obelus}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METRErespondens}{\respondens}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREterminusstar}{\terminus*}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREterminus}{\terminus}
+ %
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREAntidiplestar}{\Antidiple*}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREAntidiple}{\Antidiple}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREDiplestar}{\Diple*}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREDiple}{\Diple}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREObelusstar}{\Obelus*}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METREObelus}{\Obelus}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METRERespondens}{\Respondens}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METRETerminusstar}{\Terminus*}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\METRETerminus}{\Terminus}
+ }
+ {}
+
+% pxfonts relies on txfonts (I think), so either package can be loaded.
+% Note that txfonts/pxfonts redefine every LaTeX and AMS character,
+% which is not what we want. As a result, we have to rely on some
+% serious trickery to prevent our old characters from getting redefined.
+\newif\ifTX
+\newcommand\TX{\pkgname{txfonts}}
+\newcommand\PX{\pkgname{pxfonts}}
+\newcommand\TXPX{\pkgname{txfonts}/\pkgname{pxfonts}}
+\makeatletter
+\IfStyFileExists{txfonts}
+ {\TXtrue
+ % Manually declare the new txfonts fonts.
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{lettersA}{U}{txmia}{m}{it}
+ \SetSymbolFont{lettersA}{bold}{U}{txmia}{bx}{it}
+ \DeclareFontSubstitution{U}{txmia}{m}{it}
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{symbolsC}{U}{txsyc}{m}{n}
+ \SetSymbolFont{symbolsC}{bold}{U}{txsyc}{bx}{n}
+ \DeclareFontSubstitution{U}{txsyc}{m}{n}
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{largesymbolsA}{U}{txexa}{m}{n}
+ \SetSymbolFont{largesymbolsA}{bold}{U}{txexa}{bx}{n}
+ \DeclareFontSubstitution{U}{txexa}{m}{n}
+ % Prevent txfonts from redeclaring any old fonts.
+ \let\origDeclareMathAlphabet=\DeclareMathAlphabet
+ \renewcommand{\DeclareMathAlphabet}[5]{}
+ \let\origDeclareSymbolFont=\DeclareSymbolFont
+ \renewcommand{\DeclareSymbolFont}[5]{}
+ \let\origSetSymbolFont=\SetSymbolFont
+ \renewcommand{\SetSymbolFont}[6]{}
+ \let\origDeclareFontSubstitution=\DeclareFontSubstitution
+ \renewcommand{\DeclareFontSubstitution}[4]{}
+ % Load txfonts.
+ \savesymbol{angle} \savesymbol{rightleftharpoons}
+ \usepackage{txfonts}
+ \restoresymbol{TX}{angle} \restoresymbol{TX}{rightleftharpoons}
+ % Restore the old font commands.
+ \global\let\DeclareSymbolFont=\origDeclareSymbolFont
+ \global\let\SetSymbolFont=\origSetSymbolFont
+ \global\let\DeclareFontSubstitution=\origDeclareFontSubstitution
+ \global\let\DeclareMathAlphabet=\origDeclareMathAlphabet
+ % Restore the default fonts.
+ \renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+ \renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss}
+ \renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt}
+ \ifAMS
+ \DeclareMathAlphabet\mathfrak{U}{euf}{m}{n}
+ \fi
+ % Are \textcent, \textsterling, \mathcent, \mathsterling, \L, \l,
+ % and \r the only symbols that get screwed up?
+ \let\origtextcent=\textcent
+ \gdef\textcent{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\origtextcent}}
+ \let\origtextsterling=\textsterling
+ \gdef\textsterling{{\fontencoding{TS1}\selectfont\origtextsterling}}
+ \DeclareTextCommand{\L}{OT1}
+ {\leavevmode\setbox\z@\hbox{L}\hb@xt@\wd\z@{\hss\@xxxii L}}
+ \DeclareTextCommand{\l}{OT1}
+ {{\@xxxii l}}
+ \DeclareTextAccent{\r}{OT1}{23}
+ \renewcommand{\mathcent}{\mbox{\usefont{OT1}{txr}{m}{n}\char"A2}}
+ \renewcommand{\mathsterling}{\mbox{\usefont{OT1}{txr}{m}{n}\char"A3}}
+ }
+ {}
+\makeatother
+
+% Here's a real problem child: mathabx, which also redefines virtually
+% every symbol provided by LaTeX2e and AMS. We have to resort to our
+% most devious trickery to get mathabx to load properly.
+\newif\ifABX
+\newcommand\ABX{\pkgname{mathabx}}
+\let\origDeclareMathSymbol=\DeclareMathSymbol
+\let\origDeclareMathDelimiter=\DeclareMathDelimiter
+\let\origDeclareMathRadical=\DeclareMathRadical
+\let\origDeclareMathAccent=\DeclareMathAccent
+\makeatletter
+ % Redefine \DeclareMathSymbol to stick "ABX" in front of each symbol name.
+ \renewcommand{\DeclareMathSymbol}[4]{%
+ \edef\newname{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}
+ \ifx\newname\@empty
+ \else
+ \edef\newname{ABX\newname}
+ \expandafter\origDeclareMathSymbol\expandafter{%
+ \csname\newname\endcsname}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ \fi
+ }
+ % Do the same for \DeclareMathDelimiter.
+ \def\DeclareMathDelimiter#1{%
+ \edef\newname{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}
+ \def\eatfour##1##2##3##4{}%
+ \def\eatfive##1##2##3##4##5{}%
+ \ifx\newname\@empty
+ \if\relax\noexpand#1%
+ \def\next{\eatfive}
+ \else
+ \def\next{\eatfour}
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \edef\newname{ABX\newname}
+ \def\next{%
+ \expandafter\origDeclareMathDelimiter\expandafter{%
+ \csname\newname\endcsname}}
+ \fi
+ \next
+ }
+ % Do the same for \DeclareMathAccent.
+ \renewcommand{\DeclareMathAccent}[4]{%
+ \edef\newname{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1}
+ \ifx\newname\@empty
+ \else
+ \edef\newname{ABX\newname}
+ \expandafter\origDeclareMathAccent\expandafter{%
+ \csname\newname\endcsname}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ \fi
+ }
+ % Redefine \DeclareMathRadical to do nothing.
+ \renewcommand{\DeclareMathRadical}[5]{}
+\makeatother
+\let\proofmode=1
+\IfStyFileExists{mathabx}
+ {\ABXtrue
+ \savesymbol{not} \savesymbol{widering}\savesymbol{Moon}
+ \savesymbol{notowner} \savesymbol{iint} \savesymbol{iiint}
+ \savesymbol{oint} \savesymbol{oiint} \savesymbol{bigboxperp}
+ \savesymbol{bigoperp} \savesymbol{boxedcirc} \savesymbol{boxeddash}
+ \savesymbol{boxeedast} \savesymbol{boxperp} \savesymbol{boy}
+ \savesymbol{Cap} \savesymbol{centerdot} \savesymbol{circledast}
+ \savesymbol{circledcirc} \savesymbol{circleddash} \savesymbol{Cup}
+ \savesymbol{curvearrowtopleft} \savesymbol{curvearrowtopleftright}
+ \savesymbol{curvearrowtopright} \savesymbol{doteqdot}
+ \savesymbol{geqslant} \savesymbol{gets} \savesymbol{girl}
+ \savesymbol{Join} \savesymbol{land} \savesymbol{leqslant}
+ \savesymbol{looparrowupleft} \savesymbol{looparrowupright}
+ \savesymbol{lor} \savesymbol{lsemantic}
+ \savesymbol{mayaleftdelimiter} \savesymbol{mayarightdelimiter}
+ \savesymbol{ndivides} \savesymbol{nequiv} \savesymbol{ngeqslant}
+ \savesymbol{ni} \savesymbol{nleqslant} \savesymbol{notni}
+ \savesymbol{notowns} \savesymbol{notsign} \savesymbol{operp}
+ \savesymbol{rsemantic} \savesymbol{sqCap} \savesymbol{sqCup}
+ \savesymbol{to} \savesymbol{ulsh} \savesymbol{ursh}
+ \savesymbol{overbrace} \savesymbol{underbrace}
+ \savesymbol{overgroup} \savesymbol{undergroup}
+
+ \usepackage{mathabx}
+
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{not} \restoresymbol{ABX}{widering}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{Moon} \restoresymbol{ABX}{notowner}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{iint} \restoresymbol{ABX}{iiint}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{oint} \restoresymbol{ABX}{oiint}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{bigboxperp} \restoresymbol{ABX}{bigoperp}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{boxedcirc} \restoresymbol{ABX}{boxeddash}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{boxeedast} \restoresymbol{ABX}{boxperp}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{boy} \restoresymbol{ABX}{Cap}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{centerdot} \restoresymbol{ABX}{circledast}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{circledcirc} \restoresymbol{ABX}{circleddash}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{Cup} \restoresymbol{ABX}{curvearrowtopleft}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{curvearrowtopleftright}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{curvearrowtopright}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{doteqdot} \restoresymbol{ABX}{geqslant}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{gets} \restoresymbol{ABX}{girl}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{Join} \restoresymbol{ABX}{land}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{leqslant} \restoresymbol{ABX}{looparrowupleft}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{looparrowupright} \restoresymbol{ABX}{lor}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{lsemantic}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{mayaleftdelimiter}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{mayarightdelimiter}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{ndivides} \restoresymbol{ABX}{nequiv}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{ngeqslant} \restoresymbol{ABX}{ni}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{nleqslant} \restoresymbol{ABX}{notni}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{notowns} \restoresymbol{ABX}{notsign}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{operp} \restoresymbol{ABX}{rsemantic}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{sqCap} \restoresymbol{ABX}{sqCup}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{to} \restoresymbol{ABX}{ulsh}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{ursh} \restoresymbol{ABX}{overbrace}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{underbrace} \restoresymbol{ABX}{overgroup}
+ \restoresymbol{ABX}{undergroup}
+ }
+ {}
+\let\DeclareMathAccent=\origDeclareMathAccent
+\let\DeclareMathRadical=\origDeclareMathRadical
+\let\DeclareMathDelimiter=\origDeclareMathDelimiter
+\let\DeclareMathSymbol=\origDeclareMathSymbol
+\ifABX
+ % Define only those accents that are not defined elsewhere.
+ \DeclareMathAccent{\widecheck} {0}{mathx}{"71}
+ \DeclareMathAccent{\widebar} {0}{mathx}{"73}
+ \DeclareMathAccent{\widearrow} {0}{mathx}{"74}
+ % Redefine all let-bound symbols.
+ \let\ABXcenterdot=\ABXsqbullet
+ \let\ABXcircledast=\ABXoasterisk
+ \let\ABXcircledcirc=\ABXocirc
+ % Redefine commands that are used by other commands.
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\ABXnotsign} {3}{matha}{"7F}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\ABXvarnotsign} {3}{mathb}{"7F}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\ABXnotowner} {3}{matha}{"53}
+ \makeatletter
+ \def\ABXoverbrace{\overbrace@{\bracefill\ABXbraceld\ABXbracemd\ABXbracerd\ABXbracexd}}
+ \def\ABXunderbrace{\underbrace@{\bracefill\ABXbracelu\ABXbracemu\ABXbraceru\ABXbracexu}}
+ \def\ABXovergroup{\overbrace@{\bracefill\ABXbraceld{}\ABXbracerd\ABXbracexd}}
+ \def\ABXundergroup{\underbrace@{\bracefill\ABXbracelu{}\ABXbraceru\ABXbracexu}}
+ \makeatother
+ % Define a command to select the mathb font.
+ \newcommand{\mathbfont}{\usefont{U}{mathb}{m}{n}}
+\fi % ABX test
+
+\newif\ifFC
+\newcommand\FC{\pkgname{fc}}
+\IfStyFileExists{fclfont}
+ {\FCtrue
+ \let\origlbrace=\{
+ \let\origrbrace=\}
+ \let\origbar=\|
+ \let\origdollar=\$
+ \let\origspace=\_
+ \let\origS=\S
+ \let\origpounds=\pounds
+ \input{t4enc.def}
+ \DeclareTextAccent{\FCbar}{T4}{'277}% single universal accent
+ \global\let\{=\origlbrace
+ \global\let\}=\origrbrace
+ \global\let\|=\origbar
+ \global\let\$=\origdollar
+ \global\let\_=\origspace
+ \global\let\S=\origS
+ \global\let\pounds=\origpounds
+ }
+ {}
+
+% skak should be loaded before ascii because their \FF macros conflict.
+% (skak's \FF is not a symbol so it can simply be set to \relax.)
+\newif\ifSKAK
+\newcommand\SKAK{\pkgname{skak}}
+\IfStyFileExists{skak}
+ {\SKAKtrue
+ \savesymbol{etc}
+ \savesymbol{see}
+ \usepackage{skak}
+ \restoresymbol{SKAK}{etc}
+ \restoresymbol{SKAK}{see}
+ \let\FF=\relax
+ }
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifASCII
+\newcommand\ASCII{\pkgname{ascii}}
+\IfStyFileExists{ascii}
+ {\ASCIItrue\usepackage{ascii}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifARK % ark10 and dingbat fonts
+\newcommand\ARK{\pkgname{dingbat}}
+\IfStyFileExists{dingbat}
+ {\ARKtrue
+ \savesymbol{checkmark}
+ \usepackage{dingbat}
+ \restoresymbol{ARK}{checkmark}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\ARKlargepencil}{\largepencil\rule{0pt}{7ex}}
+ }
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifSKULL
+\newcommand\SKULL{\pkgname{skull}}
+\IfStyFileExists{skull}
+ {\SKULLtrue
+ \let\origDeclareSymbolFont=\DeclareSymbolFont
+ \let\origDeclareMathSymbol=\DeclareMathSymbol
+ \def\DeclareSymbolFont##1##2##3##4##5{}
+ \def\DeclareMathSymbol##1##2##3##4{}
+ \usepackage{skull}
+ \let\DeclareSymbolFont=\origDeclareSymbolFont
+ \let\DeclareMathSymbol=\origDeclareMathSymbol
+ \newcommand{\skull}{{\usefont{U}{skulls}{m}{n}\char'101}}
+ }
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifEUSYM
+\newcommand\EUSYM{\pkgname{eurosym}}
+\IfStyFileExists{eurosym}
+ {\EUSYMtrue\usepackage{eurosym}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifESV
+\newcommand\ESV{\pkgname{esvect}}
+\IfStyFileExists{esvect}
+ {\ESVtrue
+ \usepackage{esvect}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldra}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'021}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldrb}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'022}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldrc}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'023}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldrd}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'024}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldre}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'025}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldrf}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'026}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldrg}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'027}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\fldrh}{\mathrel}{esvector}{'030}
+ }
+ {}
+
+% yfonts re-encodes \aa and \AA as LY, so we have to re-re-encode them
+% as OT1.
+\IfStyFileExists{yfonts}
+ {\usepackage{yfonts}
+ \DeclareTextCommand{\aa}{OT1}{{\accent23a}}
+ \DeclareTextCommand{\AA}{OT1}{{\accent23A}}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifYH
+\newcommand\YH{\pkgname{yhmath}}
+\IfStyFileExists{yhmath}
+ {\YHtrue
+ \let\origRequirePackage=\RequirePackage % We don't want amsmath loaded.
+ \def\RequirePackage##1{}
+ \usepackage{yhmath}
+ \let\RequirePackage=\origRequirePackage
+ }
+ {}
+
+% At the time of this writing we're completely out of math alphabets.
+% (Knuth shortsightedly assumed that 16 would be plenty for anyone.)
+% Hence, instead of loading the esint package we manually define all of
+% its characters as text characters. Yuck.
+\newif\ifES
+\newcommand\ES{\pkgname{esint}}
+\IfStyFileExists{esint}
+ {\EStrue
+ % Center an esint character against an ordinary integral.
+ \newsavebox{\esbox}
+ \newlength{\intcenterdelta}
+ \newcommand{\esintchar}[1]{%
+ \ifodd##1
+ \sbox{\esbox}{$\int$}%
+ \else
+ \sbox{\esbox}{$\displaystyle\int$}%
+ \fi
+ \setlength {\intcenterdelta}{0.5\ht\esbox}%
+ \addtolength{\intcenterdelta}{-0.5\dp\esbox}%
+ \sbox{\esbox}{\usefont{U}{esint}{m}{n}\char##1\relax}%
+ \addtolength{\intcenterdelta}{-0.5\ht\esbox}%
+ \addtolength{\intcenterdelta}{0.5\dp\esbox}%
+ \raisebox{\intcenterdelta}{\usebox{\esbox}}%
+ }
+ % Manually define all of the characters we care about.
+ \newcommand{\ESintT}{\esintchar{'001}}
+ \newcommand{\ESintD}{\esintchar{'002}}
+ \newcommand{\ESiintT}{\esintchar{'003}}
+ \newcommand{\ESiintD}{\esintchar{'004}}
+ \newcommand{\ESiiintT}{\esintchar{'005}}
+ \newcommand{\ESiiintD}{\esintchar{'006}}
+ \newcommand{\ESiiiintT}{\esintchar{'007}}
+ \newcommand{\ESiiiintD}{\esintchar{'010}}
+ \newcommand{\ESdotsintT}{\esintchar{'011}}
+ \newcommand{\ESdotsintD}{\esintchar{'012}}
+ \newcommand{\ESointT}{\esintchar{'013}}
+ \newcommand{\ESointD}{\esintchar{'014}}
+ \newcommand{\ESoiintT}{\esintchar{'015}}
+ \newcommand{\ESoiintD}{\esintchar{'016}}
+ \newcommand{\ESsqintT}{\esintchar{'017}}
+ \newcommand{\ESsqintD}{\esintchar{'020}}
+ \newcommand{\ESsqiintT}{\esintchar{'021}}
+ \newcommand{\ESsqiintD}{\esintchar{'022}}
+ \newcommand{\ESointctrclockwiseT}{\esintchar{'027}}
+ \newcommand{\ESointctrclockwiseD}{\esintchar{'030}}
+ \newcommand{\ESointclockwiseT}{\esintchar{'031}}
+ \newcommand{\ESointclockwiseD}{\esintchar{'032}}
+ \newcommand{\ESvarointclockwiseT}{\esintchar{'033}}
+ \newcommand{\ESvarointclockwiseD}{\esintchar{'034}}
+ \newcommand{\ESvarointctrclockwiseT}{\esintchar{'035}}
+ \newcommand{\ESvarointctrclockwiseD}{\esintchar{'036}}
+ \newcommand{\ESfintT}{\esintchar{'037}}
+ \newcommand{\ESfintD}{\esintchar{'040}}
+ \newcommand{\ESvaroiintT}{\esintchar{'041}}
+ \newcommand{\ESvaroiintD}{\esintchar{'042}}
+ \newcommand{\ESlandupintT}{\esintchar{'043}}
+ \newcommand{\ESlandupintD}{\esintchar{'044}}
+ \newcommand{\ESlanddownintT}{\esintchar{'045}}
+ \newcommand{\ESlanddownintD}{\esintchar{'046}}
+ }
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifMDOTS
+\newcommand\MDOTS{\pkgname{mathdots}}
+\IfStyFileExists{mathdots}
+ {\MDOTStrue\usepackage{mathdots}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifTRSYM
+\newcommand\TRSYM{\pkgname{trsym}}
+\IfStyFileExists{trsym}
+ {% We're painfully low on math alphabets so we define trsym's symbols in
+ % text mode.
+ \TRSYMtrue
+ \newcommand{\transfsymbol}[1]{{\usefont{U}{trsy}{m}{n}##1}}
+ \let\origDeclareSymbolFont=\DeclareSymbolFont
+ \let\origDeclareMathSymbol=\DeclareMathSymbol
+ \renewcommand{\DeclareSymbolFont}[5]{}
+ \renewcommand{\DeclareMathSymbol}[4]{\gdef##1{\transfsymbol{\char##4}}}
+ \usepackage{trsym}
+ \let\DeclareSymbolFont=\origDeclareSymbolFont
+ \let\DeclareMathSymbol=\origDeclareMathSymbol
+ }
+ {}
+
+% We use the *-form of \IfStyFileExists, because the package is named
+% "universa", while the .sty file is named "uni.sty".
+\makeatletter
+\newif\ifUNI
+\newcommand\UNI{\pkgname{universa}}
+\IfStyFileExists*{uni}
+ {\@cons\foundpkgs{{universa}}
+ \UNItrue
+ \usepackage{uni}
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname ver@universa.sty\endcsname{%
+ \csname ver@uni.sty\endcsname}
+ % Redefine all of uni's non-textual symbols to use the Universal font.
+ \renewcommand{\bausquare}{{\usefont{OT1}{uni}{m}{n}\char"00}}
+ \renewcommand{\baucircle}{{\usefont{OT1}{uni}{m}{n}\char"01}}
+ \renewcommand{\bautriangle}{{\usefont{OT1}{uni}{m}{n}\char"02}}
+ \renewcommand{\bauhead}{{\usefont{OT1}{uni}{m}{n}\char"03}}
+ \renewcommand{\bauforms}{{\usefont{OT1}{uni}{m}{n}\char"04}}
+ }
+ {\completefalse\@cons\missingpkgs{{universa}}}
+\makeatother
+
+
+\newif\ifUPGR
+\newcommand\UPGR{\pkgname{upgreek}}
+\IfStyFileExists{upgreek}
+ {% We're painfully low on math alphabets so we define upgreek's symbols
+ % in text mode.
+ \UPGRtrue
+ \let\origDeclareSymbolFont=\DeclareSymbolFont
+ \let\origDeclareMathSymbol=\DeclareMathSymbol
+ \let\origSetSymbolFont=\SetSymbolFont
+ \renewcommand{\DeclareSymbolFont}[5]{}
+ \renewcommand{\DeclareMathSymbol}[4]{%
+ \newcommand{##1}{{\usefont{U}{psy}{m}{n}\char##4}}%
+ }
+ \renewcommand{\SetSymbolFont}[6]{}
+ \usepackage[Symbol]{upgreek}
+ \DeclareFontFamily{U}{eur}{\skewchar\font'177}
+ \DeclareFontShape{U}{eur}{m}{n}{%
+ <-6> eurm5 <6-8> eurm7 <8-> eurm10}{}
+ \let\DeclareSymbolFont=\origDeclareSymbolFont
+ \let\DeclareMathSymbol=\origDeclareMathSymbol
+ \let\SetSymbolFont=\origSetSymbolFont
+ }
+ {}
+
+% overrightarrow depends upon various macros that are defined by AMS.
+\newif\ifORA
+\newcommand\ORA{\pkgname{overrightarrow}}
+\ifAMS
+ \IfStyFileExists{overrightarrow}
+ {\ORAtrue\usepackage{overrightarrow}}
+ {}
+\fi % AMS test
+
+\newif\ifCHEMA
+\newcommand\CHEMA{\pkgname{chemarr}}
+\IfStyFileExists{chemarr}
+ {\CHEMAtrue
+ \let\origRequirePackage=\RequirePackage
+ \renewcommand{\RequirePackage}[1]{}
+ \usepackage{chemarr}
+ \let\RequirePackage=\origRequirePackage
+ }
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifCHEMB
+\newcommand\CHEMB{\pkgname{chemarrow}}
+\IfStyFileExists{chemarrow}
+ {\CHEMBtrue\usepackage{chemarrow}}
+ {}
+
+% nath is another of those "problem packages" that redefine just about
+% everything. To make nath work in this document we need to explicitly
+% define only those symbols that we actually need.
+\newif\ifNATH
+\newcommand\NATH{\pkgname{nath}}
+\makeatletter
+\IfStyFileExists{nath}
+ {\NATHtrue
+ \def\vin{\mathrel{\hbox{\hglue .1ex
+ \vrule \@height .06ex \@width 1ex
+ \vrule \@height 1.33ex \@width .06ex
+ \hglue .4ex}}}
+
+ \def\niv{\mathrel{\hbox{\hglue .2ex
+ \vrule \@height 1.33ex \@width .06ex
+ \vrule \@height .06ex \@width 1ex
+ \hglue .5ex}}}
+
+ % The following was derived from nath's \extend@delim macro.
+ \newcommand*{\nathrep}[2]{%
+ \setbox0\hbox{$\displaystyle##2$}%
+ \count@=0
+ \loop\ifnum\count@<##1
+ ##2%
+ \hskip -.75\wd0 \hskip .25ex%
+ \advance\count@ by 1%
+ \repeat
+ }
+ \newcommand*{\nathdouble}[1]{\nathrep{2}{##1}}
+ \newcommand*{\nathtriple}[1]{\nathrep{3}{##1}}
+ }
+ {}
+\makeatother
+
+\newif\ifTRF
+\newcommand\TRF{\pkgname{trfsigns}}
+\IfStyFileExists{trfsigns}
+ {\TRFtrue\usepackage{trfsigns}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifEEQ
+\newcommand\EEQ{\pkgname{empheq}}
+\IfStyFileExists{empheq}
+ {\EEQtrue
+ \savesymbol{overbracket}
+ \savesymbol{underbracket}
+ \savesymbol{xrightleftharpoons}
+ \usepackage{empheq}
+ \restoresymbol{EEQ}{overbracket}
+ \restoresymbol{EEQ}{underbracket}
+ \restoresymbol{EEQ}{xrightleftharpoons}
+ }
+ {}
+
+% We don't actually load the following as their symbols are all
+% implemented in terms of existing symbols and we need to save math
+% alphabets.
+\newcommand\MC{\pkgname{mathcomp}}
+\newcommand\GSYMB{\pkgname{gensymb}}
+
+\newif\ifPHAI
+\newcommand\PHAI{\pkgname{phaistos}}
+\IfStyFileExists{phaistos}
+ {\PHAItrue\usepackage{phaistos}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifARCS
+\newcommand\ARCS{\pkgname{arcs}}
+\IfStyFileExists{arcs}
+ {\ARCStrue\usepackage{arcs}}
+ {}
+
+% If we have t5enc.def, use it and its prerequisite definitions directly
+% instead of loading t5.sty or dblaccent.sty, as these affect other
+% things in the document.
+\newif\ifVIET
+\newcommand\VIET{\pkgname{vntex}}
+\makeatletter
+\def\DeclareTextDoubleCompositeCommand#1#2#3#4#5{
+ \expandafter\def\csname\expandafter\string\csname
+ #2\endcsname\string#1-\string#3-\string#4\endcsname{#5}
+}
+\catcode\z@=11\relax
+\def\DeclareTextDoubleComposite#1#2#3#4#5{
+ \def\reserved@a{\DeclareTextDoubleCompositeCommand#1{#2}{#3}{#4}}
+ \bgroup
+ \lccode\z@#5
+ \lowercase{
+ \egroup
+ \reserved@a ^^@}
+}
+\catcode\z@=15\relax
+\makeatother
+\IfStyFileExists{t5}
+ {\VIETtrue\input{t5enc.def}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifPHONFC
+\newcommand\PHONFC{\pkgname{t4phonet}}
+\makeatletter
+\IfStyFileExists{t4phonet}
+ {\PHONFCtrue
+ \let\origDeclareTextSymbol=\DeclareTextSymbol
+ \let\origDeclareTextAccent=\DeclareTextAccent
+ \renewcommand{\DeclareTextSymbol}[3]{%
+ \edef\PHONFCsym{\expandafter\@gobble\string##1}%
+ \expandafter\origDeclareTextSymbol\expandafter{%
+ \csname PHONFC\PHONFCsym\endcsname}{##2}{##3}%
+ }
+ \renewcommand{\DeclareTextAccent}[3]{%
+ \edef\PHONFCsym{\expandafter\@gobble\string##1}%
+ \expandafter\origDeclareTextAccent\expandafter{%
+ \csname PHONFC\PHONFCsym\endcsname}{##2}{##3}%
+ }
+ \usepackage{t4phonet}
+ \let\DeclareTextSymbol=\origDeclareTextSymbol
+ \let\DeclareTextAccent=\origDeclareTextAccent
+ }
+ {}
+\makeatother
+
+\newif\ifHOPO
+\newcommand\HOPO{\pkgname{holtpolt}}
+\IfStyFileExists{holtpolt}
+ {\HOPOtrue\usepackage{holtpolt}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifSMTR
+\newcommand\SMTR{\pkgname{semtrans}}
+\IfStyFileExists{semtrans}
+ {\SMTRtrue
+ \savesymbol{U}
+ \savesymbol{D}
+ \savesymbol{T}
+ \usepackage{semtrans}
+ \restoresymbol{smtr}{U}
+ \restoresymbol{smtr}{D}
+ \restoresymbol{smtr}{T}
+ }
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifDICT
+\newcommand\DICT{\pkgname{dictsym}}
+\IfStyFileExists{dictsym}
+ {\DICTtrue\usepackage{dictsym}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifEXTAR
+\newcommand\EXTAR{\pkgname{extarrows}}
+\IfStyFileExists{extarrows}
+ {\EXTARtrue
+ \savesymbol{xLeftrightarrow}
+ \savesymbol{xleftrightarrow}
+ \usepackage{extarrows}
+ \restoresymbol{EXTAR}{xLeftrightarrow}
+ \restoresymbol{EXTAR}{xleftrightarrow}
+ }
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifPROTO
+\newcommand\PROTO{\pkgname{protosem}}
+\IfStyFileExists{protosem}
+ {\PROTOtrue\usepackage{protosem}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifHARM
+\newcommand\HARM{\pkgname{harmony}}
+\IfStyFileExists{harmony}
+ {\HARMtrue
+ \let\orignewcommand=\newcommand
+ \let\newcommand=\DeclareRobustCommand
+ \savesymbol{HH}
+ \usepackage{harmony}
+ \restoresymbol{harm}{HH}
+ \let\newcommand=\orignewcommand
+ }
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifHIER
+\newcommand\HIER{\pkgname{hieroglf}}
+\IfStyFileExists{hieroglf}
+ {\HIERtrue\usepackage{hieroglf}}
+ {}
+
+\newif\ifCCLIC
+\newcommand\CCLIC{\pkgname{cclicenses}}
+\IfStyFileExists{cclicenses}
+ {\CCLICtrue
+ \usepackage{cclicenses}
+ % cclicenses doesn't get along with textcomp's remapping of
+ % \textcircled to the TS1 font encoding. Mapping it back doesn't
+ % _seem_ to cause any problems.
+ \DeclareTextAccentDefault{\textcircled}{OMS}
+ }
+ {}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% If we have mflogo.sty, use it. Otherwise, define "\MF" the "boring" way.
+\IfStyFileExists*{mflogo}
+ {\usepackage{mflogo}}
+ {\newcommand{\MF}{Metafont}}
+
+% If we have booktabs.sty, use it. Otherwise, define all its line types
+% in terms of \hline and \cline.
+\IfStyFileExists*{booktabs}
+ {\usepackage{booktabs}}
+ {\newcommand{\toprule}{\hline}
+ \newcommand{\midrule}{\hline}
+ \newcommand{\bottomrule}{\hline}
+ \def\cmidrule(##1)##2{\cline{##2}}
+ }
+
+% If we have url.sty, use it. Otherwise, define \url as \texttt.
+\IfStyFileExists*{url}
+ {\usepackage{url}
+ \def\UrlBreaks{}
+ \def\UrlBigBreaks{\do/}}
+ {\newcommand{\url}[1]{\texttt{##1}}}
+
+% If we have geometry.sty, use it. Otherwise, a lot of tables are going
+% to stick out into the margin.
+\makeatletter
+\IfStyFileExists*{geometry}
+ {\usepackage{geometry}
+ \@ifpackagelater{geometry}{2000/01/01}{\geometry{compat2}}
+ }
+ {}
+\makeatother
+
+% If we have multicol.sty, use it.
+\newif\ifhavemulticol
+\IfStyFileExists*{multicol}
+ {\havemulticoltrue\usepackage{multicol}}
+ {}
+
+% If we have rotating.sty, use it.
+\newif\ifhaverotating
+\IfStyFileExists*{rotating}
+ {\haverotatingtrue\usepackage{rotating}}
+ {}
+
+% If we have cancel.sty, use it.
+\newif\ifhavecancel
+\IfStyFileExists*{cancel}
+ {\havecanceltrue\usepackage{cancel}}
+ {}
+
+% If we have slashed.sty, use it.
+\newif\ifhaveslashed
+\IfStyFileExists*{slashed}
+ {\haveslashedtrue\usepackage{slashed}}
+ {}
+
+% If we have the accents package, use it (for an example in the section
+% on constructing new symbols).
+\newif\ifACCENTS
+\IfStyFileExists{accents}
+ {\ACCENTStrue
+ \savesymbol{undertilde}
+ \usepackage{accents}
+ \restoresymbol{ACCENTS}{undertilde}
+ }
+ {}
+
+% If we have the nicefrac package, use it (to show how to typeset fractions).
+\newif\ifFRAC
+\IfStyFileExists{nicefrac}
+ {\FRACtrue
+ \usepackage[nice]{nicefrac}
+ }
+ {}
+
+% If we have the bm package, use it (to show how to typeset bold math).
+\newif\ifBM
+\IfStyFileExists{bm}
+ {\BMtrue
+ \usepackage{bm}
+ }
+ {}
+
+% If we have ot2enc.def, use it (to show how to produce a Cyrillic "sha").
+\newif\ifOTII
+\IfFileExists{ot2enc.def}
+ {\OTIItrue\input{ot2enc.def}}
+ {}
+
+% If we have needspace.sty, use it. Otherwise, define \needspace as a no-op.
+\IfStyFileExists*{needspace}
+ {\usepackage{needspace}}
+ {\newcommand{\needspace}[1]{}}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Because most (La)TeX builds are limited to 16 math alphabets, we %
+% define our own _text_ commands below instead of doing a \usepackage, %
+% because the latter would invoke a \DeclareMathAlphabet. %
+% %
+
+\IfStyFileExists{mathrsfs}
+ {\newcommand{\mathscr}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{rsfs}{m}{n} ##1}}}
+ {}
+
+\IfStyFileExists{zapfchan}
+ {\newcommand{\mathpzc}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{OT1}{pzc}{m}{it} ##1}}}
+ {}
+
+\IfStyFileExists{bbold}
+ {\newcommand{\BBmathbb}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{bbold}{m}{n} ##1}}
+ % We have to manually define all of the symbols we care about.
+ \newcommand{\BBsym}[1]{\ensuremath{\BBmathbb{\char##1}}}
+ \newcommand{\Langle}{\BBsym{`<}}
+ \newcommand{\Lbrack}{\BBsym{`[}}
+ \newcommand{\Lparen}{\BBsym{`(}}
+ \newcommand{\bbalpha}{\BBsym{"0B}}
+ \newcommand{\bbbeta}{\BBsym{"0C}}
+ \newcommand{\bbgamma}{\BBsym{"0D}}
+ \newcommand{\Rparen}{\BBsym{`)}}
+ \newcommand{\Rbrack}{\BBsym{`]}}
+ \newcommand{\Rangle}{\BBsym{"3E}}
+ }
+ {}
+
+\IfStyFileExists{mbboard}
+ {\newcommand{\MBBmathbb}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{OT1}{mbb}{m}{n} ##1}}}
+ {}
+\ifx\MBBmathbb\undefined
+\else
+ % Define only the symbols we actually use.
+ \newcommand{\bbnabla}{\MBBmathbb{\char"9A}}
+ \newcommand{\bbdollar}{\MBBmathbb{\char"24}}
+ \newcommand{\bbeuro}{\MBBmathbb{\char"FB}}
+ \newcommand{\bbpe}{\MBBmathbb{\char"D4}}
+ \newcommand{\bbqof}{\MBBmathbb{\char"D7}}
+ \newcommand{\bbyod}{\MBBmathbb{\char"C9}}
+ \newcommand{\bbfinalnun}{\MBBmathbb{\char"CF}}
+
+ % The following was copied from mbboard.sty.
+ \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{mbb}{\hyphenchar\font45}
+ \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{mbb}{m}{n}{
+ <5> <6> <7> <8> <9> <10> gen * mbb
+ <10.95> mbb10 <12> <14.4> mbb12 <17.28> <20.74> <24.88> mbb17
+ }{}
+\fi
+
+\IfStyFileExists{dsfont}
+ {\newcommand{\mathds}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{dsrom}{m}{n}##1}}
+ \newcommand{\mathdsss}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{dsss}{m}{n}##1}}}
+ {}
+
+\IfStyFileExists{bbm}
+ {\newcommand{\mathbbm}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{bbm}{m}{n}##1}}
+ \newcommand{\mathbbmss}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{bbmss}{m}{n}##1}}
+ \newcommand{\mathbbmtt}[1]{\mbox{\usefont{U}{bbmtt}{m}{n}##1}}}
+ {}
+
+% \mathfrak is defined by a number of packages, to check for it by name.
+\ifx\mathfrak\undefined
+\else
+ \renewcommand{\mathfrak}[1]{\mbox{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{euf}\selectfont#1}}
+\fi
+
+% msym10 doesn't have a corresponding LaTeX package. We establish its
+% existence via the msym10.tfm file. However, this file is not normally
+% in LaTeX's input path, so be sure to point LaTeX to it (e.g., by
+% copying it into the current directory).
+\makeatletter
+\IfFileExists{msym10.tfm}
+ {\DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{msym}{}
+ \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{msym}{m}{n}{ <-> msym10 }{}
+ \newcommand{\MSYMmathbb}[1]{\mbox{\fontfamily{msym}\selectfont##1}}
+ }
+ {\completefalse
+ \@cons\missingpkgs{{msym10}} % Not really a package
+ }
+\makeatother
+
+% %
+% %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% Resolve the stmaryrd/wasysym \lightning conflict by defining \lightning
+% to use stmaryrd in math mode and wasysym in text mode.
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\lightning}{\ifmmode\STlightning\else\WASYlightning\fi}
+
+% Index a symbol, which may or may not begin with a backslash. (Is
+% there a better way to do this?) Also, if symbol is given as an
+% optional argument is given, typeset that symbol in the index, as well.
+% We define a related macro for indexing accents. In a previous version
+% of this file, \indexaccent additionally included "see also accents" in
+% the index. This became distracting so I made \indexaccent a synonym
+% for \indexcommand for the time being. Because punctuation marks can
+% be problematic for makeindex, we define an \indexpunct macro that
+% sorts its argument under the comparatively innocuous "_".
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\|=0
+ \catcode`\\=12
+ |gdef|sanitize#1#2!!!{%
+ |ifx#1\%
+ #2%
+ |else%
+ #1#2%
+ |fi%
+}
+|endgroup
+\makeatletter
+ \newcommand{\indexcommand}[2][]{%
+ \edef\sanitized{\expandafter\sanitize\string#2!!!}%
+ \def\first@arg{#1}%
+ \ifx\first@arg\@empty
+ \expandafter\index\expandafter{\sanitized=\string\verb+\string#2+}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\index\expandafter{\sanitized=\string\verb+\string#2+ (#1)}%
+ \fi
+ }
+ \let\indexaccent=\indexcommand
+ \newcommand{\indexpunct}[2][]{%
+ \def\first@arg{#1}%
+ \ifx\first@arg\@empty
+ \expandafter\index\expandafter{_=\string\verb+\string#2+}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\index\expandafter{_=\string\verb+\string#2+ (#1)}%
+ \fi
+ }
+\makeatother
+
+% Enable the use of makeindex's nicer-looking gind.ist style.
+% I swiped the following from doc.dtx.
+\makeatletter
+\newif\ifscan@allowed
+\def\efill{\hfill\nopagebreak}%
+\def\dotfill{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hskip\z@ plus 1fill}%
+\def\dotfil{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hfil}%
+\def\pfill{\unskip~\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak
+ \dotfil~\ignorespaces}%
+\makeatother
+
+% If we have the multicol package, typeset the index in three columns instead
+% of the usual two.
+\ifhavemulticol
+ \makeatletter
+ \renewenvironment{theindex}{%
+ \clearpage
+ \section*{\indexname}
+
+ If you're having trouble locating a symbol, try looking under
+ ``T'' for ``\texttt{\string\text}$\ldots$''. Many text-mode
+ commands begin with that prefix. Also, accents are shown
+ over/under a black box, e.g.,~``\,\blackacchack{\'}\,''
+ for~``\texttt{\string\'}''.
+
+ Some symbol entries appear to be listed repeatedly. This happens
+ when multiple packages define identical (or nearly identical)
+ glyphs with the same symbol name.%
+\ifAMS\ifABX
+ \footnote{This occurs frequently between \pkgname{amssymb} and
+ \pkgname{mathabx}, for example.}
+\fi\fi
+ \setlength{\columnsep}{1em}%
+ \begin{multicols}{3}%
+ \let\item\@idxitem
+ }{%
+ \end{multicols}%
+ }
+ \makeatother
+\fi
+
+% Define a counter to keep track of how many symbols are listed.
+% Output this counter to the log file at the end of each run.
+% Define \prevtotalsymbols to be the total number of symbols from
+% the previous run.
+\newcounter{totalsymbols}
+\newcommand{\incsyms}{\addtocounter{totalsymbols}{1}}
+\makeatletter
+\AtEndDocument{%
+ \typeout{Number of symbols documented: \thetotalsymbols}
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{%
+ \noexpand\gdef\noexpand\prevtotalsymbols{\thetotalsymbols}}
+}
+\makeatother
+
+% Define \prevtotalsymbols as "??" if this is our first run. Define
+% \approxcount as "~" unless explicitly defined otherwise in the .aux
+% file. To get a true count you should count the number of lines in the
+% .ind file that contain "\item \verb". Write an empty definition of
+% \approxcount and the correct definition of \prevtotalsymbols to the
+% .aux file.
+\makeatletter
+ \@ifundefined{prevtotalsymbols}{%
+ \def\prevtotalsymbols{\fbox{\textbf{??}}}%
+ }{}
+ \@ifundefined{approxcount}{%
+ \def\approxcount{\ensuremath{\sim}}%
+ }{}
+\makeatother
+
+% Define \blackacc to display an accented box, given an accent command.
+% Define \blackacchack to display and accented "a" and then black out
+% the "a".
+\newlength\awd
+\newlength\aht
+\newlength\adp
+\settowidth{\awd}{a}
+\settoheight{\aht}{a}
+\settodepth{\adp}{a}
+\advance\aht by \adp
+\gdef\blackacchack#1{#1a\llap{\rule[-\adp]{\awd}{\aht}}}
+\gdef\blackacc#1{#1{\rule[-\adp]{\awd}{\aht}}}
+\gdef\blackacctwo#1{#1{\rule[-\adp]{\awd}{\aht}}{\rule[-\adp]{\awd}{\aht}}}
+
+% Symbol+verbatim for various types of symbols
+\def\E#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \lccode`|=`\\
+ \def\EStruename{ES#1T}
+ \lowercase{\incsyms\index{#1=\string\verb+\string|#1+ (\string|\EStruename)}}
+ \endgroup
+ \csname ES#1T\endcsname & \csname ES#1D\endcsname &
+ \ttfamily\expandafter\string\csname#1\endcsname
+}
+\def\Jiv#1#2{\incsyms\indexcommand{#1}{\fontencoding{T4}\selectfont#1#2} &
+ \ttfamily\string#1\string{#2\string}}
+\makeatletter
+ \def\K@opt@arg[#1]#2{\incsyms\indexcommand[#1]{#2}#1 &\ttfamily\string#2}
+ \def\K@no@opt@arg#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[#1]{#1}#1 &\ttfamily\string#1}
+ \def\K{\@ifnextchar[{\K@opt@arg}{\K@no@opt@arg}}
+\makeatother
+\def\Ka#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[\string{\string\ascii\string#1\string}]{#1}{\ascii#1} &\ttfamily\string#1}
+\def\Kp#1{\incsyms\indexpunct[$#1$]{#1}#1 &\ttfamily\string#1}
+\def\Ks#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[\string\encone{\string#1}]{#1}{\encone{#1}} &\ttfamily\string#1$^*$}
+\def\Kt#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[\string\encone{\string#1}]{#1}{\encone{#1}} &\ttfamily\string#1}
+\def\Kv#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[\string\encfive{\string#1}]{#1}{\encfive{#1}} &\ttfamily\string#1}
+\makeatletter
+ \def\N@opt@arg[#1]#2{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string#1$]{#2}$#1$ & $\Big#1$ &\ttfamily\string#2}
+ \def\N@no@opt@arg#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string#1$]{#1}$#1$ & $\Big#1$ &\ttfamily\string#1}
+ \def\N{\@ifnextchar[{\N@opt@arg}{\N@no@opt@arg}}
+ \def\Nn[#1]#2{%
+ \incsyms\indexcommand[$\string\nathdouble\string#1$]{#2}%
+ $\nathdouble#1$ & $\nathdouble{\Big#1}$ & \ttfamily\string#2}
+ \def\Nnt#1[#2]#3{%
+ \incsyms\indexcommand{\triple}%
+ $\nathtriple#2$ & $\nathtriple{\Big#2}$ &
+ \ttfamily\expandafter\string\csname#1triple\endcsname\string#3}
+ \def\Np@opt@args[#1]{\@ifnextchar[{\Np@two@opt@args[#1]}{\Np@one@opt@arg[#1]}}
+ \def\Np@two@opt@args[#1][#2]#3{\incsyms\index{_=\string#2{} ($\string#1$)}$#1$ & $\Big#1$ &\ttfamily\string#3}
+ \def\Np@one@opt@arg[#1]#2{\incsyms\indexpunct[$\string#1$]{#2}$#1$ & $\Big#1$ &\ttfamily\string#2}
+ \def\Np@no@opt@args#1{\incsyms\indexpunct[$\string#1$]{#1}$#1$ & $\Big#1$ &\ttfamily\string#1}
+ \def\Np{\@ifnextchar[{\Np@opt@args}{\Np@no@opt@args}}
+\makeatother
+\def\Mt#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[\string\metra\string#1]{#1}\metra#1 &\ttfamily\string#1}
+\makeatletter
+ \def\Q@opt@arg[#1]#2{\incsyms\indexaccent[\string\blackacchack{\string#1}]{#2}#1{A}#1{a} &
+ \ttfamily\string#2\string{A\string}\string#2\string{a\string}}
+ \def\Q@no@opt@arg#1{\incsyms\indexaccent[\string\blackacchack{\string#1}]{#1}#1{A}#1{a} &
+ \ttfamily\string#1\string{A\string}\string#1\string{a\string}}
+ \def\Q{\@ifnextchar[{\Q@opt@arg}{\Q@no@opt@arg}}
+\makeatother
+\def\Qc#1{\incsyms\indexaccent[\string\blackacc{\string#1}]{#1}#1{A}#1{a} &
+ \ttfamily\string#1\string{A\string}\string#1\string{a\string}}
+\def\Qe[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \incsyms\incsyms\index{_=\string#2{} (\string\blackacchack{\string#1})}%
+ #3{A}#3{a} &
+ \ttfamily\string#3\string{A\string}\string#3\string{a\string}}
+\def\Qt#1{\incsyms\indexaccent[\string\encone{\string\blackacc{\string#1}}]{#1}{\encone{#1{A}#1{a}}} &
+ \ttfamily\string#1\string{A\string}\string#1\string{a\string}}
+
+\def\Qpc#1#2{\incsyms\indexcommand{#2}{\raisebox{1pt}{\tiny[#1]}} &
+ \ttfamily\string#2\string{A\string}\string#2\string{a\string}}
+\def\Qpfc[#1]#2{\incsyms\indexaccent[\string\encfour{\string\blackacchack{\string#1}}]{#2}\encfour{#1{A}#1{a}} &
+ \ttfamily\string#2\string{A\string}\string#2\string{a\string}}
+\ifFC
+ \def\Qiv#1#2{\incsyms\indexaccent[\string\encfour{\string\blackacchack{\string#1}}]{#1}\encfour{#1{A}#1{a}} &
+ \ttfamily\string#1\string{A\string}\string#1\string{a\string}$^#2$}
+ \def\QivBAR#1{\incsyms\index{_=\string\magicVertname{}
+ (\string\encfour{\string\blackacchack{\string\FCbar}})}
+ \encfour{\FCbar{A}\FCbar{a}} &
+ \ttfamily\string\|\string{A\string}\string\|\string{a\string}$^#1$}
+\else
+ \def\Qiv#1#2{\Qpc{T4}{#1}$^#2$}
+ \def\QivBAR#1{\Qpc{T4}{\|}$^#1$}
+\fi
+\ifVIET
+ \def\Qv#1#2{\incsyms\indexaccent[\string\encfive{\string\blackacchack{\string#1}}]{#1}{\encfive{#1{A}#1{a}}} &
+ \ttfamily\string#1\string{A\string}\string#1\string{a\string}$^#2$}
+\else
+ \def\Qv#1#2{\Qpc{T5}{#1}$^#2$}
+\fi
+\makeatletter
+ % We use \displaystyle so that variable-sized symbols will be big.
+ \def\R@opt@arg[#1]#2{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string#1$]{#2}$#1$ & $\displaystyle#1$ &\ttfamily\string#2}
+ \def\R@no@opt@arg#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string#1$]{#1}$#1$ & $\displaystyle#1$ &\ttfamily\string#1}
+ \def\R{\@ifnextchar[{\R@opt@arg}{\R@no@opt@arg}}
+\makeatother
+\def\Tp#1{\incsyms\indexcommand{\ding}\ding{#1} &\ttfamily\string\ding\string{#1\string}}
+\def\Tm#1{\incsyms\indexcommand{\maya}$\mayadigit{#1}$ &\ttfamily\string\maya\string{#1\string}}
+\newcommand{\V}[2][]{\incsyms#1 & \indexcommand[#2]{#2}#2 &\ttfamily\string#2}
+\newcommand{\Vp}[2][]{\incsyms#1 & \indexpunct[$#2$]{#2}#2 &\ttfamily\string#2}
+\makeatletter
+ \newcommand{\VV}[2]{%
+ \incsyms\indexaccent[$\string\blackacc{\string\vv}$]{\vv}%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\fldrVV\csname fldr#1\endcsname
+ \def\vectfill@{\traitfill@\relbaredd\relbareda\fldrVV}%
+ $\vv{#2}$ & \texttt{\string\vv\string{#2\string}}
+ with package option \optname{esvect}{#1}
+ }
+ \def\W@opt@arg[#1]#2#3{%
+ \incsyms\indexaccent[$\string\blackacc{\string#1}$]{#2}%
+ $#1{#3}$ &\ttfamily\string#2\string{#3\string}}
+ \def\W@no@opt@arg#1#2{%
+ \incsyms\indexaccent[$\string\blackacc{\string#1}$]{#1}%
+ $#1{#2}$ &\ttfamily\string#1\string{#2\string}}
+ \def\W{\@ifnextchar[{\W@opt@arg}{\W@no@opt@arg}}
+\makeatother
+\def\Wf#1#2{\incsyms\indexcommand{#1}$#1{#2}$ &\ttfamily\string#1\string{#2\string}}
+\def\Ww#1#2#3{\incsyms\indexcommand{#2}$#1{#3}$ &\ttfamily\string#2\string{#3\string}}
+\def\Wul#1#2#3{%
+ \incsyms\indexaccent[$\string\blackacctwo{\string#1}$]{#1}%
+ $#1{#2}{#3}$ &\ttfamily\string#1\string{#2\string}\string{#3\string}}
+\makeatletter
+ \def\X@opt@arg[#1]#2{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string#1$]{#2}$#1$ &\ttfamily\string#2}
+ \def\X@no@opt@arg#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string#1$]{#1}$#1$ &\ttfamily\string#1}
+ \def\X{\@ifnextchar[{\X@opt@arg}{\X@no@opt@arg}}
+\makeatother
+\def\Y#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string\big\string#1$]{#1}$\big#1$ & $\Bigg#1$ &\ttfamily\string#1}
+\def\Z#1{\incsyms\indexcommand[$\string#1$]{#1}\ttfamily\string#1}
+
+% Display and index a command, but not its symbol (\cmd). \cmdI shows
+% the symbol in the index, with optional explicit formatting. \cmdX is
+% the same as \cmdI, but with the optional argument hardwired to the
+% command displayed in math mode. \cmdIp is also similar to \cmdI but
+% takes no optional argument and formats its argument with \indexpunct
+% instead of \indexcommand.
+\makeatletter
+\def\cmd#1{\texttt{\string#1}\indexcommand{#1}}
+\newcommand{\cmdI}[2][]{%
+ \def\first@arg{#1}%
+ \ifx\first@arg\@empty
+ \texttt{\string#2}\indexcommand[#2]{#2}%
+ \else
+ \texttt{\string#2}\indexcommand[#1]{#2}%
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand{\cmdX}[1]{\cmdI[$\string#1$]{#1}}
+\newcommand{\cmdW}[1]{\cmdI[$\string\blackacc{\string#1}$]{#1}}
+\newcommand{\cmdIp}[1]{\texttt{\string#1}\indexpunct[$#1$]{#1}}
+\makeatother
+
+
+% Redefine the LaTeX commands that are replaced by textcomp.
+% This was swiped right out of ltoutenc.dtx, but with "\text..."
+% changed to "\ltext...".
+\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\ltextcopyright}{\textcircled{c}}
+\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\ltextregistered}{\textcircled{\scshape r}}
+\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\ltexttrademark}{\textsuperscript{TM}}
+\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\ltextordfeminine}{\textsuperscript{a}}
+\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\ltextordmasculine}{\textsuperscript{o}}
+
+
+% Needed by the References section. This was copy&pasted from ltlogos.dtx.
+\makeatletter
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\LaT}{L\kern-.36em%
+ {\sbox\z@ T%
+ \vbox to\ht\z@{\hbox{\check@mathfonts
+ \fontsize\sf@size\z@
+ \math@fontsfalse\selectfont
+ A}%
+ \vss}%
+ }%
+ \kern-.15em T%
+}
+\makeatother
+
+% Display a metavariable.
+\newcommand{\meta}[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1}$\rangle$}
+
+% Many tables have notes beneath them. Define an environment in which to
+% display such a note, with an optional, superscripted math symbol
+% preceding it.
+\newenvironment{tablenote}[1][]{
+ \makebox[1em]{\ensuremath{^{#1}}}%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{0.75\textwidth}%
+ \setlength{\parskip}{2ex}
+}{%
+ \end{minipage}%
+}
+
+% Define a couple of messages we reuse repeatedly.
+\newcommand{\twosymbolmessage}{%
+ \begin{tablenote}
+ Where two symbols are present, the left one is the ``faked'' symbol
+ that \latexE{} provides by default, and the right one is the ``true''
+ symbol that \TC\ makes available.
+ \end{tablenote}
+}
+
+\newcommand{\notpredefinedmessage}{%
+ \begin{tablenote}[*]
+ Not predefined in \latexE. Use one of the packages
+ \pkgname{latexsym}, \pkgname{amsfonts}, \pkgname{amssymb},
+ \pkgname{txfonts}, \pkgname{pxfonts}, or \pkgname{wasysym}.
+ \end{tablenote}
+}
+
+\newcommand{\notpredefinedmessageABX}{%
+ \begin{tablenote}[*]
+ Not predefined in \latexE. Use one of the packages
+ \pkgname{latexsym}, \pkgname{amsfonts}, \pkgname{amssymb},
+ \pkgname{mathabx}, \pkgname{txfonts}, \pkgname{pxfonts}, or
+ \pkgname{wasysym}.
+ \end{tablenote}
+}
+
+\newcommand{\usetextmathmessage}[1][]{%
+ \begin{tablenote}[#1]
+ It's generally preferable to use the corresponding symbol from
+ Table~\vref{math-text} because the symbols in that table work
+ properly in both text mode and math mode.
+ \end{tablenote}
+}
+
+
+% Define an environment in which to write a single table of symbols. The
+% environment looks a lot like a table, but it doesn't float, and it gets
+% an entry in the table of contents (as a subsubsection that looks like a
+% subsection), as opposed to the list of tables.
+%
+% The first argument is a conditional. The table will appear only if
+% the value of the conditional is true. The second argument is the
+% table's caption.
+\makeatletter
+\def\fnum@table{\textsc{\tablename}~\thetable}
+\newenvironment{symtable}[2][true]{%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let%
+ \expandafter\ifshowsymtable\csname if#1\endcsname
+ \ifshowsymtable
+ \noindent%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{\linewidth} % Prevent page breaks
+ \begin{center}
+ \addtocounter{table}{1}%
+ \protected@edef\@currentlabel{\thetable}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\tablename~\thetable:}{#2}}%
+ \@makecaption{\fnum@table}{#2}\medskip
+ \let\next=\relax
+ \else
+ % The following was taken verbatim from verbatim.sty.
+ \let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active
+ \let\verbatim@startline\relax
+ \let\verbatim@addtoline\@gobble
+ \let\verbatim@processline\relax
+ \let\verbatim@finish\relax
+ \let\next=\verbatim@
+ \fi
+ \next
+}{%
+ \ifshowsymtable
+ \end{center}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \vskip 8ex minus 2ex
+ \fi
+}
+\makeatother
+
+% Same as the above, but allows page breaks.
+\makeatletter
+\newenvironment{longsymtable}[2][true]{%
+ \expandafter\global\expandafter\let%
+ \expandafter\ifshowsymtable\csname if#1\endcsname
+ \ifshowsymtable
+ \needspace{7\baselineskip}%
+ \mbox{}%
+ \begin{center}%
+ \addtocounter{table}{1}%
+ \protected@edef\@currentlabel{\thetable}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{subsubsection}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\tablename~\thetable:}{#2}}%
+ \@makecaption{\fnum@table}{#2}%
+ \def\lt@indexed{}%
+ \let\next=\relax
+ \else
+ % The following was taken verbatim from verbatim.sty.
+ \let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active
+ \let\verbatim@startline\relax
+ \let\verbatim@addtoline\@gobble
+ \let\verbatim@processline\relax
+ \let\verbatim@finish\relax
+ \let\next=\verbatim@
+ \fi
+ \next
+}{%
+ \ifshowsymtable
+ \let\@elt=\index\lt@indexed % Close our index ranges.
+ \end{center}
+ \addtocounter{table}{-1} % Make up for longtable's counter increment.
+ \vskip 8ex minus 2ex
+ \fi
+}
+\makeatother
+
+% Define \index-like commands for use with longsymtable that
+% automatically apply to the entire table, not just the start of it.
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand{\ltindex}[1]{%
+ \index{#1|(}%
+ \@cons{\lt@indexed}{{#1|)}}%
+}
+\newcommand{\ltidxboth}[2]{\mbox{}\ltindex{#1 #2}\ltindex{#2>#1}}
+\makeatother
+
+
+% Define a table environment that's similar to symtable, except that it
+% floats and it doesn't write an entry into the Table of Contents. This
+% is used for tables that contain something other than symbol lists.
+\newenvironment{nonsymtable}[1]{%
+ \begin{table}[htbp]
+ \centering
+ \caption{#1}\medskip
+}{%
+ \end{table}
+}
+
+% Do the same as the above, but typeset the table in landscape mode (or
+% not, if we haven't loaded the rotating package).
+\ifhaverotating
+ \newenvironment{nonsymtableL}[1]{%
+ \begin{sidewaystable}[htbp]
+ \centering
+ \caption{#1}\medskip
+ }{%
+ \end{sidewaystable}
+ }
+\else
+ \newenvironment{nonsymtableL}{\begin{nonsymtable}}{\end{nonsymtable}}
+\fi
+
+% Make sure we have enough room in the table of contents for
+% the word "Table" at the beginning of each symtable entry.
+\makeatletter
+\settowidth{\@tempdimc}{Table~999:\hspace*{0.5em}}
+\renewcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{1.5em}{\the\@tempdimc}}
+\makeatother
+
+% Paragraphs with tall symbols should get a little extra interline spacing.
+\newenvironment{morespacing}[1]{\advance\baselineskip by #1\relax}{\par}
+
+% Sometimes, we need a little more horizontal spacing, too.
+\newcommand{\qqquad}{\qquad\quad}
+
+% The following are needed later on for various examples but must be
+% declared here in the preamble.
+\ifAMS
+ \DeclareMathOperator{\newlogsym}{newlogsym}
+ \DeclareMathOperator*{\newlogsymSTAR}{newlogsym}
+ \DeclareMathOperator{\atan}{atan}
+ \DeclareMathOperator*{\lcm}{lcm}
+\fi
+\DeclareFontFamily{U}{lightbulb}{}
+\DeclareFontShape{U}{lightbulb}{m}{n}{<-> lightbulb10}{}
+\newcommand{\lightbulb}{{\usefont{U}{lightbulb}{m}{n}A}}
+
+% I prefer \vpageref to say "on the previous page" than its default message.
+\def\reftextbefore{on the previous page}
+
+% Use Donald Arseneau's improved float parameters.
+\renewcommand{\topfraction}{.85}
+\renewcommand{\bottomfraction}{.7}
+\renewcommand{\textfraction}{.15}
+\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.66}
+\renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{.66}
+\renewcommand{\dblfloatpagefraction}{.66}
+\setcounter{topnumber}{9}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{9}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{20}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{9}
+
+% Tell pdfLaTeX that all .eps files were produced by MetaPost.
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+\else
+ \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.png,.pdf,.jpg,.mps,.tif,.eps}
+ \DeclareGraphicsRule{.eps}{mps}{*}{}
+\fi
+
+% Define a metavariable for "operating-system prompt".
+\newcommand{\osprompt}{\textrm{\textit{prompt}}{\small$>$}\xspace}
+
+% Typeset small, superscripted registered trademarks.
+\newcommand{\regtm}{\textsuperscript{\textregistered}\xspace}
+
+% Define an environment for typesetting code samples.
+\newsavebox{\codebox}
+\newenvironment{codesample}{%
+ \begin{lrbox}{\codebox}%
+ \begin{minipage}{0.9\linewidth}%
+}{%
+ \end{minipage}%
+ \end{lrbox}%
+ \fbox{\usebox{\codebox}}%
+}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{document}
+\sloppy
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+ This document lists \approxcount\prevtotalsymbols{} symbols and the
+ corresponding \latex{} commands that produce them. Some of these
+ symbols are guaranteed to be available in every \latexE{} system;
+ others require fonts and packages that may not accompany a given
+ distribution and that therefore need to be installed. All of the
+ fonts and packages used to prepare this document---as well as this
+ document itself---are freely available from the
+ Comprehensive\idxCTAN{} \TeX{} Archive Network
+ (\url{http://www.ctan.org/}).
+\end{abstract}
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+% Now that we've output the table of contents, let's make \section start a
+% new page. I toyed with the idea of changing the documentclass from
+% article to report, but I like having the abstract on the same page as
+% the title and the start of the table of contents; I want the tables
+% numbered consecutively throughout the document; and I like the smaller,
+% less gaudy section headings the article class offers. In short, article
+% seems a better fit than report.
+\makeatletter
+\let\origsection=\section
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\clearpage\normalfont\Large\bfseries}}
+\makeatother
+
+
+% Define an integral containing a dash or a double-dash.
+\def\Xint#1{\mathchoice
+ {\XXint\displaystyle\textstyle{#1}}%
+ {\XXint\textstyle\scriptstyle{#1}}%
+ {\XXint\scriptstyle\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}%
+ {\XXint\scriptscriptstyle\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}%
+ \!\int}
+\def\XXint#1#2#3{{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1{#2#3}{\int}$}
+ \vcenter{\hbox{$#2#3$}}\kern-.5\wd0}}
+\def\ddashint{\Xint=}
+\def\dashint{\Xint-}
+
+
+% Many symbols are merely alphanumerics typeset with a math alphabet.
+% Guide the user from the most common of these to the Math Alphabets
+% table.
+%
+% QUESTION: How standard are the following?
+% * action (script A)
+% * Bernoulli (script B)
+% * path integral measure (script D)
+% * domain (script D)
+% * expected value (script E)
+% * energy per symbol [communications theory] (script E)
+% * imaginary line (script I)
+% * identity matrix (blackboard bold I)
+% * likelihood (script L)
+% * M matrix (script M)
+% * Mellin transform (script M)
+% * null space (script N)
+% * order of (script o)
+% * radius (script r)
+% * real line (script R)
+% * Schwartz class (script S)
+% * volume (script V)
+%
+\ifcomplete
+ \makeatletter
+ \newcommand{\indexMA}[2][]{%
+ \def\first@arg{#1}%
+ \ifx\first@arg\@empty
+ \index{#2|see{alphabets, math}}%
+ \else
+ \index{#2=#2 (\string#1)|see{alphabets, math}}%
+ \fi
+ }
+ \makeatother
+\else
+ \newcommand{\indexMA}[2][]{%
+ \index{#2|see{alphabets, math}}%
+}
+\fi
+\indexMA[\mathscr{F}]{Fourier transform}
+\indexMA[\mathscr{H}]{Hamiltonian}
+\indexMA[\mathscr{H}]{Hilbert space}
+\indexMA[\mathscr{L}]{Lagrangian}
+\indexMA[\mathscr{L}]{Laplace transform}
+\indexMA[\mathscr{P}]{power set}
+\indexMA[\mathscr{E}]{electromotive force}
+\indexMA[\mathcal{O}]{local ring}
+\indexMA[$\mathbbm{C}$]{complex numbers}
+%\indexMA{imaginary numbers}
+\indexMA[$\mathbbm{Z}$]{integers}
+\indexMA[$\mathbbm{N}$]{natural numbers}
+\indexMA{number sets}
+%\indexMA{prime numbers}
+\indexMA[$\mathbbm{H}$]{quaternions}
+\indexMA[$\mathbbm{Q}$]{rational numbers}
+\indexMA[$\mathbbm{R}$]{real numbers}
+\indexMA[$\mathbbm{1}$]{unity}
+\indexMA[$\mathbbm{T}$]{torus}
+\indexMA{script letters}
+\indexMA{blackboard bold}
+\indexMA{fraktur}
+\indexMA{moduli space}
+\indexMA{Schwartz distribution spaces}
+
+% Provide "see ..."s for every accent whose name I happen to know.
+\index{breve|see{accents}}
+\index{cedilla|see{accents}}
+\index{circumflex|see{accents}}
+\index{diaeresis=di\ae{}resis|see{accents}}
+\index{hacek=h\'{a}\v{c}ek|see{accents}}
+\index{Hungarian umlaut|see{accents}}
+\index{macron|see{accents}}
+\index{ogonek|see{accents}}
+\index{umlaut|see{accents}}
+
+% Provide "see ..."s for the common logical operators.
+\index{logical operators>and|see{\texttt{\string\wedge}}}
+\index{logical operators>or|see{\texttt{\string\vee}}}
+\index{logical operators>not|see{\texttt{\string\neg} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\sim}}}
+\index{operators>logical|see{logical operators}}
+\index{and|see{\texttt{\string\wedge}}}
+\index{or|see{\texttt{\string\vee}}}
+\index{not|see{\texttt{\string\neg}}}
+\index{conjunction|see{\texttt{\string\wedge}}}
+\index{disjunction|see{\texttt{\string\vee}}}
+\index{negation|see{\texttt{\string\neg} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\sim}}}
+\index{set operators>union|see{\texttt{\string\cup}}}
+\index{set operators>intersection|see{\texttt{\string\cap}}}
+\index{operators>set|see{set operators}}
+\index{union|see{\texttt{\string\cup}}}
+\index{intersection|see{\texttt{\string\cap}}}
+\index{material implication|see{\texttt{\string\rightarrow} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\supset}}}
+\index{material equivalence|see{\texttt{\string\leftrightarrow} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\equiv}}}
+\index{material conditional|see{\texttt{\string\rightarrow} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\supset}}}
+\index{material biconditional|see{\texttt{\string\leftrightarrow} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\equiv}}}
+
+% Provide "see ..."s for various punctuation marks.
+\index{paragraph mark|see{\texttt{\string\P}}}
+\index{pilcrow|see{\texttt{\string\P}}}
+\index{percent sign|see{\texttt{\string\%}}}
+\index{dollar sign|see{\texttt{\string\$}}}
+\index{cents|see{\texttt{\string\textcent}}}
+\index{hash mark|see{\texttt{\string\#}}}
+\index{ampersand|see{\texttt{\string\&}}}
+\index{section mark|see{\texttt{\string\S}}}
+\index{caret|see{\texttt{\string\^}}}
+\index{swung dash|see{\texttt{\string\sim}}}
+\index{underscore|see{\texttt{\string\_}}}
+\index{less-than signs|see{inequalities}}
+\index{greater-than signs|see{inequalities}}
+\index{plus-or-minus sign|see{\texttt{\string\pm}}}
+
+% Provide a few other useful "see ..."s.
+\index{CTAN|see{Comprehensive \TeX{} Archive Network}}
+\index{letters|see{alphabets}}
+\index{numbers|see{digits}}
+\index{degrees|see{\texttt{\string\textdegree}}}
+\index{registered trademark|see{\texttt{\string\textregistered}}}
+\index{trademark|see{\texttt{\string\texttrademark}}}
+\index{Cedi|see{\texttt{\string\textcolonmonetary}}}
+\index{iff=\texttt{\string\iff}|see{\texttt{\string\Longleftrightarrow}}}
+\index{derivitive, partial|see{\texttt{\string\partial}}}
+\index{to=\texttt{\string\to}|see{\texttt{\string\rightarrow}}}
+\ifAMS
+ \index{implies=\texttt{\string\implies}|see{\texttt{\string\Longrightarrow}
+ \emph{and} \texttt{\string\vdash}}}
+ \index{impliedby=\texttt{\string\impliedby}|see{\texttt{\string\Longleftarrow}}}
+ \index{division times|see{\texttt{\string\divideontimes}}}
+ \index{does not exist|see{\texttt{\string\nexists}}}
+ \index{ring equal to|see{\texttt{\string\circeq}}}
+ \index{ring in equal to|see{\texttt{\string\eqcirc}}}
+ \index{does not divide|see{\texttt{\string\nmid}}}
+ \index{transversality|see{\texttt{\string\pitchfork}}}
+ \index{absolute value|see{\texttt{\string\lvert} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\rvert}}}
+ \index{norm|see{\texttt{\string\lVert} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\rVert}}}
+% \index{average|see{\texttt{\string\varnothing}}}
+\fi % AMS test
+\ifTIPA
+% \index{symbols>dictionary|see{symbols, phonetic}}
+% \index{dictionary symbols|see{phonetic symbols}}
+ \index{pronunciation symbols|see{phonetic symbols}}
+\fi % TIPA test
+\index{abzuglich=abz\"uglich|see{\texttt{\string\textdiscount}}}
+\index{diacritics|see{accents}}
+\index{parts per thousand|see{\texttt{\string\textperthousand}}}
+\index{prescription|see{\texttt{\string\textrecipe}}}
+\index{pharmaceutical prescription|see{\texttt{\string\textrecipe}}}
+\ifMARV
+ \index{Deleatur=\texttt{\string\Deleatur}|see{\texttt{\string\Denarius}}}
+ \index{mouse|see{\texttt{\string\ComputerMouse}}}
+\fi % MARV test
+\index{playing cards|see{card suits}}
+\ifABX
+ \index{nibar=\texttt{\string\nibar}|see{\texttt{\string\ownsbar}}}
+ \index{ring equal to|see{\texttt{\string\circeq}}}
+ \index{ring in equal to|see{\texttt{\string\eqcirc}}}
+ \index{cutoff subtraction|see{\texttt{\string\dotdiv}}}
+\fi % ABX test
+\index{rationalized Planck constant|see{\texttt{\string\hbar}}}
+\index{options|see{package options}}
+\index{cardinality|see{\texttt{\string\aleph}}}
+\index{wreath product|see{\texttt{\string\wr}}}
+\index{reverse solidus|see{\texttt{\string\textbackslash}}}
+\index{radicals|see{\texttt{\string\sqrt} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\surd}}}
+\index{roots|see{\texttt{\string\sqrt}}}
+\index{square root|see{\texttt{\string\sqrt}}}
+\index{square root>hooked|see{\texttt{\string\hksqrt}}}
+\index{cube root|see{\texttt{\string\sqrt}}}
+\ifcomplete
+ \index{return|see{carriage return}}
+ \index{enter|see{carriage return}}
+\fi
+\ifTX
+ \index{fish hook|see{\texttt{\string\strictif}}}
+ \index{par|see{\texttt{\string\invamp}}}
+\fi % TX test
+\index{stochastic independence|see{\texttt{\string\bot}}}
+\index{independence>stochastic|see{\texttt{\string\bot}}}
+\index{orthogonal to|see{\texttt{\string\bot}}}
+\index{entails|see{\texttt{\string\models}}}
+\index{micro|see{\texttt{\string\textmu}}}
+\index{Angstrom unit=\AA{}ngstr\"om unit>math mode|see{\texttt{\string\mathring}}}
+\index{Angstrom unit=\AA{}ngstr\"om unit>text mode|see{\texttt{\string\AA}}}
+\index{yen|see{\texttt{\string\textyen}}}
+\index{equilibrium|see{\texttt{\string\rightleftharpoons}}}
+\index{number|see{\texttt{\string\textnumero}}}
+\index{ditto marks|see{\texttt{\string\textquotedbl}}}
+\index{Weierstrass p function=Weierstrass $\wp$ function|see{\texttt{\string\wp}}}
+\index{inexact differential|see{\texttt{\string\dbar}}}
+\ifhaveslashed
+ \index{reduced quadrupole moment|see{\texttt{\string\rqm}}}
+\fi % haveslashed
+\ifST
+ \index{banana brackets|see{\texttt{\string\llparenthesis} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\rrparenthesis}}}
+ \index{catamorphism|see{\texttt{\string\llparenthesis} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\rrparenthesis}}}
+\fi % ST test
+\ifOTII
+ \index{impulse train|see{sha}}
+ \index{Tate-Shafarevich group|see{sha}}
+\fi
+\ifSKAK
+ \index{king|see{chess symbols}}
+ \index{queen|see{chess symbols}}
+ \index{castle|see{chess symbols}}
+ \index{rook|see{chess symbols}}
+ \index{bishop|see{chess symbols}}
+ \index{knight|see{chess symbols}}
+ \index{pawn|see{chess symbols}}
+\fi % SKAK test
+\index{differential, inexact|see{\texttt{\string\dbar}}}
+\index{brackets|see{delimiters}}
+\ifcomplete
+ \index{equivalence|see{\texttt{\string\equiv}, \texttt{\string\leftrightarrow}, \emph{and} \texttt{\string\threesim}}}
+\else
+ \index{equivalence|see{\texttt{\string\equiv} \emph{and} \texttt{\string\leftrightarrow}}}
+\fi
+\index{vinculum|see{\texttt{\string\overline}}}
+\index{es-zet|see{\texttt{\string\ss}}}
+\index{Maxwell-Stefan diffusion coefficient|see{\texttt{\string\DH}}}
+\index{Laplacian=Laplacian ($\nabla^2$)|see{\texttt{\string\nabla}}}
+\index{Laplacian=Laplacian ($\Delta$)|see{\texttt{\string\Delta}}}
+
+% "See also"s should appear after all page references.
+\providecommand*\seealso[2]{\emph{\alsoname}#1}
+\providecommand*\alsoname{see also}
+\AtEndDocument{%
+ \index{carriage return|seealso{\string\texttt{\string\string\string\hookleftarrow}}}
+ \index{transforms|seealso{alphabets, math}}
+ \ifTX
+ \index{parallel|seealso{\string\texttt{\string\string\string\varparallel}}}
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Multiple packages define \multimap.
+\makeatletter
+ \@ifundefined{multimap}{}{%
+ \index{linear implication|see{\texttt{\string\string\string\multimap}}}
+ \index{lollipop|see{\texttt{\string\string\string\multimap}}}}
+\makeatother
+
+% Minutes/seconds and feet/inches are normally formed with superscripted
+% primes.
+\index{arcminutes|see{\texttt{\string\prime}}}
+\index{angular minutes|see{\texttt{\string\prime}}}
+\index{minutes, angular|see{\texttt{\string\prime}}}
+\index{feet|see{\texttt{\string\prime} \emph{and}
+ \texttt{\string\textquotesingle}}}
+\ifABX
+ \index{arcseconds|see{\texttt{\string\second}}}
+ \index{angular seconds|see{\texttt{\string\second}}}
+ \index{seconds, angular|see{\texttt{\string\second}}}
+ \index{inches|see{\texttt{\string\second} \emph{and}
+ \texttt{\string\textquotedbl}}}
+\else
+ \index{arcseconds|see{\texttt{\string\prime}}}
+ \index{angular seconds|see{\texttt{\string\prime}}}
+ \index{seconds, angular|see{\texttt{\string\prime}}}
+ \index{inches|see{\texttt{\string\prime} \emph{and}
+ \texttt{\string\textquotedbl}}}
+\fi
+
+% \notowns can be mapped to various things depending on package availability.
+\ifABX
+ \ifTX
+ \index{notowns=\texttt{\string\notowns}|see{\texttt{\string\notowner}
+ \emph{and} \texttt{\string\notni}}}
+ \else
+ \index{notowns=\texttt{\string\notowns}|see{\texttt{\string\notowner}}}
+ \fi
+\else
+ \ifTX
+ \index{notowns=\texttt{\string\notowns}|see{\texttt{\string\notni}}}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+% Double brackets are defined by both ST and ABX.
+\ifABX
+ \ifST
+ \index{semantic valuation|see{\texttt{\string\llbracket}/\texttt{\string\rrbracket}
+ \emph{and} \texttt{\string\lbbbrack}/\texttt{\string\rbbbrack}}}
+ \else
+ \index{semantic valuation|see{\texttt{\string\lbbbrack}/\texttt{\string\rbbbrack}}}
+ \fi
+\else
+ \ifST
+ \index{semantic valuation|see{\texttt{\string\llbracket}/\texttt{\string\rrbracket}}}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+% The following were generated automatically from txfonts.sty.
+\ifTX
+ \index{circledplus=\texttt{\string\circledplus}|see{\texttt{\string\oplus}}}
+ \index{circledminus=\texttt{\string\circledminus}|see{\texttt{\string\ominus}}}
+ \index{circledtimes=\texttt{\string\circledtimes}|see{\texttt{\string\otimes}}}
+ \index{circledslash=\texttt{\string\circledslash}|see{\texttt{\string\oslash}}}
+ \index{circleddot=\texttt{\string\circleddot}|see{\texttt{\string\odot}}}
+ \index{le=\texttt{\string\le}|see{\texttt{\string\leq}}}
+ \index{ge=\texttt{\string\ge}|see{\texttt{\string\geq}}}
+ \index{gets=\texttt{\string\gets}|see{\texttt{\string\leftarrow}}}
+ \index{to=\texttt{\string\to}|see{\texttt{\string\rightarrow}}}
+ \index{owns=\texttt{\string\owns}|see{\texttt{\string\ni}}}
+ \index{lnot=\texttt{\string\lnot}|see{\texttt{\string\neg}}}
+ \index{land=\texttt{\string\land}|see{\texttt{\string\wedge}}}
+ \index{lor=\texttt{\string\lor}|see{\texttt{\string\vee}}}
+ \index{restriction=\texttt{\string\restriction}|see{\texttt{\string\upharpoonright}}}
+ \index{Doteq=\texttt{\string\Doteq}|see{\texttt{\string\doteqdot}}}
+ \index{doublecup=\texttt{\string\doublecup}|see{\texttt{\string\Cup}}}
+ \index{doublecap=\texttt{\string\doublecap}|see{\texttt{\string\Cap}}}
+ \index{llless=\texttt{\string\llless}|see{\texttt{\string\lll}}}
+ \index{gggtr=\texttt{\string\gggtr}|see{\texttt{\string\ggg}}}
+ %\index{Box=\texttt{\string\Box}|see{\texttt{\string\square}}}
+ \index{ne=\texttt{\string\ne}|see{\texttt{\string\neq}}}
+ %\index{notowns=\texttt{\string\notowns}|see{\texttt{\string\notni}}}
+ \index{lrJoin=\texttt{\string\lrJoin}|see{\texttt{\string\Join}}}
+ %\index{bowtie=\texttt{\string\bowtie}|see{\texttt{\string\lrtimes}}}
+ \index{dasharrow=\texttt{\string\dasharrow}|see{\texttt{\string\dashrightarrow}}}
+ \index{circledotright=\texttt{\string\circledotright}|see{\texttt{\string\circleddotright}}}
+ \index{circledotleft=\texttt{\string\circledotleft}|see{\texttt{\string\circleddotleft}}}
+\fi % TX test
+
+% The following were generated semi-automatically from SYMLIST using:
+% egrep '\text' SYMLIST | sed 's/\\text//' | xargs -i egrep '^{}$' /usr/share/dict/words | xargs -i sh -c 'egrep -q "^\\\\{}$" SYMLIST || echo "\\index{{}|see{\\texttt{\\string\\text{}}}}"' \;
+% then editing the result.
+\index{blank|see{\texttt{\string\textblank}}}
+\index{born|see{\texttt{\string\textborn}}}
+\index{died|see{\texttt{\string\textdied}}}
+\index{discount|see{\texttt{\string\textdiscount}}}
+\index{divorced|see{\texttt{\string\textdivorced}}}
+\index{dollar|see{\texttt{\string\textdollar}}}
+%\index{ellipsis|see{\texttt{\string\textellipsis}}}
+\index{estimated|see{\texttt{\string\textestimated}}}
+\index{florin|see{\texttt{\string\textflorin}}}
+%\index{greater|see{\texttt{\string\textgreater}}}
+\index{leaf|see{\texttt{\string\textleaf}}}
+%\index{less|see{\texttt{\string\textless}}}
+\index{married|see{\texttt{\string\textmarried}}}
+\index{minus|see{\texttt{\string\textminus}}}
+\index{ohm|see{\texttt{\string\textohm}}}
+%\index{paragraph|see{\texttt{\string\textparagraph}}}
+\index{recipe|see{\texttt{\string\textrecipe}}}
+%\index{registered|see{\texttt{\string\textregistered}}}
+%\index{section|see{\texttt{\string\textsection}}}
+\index{sterling|see{\texttt{\string\pounds}}}
+%\index{style|see{\texttt{\string\textstyle}}}
+%\index{superscript|see{\texttt{\string\textsuperscript}}}
+\index{trademark|see{\texttt{\string\texttrademark}}}
+%\index{underscore|see{\texttt{\string\textunderscore}}}
+\index{won|see{\texttt{\string\textwon}}}
+\ifTIPA
+ \index{advancing|see{\texttt{\string\textadvancing}}}
+ \index{bullseye|see{\texttt{\string\textbullseye}}}
+ \index{lowering|see{\texttt{\string\textlowering}}}
+ \index{pipe|see{\texttt{\string\textpipe}}}
+ \index{raising|see{\texttt{\string\textraising}}}
+ \index{retracting|see{\texttt{\string\textretracting}}}
+ \index{seagull|see{\texttt{\string\textseagull}}}
+\fi % TIPA test
+%\index{swab|see{\texttt{\string\textswab}}}
+
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+Welcome to the \doctitle! This document strives to be your primary
+source of \latex{} symbol information: font samples, \latex{}
+commands, packages, usage details, caveats---everything needed to put
+thousands of different symbols at your disposal. All of the fonts
+covered herein meet the following criteria:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item They are freely available from the Comprehensive\idxCTAN{}
+ \TeX{} Archive Network (\url{http://www.ctan.org}).
+
+ \item All of their symbols have \latexE{} bindings. That is, a user
+ should be able to access a symbol by name, not just by
+ \cmd{\char}\meta{number}.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\noindent
+These are not particularly limiting criteria; the \doctitle{} contains
+samples of \approxcount\prevtotalsymbols{} symbols---quite a large
+number. Some of these symbols are guaranteed to be available in every
+\latexE{} system; others require fonts and packages that may not
+accompany a given distribution and that therefore need to be
+installed. See
+\url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=instpackages+wherefiles}
+for help with installing new fonts and packages.
+
+
+\subsection{Document Usage}
+
+Each section of this document contains a number of font tables. Each
+table shows a set of symbols, with the corresponding \latex{} command
+to the right of each symbol. A table's caption indicates what package
+needs to be loaded in order to access that table's symbols. For
+example, the symbols in Table~\ref{old-style-nums}, ``\TC\ Old-Style
+Numerals'', are made available by putting
+``\cmd{\usepackage}\verb|{textcomp}|'' in your document's preamble.
+``\AMS'' means to use the \AMS{} packages, viz.\ \pkgname{amssymb}
+and/or \pkgname{amsmath}. Notes below a table provide additional
+information about some or all the symbols in that table.
+
+One\label{altenc} note that appears a few times in this document,
+particularly in Section~\ref{body-text-symbols}, indicates that
+certain symbols do not exist in the OT1 \fntenc[OT1]
+(Donald\index{Knuth, Donald E.} Knuth's original, 7-bit
+\fntenc[7-bit], which is the default \fntenc{} for \latex) and that
+you should use \pkgname{fontenc} to select a different encoding, such
+as T1 (a common 8-bit \fntenc[8-bit]\index{font encodings>T1}). That
+means that you should put
+``\cmd{\usepackage}\verb|[|\meta{encoding}\verb|]{fontenc}|'' in your
+document's preamble, where \meta{encoding} is, e.g.,
+\texttt{T1}\index{font encodings>T1} or \texttt{LY1}\index{font
+encodings>LY1}. To limit the change in \fntenc[limiting scope of] to
+the current group, use
+``\cmd{\fontencoding}\verb|{|\meta{encoding}\verb|}|\cmd{\selectfont}''.
+
+Section~\ref{addl-info} contains some additional information about the
+symbols in this document. It shows which symbol names are not unique
+across packages, gives examples of how to create new symbols out of
+existing symbols, explains how symbols are spaced in math mode,
+presents a \latex{} ASCII\index{ASCII} and Latin~1\index{Latin 1}
+tables, and provides some information about this document itself. The
+\doctitle{} ends with an index of all the symbols in the document and
+various additional useful terms.
+
+
+\ifcomplete
+
+\subsection{Frequently Requested Symbols}
+
+There are a number of symbols that are requested over and over again
+on \ctt. If you're looking for such a symbol the following list will
+help you find it quickly.
+
+\newenvironment{symbolfaq}{%
+ \ifhavemulticol
+ \setlength{\columnsep}{3em}%
+ \begin{multicols}{2}%
+ \fi
+ \setlength{\parskip}{1ex}%
+ \newcommand{\faq}[2]{%
+ \noindent##1\quad\dotfill\quad\makebox[1em][r]{##2}\par}%
+}{%
+ \ifhavemulticol
+ \end{multicols}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+\begin{symbolfaq}
+ \faq{\textvisiblespace, as in
+ ``Spaces\textvisiblespace are\textvisiblespace significant.''}
+ {\pageref{text-predef}}
+ \faq{\'{\i}, \`{\i}, \={\i}, \^{\i}, etc.\ (versus \'i, \`i, \=i, and \^i)}
+ {\pageref{text-accents}}
+ \faq{\textcent}
+ {\pageref{tc-currency}}
+ \faq{\EUR}
+ {\pageref{marv-currency}}
+ \faq{\textcopyright, \textregistered, and \texttrademark}
+ {\pageref{tc-legal}}
+ \faq{\textperthousand}
+ {\pageref{tc-misc}}
+ \faq{$\oiint$}
+ {\pageref{txpx-large}}
+ \faq{$\therefore$}
+ {\pageref{ams-rel}}
+ \faq{$\coloneqq$ and $\Coloneqq$}
+ {\pageref{txpx-rel}}
+ \faq{$\lesssim$ and $\gtrsim$}
+ {\pageref{ams-inequal-rel}}
+ \faq{$\iddots$}
+ {\pageref{mathdots-dots}}
+ \faq{\textdegree, as in ``180\textdegree'' or ``15\textcelsius''}
+ {\pageref{tc-math}}
+ \faq{\mathscr{L}, \mathscr{F}, etc.}
+ {\pageref{alphabets}}
+ \faq{\mathbbm{N}, \mathbbm{Z}, \mathbbm{R}, etc.}
+ {\pageref{alphabets}}
+ \faq{$\dashint$}
+ {\pageref{dashint}}
+ \faq{\diatop[{\diatop[\'|\=]}|a],
+ \diatop[{\diatop[\`|\^]}|e], etc.
+ (i.e., several accents per character)}
+ {\pageref{multiple-accents}}
+ \faq{$<$, $>$, and $|$ (instead of <, >, and |)}
+ {\pageref{upside-down}}
+ \faq{\textasciicircum\ and \textasciitilde\ (or $\sim$)}
+ {\pageref{tildes}}
+\end{symbolfaq}
+
+\fi % ifcomplete
+
+
+\section{Body-text symbols}
+\label{body-text-symbols}
+\idxbothbegin{body-text}{symbols}
+
+This section lists symbols that are intended for use in running text,
+such as punctuation marks, accents, ligatures, and currency symbols.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{symtable}{\latexE{} Escapable ``Special'' Characters}
+\index{special characters=``special'' characters}
+\index{escapable characters}
+\label{special-escapable}
+\begin{tabular}{*6{ll@{\qqquad}}ll}
+\K\$ & \K\% & \K\_$\,^*$ & \Kp\} & \K\& & \K\# & \Kp\{ \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ The \pkgname{underscore} package redefines ``\verb+_+'' to produce
+ an underscore in text mode (i.e.,~it makes it unnecessary to escape
+ the underscore character).
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Predefined \latexE{} Text-mode Commands}
+\index{space, visible}
+\index{inequalities}
+\index{tilde}
+\index{copyright}
+\idxboth{legal}{symbols}
+\label{text-predef}
+\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qqquad}lll}
+\V\textasciicircum & \V\textless \\
+\V\textasciitilde & \V[\ltextordfeminine]\textordfeminine \\
+\V\textasteriskcentered & \V[\ltextordmasculine]\textordmasculine \\
+\V\textbackslash & \V\textparagraph$^*$ \\
+\V\textbar & \V\textperiodcentered \\
+\V\textbraceleft$^*$ & \V\textquestiondown \\
+\V\textbraceright$^*$ & \V\textquotedblleft \\
+\V\textbullet & \V\textquotedblright \\
+\V[\ltextcopyright]\textcopyright$^*$
+ & \V\textquoteleft \\
+\V\textdagger$^*$ & \V\textquoteright \\
+\V\textdaggerdbl$^*$ & \V[\ltextregistered]\textregistered \\
+\V\textdollar$^*$ & \V\textsection$^*$ \\
+\V\textellipsis$^*$ & \V\textsterling$^*$ \\
+\V\textemdash & \V[\ltexttrademark]\texttrademark \\
+\V\textendash & \V\textunderscore$^*$ \\
+\V\textexclamdown & \V\textvisiblespace \\
+\V\textgreater \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\twosymbolmessage
+
+\bigskip
+\usetextmathmessage[*]
+
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{\latexE{} Commands Defined to Work in Both Math and Text Mode}
+\index{dots (ellipses)} \index{ellipses (dots)}
+\index{copyright}
+\idxboth{legal}{symbols}
+\label{math-text}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{lll@{\qqquad}}lll}
+\V\$ & \V\_ & \V\ddag & \Vp\{ \\
+\V\P & \V[\ltextcopyright]\copyright
+ & \V\dots & \Vp\} \\
+\V\S & \V\dag & \V\pounds \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\twosymbolmessage
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Commands Defined to Work in Both Math and Text Mode}
+\label{ams-math-text}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll@{\qquad}}ll}
+\X\checkmark & \X\circledR & \X\maltese
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Non-ASCII Letters (Excluding Accented Letters)}
+\index{letters>non-ASCII}\index{ASCII}
+\label{non-ascii}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}}ll}
+\K\aa & \Ks\DH & \K\L & \K\o & \K\ss \\
+\K\AA & \Ks\dh & \K\l & \K\O & \K\SS \\
+\K\AE & \Ks\DJ & \Ks\NG & \K\OE & \Ks\TH \\
+\K\ae & \Ks\dj & \Ks\ng & \K\oe & \Ks\th \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ Not available in the OT1 \fntenc[OT1]. Use the \pkgname{fontenc}
+ package to select an alternate \fntenc[T1], such as T1.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[FC]{Letters Used to Typeset African Languages}
+\index{alphabets>African}
+\label{fc}
+\begin{tabular}{*6{ll@{\qquad}}ll}
+\Jiv\B{D} & \Jiv\m{c} & \Jiv\m{f} & \Jiv\m{k} & \Jiv\M{t} & \Jiv\m{Z} \\
+\Jiv\B{d} & \Jiv\m{D} & \Jiv\m{F} & \Jiv\m{N} & \Jiv\M{T} & \Jiv\T{E} \\
+\Jiv\B{H} & \Jiv\M{d} & \Jiv\m{G} & \Jiv\m{n} & \Jiv\m{t} & \Jiv\T{e} \\
+\Jiv\B{h} & \Jiv\M{D} & \Jiv\m{g} & \Jiv\m{o} & \Jiv\m{T} & \Jiv\T{O} \\
+\Jiv\B{t} & \Jiv\m{d} & \Jiv\m{I} & \Jiv\m{O} & \Jiv\m{u}$^*$ & \Jiv\T{o} \\
+\Jiv\B{T} & \Jiv\m{E} & \Jiv\m{i} & \Jiv\m{P} & \Jiv\m{U}$^*$ \\
+\Jiv\m{b} & \Jiv\m{e} & \Jiv\m{J} & \Jiv\m{p} & \Jiv\m{Y} \\
+\Jiv\m{B} & \Jiv\M{E} & \Jiv\m{j} & \Jiv\m{s} & \Jiv\m{y} \\
+\Jiv\m{C} & \Jiv\M{e} & \Jiv\m{K} & \Jiv\m{S} & \Jiv\m{z} \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ These characters all need the T4 \fntenc[T4], which is provided by
+ the \FC\ package.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ \verb|\m{v}| and \verb|\m{V}| are synonyms for \verb|\m{u}| and
+ \verb|\m{U}|.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[VIET]{Letters Used to Typeset Vietnamese}
+\index{alphabets>Vietnamese}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll@{\qquad}}ll}
+\Kv\OHORN & \Kv\ohorn & \Kv\UHORN & \Kv\uhorn \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ These characters all need the T5 \fntenc[T5], which is provided by
+ the \VIET\ package.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Punctuation Marks Not Found in OT1}
+\index{punctuation}
+\label{punc-no-OT1}
+\begin{tabular}{*8l}
+\Kt\guillemotleft & \Kt\guilsinglleft & \Kt\quotedblbase & \Kt\textquotedbl \\
+\Kt\guillemotright & \Kt\guilsinglright & \Kt\quotesinglbase \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ To get these symbols, use the \pkgname{fontenc} package to select an
+ alternate \fntenc[T1], such as~T1.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Decorative Punctuation Marks}
+\index{punctuation}
+\label{pi-punctuation}
+\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}}
+\Tp{123} & \Tp{125} & \Tp{161} & \Tp{163} \\
+\Tp{124} & \Tp{126} & \Tp{162} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{longsymtable}[TIPA]{\TIPA\ Phonetic Symbols}
+\ltidxboth{phonetic}{symbols}
+\ltidxboth{linguistic}{symbols}
+\ltidxboth{dictionary}{symbols}
+\ltindex{alphabets>phonetic}
+\index{tilde}
+\label{tipa-phonetic}
+\begin{longtable}{*3{ll}}
+\multicolumn{6}{l}{\small\textit{(continued from previous page)}} \\[3ex]
+\endhead
+\endfirsthead
+\\[3ex]
+\multicolumn{6}{r}{\small\textit{(continued on next page)}}
+\endfoot
+\endlastfoot
+\K\textbabygamma & \K\textglotstop & \K\textrtailn \\
+\K\textbarb & \K\texthalflength & \K\textrtailr \\
+\K\textbarc & \K\texthardsign & \K\textrtails \\
+\K\textbard & \K\texthooktop & \K\textrtailt \\
+\K\textbardotlessj & \K\texthtb & \K\textrtailz \\
+\K\textbarg & \K\texthtbardotlessj & \K\textrthook \\
+\K\textbarglotstop & \K\texthtc & \K\textsca \\
+\K\textbari & \K\texthtd & \K\textscb \\
+\K\textbarl & \K\texthtg & \K\textsce \\
+\K\textbaro & \K\texthth & \K\textscg \\
+\K\textbarrevglotstop & \K\texththeng & \K\textsch \\
+\K\textbaru & \K\texthtk & \K\textschwa \\
+\K\textbeltl & \K\texthtp & \K\textsci \\
+\K\textbeta & \K\texthtq & \K\textscj \\
+\K\textbullseye & \K\texthtrtaild & \K\textscl \\
+\K\textceltpal & \K\texthtscg & \K\textscn \\
+\K\textchi & \K\texthtt & \K\textscoelig \\
+\K\textcloseepsilon & \K\texthvlig & \K\textscomega \\
+\K\textcloseomega & \K\textinvglotstop & \K\textscr \\
+\K\textcloserevepsilon & \K\textinvscr & \K\textscripta \\
+\K\textcommatailz & \K\textiota & \K\textscriptg \\
+\K\textcorner & \K\textlambda & \K\textscriptv \\
+\K\textcrb & \K\textlengthmark & \K\textscu \\
+\K\textcrd & \K\textlhookt & \K\textscy \\
+\K\textcrg & \K\textlhtlongi & \K\textsecstress \\
+\K\textcrh & \K\textlhtlongy & \K\textsoftsign \\
+\K\textcrinvglotstop & \K\textlonglegr & \K\textstretchc \\
+\K\textcrlambda & \K\textlptr & \K\texttctclig \\
+\K\textcrtwo & \K\textltailm & \K\textteshlig \\
+\K\textctc & \K\textltailn & \K\texttheta \\
+\K\textctd & \K\textltilde & \K\textthorn \\
+\K\textctdctzlig & \K\textlyoghlig & \K\texttoneletterstem \\
+\K\textctesh & \K\textObardotlessj & \K\texttslig \\
+\K\textctj & \K\textOlyoghlig & \K\textturna \\
+\K\textctn & \K\textomega & \K\textturncelig \\
+\K\textctt & \K\textopencorner & \K\textturnh \\
+\K\textcttctclig & \K\textopeno & \K\textturnk \\
+\K\textctyogh & \K\textpalhook & \K\textturnlonglegr \\
+\K\textctz & \K\textphi & \K\textturnm \\
+\K\textdctzlig & \K\textpipe & \K\textturnmrleg \\
+\K\textdoublebaresh & \K\textprimstress & \K\textturnr \\
+\K\textdoublebarpipe & \K\textraiseglotstop & \K\textturnrrtail \\
+\K\textdoublebarslash & \K\textraisevibyi & \K\textturnscripta \\
+\K\textdoublepipe & \K\textramshorns & \K\textturnt \\
+\K\textdoublevertline & \K\textrevapostrophe & \K\textturnv \\
+\K\textdownstep & \K\textreve & \K\textturnw \\
+\K\textdyoghlig & \K\textrevepsilon & \K\textturny \\
+\K\textdzlig & \K\textrevglotstop & \K\textupsilon \\
+\K\textepsilon & \K\textrevyogh & \K\textupstep \\
+\K\textesh & \K\textrhookrevepsilon & \K\textvertline \\
+\K\textfishhookr & \K\textrhookschwa & \K\textvibyi \\
+\K\textg & \K\textrhoticity & \K\textvibyy \\
+\K\textgamma & \K\textrptr & \K\textwynn \\
+\K\textglobfall & \K\textrtaild & \K\textyogh \\
+\K\textglobrise & \K\textrtaill & \\
+\end{longtable}
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \TIPA\ defines shortcut characters for many of the above. It also
+ defines a command \cmd{\tone} for denoting tone letters (pitches).
+ See the \TIPA\ documentation for more information.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{longsymtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TIPX]{\TIPX\ Phonetic Symbols}
+\idxboth{phonetic}{symbols}
+\idxboth{linguistic}{symbols}
+\idxboth{dictionary}{symbols}
+\index{alphabets>phonetic}
+\label{tipx-phonetic}
+\begin{longtable}{*3{ll}}
+\multicolumn{6}{l}{\small\textit{(continued from previous page)}} \\[3ex]
+\endhead
+\endfirsthead
+\\[3ex]
+\multicolumn{6}{r}{\small\textit{(continued on next page)}}
+\endfoot
+\endlastfoot
+\K\textaolig & \K\texthtbardotlessjvar & \K\textrthooklong \\
+\K\textbenttailyogh & \K\textinvomega & \K\textscaolig \\
+\K\textbktailgamma & \K\textinvsca & \K\textscdelta \\
+\K\textctinvglotstop & \K\textinvscripta & \K\textscf \\
+\K\textctjvar & \K\textlfishhookrlig & \K\textsck \\
+\K\textctstretchc & \K\textlhookfour & \K\textscm \\
+\K\textctstretchcvar & \K\textlhookp & \K\textscp \\
+\K\textctturnt & \K\textlhti & \K\textscq \\
+\K\textdblig & \K\textlooptoprevesh & \K\textspleftarrow \\
+\K\textdoublebarpipevar & \K\textnrleg & \K\textstretchcvar \\
+\K\textdoublepipevar & \K\textObullseye & \K\textsubdoublearrow \\
+\K\textdownfullarrow & \K\textpalhooklong & \K\textsubrightarrow \\
+\K\textfemale & \K\textpalhookvar & \K\textthornvari \\
+\K\textfrbarn & \K\textpipevar & \K\textthornvarii \\
+\K\textfrhookd & \K\textqplig & \K\textthornvariii \\
+\K\textfrhookdvar & \K\textrectangle & \K\textthornvariv \\
+\K\textfrhookt & \K\textretractingvar & \K\textturnglotstop \\
+\K\textfrtailgamma & \K\textrevscl & \K\textturnsck \\
+\K\textglotstopvari & \K\textrevscr & \K\textturnscu \\
+\K\textglotstopvarii & \K\textrhooka & \K\textturnthree \\
+\K\textglotstopvariii & \K\textrhooke & \K\textturntwo \\
+\K\textgrgamma & \K\textrhookepsilon & \K\textuncrfemale \\
+\K\textheng & \K\textrhookopeno & \K\textupfullarrow \\
+\K\texthmlig & \K\textrtailhth \\
+\end{longtable}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{longsymtable}[WIPA]{\WIPA\ Phonetic Symbols}
+\ltidxboth{phonetic}{symbols}
+\ltidxboth{linguistic}{symbols}
+\ltidxboth{dictionary}{symbols}
+\ltindex{alphabets>phonetic}
+\index{tilde}
+\label{wipa-phonetic}
+\begin{longtable}{*4{ll}}
+\multicolumn{8}{l}{\small\textit{(continued from previous page)}} \\[3ex]
+\endhead
+\endfirsthead
+\\[3ex]
+\multicolumn{8}{r}{\small\textit{(continued on next page)}}
+\endfoot
+\endlastfoot
+\K\babygamma & \K\eng & \K\labdentalnas & \K\schwa \\
+\K\barb & \K\er & \K\latfric & \K\sci \\
+\K\bard & \K\esh & \K\legm & \K\scn \\
+\K\bari & \K[\WSUeth]\eth & \K\legr & \K\scr \\
+\K\barl & \K\flapr & \K\lz & \K\scripta \\
+\K[\WSUbaro]\baro & \K\glotstop & \K\nialpha & \K\scriptg \\
+\K\barp & \K\hookb & \K\nibeta & \K\scriptv \\
+\K\barsci & \K\hookd & \K\nichi & \K\scu \\
+\K\barscu & \K\hookg & \K\niepsilon & \K\scy \\
+\K\baru & \K\hookh & \K\nigamma & \K\slashb \\
+\K\clickb & \K\hookheng & \K\niiota & \K\slashc \\
+\K\clickc & \K\hookrevepsilon & \K\nilambda & \K\slashd \\
+\K\clickt & \K\hv & \K\niomega & \K\slashu \\
+\K\closedniomega & \K\inva & \K\niphi & \K\taild \\
+\K\closedrevepsilon & \K\invf & \K\nisigma & \K\tailinvr \\
+\K\crossb & \K\invglotstop & \K\nitheta & \K\taill \\
+\K\crossd & \K\invh & \K\niupsilon & \K\tailn \\
+\K\crossh & \K\invlegr & \K\nj & \K\tailr \\
+\K\crossnilambda & \K\invm & \K\oo & \K\tails \\
+\K\curlyc & \K\invr & \K[\WSUopeno]\openo & \K\tailt \\
+\K\curlyesh & \K\invscr & \K\reve & \K\tailz \\
+\K\curlyyogh & \K\invscripta & \K\reveject & \K\tesh \\
+\K\curlyz & \K\invv & \K\revepsilon & \K[\WSUthorn]\thorn \\
+\K\dlbari & \K\invw & \K\revglotstop & \K\tildel \\
+\K\dz & \K\invy & \K\scd & \K\yogh \\
+\K\ejective & \K\ipagamma & \K\scg \\
+\end{longtable}
+\end{longsymtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Phonetic Symbols}
+\idxboth{phonetic}{symbols}
+\idxboth{linguistic}{symbols}
+\idxboth{dictionary}{symbols}
+\index{alphabets>phonetic}
+\label{wasy-phonetics}
+\begin{tabular}{*8l}
+\K\DH & \K\dh & \K\openo \\
+\K\Thorn & \K\inve & \K\thorn \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PHON]{\PHON\ Phonetic Symbols}
+\idxboth{phonetic}{symbols}
+\idxboth{linguistic}{symbols}
+\idxboth{dictionary}{symbols}
+\index{alphabets>phonetic}
+\label{phon-phonetic}
+\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}}
+\K\barj & \K\flap & \K[\PHONibar]\ibar & \K\rotvara & \K\vari \\
+\K\barlambda & \K\glottal & \K[\PHONopeno]\openo & \K\rotw & \K\varomega \\
+\K\emgma & \K\hausaB & \K\planck & \K\roty & \K\varopeno \\
+\K\engma & \K\hausab & \K\pwedge & \K[\PHONschwa]\schwa & \K[\PHONvod]\vod \\
+\K\enya & \K\hausad & \K\revD & \K[\PHONthorn]\thorn & \K\voicedh \\
+\K\epsi & \K\hausaD & \K\riota & \K\ubar & \K[\PHONyogh]\yogh \\
+\K[\PHONesh]\esh & \K\hausak & \K\rotm & \K\udesc \\
+\K[\PHONeth]\eth & \K\hausaK & \K\rotOmega & \K\vara \\
+\K\fj & \K[\PHONhookd]\hookd & \K\rotr & \K[\PHONvarg]\varg \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PHONFC]{\PHONFC\ Phonetic Symbols}
+\idxboth{phonetic}{symbols}
+\idxboth{linguistic}{symbols}
+\idxboth{dictionary}{symbols}
+\index{alphabets>phonetic}
+\label{phonfc-phonetic}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K[\encfour\PHONFCtextcrd]\textcrd & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtexthtd]\texthtd & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextpipe]\textpipe \\
+\K[\encfour\PHONFCtextcrh]\textcrh & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtexthtk]\texthtk & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextrtaild]\textrtaild \\
+\K[\encfour\PHONFCtextepsilon]\textepsilon & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtexthtp]\texthtp & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextrtailt]\textrtailt \\
+\K[\encfour\PHONFCtextesh]\textesh & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtexthtt]\texthtt & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextschwa]\textschwa \\
+\K[\encfour\PHONFCtextfjlig]\textfjlig & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextiota]\textiota & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextscriptv]\textscriptv \\
+\K[\encfour\PHONFCtexthtb]\texthtb & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextltailn]\textltailn & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextteshlig]\textteshlig \\
+\K[\encfour\PHONFCtexthtc]\texthtc & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextopeno]\textopeno & \K[\encfour\PHONFCtextyogh]\textyogh \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The idea behind the \PHONFC\ package's phonetic symbols is to
+ provide an interface to some of the characters in the T4 \fntenc[T4]
+ \ifFC
+ (Table~\vref{fc})
+ \fi % FC
+ but using the same names as
+ \ifTIPA
+ the \TIPA\ characters presented in Table~\vref{tipa-phonetic}.
+ \else
+ the \TIPA\ package.
+ \fi % TIPA
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[SMTR]{\SMTR\ Transliteration Symbols}
+\idxboth{phonetic}{symbols}
+\idxboth{linguistic}{symbols}
+\idxboth{dictionary}{symbols}
+\idxboth{transliteration}{symbols}
+\idxboth{semitic}{transliteration}
+\index{alphabets>phonetic}
+\label{semtrans-phonetic}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll}
+\K\Alif & \K\Ayn \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Text-mode Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\label{text-accents}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}}ll}
+\Q\" & \Q\` & \Q\d & \Q\r \\
+\Q\' & \QivBAR\ddag & \Qiv\G\ddag & \Q\t \\
+\Q\. & \Q\~ & \Qv\h\S & \Q\u \\
+\Qe[\magicequal][\magicequalname]\= & \Q\b & \Q\H & \Qiv\U\ddag \\
+\Q\^ & \Q\c & \Qt\k$^\dag$ & \Q\v \\
+\end{tabular}
+\par\medskip
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll}
+\Q\newtie$^*$ & \Qc\textcircled
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ Requires the \TC\ package.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\medskip
+\begin{tablenote}[\dag]
+ Not available in the OT1 \fntenc[OT1]. Use the \pkgname{fontenc}
+ package to select an alternate \fntenc[T1], such as T1.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\medskip
+\begin{tablenote}[\ddag]
+ Requires the T4 \fntenc[T4], provided by the \FC\ package.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\medskip
+\begin{tablenote}[\S]
+ Requires the T5 \fntenc[T5], provided by the \VIET\ package.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \index{dotless i=dotless $i~(\imath)$>text mode}
+ \index{dotless j=dotless $j~(\jmath)$>text mode}
+ Also note the existence of \cmdI{\i} and \cmdI{\j}, which produce
+ dotless versions of ``i'' and ``j'' (viz., ``\i'' and ``\j''). These
+ are useful when the accent is supposed to replace the dot. For
+ example, ``\verb|na\"{\i}ve|'' produces a correct ``na\"{\i}ve'',
+ while ``\verb|na\"{i}ve|'' would yield the rather odd-looking
+ ``na\"{i}ve''. (``\verb|na\"{i}ve|'' \emph{does} work in encodings
+ other than OT1, however.)
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{longsymtable}[TIPA]{\TIPA\ Text-mode Accents}
+\ltindex{accents}
+\index{tilde}
+\label{tipa-accents}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} % Keep high and low accents from touching.
+\begin{longtable}{ll}
+\multicolumn{2}{l}{\small\textit{(continued from previous page)}} \\[3ex]
+\endhead
+\endfirsthead
+\\[3ex]
+\multicolumn{2}{r}{\small\textit{(continued on next page)}}
+\endfoot
+\endlastfoot
+\Q\textacutemacron \\
+\Q\textacutewedge \\
+\Q\textadvancing \\
+\Q\textbottomtiebar \\
+\Q\textbrevemacron \\
+\Q\textcircumacute \\
+\Q\textcircumdot \\
+\Q\textdotacute \\
+\Q\textdotbreve \\
+\Q\textdotbreve \\
+\Q\textdoublegrave \\
+\Q\textdoublevbaraccent \\
+\Q\textgravecircum \\
+\Q\textgravedot \\
+\Q\textgravemacron \\
+\Q\textgravemid \\
+\Q\textinvsubbridge \\
+\Q\textlowering \\
+\Q\textmidacute \\
+\Q\textovercross \\
+\Q\textoverw \\
+\Q\textpolhook \\
+\Q\textraising \\
+\Q\textretracting \\
+\Q\textringmacron \\
+\Q\textroundcap \\
+\Q\textseagull \\
+\Q\textsubacute \\
+\Q\textsubarch \\
+\Q\textsubbar \\
+\Q\textsubbridge \\
+\Q\textsubcircum \\
+\Q\textsubdot \\
+\Q\textsubgrave \\
+\Q\textsublhalfring \\
+\Q\textsubplus \\
+\Q\textsubrhalfring \\
+\Q\textsubring \\
+\Q\textsubsquare \\
+\Q\textsubtilde \\
+\Q\textsubumlaut \\
+\Q\textsubw \\
+\Q\textsubwedge \\
+\Q\textsuperimposetilde \\
+\Q\textsyllabic \\
+\Q\texttildedot \\
+\Q\texttoptiebar \\
+\Q\textvbaraccent \\
+\end{longtable}
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \TIPA\ defines shortcut sequences for many of the above. See the
+ \TIPA\ documentation for more information.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{longsymtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[XIPA]{\XIPA\ Text-mode Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\label{xipa-accents}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} % Keep high and low accents from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll}
+\Q\bibridge & \Q\partvoiceless \\
+\Q\crtilde & \Q\sliding \\
+\Q\dottedtilde & \Q\spreadlips \\
+\Q\doubletilde & \Q\subcorner \\
+\Q\finpartvoice & \Q\subdoublebar \\
+\Q\finpartvoiceless & \Q\subdoublevert \\
+\Q\inipartvoice & \Q\sublptr \\
+\Q\inipartvoiceless & \Q\subrptr \\
+\Q\overbridge & \Q\whistle \\
+\Q\partvoice \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WIPA]{\WIPA\ Text-mode Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\label{wipa-accents}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} % Keep high and low accents from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Q\dental \\
+\Q\underarch \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PHON]{\PHON\ Text-mode Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\label{phon-accents}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} % Keep high and low accents from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\Q\hill & \Q\rc & \Q\ut \\
+\Q\od & \Q\syl \\
+\Q\ohill & \Q\td \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \begin{morespacing}{1pt}
+ The \PHON\ package provides a few additional macros for linguistic
+ accents. \cmd{\acbar} and \cmd{\acarc} compose characters with
+ multiple accents; for example, \verb+\acbar{\'}{a}+ produces
+ ``\acbar{\'}{a}'' and \verb+\acarc{\"}{e}+ produces
+ ``\acbar{\"}{e}''. \cmd{\labvel} joins two characters with an
+ arc: \verb+\labvel{mn}+~$\rightarrow$ ``\labvel{mn}''.
+ \cmd{\upbar} is intended to go between characters as in
+ ``\verb+x\upbar{}y''+~$\rightarrow$ ``x\upbar{}y''. Lastly,
+ \cmd{\uplett} behaves like \cmd{\textsuperscript} but uses a
+ smaller font. Contrast ``\verb+p\uplett{h}''+~$\rightarrow$
+ ``p\uplett{h}'' with ``\verb+p\textsuperscript{h}''+~$\rightarrow$
+ ``p\textsuperscript{h}''.
+ \end{morespacing}
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[METRE]{\METRE\ Text-mode Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\label{metre-accents}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Q\acutus \\
+\Q[\METREbreve]\breve \\
+\Q\circumflexus \\
+\Q\diaeresis \\
+\Q\gravis \\
+\Q\macron \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PHONFC]{\PHONFC\ Text-mode Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\label{phonfc-accents}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} % Keep high and low accents from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Qpfc[\PHONFCtextdoublegrave]\textdoublegrave \\
+\Qpfc[\PHONFCtextvbaraccent]\textvbaraccent \\
+\Qpfc[\PHONFCtextdoublevbaraccent]\textdoublevbaraccent \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The idea behind the \PHONFC\ package's text-mode accents is to
+ provide an interface to some of the accents in the T4 \fntenc[T4]
+ (accents marked with ``\ddag'' in Table~\vref{text-accents}) but
+ using the same names as
+ \ifTIPA
+ the \TIPA\ accents presented in Table~\vref{tipa-accents}.
+ \else
+ the \TIPA\ package.
+ \fi % TIPA
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ARCS]{\ARCS\ Text-mode Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\label{arcs-accents}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\Q\overarc & \Q\underarc \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The accents shown above scale only to a few characters wide. An
+ optional macro argument alters the effective width of the accented
+ characters. See the \ARCS\ documentation for more information.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[SMTR]{\SMTR\ Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\idxboth{semitic}{transliteration}
+\idxboth{rotated}{symbols}
+\idxboth{upside-down}{symbols}
+\label{semtrans-accents}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll}
+\Q[\smtrD]\D & \Q[\smtrU]\U \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\Q[\smtrT]\T$^*$ \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \verb|\T| is not actually an accent but a command that rotates its
+ argument 180\textdegree{} using the \pkgname{graphicx} package's
+ \cmd{\rotatebox} command.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WIPA]{\WIPA\ Diacritics}
+\index{accents}
+\index{tilde}
+\label{wipa-diacritics}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} % Keep high and low accents from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}}
+\K\ain & \K\leftp & \K\overring & \K\stress & \K\underwedge \\
+\K\corner & \K\leftt & \K\polishhook & \K\syllabic & \K\upp \\
+\K\downp & \K\length & \K\rightp & \K\underdots & \K\upt \\
+\K\downt & \K\midtilde & \K\rightt & \K\underring \\
+\K\halflength & \K\open & \K\secstress & \K\undertilde \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The \WIPA\ package defines all of the above as ordinary characters,
+ not as accents. However, it does provide \cmd{\diatop} and
+ \cmd{\diaunder} commands, which are used to compose diacritics with
+ other characters. For example, \verb+\diatop[\overring|a]+ produces
+ ``\diatop[\overring|a]'', and \verb+\diaunder[\underdots|a]+
+ produces ``\diaunder[\underdots|a]''. See the \WIPA\ documentation
+ for more information.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Diacritics}
+\index{accents}
+\label{tc-accent-chars}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\textacutedbl & \K\textasciicaron & \K\textasciimacron \\
+\K\textasciiacute & \K\textasciidieresis & \K\textgravedbl \\
+\K\textasciibreve & \K\textasciigrave \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The \TC\ package defines all of the above as ordinary characters,
+ not as accents.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Currency Symbols}
+\idxboth{currency}{symbols}
+\idxboth{monetary}{symbols}
+\label{tc-currency}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\K\textbaht & \K\textdollar$^*$ & \K\textguarani & \K\textwon \\
+\K\textcent & \K\textdollaroldstyle & \K\textlira & \K\textyen \\
+\K\textcentoldstyle & \K\textdong & \K\textnaira \\
+\K\textcolonmonetary & \K\texteuro & \K\textpeso \\
+\K\textcurrency & \K\textflorin & \K\textsterling$^*$ \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\usetextmathmessage[*]
+
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Currency Symbols}
+\idxboth{currency}{symbols}
+\idxboth{monetary}{symbols}
+\index{euro signs}
+\label{marv-currency}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}ll}
+\K\Denarius & \K\EUR & \K\EURdig & \K\EURtm & \K\Pfund \\
+\K\Ecommerce & \K\EURcr & \K\EURhv & \K\EyesDollar & \K\Shilling \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The different euro signs are meant to be compatible with different
+ fonts---\PSfont{Courier} (\texttt{\string\EURcr}),
+ \PSfont{Helvetica} (\texttt{\string\EURhv}), \PSfont{Times}
+ (\texttt{\string\EURtm}), and the \MARV\ digits listed in
+ Table~\ref{marv-math} (\texttt{\string\EURdig}).
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Currency Symbols}
+\idxboth{currency}{symbols}
+\idxboth{monetary}{symbols}
+\label{wasy-currency}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\K\cent & \K\currency \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[EUSYM]{\EUSYM\ Euro Signs}
+\idxboth{currency}{symbols}
+\idxboth{monetary}{symbols}
+\index{euro signs}
+\label{eurosym-euros}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\K\geneuro & \K\geneuronarrow & \K\geneurowide & \K\officialeuro \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \cmd{\euro} is automatically mapped to one of the above---by
+ default, \cmdI{\officialeuro}---based on a \EUSYM\ package option.
+ See the \EUSYM\ documentation for more information. The
+ \verb|\geneuro|\dots{} characters are generated from the current
+ body font's ``C'' character and therefore may not appear exactly as
+ shown.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Legal Symbols}
+\index{copyright}
+\idxboth{legal}{symbols}
+\label{tc-legal}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{lll@{\qquad}}lll}
+\V\textcircledP & \V[\ltextcopyright]\textcopyright & \V\textservicemark \\
+\V\textcopyleft & \V[\ltextregistered]\textregistered & \V[\ltexttrademark]\texttrademark \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\twosymbolmessage
+\medskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \hspace*{15pt}%
+ See \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tradesyms}
+ for solutions to common problems that occur when using these symbols
+ (e.g.,~getting a~``\textcircled{r}'' when you expected to get
+ a~``\textregistered'').
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[CCLIC]{\CCLIC\ Creative Commons License Icons}
+\index{Creative Commons licenses}
+\index{copyright}
+\idxboth{legal}{symbols}
+\label{creativecommons}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}}ll}
+\K\cc & \K\ccby & \K\ccnc$^*$ & \K\ccnd & \K\ccsa$^*$ \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ These symbols utilize the \pkgname{rotating} package and therefore
+ display improperly in most DVI\index{DVI} viewers.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Old-style Numerals}
+\idxboth{old-style}{digits}
+\label{old-style-nums}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\textzerooldstyle & \K\textfouroldstyle & \K\texteightoldstyle \\
+\K\textoneoldstyle & \K\textfiveoldstyle & \K\textnineoldstyle \\
+\K\texttwooldstyle & \K\textsixoldstyle \\
+\K\textthreeoldstyle & \K\textsevenoldstyle \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ Rather than use the bulky \cmd{\textoneoldstyle},
+ \cmd{\texttwooldstyle}, etc.\ commands shown above, consider using
+ \cmd{\oldstylenums}\verb|{|$\ldots$\verb|}| to typeset an old-style
+ number.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Miscellaneous \TC\ Symbols}
+\idxboth{musical}{symbols}
+\index{tilde}
+\label{tc-misc}
+\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qquad}lll}
+\V\textasteriskcentered & \V[\ltextordfeminine]\textordfeminine \\
+\V\textbardbl & \V[\ltextordmasculine]\textordmasculine \\
+\V\textbigcircle & \V\textparagraph$^*$ \\
+\V\textblank & \V\textperiodcentered \\
+\V\textbrokenbar & \V\textpertenthousand \\
+\V\textbullet & \V\textperthousand \\
+\V\textdagger$^*$ & \V\textpilcrow \\
+\V\textdaggerdbl$^*$ & \V\textquotesingle \\
+\V\textdblhyphen & \V\textquotestraightbase \\
+\V\textdblhyphenchar & \V\textquotestraightdblbase \\
+\V\textdiscount & \V\textrecipe \\
+\V\textestimated & \V\textreferencemark \\
+\V\textinterrobang & \V\textsection$^*$ \\
+\V\textinterrobangdown & \V\textthreequartersemdash \\
+\V\textmusicalnote & \V\texttildelow \\
+\V\textnumero & \V\texttwelveudash \\
+\V\textopenbullet \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\twosymbolmessage
+
+\bigskip
+\usetextmathmessage[*]
+
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{Miscellaneous \WASY\ Text-mode Symbols}
+\label{wasy-text}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\K\permil \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\idxbothend{body-text}{symbols}
+
+
+\section{Mathematical symbols}
+\label{math-symbols}
+\idxbothbegin{mathematical}{symbols}
+
+Most, but not all, of the symbols in this section are math-mode only.
+That is, they yield a ``\texttt{Missing~\$ inserted}''\index{Missing
+\$ inserted=``\texttt{Missing~\$ inserted}''} error message if not
+used within \verb|$|$\ldots$\verb|$|, \verb|\[|$\ldots$\verb|\]|, or
+another math-mode environment. Operators marked as ``variable-sized''
+are taller in displayed formulas, shorter in in-text formulas, and
+possibly shorter still when used in various levels of superscripts or
+subscripts.
+
+\ifcomplete
+Alphanumeric symbols (e.g., ``$\!\mathscr{L}\,$'' and
+``$\varmathbb{Z}$'') are usually produced using one of the math
+alphabets in Table~\ref{alphabets} rather than with an explicit symbol
+command. Look there first if you need a symbol for a transform,
+number set, or some other alphanumeric.
+
+Although there have been many requests on \ctt for a
+contradiction\idxboth{contradiction}{symbols} symbol, the ensuing
+discussion invariably reveals innumerable ways to represent
+contradiction in a proof, including ``\blitza''~(\cmdI{\blitza}),
+``$\Rightarrow\Leftarrow$''~(\cmdX{\Rightarrow}\cmdX{\Leftarrow}),
+``$\bot$''~(\cmdX{\bot}),
+``$\nleftrightarrow$''~(\cmdX{\nleftrightarrow}), and
+``\textreferencemark''~(\cmdI{\textreferencemark}). Because of the
+lack of notational consensus, it is probably better to spell out
+``Contradiction!''\ than to use a symbol for this purpose. Similarly,
+discussions on \ctt have revealed that there are a variety of ways to
+indicate the mathematical notion of ``is
+defined\idxboth{definition}{symbols} as''. Common candidates include
+``$\triangleq$''~(\cmdX{\triangleq}), ``$\equiv$''~(\cmdX{\equiv}),
+``$\coloneqq$''~(\cmdX{\coloneqq}), and ``$\stackrel{\text{\tiny
+def}}{=}$''~(\cmd{\stackrel}\verb|{|\cmd{\text}\verb|{\tiny|
+\verb|def}}{=}|). See also the example of \cmd{\equalsfill}
+\vpageref[below]{equalsfill-ex}. Finally, the average\index{average}
+value of a variable~$x$ is written by some people as
+``$\overline{x}$''~(\verb|\overline{x}|)\incsyms\indexaccent[$\string\blackacc{\string\overline}$]{\overline},
+by some people as ``$\langle x \rangle$''~(\cmdX{\langle} \texttt{x}
+\cmdX{\rangle}), and by some people as ``$\diameter x$'' or
+``$\varnothing x$''~(\cmdX{\diameter} \texttt{x} or \cmdX{\varnothing}
+\texttt{x}). The moral of the story is that you should be careful
+always to explain your notation to avoid confusing your readers.
+
+\fi
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{symtable}{Math-Mode Versions of Text Symbols}
+\index{math-text}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\mathdollar & \X\mathparagraph & \X\mathsterling \\
+\X\mathellipsis & \X\mathsection & \X\mathunderscore \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\usetextmathmessage
+
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Binary Operators}
+\idxboth{binary}{operators}
+\index{division}
+\label{bin}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\X\amalg & \X\cup & \X\oplus & \X\times \\
+\X\ast & \X\dagger & \X\oslash & \X\triangleleft \\
+\X\bigcirc & \X\ddagger & \X\otimes & \X\triangleright \\
+\X\bigtriangledown & \X\diamond & \X\pm & \X\unlhd$^*$ \\
+\X\bigtriangleup & \X\div & \X\rhd$^*$ & \X\unrhd$^*$ \\
+\X\bullet & \X\lhd$^*$ & \X\setminus & \X\uplus \\
+\X\cap & \X\mp & \X\sqcap & \X\vee \\
+\X\cdot & \X\odot & \X\sqcup & \X\wedge \\
+\X\circ & \X\ominus & \X\star & \X\wr \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\notpredefinedmessage
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Binary Operators}
+\idxboth{binary}{operators}
+\index{semidirect products}
+\label{ams-bin}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\barwedge & \X\circledcirc & \X\intercal \\
+\X\boxdot & \X\circleddash & \X\leftthreetimes \\
+\X\boxminus & \X\Cup & \X\ltimes \\
+\X\boxplus & \X\curlyvee & \X\rightthreetimes \\
+\X\boxtimes & \X\curlywedge & \X\rtimes \\
+\X\Cap & \X\divideontimes & \X\smallsetminus \\
+\X\centerdot & \X\dotplus & \X\veebar \\
+\X\circledast & \X\doublebarwedge \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Binary Operators}
+\idxboth{binary}{operators}
+\label{st-bin}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\baro & \X\interleave & \X\varoast \\
+\X\bbslash & \X\leftslice & \X\varobar \\
+\X\binampersand & \X\merge & \X\varobslash \\
+\X\bindnasrepma & \X\minuso & \X\varocircle \\
+\X\boxast & \X\moo & \X\varodot \\
+\X\boxbar & \X\nplus & \X\varogreaterthan \\
+\X\boxbox & \X\obar & \X\varolessthan \\
+\X\boxbslash & \X\oblong & \X\varominus \\
+\X\boxcircle & \X\obslash & \X\varoplus \\
+\X\boxdot & \X\ogreaterthan & \X\varoslash \\
+\X\boxempty & \X\olessthan & \X\varotimes \\
+\X\boxslash & \X\ovee & \X\varovee \\
+\X\curlyveedownarrow & \X\owedge & \X\varowedge \\
+\X\curlyveeuparrow & \X\rightslice & \X\vartimes \\
+\X\curlywedgedownarrow & \X\sslash & \X\Ydown \\
+\X\curlywedgeuparrow & \X\talloblong & \X\Yleft \\
+\X\fatbslash & \X\varbigcirc & \X\Yright \\
+\X\fatsemi & \X\varcurlyvee & \X\Yup \\
+\X\fatslash & \X\varcurlywedge \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Binary Operators}
+\idxboth{binary}{operators}
+\label{wasy-bin}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\X\lhd & \X\ocircle & \X\RHD & \X\unrhd \\
+\X\LHD & \X\rhd & \X\unlhd \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Binary Operators}
+\idxboth{binary}{operators}
+\label{txpx-bin}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\circledbar & \X\circledwedge & \X\medcirc \\
+\X\circledbslash & \X\invamp & \X\sqcapplus \\
+\X\circledvee & \X\medbullet & \X\sqcupplus \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Binary Operators}
+\idxboth{binary}{operators}
+\index{asterisks}
+\index{semidirect products}
+\label{abx-bin}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X[\ABXast]\ast & \X[\ABXcurlywedge]\curlywedge & \X[\ABXsqcap]\sqcap \\
+\X[\ABXAsterisk]\Asterisk & \X[\ABXdivdot]\divdot & \X[\ABXsqcup]\sqcup \\
+\X[\ABXbarwedge]\barwedge & \X[\ABXdivideontimes]\divideontimes & \X[\ABXsqdoublecap]\sqdoublecap \\
+\X[\ABXbigstar]\bigstar & \X[\ABXdotdiv]\dotdiv & \X[\ABXsqdoublecup]\sqdoublecup \\
+\X[\ABXbigvarstar]\bigvarstar & \X[\ABXdotplus]\dotplus & \X[\ABXsquare]\square \\
+\X[\ABXblackdiamond]\blackdiamond & \X[\ABXdottimes]\dottimes & \X[\ABXsquplus]\squplus \\
+\X[\ABXcap]\cap & \X[\ABXdoublebarwedge]\doublebarwedge & \X[\ABXudot]\udot \\
+\X[\ABXcircplus]\circplus & \X[\ABXdoublecap]\doublecap & \X[\ABXuplus]\uplus \\
+\X[\ABXcoasterisk]\coasterisk & \X[\ABXdoublecup]\doublecup & \X[\ABXvarstar]\varstar \\
+\X[\ABXcoAsterisk]\coAsterisk & \X[\ABXltimes]\ltimes & \X[\ABXvee]\vee \\
+\X[\ABXconvolution]\convolution & \X[\ABXpluscirc]\pluscirc & \X[\ABXveebar]\veebar \\
+\X[\ABXcup]\cup & \X[\ABXrtimes]\rtimes & \X[\ABXveedoublebar]\veedoublebar \\
+\X[\ABXcurlyvee]\curlyvee & \X[\ABXsqbullet]\sqbullet & \X[\ABXwedge]\wedge \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ Many of the above glyphs go by multiple names.
+ \cmdI[$\string\ABXcenterdot$]{\centerdot} is equivalent to
+ \cmdI[$\string\ABXsqbullet$]{\sqbullet}, and
+ \cmdI[$\string\ABXast$]{\ast} is equivalent to \cmdI{*}.
+ \cmdI[$\string\ABXasterisk$]{\asterisk} produces the same glyph as
+ \cmdI[$\string\ABXast$]{\ast}, but as an ordinary symbol, not a
+ binary operator. Similarly, \cmdI[$\string\ABXbigast$]{\bigast}
+ produces a large-operator version of the
+ \cmdI[$\string\ABXAsterisk$]{\Asterisk} binary operator, and
+ \cmdI[$\string\ABXbigcoast$]{\bigcoast} produces a large-operator
+ version of the \cmdI[$\string\ABXcoAsterisk$]{\coAsterisk} binary
+ operator.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ULSY]{\ULSY\ Geometric Binary Operators}
+\idxboth{binary}{operators}
+\label{ulsy-geometric-bin}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\K\odplus \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Geometric Binary Operators}
+\idxboth{binary}{operators}
+\label{abx-geometric-bin}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X[\ABXblacktriangledown]\blacktriangledown & \X[\ABXboxright]\boxright & \X[\ABXominus]\ominus \\
+\X[\ABXblacktriangleleft]\blacktriangleleft & \X[\ABXboxslash]\boxslash & \X[\ABXoplus]\oplus \\
+\X[\ABXblacktriangleright]\blacktriangleright & \X[\ABXboxtimes]\boxtimes & \X[\ABXoright]\oright \\
+\X[\ABXblacktriangleup]\blacktriangleup & \X[\ABXboxtop]\boxtop & \X[\ABXoslash]\oslash \\
+\X[\ABXboxasterisk]\boxasterisk & \X[\ABXboxtriangleup]\boxtriangleup & \X[\ABXotimes]\otimes \\
+\X[\ABXboxbackslash]\boxbackslash & \X[\ABXboxvoid]\boxvoid & \X[\ABXotop]\otop \\
+\X[\ABXboxbot]\boxbot & \X[\ABXoasterisk]\oasterisk & \X[\ABXotriangleup]\otriangleup \\
+\X[\ABXboxcirc]\boxcirc & \X[\ABXobackslash]\obackslash & \X[\ABXovoid]\ovoid \\
+\X[\ABXboxcoasterisk]\boxcoasterisk & \X[\ABXobot]\obot & \X[\ABXsmalltriangledown]\smalltriangledown \\
+\X[\ABXboxdiv]\boxdiv & \X[\ABXocirc]\ocirc & \X[\ABXsmalltriangleleft]\smalltriangleleft \\
+\X[\ABXboxdot]\boxdot & \X[\ABXocoasterisk]\ocoasterisk & \X[\ABXsmalltriangleright]\smalltriangleright \\
+\X[\ABXboxleft]\boxleft & \X[\ABXodiv]\odiv & \X[\ABXsmalltriangleup]\smalltriangleup \\
+\X[\ABXboxminus]\boxminus & \X[\ABXodot]\odot \\
+\X[\ABXboxplus]\boxplus & \X[\ABXoleft]\oleft \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Variable-sized Math Operators}
+\idxboth{variable-sized}{symbols}
+\index{integrals}
+\label{op}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.75} % Keep tall symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{*3{l@{$\:$}ll@{\qquad}}l@{$\:$}ll}
+\R\bigcap & \R\bigotimes & \R\bigwedge & \R\prod \\
+\R\bigcup & \R\bigsqcup & \R\coprod & \R\sum \\
+\R\bigodot & \R\biguplus & \R\int \\
+\R\bigoplus & \R\bigvee & \R\oint \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Variable-sized Math Operators}
+\idxboth{variable-sized}{symbols}
+\index{integrals}
+\label{ams-large}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{l@{$\:$}ll@{\qquad}l@{$\:$}ll}
+\R[\AMSiint]\iint & \R[\AMSiiint]\iiint \\
+\R[\AMSiiiint]\iiiint & \R[\AMSidotsint]\idotsint \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Variable-sized Math Operators}
+\idxboth{variable-sized}{symbols}
+\label{st-large}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.75} % Keep tall symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{*2{l@{$\:$}ll@{\qquad}}l@{$\:$}ll}
+\R\bigbox & \R\biginterleave & \R\bigsqcap \\
+\R\bigcurlyvee & \R\bignplus & \R[\STbigtriangledown]\bigtriangledown \\
+\R\bigcurlywedge & \R\bigparallel & \R[\STbigtriangleup]\bigtriangleup \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Variable-sized Math Operators}
+\idxboth{variable-sized}{symbols}
+\index{integrals}
+\label{wasy-large}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{*2{l@{$\:$}ll@{\qquad}}l@{$\:$}ll}
+\R[\varint]\int$^\dag$ & \R\iint & \R\iiint \\
+\R\varint$^*$ & \R\varoint$^*$ & \R\oiint \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ None of the preceding symbols are defined when \WASY\ is passed the
+ \optname{wasysym}{nointegrals} option.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\medskip
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ Not defined when \WASY\ is passed the \optname{wasysym}{integrals} option.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\medskip
+\begin{tablenote}[\dag]
+ Defined only when \WASY\ is passed the \optname{wasysym}{integrals}
+ option. Otherwise, the default \latex \cmdX{\int} glyph (as shown
+ in Table~\ref{op}) is used.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Variable-sized Math Operators}
+\idxboth{variable-sized}{symbols}
+\index{integrals}
+\label{abx-large}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{*2{l@{$\:$}ll@{\qquad}}l@{$\:$}ll}
+\R[\ABXbigcurlyvee]\bigcurlyvee & \R[\ABXbigboxslash]\bigboxslash & \R[\ABXbigoright]\bigoright \\
+\R[\ABXbigsqcap]\bigsqcap & \R[\ABXbigboxtimes]\bigboxtimes & \R[\ABXbigoslash]\bigoslash \\
+\R[\ABXbigcurlywedge]\bigcurlywedge & \R[\ABXbigboxtop]\bigboxtop & \R[\ABXbigotop]\bigotop \\
+\R[\ABXbigboxasterisk]\bigboxasterisk & \R[\ABXbigboxtriangleup]\bigboxtriangleup & \R[\ABXbigotriangleup]\bigotriangleup \\
+\R[\ABXbigboxbackslash]\bigboxbackslash & \R[\ABXbigboxvoid]\bigboxvoid & \R[\ABXbigovoid]\bigovoid \\
+\R[\ABXbigboxbot]\bigboxbot & \R[\ABXbigcomplementop]\bigcomplementop & \R[\ABXbigplus]\bigplus \\
+\R[\ABXbigboxcirc]\bigboxcirc & \R[\ABXbigoasterisk]\bigoasterisk & \R[\ABXbigsquplus]\bigsquplus \\
+\R[\ABXbigboxcoasterisk]\bigboxcoasterisk & \R[\ABXbigobackslash]\bigobackslash & \R[\ABXbigtimes]\bigtimes \\
+\R[\ABXbigboxdiv]\bigboxdiv & \R[\ABXbigobot]\bigobot & \R[\ABXiiintop]\iiint \\
+\R[\ABXbigboxdot]\bigboxdot & \R[\ABXbigocirc]\bigocirc & \R[\ABXiintop]\iint \\
+\R[\ABXbigboxleft]\bigboxleft & \R[\ABXbigocoasterisk]\bigocoasterisk & \R[\ABXintop]\int \\
+\R[\ABXbigboxminus]\bigboxminus & \R[\ABXbigodiv]\bigodiv & \R[\ABXoiintop]\oiint \\
+\R[\ABXbigboxplus]\bigboxplus & \R[\ABXbigoleft]\bigoleft & \R[\ABXointop]\oint \\
+\R[\ABXbigboxright]\bigboxright & \R[\ABXbigominus]\bigominus \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Variable-sized Math Operators}
+\idxboth{variable-sized}{symbols}
+\index{integrals}
+\label{txpx-large}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{l@{$\:$}ll@{\hspace{4em}}l@{$\:$}ll}
+\R\bigsqcapplus & \R\ointclockwise \\
+\R\bigsqcupplus & \R\ointctrclockwise \\
+\R\fint & \R\sqiiint \\
+\R\idotsint & \R\sqiint \\
+\R\iiiint & \R\sqint \\
+\R\iiint & \R\varoiiintclockwise \\
+\R\iint & \R\varoiiintctrclockwise \\
+\R\oiiintclockwise & \R\varoiintclockwise \\
+\R\oiiintctrclockwise & \R\varoiintctrclockwise \\
+\R\oiiint & \R\varointclockwise \\
+\R\oiintclockwise & \R\varointctrclockwise \\
+\R\oiintctrclockwise & \R\varprod \\
+\R\oiint \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ES]{\ES\ Variable-sized Math Operators}
+\idxboth{variable-sized}{symbols}
+\index{integrals}
+\label{es-large}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{*2{l@{\quad}ll@{\hspace{4em}}}l@{\quad}ll}
+\E{dotsint} & \E{ointclockwise} \\
+\E{fint} & \E{ointctrclockwise} \\
+\E{iiiint} & \E{sqiint} \\
+\E{iiint} & \E{sqint} \\
+\E{iint} & \E{varoiint} \\
+\E{landdownint} & \E{varointclockwise} \\
+\E{landupint} & \E{varointctrclockwise} \\
+\E{oiint} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Binary Relations}
+\idxboth{relational}{symbols}
+\index{tacks}
+\label{rel}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\X\approx & \X\equiv & \X\perp & \X\smile \\
+\X\asymp & \X\frown & \X\prec & \X\succ \\
+\X\bowtie & \X\Join$^*$ & \X\preceq & \X\succeq \\
+\X\cong & \X\mid & \X\propto & \X\vdash \\
+\X\dashv & \X\models & \X\sim \\
+\X\doteq & \X\parallel & \X\simeq \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\notpredefinedmessageABX
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Binary Relations}
+\index{binary relations}
+\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\label{ams-rel}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\approxeq & \X\eqcirc & \X\succapprox \\
+\X\backepsilon & \X\fallingdotseq & \X\succcurlyeq \\
+\X\backsim & \X\multimap & \X\succsim \\
+\X\backsimeq & \X\pitchfork & \X\therefore \\
+\X\because & \X\precapprox & \X\thickapprox \\
+\X\between & \X\preccurlyeq & \X\thicksim \\
+\X\Bumpeq & \X\precsim & \X\varpropto \\
+\X\bumpeq & \X\risingdotseq & \X\Vdash \\
+\X\circeq & \X\shortmid & \X\vDash \\
+\X\curlyeqprec & \X\shortparallel & \X\Vvdash \\
+\X\curlyeqsucc & \X\smallfrown & \\
+\X\doteqdot & \X\smallsmile & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Negated Binary Relations}
+\index{binary relations>negated}
+\index{relational symbols>negated binary}
+\label{ams-nrel}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\ncong & \X\nshortparallel & \X\nVDash \\
+\X\nmid & \X\nsim & \X\precnapprox \\
+\X\nparallel & \X\nsucc & \X\precnsim \\
+\X\nprec & \X\nsucceq & \X\succnapprox \\
+\X\npreceq & \X\nvDash & \X\succnsim \\
+\X\nshortmid & \X\nvdash \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Binary Relations}
+\index{binary relations}
+\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\label{st-rel}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\X\inplus & \X\niplus \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Binary Relations}
+\index{binary relations}
+\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\label{wasy-rel}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\invneg & \X\leadsto & \X\wasypropto \\
+\X\Join & \X\logof \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Binary Relations}
+\index{binary relations}
+\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\label{txpx-rel}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\circledgtr & \X\lJoin & \X\opentimes \\
+\X\circledless & \X\lrtimes & \X\Perp \\
+\X\colonapprox & \X\multimap & \X\preceqq \\
+\X\Colonapprox & \X\multimapboth & \X\precneqq \\
+\X\coloneq & \X\multimapbothvert & \X\rJoin \\
+\X\Coloneq & \X\multimapdot & \X\strictfi \\
+\X\Coloneqq & \X\multimapdotboth & \X\strictif \\
+\X\coloneqq$^*$ & \X\multimapdotbothA & \X\strictiff \\
+\X\Colonsim & \X\multimapdotbothAvert & \X\succeqq \\
+\X\colonsim & \X\multimapdotbothB & \X\succneqq \\
+\X\Eqcolon & \X\multimapdotbothBvert & \X\varparallel \\
+\X\eqcolon & \X\multimapdotbothvert & \X\varparallelinv \\
+\X\eqqcolon & \X\multimapdotinv & \X\VvDash \\
+\X\Eqqcolon & \X\multimapinv \\
+\X\eqsim & \X\openJoin \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ As an alternative to using \TXPX, a ``$\mathrel{\mathop:}=$'' symbol
+ can be constructed with ``\verb|\mathrel{\mathop:}=|''.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Negated Binary Relations}
+\index{binary relations>negated}
+\index{relational symbols>negated binary}
+\label{txpx-nrel}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\napproxeq & \X\npreccurlyeq & \X\nthickapprox \\
+\X\nasymp & \X\npreceqq & \X\ntwoheadleftarrow \\
+\X\nbacksim & \X\nprecsim & \X\ntwoheadrightarrow \\
+\X\nbacksimeq & \X\nsimeq & \X\nvarparallel \\
+\X\nbumpeq & \X\nsuccapprox & \X\nvarparallelinv \\
+\X\nBumpeq & \X\nsucccurlyeq & \X\nVdash \\
+\X\nequiv & \X\nsucceqq \\
+\X\nprecapprox & \X\nsuccsim \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Binary Relations}
+\index{binary relations}
+\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\label{abx-rel}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X[\ABXbetween]\between & \X[\ABXdivides]\divides & \X[\ABXrisingdotseq]\risingdotseq \\
+\X[\ABXbotdoteq]\botdoteq & \X[\ABXdotseq]\dotseq & \X[\ABXsuccapprox]\succapprox \\
+\X[\ABXBumpedeq]\Bumpedeq & \X[\ABXeqbumped]\eqbumped & \X[\ABXsucccurlyeq]\succcurlyeq \\
+\X[\ABXbumpedeq]\bumpedeq & \X[\ABXeqcirc]\eqcirc & \X[\ABXsuccdot]\succdot \\
+\X[\ABXcirceq]\circeq & \X[\ABXeqcolon]\eqcolon & \X[\ABXsuccsim]\succsim \\
+\X[\ABXcoloneq]\coloneq & \X[\ABXfallingdotseq]\fallingdotseq & \X[\ABXtherefore]\therefore \\
+\X[\ABXcorresponds]\corresponds & \X[\ABXggcurly]\ggcurly & \X[\ABXtopdoteq]\topdoteq \\
+\X[\ABXcurlyeqprec]\curlyeqprec & \X[\ABXllcurly]\llcurly & \X[\ABXvDash]\vDash \\
+\X[\ABXcurlyeqsucc]\curlyeqsucc & \X[\ABXprecapprox]\precapprox & \X[\ABXVdash]\Vdash \\
+\X[\ABXDashV]\DashV & \X[\ABXpreccurlyeq]\preccurlyeq & \X[\ABXVDash]\VDash \\
+\X[\ABXDashv]\Dashv & \X[\ABXprecdot]\precdot & \X[\ABXVvdash]\Vvdash \\
+\X[\ABXdashVv]\dashVv & \X[\ABXprecsim]\precsim \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Negated Binary Relations}
+\index{binary relations>negated}\index{relational symbols>negated binary}
+\label{abx-nrel}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X[\ABXnapprox]\napprox & \X[\ABXnotperp]\notperp & \X[\ABXnvDash]\nvDash \\
+\X[\ABXncong]\ncong & \X[\ABXnprec]\nprec & \X[\ABXnVDash]\nVDash \\
+\X[\ABXncurlyeqprec]\ncurlyeqprec & \X[\ABXnprecapprox]\nprecapprox & \X[\ABXnVdash]\nVdash \\
+\X[\ABXncurlyeqsucc]\ncurlyeqsucc & \X[\ABXnpreccurlyeq]\npreccurlyeq & \X[\ABXnvdash]\nvdash \\
+\X[\ABXnDashv]\nDashv & \X[\ABXnpreceq]\npreceq & \X[\ABXnVvash]\nVvash \\
+\X[\ABXndashV]\ndashV & \X[\ABXnprecsim]\nprecsim & \X[\ABXprecnapprox]\precnapprox \\
+\X[\ABXndashv]\ndashv & \X[\ABXnsim]\nsim & \X[\ABXprecneq]\precneq \\
+\X[\ABXnDashV]\nDashV & \X[\ABXnsimeq]\nsimeq & \X[\ABXprecnsim]\precnsim \\
+\X[\ABXndashVv]\ndashVv & \X[\ABXnsucc]\nsucc & \X[\ABXsuccnapprox]\succnapprox \\
+\X[\ABXneq]\neq & \X[\ABXnsuccapprox]\nsuccapprox & \X[\ABXsuccneq]\succneq \\
+\X[\ABXnotasymp]\notasymp & \X[\ABXnsucccurlyeq]\nsucccurlyeq & \X[\ABXsuccnsim]\succnsim \\
+\X[\ABXnotdivides]\notdivides & \X[\ABXnsucceq]\nsucceq \\
+\X[\ABXnotequiv]\notequiv & \X[\ABXnsuccsim]\nsuccsim \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \index{not equal=not equal ($\ABXvarnotsign!=$ vs.\ $\ABXnotsign!=$)}
+ The \cmd{\changenotsign} command toggles the behavior of \cmd{\not}
+ to produce either a vertical or a diagonal slash through a binary
+ operator. Thus, ``\verb|$a \not= b$|'' can be made to produce
+ either ``$a \ABXnotsign= b$'' or ``$a \ABXvarnotsign= b$''.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TRSYM]{\TRSYM\ Binary Relations}
+\index{binary relations}
+\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\index{transforms}
+\label{trsym-rel}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{2em}}ll}
+\K\InversTransformHoriz & \K\TransformHoriz \\
+\K\InversTransformVert & \K\TransformVert \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TRF]{\TRF\ Binary Relations}
+\index{binary relations}
+\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\index{transforms}
+\label{trf-rel}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{2em}}ll}
+\X\dfourier & \X\Dfourier \\
+\X\fourier & \X\Fourier \\
+\X\laplace & \X\Laplace \\
+\X\ztransf & \X\Ztransf \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Subset and Superset Relations}
+\index{binary relations}
+\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\index{subsets}
+\index{supersets}
+\index{symbols>subset and superset}
+\label{subsets}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\sqsubset$^*$ & \X\sqsupseteq & \X\supset \\
+\X\sqsubseteq & \X\subset & \X\supseteq \\
+\X\sqsupset$^*$ & \X\subseteq \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\notpredefinedmessageABX
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Subset and Superset Relations}
+\index{binary relations}
+\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\index{subsets}
+\index{supersets}
+\index{symbols>subset and superset}
+\label{ams-subsets}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\nsubseteq & \X\subseteqq & \X\supsetneqq \\
+\X\nsupseteq & \X\subsetneq & \X\varsubsetneq \\
+\X\nsupseteqq & \X\subsetneqq & \X\varsubsetneqq \\
+\X\sqsubset & \X\Supset & \X\varsupsetneq \\
+\X\sqsupset & \X\supseteqq & \X\varsupsetneqq \\
+\X\Subset & \X\supsetneq \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Subset and Superset Relations}
+\index{binary relations}
+\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\index{subsets}
+\index{supersets}
+\index{symbols>subset and superset}
+\label{st-subsets}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\X\subsetplus & \X\supsetplus \\
+\X\subsetpluseq & \X\supsetpluseq \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Subset and Superset Relations}
+\index{binary relations}
+\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\index{subsets}
+\index{supersets}
+\index{symbols>subset and superset}
+\label{wasy-subset}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\X\sqsubset & \X\sqsupset \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Subset and Superset Relations}
+\index{binary relations}
+\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\index{subsets}
+\index{supersets}
+\index{symbols>subset and superset}
+\label{txpx-subset}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\nsqsubset & \X\nsqsupseteq & \X\nSupset \\
+\X\nsqsubseteq & \X\nSubset \\
+\X\nsqsupset & \X\nsubseteqq \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Subset and Superset Relations}
+\index{binary relations}
+\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\index{subsets}
+\index{supersets}
+\index{symbols>subset and superset}
+\label{abx-subsets}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\X[\ABXnsqsubset]\nsqsubset & \X[\ABXnsupset]\nsupset & \X[\ABXsqsupseteq]\sqsupseteq & \X[\ABXsupseteq]\supseteq \\
+\X[\ABXnsqSubset]\nsqSubset & \X[\ABXnSupset]\nSupset & \X[\ABXsqsupseteqq]\sqsupseteqq & \X[\ABXsupseteqq]\supseteqq \\
+\X[\ABXnsqsubseteq]\nsqsubseteq & \X[\ABXnsupseteq]\nsupseteq & \X[\ABXsqsupsetneq]\sqsupsetneq & \X[\ABXsupsetneq]\supsetneq \\
+\X[\ABXnsqsubseteqq]\nsqsubseteqq & \X[\ABXnsupseteqq]\nsupseteqq & \X[\ABXsqsupsetneqq]\sqsupsetneqq & \X[\ABXsupsetneqq]\supsetneqq \\
+\X[\ABXnsqsupset]\nsqsupset & \X[\ABXsqsubset]\sqsubset & \X[\ABXsubset]\subset & \X[\ABXvarsqsubsetneq]\varsqsubsetneq \\
+\X[\ABXnsqSupset]\nsqSupset & \X[\ABXsqSubset]\sqSubset & \X[\ABXSubset]\Subset & \X[\ABXvarsqsubsetneqq]\varsqsubsetneqq \\
+\X[\ABXnsqsupseteq]\nsqsupseteq & \X[\ABXsqsubseteq]\sqsubseteq & \X[\ABXsubseteq]\subseteq & \X[\ABXvarsqsupsetneq]\varsqsupsetneq \\
+\X[\ABXnsqsupseteqq]\nsqsupseteqq & \X[\ABXsqsubseteqq]\sqsubseteqq & \X[\ABXsubseteqq]\subseteqq & \X[\ABXvarsqsupsetneqq]\varsqsupsetneqq \\
+\X[\ABXnsubset]\nsubset & \X[\ABXsqsubsetneq]\sqsubsetneq & \X[\ABXsubsetneq]\subsetneq & \X[\ABXvarsubsetneq]\varsubsetneq \\
+\X[\ABXnSubset]\nSubset & \X[\ABXsqsubsetneqq]\sqsubsetneqq & \X[\ABXsubsetneqq]\subsetneqq & \X[\ABXvarsubsetneqq]\varsubsetneqq \\
+\X[\ABXnsubseteq]\nsubseteq & \X[\ABXsqSupset]\sqSupset & \X[\ABXsupset]\supset & \X[\ABXvarsupsetneq]\varsupsetneq \\
+\X[\ABXnsubseteqq]\nsubseteqq & \X[\ABXsqsupset]\sqsupset & \X[\ABXSupset]\Supset & \X[\ABXvarsupsetneqq]\varsupsetneqq \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Inequalities}
+\index{binary relations}\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\index{inequalities}
+\label{inequal-rel}
+\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}}
+\X\geq & \X\gg & \X\leq & \X\ll & \X\neq \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Inequalities}
+\index{binary relations}\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\index{inequalities}
+\label{ams-inequal-rel}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5} % Keep visually similar symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\X\eqslantgtr & \X\gtrdot & \X\lesseqgtr & \X\ngeq \\
+\X\eqslantless & \X\gtreqless & \X\lesseqqgtr & \X\ngeqq \\
+\X\geqq & \X\gtreqqless & \X\lessgtr & \X\ngeqslant \\
+\X\geqslant & \X\gtrless & \X\lesssim & \X\ngtr \\
+\X\ggg & \X\gtrsim & \X\lll & \X\nleq \\
+\X\gnapprox & \X\gvertneqq & \X\lnapprox & \X\nleqq \\
+\X\gneq & \X\leqq & \X\lneq & \X\nleqslant \\
+\X\gneqq & \X\leqslant & \X\lneqq & \X\nless \\
+\X\gnsim & \X\lessapprox & \X\lnsim & \\
+\X\gtrapprox & \X\lessdot & \X\lvertneqq & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Inequalities}
+\index{binary relations}\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\index{inequalities}
+\label{wasy-inequal-rel}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\X\apprge & \X\apprle \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Inequalities}
+\index{binary relations}\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\index{inequalities}
+\label{txpx-inequal-rel}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\ngg & \X\ngtrsim & \X\nlesssim \\
+\X\ngtrapprox & \X\nlessapprox & \X\nll \\
+\X\ngtrless & \X\nlessgtr \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Inequalities}
+\index{binary relations}\index{relational symbols>binary}
+\index{inequalities}
+\label{abx-inequal-rel}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5} % Keep visually similar symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\X[\ABXeqslantgtr]\eqslantgtr & \X[\ABXgtreqless]\gtreqless & \X[\ABXlesssim]\lesssim & \X[\ABXngtr]\ngtr \\
+\X[\ABXeqslantless]\eqslantless & \X[\ABXgtreqqless]\gtreqqless & \X[\ABXll]\ll & \X[\ABXngtrapprox]\ngtrapprox \\
+\X[\ABXgeq]\geq & \X[\ABXgtrless]\gtrless & \X[\ABXlll]\lll & \X[\ABXngtrsim]\ngtrsim \\
+\X[\ABXgeqq]\geqq & \X[\ABXgtrsim]\gtrsim & \X[\ABXlnapprox]\lnapprox & \X[\ABXnleq]\nleq \\
+\X[\ABXgg]\gg & \X[\ABXgvertneqq]\gvertneqq & \X[\ABXlneq]\lneq & \X[\ABXnleqq]\nleqq \\
+\X[\ABXggg]\ggg & \X[\ABXleq]\leq & \X[\ABXlneqq]\lneqq & \X[\ABXnless]\nless \\
+\X[\ABXgnapprox]\gnapprox & \X[\ABXleqq]\leqq & \X[\ABXlnsim]\lnsim & \X[\ABXnlessapprox]\nlessapprox \\
+\X[\ABXgneq]\gneq & \X[\ABXlessapprox]\lessapprox & \X[\ABXlvertneqq]\lvertneqq & \X[\ABXnlesssim]\nlesssim \\
+\X[\ABXgneqq]\gneqq & \X[\ABXlessdot]\lessdot & \X[\ABXneqslantgtr]\neqslantgtr & \X[\ABXnvargeq]\nvargeq \\
+\X[\ABXgnsim]\gnsim & \X[\ABXlesseqgtr]\lesseqgtr & \X[\ABXneqslantless]\neqslantless & \X[\ABXnvarleq]\nvarleq \\
+\X[\ABXgtrapprox]\gtrapprox & \X[\ABXlesseqqgtr]\lesseqqgtr & \X[\ABXngeq]\ngeq & \X[\ABXvargeq]\vargeq \\
+\X[\ABXgtrdot]\gtrdot & \X[\ABXlessgtr]\lessgtr & \X[\ABXngeqq]\ngeqq & \X[\ABXvarleq]\varleq \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \ABX\ defines \verb|\leqslant| and \verb|\le| as synonyms for
+ \cmdX{\leq}, \verb|\geqslant| and \verb|\ge| as synonyms for
+ \cmdX{\geq}, \verb|\nleqslant| as a synonym for \cmdX{\nleq}, and
+ \verb|\ngeqslant| as a synonym for \cmdX{\ngeq}.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Triangle Relations}
+\index{triangle relations}\index{relational symbols>triangle}
+\label{ams-triangle-rel}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\X\blacktriangleleft & \X\ntrianglelefteq & \X\trianglelefteq & \X\vartriangleleft \\
+\X\blacktriangleright & \X\ntriangleright & \X\triangleq & \X\vartriangleright \\
+\X\ntriangleleft & \X\ntrianglerighteq & \X\trianglerighteq \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Triangle Relations}
+\index{triangle relations}\index{relational symbols>triangle}
+\label{st-triangle-rel}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\X\trianglelefteqslant & \X\trianglerighteqslant \\
+\X\ntrianglelefteqslant & \X\ntrianglerighteqslant \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Triangle Relations}
+\index{triangle relations}\index{relational symbols>triangle}
+\label{abx-triangle-rel}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\X[\ABXntriangleleft]\ntriangleleft & \X[\ABXntrianglerighteq]\ntrianglerighteq & \X[\ABXtriangleright]\triangleright & \X[\ABXvartriangleright]\vartriangleright \\
+\X[\ABXntrianglelefteq]\ntrianglelefteq & \X[\ABXtriangleleft]\triangleleft & \X[\ABXtrianglerighteq]\trianglerighteq & \\
+\X[\ABXntriangleright]\ntriangleright & \X[\ABXtrianglelefteq]\trianglelefteq & \X[\ABXvartriangleleft]\vartriangleleft & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Arrows}
+\index{arrows}
+\label{arrow}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\Downarrow & \X\longleftarrow & \X\nwarrow \\
+\X\downarrow & \X\Longleftarrow & \X\Rightarrow \\
+\X\hookleftarrow & \X\longleftrightarrow & \X\rightarrow \\
+\X\hookrightarrow & \X\Longleftrightarrow & \X\searrow \\
+\X\leadsto$^*$ & \X\longmapsto & \X\swarrow \\
+\X\leftarrow & \X\Longrightarrow & \X\uparrow \\
+\X\Leftarrow & \X\longrightarrow & \X\Uparrow \\
+\X\Leftrightarrow & \X\mapsto & \X\updownarrow \\
+\X\leftrightarrow & \X\nearrow$^\dag$ & \X\Updownarrow \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\notpredefinedmessage
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[\dag]
+ See the note beneath Table~\ref{extensible-accents} for information
+ about how to put a diagonal arrow across a mathematical expression%
+\ifhavecancel
+ ~(as in ``$\cancelto{0}{\nabla \cdot \vec{B}}\quad$'')
+\fi
+.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Harpoons}
+\index{harpoons}
+\label{harpoons}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\leftharpoondown & \X\rightharpoondown & \X\rightleftharpoons \\
+\X\leftharpoonup & \X\rightharpoonup \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Text-mode Arrows}
+\index{arrows}
+\label{tc-arrows}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\K\textdownarrow & \K\textrightarrow \\
+\K\textleftarrow & \K\textuparrow \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Arrows}
+\index{arrows}
+\label{ams-arrows}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\circlearrowleft & \X\leftleftarrows & \X\rightleftarrows \\
+\X\circlearrowright & \X\leftrightarrows & \X\rightrightarrows \\
+\X\curvearrowleft & \X\leftrightsquigarrow & \X\rightsquigarrow \\
+\X\curvearrowright & \X\Lleftarrow & \X\Rsh \\
+\X\dashleftarrow & \X\looparrowleft & \X\twoheadleftarrow \\
+\X\dashrightarrow & \X\looparrowright & \X\twoheadrightarrow \\
+\X\downdownarrows & \X\Lsh & \X\upuparrows \\
+\X\leftarrowtail & \X\rightarrowtail & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Negated Arrows}
+\index{arrows>negated}
+\label{ams-narrows}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\nLeftarrow & \X\nLeftrightarrow & \X\nRightarrow \\
+\X\nleftarrow & \X\nleftrightarrow & \X\nrightarrow \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Harpoons}
+\index{harpoons}
+\label{ams-harpoons}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\downharpoonleft & \X\leftrightharpoons & \X\upharpoonleft \\
+\X\downharpoonright & \X[\AMSrightleftharpoons]\rightleftharpoons & \X\upharpoonright \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Arrows}
+\index{arrows}
+\label{st-arrows}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\leftarrowtriangle & \X\Mapsfrom & \X\shortleftarrow \\
+\X\leftrightarroweq & \X\mapsfrom & \X\shortrightarrow \\
+\X\leftrightarrowtriangle & \X\Mapsto & \X\shortuparrow \\
+\X\lightning & \X\nnearrow & \X\ssearrow \\
+\X\Longmapsfrom & \X\nnwarrow & \X\sswarrow \\
+\X\longmapsfrom & \X\rightarrowtriangle \\
+\X\Longmapsto & \X\shortdownarrow \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Arrows}
+\index{arrows}
+\label{txpx-arrows}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\boxdotLeft & \X\circleddotright & \X\Diamondleft \\
+\X\boxdotleft & \X\circleleft & \X\Diamondright \\
+\X\boxdotright & \X\circleright & \X\DiamondRight \\
+\X\boxdotRight & \X\dashleftrightarrow & \X\leftsquigarrow \\
+\X\boxLeft & \X\DiamonddotLeft & \X\Nearrow \\
+\X\boxleft & \X\Diamonddotleft & \X\Nwarrow \\
+\X\boxright & \X\Diamonddotright & \X\Rrightarrow \\
+\X\boxRight & \X\DiamonddotRight & \X\Searrow \\
+\X\circleddotleft & \X\DiamondLeft & \X\Swarrow \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Arrows}
+\index{arrows}
+\label{abx-arrows}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X[\ABXcirclearrowleft]\circlearrowleft & \X[\ABXleftarrow]\leftarrow & \X[\ABXnwarrow]\nwarrow \\
+\X[\ABXcirclearrowright]\circlearrowright & \X[\ABXleftleftarrows]\leftleftarrows & \X[\ABXrestriction]\restriction \\
+\X[\ABXcurvearrowbotleft]\curvearrowbotleft & \X[\ABXleftrightarrow]\leftrightarrow & \X[\ABXrightarrow]\rightarrow \\
+\X[\ABXcurvearrowbotleftright]\curvearrowbotleftright & \X[\ABXleftrightarrows]\leftrightarrows & \X[\ABXrightleftarrows]\rightleftarrows \\
+\X[\ABXcurvearrowbotright]\curvearrowbotright & \X[\ABXleftrightsquigarrow]\leftrightsquigarrow & \X[\ABXrightrightarrows]\rightrightarrows \\
+\X[\ABXcurvearrowleft]\curvearrowleft & \X[\ABXleftsquigarrow]\leftsquigarrow & \X[\ABXrightsquigarrow]\rightsquigarrow \\
+\X[\ABXcurvearrowleftright]\curvearrowleftright & \X[\ABXlefttorightarrow]\lefttorightarrow & \X[\ABXrighttoleftarrow]\righttoleftarrow \\
+\X[\ABXcurvearrowright]\curvearrowright & \X[\ABXlooparrowdownleft]\looparrowdownleft & \X[\ABXRsh]\Rsh \\
+\X[\ABXdlsh]\dlsh & \X[\ABXlooparrowdownright]\looparrowdownright & \X[\ABXsearrow]\searrow \\
+\X[\ABXdowndownarrows]\downdownarrows & \X[\ABXlooparrowleft]\looparrowleft & \X[\ABXswarrow]\swarrow \\
+\X[\ABXdowntouparrow]\downtouparrow & \X[\ABXlooparrowright]\looparrowright & \X[\ABXupdownarrows]\updownarrows \\
+\X[\ABXdownuparrows]\downuparrows & \X[\ABXLsh]\Lsh & \X[\ABXuptodownarrow]\uptodownarrow \\
+\X[\ABXdrsh]\drsh & \X[\ABXnearrow]\nearrow & \X[\ABXupuparrows]\upuparrows \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Negated Arrows}
+\index{arrows>negated}
+\label{abx-narrows}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X[\ABXnLeftarrow]\nLeftarrow & \X[\ABXnleftrightarrow]\nleftrightarrow & \X[\ABXnrightarrow]\nrightarrow \\
+\X[\ABXnleftarrow]\nleftarrow & \X[\ABXnLeftrightarrow]\nLeftrightarrow & \X[\ABXnRightarrow]\nRightarrow \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Harpoons}
+\index{harpoons}
+\label{abx-harpoons}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X[\ABXbarleftharpoon]\barleftharpoon & \X[\ABXleftharpoonup]\leftharpoonup & \X[\ABXrightleftharpoons]\rightleftharpoons \\
+\X[\ABXbarrightharpoon]\barrightharpoon & \X[\ABXleftleftharpoons]\leftleftharpoons & \X[\ABXrightrightharpoons]\rightrightharpoons \\
+\X[\ABXdowndownharpoons]\downdownharpoons & \X[\ABXleftrightharpoon]\leftrightharpoon & \X[\ABXupdownharpoons]\updownharpoons \\
+\X[\ABXdownharpoonleft]\downharpoonleft & \X[\ABXleftrightharpoons]\leftrightharpoons & \X[\ABXupharpoonleft]\upharpoonleft \\
+\X[\ABXdownharpoonright]\downharpoonright & \X[\ABXrightbarharpoon]\rightbarharpoon & \X[\ABXupharpoonright]\upharpoonright \\
+\X[\ABXdownupharpoons]\downupharpoons & \X[\ABXrightharpoondown]\rightharpoondown & \X[\ABXupupharpoons]\upupharpoons \\
+\X[\ABXleftbarharpoon]\leftbarharpoon & \X[\ABXrightharpoonup]\rightharpoonup \\
+\X[\ABXleftharpoondown]\leftharpoondown & \X[\ABXrightleftharpoon]\rightleftharpoon \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[CHEMB]{\CHEMB\ Arrows}
+\index{arrows}
+\label{chemarrow-arrows}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\X\chemarrow
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ULSY]{\ULSY\ Contradiction Symbols}
+\idxboth{contradiction}{symbols}
+\label{ulsy}\medskip
+\begin{tabular}{*6{ll}}
+\K\blitza & \K\blitzb & \K\blitzc & \K\blitzd & \K\blitze \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Extension Characters}
+\index{extension characters}
+\label{ext}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\X\relbar & \X\Relbar \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Extension Characters}
+\index{extension characters}
+\label{st-ext}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\Arrownot &\X\Mapsfromchar &\X\Mapstochar \\
+\X\arrownot &\X\mapsfromchar
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Extension Characters}
+\index{extension characters}
+\label{txpx-ext}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\Mappedfromchar & \X\Mmappedfromchar & \X\Mmapstochar \\
+\X\mappedfromchar & \X\mmappedfromchar & \X\mmapstochar \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Extension Characters}
+\index{extension characters}
+\label{abx-ext}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X[\ABXmapsfromchar]\mapsfromchar & \X[\ABXmapstochar]\mapstochar \\
+\X[\ABXMapsfromchar]\Mapsfromchar & \X[\ABXMapstochar]\Mapstochar \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Log-like Symbols}
+\idxboth{log-like}{symbols}
+\index{atomic math objects}
+\index{limits}
+\label{log}
+\begin{tabular}{*8l}
+\Z\arccos & \Z\cos & \Z\csc & \Z\exp & \Z\ker & \Z\limsup & \Z\min & \Z\sinh \\
+\Z\arcsin & \Z\cosh & \Z\deg & \Z\gcd & \Z\lg & \Z\ln & \Z\Pr & \Z\sup \\
+\Z\arctan & \Z\cot & \Z\det & \Z\hom & \Z\lim & \Z\log & \Z\sec & \Z\tan \\
+\Z\arg & \Z\coth & \Z\dim & \Z\inf & \Z\liminf & \Z\max & \Z\sin & \Z\tanh
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ Calling the above ``symbols'' may be a bit
+ misleading.\footnotemark{} Each log-like symbol merely produces the
+ eponymous textual equivalent, but with proper surrounding spacing.
+ See Section~\ref{math-spacing} for more information about log-like
+ symbols. As \cmd{\bmod} and \cmd{\pmod} are arguably not symbols we
+ refer the reader to the Short Math Guide for
+ \latex~\cite{Downes:smg} for samples.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+\footnotetext{Michael\index{Downes, Michael J.} J. Downes prefers the
+more general term, ``atomic\index{atomic math objects} math objects''.}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Log-like Symbols}
+\idxboth{log-like}{symbols}
+\index{atomic math objects}
+\index{limits}
+\label{ams-log}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll@{\qquad}}ll}
+\X\injlim & \X\varinjlim & \X\varlimsup \\
+\X\projlim & \X\varliminf & \X\varprojlim
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ Load the \pkgname{amsmath} package to get these symbols. See
+ Section~\ref{math-spacing} for some additional comments regarding
+ log-like symbols. As \cmd{\mod} and \cmd{\pod} are arguably not
+ symbols we refer the reader to the Short Math Guide for
+ \latex~\cite{Downes:smg} for samples.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Greek Letters}
+\index{Greek}\index{alphabets>Greek}
+\label{greek}
+\begin{tabular}{*8l}
+\X\alpha &\X\theta &\X o &\X\tau \\
+\X\beta &\X\vartheta &\X\pi &\X\upsilon \\
+\X\gamma &\X\iota &\X\varpi &\X\phi \\
+\X\delta &\X\kappa &\X\rho &\X\varphi \\
+\X\epsilon &\X\lambda &\X\varrho &\X\chi \\
+\X\varepsilon &\X\mu &\X\sigma &\X\psi \\
+\X\zeta &\X\nu &\X\varsigma &\X\omega \\
+\X\eta &\X\xi \\
+ \\
+\X\Gamma &\X\Lambda &\X\Sigma &\X\Psi \\
+\X\Delta &\X\Xi &\X\Upsilon &\X\Omega \\
+\X\Theta &\X\Pi &\X\Phi
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The remaining Greek majuscules\index{majuscules} can be produced
+ with ordinary Latin letters. The symbol ``M'', for instance, is
+ used for both an uppercase ``m'' and an uppercase ``$\mu$''. See
+ Section~\ref{bold-math} for examples of how to produce bold Greek
+ letters.\index{Greek>bold}
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Greek Letters}
+\index{Greek}\index{alphabets>Greek}
+\label{ams-greek}
+\begin{tabular}{*4l}
+\X\digamma &\X\varkappa
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Upright Greek Letters}
+\index{Greek}\index{alphabets>Greek}
+\index{Greek>upright}
+\index{upright Greek letters}
+\label{txpx-greek}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\X\alphaup & \X\thetaup & \X\piup & \X\phiup \\
+\X\betaup & \X\varthetaup & \X\varpiup & \X\varphiup \\
+\X\gammaup & \X\iotaup & \X\rhoup & \X\chiup \\
+\X\deltaup & \X\kappaup & \X\varrhoup & \X\psiup \\
+\X\epsilonup & \X\lambdaup & \X\sigmaup & \X\omegaup \\
+\X\varepsilonup & \X\muup & \X\varsigmaup \\
+\X\zetaup & \X\nuup & \X\tauup \\
+\X\etaup & \X\xiup & \X\upsilonup \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[UPGR]{\UPGR\ Upright Greek Letters}
+\index{Greek}\index{alphabets>Greek}
+\index{Greek>upright}
+\index{upright Greek letters}
+\label{upgreek-greek}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\K\upalpha & \K\uptheta & \K\uppi & \K\upphi \\
+\K\upbeta & \K\upvartheta & \K\upvarpi & \K\upvarphi \\
+\K\upgamma & \K\upiota & \K\uprho & \K\upchi \\
+\K\updelta & \K\upkappa & \K\upvarrho & \K\uppsi \\
+\K\upepsilon & \K\uplambda & \K\upsigma & \K\upomega \\
+\K\upvarepsilon & \K\upmu & \K\upvarsigma \\
+\K\upzeta & \K\upnu & \K\uptau \\
+\K\upeta & \K\upxi & \K\upupsilon \\
+ \\
+\K\Upgamma & \K\Uplambda & \K\Upsigma & \K\Uppsi \\
+\K\Updelta & \K\Upxi & \K\Upupsilon & \K\Upomega \\
+\K\Uptheta & \K\Uppi & \K\Upphi \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \UPGR\ utilizes upright Greek characters from either the PostScript
+ \PSfont{Symbol} font (depicted above) or Euler Roman.\index{Euler
+ Roman} As a result, the glyphs may appear slightly different from
+ the above. Contrast, for example,
+ ``\Upgamma\Updelta\Uptheta\upalpha\upbeta\upgamma''~(Symbol) with
+ ``{\usefont{U}{eur}{m}{n}\char"00\char"01\char"02\char"0B\char"0C\char"0D}''~(Euler).
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Variant Latin Letters}
+\index{letters>variant Latin}
+\label{txpx-variant}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll@{\qquad}}ll}
+\X\varg & \X\varv & \X\varw & \X\vary \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ Pass the \optname{txfonts/pxfonts}{varg} option to \TXPX\ to
+ replace~$g$, $v$, $w$, and~$y$ with~$\varg$, $\varv$, $\varw$,
+ and~$\vary$ in every mathematical expression in your document.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Hebrew Letters}
+\index{Hebrew}\index{alphabets>Hebrew}
+\label{ams-hebrew}
+\begin{tabular}{*6l}
+\X\beth & \X\gimel & \X\daleth
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+\cmdX{\aleph} appears in Table~\vref{ord}.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Letter-like Symbols}
+\idxboth{letter-like}{symbols}
+\index{tacks}
+\label{letter-like}
+\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}}
+\X\bot & \X\forall & \X\imath & \X\ni & \X\top \\
+\X\ell & \X\hbar & \X\in & \X\partial & \X\wp \\
+\X\exists & \X\Im & \X\jmath & \X\Re \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Letter-like Symbols}
+\idxboth{letter-like}{symbols}
+\label{ams-letter-like}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\Bbbk & \X\complement & \X\hbar \\
+\X\circledR & \X\Finv & \X\hslash \\
+\X\circledS & \X\Game & \X\nexists \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TX]{\TXPX\ Letter-like Symbols}
+\idxboth{letter-like}{symbols}
+\label{txpx-letter-like}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\X\mathcent & \X\mathsterling$^*$ & \X\notin & \X\notni \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\usetextmathmessage[*]
+
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Letter-like Symbols}
+\idxboth{letter-like}{symbols}
+\label{abx-letter-like}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\X[\ABXbarin]\barin & \X[\ABXin]\in & \X[\ABXnottop]\nottop & \X[\ABXvarnotin]\varnotin \\
+\X[\ABXcomplement]\complement & \X[\ABXnexists]\nexists & \X[\ABXowns]\owns & \X[\ABXvarnotowner]\varnotowner \\
+\X[\ABXexists]\exists & \X[\ABXnotbot]\notbot & \X[\ABXownsbar]\ownsbar \\
+\X[\ABXFinv]\Finv & \X[\ABXnotin]\notin & \X[\ABXpartial]\partial \\
+\X[\ABXGame]\Game & \X[\ABXnotowner]\notowner & \X[\ABXpartialslash]\partialslash \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TRF]{\TRF\ Letter-like Symbols}
+\idxboth{letter-like}{symbols}
+\label{trf-letter-like}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll}
+\X\e & \X\im \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Delimiters}
+\index{delimiters}
+\label{ams-del}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\X\ulcorner & \X\urcorner \\
+\X\llcorner & \X\lrcorner
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Delimiters}
+\index{delimiters}
+\label{st-del}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\X\Lbag &\X\Rbag &\X\lbag &\X\rbag \\
+\X\llceil &\X\rrceil &\X\llfloor &\X\rrfloor \\
+\X\llparenthesis &\X\rrparenthesis
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Delimiters}
+\index{delimiters}
+\label{abx-del}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{2em}}ll}
+\X[\ABXlcorners]\lcorners & \X[\ABXrcorners]\rcorners \\[3ex]
+\X[\ABXulcorner]\ulcorner & \X[\ABXurcorner]\urcorner \\
+\X[\ABXllcorner]\llcorner & \X[\ABXlrcorner]\lrcorner \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[NATH]{\NATH\ Delimiters}
+\index{delimiters}
+\label{nath-del}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll}
+\X\niv & \X\vin \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Variable-sized Delimiters}
+\index{delimiters}
+\index{delimiters>variable-sized}
+\label{dels}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.75} % Keep tall symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qquad}lll@{\hspace*{1.5cm}}lll@{\qquad}lll}
+\N\downarrow & \N\Downarrow & \N{[} & \N[\magicrbrack]{]} \\
+\N\langle & \N\rangle & \Np[\vert][\magicvertname]|$^*$
+ & \Np[\Vert][\magicVertname]\| \\
+\N\lceil & \N\rceil & \N\uparrow & \N\Uparrow \\
+\N\lfloor & \N\rfloor & \N\updownarrow & \N\Updownarrow \\
+\N( & \N) & \Np\{ & \Np\} \\
+\N/ & \N\backslash \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ When used with \cmd{\left} and \cmd{\right}, these symbols expand to
+ the height of the enclosed math expression. Note that \cmdX{\vert}
+ is a synonym for \verb+|+, and \cmdX{\Vert} is a synonym for
+ \verb+\|+.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ $\varepsilon$-\TeX{}\index{e-tex=$\varepsilon$-\TeX} provides a
+ \cmd{\middle} analogue to \cmd{\left} and \cmd{\right} that can be
+ used to make an internal ``$|$'' (often used to indicate
+ ``evaluated\index{evaluated at=evaluated at ($\vert$)} at'') expand
+ to the height of the surrounding \cmd{\left} and \cmd{\right}
+ symbols. A similar effect can be achieved in conventional \latex
+ using the \pkgname{braket} package.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Large, Variable-sized Delimiters}
+\index{delimiters}
+\index{delimiters>variable-sized}
+\label{ldels}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{*3{lll@{\qquad}}lll}
+\Y\lmoustache & \Y\rmoustache & \Y\lgroup & \Y\rgroup \\
+\Y\arrowvert & \Y\Arrowvert & \Y\bracevert
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ These symbols \emph{must} be used with \cmd{\left} and \cmd{\right}.
+ The \ABX\ package, however, redefines
+ \cmdI[$\string\big\string\lgroup$]{\lgroup} and
+ \cmdI[$\string\big\string\rgroup$]{\rgroup} so that those symbols
+ can work without \cmd{\left} and \cmd{\right}.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Variable-sized Delimiters}
+\index{delimiters}
+\index{delimiters>variable-sized}
+\label{ams-var-del}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qquad}lll}
+\N\lvert & \N\rvert \\
+\N\lVert & \N\rVert \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ According to the \texttt{amsmath}
+ documentation~\cite{AMS1999:amsmath}, the preceding symbols are
+ intended to be used as delimiters (e.g.,~as in ``$\lvert -z
+ \rvert$'') while the \cmdX{\vert} and \cmdX{\Vert} symbols
+ (Table~\vref{dels}) are intended to be used as operators (e.g.,~as
+ in ``$p \vert q$'').
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ST]{\ST\ Variable-sized Delimiters}
+\index{delimiters}
+\index{delimiters>variable-sized}
+\label{st-var-del}
+\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qquad}lll}
+\N\llbracket & \N\rrbracket
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Variable-sized Delimiters}
+\index{delimiters}
+\index{delimiters>variable-sized}
+\label{abx-var-dels}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qquad}lll}
+\N[\ABXlbbbrack]\lbbbrack & \N[\ABXrbbbrack]\rbbbrack \\
+\N[\ABXlfilet]\lfilet & \N[\ABXrfilet]\rfilet \\
+\N[\ABXthickvert]\thickvert & \N[\ABXvvvert]\vvvert \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[NATH]{\NATH\ Variable-sized Delimiters (Double)}
+\index{delimiters}
+\index{delimiters>variable-sized}
+\label{nath-var-dels-double}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qquad}lll}
+\Nn[\langle]\lAngle & \Nn[\rangle]\rAngle \\
+\Nn[{[}]\lBrack & \Nn[\magicrbrack]\rBrack \\
+\Nn[\lceil]\lCeil & \Nn[\rceil]\rCeil \\
+\Nn[\lfloor]\lFloor & \Nn[\rfloor]\rFloor \\
+\Nn[\vert]\lVert$^*$ & \Nn[\vert]\rVert$^*$ \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ \NATH\ redefines all of the above to include implicit \cmd{\left}
+ and \cmd{\right} commands. Hence, separate \verb+\lVert+ and
+ \verb+\rVert+ commands are needed to disambiguate whether
+ ``\verb+|+'' is a left or right delimiter.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ All of the symbols in Table~\ref{nath-var-dels-double} can also be
+ expressed using the \cmd{\double} macro. See the \NATH\
+ documentation for examples and additional information.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[NATH]{\NATH\ Variable-sized Delimiters (Triple)}
+\index{delimiters}
+\index{delimiters>variable-sized}
+\label{nath-var-dels-triple}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{2.5} % Keep tall symbols from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{lll@{\qquad}lll}
+\Nnt{}[\langle]< & \Nnt{}[\rangle]> \\
+\Nnt{}[{[}]{[} & \Nnt{}[\magicrbrack]{]} \\
+\Nnt{l}[\vert]|$^*$ & \Nnt{r}[\vert]|$^*$ \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ Similar to \verb+\lVert+ and \verb+\rVert+ in
+ Table~\ref{nath-var-dels-double}, \cmd{\ltriple} and \cmd{\rtriple}
+ must be used instead of \cmd{\triple} to disambiguate whether
+ ``\verb+|+'' is a left or right delimiter.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ Note that \cmd{\triple}---and the corresponding \cmd{\double}---is
+ actually a macro that takes a delimiter as an argument.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Text-mode Delimiters}
+\index{delimiters}
+\index{delimiters>text-mode}
+\label{tc-delimiters}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\K\textlangle & \K\textrangle \\
+\K\textlbrackdbl & \K\textrbrackdbl \\
+\K\textlquill & \K\textrquill \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[METRE]{\METRE\ Text-mode Delimiters}
+\index{delimiters}
+\index{delimiters>text-mode}
+\label{metre-delimiters}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}@{\hspace*{3em}}*2{ll}}
+\K\alad & \K\Alad & \K\crux & \K\Crux \\
+\K\alas & \K\Alas & \K\quadrad & \K\Quadrad \\
+\K\angud & \K\Angud & \K\quadras & \K\Quadras \\
+\K\angus & \K\Angus \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Math-mode Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\index{tilde}
+\label{math-accents}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\W\acute{a} & \W\check{a} & \W\grave{a} & \W\tilde{a} \\
+\W\bar{a} & \W\ddot{a} & \W\hat{a} & \W\vec{a} \\
+\W\breve{a} & \W\dot{a} & \W\mathring{a} \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \index{dotless i=dotless $i~(\imath)$>math mode}
+ \index{dotless j=dotless $j~(\jmath)$>math mode}
+ Also note the existence of \cmdX{\imath} and \cmdX{\jmath}, which
+ produce dotless versions of ``\textit{i}'' and ``\textit{j}''. (See
+ Table~\vref{ord}.) These are useful when the accent is supposed to
+ replace the dot. For example, ``\verb|\hat{\imath}|'' produces a
+ correct ``$\,\hat{\imath}\,$'', while ``\verb|\hat{i}|'' would yield
+ the rather odd-looking ``\,$\hat{i}\,$''.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Math-mode Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\label{ams-math-accents}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{2em}}ll}
+\W\dddot{a} & \W\ddddot{a} \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ These accents are also provided by the \ABX\ package.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[YH]{\YH\ Math-mode Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\label{yhmath-accents}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\W\ring{a}
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ This symbol is largely obsolete, as standard \latexE has supported
+ \cmdI[$\string\blackacc{\string\mathring}$]{\mathring} since
+ June,~1998~\cite{ltnews09}.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TRF]{\TRF\ Math-mode Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\index{transforms}
+\label{trf-accents}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{2em}}ll}
+\W\dft{a} & \W\DFT{a} \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The above are a sort of ``reverse accent'' in that the argument text
+ serves as a subscript to the transform line.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Extensible Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{arrows}
+\index{tilde}
+\index{tilde>extensible}
+\index{extensible tildes}
+\label{extensible-accents}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5}
+\begin{tabular}{*4l}
+\W\widetilde{abc}$^*$ & \W\widehat{abc}$^*$ \\
+\W\overleftarrow{abc}$^\dag$ & \W\overrightarrow{abc}$^\dag$ \\
+\W\overline{abc} & \W\underline{abc} \\
+\W\overbrace{abc} & \W\underbrace{abc} \\[5pt]
+\W\sqrt{abc}$^\ddag$ \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \def\longdivsign{%
+ \ensuremath{\overline{\vphantom{)}%
+ \hbox{\smash{\raise3.5\fontdimen8\textfont3\hbox{$)$}}}%
+ abc}}}
+
+ \index{long division|(}
+ \index{division|(}
+ \index{polynomial division|(}
+
+ As demonstrated in a 1997 TUGboat\index{TUGboat} article about
+ typesetting long-division problems~\cite{Gibbons:longdiv}, an
+ extensible long-division sign (``\,\longdivsign\,'') can be faked by
+ putting a ``\verb|\big)|'' in a \texttt{tabular} environment with an
+ \verb|\hline| or \verb|\cline| in the preceding row. The article
+ also presents a piece of code (uploaded to CTAN\idxCTAN{} as
+ \texttt{longdiv.tex}%
+ \index{longdiv=\textsf{longdiv} (package)}%
+ \index{packages>\textsf{longdiv}}) that automatically solves and
+ typesets---by putting an \cmdW{\overline} atop ``\verb|\big)|'' and
+ the desired text---long-division problems. See also the
+ \pkgname{polynom} package, which automatically solves and typesets
+ polynomial-division problems in a similar manner.
+
+ \index{long division|)}
+ \index{division|)}
+ \index{polynomial division|)}
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ Made more extensible by the \YH\ package.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}[\dag]
+ If you're looking for an extensible \emph{diagonal} line or arrow to
+ be used for canceling or reducing mathematical
+ subexpressions\index{arrows>diagonal, for reducing subexpressions}
+\ifhavecancel
+ (e.g.,~``$\cancel{x + -x}$'' or ``$\cancelto{5}{3+2}\quad$'')
+\fi
+ then consider using the \pkgname{cancel} package.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}[\ddag]
+ With an optional argument, \verb|\sqrt| typesets nth roots. For
+ example, ``\verb|\sqrt[3]{abc}|'' produces~``$\!\sqrt[3]{abc}$\,''
+ and ``\verb|\sqrt[n]{abc}|'' produces~``$\!\sqrt[n]{abc}$\,''.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ORA]{\ORA\ Extensible Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{arrows}
+\label{ora-extensible-accents}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\W\Overrightarrow{abc} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[YH]{\YH\ Extensible Accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{accents}
+\label{yhmath-extensible-accents}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5}
+\begin{tabular}{*4l}
+\W\wideparen{abc} & \W\widetriangle{abc} \\[5pt]
+\W\widering{abc} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Extensible Accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{arrows}
+\label{extensible-arrows}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\qquad}ll}
+\W\overleftrightarrow{abc} & \W\underleftrightarrow{abc} \\
+\W\underleftarrow{abc} & \W\underrightarrow{abc} \\[2ex]
+\multicolumn{4}{p{0.75\textwidth}}{%
+ The following are a sort of ``reverse accent'' in that the argument
+ text serves as a superscript to the arrow. In addition, the
+ optional first argument (not shown) serves as a subscript to the
+ arrow. See the Short Math Guide for \latex~\cite{Downes:smg} for
+ further examples.
+} \\~\\[-2ex]
+\W\xleftarrow{abc} & \W\xrightarrow{abc} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[EEQ]{\EEQ\ Extensible Accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{arrows}
+\label{empheq-extensible-arrows}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\qquad}ll}
+\W[\EEQoverbracket]\overbracket{abc} & \W[\EEQunderbracket]\underbracket{abc} \\[2ex]
+\multicolumn{4}{p{0.75\textwidth}}{%
+ The following are each a sort of ``reverse accent'' in that the
+ argument text serves as a superscript to the arrows. In addition,
+ the optional first argument (not shown) serves as a subscript to the
+ arrows.
+} \\~\\[-2ex]
+\W\xhookleftarrow{abc} & \W\xleftrightharpoons{abc} \\
+\W\xhookrightarrow{abc} & \W\xmapsto{abc} \\
+\W\xLeftarrow{abc} & \W\xRightarrow{abc} \\
+\W\xleftharpoondown{abc} & \W\xrightharpoondown{abc} \\
+\W\xleftharpoonup{abc} & \W\xrightharpoonup{abc} \\
+\W\xLeftrightarrow{abc} & \W[\EEQxrightleftharpoons]\xrightleftharpoons{abc} \\
+\W\xleftrightarrow{abc} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[CHEMA]{\CHEMA\ Extensible Accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{arrows}
+\label{chemarr-extensible-arrows}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\W\xrightleftharpoons{abc} \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \verb+\xrightleftharpoons+ is a sort of ``reverse accent'' in that
+ the argument text serves as a superscript to the arrows. In
+ addition, the optional first argument (not shown) serves as a
+ subscript to the arrows.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[CHEMB]{\CHEMB\ Extensible Accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{arrows}
+\label{chemarrow-extensible-arrows}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{4} % Keep upper and lower strings from touching.
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\qquad}ll}
+\Wul\autoleftarrow{abc}{def} & \Wul\autorightarrow{abc}{def} \\
+\Wul\autoleftrightharpoons{abc}{def} & \Wul\autorightleftharpoons{abc}{def} \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ These symbols are all ``reverse accents'' in that the two arguments
+ serve, respectively, as a superscript and a subscript to the arrows.
+
+ In addition to the symbols shown above, \CHEMB\ also provides
+ \cmd{\larrowfill}, \cmd{\rarrowfill}, \cmd{\leftrightharpoonsfill},
+ and \cmd{\rightleftharpoonsfill} macros. Each of these takes a
+ length argument and produces an arrow of the specified length.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Extensible Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{arrows}
+\label{abx-extensible-accents}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.75}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\qquad}ll}
+\W[\ABXoverbrace]\overbrace{abc} & \W[\ABXwidebar]\widebar{abc} \\
+\W[\ABXovergroup]\overgroup{abc} & \W[\ABXwidecheck]\widecheck{abc} \\
+\W[\ABXunderbrace]\underbrace{abc} & \W[\ABXwideparen]\wideparen{abc} \\
+\W[\ABXundergroup]\undergroup{abc} & \W[\ABXwidering]\widering{abc} \\
+\W[\ABXwidearrow]\widearrow{abc} \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The braces shown for \verb|\overbrace| and \verb|\underbrace| appear
+ in their minimum size. They can expand arbitrarily wide, however.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ESV]{\ESV\ Extensible Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{arrows}
+\label{esv-extensible-accents}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\VV{a}{abc} \\
+\VV{b}{abc} \\
+\VV{c}{abc} \\
+\VV{d}{abc} \\
+\VV{e}{abc} \\
+\VV{f}{abc} \\
+\VV{g}{abc} \\
+\VV{h}{abc} \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \ESV\ also defines a \verb|\vv*| macro which is used to typeset
+ arrows over vector variables with subscripts. See the \ESV\
+ documentation for more information.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[UTILD]{\UTILD\ Extensible Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{accents}
+\index{tilde>extensible}
+\index{extensible tildes}
+\index{tilde}
+\label{utild-extensible-accents}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\W\utilde{abc} \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ Because \verb|\utilde| is based on \verb|\widetilde|%
+ \index{widetilde=\verb+\widetilde+ ($\blackacc{\widetilde}$)}
+ it is also made more extensible by the \YH\ package.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[EXTAR]{\EXTAR\ Extensible Accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{arrows}
+\label{extarrows-extensible-arrows}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.5}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\qquad}ll}
+\W[\EXTARxLeftrightarrow]\xLeftrightarrow{abc} & \W\xLongleftrightarrow{abc} \\
+\W[\EXTARxleftrightarrow]\xleftrightarrow{abc} & \W\xlongleftrightarrow{abc} \\
+\W\xlongequal{abc} & \W\xLongrightarrow{abc} \\
+\W\xLongleftarrow{abc} & \W\xlongrightarrow{abc} \\
+\W\xlongleftarrow{abc} & \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The above are a sort of ``reverse accent'' in that the argument
+ text serves as a superscript to the arrow. In addition, the
+ optional first argument (not shown) serves as a subscript to the
+ arrow.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[HOPO]{\HOPO\ Non-commutative Division Symbols}
+\idxboth{extensible}{accents}
+\idxboth{non-commutative}{division}
+\index{symbols>non-commutative division}
+\label{holtpolt}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\qquad}ll}
+\Wul\holter{abc}{def} & \Wul\polter{abc}{def} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Dots}
+\idxboth{dot}{symbols}
+\index{dots (ellipses)} \index{ellipses (dots)}
+\label{dots}
+\ifMDOTS
+ \def\MDfn{$^\dag$}%
+\else
+ \def\MDfn{}%
+\fi % MDOTS test
+\begin{tabular}{*{3}{ll@{\hspace*{1.5cm}}}ll}
+\X\cdotp & \X\colon$^*$ & \X\ldotp & \X\vdots\MDfn \\
+\X\cdots & \X\ddots\MDfn & \X\ldots \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ While ``\texttt{:}'' is valid in math mode, \cmd{\colon} uses
+ different surrounding spacing. See Section~\ref{math-spacing} and the
+ Short Math Guide for \latex~\cite{Downes:smg} for more information on
+ math-mode spacing.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\ifMDOTS
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}[\dag]
+ The \MDOTS\ package redefines \cmdX{\ddots} and \cmdX{\vdots} to
+ make them scale properly with font size. (They normally scale
+ horizontally but not vertically.) \cmdX{\fixedddots} and
+ \cmdX{\fixedvdots} provide the original, fixed-height functionality
+ of \latexE's \cmdX{\ddots} and \cmdX{\vdots} macros.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\fi % MDOTS test
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{\AMS\ Dots}
+\idxboth{dot}{symbols}
+\index{dots (ellipses)} \index{ellipses (dots)}
+\label{ams-dots}
+\begin{tabular}{*{2}{ll@{\hspace*{1.5cm}}}ll}
+\X[\cdots]\dotsb & \X[\cdots]\dotsi & \X[\ldots]\dotso \\
+\X[\ldots]\dotsc & \X[\cdots]\dotsm \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The \AMS\ dot symbols are named according to their intended usage:
+ \cmdI[$\string\cdots$]{\dotsb} between pairs of binary operators/relations,
+ \cmdI[$\string\ldots$]{\dotsc} between pairs of commas,
+ \cmdI[$\string\cdots$]{\dotsi} between pairs of integrals,
+ \cmdI[$\string\cdots$]{\dotsm} between pairs of multiplication signs, and
+ \cmdI[$\string\ldots$]{\dotso} between other symbol pairs.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MDOTS]{\MDOTS\ Dots}
+\index{dots (ellipses)} \index{ellipses (dots)}
+\idxboth{dot}{symbols}
+\label{mathdots-dots}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\X\iddots
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[YH]{\YH\ Dots}
+\index{dots (ellipses)} \index{ellipses (dots)}
+\idxboth{dot}{symbols}
+\label{yhmath-dots}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\X\adots
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{\MC\ Math Symbols}
+\label{mc-math}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K[\textcelsius]\tccentigrade & \K[\textohm]\tcohm & \K[\textperthousand]\tcperthousand \\
+\K[\textmu]\tcmu & \K[\textpertenthousand]\tcpertenthousand & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Mayan Digits}
+\index{digits>Mayan}
+\label{abx-mayan}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll@{\qquad}}ll}
+ \Tm{0} & \Tm{2} & \Tm{4} \\
+ \Tm{1} & \Tm{3} & \Tm{5} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Math Symbols}
+\index{digits}
+\index{angles}
+\label{marv-math}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll@{\qquad}}ll}
+\K\MVZero & \K\MVTwo & \K\MVFour & \K\MVSix & \K\MVEight \\
+\K\MVOne & \K\MVThree & \K\MVFive & \K\MVSeven & \K\MVNine \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll@{\qquad}}ll}
+\K\Anglesign & \K\Squaredot & \K\Vectorarrowhigh \\
+\K\Corresponds & \K\Vectorarrow \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Miscellaneous \latexE{} Math Symbols}
+\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols}
+\index{card suits}
+\index{diamonds (suit)}
+\index{hearts (suit)}
+\index{clubs (suit)}
+\index{spades (suit)}
+\idxboth{musical}{symbols}
+\index{dots (ellipses)}
+\index{ellipses (dots)}
+\index{null set}
+\index{dotless i=dotless $i~(\imath)$>math mode}
+\index{dotless j=dotless $j~(\jmath)$>math mode}
+\index{angles}
+\label{ord}
+\ifAMS
+ \def\AMSfn{$^\ddag$}
+\else
+ \def\AMSfn{}
+\fi
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\X\aleph & \X\Diamond$^*$ & \X\infty & \X\prime \\
+\X\angle & \X\diamondsuit & \X\mho$^*$ & \X\sharp \\
+\X\backslash & \X\emptyset\AMSfn & \X\nabla & \X\spadesuit \\
+\X\Box$^{*,\dag}$ & \X\flat & \X\natural & \X\surd \\
+\X\clubsuit & \X\heartsuit & \X\neg & \X\triangle \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\notpredefinedmessage
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[\dag]
+ To use \cmdX{\Box}---or any other symbol---as an end-of-proof
+ (Q.E.D\@.)\index{Q.E.D.}\index{end of proof}\index{proof, end of}
+ marker, consider using the \pkgname{ntheorem} package, which
+ properly juxtaposes a symbol with the end of the proof text.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\ifAMS
+ \bigskip
+ \begin{tablenote}[\ddag]
+ Many people prefer the look of \AMS's \cmdX{\varnothing}
+ (Table~\ref{ams-misc}) to that of \latex's \cmdX{\emptyset}.
+ \end{tablenote}
+\fi % AMS test
+
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[AMS]{Miscellaneous \AMS\ Math Symbols}
+\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols}
+\index{stars}
+\index{triangles}
+\index{null set}
+\index{angles}
+\label{ams-misc}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X[\AMSangle]\angle & \X\blacktriangledown & \X\mho \\
+\X\backprime & \X\diagdown & \X\sphericalangle \\
+\X\bigstar & \X\diagup & \X\square \\
+\X\blacklozenge & \X\eth & \X\triangledown \\
+\X\blacksquare & \X\lozenge & \X\varnothing \\
+\X\blacktriangle & \X\measuredangle & \X\vartriangle \\
+
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{Miscellaneous \WASY\ Math Symbols}
+\index{angles}
+\label{wasy-math}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X[\WASYBox]\Box & \X\mho$^*$ & \K\wasytherefore \\
+\X[\WASYDiamond]\Diamond & \K\varangle \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ \WASY\ also defines an \cmdI{\agemO} symbol, which is the same glyph
+ as \cmdX{\mho} but is intended for use in text mode.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[TX]{Miscellaneous \TXPX\ Math Symbols}
+\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols}
+\index{card suits}
+\index{diamonds (suit)}
+\index{hearts (suit)}
+\index{clubs (suit)}
+\index{spades (suit)}
+\label{txpx-misc}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X\Diamondblack & \X\lambdaslash & \X\varheartsuit \\
+\X\Diamonddot & \X\varclubsuit & \X\varspadesuit \\
+\X\lambdabar & \X\vardiamondsuit \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{Miscellaneous \ABX\ Math Symbols}
+\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols}
+\index{null set}
+\index{semidirect products}
+\index{angles}
+\label{abx-misc}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\X[\ABXdegree]\degree & \X[\ABXfourth]\fourth & \X[\ABXmeasuredangle]\measuredangle & \X[\ABXsecond]\second \\
+\X[\ABXdiagdown]\diagdown & \X[\ABXhash]\hash & \X[\ABXpitchfork]\pitchfork & \X[\ABXsphericalangle]\sphericalangle \\
+\X[\ABXdiagup]\diagup & \X[\ABXinfty]\infty & \X[\ABXpropto]\propto & \X[\ABXthird]\third \\
+\X[\ABXdiameter]\diameter & \X[\ABXleftthreetimes]\leftthreetimes & \X[\ABXrightthreetimes]\rightthreetimes & \X[\ABXvarhash]\varhash \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Miscellaneous \TC\ Text-mode Math Symbols}
+\index{fractions}
+\label{tc-math}
+\ifFRAC
+ \def\FRACfn{$^\dag$}
+\else
+ \def\FRACfn{}
+\fi
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\textdegree$^*$ & \K\textonehalf\FRACfn & \K\textthreequarters\FRACfn \\
+\K\textdiv & \K\textonequarter\FRACfn & \K\textthreesuperior \\
+\K\textfractionsolidus & \K\textonesuperior & \K\texttimes \\
+\K\textlnot & \K\textpm & \K\texttwosuperior \\
+\K\textminus & \K\textsurd \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ If you prefer a larger degree symbol you might consider defining one
+ as ``\verb|\ensuremath{^\circ}|''~(``$^\circ$'')%
+ \indexcommand[$\string\circ$]{\circ}.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\ifFRAC
+ \bigskip
+ \begin{tablenote}[\dag]
+ \pkgname{nicefrac} (part of the \pkgname{units} package) can be
+ used to construct vulgar fractions like ``\nicefrac{1}{2}'',
+ ``\nicefrac{1}{4}'', ``\nicefrac{3}{4}'', and even
+ ``\nicefrac{c}{o}''\index{care of=care of (\nicefrac{c}{o})}.
+ \end{tablenote}
+\fi % FRAC test
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{Math Alphabets}
+\idxboth{math}{alphabets}
+\label{alphabets}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}*3l@{}}
+\toprule
+Font sample & Generating command & Required package \\
+\midrule
+\Wf\mathrm{ABCdef123} & \textit{none} \\
+\Ww\textit\mathit{ABCdef123} & \textit{none} \\
+\Wf\mathnormal{ABCdef123}& \textit{none} \\
+\Ww\CMcal\mathcal{ABC} & \textit{none} \\
+
+\ifx\mathscr\undefined\else
+\Wf\mathscr{ABC} & \pkgname{mathrsfs} \\
+\multicolumn{1}{r@{}}{\emph{or}}
+ &\verb|\mathcal{ABC}|
+ & \pkgname{calrsfs} \\
+\fi
+
+\ifEU
+\Wf\mathcal{ABC} & \pkgname{euscript} with the
+ \optname{euscript}{mathcal} option \\
+\multicolumn{1}{r@{}}{\emph{or}}
+ &\verb|\mathscr{ABC}|
+ & \pkgname{euscript} with the
+ \optname{euscript}{mathscr} option \\
+\fi
+
+\ifx\mathpzc\undefined\else
+\Wf\mathpzc{ABCdef123} & \textit{none}; manually defined$^*$ \\
+\fi
+
+\ifx\mathbb\undefined\else
+\Wf\mathbb{ABC} & \pkgname{amsfonts},%
+ \ifx\MSYMmathbb\undefined\else$^\S$~\fi
+ \pkgname{amssymb}, \pkgname{txfonts}, or
+ \pkgname{pxfonts} \\
+\fi
+
+\ifx\varmathbb\undefined\else
+\Wf\varmathbb{ABC} & \pkgname{txfonts} or \pkgname{pxfonts} \\
+\fi
+
+\ifx\BBmathbb\undefined\else
+\Ww\BBmathbb\mathbb{ABCdef123}
+ & \pkgname{bbold} or \pkgname{mathbbol}$^\dag$ \\
+\fi
+
+\ifx\MBBmathbb\undefined\else
+\Ww\MBBmathbb\mathbb{ABCdef123}
+ & \pkgname{mbboard}$^\dag$ \\
+\fi
+
+\ifx\mathbbm\undefined\else
+\Wf\mathbbm{ABCdef12} & \pkgname{bbm} \\
+\Wf\mathbbmss{ABCdef12} & \pkgname{bbm} \\
+\Wf\mathbbmtt{ABCdef12} & \pkgname{bbm} \\
+\fi
+
+\ifx\mathds\undefined\else
+\Wf\mathds{ABC1} & \pkgname{dsfont} \\
+\Ww\mathdsss\mathds{ABC1}
+ & \pkgname{dsfont} with the
+ \optname{dsfont}{sans} option \\
+\fi
+
+\ifx\mathfrak\undefined\else
+\Wf\mathfrak{ABCdef123} & \pkgname{eufrak} \\
+\fi
+
+\ifx\textfrak\undefined\else
+\Wf\textfrak{ABCdef123} & \pkgname{yfonts}$^\ddag$ \\
+\Wf\textswab{ABCdef123} & \pkgname{yfonts}$^\ddag$ \\
+\Wf\textgoth{ABCdef123} & \pkgname{yfonts}$^\ddag$ \\
+\fi
+\bottomrule
+\end{tabular}
+
+\ifx\mathpzc\undefined\else
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ Put ``\verb|\DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathpzc}{OT1}{pzc}{m}{it}|'' in your
+ document's preamble to make \verb|\mathpzc| typeset its argument in
+ \PSfont{Zapf Chancery}.
+\end{tablenote}
+\fi
+
+\ifx\BBmathbb\undefined\else
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[\dag]
+ The \pkgname{mathbbol} package defines some additional blackboard bold
+ characters: parentheses, square brackets, angle brackets, and---if
+ the \optname{mathbbol}{bbgreekl} option is passed to
+ \pkgname{matbbol}---Greek\index{Greek>blackboard bold} letters. For
+ instance,
+ ``$\BBmathbb{\char`<\char`[\char`(\char"0B\char"0C\char"0D\char`)\char`]\char`>}$''
+ is produced by
+ ``\cmd{\mathbb}\verb|{|\cmdI{\Langle}\linebreak[1]%
+ \cmdI{\Lbrack}\linebreak[1]\cmdI{\Lparen}\linebreak[1]%
+ \cmdI{\bbalpha}\linebreak[1]\cmdI{\bbbeta}\linebreak[1]%
+ \cmdI{\bbgamma}\linebreak[1]\cmdI{\Rparen}\linebreak[1]%
+ \cmdI{\Rbrack}\linebreak[1]\cmdI{\Rangle}\verb|}|''.
+
+ \ifx\MBBmathbb\undefined
+ \pkgname{mbboard} extends the blackboard bold symbol set
+ significantly further. It supports not only the
+ Greek\index{Greek>blackboard bold}\index{alphabets>Greek}
+ alphabet---including ``Greek-like'' symbols such as
+ \cmd{\bbnabla}---but also \emph{all} punctuation marks, various
+ currency\idxboth{currency}{symbols}\idxboth{monetary}{symbols}
+ symbols such as \cmd{\bbdollar} and \cmd{\bbeuro},\index{euro
+ signs>blackboard bold} and the
+ Hebrew\index{Hebrew}\index{alphabets>Hebrew} alphabet.
+ \else
+ \pkgname{mbboard} extends the blackboard bold symbol set
+ significantly further. It supports not only the
+ Greek\index{Greek>blackboard bold}\index{alphabets>Greek}
+ alphabet---including ``Greek-like'' symbols such as
+ \cmdI{\bbnabla}~(``\bbnabla'')---but also \emph{all} punctuation
+ marks, various
+ currency\idxboth{currency}{symbols}\idxboth{monetary}{symbols}
+ symbols such as \cmdI{\bbdollar}~(``\bbdollar'') and
+ \cmdI{\bbeuro}~(``\bbeuro''),\index{euro signs>blackboard bold}
+ and the Hebrew\index{Hebrew}\index{alphabets>Hebrew}
+ alphabet~(e.g.,~``\cmdI{\bbfinalnun}\linebreak[1]\cmdI{\bbyod}%
+ \linebreak[1]\cmdI{\bbqof}\linebreak[1]\cmdI{\bbpe}''~$\rightarrow$
+ ``\bbfinalnun\bbyod\bbqof\bbpe'').
+ \fi % MBBmathbb test
+\end{tablenote}
+\fi
+
+\ifx\textfrak\undefined\else
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[\ddag]
+ As their \verb|\text|\dots{} names imply, the fonts provided by the
+ \pkgname{yfonts} package are actually text fonts. They are
+ included in Table~\ref{alphabets} because they are frequently used
+ in a mathematical context.
+\end{tablenote}
+\fi
+
+\ifx\MSYMmathbb\undefined\else
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[\S]
+ An older (i.e.,~prior to~1991) version of the \AMS's fonts rendered
+ $\mathbb{C}$, $\mathbb{N}$, $\mathbb{R}$, $\mathbb{S}$,
+ and~$\mathbb{Z}$ as $\MSYMmathbb{C}$, $\MSYMmathbb{N}$,
+ $\MSYMmathbb{R}$, $\MSYMmathbb{S}$, and~$\MSYMmathbb{Z}$. As some
+ people prefer the older glyphs---much to the \AMS's surprise---and
+ because those glyphs fail to build under modern versions of
+ \metafont, \person{Berthold}{Horn} uploaded PostScript fonts for the
+ older blackboard-bold glyphs to CTAN\idxCTAN{}, to the
+ \texttt{fonts/msym10} directory. As of this writing, however, there
+ are no \latexE packages for utilizing the now-obsolete glyphs.
+\end{tablenote}
+\fi
+
+\end{symtable}
+
+\idxbothend{mathematical}{symbols}
+
+
+\section{Science and technology symbols}
+\idxbothbegin{scientific}{symbols}
+\idxbothbegin{technological}{symbols}
+
+This section lists symbols that are employed in various branches of
+science and engineering (and, because we were extremely liberal in our
+classification, astrology, too).
+
+\bigskip
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{\GSYMB\ Symbols Defined to Work in Both Math and Text Mode}
+\label{gsymb-math}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll@{\qquad}}ll}
+\K[\textcelsius]\celsius & \K[\textmu]\micro & \K[\textperthousand]\perthousand \\
+\K[\textdegree]\degree & \K[\textohm]\ohm & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Electrical and Physical Symbols}
+\idxboth{electrical}{symbols}
+\idxboth{physical}{symbols}
+\label{wasy-electic}
+\begin{tabular}{*{9}{ll@{\qquad}}ll}
+\K\AC & \K\VHF & \K\photon &
+\K\HF & \K\gluon \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[IFS]{\IFS\ Pulse Diagram Symbols}
+\idxboth{pulse diagram}{symbols}
+\idxboth{engineering}{symbols}
+\label{pulse-diagram}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\K\FallingEdge & \K\LongPulseLow & \K\PulseLow & \K\ShortPulseHigh \\
+\K\LongPulseHigh & \K\PulseHigh & \K\RaisingEdge & \K\ShortPulseLow \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ In addition, within
+ \verb|\textifsym{|$\ldots$\verb|}|\indexcommand{\textifsym}, the
+ following codes are valid:
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{*5{ll@{\hspace{3em}}}ll}
+ \textifsym{l} & l &
+ \textifsym{m} & m &
+ \textifsym{h} & h &
+ \textifsym{d} & d &
+ \textifsym{<} & \textless &
+ \textifsym{>} & \textgreater \\[4pt]
+
+ \textifsym{L} & L &
+ \textifsym{M} & M &
+ \textifsym{H} & H &
+ \textifsym{D} & D &
+ \textifsym{<<} & \textless\textless &
+ \textifsym{>>} & \textgreater\textgreater \\
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{center}
+
+ This enables one to write ``\verb|\textifsym{mm<DDD>mm}|'' to get
+ ``\textifsym{mm<DDD>mm}'' or ``\verb+\textifsym{L|H|L|H|L}+'' to get
+ ``\textifsym{L|H|L|H|L}''. See also the \pkgname{timing} package,
+ which provides a wide variety of pulse-diagram symbols within an
+ environment designed specifically for typesetting pulse diagrams.
+
+ Finally, \cmd{\textifsym} supports the display of
+ segmented\idxboth{segmented}{digits} digits, as would appear on an
+ LCD\idxboth{LCD}{digits}: ``\verb|\textifsym{-123.456}|'' produces
+ ``\textifsym{-123.456}''. ``\verb|\textifsym{b}|'' outputs a blank
+ with the same width as an ``\textifsym{8}''.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ASP]{\ASP\ Aspect Ratio Symbol}
+\index{aspect ratio}
+\label{aspect-ratio}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\K\AR
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Text-mode Science and Engineering Symbols}
+\label{tc-science}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\K\textcelsius & \K\textmho & \K\textmu & \K\textohm \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Astronomical Symbols}
+\idxboth{astronomical}{symbols}
+\index{planets}
+\label{wasy-astro}
+\begin{tabular}{*8l}
+\K\ascnode & \K\jupiter & \K\newmoon & \K\venus \\
+\K\astrosun & \K\leftmoon & \K\pluto & \K\vernal \\
+\K\descnode & \K\mars & \K\rightmoon \\
+\K\earth & \K\mercury & \K\saturn \\
+\K\fullmoon & \K\neptune & \K\uranus \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Astronomical Symbols}
+\idxboth{astronomical}{symbols}
+\index{planets}
+\label{marv-astronomy}
+\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}}
+\K\Mercury & \K\Mars & \K\Uranus & \K\Sun \\
+\K\Venus & \K\Jupiter & \K\Neptune & \K\Moon \\
+\K\Earth & \K\Saturn & \K\Pluto \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Astronomical Symbols}
+\idxboth{astronomical}{symbols}
+\index{planets}
+\label{abx-astronomy}
+\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}}
+\X[\ABXMercury]\Mercury & \X[\ABXEarth]\Earth & \X[\ABXJupiter]\Jupiter & \X[\ABXUranus]\Uranus & \X[\ABXPluto]\Pluto \\
+\X[\ABXVenus]\Venus & \X[\ABXMars]\Mars & \X[\ABXSaturn]\Saturn & \X[\ABXNeptune]\Neptune & \\[3ex]
+
+\X[\ABXfullmoon]\fullmoon & \X[\ABXleftmoon]\leftmoon & \X[\ABXnewmoon]\newmoon & \X[\ABXrightmoon]\rightmoon \\
+\X[\ABXSun]\Sun & \X[\ABXvarEarth]\varEarth \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \ABX\ also defines \cmdI[$\string\ABXVenus$]{\girl} as an alias for
+ \cmdI[$\string\ABXVenus$]{\Venus}, \cmdI[$\string\ABXMars$]{\boy} as
+ an alias for \cmdI[$\string\ABXMars$]{\Mars}, and
+ \cmdI[$\string\ABXleftmoon$]{\Moon} as an alias for
+ \cmdI[$\string\ABXleftmoon$]{\leftmoon}.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Astrological Symbols}
+\idxboth{astrological}{symbols}
+\idxboth{zodiacal}{symbols}
+\label{wasy-astrology}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\K\aries & \K\cancer & \K\libra & \K\capricornus \\
+\K\taurus & \K\leo & \K\scorpio & \K\aquarius \\
+\K\gemini & \K\virgo & \K\sagittarius & \K\pisces \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\K\conjunction & \K\opposition
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Astrological Symbols}
+\idxboth{astrological}{symbols}
+\idxboth{zodiacal}{symbols}
+\label{marv-astrology}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\K\Aries & \K\Cancer & \K\Libra & \K\Capricorn \\
+\K\Taurus & \K\Leo & \K\Scorpio & \K\Aquarius \\
+\K\Gemini & \K\Virgo & \K\Sagittarius & \K\Pisces \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ Note that \cmdI{\Aries}\,$\ldots$\,\linebreak[1]\cmdI{\Pisces} can also be
+ specified with
+ \cmd{\Zodiac}\verb|{1}|\,$\ldots$\,\linebreak[1]\cmd{\Zodiac}\verb|{12}|.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{\ABX\ Astrological Symbols}
+\idxboth{astrological}{symbols}
+\idxboth{zodiacal}{symbols}
+\label{abx-astrology}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\X[\ABXAries]\Aries & \X[\ABXTaurus]\Taurus & \X[\ABXGemini]\Gemini \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ APL Symbols}
+\index{APL>symbols}
+\index{symbols>APL}
+\label{wasy-APLsym}
+\begin{tabular}{*6l}
+\K\APLbox & \K\APLinv & \K\APLstar \\
+\K\APLcomment & \K\APLleftarrowbox & \K\APLup \\
+\K\APLdown & \K\APLlog & \K\APLuparrowbox \\
+\K\APLdownarrowbox & \K\APLminus & \K\notbackslash \\
+\K\APLinput & \K\APLrightarrowbox & \K\notslash \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ APL Modifiers}
+\index{APL>modifiers}
+\index{accents}
+\label{wasy-APLmod}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll@{\qqquad}}ll}
+\W\APLcirc{} & \W\APLnot{} & \W\APLvert{} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Computer Hardware Symbols}
+\idxboth{computer hardware}{symbols}
+\label{marv-computer}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}ll}
+\K\ComputerMouse & \K\ParallelPort & \K\SerialInterface \\
+\K\Keyboard & \K\Printer & \K\SerialPort \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ASCII]{\ASCII\ Control Characters (IBM)}
+\index{ASCII}
+\index{IBM}
+\index{control characters}
+\index{carriage return}
+\index{smiley faces}
+\label{ibm-ascii}
+\begin{tabular}{*5{ll@{\hspace{3em}}}ll}
+\Ka\SOH & \Ka\BEL & \Ka\CR & \Ka\DCc & \Ka\EM & \Ka\US \\
+\Ka\STX & \Ka\BS & \Ka\SO & \Ka\DCd & \Ka\SUB & \Ka\splitvert \\
+\Ka\ETX & \Ka\HT & \Ka\SI & \Ka\NAK & \Ka\ESC & \Ka\DEL \\
+\Ka\EOT & \Ka\LF & \Ka\DLE & \Ka\SYN & \Ka\FS \\
+\Ka\ENQ & \Ka\VT & \Ka\DCa & \Ka\ETB & \Ka\GS \\
+\Ka\ACK & \Ka\FF & \Ka\DCb & \Ka\CAN & \Ka\RS \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \texttt{SOH}, \texttt{STX}, \texttt{ETX},~$\ldots$, \texttt{US} are
+ the names of ASCII characters~1--31. \texttt{DEL} is the name of
+ ASCII character~127. \cmd{\splitvert} doesn't correspond to a control
+ character but is merely the ``$|$'' character shown IBM style.
+
+ These characters must be entered with the \texttt{ascii} font in
+ effect, for example, ``\verb|{\ascii\STX}|''. See the \ASCII\
+ package documentation for more information.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Communication Symbols}
+\idxboth{communication}{symbols}
+\label{marv-comm}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}ll}
+\K\Email & \K\fax & \K\Faxmachine & \K\Lightning & \K\Pickup \\
+\K\Emailct & \K\FAX & \K\Letter & \K\Mobilefone & \K\Telefon \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Engineering Symbols}
+\idxboth{engineering}{symbols}
+\label{marv-engineering}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}ll}
+\K\Beam & \K\Force & \K\Octosteel & \K\RoundedTTsteel \\
+\K\Bearing & \K\Hexasteel & \K\Rectpipe & \K\Squarepipe \\
+\K\Circpipe & \K\Lefttorque & \K\Rectsteel & \K\Squaresteel \\
+\K\Circsteel & \K\Lineload & \K\Righttorque & \K\Tsteel \\
+\K\Fixedbearing & \K\Loosebearing & \K\RoundedLsteel$^*$ & \K\TTsteel \\
+\K\Flatsteel & \K\Lsteel & \K\RoundedTsteel$^*$ \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ \cmdI{\RoundedLsteel} and \cmdI{\RoundedTsteel} seem to be swapped,
+ at least in the 2000/05/01 version of \pkgname{marvosym}.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Biological Symbols}
+\label{wasy-bio}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\K\female & \K\male \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Biological Symbols}
+\idxboth{biological}{symbols}
+\label{marv-bio}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}ll}
+\K\Female & \K\FemaleMale & \K\MALE & \K\Neutral \\
+\K\FEMALE & \K\Hermaphrodite & \K\Male \\
+\K\FemaleFemale & \K\HERMAPHRODITE & \K\MaleMale \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Safety-related Symbols}
+\idxboth{safety-related}{symbols}
+\label{marv-safety}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}ll}
+\K\Biohazard & \K\CEsign & \K\Explosionsafe & \K\Radioactivity \\
+\K\BSEfree & \K\Estatically & \K\Laserbeam & \K\Stopsign \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+\idxbothend{scientific}{symbols}
+\idxbothend{technological}{symbols}
+
+
+\section{Dingbats}
+\idxbothbegin{dingbat}{symbols}
+
+Dingbats are symbols such as stars, arrows, and geometric shapes.
+They are commonly used as bullets in itemized lists or, more
+generally, as a means to draw attention to the text that follows.
+
+The \PI\ dingbat package warrants special mention. Among other
+capabilities, \PI\ provides a \latex\ interface to the \PSfont{Zapf
+Dingbats} font (one of the standard~35 PostScript\index{PostScript
+fonts} fonts). However, rather than name each of the dingbats
+individually, \PI\ merely provides a single \cmd{\ding} command, which
+outputs the character that lies at a given position in the font. The
+consequence is that the \PI\ symbols can't be listed by name in this
+document's index, so be mindful of that fact when searching for a
+particular symbol.
+
+\bigskip
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Arrows}
+\label{bbding-arrows}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\ArrowBoldDownRight & \K\ArrowBoldRightShort & \K\ArrowBoldUpRight \\
+\K\ArrowBoldRightCircled & \K\ArrowBoldRightStrobe \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Arrows}
+\index{arrows}
+\label{pi-arrows}
+\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}}
+\Tp{212} & \Tp{221} & \Tp{230} & \Tp{239} & \Tp{249} \\
+\Tp{213} & \Tp{222} & \Tp{231} & \Tp{241} & \Tp{250} \\
+\Tp{214} & \Tp{223} & \Tp{232} & \Tp{242} & \Tp{251} \\
+\Tp{215} & \Tp{224} & \Tp{233} & \Tp{243} & \Tp{252} \\
+\Tp{216} & \Tp{225} & \Tp{234} & \Tp{244} & \Tp{253} \\
+\Tp{217} & \Tp{226} & \Tp{235} & \Tp{245} & \Tp{254} \\
+\Tp{218} & \Tp{227} & \Tp{236} & \Tp{246} \\
+\Tp{219} & \Tp{228} & \Tp{237} & \Tp{247} \\
+\Tp{220} & \Tp{229} & \Tp{238} & \Tp{248} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Scissors}
+\index{scissors}
+\label{marv-scissors}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\Cutleft & \K\Cutright & \K\Leftscissors \\
+\K\Cutline & \K\Kutline & \K\Rightscissors \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Scissors}
+\index{scissors}
+\label{scissors}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\K\ScissorHollowLeft & \K\ScissorLeftBrokenTop \\
+\K\ScissorHollowRight & \K\ScissorRight \\
+\K\ScissorLeft & \K\ScissorRightBrokenBottom \\
+\K\ScissorLeftBrokenBottom & \K\ScissorRightBrokenTop \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Scissors}
+\index{scissors}
+\label{pi-scissors}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\Tp{33} & \Tp{34} & \Tp{35} & \Tp{36} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ARK]{\ARK\ Pencils}
+\index{pencils}
+\vspace{1ex}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\K[\ARKlargepencil]\largepencil & \K\smallpencil \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Pencils and Nibs}
+\index{pencils}
+\index{nibs}
+\label{pencils-nibs}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\NibLeft & \K\PencilLeft & \K\PencilRightDown \\
+\K\NibRight & \K\PencilLeftDown & \K\PencilRightUp \\
+\K\NibSolidLeft & \K\PencilLeftUp \\
+\K\NibSolidRight & \K\PencilRight \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Pencils and Nibs}
+\index{pencils}
+\index{nibs}
+\label{pi-pencils}
+\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}}
+\Tp{46} & \Tp{47} & \Tp{48} & \Tp{49} & \Tp{50} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ARK]{\ARK\ Hands}
+\index{hands}
+\label{ark-hands}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\leftpointright & \K\rightpointleft & \K\rightpointright \\
+\K\leftthumbsdown & \K\rightthumbsdown \\
+\K\leftthumbsup & \K\rightthumbsup \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Hands}
+\index{hands}
+\label{hands}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\HandCuffLeft & \K\HandCuffRightUp & \K\HandPencilLeft \\
+\K\HandCuffLeftUp & \K\HandLeft & \K\HandRight \\
+\K\HandCuffRight & \K\HandLeftUp & \K\HandRightUp \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Hands}
+\index{hands}
+\label{pi-hands}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\Tp{42} & \Tp{43} & \Tp{44} & \Tp{45} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Crosses and Plusses}
+\index{crosses}
+\index{plusses}
+\index{crucifixes}
+\label{crosses-plusses}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K[\dingCross]\Cross & \K\CrossOpenShadow & \K\PlusOutline \\
+\K\CrossBoldOutline & \K\CrossOutline & \K\PlusThinCenterOpen \\
+\K\CrossClowerTips & \K\Plus \\
+\K\CrossMaltese & \K\PlusCenterOpen \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Crosses and Plusses}
+\index{crosses}
+\index{plusses}
+\index{crucifixes}
+\label{pi-crosses-plusses}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\Tp{57} & \Tp{59} & \Tp{61} & \Tp{63} \\
+\Tp{58} & \Tp{60} & \Tp{62} & \Tp{64} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Xs and Check Marks}
+\index{check marks}
+\index{Xs}
+\label{ding-check-marks}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\Checkmark & \K\XSolid & \K\XSolidBrush \\
+\K\CheckmarkBold & \K\XSolidBold \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Xs and Check Marks}
+\index{check marks}
+\index{Xs}
+\label{pi-check-marks}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\Tp{51} & \Tp{53} & \Tp{55} \\
+\Tp{52} & \Tp{54} & \Tp{56} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Xs and Check Marks}
+\index{check marks}
+\index{Xs}
+\label{wasy-check-marks}
+\begin{tabular}{*6l}
+\K\CheckedBox & \K\Square & \K\XBox
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Circled Numbers}
+\index{circled numbers}
+\index{digits>circled}
+\label{circled-numbers}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\Tp{172} & \Tp{182} & \Tp{192} & \Tp{202} \\
+\Tp{173} & \Tp{183} & \Tp{193} & \Tp{203} \\
+\Tp{174} & \Tp{184} & \Tp{194} & \Tp{204} \\
+\Tp{175} & \Tp{185} & \Tp{195} & \Tp{205} \\
+\Tp{176} & \Tp{186} & \Tp{196} & \Tp{206} \\
+\Tp{177} & \Tp{187} & \Tp{197} & \Tp{207} \\
+\Tp{178} & \Tp{188} & \Tp{198} & \Tp{208} \\
+\Tp{179} & \Tp{189} & \Tp{199} & \Tp{209} \\
+\Tp{180} & \Tp{190} & \Tp{200} & \Tp{210} \\
+\Tp{181} & \Tp{191} & \Tp{201} & \Tp{211} \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \PI\ (part of the \pkgname{psnfss} package) provides a
+ \cmd{dingautolist} environment which resembles \texttt{enumerate}
+ but uses circled numbers as bullets.\footnotemark{} See the
+ \pkgname{psnfss} documentation for more information.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+\footnotetext{In fact, \cmd{dingautolist} can use any set of
+ consecutive \PSfont{Zapf Dingbats} symbols.}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Stars}
+\index{stars}
+\index{Jewish star}\index{Star of David}
+\label{wasy-stars}
+\begin{tabular}{*6l}
+\K\davidsstar & \K\hexstar & \K\varhexstar
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Stars, Flowers, and Similar Shapes}
+\index{asterisks}
+\index{clovers}
+\index{flowers}
+\index{sparkles}
+\index{snowflakes}
+\index{stars}
+\index{Jewish star}\index{Star of David}
+\label{star-like}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\Asterisk & \K\FiveFlowerPetal & \K\JackStar \\
+\K\AsteriskBold & \K\FiveStar & \K\JackStarBold \\
+\K\AsteriskCenterOpen & \K\FiveStarCenterOpen & \K\SixFlowerAlternate \\
+\K\AsteriskRoundedEnds & \K\FiveStarConvex & \K\SixFlowerAltPetal \\
+\K\AsteriskThin & \K\FiveStarLines & \K\SixFlowerOpenCenter \\
+\K\AsteriskThinCenterOpen & \K\FiveStarOpen & \K\SixFlowerPetalDotted \\
+\K\DavidStar & \K\FiveStarOpenCircled & \K\SixFlowerPetalRemoved \\
+\K\DavidStarSolid & \K\FiveStarOpenDotted & \K\SixFlowerRemovedOpenPetal \\
+\K\EightAsterisk & \K\FiveStarOutline & \K\SixStar \\
+\K\EightFlowerPetal & \K\FiveStarOutlineHeavy & \K\SixteenStarLight \\
+\K\EightFlowerPetalRemoved & \K\FiveStarShadow & \K\Snowflake \\
+\K\EightStar & \K\FourAsterisk & \K\SnowflakeChevron \\
+\K\EightStarBold & \K\FourClowerOpen & \K\SnowflakeChevronBold \\
+\K\EightStarConvex & \K\FourClowerSolid & \K\Sparkle \\
+\K\EightStarTaper & \K\FourStar & \K\SparkleBold \\
+\K\FiveFlowerOpen & \K\FourStarOpen & \K\TwelweStar \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Stars, Flowers, and Similar Shapes}
+\index{asterisks}
+\index{clovers}
+\index{flowers}
+\index{sparkles}
+\index{snowflakes}
+\index{stars}
+\label{pi-star-like}
+\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}}
+\Tp{65} & \Tp{74} & \Tp{83} & \Tp{92} & \Tp{101} \\
+\Tp{66} & \Tp{75} & \Tp{84} & \Tp{93} & \Tp{102} \\
+\Tp{67} & \Tp{76} & \Tp{85} & \Tp{94} & \Tp{103} \\
+\Tp{68} & \Tp{77} & \Tp{86} & \Tp{95} & \Tp{104} \\
+\Tp{69} & \Tp{78} & \Tp{87} & \Tp{96} & \Tp{105} \\
+\Tp{70} & \Tp{79} & \Tp{88} & \Tp{97} & \Tp{106} \\
+\Tp{71} & \Tp{80} & \Tp{89} & \Tp{98} & \Tp{107} \\
+\Tp{72} & \Tp{81} & \Tp{90} & \Tp{99} \\
+\Tp{73} & \Tp{82} & \Tp{91} & \Tp{100} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Geometric Shapes}
+\index{polygons}
+\index{geometric shapes}
+\label{wasy-geometrical}
+\begin{tabular}{*8l}
+\K\hexagon & \K\octagon & \K\pentagon & \K\varhexagon
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[IFS]{\IFS\ Geometric Shapes}
+\index{circles}
+\index{diamonds}
+\index{geometric shapes}
+\index{squares}
+\index{triangles}
+\label{ifs-geometrical}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\BigCircle & \K\FilledBigTriangleRight & \K\SmallCircle \\
+\K\BigCross & \K\FilledBigTriangleUp & \K\SmallCross \\
+\K\BigDiamondshape & \K\FilledCircle & \K\SmallDiamondshape \\
+\K\BigHBar & \K\FilledDiamondShadowA & \K\SmallHBar \\
+\K\BigLowerDiamond & \K\FilledDiamondShadowC & \K\SmallLowerDiamond \\
+\K\BigRightDiamond & \K\FilledDiamondshape & \K\SmallRightDiamond \\
+\K\BigSquare & \K\FilledSmallCircle & \K\SmallSquare \\
+\K\BigTriangleDown & \K\FilledSmallDiamondshape & \K\SmallTriangleDown \\
+\K\BigTriangleLeft & \K\FilledSmallSquare & \K\SmallTriangleLeft \\
+\K\BigTriangleRight & \K\FilledSmallTriangleDown & \K\SmallTriangleRight \\
+\K\BigTriangleUp & \K\FilledSmallTriangleLeft & \K\SmallTriangleUp \\
+\K\BigVBar & \K\FilledSmallTriangleRight & \K\SmallVBar \\
+\K[\ifsCircle]\Circle & \K\FilledSmallTriangleUp & \K\SpinDown \\
+\K[\ifsCross]\Cross & \K\FilledSquare & \K\SpinUp \\
+\K\DiamondShadowA & \K\FilledSquareShadowA & \K[\ifsSquare]\Square \\
+\K\DiamondShadowB & \K\FilledSquareShadowC & \K\SquareShadowA \\
+\K\DiamondShadowC & \K\FilledTriangleDown & \K\SquareShadowB \\
+\K\Diamondshape & \K\FilledTriangleLeft & \K\SquareShadowC \\
+\K\FilledBigCircle & \K\FilledTriangleRight & \K[\ifsTriangleDown]\TriangleDown \\
+\K\FilledBigDiamondshape & \K\FilledTriangleUp & \K\TriangleLeft \\
+\K\FilledBigSquare & \K\HBar & \K\TriangleRight \\
+\K\FilledBigTriangleDown & \K\LowerDiamond & \K[\ifsTriangleUp]\TriangleUp \\
+\K\FilledBigTriangleLeft & \K\RightDiamond & \K\VBar \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \begin{morespacing}{1pt}
+ The \IFS\ documentation points out that one can use \cmd{\rlap} to
+ combine some of the above into useful, new symbols. For example,
+ \cmdI{\BigCircle} and \cmdI{\FilledSmallCircle} combine to give
+ ``\,\rlap\FilledSmallCircle\BigCircle\,''. Likewise,
+ \cmdI[\ifsSquare]{\Square} and
+ \cmdI[\ifsCross]{\Cross} combine to give
+ ``\rlap\ifsCross\ifsSquare''. See Section~\ref{combining-symbols}
+ for more information about constructing new symbols out of
+ existing symbols.
+ \end{morespacing}
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[DING]{\DING\ Geometric Shapes}
+\index{circles}
+\index{diamonds}
+\index{ellipses (ovals)}
+\index{geometric shapes}
+\index{ovals}
+\index{rectangles}
+\index{squares}
+\index{triangles}
+\label{ding-geometrical}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\CircleShadow & \K\Rectangle & \K\SquareShadowTopLeft \\
+\K\CircleSolid & \K\RectangleBold & \K\SquareShadowTopRight \\
+\K\DiamondSolid & \K\RectangleThin & \K\SquareSolid \\
+\K\Ellipse & \K[\dingSquare]\Square & \K\TriangleDown \\
+\K\EllipseShadow & \K\SquareCastShadowBottomRight & \K\TriangleUp \\
+\K\EllipseSolid & \K\SquareCastShadowTopLeft \\
+\K\HalfCircleLeft & \K\SquareCastShadowTopRight \\
+\K\HalfCircleRight & \K\SquareShadowBottomRight \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PI]{\PI\ Geometric Shapes}
+\index{circles}
+\index{diamonds}
+\index{geometric shapes}
+\index{rectangles}
+\index{squares}
+\index{triangles}
+\label{pi-geometrical}
+\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}}
+\Tp{108} & \Tp{111} & \Tp{114} & \Tp{117} & \Tp{121} \\
+\Tp{109} & \Tp{112} & \Tp{115} & \Tp{119} & \Tp{122} \\
+\Tp{110} & \Tp{113} & \Tp{116} & \Tp{120} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[UNI]{\UNI\ Geometric Shapes}
+\index{circles}
+\index{squares}
+\index{triangles}
+\index{geometric shapes}
+\label{uni-geometrical}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\baucircle & \K\bausquare & \K\bautriangle \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MAN]{\MAN\ Dangerous Bend Symbols}
+\idxboth{dangerous bend}{symbols}
+\index{symbols>Knuth's}
+\index{Knuth, Donald E.>symbols by}
+\idxTBsyms
+\label{dangerous-bend}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\dbend & \K\lhdbend & \K\reversedvideodbend \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ Note that these symbols descend far beneath the baseline. \MAN\
+ also defines non-descending versions, which it calls,
+ correspondingly, \cmdI[\string\textdbend]{\textdbend},
+ \cmdI[\string\textlhdbend]{\textlhdbend}, and
+ \cmdI[\string\textreversedvideodbend]{\textreversedvideodbend}.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[SKULL]{\SKULL\ Symbols}
+\label{skull}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\K\skull
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ABX]{Non-Mathematical \ABX\ Symbols}
+\label{abx-nonmath}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\X[\ABXrip]\rip
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Information Symbols}
+\idxboth{information}{symbols}
+\index{check marks}
+\index{Xs}
+\label{marv-info}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}ll}
+\K\Bicycle & \K\Football & \K\Pointinghand \\
+\K\Checkedbox & \K\Gentsroom & \K\Wheelchair \\
+\K\Clocklogo & \K\Industry & \K\Writinghand \\
+\K\Coffeecup & \K\Info \\
+\K\Crossedbox & \K\Ladiesroom \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[ARK]{Miscellaneous \ARK\ Dingbats}
+\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols}
+\index{check marks}
+\index{carriage return}
+\label{ark-misc}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\anchor & \K\eye & \K\Sborder \\
+\K\carriagereturn & \K\filledsquarewithdots & \K\squarewithdots \\
+\K[\ARKcheckmark]\checkmark & \K\satellitedish & \K\Zborder \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[DING]{Miscellaneous \DING\ Dingbats}
+\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols}
+\label{bbding-misc}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\K\Envelope & \K\Peace & \K\PhoneHandset & \K\SunshineOpenCircled \\
+\K\OrnamentDiamondSolid & \K\Phone & \K\Plane & \K\Tape \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PI]{Miscellaneous \PI\ Dingbats}
+\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols}
+\index{card suits}
+\index{diamonds (suit)}
+\index{hearts (suit)}
+\index{clubs (suit)}
+\index{spades (suit)}
+\label{pi-misc}
+\begin{tabular}{*5{ll}}
+\Tp{37} & \Tp{40} & \Tp{164} & \Tp{167} & \Tp{171} \\
+\Tp{38} & \Tp{41} & \Tp{165} & \Tp{168} & \Tp{169} \\
+\Tp{39} & \Tp{118} & \Tp{166} & \Tp{170} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+\idxbothend{dingbat}{symbols}
+
+
+\section{Other symbols}
+\idxbothbegin{miscellaneous}{symbols}
+
+The following are all the symbols that didn't fit neatly or
+unambiguously into any of the previous sections.
+\ifcomplete
+(Do weather symbols belong under ``Science and technology''? Should
+dice be considered ``mathematics''?) While some of the tables contain
+clearly related groups of symbols (e.g., musical notes), others
+represent motley assortments of whatever the font designer felt like
+drawing.
+\fi
+
+\bigskip
+
+
+\begin{symtable}{\TC\ Genealogical Symbols}
+\idxboth{genealogical}{symbols}
+\label{genealogical}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\textborn & \K\textdivorced & \K\textmarried \\
+\K\textdied & \K\textleaf \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ General Symbols}
+\index{symbols>general}
+\index{smiley faces}
+\label{wasy-general}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\K\ataribox & \K\clock & \K\LEFTarrow & \K\smiley \\
+\K\bell & \K\diameter & \K\lightning & \K\sun \\
+\K\blacksmiley & \K\DOWNarrow & \K\phone & \K\UParrow \\
+\K\Bowtie & \K\frownie & \K\pointer & \K\wasylozenge \\
+\K\brokenvert & \K\invdiameter & \K\recorder \\
+\K\checked & \K\kreuz & \K\RIGHTarrow \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Circles}
+\index{circles}
+\label{wasy-circles}
+\begin{tabular}{*8l}
+\K\CIRCLE & \K\LEFTcircle & \K\RIGHTcircle & \K\rightturn \\
+\K\Circle & \K\Leftcircle & \K\Rightcircle \\
+\K\LEFTCIRCLE & \K\RIGHTCIRCLE & \K\leftturn \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[WASY]{\WASY\ Musical Symbols}
+\idxboth{musical}{symbols}
+\label{wasy-music}
+\begin{tabular}{*{10}l}
+\K\eighthnote & \K\halfnote & \K\twonotes &
+\K\fullnote & \K\quarternote \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ See also \cmdX{\flat}, \cmdX{\sharp}, and \cmdX{\natural}
+ (Table~\vref{ord}).
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[HARM]{\HARM\ Musical Symbols}
+\idxboth{musical}{symbols}
+\label{harmony-music}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll@{\hspace{3em}}}ll}
+\K\AAcht & \K\Ds & \K\Pu & \K\VM \\
+\K\Acht & \K\DS & \K\Sech & \K\Zwdr \\
+\K\AcPa & \K\Ganz & \K\SePa & \K\ZwPa \\
+\K\DD & \K\GaPa & \K\UB & \\
+\K\DDohne & \K\Halb & \K\Vier & \\
+\K\Dohne & \K\HaPa & \K\ViPa & \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The \pkgname{musixtex} package must be installed to use \HARM.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[HARM]{\HARM\ Musical Accents}
+\idxboth{musical}{symbols}
+\index{accents}
+\label{harmony-accents}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace{3em}}ll}
+\Q\Ferli$^*$ & \Q\Ohne$^*$ \\
+\Q\Fermi & \Q\Umd$^*$ \\
+\Qc\Kr & \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ These symbols take an optional argument which shifts the accent
+ either horizontally or vertically (depending on the command) by the
+ given distance.
+\end{tablenote}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ In addition to the accents shown above, \cmd{\HH} is a special
+ accent command which accepts five period-separated characters and
+ typesets them such that ``\verb|\HH.X.a.b.c.d.|'' produces
+ ``\harmHH.X.a.b.c.d.''. All arguments except the first can be
+ omitted: ``\verb|\HH.X.....|'' produces ``\harmHH.X.....''.
+ \cmd{\Takt} takes two arguments and composes them into a musical
+ time signature. For example, ``\verb|\Takt{12}{8}|'' produces
+ ``\Takt{12}{8}''. As two special cases, ``\verb|\Takt{c}{0}|''
+ produces ``\Takt{c}{0}'' and ``\verb|\Takt{c}{1}|'' produces
+ ``\Takt{c}{1}''.
+
+ The \pkgname{musixtex} package must be installed to use \HARM.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MAN]{Miscellaneous \MAN\ Symbols}
+\index{symbols>Knuth's}
+\index{Knuth, Donald E.>symbols by}
+\index{symbols>Metafontbook=\MF{}book}\index{Metafontbook symbols=\MF{}book symbols}
+\idxTBsyms
+\label{knuth}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\K\manboldkidney & \K\manpenkidney \\
+\K\manconcentriccircles & \K\manquadrifolium \\
+\K\manconcentricdiamond & \K\manquartercircle \\
+\K\mancone & \K\manrotatedquadrifolium \\
+\K\mancube & \K\manrotatedquartercircle \\
+\K\manerrarrow & \K\manstar \\
+\K\manfilledquartercircle & \K\mantiltpennib \\
+\K\manhpennib & \K\mantriangledown \\
+\K\manimpossiblecube & \K\mantriangleright \\
+\K\mankidney & \K\mantriangleup \\
+\K\manlhpenkidney & \K\manvpennib \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Navigation Symbols}
+\idxboth{navigation}{symbols}
+\label{marv-navigation}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}ll}
+\K\Forward & \K\MoveDown & \K\RewindToIndex & \K\ToTop \\
+\K\ForwardToEnd & \K\MoveUp & \K\RewindToStart \\
+\K\ForwardToIndex & \K\Rewind & \K\ToBottom \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MARV]{\MARV\ Laundry Symbols}
+\idxboth{laundry}{symbols}
+\label{marv-laundry}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\AtForty & \K\Handwash & \K\ShortNinetyFive \\
+\K\AtNinetyFive & \K\IroningI & \K\ShortSixty \\
+\K\AtSixty & \K\IroningII & \K\ShortThirty \\
+\K\Bleech & \K\IroningIII & \K\SpecialForty \\
+\K\CleaningA & \K\NoBleech & \K\Tumbler \\
+\K\CleaningF & \K\NoChemicalCleaning & \K\WashCotton \\
+\K\CleaningFF & \K\NoIroning & \K\WashSynthetics \\
+\K\CleaningP & \K\NoTumbler & \K\WashWool \\
+\K\CleaningPP & \K\ShortFifty \\
+\K\Dontwash & \K\ShortForty \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[MARV]{Other \MARV\ Symbols}
+\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols}
+\index{crosses}\index{crucifixes}
+\index{smiley faces}
+\label{marv-misc}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\K\Ankh & \K\Cross & \K\Heart & \K\Smiley \\
+\K\Bat & \K\FHBOlogo & \K\MartinVogel & \K\Womanface \\
+\K\Bouquet & \K\FHBOLOGO & \K\Mundus & \K\Yinyang \\
+\K\Celtcross & \K\Frowny & \K\MVAt \\
+\K\CircledA & \K\FullFHBO & \K[\marvRightarrow]\Rightarrow$^*$ \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}[*]
+ Standard \latexE{} defines \cmdX{\Rightarrow} to display
+ ``$\Rightarrow$'', while \MARV\ redefines it to display
+ ``\marvRightarrow'' (or ``$\marvRightarrow$'' in math mode). This
+ conflict can be problematic for math symbols defined in terms of
+ \cmdX{\Rightarrow}, such as \cmdX{\Longleftrightarrow}, which ends
+ up looking like ``$\Leftarrow\joinrel\marvRightarrow$''.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[UNI]{Miscellaneous \UNI\ Symbols}
+\label{uni-misc}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\K\bauforms & \K\bauhead \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[IFS]{\IFS\ Weather Symbols}
+\idxboth{weather}{symbols}
+\label{weather}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\K\Cloud & \K\Hail & \K\Sleet & \K\WeakRain \\
+\K\FilledCloud & \K\HalfSun & \K\Snow & \K\WeakRainCloud \\
+\K\FilledRainCloud & \K[\ifsLightning]\Lightning & \K\SnowCloud & \K\FilledSnowCloud \\
+\K\FilledSunCloud & \K\NoSun & \K[\ifsSun]\Sun & \\
+\K\FilledWeakRainCloud & \K\Rain & \K\SunCloud & \\
+\K\Fog & \K\RainCloud & \K\ThinFog & \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \begin{morespacing}{\jot}
+ In addition,
+ \verb|\Thermo{0}|$\ldots$\verb|\Thermo{6}|\indexcommand{\Thermo}
+ produce thermometers that are between 0/6 and 6/6~full of
+ mercury:\quad \mbox{\Thermo{0}~~\Thermo{1}~~\Thermo{2}~~\Thermo{3}~~%
+ \Thermo{4}~~\Thermo{5}~~\Thermo{6}}
+ \end{morespacing}
+
+ \begin{morespacing}{1pt}
+ Similarly,
+ \cmd{\wind}\verb|{|\meta{sun}\verb|}{|\meta{angle}\verb|}{|\meta{strength}\verb|}|
+ will draw wind symbols with a given amount of sun~(0--4), a given
+ angle (in degrees), and a given strength in km/h~(0--100). For
+ example, \verb|\wind{0}{0}{0}| produces ``\,\wind{0}{0}{0}\unskip'',
+ \verb|\wind{2}{0}{0}| produces ``\,\wind{2}{0}{0}\unskip'', and
+ \verb|\wind{4}{0}{100}| produces ``\,\wind{4}{0}{100}\unskip''.
+ \end{morespacing}
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[IFS]{\IFS\ Alpine Symbols}
+\idxboth{alpine}{symbols}
+\label{alpine}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\K\SummitSign & \K\Summit & \K\SurveySign & \K\HalfFilledHut \\
+\K\StoneMan & \K\Mountain & \K\Joch & \K\VarSummit \\
+\K\Hut & \K\IceMountain & \K\Flag & \\
+\K\FilledHut & \K\VarMountain & \K\VarFlag & \\
+\K\Village & \K\VarIceMountain & \K\Tent & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[IFS]{\IFS\ Clocks}
+\idxboth{clock}{symbols}
+\index{time of day}
+\label{clocks}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\K\Interval & \K\StopWatchStart & \K\VarClock & \K\Wecker \\
+\K\StopWatchEnd & \K\Taschenuhr & \K\VarTaschenuhr \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \IFS\ also exports a \cmd{\showclock} macro.
+ \verb|\showclock{|\meta{hours}\verb|}{|\meta{minutes}\verb|}| outputs
+ a clock displaying the corresponding time. For instance,
+ ``\verb|\showclock{5}{40}|'' produces ``\showclock{5}{40}''.
+ \meta{hours} must be an integer from 0 to~11, and \meta{minutes} must
+ be an integer multiple of~5 from 0 to~55.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[IFS]{Other \IFS\ Symbols}
+\idxboth{miscellaneous}{symbols}
+\index{tally markers}
+\index{dice}
+\label{ifs-misc}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll}}
+\K\FilledSectioningDiamond & \K[\ifsLetter]\Letter
+ & \K\Radiation \\
+\K\Fire & \K\PaperLandscape & \K\SectioningDiamond \\
+\K\Irritant & \K\PaperPortrait & \K\Telephone \\[2ex]
+
+\K\StrokeOne & \K\StrokeThree & \K\StrokeFive \\
+\K\StrokeTwo & \K\StrokeFour \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \begin{morespacing}{\jot}
+ In addition,
+ \verb|\Cube{1}|$\ldots$\verb|\Cube{6}|\indexcommand{\Cube} produce
+ dice with the corresponding number of spots:\quad
+ \mbox{\Cube{1}~~\Cube{2}~~\Cube{3}~~\Cube{4}~~\Cube{5}~~\Cube{6}}
+ \end{morespacing}
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[SKAK]{\SKAK\ Chess Informator Symbols}
+\idxboth{chess}{symbols}
+\idxboth{informator}{symbols}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll}}
+\K\bbetter & \K\doublepawns & \K\novelty & \K\various \\
+\K\bdecisive & \K\ending & \K\onlymove & \K\wbetter \\
+\K\betteris & \K\equal & \K\opposbishops & \K\wdecisive \\
+\K\bishoppair & \K[\SKAKetc]\etc & \K\passedpawn & \K\weakpt \\
+\K\bupperhand & \K\file & \K\qside & \K\with \\
+\K\centre & \K\kside & \K\samebishops & \K\withattack \\
+\K\comment & \K\markera & \K[\SKAKsee]\see & \K\withidea \\
+\K\compensation & \K\markerb & \K\seppawns & \K\withinit \\
+\K\counterplay & \K\mate & \K\timelimit & \K\without \\
+\K\devadvantage & \K\morepawns & \K\unclear & \K\wupperhand \\
+\K\diagonal & \K\moreroom & \K\unitedpawns & \K\zugzwang \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ \font\chessfont=skak10
+ \def\chs#1{{\chessfont#1}}
+
+ The preceding symbols are merely the named informator symbol.
+ \SKAK\ can typeset many more chess-related symbols, including those
+ for all of the pieces (\chs{KQRBNP}\slash\chs{kqrbnp}), but only in
+ the context of moves and boards, not as individual, named \latex
+ symbols.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[METRE]{\METRE\ Metrical Symbols}
+\idxboth{metrical}{symbols}
+\label{metre}
+\begin{tabular}{*5{ll@{\hspace*{2em}}}ll}
+\Mt\a & \Mt\bBm & \Mt\cc & \Mt\Mbb & \Mt\Pppp & \Mt\t \\
+\Mt\B & \Mt\bbm & \Mt\Ccc & \Mt\mbbx & \Mt\pppp & \Mt\tsbm \\
+\Mt\b & \Mt\Bbm & \Mt\m & \Mt\oo & \Mt\Ppppp & \Mt\tsmb \\
+\Mt\Bb & \Mt\bbmb & \Mt\M & \Mt\p & \Mt\ppppp & \Mt\tsmm \\
+\Mt\BB & \Mt\bbmx & \Mt\ma & \Mt\pm & \Mt\ps & \Mt\vppm \\
+\Mt\bb & \Mt\bm & \Mt\Mb & \Mt\pp & \Mt\pxp & \Mt\vpppm \\
+\Mt\bB & \Mt\Bm & \Mt\mb & \Mt\Pp & \Mt\Pxp & \Mt\x \\
+\Mt\bba & \Mt\c & \Mt\mBb & \Mt\ppm & \Mt\R \\
+\Mt\bbb & \Mt\C & \Mt\mbB & \Mt\ppp & \Mt\r \\
+\Mt\BBm & \Mt\Cc & \Mt\mbb & \Mt\Ppp & \Mt\T \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The preceding symbols are valid only within the argument to the
+ \cmd{metre} command.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[METRE]{\METRE\ Small and Large Metrical Symbols}
+\idxboth{metrical}{symbols}
+\label{metre-small-large}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll}
+\K\anaclasis & \K\Anaclasis \\
+\K[\METREantidiple]\antidiple & \K[\METREAntidiple]\Antidiple \\
+\K[\METREantidiplestar]{\antidiple*} & \K[\METREAntidiplestar]{\Antidiple*} \\
+\K\antisigma & \K\Antisigma \\
+\K\asteriscus & \K\Asteriscus \\
+\K\catalexis & \K\Catalexis \\
+\K[\METREdiple]\diple & \K[\METREDiple]\Diple \\
+\K[\METREdiplestar]{\diple*} & \K[\METREDiplestar]{\Diple*} \\
+\K[\METREobelus]\obelus & \K[\METREObelus]\Obelus \\
+\K[\METREobelusstar]{\obelus*} & \K[\METREObelusstar]{\Obelus*} \\
+\K[\METRErespondens]\respondens & \K[\METRERespondens]\Respondens \\
+\K[\METREterminus]\terminus & \K[\METRETerminus]\Terminus \\
+\K[\METREterminusstar]{\terminus*} & \K[\METRETerminusstar]{\Terminus*} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PHAI]{\PHAI\ Symbols from the Phaistos Disk}
+\index{Phaistos disk}
+\index{symbols>Phaistos disk}
+\label{phaistos}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}}ll}
+\K\PHarrow & \K\PHeagle & \K\PHplumedHead \\
+\K\PHbee & \K\PHflute & \K\PHram \\
+\K\PHbeehive & \K\PHgaunlet & \K\PHrosette \\
+\K\PHboomerang & \K\PHgrater & \K\PHsaw \\
+\K\PHbow & \K\PHhelmet & \K\PHshield \\
+\K\PHbullLeg & \K\PHhide & \K\PHship \\
+\K\PHcaptive & \K\PHhorn & \K\PHsling \\
+\K\PHcarpentryPlane & \K\PHlid & \K\PHsmallAxe \\
+\K\PHcat & \K\PHlily & \K\PHstrainer \\
+\K\PHchild & \K\PHmanacles & \K\PHtattooedHead \\
+\K\PHclub & \K\PHmattock & \K\PHtiara \\
+\K\PHcolumn & \K\PHoxBack & \K\PHtunny \\
+\K\PHcomb & \K\PHpapyrus & \K\PHvine \\
+\K\PHdolium & \K\PHpedestrian & \K\PHwavyBand \\
+\K\PHdove & \K\PHplaneTree & \K\PHwoman \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[PROTO]{\PROTO\ Proto-Semitic Characters}
+\idxboth{proto-Semitic}{symbols}
+\index{alphabets>proto-Semitic}
+\label{protosem}
+\begin{tabular}{*4{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}}ll}
+\K[\textproto\Aaleph]\Aaleph &
+\K[\textproto\AAhe]\AAhe &
+\K[\textproto\Akaph]\Akaph &
+\K[\textproto\Asamekh]\Asamekh &
+\K[\textproto\AAresh]\AAresh \\
+
+\K[\textproto\AAaleph]\AAaleph &
+\K[\textproto\Azayin]\Azayin &
+\K[\textproto\AAkaph]\AAkaph &
+\K[\textproto\Ape]\Ape &
+\K[\textproto\Ashin]\Ashin \\
+
+\K[\textproto\Abeth]\Abeth &
+\K[\textproto\Avav]\Avav &
+\K[\textproto\Alamed]\Alamed &
+\K[\textproto\AApe]\AApe &
+\K[\textproto\Ahelmet]\Ahelmet \\
+
+\K[\textproto\AAbeth]\AAbeth &
+\K[\textproto\Aheth]\Aheth &
+\K[\textproto\AAlamed]\AAlamed &
+\K[\textproto\Asade]\Asade &
+\K[\textproto\AAhelmet]\AAhelmet \\
+
+\K[\textproto\Agimel]\Agimel &
+\K[\textproto\AAheth]\AAheth &
+\K[\textproto\Am]\Amem &
+\K[\textproto\AAsade]\AAsade &
+\K[\textproto\Atav]\Atav \\
+
+\K[\textproto\Adaleth]\Adaleth &
+\K[\textproto\Ateth]\Ateth &
+\K[\textproto\Anun]\Anun &
+\K[\textproto\Aqoph]\Aqoph \\
+
+\K[\textproto\AAdaleth]\AAdaleth &
+\K[\textproto\Ayod]\Ayod &
+\K[\textproto\Aayin]\Aayin &
+\K[\textproto\AAqoph]\AAqoph \\
+
+\K[\textproto\Ahe]\Ahe &
+\K[\textproto\AAyod]\AAyod &
+\K[\textproto\AAayin]\AAayin &
+\K[\textproto\Aresh]\Aresh \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The \PROTO\ package defines abbreviated control sequences for each
+ of the above. In addition, single-letter shortcuts can be used
+ within the argument to the \cmd{\textproto} command
+ (e.g.,~``\verb|\textproto{Pakyn}|'' produces ``\textproto{Pakyn}'').
+ See the \PROTO\ documentation for more information.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[HIER]{\HIER\ Hieroglyphics}
+\index{hieroglyphics}
+\index{alphabets>hieroglyphic}
+\label{hieroglf}
+\begin{tabular}{*3{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}}ll}
+\K[\textpmhg\HA]\HA & \K[\textpmhg\HI]\HI & \K[\textpmhg\Hn]\Hn & \K[\textpmhg\HT]\HT \\
+\K[\textpmhg\Ha]\Ha & \K[\textpmhg\Hi]\Hi & \K[\textpmhg\HO]\HO & \K[\textpmhg\Ht]\Ht \\
+\K[\textpmhg\HB]\HB & \K[\textpmhg\Hibl]\Hibl & \K[\textpmhg\Ho]\Ho & \K[\textpmhg\Htongue]\Htongue \\
+\K[\textpmhg\Hb]\Hb & \K[\textpmhg\Hibp]\Hibp & \K[\textpmhg\Hp]\Hp & \K[\textpmhg\HU]\HU \\
+\K[\textpmhg\Hc]\Hc & \K[\textpmhg\Hibs]\Hibs & \K[\textpmhg\HP]\HP & \K[\textpmhg\Hu]\Hu \\
+\K[\textpmhg\HC]\HC & \K[\textpmhg\Hibw]\Hibw & \K[\textpmhg\Hplural]\Hplural & \K[\textpmhg\HV]\HV \\
+\K[\textpmhg\HD]\HD & \K[\textpmhg\HJ]\HJ & \K[\textpmhg\Hplus]\Hplus & \K[\textpmhg\Hv]\Hv \\
+\K[\textpmhg\Hd]\Hd & \K[\textpmhg\Hj]\Hj & \K[\textpmhg\HQ]\HQ & \K[\textpmhg\Hvbar]\Hvbar \\
+\K[\textpmhg\Hdual]\Hdual & \K[\textpmhg\Hk]\Hk & \K[\textpmhg\Hq]\Hq & \K[\textpmhg\Hw]\Hw \\
+\K[\textpmhg\He]\He & \K[\textpmhg\HK]\HK & \K[\textpmhg\Hquery]\Hquery & \K[\textpmhg\HW]\HW \\
+\K[\textpmhg\HE]\HE & \K[\textpmhg\HL]\HL & \K[\textpmhg\HR]\HR & \K[\textpmhg\HX]\HX \\
+\K[\textpmhg\Hf]\Hf & \K[\textpmhg\Hl]\Hl & \K[\textpmhg\Hr]\Hr & \K[\textpmhg\Hx]\Hx \\
+\K[\textpmhg\HF]\HF & \K[\textpmhg\Hm]\Hm & \K[\textpmhg\Hs]\Hs & \K[\textpmhg\HY]\HY \\
+\K[\textpmhg\HG]\HG & \K[\textpmhg\HM]\HM & \K[\textpmhg\HS]\HS & \K[\textpmhg\Hy]\Hy \\
+\K[\textpmhg\Hg]\Hg & \K[\textpmhg\Hman]\Hman & \K[\textpmhg\Hscribe]\Hscribe & \K[\textpmhg\Hz]\Hz \\
+\K[\textpmhg\Hh]\Hh & \K[\textpmhg\Hms]\Hms & \K[\textpmhg\Hslash]\Hslash & \K[\textpmhg\HZ]\HZ \\
+\K[\textpmhg\HH]\HH & \K[\textpmhg\HN]\HN & \K[\textpmhg\Hsv]\Hsv & \\
+~\\[2ex]
+\K[\textpmhg\Hone]\Hone & \K[\textpmhg\Hhundred]\Hhundred & \K[\textpmhg\HXthousand]\HXthousand & \K[\textpmhg\Hmillion]\Hmillion \\
+\K[\textpmhg\Hten]\Hten & \K[\textpmhg\Hthousand]\Hthousand & \K[\textpmhg\HCthousand]\HCthousand \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+\begin{tablenote}
+ The \HIER\ package defines alternate control sequences and
+ single-letter shortcuts for each of the above which can be used
+ within the argument to the \cmd{\textpmhg} command
+ (e.g.,~``\verb|\textpmhg{Pakin}|'' produces ``\textpmhg{Pakin}'').
+ See the \HIER\ documentation for more information.
+\end{tablenote}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\begin{symtable}[DICT]{\DICT\ Dictionary Symbols}
+\idxboth{dictionary}{symbols}
+\label{dictionary}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}}ll}
+\K\dsaeronautical & \K\dscommercial & \K\dsmedical \\
+\K\dsagricultural & \K\dsheraldical & \K\dsmilitary \\
+\K\dsarchitectural & \K\dsjuridical & \K\dsrailways \\
+\K\dsbiological & \K\dsliterary & \K\dstechnical \\
+\K\dschemical & \K\dsmathematical & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{symtable}
+
+
+\idxbothend{miscellaneous}{symbols}
+
+
+\section{Additional Information}
+\label{addl-info}
+
+Unlike the previous sections of this document, Section~\ref{addl-info}
+does not contain new symbol tables. Rather, it provides additional
+help in using the \doctitle. First, it draws attention to symbol
+names used by multiple packages. Next, it provides some guidelines
+for finding symbols and gives some examples regarding how to construct
+missing symbols out of existing ones. Then, it comments on the
+spacing surrounding symbols in math mode. After that, it presents an
+ASCII and Latin~1 quick-reference guide, showing how to enter all of
+the standard ASCII/Latin~1 symbols in \latex{}. And finally, it lists
+some statistics about this document itself.
+
+\subsection{Symbol Name Clashes}
+
+% Rather than create a rat's nest of \if statements, we keep the table
+% whole and have each symbol conditionally appear.
+\makeatletter
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\trysym}[1]{\@ifundefined{#1}{\mbox{\tiny N/A}}{\csname#1\endcsname}}
+\makeatother
+
+Unfortunately, a number of symbol names are not unique; they appear in
+more than one package. Depending on how the symbols are defined in
+each package, \latex{} will either output an error message or replace
+an earlier-defined symbol with a later-defined symbol.
+Table~\ref{name-clashes} presents a selection of name clashes that
+appear in this document.
+\ifcomplete
+\else
+ The symbol ``\trysym{NONEXISTENT}'' is used to indicate that the
+ corresponding package was not available when \selftex was compiled.
+\fi
+
+\begin{nonsymtableL}{Symbol Name Clashes}
+\label{name-clashes}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}lp{0.3em}cccccccccc@{}} \toprule
+ Symbol && \latexE & \AmS & \ST & \WASY & \ABX & \MARV & \DING & \IFS & \ARK & \WIPA \\
+ \cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(l){3-12}
+ %
+ \cmdI[$\trysym{baro}$ vs.\ \trysym{WSUbaro}]{\baro} &&
+ & & $\trysym{baro}$ & & & & & & & \trysym{WSUbaro} \\
+ \cmdI[$\string\bigtriangledown$ vs.\ $\trysym{STbigtriangledown}$]{\bigtriangledown} &&
+ $\bigtriangledown$ & & $\trysym{STbigtriangledown}$ \\
+ \cmdI[$\string\bigtriangleup$ vs.\ $\trysym{STbigtriangleup}$]{\bigtriangleup} &&
+ $\bigtriangleup$ & & $\trysym{STbigtriangleup}$ \\
+ \cmdI[\trysym{checkmark} vs.\ \trysym{ARKcheckmark}]{\checkmark} &&
+ & \trysym{checkmark} & & & & & & & \trysym{ARKcheckmark} \\
+ \cmdI[\trysym{Circle} vs.\ \trysym{ifsCircle}]{\Circle} &&
+ & & & \trysym{Circle} & & & & \trysym{ifsCircle} \\
+ \cmdI[\trysym{Cross} vs.\ \trysym{dingCross} vs.\ \trysym{ifsCross}]{\Cross} &&
+ & & & & & \trysym{Cross} & \trysym{dingCross} & \trysym{ifsCross} \\
+ \cmdI[$\trysym{ggg}$ vs.\ $\trysym{ABXggg}$]{\ggg} &&
+ & $\trysym{ggg}$ & & & $\trysym{ABXggg}$ \\
+ \cmdI[\trysym{Letter} vs.\ \trysym{ifsLetter}]{\Letter} &&
+ & & & & & \trysym{Letter} & & \trysym{ifsLetter} \\
+ \cmdI[$\trysym{STlightning}$ vs.\ \trysym{WASYlightning}]{\lightning} &&
+ & & $\trysym{STlightning}$ & \trysym{WASYlightning} \\
+ \cmdI[\trysym{Lightning} vs.\ \trysym{ifsLightning}]{\Lightning} &&
+ & & & & & \trysym{Lightning} & & \trysym{ifsLightning} \\
+ \cmdI[$\trysym{lll}$ vs.\ $\trysym{ABXlll}$]{\lll} &&
+ & $\trysym{lll}$ & & & $\trysym{ABXlll}$ \\
+ \cmdI[$\string\Rightarrow$ vs.\ \trysym{marvRightarrow} vs.\ $\trysym{ABXRightarrow}$]{\Rightarrow} &&
+ $\Rightarrow$ & & & & $\trysym{ABXRightarrow}$ & \trysym{marvRightarrow} \\
+ \cmdI[\trysym{Square} vs.\ \trysym{dingSquare} vs.\ \trysym{ifsSquare}]{\Square} &&
+ & & & \trysym{Square} & & & \trysym{dingSquare} & \trysym{ifsSquare} \\
+ \cmdI[\trysym{Sun} vs.\ \trysym{ifsSun} vs.\ $\trysym{ABXSun}$]{\Sun} &&
+ & & & & $\trysym{ABXSun}$ & \trysym{Sun} & & \trysym{ifsSun} \\
+ \cmdI[\trysym{TriangleDown} vs.\ \trysym{ifsTriangleDown}]{\TriangleDown} &&
+ & & & & & & \trysym{TriangleDown} & \trysym{ifsTriangleDown} \\
+ \cmdI[\trysym{TriangleUp} vs.\ \trysym{ifsTriangleUp}]{\TriangleUp} &&
+ & & & & & & \trysym{TriangleUp} & \trysym{ifsTriangleUp} \\
+ \bottomrule
+\end{tabular}
+\end{nonsymtableL}
+
+
+Using multiple symbols with the same name in the same document---or
+even merely loading conflicting symbol packages---can be tricky, but,
+as evidenced by the existence of Table~\ref{name-clashes}, not
+impossible. The general procedure is to load the first package,
+rename the conflicting symbols, and then load the second package.
+Examine the \latex{} source for this document
+(\selftex)---especially the \cmd{\savesymbol} and
+\cmd{\restoresymbol} macros and their subsequent usage---to see one
+possible way to handle symbol conflicts.
+
+\ifTX
+
+\TX\ and \PX\ redefine a huge number of symbols---essentially, all of
+the symbols defined by \pkgname{latexsym}, \TC, the various \AMS\
+symbol sets, and \latexE\ itself.
+\ifABX
+ Similarly, \ABX\ redefines a vast number of math symbols in an
+ attempt to improve their look. The \TX, \PX, and \ABX\ conflicts
+\else
+ The \TX\ and \PX\ conflicts
+\fi
+are not listed in Table~\ref{name-clashes} because they are designed
+to be compatible with the symbols they replace.
+Table~\vref{benign-clash} illustrates what ``compatible'' means in
+this context.
+
+\begin{nonsymtable}{Example of a Benign Name Clash}
+\label{benign-clash}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}lcc@{}} \toprule
+& Default & \TX \\
+\multicolumn{1}{c}{\raisebox{1ex}[0pt][0pt]{Symbol}} & (Computer Modern) &
+(Times Roman) \\ \cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(l){2-3}
+\texttt{R} & \Huge R & {\fontfamily{txr}\selectfont \Huge R} \\
+\cmdI{\textrecipe} & \Huge\textrecipe &
+ {\fontfamily{txr}\selectfont \Huge\textrecipe} \\
+\bottomrule
+\end{tabular}
+\end{nonsymtable}
+
+To use the new \TXPX\ symbols without altering the document's main font,
+merely reset the default font families back to their original values
+after loading one of those packages:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand\rmdefault{cmr}
+ \renewcommand\sfdefault{cmss}
+ \renewcommand\ttdefault{cmtt}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\fi % TX test
+
+
+\subsection{Where can I find the symbol for~$\ldots$~?}
+\label{combining-symbols}
+
+If you can't find some symbol you're looking for in this document, there
+are a few possible explanations:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item The symbol isn't intuitively named. As a few examples, the
+ command to draw dice\index{dice} is ``\cmd{\Cube}''; a plus sign
+ with a circle around it (``exclusive or''\index{exclusive or} to
+ computer engineers) is ``\cmdX{\oplus}''; and lightning bolts in
+ fonts designed by German speakers may have ``blitz'' in their names.
+ The moral of the story is to be creative with synonyms when
+ searching the index.
+
+ \item The symbol is defined by some package that I overlooked (or
+ deemed unimportant). If there's some symbol package that you think
+ should be included in the \doctitle, please send me e-mail at the
+ address listed on the title page.
+
+ \item The symbol isn't defined in any package whatsoever.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\ifcomplete
+ Even in the last case, all is not lost. Sometimes, a symbol exists
+ in a font, but there is no \latex{} binding for it. For example,
+ the PostScript \PSfont{Symbol} font contains a
+ ``\Pisymbol{psy}{191}''\index{arrows} symbol, which may be useful
+ for representing a carriage\index{carriage return} return, but there
+ is no package (as far as I know) for accessing that symbol. To
+ produce an unnamed symbol, you need to switch to the font explicitly
+ with \latexE's low-level font commands~\cite{fntguide} and use
+ \tex's primitive \cmd{\char} command~\cite{Knuth:ct-a} to request a
+ specific character number in the font.\footnote{\pkgname{pifont}
+ defines a convenient \cmd{\Pisymbol} command for accessing symbols
+ in PostScript\index{PostScript fonts} fonts by number. For example,
+ ``\cmd{\Pisymbol}\texttt{\string{psy\string}\string{191\string}}''
+ produces ``\Pisymbol{psy}{191}''.}
+\ifOTII % Not covered by \ifcomplete
+ In fact, \cmd{\char} is not strictly necesssary; the character can
+ often be entered symbolically.
+ \index{sha=sha ({\fontencoding{OT2}\selectfont SH})|(}
+ For example, the symbol for an impulse train or Tate-Shafarevich
+ group (``{\fontencoding{OT2}\selectfont SH}'') is actually an
+ uppercase \textit{sha} in the Cyrillic\index{alphabets>Cyrillic}
+ alphabet. (Cyrillic is supported by the OT2 \fntenc[OT2], for
+ instance). While a \textit{sha} can be defined numerically as
+ ``\verb|{\fontencoding{OT2}|\linebreak[0]\verb|\selectfont\char88}|''
+ it may be more intuitive to use the OT2 \fntenc[OT2]'s ``SH''
+ ligature:
+ ``\verb|{\fontencoding{OT2}|\linebreak[0]\verb|\selectfont SH}|''.
+ \index{sha=sha ({\fontencoding{OT2}\selectfont SH})|)}
+\fi % OTII test
+
+
+ \subsubsection*{Reflecting and rotating existing symbols}
+
+ \mbox{} % Force the \index commands into the paragraph proper.
+ \index{symbols>reversed|(}
+ \index{symbols>rotated|(}
+ \index{symbols>upside-down|(}
+ \index{reversed symbols|(}
+ \index{rotated symbols|(}
+ \index{upside-down symbols|(}
+ A common request on \ctt is for a reversed or rotated version of an
+ existing symbol. As a last resort, these effects can be achieved
+ with the \pkgname{graphicx} (or \pkgname{graphics}) package's
+ \cmd{\reflectbox} and \cmd{\rotatebox} macros.
+ \newcommand{\definitedescription}{\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{$\iota$}}
+ For example, \verb|\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{$\iota$}| produces the
+ definite-description\index{definite-description operator
+ (\definitedescription)}
+ operator~(``\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{$\iota$}'').
+ The disadvantage of the \pkgname{graphicx}/\pkgname{graphics}
+ approach is that not every \tex backend handles graphical
+ transformations.\footnote{As an example, Xdvi\index{Xdvi} ignores
+ both \cmd{\reflectbox} and \cmd{\rotatebox}.} Far better is to
+ find a suitable font that contains the desired symbol in the correct
+ orientation. For instance, if the \PHON\ package is available, then
+ \verb|\textit{\riota}| will yield a
+ backend-independent~``\textit{\riota}''. Similarly, \TIPA's
+ \cmdI{\textrevepsilon}~(``\textrevepsilon'') or \WIPA's
+ \cmdI{\revepsilon}~(``\revepsilon'') may be used to express the
+ mathematical notion of ``such\index{such that=such that (\textrevepsilon)}
+ that'' in a cleaner manner than with \cmd{\reflectbox}
+ or \cmd{\rotatebox}.
+ \index{symbols>reversed|)}
+ \index{symbols>rotated|)}
+ \index{symbols>upside-down|)}
+ \index{reversed symbols|)}
+ \index{rotated symbols|)}
+ \index{upside-down symbols|)}
+
+ \subsubsection*{Joining and overlapping existing symbols}
+
+ Symbols that do not exist in any font can sometimes be fabricated
+ out of existing symbols. The \latexE{} source file \fontdefdtx
+ contains a number of such definitions. For example, \cmdX{\models}
+ (see Table~\vref{rel}) is defined in that file with:
+\else
+ Even in the last case, all is not lost. Sometimes, a symbol exists
+ in a font, but there is no \latex{} binding for it.
+
+ \subsubsection*{Reflecting and rotating existing symbols}
+
+ Rotated/reflected versions of an existing symbol can be produced
+ using the \pkgname{graphicx} (or \pkgname{graphics}) package's
+ \cmd{\reflectbox} and \cmd{\rotatebox} macros.\footnote{This should
+ be used as a last resort. Not every \tex backend supports graphical
+ transformations.}
+
+ \subsubsection*{Joining and overlapping existing symbols}
+
+ If a symbol does not exist in any orientation in any font, it may be
+ possible to fabricate it out of existing symbols. The \latexE{}
+ source file \fontdefdtx contains a number of such definitions. For
+ example, \cmdX{\models} (see Table~\vref{rel}) is defined in that
+ file with:
+\fi % Matches \ifcomplete ...
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\models{\mathrel|\joinrel=}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+where \cmd{\mathrel} and \cmd{\joinrel} are used to control the
+horizontal spacing. \verb|\def| is the \tex primitive upon which
+\latex's \verb|\newcommand| is based. See \TeXbook for more
+information on all three of those commands.
+
+\newcommand{\ismodeledby}{\ensuremath{=\joinrel\mathrel|}}
+With some simple pattern-matching, one can easily define a backward
+\cmdX{\models} sign (``\ismodeledby''):
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\ismodeledby{=\joinrel\mathrel|}
+\end{verbatim}
+\indexcommand[\string\ismodeledby]{\ismodeledby}
+
+In general, arrows/harpoons, horizontal lines (``='', ``-'',
+``\cmdX{\relbar}'', and ``\cmdX{\Relbar}''), and the various
+math-extension characters can be combined creatively with
+miscellaneous other characters to produce a variety of new symbols.
+Of course, new symbols can be composed from \emph{any} set of existing
+characters. For instance, \latex defines \cmdX{\hbar} (``$\hbar$'')
+as a ``$\mathchar'26$'' character (\verb|\mathchar'26|) followed by a
+backspace of 9~math units (\verb|\mkern-9mu|), followed by the
+letter~``$h$'':
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\hbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-9muh}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+We can just as easily define other barred\idxboth{barred}{letters}
+letters:
+
+\def\bbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-9mu b}}
+\def\dbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-12mu d}}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\bbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-9mu b}}
+ \def\dbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-12mu d}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+(The space after the ``mu'' is optional but is added for clarity.)
+\cmdX{\bbar} and \cmdX{\dbar} define ``$\bbar$'' and ``$\dbar$'',
+respectively. Note that \cmdX{\dbar} requires a greater backward
+math~kern than \cmdX{\bbar}; a $-9$\,mu~kern would have produced
+the less-attractive ``$\mathchar'26\mkern-9mu d$'' glyph.
+
+\bigskip
+
+\newcommand{\dotcup}{\ensuremath{\mathaccent\cdot\cup}}
+
+There is a \tex primitive called \cmd{\mathaccent} which centers one
+mathematical symbol atop another. For example, one can define
+\cmdX{\dotcup} (``\dotcup'')---the composition of a \cmdX{\cup} and a
+\cmdX{\cdot}---as follows:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand{\dotcup}{\ensuremath{\mathaccent\cdot\cup}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+The catch is that \cmd{\mathaccent} requires the accent to be a ``math
+character''. That is, it must be a character in a math font as
+opposed to a symbol defined in terms of other symbols. See \TeXbook
+for more information.
+
+Another \tex primitive that is useful for composing symbols is
+\cmd{\vcenter}. \cmd{\vcenter} is conceptually similar to
+``\verb|\begin{tabular}{l}|'' in \latex but takes a list of vertical
+material instead of \verb|\\|-separated rows. Also, it vertically
+centers the result on the math axis. (Many operators, such as ``$+$''
+and ``$-$'' are also vertically centered on the math axis.)
+\person{Enrico}{Gregorio} posted the following symbol definition to
+\ctt in March~2004 in response to a query about an alternate way to
+denote equivalence:
+
+\newcommand*{\threesim}{%
+ \mathrel{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+ \hbox{$\sim$}\vskip-.35ex\hbox{$\sim$}\vskip-.35ex\hbox{$\sim$}}}}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand*{\threesim}{%
+ \mathrel{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+ \hbox{$\sim$}\vskip-.35ex\hbox{$\sim$}\vskip-.35ex\hbox{$\sim$}}}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+The \cmdX{\threesim} symbol, which vertically centers three
+\cmdX{\sim}~(``$\sim$'') symbols with 0.35 $x$-heights of space
+between them, is rendered as ``$\threesim$''. \cmd{\offinterlineskip}
+is a macro that disables implicit interline spacing. Without it,
+\cmdX{\threesim} would have a full line of vertical spacing between
+each \cmdX{\sim}. Because of \cmd{\vcenter}, \cmdX{\threesim} aligns
+properly with other math operators: \mbox{$a \div b \threesim c \times
+d$}.
+
+The \pkgname{slashed} package, although originally designed for
+producing Feynman\index{Feynman slashed character notation}
+slashed-character\idxboth{slashed}{letters} notation, in fact
+facilitates the production of \emph{arbitrary} overlapped symbols.
+\ifhaveslashed
+ \newcommand{\rqm}{{\declareslashed{}{\text{-}}{0.04}{0}{I}\slashed{I}}}
+ The default behavior is to overwrite a given character with ``$/$''.
+ For example, \cmd{\slashed}\verb|{D}| produces ``$\slashed{D}$''.
+ However, the \cmd{\declareslashed} command provides the flexibility
+ to specify the mathematical context of the composite character
+ (operator, relation, punctuation, etc., as will be discussed in
+ Section~\ref{math-spacing}), the overlapping symbol, horizontal and
+ vertical adjustments in symbol-relative units, and the character to
+ be overlapped. Consider, for example, the symbol for reduced
+ quadrupole moment~(``$\rqm$''). This can be declared as follows:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand{\rqm}{{%
+ \declareslashed{}{\text{-}}{0.04}{0}{I}\slashed{I}}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ \noindent
+ \newcommand{\curlyarg}{\texttt{\char`\{}$\cdot$\texttt{\char`\}}}%
+ \cmd{\declareslashed}\curlyarg\curlyarg\curlyarg\curlyarg\verb|{I}|
+ affects the meaning of all subsequent \cmd{\slashed}\verb|{I}|
+ commands in the same scope. The preceding definition of \cmdX{\rqm}
+ therefore uses an extra set of curly braces to limit that scope to a
+ single \cmd{\slashed}\verb|{I}|. In addition, \cmdX{\rqm} uses
+ \pkgname{amstext}'s \cmd{\text} macro
+ (described~\vpageref[below]{text-macro}) to make
+ \cmd{\declareslashed} use a text-mode hyphen~(``-'') instead of a
+ math-mode minus sign~(``$-$'') and to ensure that the hyphen scales
+ properly in size in subscripts and superscripts.
+\fi % haveslashed
+See \pkgname{slashed}'s documentation (located in
+\filename{slashed.sty} itself) for a detailed usage description of the
+\cmd{\slashed} and \cmd{\declareslashed} commands.
+
+
+\subsubsection*{Making new symbols work in superscripts and subscripts}
+
+\index{subscripts>new symbols used in|(}
+\index{superscripts>new symbols used in|(}
+\def\topbotatom#1{\hbox{\hbox to 0pt{$#1\bot$\hss}$#1\top$}}
+\newcommand*{\topbot}{\mathrel{\mathchoice{\topbotatom\displaystyle}
+ {\topbotatom\textstyle}
+ {\topbotatom\scriptstyle}
+ {\topbotatom\scriptscriptstyle}}}
+
+To make composite symbols work properly within subscripts and
+superscripts, you may need to use \tex's \cmd{\mathchoice} primitive.
+\cmd{\mathchoice} evaluates one of four expressions, based on whether
+the current math style is display, text, script, or scriptscript.
+(See \TeXbook for a more complete description.) For example, the
+following \latex code---posted to \ctt by
+\person{Torsten}{Bronger}---composes a sub/superscriptable
+``$\topbot$'' symbol out of \cmdX{\top} and \cmdX{\bot} (``$\top$''
+and ``$\bot$''):
+
+\indexcommand[$\string\topbot$]{\topbot}%
+\indexcommand{\displaystyle}%
+\indexcommand{\textstyle}%
+\indexcommand{\scriptstyle}%
+\indexcommand{\scriptscriptstyle}%
+\label{code:topbot}%
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\topbotatom#1{\hbox{\hbox to 0pt{$#1\bot$\hss}$#1\top$}}
+ \newcommand*{\topbot}{\mathrel{\mathchoice{\topbotatom\displaystyle}
+ {\topbotatom\textstyle}
+ {\topbotatom\scriptstyle}
+ {\topbotatom\scriptscriptstyle}}}
+\end{verbatim}
+\index{superscripts>new symbols used in|)}
+\index{subscripts>new symbols used in|)}
+
+\index{integrals|(}
+
+The following\label{dashint} is another example that uses
+\cmd{\mathchoice} to construct symbols in different math modes. The
+code defines a principal value integral symbol, which is an integral
+sign with a line through it.
+
+\indexcommand{\displaystyle}%
+\indexcommand{\textstyle}%
+\indexcommand{\scriptstyle}%
+\indexcommand{\scriptscriptstyle}%
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\Xint#1{\mathchoice
+ {\XXint\displaystyle\textstyle{#1}}%
+ {\XXint\textstyle\scriptstyle{#1}}%
+ {\XXint\scriptstyle\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}%
+ {\XXint\scriptscriptstyle\scriptscriptstyle{#1}}%
+ \!\int}
+ \def\XXint#1#2#3{{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1{#2#3}{\int}$}
+ \vcenter{\hbox{$#2#3$}}\kern-.5\wd0}}
+ \def\ddashint{\Xint=}
+ \def\dashint{\Xint-}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+(The preceding code was taken verbatim from the UK \TeX{} Users' Group
+FAQ at \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq}.)
+\cmdI[$\string\dashint$]{\dashint} produces a single-dashed integral
+sign~(``$\dashint$''), while \cmdX{\ddashint} produces a double-dashed
+one~(``$\ddashint$''). The \verb|\Xint| macro defined above can also
+be used to generate a wealth of new integrals:
+\ifAMS
+ ``$\Xint\circlearrowright$'' (\verb|\Xint\circlearrowright|),
+ ``$\Xint\circlearrowleft$'' (\verb|\Xint\circlearrowleft|),
+ ``$\Xint\subset$'' (\verb|\Xint\subset|), ``$\Xint\infty$''
+ (\verb|\Xint\infty|), and so forth.
+\else
+ \verb|\Xint\circlearrowright|, \verb|\Xint\circlearrowleft|,
+ \verb|\Xint\subset|, \verb|\Xint\infty|, and so forth.
+\fi % AMS test
+
+\index{integrals|)}
+
+\newcommand\independent{\protect\mathpalette{\protect\independenT}{\perp}}
+\def\independenT#1#2{\mathrel{\rlap{$#1#2$}\mkern2mu{#1#2}}}
+
+\latexE provides a simple wrapper for \cmd{\mathchoice} that sometimes
+helps produce terser symbol definitions. The macro is called
+\cmd{\mathpalette} and it takes two arguments. \cmd{\mathpalette}
+invokes the first argument, passing it one of ``\cmd{\displaystyle}'',
+``\cmd{\textstyle}'', ``\cmd{\scriptstyle}'', or
+``\cmd{\scriptscriptstyle}'', followed by the second argument.
+\cmd{\mathpalette} is useful when a symbol macro must know which math
+style is currently in use (e.g.,~to set it explicitly within an
+\cmd{\mbox}). \person{Donald}{Arseneau} posted the following
+\cmd{\mathpalette}-based definition of a
+probabilistic-independence\index{probabilistic
+independence}\index{independence>probabilistic}\index{statistical
+independence}\index{independence>statistical}
+symbol~(``$\independent$'') to \ctt in June~2000:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand\independent{\protect\mathpalette{\protect\independenT}{\perp}}
+ \def\independenT#1#2{\mathrel{\rlap{$#1#2$}\mkern2mu{#1#2}}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+The \cmdX{\independent} macro uses \cmd{\mathpalette} to pass the
+\verb|\independenT| helper macro both the current math style and the
+\cmdX{\perp} symbol. \verb|\independenT| typesets \cmdX{\perp} in the
+current math style, moves two math units to the right, and finally
+typesets a second---overlapping---copy of \cmdX{\perp}, again in the
+current math style. \cmd{\rlap}, which enables text overlap, is
+described~\vpageref[later on this page]{desc:rlap}.
+
+\def\hksqrt{\mathpalette\DHLhksqrt}
+\def\DHLhksqrt#1#2{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1\sqrt{#2\,}$}\dimen0=\ht0
+ \advance\dimen0-0.2\ht0
+ \setbox2=\hbox{\vrule height\ht0 depth -\dimen0}%
+ {\box0\lower0.4pt\box2}}
+
+\index{sqrt=\verb+\sqrt+ ($\blackacc{\sqrt}$)|(}
+
+\begin{morespacing}{1pt}
+Some people like their square-root signs with a trailing ``hook''
+(i.e.,~``$\!\hksqrt{~}$\,'') as this helps visually distinguish
+expressions like~``$\!\sqrt{3x}$\,'' from those
+like~``$\!\sqrt{3}x$''. In March 2002, \person{Dan}{Luecking} posted
+a \cmd{\mathpalette}-based definition of a hooked square-root symbol
+to \ctt:
+\end{morespacing}
+
+\index{hksqrt=\verb+\hksqrt+ ($\blackacc{\hksqrt}$)}%
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\hksqrt{\mathpalette\DHLhksqrt}
+ \def\DHLhksqrt#1#2{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1\sqrt{#2\,}$}\dimen0=\ht0
+ \advance\dimen0-0.2\ht0
+ \setbox2=\hbox{\vrule height\ht0 depth -\dimen0}%
+ {\box0\lower0.4pt\box2}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+Notice how \verb|\DHLhksqrt| uses \cmd{\mathpalette} to recover the
+outer math style (argument~\verb|#1|) from within an \verb|\hbox|.
+The rest of the code is simply using \tex primitives to position a
+hook of height 0.2~times the \verb|\sqrt| height at the right of the
+\verb|\sqrt|. See \TeXbook for more understanding of \tex ``boxes''
+and ``dimens''.
+
+\index{sqrt=\verb+\sqrt+ ($\blackacc{\sqrt}$)|)}
+
+
+\index{arrows>double-headed, diagonal|(}
+\label{code:neswarrow}%
+\newcommand{\neswarrow}{\mathrel{\text{$\nearrow$\llap{$\swarrow$}}}}
+\newcommand{\nwsearrow}{\mathrel{\text{$\nwarrow$\llap{$\searrow$}}}}
+
+Sometimes, however, \pkgname{amstext}'s \cmd{\text}\label{text-macro}
+macro is all that is necessary to make composite symbols appear
+correctly in subscripts and superscripts, as in the following
+definitions of \cmdX{\neswarrow} (``$\neswarrow$'') and
+\cmdX{\nwsearrow} (``$\nwsearrow$''):\footnote{Note that if your goal
+is to typeset commutative diagrams, then you should probably be using
+\xypic.}
+
+\indexcommand[$\string\nearrow$]{\nearrow}
+\indexcommand[$\string\swarrow$]{\swarrow}
+\indexcommand[$\string\nwarrow$]{\nwarrow}
+\indexcommand[$\string\searrow$]{\searrow}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand{\neswarrow}{\mathrel{\text{$\nearrow$\llap{$\swarrow$}}}}
+ \newcommand{\nwsearrow}{\mathrel{\text{$\nwarrow$\llap{$\searrow$}}}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+\cmd{\text} resembles \latex's \cmd{\mbox} command but shrinks its
+argument appropriately when used within a subscript or superscript.
+\cmd{\llap} (``left overlap'') and its counterpart,
+\cmd{\rlap}\label{desc:rlap} (``right overlap''), appear frequently
+when creating composite characters. \cmd{\llap} outputs its argument
+to the left of the current position, overlapping whatever text is
+already there. Similarly, \cmd{\rlap} overlaps whatever text would
+normally appear to the right of its argument. For example,
+``\verb|A|\cmd{\llap}\verb|{B}|'' and ``\cmd{\rlap}\verb|{A}B|'' each
+produce ``A\llap{B}''. However, the result of the former is the width
+of ``A'', and the result of the latter is the width of
+``B''---\cmd{\llap}\verb|{|\dots\verb|}| and
+\cmd{\rlap}\verb|{|\dots\verb|}| take up zero space.
+\index{arrows>double-headed, diagonal|)}
+
+In a June~2002 post to \ctt, \person{Donald}{Arseneau} presented a
+general macro for aligning an arbitrary number of symbols on their
+horizontal centers and vertical baselines:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \makeatletter
+ \def\moverlay{\mathpalette\mov@rlay}
+ \def\mov@rlay#1#2{\leavevmode\vtop{%
+ \baselineskip\z@skip \lineskiplimit-\maxdimen
+ \ialign{\hfil$#1##$\hfil\cr#2\crcr}}}
+ \makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+The \cmd{\makeatletter} and \cmd{\makeatother} commands are needed to
+coerce \latex{} into accepting ``\texttt{@}'' as part of a macro
+name. \cmd{\moverlay} takes a list of symbols separated by \verb|\cr|
+(\tex's equivalent of \latex's \verb|\\|). For example, the
+\cmdX{\topbot} command defined \vpageref[above]{code:topbot} could
+have been expressed as ``\verb|\moverlay{\top\cr\bot}|'' and the
+\cmdX{\neswarrow} command defined \vpageref[above]{code:neswarrow}
+could have been expressed as
+``\verb|\moverlay{\nearrow\cr\swarrow}|''.%
+\indexcommand[$\string\nearrow$]{\nearrow}%
+\indexcommand[$\string\swarrow$]{\swarrow}
+
+The basic concept behind \cmd{\moverlay}'s implementation is that
+\cmd{\moverlay} typesets the given symbols in a table that utilizes a
+zero \verb|\baselineskip|. This causes every row to be typeset at the
+same vertical position. See \TeXbook for explanations of the \tex
+primitives used by \cmd{\moverlay}.
+
+\subsubsection*{Modifying \latex-generated symbols}
+
+\index{dots (ellipses)|(}
+\index{ellipses (dots)|(}
+
+Oftentimes, symbols composed in the \latexE source code can be
+modified with minimal effort to produce useful variations. For
+example, \fontdefdtx composes the \cmdX{\ddots} symbol (see
+Table~\vref{dots}) out of three periods, raised~7\,pt., 4\,pt., and
+1\,pt., respectively:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\ddots{\mathinner{\mkern1mu\raise7\p@
+ \vbox{\kern7\p@\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu
+ \raise4\p@\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise\p@\hbox{.}\mkern1mu}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+\cmd{\p@} is a \latexE{} shortcut for ``\texttt{pt}'' or
+``\texttt{1.0pt}''. The remaining commands are defined in \TeXbook.
+To\label{revddots} draw a version of \cmdX{\ddots} with the dots going
+along the opposite diagonal, we merely have to reorder the
+\verb|\raise7\p@|, \verb|\raise4\p@|, and \verb|\raise\p@|:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \makeatletter
+ \def\revddots{\mathinner{\mkern1mu\raise\p@
+ \vbox{\kern7\p@\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu
+ \raise4\p@\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise7\p@\hbox{.}\mkern1mu}}
+ \makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+ \makeatletter
+ \def\revddots{\mathinner{\mkern1mu\raise\p@
+ \vbox{\kern7\p@\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu
+ \raise4\p@\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise7\p@\hbox{.}\mkern1mu}}
+ \makeatother
+\indexcommand[$\string\revddots$]{\revddots}
+
+\noindent
+\cmdX{\revddots} is essentially identical to the \MDOTS\
+package's
+\ifMDOTS
+ \cmdX{\iddots}
+\else
+ \cmd{\iddots}
+\fi
+command or the \YH\ package's
+\ifYH
+ \cmdX{\adots}
+\else
+ \cmd{\adots}
+\fi
+command.
+\index{ellipses (dots)|)}
+\index{dots (ellipses)|)}
+
+\subsubsection*{Producing complex accents}
+
+\ifx\diatop\undefined
+% The following was copied verbatim from ipa.sty, from the wsuipa package.
+\def\diatop[#1|#2]{%
+ {\setbox1=\hbox{#1{}}% diacritic mark
+ \setbox2=\hbox{#2{}}% letter (the group {} in case it is a diacritic)
+ \dimen0=\ifdim\wd1>\wd2\wd1\else\wd2\fi% compute the max width
+ % the `natural height' of diacritics is 1ex;
+ % \dimen1 is the shift upwards
+ \dimen1=\ht2\advance\dimen1by-1ex%
+ % center the diacritic mark on the width of the letter:
+ \setbox1=\hbox to\dimen0{\hss#1{}\hss}%
+ \leavevmode % force horizontal mode
+ \rlap{\raise\dimen1\box1}% the raised diacritic mark
+ \hbox to\dimen0{\hss#2\hss}% the letter
+ }%
+ }%
+\fi
+
+\index{accents|(}
+\index{accents>multiple per character}
+\index{multiple accents per character}
+Accents\label{multiple-accents} are a special case of combining
+existing symbols to make new symbols. While various tables in this
+document show how to add an accent to an existing symbol, some
+applications, such as transliterations from non-Latin alphabets,
+require \emph{multiple} accents per character. For instance, the
+creator of pdf\TeX\ writes his name as ``H\`an
+Th\diatop[\'|\^e]\index{Thanh, Han The=\thanhhanthe} Th\`anh''. The
+\pkgname{dblaccnt} package enables \latex{} to stack accents, as in
+``\verb|H\`an| \verb|Th\'{\^e}| \verb|Th\`anh|'' (albeit not in the
+OT1 \fntenc[OT1]). In addition, the \pkgname{wsuipa} package defines
+\cmd{\diatop} and \cmd{\diaunder} macros for putting one or more
+diacritics or accents above or below a given character.
+\ifTIPA\ifWIPA
+ For example,
+ \verb+\diaunder[{\diatop[\'|\=]}|+\linebreak[0]\verb+\textsubdot{r}]+
+ produces ``\diaunder[{\diatop[\'|\=]}|\textsubdot{r}]''.
+\fi\fi
+See the \pkgname{wsuipa} documentation for more information.
+
+\index{accents>any character as}
+The \pkgname{accents} package facilitates the fabrication of accents
+in math mode. Its \cmd{\accentset} command enables \emph{any}
+character to be used as an accent.
+\ifACCENTS
+ For instance, \cmd{\accentset}\verb+{+\cmdX{\star}\verb+}{f}+
+ produces ``$\accentset{\star}{f}\,$'' and
+ \cmd{\accentset}\verb+{e}{X}+ produces ``$\accentset{e}{X}$''.
+\fi
+\cmd{\underaccent} does the same thing, but places the accent beneath
+the character.
+\ifACCENTS
+ This enables constructs like
+ \cmd{\underaccent}\verb+{+\cmdI[$\string\blackacc{\string\tilde}$]{\tilde}\verb+}{V}+,
+ which produces ``$\underaccent{\tilde}{V}$''.\index{tilde}
+\fi
+\pkgname{accents} provides other accent-related features as well; see
+the documentation for more information.
+\index{accents|)}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\index{accents|(}
+\index{extensible accents|(}
+\index{accents>extensible|(}
+A more complex example of composing accents is the following
+definition of extensible \cmdW{\overbracket}, \cmdW{\underbracket},
+\cmdW{\overparenthesis}, and \cmdW{\underparenthesis} symbols, taken
+from a May~2002 \ctt post by \person{Donald}{Arseneau} (June~2003):
+
+\makeatletter
+\def\overbracket#1{\mathop{\vbox{\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}
+ \downbracketfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip}
+ $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}\limits}
+\def\underbracket#1{\mathop{\vtop{\ialign{##\crcr
+ $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip}
+ \upbracketfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}}}}\limits}
+\def\overparenthesis#1{\mathop{\vbox{\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}
+ \downparenthfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip}
+ $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}\limits}
+\def\underparenthesis#1{\mathop{\vtop{\ialign{##\crcr
+ $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip}
+ \upparenthfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}}}}\limits}
+\def\downparenthfill{$\m@th\braceld\leaders\vrule\hfill\bracerd$}
+\def\upparenthfill{$\m@th\bracelu\leaders\vrule\hfill\braceru$}
+\def\upbracketfill{$\m@th\makesm@sh{\llap{\vrule\@height3\p@\@width.7\p@}}%
+ \leaders\vrule\@height.7\p@\hfill
+ \makesm@sh{\rlap{\vrule\@height3\p@\@width.7\p@}}$}
+\def\downbracketfill{$\m@th
+ \makesm@sh{\llap{\vrule\@height.7\p@\@depth2.3\p@\@width.7\p@}}%
+ \leaders\vrule\@height.7\p@\hfill
+ \makesm@sh{\rlap{\vrule\@height.7\p@\@depth2.3\p@\@width.7\p@}}$}
+\makeatother
+
+\indexcommand{\displaystyle}%
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \makeatletter
+ \def\overbracket#1{\mathop{\vbox{\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}
+ \downbracketfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip}
+ $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}\limits}
+ \def\underbracket#1{\mathop{\vtop{\ialign{##\crcr
+ $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip}
+ \upbracketfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}}}}\limits}
+ \def\overparenthesis#1{\mathop{\vbox{\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}
+ \downparenthfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip}
+ $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}\limits}
+ \def\underparenthesis#1{\mathop{\vtop{\ialign{##\crcr
+ $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip}
+ \upparenthfill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}}}}\limits}
+ \def\downparenthfill{$\m@th\braceld\leaders\vrule\hfill\bracerd$}
+ \def\upparenthfill{$\m@th\bracelu\leaders\vrule\hfill\braceru$}
+ \def\upbracketfill{$\m@th\makesm@sh{\llap{\vrule\@height3\p@\@width.7\p@}}%
+ \leaders\vrule\@height.7\p@\hfill
+ \makesm@sh{\rlap{\vrule\@height3\p@\@width.7\p@}}$}
+ \def\downbracketfill{$\m@th
+ \makesm@sh{\llap{\vrule\@height.7\p@\@depth2.3\p@\@width.7\p@}}%
+ \leaders\vrule\@height.7\p@\hfill
+ \makesm@sh{\rlap{\vrule\@height.7\p@\@depth2.3\p@\@width.7\p@}}$}
+ \makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+Table~\ref{manual-extensible-accents} showcases these accents.
+\TeXbook or another book on \tex primitives is indispensible for
+understanding how the preceding code works. The basic idea is that
+\cmd{\downparenthfill}, \cmd{\upparenthfill}, \cmd{\downbracketfill},
+and \cmd{\upbracketfill} do all of the work; they output a left symbol
+(e.g.,~\cmdX{\braceld} [``$\braceld$''] for \cmd{\downparenthfill}), a
+horizontal rule that stretches as wide as possible, and a right symbol
+(e.g.,~\cmdX{\bracerd} [``$\bracerd$''] for \cmd{\downparenthfill}).
+\cmdW{\overbracket}, \cmdW{\underbracket}, \cmdW{\overparenthesis}, and
+\cmdW{\underparenthesis} merely create a table whose width is
+determined by the given text, thereby constraining the width of the
+horizontal rules.
+\index{accents>extensible|)}
+\index{extensible accents|)}
+\index{accents|)}
+
+\begin{nonsymtable}{Manually Composed Extensible Accents}
+\index{accents}
+\idxboth{extensible}{accents}
+\label{manual-extensible-accents}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.75}
+\begin{tabular}{*2{ll}}
+\W\overbracket{abc} & \W\overparenthesis{abc} \\
+\W\underbracket{abc} & \W\underparenthesis{abc} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{nonsymtable}
+
+
+A similar, but simpler example, stems from another \ctt post by
+\person{Donald}{Arseneau}. The following code defines an equals sign
+that extends as far to the right as possible (just like \latex's
+\verb|\hrulefill| command):
+
+\makeatletter
+ \def\equalsfill{$\m@th\mathord=\mkern-7mu
+ \cleaders\hbox{$\!\mathord=\!$}\hfill
+ \mkern-7mu\mathord=$}
+\makeatother
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \makeatletter
+ \def\equalsfill{$\m@th\mathord=\mkern-7mu
+ \cleaders\hbox{$\!\mathord=\!$}\hfill
+ \mkern-7mu\mathord=$}
+ \makeatother
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\tex's \verb|\cleaders| and \verb|\hfill| primitives are the key to
+understanding \cmd{\equalsfill}'s extensibility. Essentially,
+\cmd{\equalsfill} repeats a box containing ``$=$'' plus some negative
+space until it fills the maximum available horizontal space.
+\cmd{\equalsfill} is intended to be used with \latex's \cmd{\stackrel}
+command, which stacks one mathematical expression (slightly reduced in
+size) atop another. Hence, ``\cmd{\stackrel}\verb|{a}{\rightarrow}|''
+produces ``$\stackrel{a}{\rightarrow}$'' and ``X
+\cmd{\stackrel}\verb|{\text{definition}}{\hbox{|\cmd{\equalsfill}\verb|}}|
+Y'' produces ``$X \stackrel{\text{definition}}{\hbox{\equalsfill}}
+Y$''.\idxboth{definition}{symbols}\label{equalsfill-ex}
+
+If all that needs to extend are horizontal and vertical lines---as
+opposed to repeated symbols such as the ``$=$'' in the previous
+example---\latex's \verb|array| or \verb|tabular| environments may
+suffice. Consider the following code (also presented in a \ctt post
+by \person{Donald}{Arseneau}) for typesetting
+annuities\index{annuities}:
+
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\annu}[1]{_{%
+ \def\arraystretch{0}%
+ \setlength\arraycolsep{1pt}% adjust these
+ \setlength\arrayrulewidth{.2pt}% two settings
+ \begin{array}[b]{@{}c|}\hline
+ \\[\arraycolsep]%
+ \scriptstyle #1%
+ \end{array}%
+ }}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand{\annu}[1]{_{%
+ \def\arraystretch{0}%
+ \setlength\arraycolsep{1pt}% adjust these
+ \setlength\arrayrulewidth{.2pt}% two settings
+ \begin{array}[b]{@{}c|}\hline
+ \\[\arraycolsep]%
+ \scriptstyle #1%
+ \end{array}%
+ }}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+One can then use, e.g.,~``\verb|$A\annu{x:n}$|'' to produce
+``$A\annu{x:n}$''.\indexaccent[$\string\blackacc\string\annu$]{\annu}
+
+
+\subsubsection*{Creating new symbols from scratch}
+
+Sometimes is it simply not possible to define a new symbol in terms of
+existing symbols. Fortunately, most, if not all, \tex distributions
+are shipped with a tool called \metafont which is designed
+specifically for creating fonts to be used with \tex. The
+\MF{}book~\cite{Knuth:ct-c} is the authoritative text on \metafont.
+If you plan to design your own symbols with \metafont, The \MF{}book
+is essential reading. Nevertheless, the following is an extremely
+brief tutorial on how to create a new \latex symbol using \metafont.
+Its primary purpose is to cover the \latex-specific operations not
+mentioned in The \MF{}book and to demonstrate that symbol-font
+creation is not necessarily a difficult task.
+
+Suppose we need a symbol to represent a light
+bulb~(``\lightbulb'').\footnote{I'm not a very good artist; you'll
+have to pretend that~``\lightbulb'' looks like a light bulb.} The
+first step is to draw this in \metafont. It is common to separate the
+font into two files: a size-dependent file, which specifies the design
+size and various font-specific parameters that are a function of the
+design size; and a size-independent file, which draws characters in
+the given size. Figure~\ref{mftoplevel} shows the \metafont code for
+\filename{lightbulb10.mf}. \filename{lightbulb10.mf} specifies
+various parameters that produce a 10\,pt.\ light bulb then loads
+\filename{lightbulb.mf}. Ideally, one should produce
+\texttt{lightbulb}\meta{size}\texttt{.mf} files for a variety of
+\meta{size}s. This is called ``optical\idxboth{optical}{scaling}
+scaling''. It enables, for example, the lines that make up the light
+bulb to retain the same thickness at different font sizes, which looks
+much nicer than the alternative---and
+default---``mechanical\idxboth{mechanical}{scaling} scaling''. When a
+\texttt{lightbulb}\meta{size}\texttt{.mf} file does not exist for a
+given size \meta{size}, the computer mechanically produces a wider,
+taller, thicker symbol:
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{*{13}c}
+{\fontsize{10}{10}\lightbulb} & vs.\ &
+{\fontsize{20}{20}\lightbulb} & vs.\ &
+{\fontsize{30}{30}\lightbulb} & vs.\ &
+{\fontsize{40}{40}\lightbulb} & vs.\ &
+{\fontsize{50}{50}\lightbulb} & vs.\ &
+{\fontsize{60}{60}\lightbulb} & vs.\ &
+{\fontsize{70}{70}\lightbulb} \\[-1.5ex]
+{\tiny 10\,pt.} & &
+{\tiny 20\,pt.} & &
+{\tiny 30\,pt.} & &
+{\tiny 40\,pt.} & &
+{\tiny 50\,pt.} & &
+{\tiny 60\,pt.} & &
+{\tiny 70\,pt.} \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+\begin{figure}[htbp]
+\centering
+\begin{codesample}
+% The following are derived from mftmac.tex.
+\def\\#1{\textit{#1}} % italic type for identifiers
+\def\2#1{\mathop{\textbf{#1}\/\kern.05em}} % operator, in bold type
+\def\9{\hfill$\%} % comment separator
+% Matching `$' for Emacs font-lock mode
+\def\SH{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} % sharp sign for sharped units
+\let\BL=\medskip % space for empty line
+\def\frac#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em
+ \raise.5ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}\kern-.1em
+ /\kern-.15em\lower.25ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}}
+
+% The following are modified from mft's output.
+$\2{font\_identifier}:=\verb+"LightBulb10"+;\ \9 Name the font.\par
+$\2{font\_size}10\\{pt}\SH ;\ \9 Specify the design size.\par
+\BL
+$\\{em}\SH :=10\\{pt}\SH ;\ \9 ``M'' width is 10 points.\par
+$\\{cap}\SH :=7\\{pt}\SH ;\ \9 Capital letter height is 7 points above the
+baseline.\par
+$\\{sb}\SH :=\frac1/{4}\\{pt}\SH ;\ \9 Leave this much space on the side of
+each character.\par
+$o\SH :=\frac1/{16}\\{pt}\SH ;\ \9 Amount that curves overshoot borders.\par
+\BL
+$\2{input}\hbox{\tt lightbulb}\9 Load the file that draws the actual glyph.\par
+% Matching `$' for Emacs font-lock mode
+\end{codesample}
+\caption{Sample \metafont size-specific file (\filename{lightbulb10.mf})}
+\label{mftoplevel}
+\end{figure}
+
+\filename{lightbulb.mf}, shown in Figure~\ref{mfmain}, draws a light
+bulb using the parameters defined in \filename{lightbulb10.mf}. Note
+that the the filenames ``\filename{lightbulb10.mf}'' and
+``\filename{lightbulb.mf}'' do not follow the Berry font-naming
+scheme~\cite{Berry:fontname}; the Berry font-naming scheme is largely
+irrelevant for symbol fonts, which generally lack bold, italic,
+small-caps, slanted, and other such variants.
+
+\begin{figure}[htbp]
+\centering
+\begin{codesample}
+% The following are derived from mftmac.tex.
+\def\\#1{\textit{#1}} % italic type for identifiers
+\def\1#1{\mathop{\textrm{#1}}} % operator, in roman type
+\def\2#1{\mathop{\textbf{#1}\/\kern.05em}} % operator, in bold type
+\def\3#1{\,\mathclose{\textbf{#1}}} % `fi' and `endgroup'
+\def\5#1{\textbf{#1}} % `true' and `nullpicture'
+\def\6#1{\mathbin{\rm#1}} % `++' and `scaled'
+\def\8#1{\mathrel{\mathcode`\.="8000 \mathcode`\-="8000
+ #1\unkern}} % `..' and `--'
+\def\9{\hfill$\%} % comment separator
+% Matching `$' for Emacs font-lock mode
+\def\SH{\raise.7ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\#$}} % sharp sign for sharped units
+\let\BL=\medskip % space for empty line
+\def\frac#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em
+ \raise.5ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}\kern-.1em
+ /\kern-.15em\lower.25ex\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #2}}
+\mathchardef\period=`\.
+\newbox\shorthyf \setbox\shorthyf=\hbox{-\kern-.05em}
+{\catcode`\-=\active \global\def-{\copy\shorthyf\mkern3.9mu}
+ \catcode`\.=\active \global\def.{\period\mkern3mu}}
+
+% The following are modified from mft's output.
+$\5{mode\_setup};\ \9 Target a given printer.\par
+\BL
+$\2{define\_pixels}(\\{em},\\{cap},\\{sb});\ \9 Convert to device-specific
+units.\par
+$\2{define\_corrected\_pixels}(o);\ \9 Same, but add a device-specific fudge
+factor.\par
+\BL
+\%\% Define a light bulb at the character position for ``A''\par
+\%\% with width $\frac1/{2}\\{em}\SH$, height $\\{cap}\SH$, and depth $1\\{pt}\SH$.\par
+$\2{beginchar}(\verb+"A"+,\frac1/{2}\\{em}\SH ,\\{cap}\SH ,1\\{pt}\SH );\ \verb+"A light bulb"+;$\par
+\quad\quad$\2{pickup}\5{pencircle}\6{scaled}\frac1/{2}\\{pt};\ \9 Use a pen
+with a small, circular tip.\par
+\BL
+\quad\quad\%\% Define the points we need.\par
+\quad\quad$\\{top}\,z_{1}=(w/2,h+o);\ \9 $z_1$ is at the top of a circle.\par
+\quad\quad$\\{rt}\,z_{2}=(w+\\{sb}+o-x_{4},y_{4});\ \9 $z_2$ is at the same
+height as $z_4$ but the opposite side.\par
+\quad\quad$\\{bot}\,z_{3}=(z_{1}-(0,w-\\{sb}-o));\ \9 $z_3$ is at the bottom of
+the circle.\par
+\quad\quad$\\{lft}\,z_{4}=(\\{sb}-o,\frac1/{2}[y_{1},y_{3}]);\ \9 $z_4$ is on the
+left of the circle.\par
+\quad\quad$\2{path}\\{bulb};\ \9 Define a path for the bulb itself.\par
+\quad\quad$\\{bulb}=z_{1}\8{..}z_{2}\8{..}z_{3}\8{..}z_{4}\8{..}\1{cycle};\ \9
+The bulb is a closed path.\par
+\BL
+\quad\quad$z_{5}=\2{point}2-\frac1/{3}\2{of}\\{bulb};\ \9 $z_5$ lies on the
+bulb, a little to the right of $z_3$.\par
+\quad\quad$z_{6}=(x_{5},0);\ \9 $z_6$ is at the bottom, directly under $z_5$.\par
+\quad\quad$z_{7}=(x_{8},0);\ \9 $z_7$ is at the bottom, directly under $z_8$.\par
+\quad\quad$z_{8}=\2{point}2+\frac1/{3}\2{of}\\{bulb};\ \9 $z_8$ lies on the
+bulb, a little to the left of $z_3$.\par
+\quad\quad$\\{bot}\,z_{67}=(\frac1/{2}[x_{6},x_{7}],\\{pen\_bot}-o-\frac1/{8}%
+\\{pt});\ \9 $z_{67}$ lies halfway between $z_6$ and $z_7$ but a jot lower.\par
+\BL
+\quad\quad\%\% Draw the bulb and the base.\par
+\quad\quad$\2{draw}\\{bulb};\ \9 Draw the bulb proper.\par
+\quad\quad$\2{draw}z_{5}\8{--}z_{6}\8{..}z_{67}\8{..}z_{7}\8{--}z_{8};\ \9
+Draw the base of the bulb.\par
+\BL
+\quad\quad\%\% Display key positions and points to help us debug.\par
+\quad\quad$\\{makegrid}(0,\\{sb},w/2,w-\\{sb})(0,-1\\{pt},y_{2},h);\ \9 Label
+``interesting'' $x$ and $y$ coordinates.\par
+\quad\quad$\\{penlabels}(1,2,3,4,5,6,67,7,8);\ \9 Label control points for
+debugging.\par
+$\!\3{endchar};$\par
+$\!\3{end}$\par
+% Matching `$' for Emacs font-lock mode
+\end{codesample}
+\caption{Sample \metafont size-independent file (\filename{lightbulb.mf})}
+\label{mfmain}
+\end{figure}
+
+The code in Figures~\ref{mftoplevel} and~\ref{mfmain} is heavily
+commented and should demonstrate some of the basic concepts behind
+\metafont usage: declaring variables, defining points, drawing lines
+and curves, and preparing to debug or fine-tune the output. Again,
+The \MF{}book~\cite{Knuth:ct-c} is the definitive reference on
+\metafont programming.
+
+\metafont can produce ``proofs'' of fonts---large, labeled versions
+that showcase the logical structure of each character. In fact, proof
+mode is \metafont's default mode. To produce a proof of
+\filename{lightbulb10.mf}, issue the following commands at the
+operating-system prompt:
+
+\bigskip
+\noindent
+\begingroup
+\let\usercmd=\textbf
+\newlength{\commentlen}%
+\settowidth{\commentlen}{Produces \filename{lightbulb10.2602gf}}%
+\leftskip=\parindent \parindent=0pt \obeylines
+\osprompt \usercmd{mf lightbulb10.mf} \hfill $\Leftarrow$\quad%
+ \makebox[\commentlen][l]{Produces \filename{lightbulb10.2602gf}}
+\osprompt \usercmd{gftodvi lightbulb10.2602gf} \hfill $\Leftarrow$\quad%
+ \makebox[\commentlen][l]{Produces \filename{lightbulb10.dvi}}
+\endgroup
+\bigskip
+
+\noindent
+You can then view \filename{lightbulb10.dvi} with any DVI\index{DVI}
+viewer. The result is shown in Figure~\ref{lightbulb10-proof}.
+Observe how the grid defined with \textit{makegrid} at the bottom of
+Figure~\ref{mfmain} draws vertical lines at positions~0, \textit{sb},
+$w/2$, and $w - \textit{sb}$ and horizontal lines at positions~0,
+$-1$\textit{pt}, $y_2$, and $h$. Similarly, observe how the
+\textit{penlabels} command labels all of the important coordinates:
+$z_1, z_2, \ldots, z_8$ and $z_{67}$, which \filename{lightbulb.mf}
+defines to lie between $z_6$ and $z_7$.
+
+\begin{figure}[htbp]
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[height=6cm]{lightbulb.eps}
+ \caption{Proof diagram of \filename{lightbulb10.mf}}
+ \label{lightbulb10-proof}
+\end{figure}
+
+Most, if not all, \tex distributions include a Plain \tex file called
+\filename{testfont.tex} which is useful for testing new fonts in a
+variety of ways. One useful routine produces a table of all of the
+characters in the font:
+
+\bigskip
+\noindent
+\begingroup
+\newcommand*{\usercmd}[1]{\textrm{\textbf{#1}}}%
+\leftskip=\parindent \parindent=0pt \ttfamily \obeylines \obeyspaces%
+\osprompt \usercmd{tex testfont}
+This is TeX, Version 3.14159 (Web2C 7.3.1)
+(/usr/share/texmf/tex/plain/base/testfont.tex
+Name of the font to test = \usercmd{lightbulb10}
+Now type a test command (\string\help for help):)
+*\usercmd{\textbackslash{}table}
+\vspace{\baselineskip}
+*\usercmd{\textbackslash{}bye}
+[1]
+Output written on testfont.dvi (1 page, 1516 bytes).
+Transcript written on testfont.log.
+\endgroup
+\bigskip
+
+\noindent
+The resulting table, stored in \filename{testfont.dvi} and illustrated
+in Figure~\ref{font-table}, shows every character in the font. To
+understand how to read the table, note that the character code
+for~``A''---the only character defined by
+\filename{lightbulb10.mf}---is 41 in hexadecimal (base~16) and 101 in
+octal (base~8).
+
+\begin{figure}[htbp]
+\centering
+\fbox{%
+\begin{minipage}{0.9\linewidth}
+\centering
+\vspace*{\baselineskip}
+\begin{minipage}{0.95\linewidth}
+{\tiny Test of lightbulb10 on March 11, 2003 at 1127}
+\vspace{2\baselineskip}
+
+\renewcommand{\tabularxcolumn}[1]{>{\mbox{}\hfill}p{#1}<{\hfill\mbox{}}}%
+% The following two lines are modified from testfont.tex
+\def\oct#1{\hbox{\normalfont\'{}\kern-.2em\itshape#1\/\kern.05em}} % octal constant
+\def\hex#1{\hbox{\normalfont\H{}\ttfamily#1}} % hexadecimal constant
+
+\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}*9{X|}X@{}}
+ & \oct{0} & \oct{1} & \oct{2} & \oct{3} &
+ \oct{4} & \oct{5} & \oct{6} & \oct{7} & \\ \hline
+ \oct{10x}
+ & & \lightbulb & & & & & & &
+ \raisebox{-0.5\baselineskip}[0pt][0pt]{\hex{4x}} \\ \cline{1-9}
+ \oct{11x}
+ & & & & & & & & & \\ \hline
+ & \hex{8} & \hex{9} & \hex{A} & \hex{B} &
+ \hex{C} & \hex{D} & \hex{E} & \hex{F} & \\
+\end{tabularx}
+\end{minipage}
+\vspace*{\baselineskip}
+\end{minipage}}
+\caption{Font table produced by \filename{testfont.tex}}
+\label{font-table}
+\end{figure}
+
+The LightBulb10 font is now usable by \tex. \latexE, however, needs
+more information before documents can use the font. First, we create
+a font-description file that tells \latexE how to map fonts in a given
+font family and encoding to a particular font in a particular font
+size. For symbol fonts, this mapping is fairly simple. Symbol fonts
+almost always use the ``U''~(``Unknown'') font encoding and frequently
+occur in only one variant: normal weight and non-italicized. The
+filename for a font-description file important; it must be of the form
+``\meta{encoding}\meta{family}\texttt{.fd}'', where \meta{encoding} is
+the lowercase version of the encoding name (typically~``u'' for symbol
+fonts) and \meta{family} is the name of the font family. For
+LightBulb10, let's call this ``bulb''. Figure~\ref{bulb-fd-file}
+lists the contents of \filename{ubulb.fd}. The document ``\latexE
+Font Selection''~\cite{fntguide} describes \cmd{\DeclareFontFamily}
+and \cmd{\DeclareFontShape} in detail, but the gist of
+\filename{ubulb.fd} is first to declare a \texttt{U}-encoded version
+of the \texttt{bulb} font family and then to specify that a \latexE
+request for a \texttt{U}-encoded version of \texttt{bulb} with a
+(\texttt{m})edium font series (as opposed to, e.g., bold) and a
+(\texttt{n})ormal font shape (as opposed to, e.g., italic) should
+translate into a \tex request for \filename{lightbulb10.tfm}
+mechanically\idxboth{mechanical}{scaling} scaled to the current font
+size.
+
+\begin{figure}[htbp]
+\centering
+\begin{tabular}{@{}|l|@{}}
+ \hline
+ \verb+\DeclareFontFamily{U}{bulb}{}+ \\
+ \verb+\DeclareFontShape{U}{bulb}{m}{n}{<-> lightbulb10}{}+ \\
+ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\caption{\latexE font-description file (\filename{ubulb.fd})}
+\label{bulb-fd-file}
+\end{figure}
+
+The final step is to write a \latexE style file that defines a name
+for each symbol in the font. Because we have only one symbol our
+style file, \filename{lightbulb.sty} (Figure~\ref{bulb-sty-file}), is
+rather trivial. Note that instead of typesetting ``\texttt{A}'' we
+could have had \cmdI{\lightbulb} typeset ``\verb+\char65+'',
+``\verb+\char"41+'', or ``\verb+\char'101+'' (respectively, decimal,
+hexadecimal, and octal character offsets into the font). For a
+simple, one-character symbol font such as LightBulb10 it would be
+reasonable to merge \filename{ubulb.fd} into \filename{lightbulb.sty}
+instead of maintaining two separate files. In either case, a document
+need only include ``\verb+\usepackage{lightbulb}+'' to make the
+\verb+\lightbulb+ symbol available.
+
+\begin{figure}[htbp]
+\centering
+\begin{tabular}{@{}|l|@{}}
+ \hline
+ \verb+\newcommand{\lightbulb}{{\usefont{U}{bulb}{m}{n}A}}+ \\
+ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\caption{\latexE style file (\filename{lightbulb.sty})}
+\label{bulb-sty-file}
+\end{figure}
+
+\bigskip
+
+\metafont normally produces bitmapped fonts. However, it is also
+possible, with the help of some external tools, to produce PostScript
+\PSfont{Type~1} fonts. These have the advantages of rendering better
+in Adobe\regtm\index{Adobe Acrobat} Acrobat\regtm (at least in
+versions prior to~6.0) and of being more memory-efficient when handled
+by a PostScript interpreter. See
+\url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=textrace} for
+pointers to tools that can produce \PSfont{Type~1} fonts from
+\metafont.
+
+
+\subsection{Math-mode spacing}
+\label{math-spacing}
+
+Terms such as ``binary operators'', ``relations'', and ``punctuation''
+in Section~\ref{math-symbols} primarily regard the surrounding
+spacing. (See the Short Math Guide for \latex~\cite{Downes:smg} for a
+nice exposition on the subject.) To use a symbol for a different
+purpose, you can use the \tex commands \cmd{\mathord}, \cmd{\mathop},
+\cmd{\mathbin}, \cmd{\mathrel}, \cmd{\mathopen}, \cmd{\mathclose}, and
+\cmd{\mathpunct}. For example, if you want to use \cmd{\downarrow} as
+a variable (an ``ordinary'' symbol) instead of a delimiter, you can
+write ``\verb|$3 x + \mathord{\downarrow}$|'' to get the properly
+spaced ``$3 x + \mathord{\downarrow}$'' rather than the
+awkward-looking ``$3 x + \downarrow$''. Similarly, to create a
+dotted-union\index{dotted union=dotted union ($\dot\cup$)} symbol
+(``$\dot\cup$'') that spaces like the ordinary set-union symbol
+(\cmdX{\cup}) it must be defined with \cmd{\mathbin}, just as
+\cmdX{\cup} is. Contrast ``\verb|$A \dot{\cup} B$|'' (``$A {\dot\cup}
+B$'') with ``\verb|$A \mathbin{\dot{\cup}} B$|'' (``$A
+\mathbin{\dot{\cup}} B$''). See \TeXbook for the definitive
+description of math-mode spacing.
+
+The purpose of the ``log-like symbols'' in
+\ifAMS
+ Tables~\ref{log} and~\ref{ams-log}
+\else
+ Table~\ref{log}
+\fi
+is to provide the correct amount of spacing around and within
+multiletter function names. Table~\vref{log-spacing} contrasts the
+output of the log-like symbols with various, na\"{\i}ve alternatives.
+In addition to spacing, the log-like symbols also handle subscripts
+properly. For example, ``\verb|\max_{p \in P}|'' produces ``$\max_{p
+\in P}$'' in text, but ``$\displaystyle\max_{p \in P}$'' as part of a
+displayed formula.
+
+\begin{nonsymtable}{Spacing Around/Within Log-like Symbols}
+\label{log-spacing}
+\setlength{\tabcolsep}{1em}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} \toprule
+\latex{} expression & Output \\ \midrule
+\verb|$r \sin \theta$| & $r \sin \theta$ \rlap{\quad (best)} \\
+\verb|$r sin \theta$| & $r sin \theta$ \\
+\verb|$r \mbox{sin} \theta$| & $r \mbox{sin} \theta$ \\
+\verb|$r \mathrm{sin} \theta$| & $r \mathrm{sin} \theta$ \\
+\bottomrule
+\end{tabular}
+\end{nonsymtable}
+
+The \pkgname{amsmath} package makes it straightforward to define new
+log-like symbols:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DeclareMathOperator{\atan}{atan}
+ \DeclareMathOperator*{\lcm}{lcm}
+\end{verbatim}
+\ifAMS
+ \indexcommand[$\string\atan$]{\atan}%
+ \indexcommand[$\string\lcm$]{\lcm}
+\else
+ \indexcommand{\atan}%
+ \indexcommand{\lcm}
+\fi % AMS test
+
+\noindent
+The difference between \cmd{\DeclareMathOperator} and
+\cmd{\DeclareMathOperator*} involves the handling of subscripts. With
+\cmd{\DeclareMathOperator*}, subscripts are written beneath log-like
+symbols in display style and to the right in text style. This is
+useful for limit operators (e.g.,~\cmdX{\lim}) and functions that tend
+to map over a set (e.g.,~\cmdX{\min}). In contrast,
+\cmd{\DeclareMathOperator} tells \tex that subscripts should always be
+displayed to the right of the operator, as is common for functions
+that take a single parameter (e.g.,~\cmdX{\log} and~\cmdX{\cos}).
+Table~\ref{new-log-likes} contrasts symbols declared with
+\cmd{\DeclareMathOperator} and \cmd{\DeclareMathOperator*} in both
+text style~(\texttt{\$}$\ldots$\texttt{\$}) and
+display~style~(\texttt{\string\[}$\ldots$\texttt{\string\]}).\footnote{Note
+that \cmd{\displaystyle} can be used to force display style
+within~\texttt{\$}$\ldots$\texttt{\$} and \cmd{\textstyle} can be used
+to force text style
+within~\texttt{\string\[}$\ldots$\texttt{\string\]}.}
+
+\begin{nonsymtable}{Defining new log-like symbols}
+\label{new-log-likes}
+\renewcommand{\tabcolsep}{1em}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}}
+ \toprule
+ Declaration function &
+ \texttt{\$\string\newlogsym\_\string{p \string\in~P\string}\$} &
+ \texttt{\string\[~\string\newlogsym\_\string{p \string\in~P\string}~\string\]} \\
+ \midrule
+
+ \texttt{\string\DeclareMathOperator} &
+ $\newlogsym_{p \in P}$ &
+ $\displaystyle\newlogsym_{p \in P}$ \\[1ex]
+
+ \texttt{\string\DeclareMathOperator*} &
+ $\newlogsymSTAR_{p \in P}$ &
+ $\displaystyle\newlogsymSTAR_{p \in P}$ \\
+ \bottomrule
+\end{tabular}
+\end{nonsymtable}
+
+It is common to use a thin\idxboth{thin}{space} space~(\cmd{\,})
+between the words of a multiword operators, as in
+``\verb|\DeclareMathOperator*|\linebreak[0]\verb|{\argmax}|\linebreak[0]\verb|{arg\,max}|''.
+\cmdX{\liminf}, \cmdX{\limsup}, and all of the
+log-like\idxboth{log-like}{symbols}\index{atomic math objects} symbols
+shown in Table~\ref{ams-log} utilize this spacing convention.
+
+
+\subsection{Bold mathematical symbols}
+\label{bold-math}
+
+\idxbothbegin{bold}{symbols} \latex does not normally use bold symbols
+when typesetting mathematics. However, bold symbols are occasionally
+needed, for example when naming vectors. Any of the approaches
+described at
+\url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=boldgreek} can be
+used to produce bold mathematical symbols. Table~\ref{bold-symbols}
+contrasts the output produced by these various techniques. As the
+table illustrates, these techniques exhibit variation in their
+formatting of Latin letters (upright vs.\ italic), formatting of
+Greek\index{Greek>bold} letters (bold vs.\ normal), formatting of
+operators and relations (bold vs.\ normal), and spacing.
+
+% The following was copied verbatim from amsbsy.sty.
+\makeatletter
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\pmb}{%
+ \ifmmode\else \expandafter\pmb@@\fi\mathpalette\pmb@}
+\def\pmb@@#1#2#3{\leavevmode\setboxz@h{#3}%
+ \dimen@-\wdz@
+ \kern-.5\ex@\copy\z@
+ \kern\dimen@\kern.25\ex@\raise.4\ex@\copy\z@
+ \kern\dimen@\kern.25\ex@\box\z@
+}
+\newdimen\pmbraise@
+\def\pmb@#1#2{\setbox8\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}%
+ \setboxz@h{$\m@th#1\mkern.5mu$}\pmbraise@\wdz@
+ \binrel@{#2}%
+ \dimen@-\wd8 %
+ \binrel@@{%
+ \mkern-.8mu\copy8 %
+ \kern\dimen@\mkern.4mu\raise\pmbraise@\copy8 %
+ \kern\dimen@\mkern.4mu\box8 }%
+}
+\makeatother
+
+\begin{nonsymtable}{Producing bold mathematical symbols}
+ \idxboth{bold}{symbols}
+ \label{bold-symbols}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}}
+ \toprule
+ Package & Code & Output \\
+ \midrule
+
+ \textit{none} &
+ \verb!$\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D$! &
+ $\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D$ \rlap{\qquad (no bold)} \\
+
+ \textit{none} &
+ \verb!$!\cmd{\mathbf}\verb!{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$! &
+\ifBM
+ $\alpha + \textbf{b} = \bm{\Gamma} \div \textbf{D}$ \\
+\else
+ $\mathbf{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$ \\
+\fi
+
+ \textit{none} &
+ \cmd{\boldmath}\verb!$\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D$! &
+ \boldmath$\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D$ \\
+
+ \pkgname{amsbsy} &
+ \verb!$!\cmd{\pmb}\verb!{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$! &
+ $\pmb{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$ \rlap{\qquad (faked bold)} \\
+
+ \pkgname{amsbsy} &
+ \verb!$!\cmd{\boldsymbol}\verb!{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$! &
+ \boldmath$\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D$ \\
+
+\ifBM
+ \pkgname{bm} &
+ \verb!$!\cmd{\bm}\verb!{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$! &
+ $\bm{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$ \\
+\fi
+
+ \pkgname{fixmath} &
+ \verb!$!\cmd{\mathbold}\verb!{\alpha + b = \Gamma \div D}$! &
+ \def\GammaIt{\mathord{\usefont{OML}{cmm}{b}{it}\mathchar"7100}}%
+ \boldmath$\alpha + b = \GammaIt \div D$ \\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{nonsymtable}
+
+\idxbothend{bold}{symbols}
+
+
+\subsection{ASCII and Latin~1 quick reference}
+\label{ascii-quickref}
+
+\index{ASCII|(}
+
+Table~\vref{ascii-table} amalgamates data from various other tables in
+this document into a convenient reference for \latexE typesetting of
+ASCII characters, i.e., the characters available on a typical
+U.S. computer keyboard. The first two columns list the character's
+ASCII code in decimal and hexadecimal. The third column shows what
+the character looks like. The fourth column lists the \latexE command
+to typeset the character as a text character. And the fourth column
+lists the \latexE command to typeset the character within a
+\verb|\texttt{|$\ldots$\verb|}| command (or, more generally, when
+\verb|\ttfamily| is in effect).
+
+\index{ASCII|)}
+
+\begin{nonsymtable}{\latexE ASCII Table}
+ \index{ASCII>table}
+ \label{ascii-table}
+ % Define an equivalent of \vdots that's the height of a "9".
+ \newlength{\digitheight}
+ \settoheight{\digitheight}{9}
+ \newcommand{\digitvdots}{\raisebox{-1.5pt}[\digitheight]{$\vdots$}}
+
+ % Replace all glyphs in a row with vertical dots.
+ \makeatletter
+ \newcommand{\skipped}{%
+ \settowidth{\@tempdima}{99} \makebox[\@tempdima]{\digitvdots} &
+ \settowidth{\@tempdima}{99} \makebox[\@tempdima]{\digitvdots} &
+ \digitvdots &
+ \digitvdots &
+ \digitvdots \\
+ }
+ \makeatother
+
+ % Typesetting a symbol by prefixing it with a "\".
+ \newcommand{\bscommand}[1]{#1 & \cmdI{#1} & \cmdI{#1}}
+
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}*2{>{\ttfamily}r}c*2{>{\ttfamily}l}l@{}} \\ \toprule
+ \multicolumn{1}{@{}c}{Dec} &
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{Hex} &
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{Char} &
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{Body text} &
+ \multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\ttfamily\string\texttt} \\ \midrule
+
+ 33 & 21 & ! & ! & ! \\
+ 34 & 22 & {\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont\textquotedbl} &
+ \string\textquotedbl & " \\ % Not available in OT1
+ 35 & 23 & \bscommand{\#} \\
+ 36 & 24 & \bscommand{\$} \\
+ 37 & 25 & \bscommand{\%} \\
+ 38 & 26 & \bscommand{\&} \\
+ 39 & 27 & ' & ' & ' \\
+ 40 & 28 & ( & ( & ( \\
+ 41 & 29 & ) & ) & ) \\
+ 42 & 2A & * & * & * \\
+ 43 & 2B & + & + & + \\
+ 44 & 2C & , & , & , \\
+ 45 & 2D & - & - & - \\
+ 46 & 2E & . & . & . \\
+ 47 & 2F & / & / & / \\
+ 48 & 30 & 0 & 0 & 0 \\
+ 49 & 31 & 1 & 1 & 1 \\
+ 50 & 32 & 2 & 2 & 2 \\
+ \skipped
+ 57 & 39 & 9 & 9 & 9 \\
+ 58 & 3A & : & : & : \\
+ 59 & 3B & ; & ; & ; \\
+ 60 & 3C & \textless & \cmdI{\textless} & < \\ % Or $<$
+ 61 & 3D & = & = & = \\ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}
+ \hfil
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}*2{>{\ttfamily}r}c*2{>{\ttfamily}l}l@{}} \\ \toprule
+ \multicolumn{1}{@{}c}{Dec} &
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{Hex} &
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{Char} &
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{Body text} &
+ \multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\ttfamily\string\texttt} \\ \midrule
+
+ 62 & 3E & \textgreater & \cmdI{\textgreater} & > \\ % Or $>$
+ 63 & 3F & ? & ? & ? \\
+ 64 & 40 & @ & @ & @ \\
+ 65 & 41 & A & A & A \\
+ 66 & 42 & B & B & B \\
+ 67 & 43 & C & C & C \\
+ \skipped
+ 90 & 5A & Z & Z & Z \\
+ 91 & 5B & [ & [ & [ \\
+ 92 & 5C & \textbackslash & \cmdI{\textbackslash} &
+ \verb|\char`\\| \\ % \textbackslash works in non-OT1
+ 93 & 5D & ] & ] & ] \\
+ 94 & 5E & \^{} & \verb|\^{}| & \verb|\^{}| \\ % Or \textasciicircum
+ 95 & 5F & \_ & \verb|\_| & \verb|\char`\_| \\ % \_ works in non-OT1
+ 96 & 60 & ` & ` & ` \\
+ 97 & 61 & a & a & a \\
+ 98 & 62 & b & b & b \\
+ 99 & 63 & c & c & c \\
+ \skipped
+ 122 & 7A & z & z & z \\
+ 123 & 7B & \{ & \verb|\{| & \verb|\char`\{| \\ % \{ works in non-OT1
+ 124 & 7C & \textbar & \cmdI{\textbar} & | \\ % Or $|$
+ 125 & 7D & \} & \verb|\}| & \verb|\char`\}| \\ % \} works in non-OT1
+ 126 & 7E & \~{} & \verb|\~{}| & \verb|\~{}| \\ % Or \textasciitilde ($\sim$?)
+ \\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{nonsymtable}
+
+The following are some additional notes about the contents of
+Table~\ref{ascii-table}:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item
+ ``\indexcommand[\string\encone{\string\textquotedbl}]{\textquotedbl}{\encone{\textquotedbl}}''
+ is not available in the OT1 \fntenc[OT1].
+
+ \item
+ The\label{upside-down}\index{symbols>upside-down|(}\index{upside-down
+ symbols|(} characters ``\texttt{<}'', ``\texttt{>}'', and
+ ``\texttt{|}'' do work as expected in math mode, although they
+ produce, respectively, ``<'', ``>'', and ``|'' in text mode when
+ using the OT1 \fntenc[OT1].\footnote{Donald\index{Knuth, Donald E.}
+ Knuth didn't think such symbols were important outside of
+ mathematics so he omitted them from his text fonts.} The following
+ are some alternatives for typesetting ``\textless'',
+ ``\textgreater'', and ``\textbar'':
+
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Specify a document \fntenc{} other than OT1 (as
+ described~\vpageref[above]{altenc}).
+
+ \item Use the appropriate symbol commands from
+ Table~\vref{text-predef}, viz.~\cmdI{\textless},
+ \cmdI{\textgreater}, and \cmdI{\textbar}.
+
+ \item Enter the symbols in math mode instead of text mode,
+ i.e.,~\verb+$<$+, \verb+$>$+, and \verb+$|$+.
+ \end{itemize}
+
+ \noindent
+ Note that for typesetting metavariables many people prefer
+ \cmdI{\textlangle} and \cmdI{\textrangle} to \cmdI{\textless} and
+ \cmdI{\textgreater}, i.e., ``\meta{filename}'' instead of
+ ``$<$\textit{filename}$>$''.\index{symbols>upside-down|)}\index{upside-down
+ symbols|)}
+
+ \item Although ``\texttt{/}'' does not require any special
+ treatment, \latex additionally defines a \cmdI{\slash} command which
+ outputs the same glyph but permits a line~break afterwards. That
+ is, ``\texttt{increase/decrease}'' is always typeset as a single
+ entity while ``\verb|increase\slash{}decrease|'' may be typeset with
+ ``increase/'' on one line and ``decrease'' on the next.
+
+ \item \label{tildes} \index{tilde|(} \cmdI{\textasciicircum} can be
+ used instead of \cmdI[\string\^{}]{\^{}}\verb|{}|, and
+ \cmdI{\textasciitilde} can be used instead of
+ \cmdI[\string\~{}]{\~{}}\verb|{}|. Note that \cmdI{\textasciitilde}
+ and \cmdI[\string\~{}]{\~{}}\verb|{}| produce raised, diacritic
+ tildes. ``Text'' (i.e.,~vertically\index{tilde>vertically centered}
+ centered) tildes can be generated with either the math-mode
+ \cmdX{\sim} command (shown in Table~\vref{rel}), which produces a
+ somewhat wide ``$\sim$'', or the \TC\ package's \cmdI{\texttildelow}
+ (shown in Table~\vref{tc-misc}), which produces a vertically
+ centered ``{\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont\texttildelow}'' in most
+ fonts but a baseline-oriented ``\texttildelow'' in Computer Modern,
+ \TX, \PX, and various other fonts originating from the \tex\ world.
+ If your goal is to typeset tildes in URLs or Unix filenames, your
+ best bet is to use the \pkgname{url} package, which has a number of
+ nice features such as proper line-breaking of such
+ names.\index{tilde|)}
+
+ \item The various \verb|\char| commands within \verb|\texttt| are
+ necessary only in the OT1 \fntenc[OT1]. In other encodings
+ (e.g.,~T1)\index{font encodings>T1}, commands such as \cmdIp{\{},
+ \cmdIp{\}}, \cmdI{\_}, and \cmdI{\textbackslash} all work properly.
+
+ \item The IBM\index{IBM} version of ASCII\index{ASCII} characters~1
+ to~31 can be typeset using the \pkgname{ascii} package.
+\ifASCII
+ See Table~\vref{ibm-ascii}.
+\fi
+
+ \item To replace~``\verb|`|'' and~``\verb|'|'' with the more
+ computer-like (and more visibly distinct) ``\texttt{\char18}''
+ and~``\texttt{\char13}'' within a \texttt{verbatim} environment, use
+ the \pkgname{upquote} package. Outside of \texttt{verbatim}, you
+ can use \verb|\char18| and \verb|\char13| to get the modified quote
+ characters. (The former is actually a grave accent.)
+\end{itemize}
+
+\index{Latin 1|(}
+
+Similar to Table~\ref{ascii-table}, Table~\vref{latin1-table} is an
+amalgamation of data from other tables in this document. While
+Table~\ref{ascii-table} shows how to typeset the 7-bit ASCII character
+set, Table~\ref{latin1-table} shows the Latin~1 (Western European)
+character set, also known as ISO-8859-1.
+
+\index{Latin 1|)}
+
+\begin{nonsymtable}{\latexE Latin~1 Table}
+ \index{Latin 1>table}
+ \index{copyright}
+ \idxboth{legal}{symbols}
+ \label{latin1-table}
+
+ \newcommand{\accented}[2]{#1#2 & \texttt{\string#1\string{#2\string}}}
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}*2{>{\ttfamily}r}c>{\ttfamily}lc@{}} \\ \toprule
+ \multicolumn{1}{@{}c}{Dec} &
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{Hex} &
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{Char} &
+ \multicolumn{2}{c@{}}{\latexE} \\ \midrule
+
+ 161 & A1 & !` & !{}` \\
+ 162 & A2 & \textcent & \cmdI{\textcent} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 163 & A3 & \pounds & \cmdI{\pounds} \\
+ 164 & A4 & \textcurrency & \cmdI{\textcurrency} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 165 & A5 & \textyen & \cmdI{\textyen} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 166 & A6 & \textbrokenbar & \cmdI{\textbrokenbar} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 167 & A7 & \S & \cmdI{\S} \\
+ 168 & A8 & \textasciidieresis & \cmdI{\textasciidieresis} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 169 & A9 & \textcopyright & \cmdI{\textcopyright} \\
+ 170 & AA & \textordfeminine & \cmdI{\textordfeminine} \\
+ 171 & AB & \encone{\guillemotleft} &
+ \cmdI[\string\encone{\string\guillemotleft}]{\guillemotleft} & (T1) \\
+ 172 & AC & \textlnot & \cmdI{\textlnot} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 173 & AD & - & \cmdI[-]{\-} \\
+ 174 & AE & \textregistered & \cmdI{\textregistered} \\
+ 175 & AF & \textasciimacron & \cmdI{\textasciimacron} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 176 & B0 & \textdegree & \cmdI{\textdegree} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 177 & B1 & \textpm & \cmdI{\textpm} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 178 & B2 & \texttwosuperior & \cmdI{\texttwosuperior} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 179 & B3 & \textthreesuperior & \cmdI{\textthreesuperior} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 180 & B4 & \textasciiacute & \cmdI{\textasciiacute} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 181 & B5 & \textmu & \cmdI{\textmu} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 182 & B6 & \P & \cmdI{\P} \\
+ 183 & B7 & \textperiodcentered & \cmdI{\textperiodcentered} \\
+ 184 & B8 & \c{} & \cmdI[\string\blackacchack{\string\c}]{\c}\verb|{}| \\
+ 185 & B9 & \textonesuperior & \cmdI{\textonesuperior} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 186 & BA & \textordmasculine & \cmdI{\textordmasculine} \\
+ 187 & BB & \encone{\guillemotright} &
+ \cmdI[\string\encone{\string\guillemotright}]{\guillemotright} \\
+ 188 & BC & \textonequarter & \cmdI{\textonequarter} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 189 & BD & \textonehalf & \cmdI{\textonehalf} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 190 & BE & \textthreequarters & \cmdI{\textthreequarters} & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 191 & BF & ?` & ?{}` \\
+ 192 & C0 & \accented{\`}{A} \\
+ 193 & C1 & \accented{\'}{A} \\
+ 194 & C2 & \accented{\^}{A} \\
+ 195 & C3 & \accented{\~}{A} \\
+ 196 & C4 & \accented{\"}{A} \\
+ 197 & C5 & \AA & \string\AA \\
+ 198 & C6 & \AE & \string\AE \\
+ 199 & C7 & \accented{\c}{C} \\
+ 200 & C8 & \accented{\`}{E} \\
+ 201 & C9 & \accented{\'}{E} \\
+ 202 & CA & \accented{\^}{E} \\
+ 203 & CB & \accented{\"}{E} \\
+ 204 & CC & \accented{\`}{I} \\
+ 205 & CD & \accented{\'}{I} \\
+ 206 & CE & \accented{\^}{I} \\
+ 207 & CF & \accented{\"}{I} \\
+ 208 & D0 & \encone{\DH} & \string\DH & (T1) \\ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}
+ \hfil
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}*2{>{\ttfamily}r}c>{\ttfamily}lc@{}} \\ \toprule
+ \multicolumn{1}{@{}c}{Dec} &
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{Hex} &
+ \multicolumn{1}{c}{Char} &
+ \multicolumn{2}{c@{}}{\latexE} \\ \midrule
+
+ 209 & D1 & \accented{\~}{N} \\
+ 210 & D2 & \accented{\`}{O} \\
+ 211 & D3 & \accented{\'}{O} \\
+ 212 & D4 & \accented{\^}{O} \\
+ 213 & D5 & \accented{\~}{O} \\
+ 214 & D6 & \accented{\"}{O} \\
+ 215 & D7 & \texttimes & \string\texttimes & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 216 & D8 & \O & \string\O \\
+ 217 & D9 & \accented{\`}{U} \\
+ 218 & DA & \accented{\'}{U} \\
+ 219 & DB & \accented{\^}{U} \\
+ 220 & DC & \accented{\"}{U} \\
+ 221 & DD & \accented{\'}{Y} \\
+ 222 & DE & \encone{\TH} & \string\TH & (T1) \\
+ 223 & DF & \ss & \string\ss \\
+ 224 & E0 & \accented{\`}{a} \\
+ 225 & E1 & \accented{\'}{a} \\
+ 226 & E2 & \accented{\^}{a} \\
+ 227 & E3 & \accented{\~}{a} \\
+ 228 & E4 & \accented{\"}{a} \\
+ 229 & E5 & \aa & \string\aa \\
+ 230 & E6 & \ae & \string\ae \\
+ 231 & E7 & \accented{\c}{c} \\
+ 232 & E8 & \accented{\`}{e} \\
+ 233 & E9 & \accented{\'}{e} \\
+ 234 & EA & \accented{\^}{e} \\
+ 235 & EB & \accented{\"}{e} \\
+ 236 & EC & \accented{\`}{\i} \\
+ 237 & ED & \accented{\'}{\i} \\
+ 238 & EE & \accented{\^}{\i} \\
+ 239 & EF & \accented{\"}{\i} \\
+ 240 & F0 & \encone{\dh} & \string\dh & (T1) \\
+ 241 & F1 & \accented{\~}{n} \\
+ 242 & F2 & \accented{\`}{o} \\
+ 243 & F3 & \accented{\'}{o} \\
+ 244 & F4 & \accented{\^}{o} \\
+ 245 & F5 & \accented{\~}{o} \\
+ 246 & F6 & \accented{\"}{o} \\
+ 247 & F7 & \textdiv & \string\textdiv & (\textsf{tc}) \\
+ 248 & F8 & \o & \string\o \\
+ 249 & F9 & \accented{\`}{u} \\
+ 250 & FA & \accented{\'}{u} \\
+ 251 & FB & \accented{\^}{u} \\
+ 252 & FC & \accented{\"}{u} \\
+ 253 & FD & \accented{\'}{y} \\
+ 254 & FE & \encone{\th} & \string\th & (T1) \\
+ 255 & FF & \accented{\"}{y} \\ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{nonsymtable}
+
+The following are some additional notes about the contents of
+Table~\ref{latin1-table}:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item A ``(\textsf{tc})'' after a symbol name means that the \TC\
+ package must be loaded to access that symbol. A ``(T1)'' means that
+ the symbol requires the T1 \fntenc[T1]. The \pkgname{fontenc}
+ package can change the \fntenc[document] document-wide.
+
+ \item Many of the \verb|\text|\dots\ accents can also be produced
+ using the accent commands shown in Table~\vref{text-accents} plus an
+ empty argument. For instance,
+ \verb|\={}|\index{_=\magicequalname{}\verb+{}+ (\magicequal{})}
+ is essentially the same as \cmd{\textasciimacron}.
+
+ \item The commands in the ``\latexE'' columns work both in body text
+ and within a \verb|\texttt{|$\ldots$\verb|}| command (or, more
+ generally, when \verb|\ttfamily| is in effect).
+
+ \item \index{CP1252|(} Microsoft\regtm\index{Microsoft Windows}
+ Windows\regtm\index{Windows} normally uses a superset of Latin~1
+ called ``CP1252'' (Code Page 1252). CP1252 adds codes in the
+ range~128--159 (hexadecimal~80--9F), including characters such as
+ dashes, daggers, and quotation marks. If there's sufficient
+ interest, a future version of the \doctitle{} may include a CP1252
+ table.\index{CP1252|)}
+
+ \item The ``\pounds'' and ``\$'' glyphs occupy the same slot~(36) of
+ the OT1 \fntenc[OT1], with ``\pounds'' appearing in italic fonts and
+ ``\$'' appearing in roman fonts. A problem with \latex's default
+ handling of this double-mapping is that
+ ``\texttt{\string{\string\sffamily\linebreak[0]\string\slshape\linebreak[0]\string\pounds\string}}''
+ produces
+ ``{\fontencoding{OT1}\sffamily\slshape\selectfont\textdollar}'', not
+ ``{\fontencoding{T1}\sffamily\slshape\selectfont\textsterling}''.
+ Other \fntenc{}s use separate slots for the two characters and are
+ therefore robust to the problem of ``\pounds''/''\$'' conflicts.
+ Authors who use \cmdI{\pounds} should select a \fntenc{} other than
+ OT1 (as explained~\vpageref[above]{altenc}) or use the \TC\ package,
+ which redefines \cmdI{\pounds} to use the TS1 \fntenc[TS1].
+
+ \item Character~173, \cmdI[-]{\-}, is shown as ``-'' but is actually
+ a discretionary\index{discretionary hyphen}\index{hyphen,
+ discretionary} hyphen; it appears only at the end of a line.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\index{ISO character entities|(}
+While too large to incorporate into this document, a listing of
+ISO~8879:1986 SGML\index{SGML}/XML\index{XML} character entities and
+their \latex{} equivalents is available from
+\url{http://www.bitjungle.com/~isoent/}. Some of the characters
+presented there make use of \pkgname{isoent}, a \latexE{} package
+(available from the same URL) that fakes some of the missing ISO
+glyphs using the \latex{} \texttt{picture}
+environment.\footnote{\pkgname{isoent} is not featured in this
+document, because it is not available from CTAN\idxCTAN{} and because
+the faked symbols are not ``true'' characters; they exist in only one
+size, regardless of the body text's font size.}
+\index{ISO character entities|)}
+
+
+\subsection{About this document}
+\label{about-doc}
+
+\paragraph{History}
+\person{David}{Carlisle} wrote the first version of this document in
+October, 1994. It originally contained all of the native \latex{}
+symbols (Tables~\ref{bin}, \ref{op}, \ref{rel}, \ref{arrow},
+\ref{log}, \ref{greek}, \ref{dels}, \ref{ldels}, \ref{math-accents},
+\ref{extensible-accents}, \ref{ord}, and a few tables that have since
+been reorganized) and was designed to be nearly identical to the
+tables in Chapter~3 of Leslie\index{Lamport, Leslie} Lamport's
+book~\cite{Lamport:latex}. Even the table captions and the order of
+the symbols within each table matched! The \AMS\ symbols
+(Tables~\ref{ams-bin}, \ref{ams-rel}, \ref{ams-nrel},
+\ref{ams-arrows}, \ref{ams-narrows}, \ref{ams-greek},
+\ref{ams-hebrew}, \ref{ams-del}, and \ref{ams-misc}) and an initial
+Math Alphabets table (Table~\ref{alphabets}) were added thereafter.
+Later, \person{Alexander}{Holt} provided the \ST\ tables
+(Tables~\ref{st-bin}, \ref{st-large}, \ref{st-rel}, \ref{st-arrows},
+\ref{st-ext}, and \ref{st-del}).
+
+In January, 2001, \person{Scott}{Pakin} took responsibility for
+maintaining the symbol list and has since implemented a complete
+overhaul of the document. The result, now called, ``The \doctitle'',
+includes the following new features:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item the addition of a handful of new math alphabets, dozens of new
+ font tables, and thousands of new symbols
+
+ \item the categorization of the symbol tables into body-text
+ symbols, mathematical symbols, science and technology symbols,
+ dingbats, and other symbols, to provide a more user-friendly
+ document structure
+
+ \item an index, table of contents, and a frequently-requested symbol
+ list, to help users quickly locate symbols
+
+ \item symbol tables rewritten to list the symbols in alphabetical
+ order
+
+ \item appendices to provide additional information relevant to using
+ symbols in \latex{}
+
+ \item tables showing how to typeset all of the characters in the
+ ASCII\index{ASCII} and Latin~1\index{Latin 1}
+ \fntenc[ASCII]s\index{font encodings>Latin 1}
+\end{itemize}
+
+\noindent
+Furthermore, the internal structure of the document has been
+completely altered from David's original version. Most of the changes
+are geared towards making the document easier to extend, modify, and
+reformat.
+
+
+\paragraph{Build characteristics}
+Table~\vref{doc-characteristics} lists some of this document's build
+characteristics. Most important is the list of packages that \latex{}
+couldn't find, but that \selftex otherwise would have been able to
+take advantage of. Complete, prebuilt versions of this document are
+available from CTAN\idxCTAN{} (\url{http://www.ctan.org/} or one of
+its many mirror sites) in the directory
+\texttt{tex-archive/info/symbols/comprehensive}.
+Table~\ref{package-dates} shows the package date (specified in the
+\verb|.sty|~file with \cmd{\ProvidesPackage}) for each package that
+was used to build this document and that specifies a package date.
+Packages are not listed in any particular order in either
+Table~\ref{doc-characteristics} or~\ref{package-dates}.
+
+\begin{nonsymtable}{Document Characteristics}
+\label{doc-characteristics}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}lp{0.5\textwidth}@{}} \toprule
+Characteristic & Value \\ \midrule
+Source file: & \selftex \\
+Build date: & \today \\
+Symbols documented: & \approxcount\prevtotalsymbols \\
+Packages included: & \makeatletter
+ \def\@elt#1{\pkgname{#1}\xspace}
+ \foundpkgs
+ \makeatother \\
+Packages omitted: & \makeatletter
+ \ifcomplete
+ \emph{none}
+ \else
+ \def\@elt#1{\pkgname{#1}\xspace}
+ \missingpkgs
+ \fi
+ \makeatother \\
+\bottomrule
+\end{tabular}
+\end{nonsymtable}
+
+
+% Automatically generate a table of package version numbers.
+\makeatletter
+\begingroup
+ % Given a package name, output the package's date.
+ \def\show@package@date#1/#2/#3#4#5!!!{#1/#2/#3#4}
+ \newcommand{\showpackagedate}[1]{%
+ \edef\package@date@string{\csname ver@#1.sty\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\show@package@date\package@date@string!!!
+ }
+
+ % Format a metavariable.
+ \def\meta#1{\textlangle{\textit{#1}}\textrangle}
+
+ % Produce the entire table body as a token list.
+ \newtoks\pkg@date@toks
+ \def\@elt#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@#1.sty\endcsname\relax
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@#1.sty\endcsname\@empty
+ \else
+ \pkgname{#1} & \showpackagedate{#1} \\
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }
+ \expandafter\pkg@date@toks\expandafter=\expandafter{\foundpkgs}
+
+ % Output a formatted table which contains the previously defined token list.
+ \begin{nonsymtable}{Package versions used in the preparation of this document}
+ \label{package-dates}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
+ \toprule
+ Name & Date \\
+ \midrule
+ \the\pkg@date@toks
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{nonsymtable}
+\endgroup
+\makeatother
+
+
+\subsection{Copyright and license}
+
+\mbox{}
+
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}}
+ The \doctitle \\
+ Copyright~\copyright\ \number\year, Scott Pakin \\
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip
+
+This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
+the \latex\ Project Public License, either version~1.3 of this license
+or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
+license is in
+
+\begin{center}
+ \url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt}
+\end{center}
+
+\noindent
+and version~1.3 or later is part of all distributions of \latex\
+version 2003/12/01 or later.
+
+This work has the LPPL maintenance status ``maintained''.
+
+The Current Maintainer of this work is Scott Pakin.
+
+This work consists of the files \filename{symbols.tex},
+\filename{README}, \filename{SYMLIST}, \filename{lightbulb10.mf}, and
+\filename{lightbulb.mf}, \filename{lightbulb.map}, and all PDF,
+PostScript, Encapsulated PostScript, and PostScript font files derived
+from those.
+
+
+
+% It seems like such a waste to put such a brief bibliography on its own
+% page. So we temporarily restore \section back to its original
+% definition, just for the list of references.
+
+\vspace{\stretch{1}}
+\begingroup
+\let\section=\origsection
+
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{References}
+\begin{thebibliography}{Knu86b}
+
+\bibitem[AMS99]{AMS1999:amsmath}
+ American Mathematical Society.
+ \emph{User's Guide for the \textsf{amsmath} Package (Version~2.0)},
+ December~13, 1999.
+ Available from \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/doc/amsmath/amsldoc.pdf}.
+
+\bibitem[Ber01]{Berry:fontname}
+ Karl Berry.\index{Berry, Karl}
+ Fontname: Filenames for \tex fonts,
+ June 2001.
+ Available from \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/fontname}.
+
+\bibitem[Dow00]{Downes:smg}
+ Michael Downes.\index{Downes, Michael J.}
+ Short math guide for {\latex},
+ July~19, 2000.
+ Version~1.07.
+ Available from \url{http://www.ams.org/tex/short-math-guide.html}.
+
+\bibitem[Gib97]{Gibbons:longdiv}
+ Jeremy Gibbons.\index{Gibbons, Jeremy}
+ Hey---it works!
+ \emph{TUGboat}, 18(2):75--78, June 1997.
+ Available from \url{http://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb18-2/tb55works.pdf}.
+
+\bibitem[Knu86a]{Knuth:ct-a}
+ Donald~E. Knuth.\index{Knuth, Donald E.}
+ \emph{The {\TeX}book},
+ volume~A of \emph{Computers and Typesetting}.
+ Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey,
+ Reading, MA, USA,
+ 1986.
+
+\bibitem[Knu86b]{Knuth:ct-c}
+ Donald~E. Knuth.\index{Knuth, Donald E.}
+ \emph{The {\MF}book},
+ volume~C of \emph{Computers and Typesetting}.
+ Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey,
+ Reading, MA, USA,
+ 1986.
+
+\bibitem[Lam86]{Lamport:latex}
+ Leslie Lamport.\index{Lamport, Leslie}
+ \emph{\latex: A document preparation system}.
+ Ad{\-d}i{\-s}on-Wes{\-l}ey,
+ Reading, MA, USA,
+ 1986.
+
+\bibitem[\LaT{}98]{ltnews09}
+ \latex{}3~Project Team.
+ A new math accent.
+ \emph{\latex News}. Issue~9, June~1998.
+ Available from
+ \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/doc/ltnews09.pdf}
+ (also included in many \tex{} distributions).
+
+\bibitem[\LaT{}00]{fntguide}
+ \latex{}3~Project Team.
+ \latexE font selection,
+ January~30, 2000.
+ Available from
+ \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/doc/fntguide.ps}
+ (also included in many \tex{} distributions).
+\end{thebibliography}
+\endgroup
+
+\clearpage
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Index}
+{\small\printindex}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..403f9e726df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/comprehensive/symbols-a4.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/README b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9cb11d2d01a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/README
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+
+ +-------------------------------------+
+ | HOW TO PACKAGE YOUR LATEX PACKAGE |
+ | By Scott Pakin, scott+dtx@pakin.org |
+ +-------------------------------------+
+
+This tutorial is intended for advanced LaTeX2e users who want to learn
+how to create .ins and .dtx files for distributing their homebrewed
+classes and style files.
+
+Distributed files include:
+
+ README -- This file
+ dtxtut.pdf -- Preformatted tutorial
+ dtxtut.tex -- Tutorial source code (LaTeX2e)
+ skeleton.ins -- A sample .ins file (generates .sty)
+ skeleton.dtx -- A sample .dtx file (generates .sty)
+ cskeleton.ins -- A sample .ins file (generates .cls)
+ cskeleton.dtx -- A sample .dtx file (generates .cls)
+
+
+The author would like to thank the following people (in alphabetical
+order) for their suggestions on improving dtxtut and the skeleton
+files:
+
+ * Robin Fairbairns
+ * Marcel Heldoorn
+ * Rolf Niepraschk
+ * Hans Fredrik Nordhaug
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/cskeleton.dtx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/cskeleton.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2374838738b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/cskeleton.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2004 by Scott Pakin <scott+dtx@pakin.org>
+% -------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*driver>
+\ProvidesFile{cskeleton.dtx}
+%</driver>
+%<class>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+%<class>\ProvidesClass{cskeleton}
+%<*class>
+ [2004/11/05 v1.0 .dtx skeleton file]
+%</class>
+%
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\RecordChanges
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{cskeleton.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{0}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%
+%
+% \changes{v1.0}{2004/11/05}{Initial version}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{cskeleton.dtx}
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment}
+%
+%
+% \title{The \textsf{cskeleton} class\thanks{This document
+% corresponds to \textsf{cskeleton}~\fileversion, dated \filedate.}}
+% \author{Scott Pakin \\ \texttt{scott+dtx@pakin.org}}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+%
+% Put text here.
+%
+% \section{Usage}
+%
+% Put text here.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\dummyMacro}
+% This macro does nothing.\index{doing nothing|usage} It is merely an
+% example. If this were a real macro, you would put a paragraph here
+% describing what the macro is supposed to do, what its mandatory and
+% optional arguments are, and so forth.
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{dummyEnv}
+% This environment does nothing. It is merely an example.
+% If this were a real environment, you would put a paragraph here
+% describing what the environment is supposed to do, what its
+% mandatory and optional arguments are, and so forth.
+%
+% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges\PrintIndex}
+%
+% \section{Implementation}
+%
+% For simplicity, we'll derive everything from the standard |article|
+% class.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\LoadClassWithOptions{article}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\dummyMacro}
+% This is a dummy macro. If it did anything, we'd describe its
+% implementation here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\dummyMacro}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{dummyEnv}
+% This is a dummy environment. If it did anything, we'd describe its
+% implementation here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{dummyEnv}{%
+}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/11/05}{Added a spurious change log entry to
+% show what a change \emph{within} an environment definition looks
+% like.}
+% Don't use |%| to introduce a code comment within a |macrocode|
+% environment. Instead, you should typeset all of your comments with
+% \LaTeX---doing so gives much prettier results. For comments within a
+% macro/environment body, just do an |\end{macrocode}|, include some
+% commentary, and do another |\begin{macrocode}|. It's that simple.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \Finale
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/cskeleton.ins b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/cskeleton.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..511fcf507dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/cskeleton.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 by Scott Pakin <scott+dtx@pakin.org>
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
+%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
+%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
+%% license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
+%% 1999/12/01 or later.
+%%
+
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+
+\usedir{tex/latex/cskeleton}
+
+\preamble
+
+This is a generated file.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004 by Scott Pakin <scott+dtx@pakin.org>
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
+the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
+or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
+license is in:
+
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
+1999/12/01 or later.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{\file{cskeleton.cls}{\from{cskeleton.dtx}{class}}}
+
+\obeyspaces
+\Msg{*************************************************************}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following *}
+\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX: *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* cskeleton.cls *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file cskeleton.dtx *}
+\Msg{* through LaTeX. *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing! *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{*************************************************************}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/dtxtut.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/dtxtut.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f43af2f7cb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/dtxtut.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/dtxtut.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/dtxtut.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1dc4ea129a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/dtxtut.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,2075 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-file{
+%%% author = "Scott Pakin",
+%%% version = "2.0a",
+%%% date = "05 November 2004",
+%%% time = "01:36:46 MST",
+%%% filename = "dtxtut.tex",
+%%% checksum = "54933 2075 7618 70409"
+%%% email = "scott+dtx@pakin.org (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "LaTeX, packages, .ins files, .dtx files,
+%%% literate programming",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% abstract = "This tutorial is intended for advanced
+%%% LaTeX 2e users who want to learn how to
+%%% create .ins and .dtx files for distributing
+%%% their homebrewed classes and style files.",
+%%% docstring = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by
+%%% the equivalent of the standard UNIX wc
+%%% (word count) utility output of lines,
+%%% words, and characters. This is produced by
+%%% Robert Solovay's checksum utility. This file
+%%% header was produced with the help of Nelson
+%%% Beebe's filehdr utility. Both checksum and
+%%% filehdr are available from CTAN
+%%% (http://www.ctan.org)."
+%%%
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+
+\documentclass[11pt]{ltxguide}
+\usepackage{varioref}
+\usepackage{makeidx}
+\usepackage{alltt}
+\IfFileExists{tocbibind.sty}{\usepackage{tocbibind}}{}
+\IfFileExists{hyperref.sty}{\usepackage[bookmarksopen]{hyperref}}{}
+
+\title{How to Package Your \LaTeX{} Package}
+\author{Scott Pakin \texttt{<scott+dtx@pakin.org>}}
+\date{5 November 2004}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% Define a term.
+\newcommand{\defn}[2][X]{%
+ \ifx#1X
+ \emph{#2}\index{#2}%
+ \else
+ \emph{#2}\index{#1}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Make a version of \dots that allows a subsequent line break.
+\newcommand{\dotsbrk}{\dots\linebreak[0]}
+
+% If we have url.sty loaded, use that for formatting URLs.
+\ifx\url\undefined
+\else
+ \let\URL=\url
+\fi
+
+% Define formatting for various packages.
+\newcommand{\DOC}{\textsf{Doc}\index{Doc@\textsf{Doc}}}
+\newcommand{\ds}{\textsf{DocStrip}\index{DocStrip@\textsf{DocStrip}}}
+\newcommand{\svrb}{\texttt{shortvrb}\index{shortvrb@\texttt{shortvrb}}}
+
+% Customize varioref's messages.
+\def\reftextbefore{on the preceding page}
+\def\reftextfacebefore{on the preceding page}
+\def\reftextcurrent{above} % We promise not to make any forward references.
+
+% Define some macros to help automate indexing.
+\makeindex
+{\catcode`\|=0 \catcode`\\=12
+ |gdef|bslash{\}}
+\newcommand{\defmacro}[1]{% % Define a macro.
+ \texttt{\bslash#1}%
+ \index{#1@\texttt{\string\bslash{}#1}}%
+}
+\newcommand{\usemacro}[1]{% % Use a macro.
+ \texttt{\bslash#1}%
+ \index{#1@\texttt{\string\bslash{}#1}}%
+}
+\newcommand{\indexmacro}[1]{% % Index a macro (no display).
+ \index{#1@\texttt{\string\bslash{}#1}}%
+}
+{\catcode`\|=12 % Same as \indexmacro, but
+ \gdef\indexmacroBegin#1{% % for ranges of text
+ \index{#1@\texttt{\string\bslash{}#1}|(}%
+ }
+ \gdef\indexmacroEnd#1{%
+ \index{#1@\texttt{\string\bslash{}#1}|)}%
+ }
+}
+\newcommand{\defthing}[1]{% % Define a non-macro thing.
+ \texttt{#1}%
+ \index{#1@\texttt{#1}}%
+}
+\newcommand{\usething}[1]{% % Use a non-macro thing.
+ \texttt{#1}%
+ \index{#1@\texttt{#1}}%
+}
+\newcommand{\indexthing}[1]{% % Index a non-macro thing.
+ \index{#1@\texttt{#1}}%
+}
+{\catcode`\|=12 % Same as \indexthing, but
+ \gdef\indexthingBegin#1{% % for ranges of text
+ \index{#1@\texttt{#1}|(}%
+ }
+ \gdef\indexthingEnd#1{%
+ \index{#1@\texttt{#1}|)}%
+ }
+}
+
+% Define shortcuts to index commonly used terms.
+\newcommand{\insfile}{%
+ \texttt{.ins}\index{installer file}}
+\newcommand{\dtxfile}{%
+ \texttt{.dtx}\index{documented LaTeX file@documented \string\LaTeX{} file}}
+\newcommand{\styfile}{%
+ \texttt{.sty}\index{style file}}
+\newcommand{\clsfile}{%
+ \texttt{.cls}\index{class file}}
+\newcommand{\CTAN}{%
+ CTAN\index{Comprehensive \string\TeX{} Archive Network}}
+\newcommand{\swiftexel}{%
+ \texttt{swiftex.el}\index{swiftex.el@\texttt{swiftex.el}}}
+\newcommand{\Emacs}{%
+ Emacs\index{Emacs}}
+\newcommand{\latex}[1][\LaTeX]{%
+ #1\index{LaTeX@\LaTeX}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{document}
+\sloppy
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+ This tutorial is intended for advanced \latex[\LaTeXe]{} users who
+ want to learn how to create \insfile{} and \dtxfile{} files for
+ distributing their homebrewed classes and style files.
+\end{abstract}
+
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+\paragraph{Requirements}
+We assume that you already know how to \emph{program} in \latex\@.
+That is, you should know how to use \usemacro{newcommand},
+\usemacro{newenvironment}, and preferably a smidgen of \TeX\@. You
+should also be familiar with ``\clsguide'', which is available from
+\CTAN{} (\URL{http://www.ctan.org}) and comes with most
+\latex[\LaTeXe]{} distributions in a file called |clsguide.dvi|.
+Finally, you should know how to install packages\index{package} that
+are shipped as a \dtxfile{} file plus a \insfile{} file.
+
+\index{package|(}
+\paragraph{Terminology}
+A \defn[style file]{style \textnormal{(\styfile{})} file} is primarily a
+collection of macro and environment definitions. One or more style
+files (\eg a main style file that \usemacro{input}s or
+\usemacro{RequirePackage}s multiple helper files) is called a
+\defn{package}. Packages are loaded into a document with
+\usemacro{usepackage}|{<main .sty file>}|\index{style file}. In the
+rest of this document, we use the notation ``\m{package}'' to
+represent the name of your package.
+\index{package|)}
+
+\paragraph{Motivation}
+The important parts of a package\index{package} are the code, the
+documentation of the code, and the user documentation. Using the
+\DOC{} and \ds{} programs, it's possible to combine all three of these
+into a single, \defn[documented LaTeX file@documented \string\LaTeX{}
+file]{documented \LaTeX \textnormal{(\dtxfile{})} file}. The primary
+advantage of a \dtxfile{} file is that it enables you to use arbitrary
+\latex{} constructs to comment\index{comments} your code. Hence,
+macros, environments, code stanzas, variables, and so forth can be
+explained using tables, figures, mathematics, and font changes. Code
+can be organized into sections using \latex's sectioning commands.
+\index{indexing|(}
+\DOC{} even facilitates generating a unified index that indexes both
+macro definitions (in the \latex{} code) and macro descriptions (in
+the user documentation).
+\index{indexing|)}
+This emphasis on writing verbose, nicely typeset
+comments\index{comments} for code---essentially treating a program as
+a book that describes a set of algorithms---is known as \defn{literate
+programming}~\cite{Knuth1984:literate} and has been in use since the
+early days of \TeX.
+
+This tutorial will teach you how to write basic \dtxfile{} files and
+the \insfile{} files that manipulate them. Although there is much
+overlap with chapter~14 of \emph{The \latex{}
+Companion}~\cite{Goossens1994:companion}, this document is structured
+as a step-by-step tutorial, while \emph{The \latex{} Companion} is
+more reference-like. Furthermore, this tutorial shows how to write a
+single file that serves as both documentation and driver file, which
+is a more typical usage of the \DOC{} system than using separate
+files.
+
+
+\index{installer file|(}
+
+\section{The \texttt{.ins} file}
+\label{sec:ins-file}
+
+The first step in preparing a package for distribution is to write an
+\defn[installer file]{installer \textnormal{(\insfile{})} file}. An
+installer file extracts the code from a \dtxfile{} file, uses \ds{} to
+strip off the comments\index{comments} and documentation, and outputs
+a \styfile{} file. The good news is that a \insfile{} file is
+typically fairly short and doesn't change significantly from one
+package\index{package} to another.
+
+\index{license|(}
+\insfile{} files usually start with comments\index{comments}
+specifying the copyright\index{copyright} and license information:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ %%
+ %% Copyright (C) <year> by <your name>
+ %%
+ %% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+ %% version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later
+ %% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+ %%
+ %% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ %%
+ %% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of
+ %% LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+ %%
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+\index{package|(}
+The \latex{} Project Public License\index{LaTeX Project Public
+License@\LaTeX{} Project Public License} (LPPL) is the license under
+which most packages---and \latex{} itself---are distributed. Of
+course, you can release your package under any license you want; the
+LPPL is merely the most common license for \latex{} packages. The
+LPPL specifies that a user can do whatever he wants with your
+package---including sell it and give you nothing in return. The only
+restrictions are that he must give you credit for your work, and he
+must change the name of the package if he modifies anything to avoid
+versioning confusion.
+\index{package|)}
+\index{license|)}
+\index{LPPL|see{\LaTeX{} Project Public License}}
+
+The next step is to load \ds:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \input docstrip.tex
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\indexmacroBegin{keepsilent} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{keepsilent}
+\end{decl}
+
+By default, \ds{} gives a line-by-line account of its activity. These
+messages aren't terribly useful, so most people turn them off:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \keepsilent
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\indexmacroEnd{keepsilent} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\indexmacroBegin{usedir} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{usedir} \arg{directory}
+\end{decl}
+
+A system administrator can specify the base directory under which all
+\TeX-related files should be installed, \eg |/usr/share/texmf|. (See
+``\usemacro{BaseDirectory}'' in the \ds{} manual.) The \insfile{}
+file specifies where its files should be installed relative to that.
+The following is typical:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usedir{tex/latex/<package>}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\indexmacroEnd{usedir} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\indexmacroBegin{preamble} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\indexmacroBegin{endpreamble}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{preamble} \\
+ \m{text} \\
+ \defmacro{endpreamble}
+\end{decl}
+
+\index{comments|(}
+The next step is to specify a \defn{preamble}, which is a block of
+commentary that will be written to the top of every generated file:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \preamble
+
+ This is a generated file.
+
+ Copyright (C) <year> by <your name>
+
+ This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+ version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later
+ version. The latest version of this license is in:
+
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+ and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of
+ LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+ \endpreamble
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\index{comments|)}
+
+\noindent
+The preceding preamble would cause |<package>.sty|\index{style file}
+to begin as follows:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ %%
+ %% This is file `<package>.sty',
+ %% generated with the docstrip utility.
+ %%
+ %% The original source files were:
+ %%
+ %% <package>.dtx (with options: `package')
+ %%
+ %% This is a generated file.
+ %%
+ %% Copyright (C) <year> by <your name>
+ %%
+ %% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+ %% version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later
+ %% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+ %%
+ %% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ %%
+ %% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of
+ %% LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+ %%
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\indexmacroEnd{endpreamble}
+\indexmacroEnd{preamble} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\indexmacroBegin{generate} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\indexmacroBegin{file}
+\indexmacroBegin{from}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{generate}
+ |{|\defmacro{file} |{<style-file>}|
+ |{|\defmacro{from} |{<dtx-file>}| |{<tag>}}}|
+\end{decl}
+
+We now reach the most important part of a \insfile{} file: the
+specification of what files to generate from the \dtxfile{} file. The
+following tells \ds{} to generate |<package>.sty|\index{style file}
+from |<package>.dtx| by extracting only those parts marked as
+``|package|'' in the \dtxfile{} file. (Marking parts of a \dtxfile{}
+file is described in Section~\ref{sec:dtx-file}.)
+
+\label{code:generate}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \generate{\file{<package>.sty}{\from{<package>.dtx}{package}}}
+\end{verbatim}%
+\index{style file}
+
+\noindent
+\usemacro{generate} can extract any number of files from a given
+\dtxfile{} file. It can even extract a single file from multiple
+\dtxfile{} files. See the \ds{} manual for details.
+
+\indexmacroEnd{from}
+\indexmacroEnd{file}
+\indexmacroEnd{generate} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\indexmacroBegin{Msg} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{Msg} \arg{text}
+\end{decl}
+
+The next part of a \insfile{} file consists of commands to output a
+message to the user, telling him what files need to be installed and
+reminding him how to produce the user documentation. The following
+set of \usemacro{Msg} commands is typical:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \obeyspaces
+ \Msg{****************************************************}
+ \Msg{* *}
+ \Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the *}
+ \Msg{* following file into a directory searched by TeX: *}
+ \Msg{* *}
+ \Msg{* <package>.sty *}
+ \Msg{* *}
+ \Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file *}
+ \Msg{* <package>.dtx through LaTeX. *}
+ \Msg{* *}
+ \Msg{* Happy TeXing! *}
+ \Msg{* *}
+ \Msg{****************************************************}
+\end{verbatim}%
+\index{style file}%
+
+\indexmacroEnd{Msg} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+Note the use of \usemacro{obeyspaces} to inhibit \TeX{} from
+collapsing multiple spaces into one.
+
+
+\indexmacroBegin{endbatchfile} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \usemacro{endbatchfile}
+\end{decl}
+
+Finally, we tell \ds{} that we've reached the end of the \insfile{} file:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \endbatchfile
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\indexmacroEnd{endbatchfile} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+Appendix~\ref{sec:skeleton-ins-file-style} lists a complete, skeleton
+\insfile{} file. Appendix~\ref{sec:skeleton-ins-file-class} is
+similar but contains slight modifications intended to produce a class
+(\clsfile) file instead of a style (\styfile) file.
+
+\index{installer file|)}
+\index{documented LaTeX file@documented \LaTeX{} file|(}
+
+
+\section{The \texttt{.dtx} file}
+\label{sec:dtx-file}
+
+\index{package|(}
+A \dtxfile{} file contains both the commented source code and the user
+documentation for the package. Running a \dtxfile{} file through
+|latex| typesets the user documentation, which usually also includes a
+nicely typeset version of the commented\index{comments} source code.
+\index{package|)}
+
+Due to some \DOC{} trickery, a \dtxfile{} file is actually evaluated
+\emph{twice}. The first time, only a small piece of \latex{} driver
+code is evaluated. The second time, \emph{comments}\index{comments}
+in the \dtxfile{} file are evaluated, as if there were no ``|%|''
+preceding them. This can lead to a good deal of confusion when
+writing \dtxfile{} files and occasionally leads to some awkward
+constructions. Fortunately, once the basic structure of a \dtxfile{} file
+is in place, filling in the code is fairly straightforward.
+
+
+\subsection{Prologue}
+
+\index{comments|(}
+
+\dtxfile{} files generally begin with a copyright\index{copyright} and
+license\index{license} comment:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+ % Copyright (C) <year> by <your name>
+ %
+ % This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+ % version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later
+ % version. The latest version of this license is in:
+ %
+ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ %
+ % and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of
+ % LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+ %
+ % \fi
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\index{comments|)}
+
+\noindent
+The \usemacro{iffalse} and |\fi| are needed because the second time
+the \dtxfile{} file is processed, |%| characters at the beginning of lines
+are ignored. To prevent the
+copyright\index{copyright}/license\index{license} from being evaluated
+as \latex{} code, we have to surround it with
+\usemacro{iffalse}\dotsbrk|\fi|. Adding ``\usething{meta-comment}''
+after ``\usemacro{iffalse}'' is nothing more than a convention for
+indicating that the comment\index{comments} is intended to be read by
+a human, not by \DOC{}, \ds{}, or \latex.
+
+\indexmacroBegin{NeedsTeXFormat} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\indexmacroBegin{ProvidesPackage}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{NeedsTeXFormat} \arg{format-name} \oarg{release-date} \\
+ \defmacro{ProvidesPackage} \arg{package-name} \oarg{release-info}
+\end{decl}
+
+The next few lines are also surrounded by
+\usemacro{iffalse}\dotsbrk|\fi| so as not to be processed by |latex|
+on the second pass through the \dtxfile{} file. However, these lines are
+intended not for a human reader, but for \ds{} (hence, no
+``\usething{meta-comment}''):
+
+\label{code:ProvidesPackage}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \iffalse
+ %<<package>>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+ %<<package>>\ProvidesPackage{<package>}
+ %<<package>> [<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD> v<version> <description>]
+ %
+\end{verbatim}%
+\indexmacro{NeedsTeXFormat}%
+\indexmacro{ProvidesPackage}
+
+\noindent
+(We'll encounter the |\fi| shortly.)
+
+Remember the \usemacro{generate} line in the \insfile{} file
+(page~\pageref{code:generate})? It ended with the tag ``|package|''.
+This tells \ds{} to write lines that begin with ``|%<<package>>|'' to
+the \styfile{} file, stripping off the ``|%<<package>>|'' in the
+process. Hence, our \styfile{} file will begin with the following:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+ \ProvidesPackage{<package>}
+ [<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD> v<version> <description>]
+\end{verbatim}%
+\indexmacro{NeedsTeXFormat}%
+\indexmacro{ProvidesPackage}
+
+\noindent
+For example:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+ \ProvidesPackage{skeleton}
+ [2002/03/25 v1.0 .dtx skeleton file]
+\end{verbatim}%
+\label{code:ProvidesPackage-example}%
+\indexmacro{NeedsTeXFormat}%
+\indexmacro{ProvidesPackage}
+
+\noindent
+\index{package|(}
+The \usemacro{NeedsTeXFormat} line ensures that the package won't run
+under a version of \latex[\LaTeXe]{} older than what the package was
+tested with. The date and version strings in the
+\usemacro{ProvidesPackage} line are used by \DOC{} to set the
+\usemacro{filedate} and \usemacro{fileversion} macros. Note the
+date\index{date format} format; \emph{YYYY/MM/DD} is used throughout
+\latex[\LaTeXe]{} and should be used in your packages as well.
+\index{package|)}
+
+\indexmacroEnd{ProvidesPackage}
+\indexmacroEnd{NeedsTeXFormat} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\indexmacroBegin{EnableCrossrefs} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\indexmacroBegin{CodelineIndex}
+\indexmacroBegin{RecordChanges}
+\indexmacroBegin{DocInput}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{EnableCrossrefs} \\
+ \defmacro{CodelineIndex} \\
+ \defmacro{RecordChanges} \\
+ \defmacro{DocInput} \arg{filename} \label{desc:CodelineIndex}
+\end{decl}
+
+Next comes the only part of the \dtxfile{} file that isn't commented out
+(\ie doesn't begin each line with |%|):
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ %<<*driver>>
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \usepackage{<package>}
+ \EnableCrossrefs
+ \CodelineIndex
+ \RecordChanges
+ \begin{document}
+ \DocInput{<package>.dtx}
+ \end{document}
+ %<</driver>>
+ % \fi
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The preceding code stanza is what |latex| evaluates on its first pass
+through the \dtxfile{} file. We'll now examine that stanza line-by-line:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item Putting code between ``|%<<*driver>>|'' and ``|%<</driver>>|''
+ is a \ds{} shorthand for prefixing each line with ``|%<<driver>>|''.
+ This demarcates the \DOC{} driver\index{driver code} code.
+
+ \item The \usemacro{documentclass} should almost always be
+ \usething{ltxdoc}, as that loads \DOC{} and provides a few useful
+ macros for formatting program documentation.
+
+\index{package|(}
+ \item You should always \usemacro{usepackage} your package. If you
+ don't, \DOC{} won't see the package's \usemacro{ProvidesPackage}
+ line and won't know how to set \usemacro{filedate} and
+ \usemacro{fileversion} (see page~\pageref{code:GetFileInfo}). This
+ is also where you should \usemacro{usepackage} any other packages
+ needed to typeset the user documentation.
+\index{package|)}
+
+ \item \usemacro{EnableCrossrefs} tells \DOC{} that you want it to
+ construct an index for your code---normally a good idea. The
+ alternative is \usemacro{DisableCrossrefs}, which speeds up
+ processing by a negligible amount.
+
+ \item \usemacro{CodelineIndex} tells \DOC{} that the index should
+ refer to program line numbers instead of page numbers. (The
+ alternative is \usemacro{PageIndex}.) \usemacro{CodelineIndex}
+ makes index entries easier to find at the expense of making the
+ index less self-consistent (because descriptions of macros and
+ environments are always indexed by page number). The index does,
+ however, begin with a note of explanation.
+
+ \item \label{item:RecordChanges} On page~\pageref{code:changes},
+ we'll see how to log the changes made in each revision of the
+ package\index{package}. \usemacro{RecordChanges} tells \DOC{} that
+ it should keep and aggregate the log entries.
+
+ \item There should be only one command between the
+ |\begin{document}| and |\end{document}|: a \usemacro{DocInput} call
+ with which the \dtxfile{} file inputs itself. This enables a master
+ file to \usemacro{DocInput} multiple files in order to produce a
+ single document that covers more than one package\index{package} but
+ contains a unified index\index{indexing}. Master documentation
+ files are described~\vpageref{sec:master-files}.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\indexmacroEnd{DocInput}
+\indexmacroEnd{RecordChanges}
+\indexmacroEnd{CodelineIndex}
+\indexmacroEnd{EnableCrossrefs} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\indexmacroBegin{OnlyDescription} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{OnlyDescription} \label{desc:OnlyDescription}
+\end{decl}
+
+Another command that sometimes appears in the preamble (\ie before the
+|\begin{document}|) is \usemacro{OnlyDescription}, which tells \DOC{}
+to typeset only the user documentation, not the package\index{package}
+code/comments\index{comments}. It's usually best to omit
+\usemacro{OnlyDescription} (or add it commented out). A user can
+always add it manually or even enable \usemacro{OnlyDescription} for
+\emph{all} \dtxfile{} files by adding the following to his
+\defthing{ltxdoc.cfg} file:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \AtBeginDocument{\OnlyDescription}
+\end{verbatim}%
+\indexmacro{AtBeginDocument}
+
+\indexmacroEnd{OnlyDescription} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\bigskip
+The remainder of this section covers |latex|'s second pass through the
+\dtxfile{} file. Consequently, all subsequent examples are prefixed
+with percent signs.
+
+\indexmacroBegin{CheckSum} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\index{checksumming|(}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{CheckSum} \arg{number} \label{decl:CheckSum}
+\end{decl}
+
+\DOC{} supports a very simplistic form of document checksumming, to
+help ensure that a package\index{package} didn't get corrupted in
+transport. \DOC{} merely counts the number of backslashes that occur
+in the code. If the number matches the checksum, \DOC{} gives a
+success message:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ *******************
+ * Checksum passed *
+ *******************
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+Otherwise, it says what the correct checksum should be:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ ! Package doc Error: Checksum not passed (<incorrect><<>><correct>).
+\end{verbatim}%
+\indexthing{Checksum not passed}
+
+\noindent
+To specify the checksum in a \dtxfile{} file, merely add a \usemacro{CheckSum}
+statement:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \CheckSum{<number>}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+If \m{number} is~|0|, or if the \dtxfile{} file lacks a
+\usemacro{CheckSum} line entirely, then \DOC{} outputs the following
+warning message:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ **********************************
+ * This macro file has no checksum!
+ * The checksum should be <number>!
+ **********************************
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+During code development it is convenient to specify |\CheckSum{0}| so
+you don't receive an error message every time you run |latex|. But
+don't forget to replace ``|0|'' with the correct number before
+releasing your package\index{package}!
+
+\index{checksumming|)}
+\indexmacroEnd{CheckSum} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\indexmacroBegin{CharacterTable} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{CharacterTable} \arg{text}
+\end{decl}
+
+The second mechanism that \DOC{} uses to ensure that a \dtxfile{} file
+is uncorrupted is a character table. If you put the following command
+verbatim into your \dtxfile{} file, then \DOC{} will ensure that no
+unexpected character translation took place in transport:\footnote{The
+character table is commonly prefixed with double percent signs so that
+it gets written to the \texttt{.sty}\index{style file} file. This
+seems unnecessary and is therefore shown here with single percent
+signs.}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \CharacterTable
+ % {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+ % Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+ % Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+ % Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+ % Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+ % Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+ % Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+ % Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+ % Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<<
+ % Equals \= Greater than \>> Question mark \?
+ % Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+ % Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+ % Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ % Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+A success message looks like this:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ ***************************
+ * Character table correct *
+ ***************************
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+and an error message looks like this:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ ! Package doc Error: Character table corrupted.
+\end{verbatim}%
+\indexthing{Character table corrupted}
+
+\indexmacroEnd{CharacterTable} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\indexmacroBegin{changes} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{changes} \arg{version} \arg{date} \arg{description}
+ \label{code:changes}
+\end{decl}
+
+\index{package|(}
+
+On page~\pageref{item:RecordChanges} we learned that \DOC{} has a
+mechanism for recording changes to the package. The command is
+``|\changes{<version>}{<date>}{<description>}|'', and it's common to
+use \usemacro{changes} for the initial version of the package to log
+the package's creation date:
+
+\index{package|)}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \changes{v1.0}{2002/03/25}{Initial version}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+One nice feature of the \usemacro{changes} command is that it knows
+whether it was used internally to a macro/environment definition. As
+Figure~\ref{fig:change-history} shows, top-level changes are prefixed
+with ``General:'', and internal changes are prefixed with the name of
+the enclosing macro or environment.
+
+\begin{figure}[htbp]
+ \centering
+ \index{change history}
+ \fbox{%
+ \begin{minipage}[t]{0.75\textwidth}
+ {\normalfont\Large\bfseries Change History\vskip 2.3ex plus 0.2ex}
+ v1.0 \\
+ \hspace*{2em} General: Top-level comment \dotfill 1 \\
+ v1.2j \\
+ \hspace*{2em} \texttt{myMacro}: Internal macro comment \dotfill 5
+ \end{minipage}%
+ }%
+ \caption{Sample change history}
+ \label{fig:change-history}
+\end{figure}
+
+\indexmacroEnd{changes} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\indexmacroBegin{GetFileInfo} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\indexmacroBegin{filedate}
+\indexmacroBegin{fileversion}
+\indexmacroBegin{fileinfo}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{GetFileInfo} \arg{style-file} \label{code:GetFileInfo} \\[1ex]
+ \defmacro{filedate} \\
+ \defmacro{fileversion} \\
+ \defmacro{fileinfo}
+\end{decl}
+
+Next, we tell \DOC{} to parse the \usemacro{ProvidesPackage} command
+(page~\pageref{code:ProvidesPackage}), calling the three components of
+\usemacro{ProvidesPackage}'s argument, respectively,
+``\usemacro{filedate}'', ``\usemacro{fileversion}'', and
+``\usemacro{fileinfo}'':
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \GetFileInfo{<package>.sty}
+\end{verbatim}%
+\index{style file}%
+\indexmacro{GetFileInfo}
+
+\noindent
+For instance, the \usemacro{ProvidesPackage} example
+shown~\vpageref{code:ProvidesPackage-example} would be parsed as
+follows:
+
+| |%
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\qquad$\equiv$\qquad}l@{}}
+ \usemacro{filedate} & 2002/03/25 \\
+ \usemacro{fileversion} & v1.0 \\
+ \usemacro{fileinfo} & .dtx skeleton file
+\end{tabular}
+
+\indexmacroEnd{fileinfo}
+\indexmacroEnd{fileversion}
+\indexmacroEnd{filedate}
+\indexmacroEnd{GetFileInfo} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\indexmacroBegin{DoNotIndex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\index{indexing|(}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{DoNotIndex} \arg{macro-name \textnormal{, \dots}}
+\end{decl}
+
+When producing an index, \DOC{} normally indexes \emph{every} control
+sequence (\ie backslashed word or symbol) in the code. The problem
+with this level of automation is that many control sequences are
+uninteresting from the perspective of understanding the code. For
+example, a reader probably doesn't want to see every location where
+|\if| is used---or |\the| or |\let| or |\begin| or any of numerous
+other control sequences.
+
+As its name implies, the \usemacro{DoNotIndex} command gives \DOC{} a
+list of control\index{control sequences} sequences that should not be
+indexed. \usemacro{DoNotIndex} can be used any number of times, and
+it accepts any number of control\index{control sequences} sequence
+names per invocation:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \DoNotIndex{\#,\$,\%,\&,\@,\\,\{,\},\^,\_,\~,\ }
+ % \DoNotIndex{\@ne}
+ % \DoNotIndex{\advance,\begingroup,\catcode,\closein}
+ % \DoNotIndex{\closeout,\day,\def,\edef,\else,\empty,\endgroup}
+\end{verbatim}
+\centerline{$\vdots$}
+
+\index{indexing|)}
+\indexmacroEnd{DoNotIndex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\subsection{User documentation}
+
+We can finally start writing the user documentation. A typical
+beginning looks like this:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \title{The \textsf{<package>} package\thanks{This document
+ % corresponds to \textsf{<package>}~\fileversion,
+ % dated~\filedate.}}
+ % \author{<your name> \\ \texttt{<your e-mail address>}}
+ %
+ % \maketitle
+\end{verbatim}%
+\indexmacro{title}
+\indexmacro{author}
+\indexmacro{maketitle}
+
+\noindent
+\index{package|(}
+The title can certainly be more creative, but note that it's common
+for package names to be typeset with \usemacro{textsf} and for
+\usemacro{thanks} to be used to specify the package version and date.
+This yields one of the advantages of literate\index{literate
+programming} programming: Whenever you change the package version (the
+optional second argument to \usemacro{ProvidesPackage}), the user
+documentation is updated accordingly. Of course, you still have to
+ensure manually that the user documentation accurately describes the
+updated package.
+\index{package|)}
+
+Write the user documentation as you would any \latex{} document,
+except that you have to precede each line with a ``|%|''. Note that
+the \usething{ltxdoc} document class is derived from |article|, so the
+top-level sectioning command is \usemacro{section}, not
+\usemacro{chapter}.
+
+
+\indexmacroBegin{DescribeMacro} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\indexmacroBegin{DescribeEnv}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{DescribeMacro} \arg{macro} \\
+ \defmacro{DescribeEnv} \arg{environment}
+\end{decl}
+
+\DOC{} provides a couple of commands to help format user
+documentation. If you include
+``|\DescribeMacro{<macro>}|''\footnote{``\m{macro}'' should include
+the backslash.} within a paragraph, \DOC{} will stick ``\m{macro}'' in
+the margin to make it easy for a reader to see. \DOC{} will also add
+\m{macro} to the index and format the corresponding page number to
+indicate that this is where the macro is described (as opposed to the
+place in the source code where the macro is defined).
+
+\usemacro{DescribeEnv} is the analogous command for describing an
+environment. Both \usemacro{DescribeMacro} and \usemacro{DescribeEnv}
+can be used multiple times within a paragraph.
+
+\indexmacroEnd{DescribeEnv}
+\indexmacroEnd{DescribeMacro} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\indexmacroBegin{marg} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\indexmacroBegin{oarg}
+\indexmacroBegin{parg}
+\indexmacroBegin{meta}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{marg} \arg{argument} \\
+ \defmacro{oarg} \arg{argument} \\
+ \defmacro{parg} \arg{argument} \\
+ \defmacro{meta} \arg{text}
+\end{decl}
+
+The \usething{ltxdoc} document class provides three commands to help
+typeset macro and environment syntax
+(Table~\ref{tbl:argument-formatting}). \usemacro{marg} formats
+mandatory arguments, \usemacro{oarg} formats optional arguments, and
+\usemacro{parg} formats picture arguments. All three of these utilize
+\usemacro{meta} to typeset the argument proper. \usemacro{meta} is
+also useful on its own. For example, ``\texttt{This needs a}
+|\meta{dimen}|.'' is typeset as ``This needs a \m{dimen}.''
+
+\begin{table}[htbp]
+ \centering
+ \caption{Argument-formatting commands}
+ \label{tbl:argument-formatting}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
+ \hline
+ \multicolumn{1}{@{}c}{Command} &
+ \multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{Result} \\
+ \hline
+ \usemacro{marg}|{text}| & |{<text>}| \\
+ \usemacro{oarg}|{text}| & |[<text>]| \\
+ \usemacro{parg}|{text}| & |(<text>)| \\
+ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+In addition to those commands, \DOC{} facilitates the typesetting of
+macro descriptions by automatically loading the \svrb{}
+package\index{package}. \svrb{} lets you use \verb+|+\dots\verb+|+
+as a convenient shorthand for |\verb|\verb+|+\dots\verb+|+. For
+instance, ``\verb+|\mymacro|+ |\oarg{pos}| |\marg{width}|
+|\marg{text}|'' is typeset as follows:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \mymacro [<pos>] {<width>} {<text>}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+Like \usemacro{verb}, the \verb+|+\dots\verb+|+ shorthand does not
+work within \usemacro{footnote} or other fragile macros.
+
+\indexmacroEnd{meta}
+\indexmacroEnd{parg}
+\indexmacroEnd{oarg}
+\indexmacroEnd{marg} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\subsection{Code and commentary}
+
+\indexmacroBegin{StopEventually} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\indexmacroBegin{Finale}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{StopEventually} |{<text>}| \\
+ \defmacro{Finale}
+\end{decl}
+
+The package's\index{package} source code is delineated by putting it
+between \usemacro{StopEventually} and \usemacro{Finale}. Note that
+\usemacro{CheckSum} (page~\pageref{decl:CheckSum}) applies only to the
+package's\index{package} source code. \usemacro{StopEventually} takes
+an argument, which is a block of text to typeset after the code. If
+\usemacro{OnlyDescription} (page~\pageref{desc:OnlyDescription}) is
+specified, then nothing after the \usemacro{StopEventually} will be
+output---including text that follows \usemacro{Finale}.
+\usemacro{StopEventually}'s \m{text} parameter is therefore the
+mechanism for providing a piece of text that should be output
+regardless of whether or not a code listing is typeset. It commonly
+includes a bibliography section and/or one or more of the following
+commands.
+
+\indexmacroEnd{Finale}
+\indexmacroEnd{StopEventually} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\begin{decl}
+ \defmacro{PrintChanges} \\
+ \defmacro{PrintIndex}
+\end{decl}
+
+\indexmacroBegin{PrintChanges} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\index{change history|(}
+
+\usemacro{PrintChanges} produces an unnumbered section called ``Change
+History''. (See Figure~\vref{fig:change-history}). The Change
+History section aggregates all of the \usemacro{changes} commands in
+the \dtxfile{} file into a single list of per-version modifications.
+This makes it easy to keep track of what changed from version to
+version.
+
+\usemacro{PrintChanges} uses \latex's glossary mechanism. Running
+|latex| on |<package>.dtx| produces change-history data in
+|<package>.glo|. To produce the actual change history
+(|<package>.gls|), the user should run the \usething{makeindex}
+program as follows:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ makeindex -s gglo.ist -o <package>.gls <package>.glo
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\index{change history|)}
+\indexmacroEnd{PrintChanges} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\indexmacroBegin{PrintIndex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\index{indexing|(}
+
+\usemacro{PrintIndex} produces an unnumbered section called ``Index''.
+The index automatically includes entries for all macros and
+environments that are used, defined, or described in the document.
+All environments are additionally listed under ``environments''.
+Table~\ref{tbl:index-formatting} illustrates the way that various
+entries are formatted. In that table, ``27'' refers to a page number,
+and ``123'' refers to a line number.\footnote{If
+\texttt{\string\CodelineIndex} (page~\pageref{desc:CodelineIndex})
+were not used then ``123'' would refer to a page number.} Note that
+macro/environment definitions and uses are included in the index only
+if the document includes a code listing (\ie
+\usemacro{OnlyDescription} was not specified).
+
+\begin{table}[htbp]
+ \centering
+ \caption{Formatting of entries in the index}
+ \label{tbl:index-formatting}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}llp{6cm}@{}}
+ \hline
+ Item & Function & Formatting in index \\
+ \hline
+ Macro & Used & |\myMacro| \dotfill~123 \\
+ Macro & Defined & |\myMacro| \dotfill~\underline{123} \\
+ Macro & Described & |\myMacro| \dotfill~\textit{27} \\
+ Environment & Defined & |myEnv| (environment) \dotfill~\underline{123} \\
+ Environment & Described & |myEnv| (environment) \dotfill~\textit{27} \\
+ \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{Other (\ie an explicit \texttt{\string\index})}
+ & myItem \dotfill~27 \\
+ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+The default formatting for an explicit \usemacro{index} command uses a
+roman page number. This leads to confusion, as roman page numbers
+otherwise indicate line numbers in the package source code. The
+solution is to specify ``|usage|'' formatting to the \usemacro{index}
+command:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \index{explicit indexing|usage}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Running |latex| on |<package>.dtx| produces index data in
+|<package>.idx|. To produce the actual index (|<package>.ind|), the
+user should run the \usething{makeindex} program as follows:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ makeindex -s gind.ist -o <package>.ind <package>.idx
+\end{verbatim}
+
+A code index is a nice ``value added'' made possible by
+literate\index{literate programming} programming. It requires
+virtually no extra effort and greatly helps code maintainers to find
+macro definitions and see what other macros a package\index{package}
+depends upon.
+
+\index{indexing|)}
+\indexmacroEnd{PrintIndex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\indexthingBegin{macrocode} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\begin{macrocode}| \\
+ \m{code} \\
+ |\end{macrocode}|
+\end{decl}
+
+Code fragments listed between |\begin{macrocode}| and
+|\end{macrocode}| are extracted verbatim into the \styfile{} file.
+When typeset, the code fragments are shown with a running line counter
+to make it easy to refer to a specific line. Here are some key points
+to remember about the \usething{macrocode} environment:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item There must be \emph{exactly} four spaces between the ``|%|''
+ and the ``|\begin{macrocode}|'' or ``|\end{macrocode}|''.
+ Otherwise, \DOC{} won't detect the end of the code
+ fragment.\footnote{Trivia: Only the
+ \texttt{\string\end\string{macrocode\string}} needs this precise
+ spacing and then, only for typesetting the documentation.
+ Nevertheless, it's good practice to use
+ ``\texttt{\%\textvisiblespace\textvisiblespace\textvisiblespace\textvisiblespace}''
+ for the \texttt{\string\begin\string{macrocode\string}}, as well.}
+
+ \item The lines of code within
+ |\begin{macrocode}|\dotsbrk|\end{macrocode}| should not begin with
+ ``|%|''. The code gets written exactly as it is to the \insfile{}
+ file, with no |%|-stripping.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+The following is a sample code fragment. It happens to be a complete
+macro definition, but this is not necessary; any fragment of \latex{}
+code can appear within a \usething{macrocode} environment.
+
+\label{code:mymacro}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand{\mymacro}{This is
+ a \LaTeX{} macro.}
+ % \end{macrocode}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+\DOC{} formats the preceding code fragment as follows:
+
+\begin{tabbing}
+| |\={\tiny 9} \=\kill
+ \> {\tiny 1} \> |\newcommand{\mymacro}{This is| \\
+ \> {\tiny 2} \> | a \LaTeX{} macro.}|
+\end{tabbing}
+
+\noindent
+Note that line numbers are unique across the entire program (as
+opposed to being reset at the top of each page). If
+\usemacro{PrintIndex} is used in the \dtxfile{} file containing the
+preceding definition of |\mymacro|, the index will automatically
+include entries for |\newcommand|, |\mymacro|, and |\LaTeX|, unless
+any of these are \usemacro{DoNotIndex}'ed.
+
+\indexthingEnd{macrocode} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\indexthingBegin{macro} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\indexthingBegin{environment}
+
+\begin{decl}
+ |\begin{macro}{<macro>}| \\
+ \qquad $\vdots$ \\
+ |\end{macro}| \\
+ \\
+ |\begin{environment}{<environment>}| \\
+ \qquad $\vdots$ \\
+ |\end{environment}| \\
+\end{decl}
+
+The \usething{macro} and \usething{environment} environments are used
+to delineate a complete macro or environment definition.
+\usething{macro}/\usething{environment} environments generally contain
+one or more \usething{macrocode} environments interspersed with code
+documentation. The following is a more complete version of the
+\usething{macrocode} example shown~\vpageref{code:mymacro}.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \begin{macro}{\mymacro}
+ % We define a trivial macro, |\mymacro|, to illustrate
+ % the use of the |macro| environment.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand{\mymacro}{This is
+ a \LaTeX{} macro.}
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % \end{macro}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+The typeset version is shown below:
+
+\begin{tabbing}
+| \mymacro|\qquad\={\tiny 9} \= \kill
+| \mymacro| \> We define a trivial macro, |\mymacro|, to illustrate the \\
+ \> use of the \usething{macro} environment. \\
+ \> {\tiny 1} \> |\newcommand{\mymacro}{This is| \\
+ \> {\tiny 2} \> | a \LaTeX{} macro.}|
+\end{tabbing}
+
+\DOC{} typesets the macro/environment name in the margin for increased
+visibility. \DOC{} also adds the appropriate entries to the index.
+(See Table~\vref{tbl:index-formatting} for examples of how these
+entries are formatted.) Note that
+|\begin{macro}|\dotsbrk|\end{macro}| is not required to indicate a
+macro definition. It can also be used to indicate definitions of
+\latex{} datatypes, such as counters, lengths, and boxes:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \begin{macro}{myCounter}
+ % This is an example of using the |macro| environment to format
+ % something other than a macro.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcounter{myCounter}
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % \end{macro}
+\end{verbatim}%
+\indexthing{macrocode}
+
+\usething{macro} and \usething{environment} environments can be
+nested. This capability is useful not only for macros that define
+other macros, but also when defining a group of related datatypes that
+share a description:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \begin{macro}{\thingheight}
+ % \begin{macro}{\thingwidth}
+ % \begin{macro}{\thingdepth}
+ % These lengths keep track of the dimensions of our |\thing|
+ % box. (Actually, we're just trying to show how to nest
+ % |macro| environments.)
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \newlength{\thingheight}
+ \newlength{\thingwidth}
+ \newlength{\thingdepth}
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % \end{macro}
+ % \end{macro}
+ % \end{macro}
+\end{verbatim}%
+\indexthing{macro}%
+\indexthing{macrocode}
+
+\noindent
+Descriptionless \usething{macro} environments should generally be
+avoided, as the formatting is a little ugly; the macro name appears on
+its own line, to the left of an ``empty'' description, but the code
+doesn't start until the next line.
+
+There can be multiple \usething{macrocode} environments within a
+|\begin{macro}|\dotsbrk|\end{macro}| or
+|\begin{environment}|\dotsbrk|\end{environment}| block.
+\index{comments|(} This is the mechanism by which code can be
+commented internally to a macro/environment. (It's considered bad
+style to use ``|%|'' for comments within a \usething{macrocode}
+block.) Here's an example of the way that a nontrivial macro might be
+commented:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \begin{macro}{\complexMacro}
+ % Pretend that this is a very complex macro that needs
+ % to have its various pieces documented.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand{\complexMacro}{%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % Initialize all of our counters to zero.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \setcounter{count@i}{0}%
+ \setcounter{count@ii}{0}%
+ \setcounter{count@iii}{0}%
+ \setcounter{count@iv}{0}%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % Do some really complicated processing.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+\end{verbatim}%
+\indexthing{macrocode}
+| |$\vdots$
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % We're all finished now.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ }
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % \end{macro}
+\end{verbatim}%
+\indexthing{macrocode}
+
+\indexthingEnd{environment}
+\indexthingEnd{macro} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\index{comments|)}
+
+Appendix~\ref{sec:skeleton-dtx-file-style} lists a complete, skeleton
+\dtxfile{} file that encapsulates a \styfile{} file and its
+documentation.
+
+\index{class file|(}
+
+\paragraph{Class files}
+The procedure to produce a class file from a \dtxfile{} file is far
+less straightforward than the procedure to produce a style file. The
+problem is that \usemacro{DocInput} relies on the
+|\usepackage{|\m{package}|}| line (more precisely, the
+\usemacro{ProvidesPackage} line within \m{package}|.sty|) to set the
+\usemacro{fileversion} and \usemacro{filedate} macros. However, a
+class file can't be loaded with |\usepackage|. Nor can we simply load
+it with |\documentclass{|\m{package}|}| because only one class can be
+loaded per document and we need that class to be |ltxdoc|.
+
+The solution is to use \usemacro{ProvidesFile} to make the file
+version and date available to the \dtxfile{} file.
+Appendix~\ref{sec:skeleton-dtx-file-class} lists a complete, skeleton
+\dtxfile{} file that encapsulates a \clsfile{} file and its
+documentation. It resembles the skeleton file shown in
+Appendix~\ref{sec:skeleton-dtx-file-style} but has a differently
+structured header section.
+
+\index{class file|)}
+
+
+\index{documented LaTeX file@documented \LaTeX{} file|)}
+
+
+\section{Tips, tricks, and recommendations}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Write lots of good documentation! It really helps others
+ understand your code and the package\index{package} as a whole.
+
+ \item If you believe the \latex{} community at large would be
+ interested in your package then you should upload it to \CTAN{} at
+ \URL{http://www.ctan.org/upload}. As a central repository of all
+ things \TeX-related, \CTAN{} makes it easier for others to find your
+ \latex{} package than if it were located on your personal home page.
+
+\index{documentation, prebuilt PDF|(}
+ \item When distributing your package, be sure to include a
+ |README|\index{README file@\texttt{README} file} file describing
+ what your package does as well as \emph{prebuilt} documentation,
+ preferably as a PDF file. Prebuilt documentation saves users the
+ bother of having to download your package, install it, and build the
+ documentation before even knowing what the package is supposed to do
+ or if it meets their needs.
+\index{documentation, prebuilt PDF|)}
+
+ \item Use \latex's sectioning commands to organize the code and
+ clarify its structure (\eg |\subsection{|\texttt{Initialization
+ macros}|}|, |\subsection{|\texttt{Helper functions}|}|,
+ |\subsection{|\texttt{Exported macros and environments}|}|,~\dots).
+
+\index{comments|(}
+
+ \item Although commentary really belongs only in the typeset
+ documentation, it is also possible to write comments that are
+ visible only in the \styfile{} file, in both the typeset
+ documentation and the \styfile{} file, or only in the \dtxfile{}
+ source. Table~\ref{tbl:comment-visibility} shows how to control
+ comment visibility.
+
+\index{comments|)}
+
+ \begin{table}[hbp]
+ \centering
+ \caption{Comment visibility}
+ \label{tbl:comment-visibility}
+ \newcommand{\yes}{Y}%
+ \newcommand{\no}{N}%
+ \index{style file}%
+ \index{comments}%
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}ccl@{}}
+ \hline
+ Appears & Appears \\
+ in docs & in \styfile{} & \raisebox{1.5ex}[0pt]{Mechanism} \\
+ \hline
+
+ \no & \no & |% ^^A <comment>| \\[2ex]
+
+ \no & \yes & |% \iffalse| \\
+ & & |%% <comment>| \\
+ & & |% \fi| \\[2ex]
+
+ \yes & \no & |% <comment>| \\[2ex]
+
+ \yes & \yes & |%% <comment>| \\
+ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{table}
+
+ \item All lines between |<<*package>>| and |<</package>>|, except
+ those within a \usething{macrocode} environment, should begin with
+ ``|%|''. Don't use any blank lines; these would get written to the
+ \styfile{} file (and oughtn't).
+
+
+\index{package|(}
+\index{"@@\texttt{"@}!in macro names|(}
+ \item It is good practice for \latex{} programs to use ``|@|''
+ within the names of macros, lengths, counters, etc.\ that are
+ declared globally, but intended to be used only internally to the
+ package. This prevents a user from corrupting package state by
+ inadvertently redefining package internals.\footnote{Within a
+ \LaTeX{} document, ``|@|'' is set to category code~12 (``other''),
+ not category code~11 (``letter''), so the user can't easily define
+ or use a macro with ``|@|'' in its name.} Another good practice is
+ to prefix all global names that are internal to the package with the
+ name of the package (\eg ``|\<package>@thing|'' instead of
+ ``|\@thing|'' or---even worse---just ``|\thing|''). This helps
+ avoid inter-package naming conflicts. Finally, because decimal
+ digits are not normally allowed in macro names, it is common to use
+ roman\index{roman numerals} numerals instead, for example: |\arg@i|,
+ |\arg@ii|, |\arg@iii|, |\arg@iv|, etc.
+\index{"@@\texttt{"@}!in macro names|)}
+\index{package|)}
+
+ \item You can use \usemacro{index} in the normal way to index things
+ other than macros and environments.
+
+ \item If you use \Emacs{} as your text editor, try out \swiftexel's
+ |doctex-mode|\index{doctex-mode@\texttt{doctex-mode}}, an \Emacs{}
+ mode designed specifically for writing \dtxfile{} files.
+ \swiftexel{} is available from \CTAN{}.
+
+ As a more primitive alternative, look up \Emacs's |string-rectangle|
+ and |kill-rectangle| commands. These help a great deal with adding
+ and removing a ``|%|'' at the beginning of every line in a region.
+
+ \item Be sure to read ``The \ds{} Program'' and ``The \DOC{} and
+ \svrb{} Packages'', the documentation for \ds{} and \DOC{},
+ respectively (provided in \dtxfile{} format, of course). These
+ explain how to do more advanced things with \insfile{} and
+ \dtxfile{} files than this tutorial covered. Some advanced topics
+ include the following:
+
+ \begin{itemize} \item Extracting multiple \styfile{}
+ files from a single \dtxfile{} file.
+
+ \item Putting different preambles in different
+ \styfile{} files.
+
+ \item Extracting something other than a \styfile{} file (\eg a
+ configuration file or a Perl script) from a \dtxfile{} file.
+
+ \item Changing the formatting of the typeset documentation.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\section{Obscure packaging features}
+
+This section describes various bits of wizardry that can be
+accomplished with \DOC{} and \ds. Few packages require these
+techniques but they are included here for convenient reference.
+
+\subsection{Master documentation files}
+\label{sec:master-files}
+
+\DOC{} supports ``master'' documentation files that typeset multiple
+\dtxfile{} files. The advantage is that a set of related \dtxfile{}
+files can be typeset with continuous section numbering and a single,
+unified index. In fact, the \latex[\LaTeXe]{} source code itself is
+typeset using a master document (|source2e.tex|) that includes all of
+the myriad \dtxfile{} files that comprise \latex[\LaTeXe].
+
+To help produce master documents, the \usething{ltxdoc} class
+provides a command called ``\usemacro{DocInclude}''.
+\usething{ltxdoc}'s \usemacro{DocInclude} is much like \DOC's
+\usemacro{DocInput}---it even uses it internally---but has the
+following additional features.
+
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item \usemacro{PrintIndex} is automatically handled properly.
+
+ \item Every \usemacro{DocInclude}'d file is given a title page.
+
+ \item \usemacro{tableofcontents} works as expected. \dtxfile{}
+ filenames are used as ``chapter'' names.
+ \end{itemize}
+
+\noindent
+Note that \usemacro{DocInclude}, unlike \usemacro{DocInput}, assumes
+a \dtxfile{} extension.
+
+Appendix~\ref{sec:skeleton-master-file} presents a master-document
+skeleton that uses \usemacro{DocInclude} to typeset |<file1>.dtx|,
+|<file2>.dtx|, and |<file3>.dtx| as a single document. If you prefer
+a more manual approach (\eg if you dislike \usemacro{DocInclude}'s
+per-file title pages), you can still use \usemacro{DocInput}.
+\index{indexing|(}
+Just make sure to redefine \usemacro{PrintIndex} to do nothing;
+otherwise, each file will get its own index. After all of the
+\dtxfile{} files have been typeset, call the original
+\usemacro{PrintIndex} command to print a unified index:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{document}
+ \let\origPrintIndex=\PrintIndex \let\PrintIndex=\relax
+ \DocInput{<file1>.dtx}
+ \DocInput{<file2>.dtx}
+ \DocInput{<file3>.dtx}
+ \origPrintIndex
+ \end{document}
+\end{verbatim}%
+\indexmacro{PrintIndex}%
+\indexmacro{DocInput}
+
+\index{indexing|)}
+
+\subsection{Single-file package distributions}
+
+Although \latex{} packages are typically distributed as both
+a~\insfile{} and a \dtxfile{} file, it is possible to distribute a
+package as a single file. The trick is to include the entire
+\insfile{} at the top of the \dtxfile{} file, right after the
+|%<package>| lines:
+
+\begin{alltt}
+ %\string<*batchfile\string>
+ \string\begingroup
+ \(\vdots\)
+ <Entire contents of the {\normalfont\texttt{.ins}} file>
+ \(\vdots\)
+ \string\endgroup
+ %\string</batchfile\string>
+\end{alltt}
+
+\noindent
+Omit the \usemacro{endbatchfile} to allow \latex{} to continue on with
+the rest of the \dtxfile{} file. Also, to avoid the ``\texttt{File}
+\m{sty-file} \texttt{already exists on the system. Overwrite it?
+[y/n]}'' message you can put ``\usemacro{askforoverwritefalse}''
+before the first \usemacro{generate} command. (This will
+automatically overwrite the existing \styfile{} file. Wrapping the
+\usemacro{generate} command(s) within
+``\usemacro{IfFileExists}|{|\m{sty-file}|}{}{|\dots|}|'' will suppress
+the overwriting.) You should also move the \styfile{} installation
+instructions to the end of the \dtxfile{} file so they don't scroll
+off the user's screen. You'll need to use \usemacro{typeout} as
+\usemacro{Msg} won't be defined:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ % \Finale
+ %
+ % \typeout{**************************************************}
+ % \typeout{*}
+ % \typeout{* To finish the installation you have to move the}
+ % \typeout{* following file into a directory searched by TeX:}
+ % \typeout{*}
+ % \typeout{* \space\space skeleton.sty}
+ % \typeout{*}
+ % \typeout{* Documentation is in skeleton.dvi.}
+ % \typeout{*}
+ % \typeout{* Happy TeXing!}
+ % \typeout{**************************************************}
+ \endinput
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{Class and style files with shared versioning information}
+
+Some packages contain both a \clsfile{} and \styfile{} file. It may
+be desirable to have these extracted from the same \insfile{} file and
+share the same versioning string. The \ds{} documentation explains
+how to extract multiple files from a single \usemacro{generate} call:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \generate{\file{<package>.cls}{\from{<package>.dtx}{class}}
+ \file{<package>.sty}{\from{<package>.dtx}{package}}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Using a single versioning string for both the \clsfile{} and
+\styfile{} files can be accomplished by changing the following lines
+in the \dtxfile{} file shown in
+Appendix~\ref{sec:skeleton-dtx-file-class}:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ %<<class>>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+ %<<class>>\ProvidesClass{<package>}
+ %<<*class>>
+ [<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD> v<version> <brief description>]
+ %<</class>>
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The replacement code specifies which lines belong to the class file
+and which belong to the style file:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ %<<class|package>>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+ %<<class>>\ProvidesClass{<package>}
+ %<<package>>\ProvidesPackage{<package>}
+ %<<*class|package>>
+ [<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD> v<version> <brief description>]
+ %<</class|package>>
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\appendix
+
+\section{Skeleton files}
+
+This section contains complete skeletons of the types of files
+discussed in the rest of the document. These skeletons can be used as
+templates for creating your own packages.\index{package}
+
+\index{installer file|(}
+
+\subsection{A skeleton \texttt{.ins} file to generate a \texttt{.sty} file}
+\label{sec:skeleton-ins-file-style}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) <year> by <your name>
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of
+%% LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%%
+
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+
+\usedir{tex/latex/<package>}
+
+\preamble
+
+This is a generated file.
+
+Copyright (C) <year> by <your name>
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later
+version. The latest version of this license is in:
+
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of
+LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{\file{<package>.sty}{\from{<package>.dtx}{package}}}
+
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the}
+\Msg{* following file into a directory searched by TeX:}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space\space <package>.sty}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file <package>.dtx}
+\Msg{* through LaTeX.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing!}
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+
+\endbatchfile
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{A skeleton \texttt{.ins} file to generate a \texttt{.cls} file}
+\label{sec:skeleton-ins-file-class}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) <year> by <your name>
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+%% version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later
+%% version. The latest version of this license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of
+%% LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%%
+
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+
+\usedir{tex/latex/<package>}
+
+\preamble
+
+This is a generated file.
+
+Copyright (C) <year> by <your name>
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+version 1.2 of this license or (at your option) any later
+version. The latest version of this license is in:
+
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of
+LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{\file{<package>.cls}{\from{<package>.dtx}{class}}}
+
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the}
+\Msg{* following file into a directory searched by TeX:}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* \space\space <package>.cls}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file <class>.dtx}
+\Msg{* through LaTeX.}
+\Msg{*}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing!}
+\Msg{*********************************************************}
+
+\endbatchfile
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\index{installer file|)}
+\index{documented LaTeX file@documented \LaTeX{} file|(}
+
+
+\subsection{A skeleton \texttt{.dtx} file to generate a \texttt{.sty} file}
+\label{sec:skeleton-dtx-file-style}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) <year> by <your name>
+% -----------------------------------
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<<package>>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+%<<package>>\ProvidesPackage{<package>}
+%<<package>> [<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD> v<version> <brief description>]
+%
+%<<*driver>>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\usepackage{<package>}
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\RecordChanges
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{<package>.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%<</driver>>
+% \fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{0}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<<
+% Equals \= Greater than \>> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%
+%
+% \changes{v1.0}{<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD>}{Initial version}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{<package>.sty}
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{<list of control sequences>}
+%
+% \title{The \textsf{<package>} package\thanks{This document
+% corresponds to \textsf{<package>}~\fileversion,
+% dated \filedate.}}
+% \author{<your name> \\ \texttt{<your e-mail address>}}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% Put text here.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+%
+% Put text here.
+%
+% \section{Usage}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\YOURMACRO}
+% Put description of |\YOURMACRO| here.
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{YOURENV}
+% Put description of |YOURENV| here.
+%
+% \StopEventually{\PrintIndex}
+%
+% \section{Implementation}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\YOURMACRO}
+% Put explanation of |\YOURMACRO|'s implementation here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\YOURMACRO}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{YOURENV}
+% Put explanation of |YOURENV|'s implementation here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{YOURENV}{}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \Finale
+\endinput
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{A skeleton \texttt{.dtx} file to generate a \texttt{.cls} file}
+\label{sec:skeleton-dtx-file-class}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) <year> by <your name>
+% -----------------------------------
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<<*driver>>
+\ProvidesFile{<package>.dtx}
+%<</driver>>
+%<<class>>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+%<<class>>\ProvidesClass{<package>}
+%<<*class>>
+ [<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD> v<version> <brief description>]
+%<</class>>
+%
+%<<*driver>>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\RecordChanges
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{<package>.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%<</driver>>
+% \fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{0}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<<
+% Equals \= Greater than \>> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%
+%
+% \changes{v1.0}{<YYYY>/<MM>/<DD>}{Initial version}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{<package>.dtx}
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{<list of control sequences>}
+%
+% \title{The \textsf{<package>} class\thanks{This document
+% corresponds to \textsf{<package>}~\fileversion,
+% dated \filedate.}}
+% \author{<your name> \\ \texttt{<your e-mail address>}}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% Put text here.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+%
+% Put text here.
+%
+% \section{Usage}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\YOURMACRO}
+% Put description of |\YOURMACRO| here.
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{YOURENV}
+% Put description of |YOURENV| here.
+%
+% \StopEventually{\PrintIndex}
+%
+% \section{Implementation}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\YOURMACRO}
+% Put explanation of |\YOURMACRO|'s implementation here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\YOURMACRO}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{YOURENV}
+% Put explanation of |YOURENV|'s implementation here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{YOURENV}{}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \Finale
+\endinput
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\index{documented LaTeX file@documented \LaTeX{} file|)}
+
+\subsection{A skeleton master-document file (\texttt{.tex})}
+\label{sec:skeleton-master-file}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\usepackage{<file1>}
+\usepackage{<file2>}
+\usepackage{<file3>}
+
+\title{<title>}
+\author{<you>}
+
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\RecordChanges
+
+\begin{document}
+ \maketitle
+
+ \begin{abstract}
+ <abstract>
+ \end{abstract}
+
+ \tableofcontents
+
+ \DocInclude{<file1>}
+ \DocInclude{<file2>}
+ \DocInclude{<file3>}
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+% The following was generated by BibTeX and slightly touched up by hand.
+\vfill
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+ \bibitem{Goossens1994:companion}
+ Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin.
+ \newblock \emph{The {\LaTeX} Companion}.
+ \newblock Addison~Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, October~1, 1994.
+ \newblock ISBN~\mbox{0-201-54199-8}.
+
+ \bibitem{Knuth1984:literate}
+ Donald~E. Knuth.
+ \newblock Literate programming.
+ \newblock \emph{The Computer Journal}, 27(2):97--111, May 1984.
+ \newblock British Computer Society. Available from
+ \URL{http://www.literateprogramming.com/knuthweb.pdf}.
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+% Print an index.
+\index{sty@\texttt{.sty}|see{style file}}
+\index{cls@\texttt{.cls}|see{class file}}
+\index{ins@\texttt{.ins}|see{installer file}}
+\index{dtx@\texttt{.dtx}|see{documented \LaTeX{} file}}
+\index{CTAN|see{Comprehensive \TeX{} Archive Network}}
+\printindex
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/skeleton.dtx b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/skeleton.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6fb4374087b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/skeleton.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2004 by Scott Pakin <scott+dtx@pakin.org>
+% -------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in:
+%
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*driver>
+\ProvidesFile{skeleton.dtx}
+%</driver>
+%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
+%<package>\ProvidesPackage{skeleton}
+%<*package>
+ [2004/11/05 v1.0 .dtx skeleton file]
+%</package>
+%
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\usepackage{skeleton}[2004/11/05]
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\RecordChanges
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{skeleton.dtx}
+ \PrintChanges
+ \PrintIndex
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{0}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%
+%
+% \changes{v1.0}{2004/11/05}{Initial version}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{skeleton.dtx}
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newenvironment}
+%
+%
+% \title{The \textsf{skeleton} package\thanks{This document
+% corresponds to \textsf{skeleton}~\fileversion, dated \filedate.}}
+% \author{Scott Pakin \\ \texttt{scott+dtx@pakin.org}}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+%
+% Put text here.
+%
+% \section{Usage}
+%
+% Put text here.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\dummyMacro}
+% This macro does nothing.\index{doing nothing|usage} It is merely an
+% example. If this were a real macro, you would put a paragraph here
+% describing what the macro is supposed to do, what its mandatory and
+% optional arguments are, and so forth.
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{dummyEnv}
+% This environment does nothing. It is merely an example.
+% If this were a real environment, you would put a paragraph here
+% describing what the environment is supposed to do, what its
+% mandatory and optional arguments are, and so forth.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \section{Implementation}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\dummyMacro}
+% This is a dummy macro. If it did anything, we'd describe its
+% implementation here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\dummyMacro}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{dummyEnv}
+% This is a dummy environment. If it did anything, we'd describe its
+% implementation here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{dummyEnv}{%
+}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/11/05}{Added a spurious change log entry to
+% show what a change \emph{within} an environment definition looks
+% like.}
+% Don't use |%| to introduce a code comment within a |macrocode|
+% environment. Instead, you should typeset all of your comments with
+% \LaTeX---doing so gives much prettier results. For comments within a
+% macro/environment body, just do an |\end{macrocode}|, include some
+% commentary, and do another |\begin{macrocode}|. It's that simple.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \Finale
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/skeleton.ins b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/skeleton.ins
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..14d15142be3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/dtxtut/skeleton.ins
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2004 by Scott Pakin <scott+dtx@pakin.org>
+%%
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
+%% the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
+%% or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
+%% license is in:
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
+%% 1999/12/01 or later.
+%%
+
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+
+\usedir{tex/latex/skeleton}
+
+\preamble
+
+This is a generated file.
+
+Copyright (C) 2004 by Scott Pakin <scott+dtx@pakin.org>
+
+This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of
+the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license
+or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this
+license is in:
+
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version
+1999/12/01 or later.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{\file{skeleton.sty}{\from{skeleton.dtx}{package}}}
+
+\obeyspaces
+\Msg{*************************************************************}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following *}
+\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX: *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* skeleton.sty *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file skeleton.dtx *}
+\Msg{* through LaTeX. *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing! *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{*************************************************************}
+
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/Contents b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/Contents
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ccfa66eefb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/Contents
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Sample articles and notes:
+
+gallery.tex the formulas from Chapter 3
+intrart.tex introductory sample article, Chapter 4
+lattice.sty personalized file for user defined commands, Section 5.6
+note1.tex first note, Section 1.3
+note1b.tex note1.tex with lines too long, Section 1.4
+noteslug.tex note1b.tex with slug, Section 1.4
+note2.tex second note, Section 1.5
+math.tex first note with math, Section 2.1
+mathb.tex first note with math with mistakes, Section 2.2
+sampart.tex sample article with AMS, Chapter 5
+sampart2.tex sample article with AMS and user defined commands, Section 5.6
+
+
+Templates:
+
+article.tpl article template for one author, Section 4.3
+article2.tpl article template for two authors, Section 4.3
+bibl.tpl templates for bibliographic entries, Section 4.4.4
+ggart.tpl article.tpl personalized, Section 4.3
+ggart2.tpl article2.tpl personalized, Section 4.3
+ggamsart.tpl personalized template for amsart document class, Section 5.4
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/article.tpl b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/article.tpl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..110b108671f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/article.tpl
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+% Sample file: article.tpl
+% Typeset with LaTeX format
+
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym,amsmath}
+
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}
+\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition}
+\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}
+\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary}
+\newtheorem{notation}{Notation}
+
+\begin{document}
+\title{titleline1\\
+ titleline2}
+\author{name\thanks{support}\\
+ addressline1\\
+ addressline2\\
+ addressline3}
+\date{date}
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+ abstract text
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+ bibliographic entries
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
+
+Papers:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} journal \textbf{volume}
+ (year), pages.
+
+Books:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} publisher, address, year.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} series, vol.~volume,
+ publisher, address, edition, date.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ editor, ed., \emph{title,} publisher, address, year.
+
+Papers in books:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} book title, publisher,
+ year, pp~pages.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} book title (editor, ed.),
+ vol.~volume, publisher, publisher address, date,
+ pp.~pages.
+
+Theses:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} Ph.D. thesis, university, year.
+
+Tech reports:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} tech. report, university, year.
+
+Research notes:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} Research Note number,
+ university, location, date, research paper in
+ preparation.
+
+Conference proceedings:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} conference title (location,
+ year).
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} conference title, year
+ (editor, ed.), vol.~volume, publisher, address,
+ pp.~pages.
+
+Abstracts:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} Abstract: journal, volume,
+ year. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/article2.tpl b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/article2.tpl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3075530cd2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/article2.tpl
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+% Sample file: article2.tpl for two authors
+% Typeset with LaTeX format
+
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym,amsmath}
+
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}
+\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition}
+\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}
+\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary}
+\newtheorem{notation}{Notation}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{titleline1\\
+ titleline2}
+\author{name1\thanks{support1}\\
+ address1line1\\
+ address1line2\\
+ address1line3
+ \and
+ name2\thanks{support2}\\
+ address2line1\\
+ address2line2\\
+ address2line3}
+\date{date}
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+ abstract text
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+ bibliographic entries
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
+
+Papers:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} journal \textbf{volume}
+ (year), pages.
+
+Books:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} publisher, address, year.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} series, vol.~volume,
+ publisher, address, edition, date.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ editor, ed., \emph{title,} publisher, address, year.
+
+Papers in books:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} book title, publisher,
+ year, pp~pages.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} book title (editor, ed.),
+ vol.~volume, publisher, publisher address, date,
+ pp.~pages.
+
+Theses:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} Ph.D. thesis, university, year.
+
+Tech reports:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} tech. report, university, year.
+
+Research notes:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} Research Note number,
+ university, location, date, research paper in
+ preparation.
+
+Conference proceedings:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} conference title (location,
+ year).
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} conference title, year
+ (editor, ed.), vol.~volume, publisher, address,
+ pp.~pages.
+
+Abstracts:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} Abstract: journal, volume,
+ year. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/bibl.tpl b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/bibl.tpl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d7c40bb1e6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/bibl.tpl
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+% Sample file: bibl.tpl
+% bibliography template file
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+\bibitem{hA70}
+ Henry~H. Albert,
+ \emph{Free torsoids,}
+ Current Trends in Lattice Theory, D.~Van Nostrand, 1970.
+\bibitem{hA70a}
+ Henry~H. Albert,
+ \emph{Free torsoids,}
+ Current Trends in Lattice Theory (G.H. Birnbaum, ed.), vol.~7,
+ D.~Van Nostrand, Princeton-Toronto-London-Melbourne,
+ January 1970,
+ no translation available, pp.~173--215 (Hungarian).
+\bibitem{sF90}
+ Soo-Key Foo,
+ \emph{Lattice Constructions,}
+ Ph.D. thesis,
+ University of Winnebago, 1990.
+\bibitem{sF90a}
+ Soo-Key Foo,
+ \emph{Lattice Constructions,}
+ Ph.D. thesis,
+ University of Winnebago, Winnebago, MN, December, 1990,
+ final revision not yet available (Chinese).
+\bibitem{gF86}
+ Grant~H. Foster,
+ \emph{Computational complexity in lattice theory,}
+ tech. report, Carnegie Mellon University, 1986.
+\bibitem{gF86a}
+ Grant~H. Foster,
+ \emph{Computational complexity in lattice theory,}
+ Research Note 128A, Carnegie Mellon University,
+ Pittsburgh PA, December 1986,
+ research article in preparation (English).
+\bibitem{pK69}
+ Peter~A. Konig,
+ \emph{Composition of functions,}
+ Proceedings of the Conference on Universal Algebra
+ (Kingston, 1969).
+\bibitem{pK69a}
+ Peter~A. Konig,
+ \emph{Composition of functions,}
+ Proceedings of the Conference on Universal Algebra, 1969
+ (G.H. Birnbaum, ed.), vol.~7, Canadian Mathematical
+ Society, Queen's Univ., available from the Montreal office,
+ pp.~1--106 (English).
+\bibitem{wL75}
+ William~A. Landau,
+ \emph{Representations of complete lattices,}
+ Abstract: Notices Amer. Math. Soc., \textbf{18}, 937.
+\bibitem{wL75a}
+ William~A. Landau,
+ \emph{Representations of complete lattices,}
+ Abstract: Notices Amer. Math. Soc. \textbf{18}, 937,
+ December 1975 (English).
+\bibitem{gM68}
+ George~A. Menuhin,
+ \emph{Universal Algebra,}
+ D.~van Nostrand, Princeton-Toronto-London-Melbourne, 1968.
+\bibitem{gM68a}
+ George~A. Menuhin,
+ \emph{Universal Algebra,}
+ University Series in Higher Mathematics, vol.~58,
+ D.~van Nostrand, Princeton-Toronto-London-Melbourne,
+ second ed., March 1968, no Russian translation (English).
+\bibitem{eM57}
+ Ernest~T. Moynahan,
+ \emph{On a problem of M.H. Stone,}
+ Acta Math. Acad. Sci. Hungar. \textbf{8} (1957), 455--460.
+\bibitem{eM57a}
+ Ernest~T. Moynahan,
+ \emph{On a problem of M.H. Stone,}
+ Acta Math. Acad. Sci. Hungar. \textbf{8} (1957), 455--460,
+ Russian translation available (English).
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+Papers:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} journal \textbf{volume} (year),
+pp.~pages.
+
+Books:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} publisher, address, year.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} series, vol.~volume, publisher,
+ address, edition, date.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+editor, ed., \emph{title,} publisher, address, year.
+
+Papers in books:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} book title, publisher, year, pp~pages.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} book title (editor, ed.), vol.~volume,
+publisher, publisher address, date, pp.~pages.
+
+Theses:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} Ph.D. thesis, university, year.
+
+Tech reports:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} tech. report, university, year.
+
+Research notes:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} Research Note number, university,
+location, date, research paper in preparation.
+
+Conference proceedings:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} conference title (location, year).
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} conference title, year
+ (editor, ed.), vol.~volume, publisher, address,
+ pp.~pages.
+
+Abstracts:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} Abstract: journal, volume, year. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/gallery.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/gallery.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2dee9d3ff09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/gallery.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+% Sample file: gallery.tex formula template file
+% Typeset with LaTeX format
+
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym,amsmath}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+Section 3.1 Formula gallery
+
+Formula 1
+\[
+ x \mapsto \{\, c \in C \mid c \leq x \,\}
+\]
+
+Formula 2
+\[
+ \left| \bigcup (\, I_{j} \mid j \in J \,) \right|
+ < \mathfrak{m}
+\]
+
+Formula 3
+\[
+ A = \{\, x \in X \mid x \in X_{i},
+ \mbox{ for some } i \in I \,\}
+\]
+
+Formula 4
+\[
+ \langle a_{1}, a_{2} \rangle \leq \langle a'_{1}, a'_{2}\rangle
+ \qquad \mbox{if{f}} \qquad a_{1} < a'_{1} \quad \mbox{or}
+ \quad a_{1} = a'_{1} \mbox{ and } a_{2} \leq a'_{2}
+\]
+
+Formula 5
+\[
+ \Gamma_{u'} = \{\, \gamma \mid \gamma < 2\chi,
+ \ B_{\alpha} \nsubseteq u', \ B_{\gamma} \subseteq u' \,\}
+\]
+
+Formula 6
+\[
+ A = B^{2} \times \mathbb{Z}
+\]
+
+Formula 7
+\[
+ \left( \bigvee (\, s_{i} \mid i \in I \,) \right)^{c} =
+ \bigwedge (\, s_{i}^{c} \mid i \in I \,)
+\]
+
+Formula 8
+\[
+ y \vee \bigvee (\, [B_{\gamma}] \mid \gamma
+ \in \Gamma \,) \equiv z \vee \bigvee (\, [B_{\gamma}]
+ \mid \gamma \in \Gamma \,) \pmod{ \Phi^{x} }
+\]
+
+Formula 9
+\[
+ f(\mathbf{x}) = \bigvee\nolimits_{\!\mathfrak{m}}
+ \left(\,
+ \bigwedge\nolimits_{\mathfrak{m}}
+ (\, x_{j} \mid j \in I_{i} \,) \mid i < \aleph_{\alpha}
+ \,\right)
+\]
+
+Formula 10
+\[
+ \left. \widehat{F}(x) \right|_{a}^{b} =
+ \widehat{F}(b) - \widehat{F}(a)
+\]
+
+Formula 11
+\[
+ u \underset{\alpha}{+} v \overset{1}{\thicksim} w
+ \overset{2}{\thicksim} z
+\]
+
+Formula 12
+\[
+ f(x) \overset{ \text{def} }{=} x^{2} - 1
+\]
+
+Formula 13
+\[
+ \overbrace{a + b + \cdots + z}^{n}
+\]
+
+Formula 14
+\[
+ \begin{vmatrix}
+ a + b + c & uv\\
+ a + b & c + d
+ \end{vmatrix}
+ = 7
+\]
+
+\[
+ \begin{Vmatrix}
+ a + b + c & uv\\
+ a + b & c + d
+ \end{Vmatrix}
+ = 7
+\]
+
+Formula 15
+\[
+ \sum_{j \in \mathbf{N}} b_{ij} \hat{y}_{j} =
+ \sum_{j \in \mathbf{N}} b^{(\lambda)}_{ij} \hat{y}_{j} +
+ (b_{ii} - \lambda_{i}) \hat{y}_{i} \hat{y}
+\]
+
+Formula 16
+\[
+ \left( \prod^n_{\, j = 1} \hat x_{j} \right) H_{c} =
+ \frac{1}{2} \hat k_{ij} \det \hat{ \mathbf{K} }(i|i)
+\]
+
+\[
+ \biggl( \prod^n_{\, j = 1} \hat x_{j} \biggr) H_{c} =
+ \frac{1}{2} \hat{k}_{ij} \det \widehat{ \mathbf{K} }(i|i)
+\]
+
+Formula 17
+\[
+ \det \mathbf{K} (t = 1, t_{1}, \ldots, t_{n}) =
+ \sum_{I \in \mathbf{n} }(-1)^{|I|}
+ \prod_{i \in I} t_{i}
+ \prod_{j \in I} (D_{j} + \lambda_{j} t_{j})
+ \det \mathbf{A}^{(\lambda)} (\,\overline{I} | \overline{I}\,) = 0
+\]
+
+Formula 18
+\[
+ \lim_{(v, v') \to (0, 0)}
+ \frac{H(z + v) - H(z + v') - BH(z)(v - v')}
+ {\| v - v' \|} = 0
+\]
+
+Formula 19
+\[
+ \int_{\mathcal{D}} | \overline{\partial u} |^{2}
+ \Phi_{0}(z) e^{\alpha |z|^2} \geq
+ c_{4} \alpha \int_{\mathcal{D}} |u|^{2} \Phi_{0}
+ e^{\alpha |z|^{2}} + c_{5} \delta^{-2} \int_{A}
+ |u|^{2} \Phi_{0} e^{\alpha |z|^{2}}
+\]
+
+Formula 20
+\[
+ \mathbf{A} =
+ \begin{pmatrix}
+ \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 1}}
+ {\varphi_{1} \times \varepsilon_{1}}
+ & (x + \varepsilon_{2})^{2} & \cdots
+ & (x + \varepsilon_{n - 1})^{n - 1}
+ & (x + \varepsilon_{n})^{n}\\[10pt]
+ \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 1}}
+ {\varphi_{2} \times \varepsilon_{1}}
+ & \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 2}}
+ {\varphi_{2} \times \varepsilon_{2}}
+ & \cdots & (x + \varepsilon_{n - 1})^{n - 1}
+ & (x + \varepsilon_{n})^{n}\\
+ \hdotsfor{5}\\
+ \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 1}}
+ {\varphi_{n} \times \varepsilon_{1}}
+ & \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, 2}}
+ {\varphi_{n} \times \varepsilon_{2}}
+ & \cdots & \dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, n - 1}}
+ {\varphi_{n} \times \varepsilon_{n - 1}}
+ & \dfrac{\varphi\cdot X_{n, n}}
+ {\varphi_{n} \times \varepsilon_{n}}
+ \end{pmatrix}
+ + \mathbf{I}_{n}
+\]
+
+
+Section 3.2. User-defined commands
+
+Formula 20 with user-defined commands:
+
+\newcommand{\quot}[2]{%
+\dfrac{\varphi \cdot X_{n, #1}}%
+{\varphi_{#2} \times \varepsilon_{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\exn}[1]{(x+\varepsilon_{#1})^{#1}}
+
+\[
+ \mathbf{A} =
+ \begin{pmatrix}
+ \quot{1}{1} & \exn{2} & \cdots & \exn{n - 1}&\exn{n}\\[10pt]
+ \quot{1}{2} & \quot{2}{2} & \cdots & \exn{n - 1} &\exn{n}\\
+ \hdotsfor{5}\\
+ \quot{1}{n} & \quot{2}{n} & \cdots &
+ \quot{n - 1}{n} & \quot{n}{n}
+ \end{pmatrix}
+ + \mathbf{I}_{n}
+\]
+
+Section 3.3. Building a formula step-by-step
+
+Step 1
+$\left[ \frac{n}{2} \right]$
+
+Step 2
+\[
+ \sum_{i = 1}^{ \left[ \frac{n}{2} \right] }
+\]
+
+Step 3
+\[
+ x_{i, i + 1}^{i^{2}} \qquad \left[ \frac{i + 3}{3} \right]
+\]
+
+Step 4
+\[
+ \binom{ x_{i,i + 1}^{i^{2}} }{ \left[ \frac{i + 3}{3} \right] }
+\]
+
+Step 5
+$\sqrt{ \mu(i)^{ \frac{3}{2} } (i^{2} - 1) }$
+
+$\sqrt{ \mu(i)^{ \frac{3}{2} } (i^{2} - 1) }$
+
+Step 6
+$\sqrt[3]{ \rho(i) - 2 }$ $\sqrt[3]{ \rho(i) - 1 }$
+
+Step 7
+\[
+ \frac{ \sqrt{ \mu(i)^{ \frac{3}{2}} (i^{2} -1) } }
+ { \sqrt[3]{\rho(i) - 2} + \sqrt[3]{\rho(i) - 1} }
+\]
+
+Step 8
+\[
+ \sum_{i = 1}^{ \left[ \frac{n}{2} \right] }
+ \binom{ x_{i, i + 1}^{i^{2}} }
+ { \left[ \frac{i + 3}{3} \right] }
+ \frac{ \sqrt{ \mu(i)^{ \frac{3}{2}} (i^{2} - 1) } }
+ { \sqrt[3]{\rho(i) - 2} + \sqrt[3]{\rho(i) - 1} }
+\]
+
+\[\sum_{i=1}^{\left[\frac{n}{2}\right]}\binom{x_{i,i+1}^{i^{2}}}
+{\left[\frac{i+3}{3}\right]}\frac{\sqrt{\mu(i)^{\frac{3}
+{2}}(i^{2}-1)}}{\sqrt[3]{\rho(i)-2}+\sqrt[3]{\rho(i)-1}}\]
+
+%\[\sum_{i=1}^{\left[\frac{n}{2}\right]}\binom{x_{i,i+1}^{i^{2}}}
+%{\left[\frac{i+3}{3}\right]}\frac{\sqrt{\mu(i)^{\frac{3}
+%{2}}}(i^{2}-1)}}{\sqrt[3]{\rho(i)-2}+\sqrt[3]{\rho(i)-1}}\]
+
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggamsart.tpl b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggamsart.tpl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1f4a0458813
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggamsart.tpl
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+% Sample file: ggams.tpl
+% Typeset with LaTeX format
+
+\documentclass{amsart}
+\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym}
+
+% theorems, corollaries, lemmas, and propositions,
+% in the most emphatic (plain) style;
+% all are numbered separately
+% There is a Main Theorem in the most emphatic (plain)
+% style, unnumbered
+% There are definitions, in the less emphatic (definition) style
+% There are notations, in the least emphatic (remark) style,
+% unnumbered
+
+\theoremstyle{plain}
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary}
+\newtheorem*{main}{Main Theorem}
+\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}
+\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition}
+
+\theoremstyle{definition}
+\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}
+
+\theoremstyle{remark}
+\newtheorem*{notation}{Notation}
+
+\begin{document}
+\title[short title]{titleline1\\
+ titleline2}
+\author{George Gr\"{a}tzer}
+\address{University of Manitoba\\
+ Department of Mathematics\\
+ Winnipeg, MN, R3T 2N2\\
+ Canada}
+\email{gratzer@cc.umanitoba.ca}
+\urladdr{http://server.maths.umanitoba.ca/homepages/gratzer/}
+\thanks{Research supported by the NSERC of Canada}
+
+\keywords{keywords}
+\subjclass{Primary: subject; Secondary: subject}
+\date{date}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+ abstract text
+\end{abstract}
+\maketitle
+
+% Bibliography
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+ bibliographic entries
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
+
+Papers:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} journal \textbf{volume} (year),
+pp.~pages.
+
+Books:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} publisher, address, year.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} series, vol.~volume, publisher,
+ address, edition, date.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+editor, ed., \emph{title,} publisher, address, year.
+
+Papers in books:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} book title, publisher, year, pp~pages.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} book title (editor, ed.), vol.~volume,
+publisher, publisher address, date, pp.~pages.
+
+Theses:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} Ph.D. thesis, university, year.
+
+Tech reports:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} tech. report, university, year.
+
+Research notes:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author,\emph{title,} Research Note number, university,
+location, date, research paper in preparation.
+
+Conference proceedings:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} conference title (location, year).
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} conference title, year
+ (editor, ed.), vol.~volume, publisher, address,
+ pp.~pages.
+
+Abstracts:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+author, \emph{title,} Abstract: journal, volume, year. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggart.tpl b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggart.tpl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..15bd6718edc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggart.tpl
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+% Sample file: ggart.tpl
+% Typeset with LaTeX format
+
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym,amsmath}
+
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}
+\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition}
+\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}
+\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary}
+\newtheorem{notation}{Notation}
+
+\begin{document}
+\title{titleline1\\
+ titleline2}
+\author{George Gr\"{a}tzer\thanks{Research supported by the
+ NSERC of Canada.}\\
+ University of Manitoba\\
+ Department of Mathematics\\
+ Winnipeg, MN, R3T 2N2\\
+ Canada}
+\date{date}
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+ abstract
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
+
+Papers:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} journal \textbf{volume}
+ (year), pages.
+
+Books:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} publisher, address, year.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} series, vol.~volume,
+ publisher, address, edition, date.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ editor, ed., \emph{title,} publisher, address, year.
+
+Papers in books:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} book title, publisher,
+ year, pp~pages.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} book title (editor, ed.),
+ vol.~volume, publisher, publisher address, date,
+ pp.~pages.
+
+Theses:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} Ph.D. thesis, university, year.
+
+Tech reports:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} tech. report, university, year.
+
+Research notes:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} Research Note number,
+ university, location, date, research paper in
+ preparation.
+
+Conference proceedings:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} conference title (location,
+ year).
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} conference title, year
+ (editor, ed.), vol.~volume, publisher, address,
+ pp.~pages.
+
+Abstracts:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} Abstract: journal, volume,
+ year. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggart2.tpl b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggart2.tpl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f56c2f781cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/ggart2.tpl
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+% Sample file: ggart2.tpl for two authors
+% Typeset with LaTeX format
+
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym,amsmath}
+
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}
+\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition}
+\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}
+\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary}
+\newtheorem{notation}{Notation}
+
+\begin{document}
+\title{titleline1\\
+ titleline2}
+\author{George Gr\"{a}tzer\thanks{Research supported by the
+ NSERC of Canada.}\\
+ University of Manitoba\\
+ Department of Mathematics\\
+ Winnipeg, MN, R3T 2N2\\
+ Canada
+ \and
+ name2\thanks{support2}\\
+ address2line1\\
+ address2line2\\
+ address2line3}
+\date{date}
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+ abstract
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+ bibliographic entries
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
+
+Papers:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} journal \textbf{volume}
+ (year), pages.
+
+Books:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} publisher, address, year.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} series, vol.~volume,
+ publisher, address, edition, date.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ editor, ed., \emph{title,} publisher, address, year.
+
+Papers in books:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} book title, publisher,
+ year, pp~pages.
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} book title (editor, ed.),
+ vol.~volume, publisher, publisher address, date,
+ pp.~pages.
+
+Theses:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} Ph.D. thesis, university, year.
+
+Tech reports:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} tech. report, university, year.
+
+Research notes:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} Research Note number,
+ university, location, date, research paper in
+ preparation.
+
+Conference proceedings:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} conference title (location,
+ year).
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} conference title, year
+ (editor, ed.), vol.~volume, publisher, address,
+ pp.~pages.
+
+Abstracts:
+
+\bibitem{xxx}
+ author, \emph{title,} Abstract: journal, volume,
+ year. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/intrart.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/intrart.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1f35c477230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/intrart.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+% Introductory sample article: intrart.tex
+% Typeset with LaTeX format
+
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{latexsym}
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}
+\newtheorem{notation}{Notation}
+
+\begin{document}
+\title{A construction of complete-simple\\
+ distributive lattices}
+\author{George~A. Menuhin\thanks{Research supported
+ by the NSF under grant number~23466.}\\
+ Computer Science Department\\
+ Winnebago, Minnesota 23714\\
+ menuhin@cc.uwinnebago.edu}
+\date{March 15, 1999}
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+ In this note, we prove that there exist \emph{complete-simple
+ distributive lattices,} that is, complete distributive
+ lattices in which there are only two complete congruences.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\section{Introduction}\label{S:intro}
+In this note, we prove the following result:
+
+\begin{theorem}
+ There exists an infinite complete distributive lattice $K$
+ with only the two trivial complete congruence relations.
+\end{theorem}
+
+\section{The $\Pi^{*}$ construction}\label{S:P*}
+The following construction is crucial in the proof of our Theorem:
+
+\begin{definition}\label{D:P*}
+ Let $D_{i}$, for $i \in I$, be complete distributive
+ lattices satisfying condition~\textup{(J)}. Their
+ $\Pi^{*}$ product is defined as follows:
+ \[
+ \Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I ) =
+ \Pi ( D_{i}^{-} \mid i \in I ) + 1;
+ \]
+ that is, $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$ is
+ $\Pi ( D_{i}^{-} \mid i \in I )$ with a new unit element.
+\end{definition}
+
+\begin{notation}
+ If $i \in I$ and $d \in D_{i}^{-}$, then
+ \[
+ \langle \ldots, 0, \ldots, d, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle
+ \]
+ is the element of $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$ whose
+ $i$-th component is $d$ and all the other components
+ are $0$.
+\end{notation}
+
+See also Ernest~T. Moynahan~\cite{eM57a}.
+
+Next we verify the following result:
+
+\begin{theorem}\label{T:P*}
+ Let $D_{i}$, $i \in I$, be complete distributive
+ lattices satisfying condition~\textup{(J)}. Let $\Theta$
+ be a complete congruence relation on
+ $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$.
+ If there exist $i \in I$ and $d \in D_{i}$ with
+ $d < 1_{i}$ such that, for all $d \leq c < 1_{i}$,
+ \begin{equation}\label{E:cong1}
+ \langle \ldots, d, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \equiv
+ \langle \ldots, c, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \pmod{\Theta},
+ \end{equation}
+ then $\Theta = \iota$.
+\end{theorem}
+
+\emph{Proof.} Since
+\begin{equation}\label{E:cong2}
+ \langle \ldots, d, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \equiv
+ \langle \ldots, c, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \pmod{\Theta},
+\end{equation}
+and $\Theta$ is a complete congruence relation, it follows
+from condition~(J) that
+\begin{equation}\label{E:cong}
+ \langle \ldots, d, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \equiv
+ \bigvee ( \langle \ldots, c, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle
+ \mid d \leq c < 1 ) \pmod{\Theta}.
+\end{equation}
+
+Let $j \in I$, $j \neq i$, and let $a \in D_{j}^{-}$.
+Meeting both sides of the congruence (\ref{E:cong2}) with
+$\langle \ldots, a, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle$, we obtain that
+\begin{equation}\label{E:comp}
+ 0 = \langle \ldots, a, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle \pmod{\Theta},
+\end{equation}
+Using the completeness of $\Theta$ and (\ref{E:comp}),
+we get:
+\[
+ 0 \equiv \bigvee ( \langle \ldots, a, \ldots, 0, \ldots \rangle
+ \mid a \in D_{j}^{-} ) = 1 \pmod{\Theta},
+\]
+hence $\Theta = \iota$.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+ \bibitem{sF90}
+ Soo-Key Foo,
+ \emph{Lattice Constructions,}
+ Ph.D. thesis,
+ University of Winnebago, Winnebago, MN, December, 1990.
+ \bibitem{gM68}
+ George~A. Menuhin,
+ \emph{Universal Algebra,}
+ D.~van Nostrand, Princeton-Toronto-London-Melbourne, 1968.
+ \bibitem{eM57}
+ Ernest~T. Moynahan,
+ \emph{On a problem of M.H. Stone,}
+ Acta Math. Acad. Sci. Hungar. \textbf{8} (1957), 455--460.
+ \bibitem{eM57a}
+ Ernest~T. Moynahan,
+ \emph{Ideals and congruence relations in lattices.~II,}
+ Magyar Tud. Akad. Mat. Fiz. Oszt. K\"{o}zl. \textbf{9}
+ (1957), 417--434.
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/lattice.sty b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/lattice.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2ebb04e90e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/lattice.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+% lattice.sty
+% Command file for lattice papers
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{lattice}
+ [1999/03/15 Commands for lattices, First Steps]
+\RequirePackage{amsmath}
+\RequirePackage{amssymb}
+\RequirePackage{latexsym}
+\RequirePackage{eucal}
+
+% Lattice operations
+\newcommand{\jj}{\vee}% join
+\newcommand{\mm}{\wedge}% meet
+\newcommand{\JJ}{\bigvee}% big join
+\newcommand{\MM}{\bigwedge}% big meet
+\newcommand{\JJm}[2]{\JJ(\,#1\mid#2\,)}% big join with a middle
+\newcommand{\MMm}[2]{\MM(\,#1\mid#2\,)}% big meet with a middle
+
+% Set operations
+\newcommand{\uu}{\cup}% union
+\newcommand{\ii}{\cap}% intersection
+\newcommand{\UU}{\bigcup}% big union
+\newcommand{\II}{\bigcap}% big intersection
+\newcommand{\UUm}[2]{\UU(\,#1\mid#2\,)}% big union with a middle
+\newcommand{\IIm}[2]{\II(\,#1\mid#2\,)}% big intersection with a middle
+
+% Sets
+\newcommand{\ci}{\subseteq}% contained in with equality
+\newcommand{\nc}{\nsubseteq}% not \ci
+\newcommand{\sci}{\subset}% strictly contained in with equality
+\newcommand{\nci}{\nc}% not \ci
+\newcommand{\ce}{\supseteq}% containing with equality
+\newcommand{\nce}{\nsupseteq}% not \ce
+\newcommand{\nin}{\notin}% not \in
+\newcommand{\es}{\varnothing}% the empty set
+\newcommand{\set}[1]{\{#1\}}% set
+\newcommand{\setm}[2]{\{\,#1\mid#2\,\}}% set with a middle
+\def\vv<#1>{\langle#1\rangle}% vector
+
+% Partial ordering
+\newcommand{\nle}{\nleq}% not \leq
+
+% Greek letters
+\newcommand{\ga}{\alpha}
+\newcommand{\gb}{\beta}
+\newcommand{\gc}{\chi}
+\newcommand{\gd}{\delta}
+\renewcommand{\ge}{\varepsilon}% use \geq for >=
+\newcommand{\gf}{\varphi}
+\renewcommand{\gg}{\gamma}% old use >>
+\newcommand{\gh}{\eta}
+\newcommand{\gi}{\iota}
+\newcommand{\gj}{\theta}
+\newcommand{\gk}{\kappa}
+\newcommand{\gl}{\lambda}
+\newcommand{\gm}{\mu}
+\newcommand{\gn}{\nu}
+\newcommand{\go}{\omega}
+\newcommand{\gp}{\pi}
+\newcommand{\gq}{\theta}
+\newcommand{\gr}{\varrho}
+\newcommand{\gs}{\sigma}
+\newcommand{\gt}{\tau}
+\newcommand{\gu}{\upsilon}
+\newcommand{\gv}{\vartheta}
+\newcommand{\gw}{\omega}
+\newcommand{\gx}{\xi}
+\newcommand{\gy}{\psi}
+\newcommand{\gz}{\zeta}
+
+\newcommand{\gC}{\Xi}
+\newcommand{\gG}{\Gamma}
+\newcommand{\gD}{\Delta}
+\newcommand{\gF}{\Phi}
+\newcommand{\gL}{\Lambda}
+\newcommand{\gO}{\Omega}
+\newcommand{\gP}{\Pi}
+\newcommand{\gQ}{\Theta}
+\newcommand{\gS}{\Sigma}
+\newcommand{\gU}{\Upsilon}
+\newcommand{\gW}{\Omega}
+\newcommand{\gX}{\Xi}
+\newcommand{\gY}{\Psi}
+
+% Font commands
+\newcommand{\tbf}{\textbf}% text bold
+\newcommand{\tit}{\textit}% text italic
+\newcommand{\tsl}{\textsl}% text slanted
+\newcommand{\tsc}{\textsc}% text small cap
+\newcommand{\ttt}{\texttt}% text typewriter
+\newcommand{\trm}{\textrm}% text roman
+\newcommand{\tsf}{\textsf}% text sans serif
+\newcommand{\tup}{\textup}% text upright
+
+\newcommand{\mbf}{\mathbf}% math bold
+\newcommand{\mit}{\mathit}% math italic
+\newcommand{\msf}{\mathsf}% math sans serif
+\newcommand{\mrm}{\mathrm}% math roman
+\newcommand{\mtt}{\mathtt}% math typewriter
+
+\newcommand{\B}{\boldsymbol}
+ % Bold math symbol, use as \B{a}
+\DeclareMathAlphabet{\Bi}{OT1}{cmm}{b}{it}
+ % Bold math italic, use as \Bi{a}
+\newcommand{\C}[1]{\mathcal{#1}}
+ % Euler Script - only caps, use as \C{A}
+\newcommand{\D}[1]{\mathbb{#1}}
+ % Doubled - blackboard bold - only caps, use as \D{A}
+\newcommand{\E}[1]{\mathcal{#1}}% same as \C
+ % Euler Script - only caps, use as \E{A}
+\newcommand{\F}[1]{\mathfrak{#1}}% Fraktur, use as \F{a}
+
+% Miscellaneous
+\newcommand{\nl}{\newline}
+\newcommand{\ol}[1]{\overline{#1}}
+\newcommand{\ul}[1]{\underline{#1}}
+\providecommand{\bysame}{\makebox[3em]{\hrulefill}\thinspace}
+\newcommand{\q}{\quad}% spacing
+\newcommand{\qq}{\qquad}% more spacing
+\newcommand{\iso}{\cong}% isomorphic
+
+\endinput \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/math.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/math.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fc96b999eb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/math.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+% Sample file: math.tex
+% Typeset with LaTeX format
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\begin{document}
+In first-year calculus, we define intervals such as
+$(u, v)$ and $(u, \infty)$. Such an interval is a
+\emph{neighborhood} of $a$
+if $a$ is in the interval. Students should
+realize that $\infty$ is only a
+symbol, not a number. This is important since
+we soon introduce concepts
+ such as $\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x)$.
+
+When we introduce the derivative,
+\[
+ \lim_{x \to a} \frac{f(x) - f(a)}{x - a},
+\]
+we assume that the function is defined and continuous
+in a neighborhood of $a$.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/mathb.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/mathb.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..be97c541553
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/mathb.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+% Sample file: mathB.tex
+% Typeset with LaTeX format
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\begin{document}
+In first-year calculus, we define intervals such as
+%$(u, v)$ and $(u, \infty)$. Such an interval is a
+ $(u, v)$ and (u, \infty)$. Such an interval is a
+ \emph{neighborhood} of $a$
+if $a$ is in the interval. Students should
+realize that $\infty$ is only a
+symbol, not a number. This is important since
+we soon introduce concepts
+ such as $\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x)$.
+%such as $\lim_{x \to \infty f(x)$.
+
+When we introduce the derivative,
+\[
+ \lim_{x \to a} \frac{f(x) - f(a)}{x - a}
+ %\lim_{x \to a} \frac{f(x) - f(a) x - a}
+\]
+we assume that the function is defined and continuous
+in a neighborhood of $a$.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e4425f67797
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+% Sample file: note1.tex
+% Typeset with LaTeX format
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\begin{document}
+It is of some concern to me that
+the terminology used in multi-section
+ math courses is not uniform.
+
+In several sections of the course on
+matrix theory, the term
+ ``hamiltonian-reduced'' is used.
+ I, personally, would rather call these ``hyper-simple.'' I
+invite others to comment on this problem.
+
+Of special concern to me is the terminology in the course
+by Prof.~Rudi Hochschwabauer.
+ Since his field is new, there is
+ no accepted
+terminology. It is imperative
+that we arrive at a satisfactory solution.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note1b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note1b.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4de05f5a2b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note1b.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+% Sample file: note1b.tex
+% Typeset with LaTeX format
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\begin{document}
+It is of some concern to me that
+the terminology used in multi-section
+ math courses is not uniform.
+
+In several sections of the course on
+matrix theory, the strange term
+ ``hamiltonian-reduced'' is used.
+ I, personally, would rather call these ``hyper-simple.'' I
+invite others to comment on this problem.
+
+Of special concern to me is the terminology in the course
+by Prof.~Hochschwabauer.
+ Since his field is new, there is
+ no accepted
+terminology. It is imperative
+that we arrive at a satisfactory solution.
+\end{document} \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7b218f21faf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/note2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+% Sample file: note2.tex
+% Typeset with LaTeX format
+\documentclass{article}
+
+\begin{document}
+\begin{flushright}
+ \today
+\end{flushright}
+\textbf{From the desk of George Gr\"{a}tzer}\\[22pt]
+April~7--21 \emph{please} use my temporary e-mail address:
+\begin{center}
+ \texttt{George\_Gratzer@umanitoba.ca}
+\end{center}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/noteslug.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/noteslug.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..04d2f46307e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/noteslug.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+% Sample file: noteslug.tex
+% Typeset with the LaTeX format
+\documentclass[draft]{article}
+
+\begin{document}
+It is of some concern to me that
+the terminology used in multi-section
+ math courses is not uniform.
+
+In several sections of the course on
+matrix theory, the strange term
+ ``hamiltonian-reduced'' is used.
+ I, personally, would rather call these ``hyper-simple.'' I
+invite others to comment on this problem.
+
+Of special concern to me is the terminology in the course
+by Prof.~Hochschwabauer.
+ Since his field is new, there is
+ no accepted
+terminology. It is imperative
+that we arrive at a satisfactory solution.
+\end{document} \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/sampart.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/sampart.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1186358245a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/sampart.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+% Sample file: sampart.tex
+% The sample article for the amsart document class
+% Typeset with LaTeX format
+
+\documentclass{amsart}
+\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym}
+
+\theoremstyle{plain}
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary}
+\newtheorem*{main}{Main~Theorem}
+\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}
+\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition}
+
+\theoremstyle{definition}
+\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}
+
+\theoremstyle{remark}
+\newtheorem*{notation}{Notation}
+
+\numberwithin{equation}{section}
+
+\begin{document}
+\title[Complete-simple distributive lattices]
+ {A construction of complete-simple\\
+ distributive lattices}
+\author{George~A. Menuhin}
+\address{Computer Science Department\\
+ University of Winnebago\\
+ Winnebago, Minnesota 53714}
+\email{menuhin@ccw.uwinnebago.edu}
+\urladdr{http://math.uwinnebago.ca/homepages/menuhin/}
+\thanks{Research supported by the NSF under grant number
+~23466.}
+\keywords{Complete lattice, distributive lattice,
+complete congruence,
+ congruence lattice}
+\subjclass{Primary: 06B10; Secondary: 06D05}
+\date{March 15, 1999}
+\begin{abstract}
+ In this note we prove that there exist \emph{complete-simple distributive
+ lattices,} that is, complete distributive lattices in which there are
+ only two complete congruences.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Introduction}\label{S:intro}
+In this note we prove the following result:
+
+\begin{main}
+ There exists an infinite complete distributive lattice $K$ with only
+ the two trivial complete congruence relations.
+\end{main}
+
+\section{The $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ construction}\label{S:Ds}
+For the basic notation in lattice theory and universal algebra, see Ferenc~R.
+Richardson~\cite{fR82} and George~A. Menuhin~\cite{gM68}. We start with some
+definitions:
+
+\begin{definition}\label{D:prime}
+ Let $V$ be a complete lattice, and let $\mathfrak{p} = [u, v]$ be
+ an interval of $V$. Then $\mathfrak{p}$ is called
+ \emph{complete-prime} if the following three conditions are satisfied:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item[(1)] $u$ is meet-irreducible but $u$ is \emph{not}
+ completely meet-irreducible;
+ \item[(2)] $v$ is join-irreducible but $v$ is \emph{not}
+ completely join-irreducible;
+ \item[(3)] $[u, v]$ is a complete-simple lattice.
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{definition}
+
+Now we prove the following result:
+
+\begin{lemma}\label{L:ds}
+ Let $D$ be a complete distributive lattice satisfying
+ conditions~\textup{(1)} and~\textup{(2)}. Then
+ $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is a sublattice of $D^{2}$;
+ hence $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is a lattice, and
+ $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is a complete distributive
+ lattice satisfying conditions~\textup{(1)} and \textup{(2)}.
+\end{lemma}
+
+\begin{proof}
+ By conditions~(1) and (2), $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is a sublattice
+ of $D^{2}$. Hence, $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is a lattice.
+
+ Since $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is a sublattice of a distributive
+ lattice, $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is a distributive lattice. Using
+ the characterization of standard ideals in Ernest~T. Moynahan~\cite{eM57},
+ $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ has a zero and a unit element,
+ namely, $\langle 0, 0 \rangle$ and $\langle 1, 1 \rangle$.
+ To show that $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ is complete, let
+ $\varnothing \ne A \subseteq D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$, and let
+ $a = \bigvee A$ in $D^{2}$. If
+ $a \in D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$, then
+ $a = \bigvee A$ in $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$; otherwise, $a$
+ is of the form $\langle b, 1 \rangle$ for some
+ $b \in D$ with $b < 1$. Now $\bigvee A = \langle 1, 1\rangle$
+ in $D^{2}$ and the dual argument shows that $\bigwedge A$ also
+ exists in $D^{2}$. Hence $D$ is complete. Conditions~(1) and
+ (2) are obvious for $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$.
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{corollary}\label{C:prime}
+ If $D$ is complete-prime, then so is $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$.
+\end{corollary}
+
+The motivation for the following result comes from Soo-Key Foo~\cite{sF90}.
+
+\begin{lemma}\label{L:ccr}
+ Let $\Theta$ be a complete congruence relation of
+ $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ such that
+ \begin{equation}\label{E:rigid}
+ \langle 1, d \rangle \equiv \langle 1, 1 \rangle \pmod{\Theta},
+ \end{equation}
+ for some $d \in D$ with $d < 1$. Then $\Theta = \iota$.
+\end{lemma}
+
+\begin{proof}
+ Let $\Theta$ be a complete congruence relation of
+ $D^{\langle 2 \rangle}$ satisfying \eqref{E:rigid}. Then $\Theta =
+\iota$.
+\end{proof}
+
+\section{The $\Pi^{*}$ construction}\label{S:P*}
+The following construction is crucial to our proof of the Main Theorem:
+
+\begin{definition}\label{D:P*}
+ Let $D_{i}$, for $i \in I$, be complete distributive lattices
+ satisfying condition~\textup{(2)}. Their $\Pi^{*}$ product is defined
+as
+ follows:
+ \[
+ \Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I ) = \Pi ( D_{i}^{-} \mid i \in I ) + 1;
+ \]
+ that is, $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$ is $\Pi ( D_{i}^{-} \mid
+ i \in I )$ with a new unit element.
+\end{definition}
+
+\begin{notation}
+ If $i \in I$ and $d \in D_{i}^{-}$, then
+ \[
+ \langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{i}{d}, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle
+ \]
+ is the element of $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$ whose $i$-th
+ component is $d$ and all the other components are $0$.
+\end{notation}
+
+See also Ernest~T. Moynahan \cite{eM57a}. Next we verify:
+
+\begin{theorem}\label{T:P*}
+ Let $D_{i}$, for $i \in I$, be complete distributive lattices
+ satisfying condition~\textup{(2)}. Let $\Theta$ be a complete
+congruence
+ relation on $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$. If there exist
+ $i \in I$ and $d \in D_{i}$ with $d < 1_{i}$ such that for
+ all $d \leq c < 1_{i}$,
+ \begin{equation}\label{E:cong1}
+ \langle \dots, 0, \dots,\overset{i}{d},
+ \dots, 0, \dots \rangle \equiv \langle \dots, 0, \dots,
+ \overset{i}{c}, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle \pmod{\Theta},
+ \end{equation}
+ then $\Theta = \iota$.
+\end{theorem}
+
+\begin{proof}
+ Since
+ \begin{equation}\label{E:cong2}
+ \langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{i}{d}, \dots, 0,
+ \dots \rangle \equiv \langle \dots, 0, \dots,
+ \overset{i}{c}, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle \pmod{\Theta},
+ \end{equation}
+ and $\Theta$ is a complete congruence relation, it follows from
+ condition~(3) that
+ \begin{align}\label{E:cong}
+ & \langle \dots, \overset{i}{d}, \dots, 0,
+ \dots \rangle \equiv\\
+ &\qquad \quad \bigvee ( \langle \dots, 0, \dots,
+ \overset{i}{c}, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle \mid d \leq c < 1 )
+ \equiv 1 \pmod{\Theta}. \notag
+ \end{align}
+
+ Let $j \in I$ for $j \neq i$, and let $a \in D_{j}^{-}$.
+ Meeting both sides of the congruence \eqref{E:cong2} with
+ $\langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{j}{a}, \dots, 0, \dots \rangle$,
+ we obtain
+ \begin{align}\label{E:comp}
+ 0 &= \langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{i}{d}, \dots, 0, \dots
+ \rangle \wedge \langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{j}{a}, \dots, 0,
+ \dots \rangle\\
+ &\equiv \langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{j}{a}, \dots, 0, \dots
+ \rangle \pmod{\Theta}. \notag
+ \end{align}
+ Using the completeness of $\Theta$ and \eqref{E:comp}, we get:
+ \[
+ 0 \equiv \bigvee ( \langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{j}{a},
+ \dots, 0, \dots \rangle \mid a \in D_{j}^{-} ) = 1 \pmod{\Theta},
+ \]
+ hence $\Theta = \iota$.
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{theorem}\label{T:P*a}
+ Let $D_{i}$ for $i \in I$ be complete distributive lattices
+ satisfying conditions \textup{(2)} and \textup{(3)}. Then
+ $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$ also satisfies conditions \textup{(2)}
+ and \textup{(3)}.
+\end{theorem}
+
+\begin{proof}
+ Let $\Theta$ be a complete congruence on
+ $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$. Let $i \in I$. Define
+ \[
+ \widehat{D}_{i} = \{ \langle \dots, 0, \dots, \overset{i}{d},
+ \dots, 0, \dots \rangle \mid d \in D_{i}^{-} \} \cup \{ 1 \}.
+ \]
+ Then $\widehat{D}_{i}$ is a complete sublattice of
+ $\Pi^{*} ( D_{i} \mid i \in I )$, and $\widehat{D}_{i}$ is
+ isomorphic to $D_{i}$. Let $\Theta_{i}$ be the restriction of
+ $\Theta$ to $\widehat{D}_{i}$.
+
+ Since $D_{i}\) is complete-simple, so is $\widehat{D}_{i}$, and
+ hence $\Theta_{i}$ is $\omega$ or $\iota$. If
+ $\Theta_{i} = \rho$ for all $i \in I$, then
+ $\Theta = \omega$. If there is an $i \in I$, such that
+ $\Theta_{i} = \iota$, then $0 \equiv 1 \pmod{\Theta}$, hence
+ $\Theta = \iota$.
+\end{proof}
+
+The Main Theorem follows easily from Theorems~\ref{T:P*} and \ref{T:P*a}.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+
+ \bibitem{sF90}
+ Soo-Key Foo, \emph{Lattice Constructions,} Ph.D. thesis, University
+ of Winnebago, Winnebago, MN, December, 1990.
+
+ \bibitem{gM68}
+ George~A. Menuhin, \emph{Universal Algebra,} D.~van Nostrand,
+ Princeton-Toronto-London-Mel\-bourne, 1968.
+
+ \bibitem{eM57}
+ Ernest~T. Moynahan, \emph{On a problem of M.H. Stone,} Acta Math.
+ Acad.Sci. Hungar. \textbf{8} (1957), 455--460.
+
+ \bibitem{eM57a}
+ \bysame, \emph{Ideals and congruence relations in lattices.~II,}
+ Magyar Tud. Akad. Mat. Fiz. Oszt. K\"{o}zl. \textbf{9} (1957),
+ 417--434 (Hungarian).
+
+ \bibitem{fR82}
+ Ferenc~R. Richardson, \emph{General Lattice Theory,} Mir, Moscow,
+ expanded and revised ed., 1982 (Russian).
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/sampart2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/sampart2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..27a24e3a882
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/firststeps/sampart2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+% Sample file: sampart2.tex
+% The sample article for the amsart document class
+% with user-defined commands
+% Typeset with LaTeX format
+
+\documentclass{amsart}
+\usepackage{amssymb,latexsym}
+\usepackage{lattice}
+
+\theoremstyle{plain}
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary}
+\newtheorem*{main}{Main~Theorem}
+\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}
+\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition}
+
+\theoremstyle{definition}
+\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}
+
+\theoremstyle{remark}
+\newtheorem*{notation}{Notation}
+
+\numberwithin{equation}{section}
+
+\newcommand{\Prodm}[2]{\gP(\,#1\mid#2\,)}
+ % product with a middle
+\newcommand{\Prodsm}[2]{\gP^{*}(\,#1\mid#2\,)}
+ % product * with a middle
+\newcommand{\vct}[2]{\vv<\dots,0,\dots,\overset{#1}{#2},%
+\dots,0,\dots>}% special vector
+\newcommand{\fp}{\F{p}}% Fraktur p
+\newcommand{\Ds}{D^{\langle2\rangle}}
+
+\begin{document}
+\title[Complete-simple distributive lattices]
+ {A construction of complete-simple\\
+ distributive lattices}
+\author{George~A. Menuhin}
+\address{Computer Science Department\\
+ University of Winnebago\\
+ Winnebago, Minnesota 23714}
+\email{menuhin@ccw.uwinnebago.edu}
+\urladdr{http://math.uwinnebago.ca/homepages/menuhin/}
+\thanks{Research supported by the NSF under grant number~23466.}
+\keywords{Complete lattice, distributive lattice, complete
+ congruence, congruence lattice}
+\subjclass{Primary: 06B10; Secondary: 06D05}
+\date{March 15, 1995}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+ In this note we prove that there exist \emph{complete-simple
+ distributive lattices,} that is, complete distributive
+ lattices in which there are only two complete congruences.
+\end{abstract}
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Introduction}\label{S:intro}
+In this note we prove the following result:
+
+\begin{main}
+ There exists an infinite complete distributive lattice
+ $K$ with only the two trivial complete congruence relations.
+\end{main}
+
+\section{The $\Ds$ construction}\label{S:Ds}
+For the basic notation in lattice theory and universal algebra,
+see Ferenc~R. Richardson~\cite{fR82} and George~A. Menuhin~\cite{gM68}.
+We start with some definitions:
+
+\begin{definition}\label{D:prime}
+ Let $V$ be a complete lattice, and let $\fp = [u, v]$ be
+ an interval of $V$. Then $\fp$ is called
+ \emph{complete-prime} if the following three conditions are satisfied:
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item[(1)] $u$ is meet-irreducible but $u$ is \emph{not}
+ completely meet-irreducible;
+ \item[(2)] $v$ is join-irreducible but $v$ is \emph{not}
+ completely join-irreducible;
+ \item[(3)] $[u, v]$ is a complete-simple lattice.
+ \end{enumerate}
+\end{definition}
+
+Now we prove the following result:
+
+\begin{lemma}\label{L:ds}
+ Let $D$ be a complete distributive lattice satisfying
+ conditions~\textup{(1)} and~\textup{(2)}.
+ Then $\Ds$ is a sublattice of $D^{2}$; hence $\Ds$ is
+ a lattice, and $\Ds$ is a complete distributive lattice
+ satisfying conditions~~\textup{(1)} and~~\textup{(2)}.
+\end{lemma}
+
+\begin{proof}
+ By conditions~(1) and (2), $\Ds$ is a sublattice of
+ $D^{2}$. Hence, $\Ds$ is a lattice.
+
+ Since $\Ds$ is a sublattice of a distributive lattice, $\Ds$ is
+ a distributive lattice. Using the characterization of
+ standard ideals in Ernest~T. Moynahan~\cite{eM57},
+ $\Ds$ has a zero and a unit element, namely,
+ $\vv<0, 0>$ and $\vv<1, 1>$. To show that $\Ds$ is
+ complete, let $\es \ne A \ci \Ds$, and let $a = \JJ A$
+ in $D^{2}$. If $a \in \Ds$, then
+ $a = \JJ A$ in $\Ds$; otherwise, $a$ is of the form
+ $\vv<b, 1>$ for some $b \in D$ with $b < 1$. Now
+ $\JJ A = \vv<1, 1>$ in $D^{2}$, and
+ the dual argument shows that $\MM A$ also exists in
+ $D^{2}$. Hence $D$ is complete. Conditions~(1) and (2)
+ are obvious for $\Ds$.
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{corollary}\label{C:prime}
+ If $D$ is complete-prime, then so is $\Ds$.
+\end{corollary}
+
+The motivation for the following result comes from Soo-Key
+Foo~\cite{sF90}.
+
+\begin{lemma}\label{L:ccr}
+ Let $\gQ$ be a complete congruence relation of $\Ds$ such
+ that
+ \begin{equation}\label{E:rigid}
+ \vv<1, d> \equiv \vv<1, 1> \pod{\gQ},
+ \end{equation}
+ for some $d \in D$ with $d < 1$. Then $\gQ = \gi$.
+\end{lemma}
+
+\begin{proof}
+ Let $\gQ$ be a complete congruence relation of $\Ds$
+ satisfying \eqref{E:rigid}. Then $\gQ = \gi$.
+\end{proof}
+
+\section{The $\gP^{*}$ construction}\label{S:P*}
+The following construction is crucial to our proof of the
+Main~Theorem:
+
+\begin{definition}\label{D:P*}
+ Let $D_{i}$, for $i \in I$, be complete distributive
+ lattices satisfying condition~\tup{(2)}. Their $\gP^{*}$
+ product is defined as follows:
+ \[
+ \Prodsm{ D_{i} }{i \in I} = \Prodm{ D_{i}^{-} }{i \in I} +1;
+ \]
+ that is, $\Prodsm{ D_{i} }{i \in I}$ is
+ $\Prodm{ D_{i}^{-} }{i \in I}$ with a new unit element.
+\end{definition}
+
+\begin{notation}
+ If $i \in I$ and $d \in D_{i}^{-}$, then
+ \[
+ \vct{i}{d}
+ \]
+ is the element of $\Prodsm{ D_{i} }{i \in I}$ whose
+ $i$-th component is $d$ and all the other
+ components are $0$.
+\end{notation}
+
+See also Ernest~T. Moynahan~\cite{eM57a}. Next we verify:
+
+\begin{theorem}\label{T:P*}
+ Let $D_{i}$, for $i \in I$, be complete distributive
+ lattices satisfying condition~\tup{(2)}. Let $\gQ$ be a
+ complete congruence relation on
+ $\Prodsm{ D_{i} }{i \in I}$. If there exist
+ $i \in I$ and $d \in D_{i}$ with $d < 1_{i}$ such
+ that for all $d \leq c < 1_{i}$,
+ \begin{equation}\label{E:cong1}
+ \vct{i}{d} \equiv \vct{i}{c} \pod{\gQ},
+ \end{equation}
+ then $\gQ = \gi$.
+\end{theorem}
+
+\begin{proof}
+ Since
+ \begin{equation}\label{E:cong2}
+ \vct{i}{d} \equiv \vct{i}{c} \pod{\gQ},
+ \end{equation}
+ and $\gQ$ is a complete congruence relation, it follows
+ from condition~(3) that
+ \begin{align}\label{E:cong}
+ &\vct{i}{d} \equiv \notag\\
+ &\qq\q{\JJm{\vct{i}{c}}{d \leq c < 1}=1} \pod{\gQ}.
+ \end{align}
+ Let $j \in I$ for $j \neq i$, and let
+ $a \in D_{j}^{-}\). Meeting both sides of the congruence
+ \eqref{E:cong} with $\vct{j}{a}$, we obtain
+ \begin{align}\label{E:comp}
+ 0 &= \vct{i}{d} \mm \vct{j}{a}\\
+ &\equiv \vct{j}{a}\pod{\gQ}. \notag
+ \end{align}
+ Using the completeness of $\gQ$ and \eqref{E:comp}, we get:
+ \begin{equation}\label{E:cong3}
+ 0=\JJm{ \vct{j}{a} }{ a \in D_{j}^{-} } \equiv 1 \pod{\gQ},
+ \end{equation}
+ hence $\gQ = \gi$.
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{theorem}\label{T:P*a}
+ Let $D_{i}$ for $i \in I$ be complete distributive
+ lattices satisfying
+ conditions~\tup{(2)} and \tup{(3)}. Then
+ $\Prodsm{ D_{i} }{i \in I}$ also satisfies
+ conditions~\tup{(2)} and \tup{(3)}.
+\end{theorem}
+
+\begin{proof}
+ Let $\gQ$ be a complete congruence on
+ $\Prodsm{ D_{i} }{i \in I}$. Let $i \in I$. Define
+ \begin{equation}\label{E:dihat}
+ \widehat{D}_{i} = \setm{ \vct{i}{d} }{ d \in D_{i}^{-} }
+ \uu \set{1}.
+ \end{equation}
+ Then $\widehat{D}_{i}$ is a complete sublattice of
+ $\Prodsm{ D_{i} }{i \in I}$, and $\widehat{D}_{i}$
+ is isomorphic to $D_{i}$. Let $\gQ_{i}$ be the
+ restriction of $\gQ$ to $\widehat{D}_{i}$. Since
+ $D_{i}$ is complete-simple, so is $\widehat{D}_{i}$,
+ hence $\gQ_{i}$ is $\go$ or $\gi$. If $\gQ_{i} = \go$
+ for all $i \in I$, then $\gQ = \go$.
+ If there is an $i \in I$, such that $\gQ_{i} = \gi$,
+ then $0 \equiv 1 \pod{\gQ}$, and hence $\gQ = \gi$.
+\end{proof}
+
+The Main Theorem follows easily from Theorems~\ref{T:P*} and
+\ref{T:P*a}.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+
+ \bibitem{sF90}
+ Soo-Key Foo, \emph{Lattice Constructions,} Ph.D. thesis, University
+ of Winnebago, Winnebago, MN, December, 1990.
+
+ \bibitem{gM68}
+ George~A. Menuhin, \emph{Universal Algebra,} D.~van Nostrand,
+ Princeton-Toronto-London-Mel\-bourne, 1968.
+
+ \bibitem{eM57}
+ Ernest~T. Moynahan, \emph{On a problem of M.H. Stone,} Acta Math.
+ Acad.Sci. Hungar. \textbf{8} (1957), 455--460.
+
+ \bibitem{eM57a}
+ \bysame, \emph{Ideals and congruence relations in lattices.~II,}
+ Magyar Tud. Akad. Mat. Fiz. Oszt. K\"{o}zl. \textbf{9} (1957),
+ 417--434 (Hungarian).
+
+ \bibitem{fR82}
+ Ferenc~R. Richardson, \emph{General Lattice Theory,} Mir, Moscow,
+ expanded and revised ed., 1982 (Russian).
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document} \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/gentle/gentle.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/gentle/gentle.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a03678d4bf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/gentle/gentle.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,5397 @@
+
+
+%% Thanks for your interest in A Gentle Introduction to TeX.
+%% Any comments on this manual would be appreciated. These may
+%% be typesetting, English, or TeX criticisms. If you decide to
+%% translate this document into another language, I'd appreciate
+%% receiving a copy.
+%%
+%% This file is a complete TeX input file. Just run it
+%% through TeX and print out the resulting "DVI" file. If you are
+%% familiar with TeX, the macros at the top of the file have a few
+%% switches which you may want to set. If you have problems or
+%% can't run TeX at all, write to me and I'll send you a hard copy.
+%% You can get a bound copy from the TeX Users Group at the address
+%% given below.
+%%
+%% You should feel free to photocopy and/or distribute this manual.
+%% My only request is that it remain in one piece and not be chopped
+%% up. The only machine dependent section (#1.2) may need to be
+%% rewritten for your local site, of course.
+%%
+%%% Michael Doob
+%% Department of Mathematics
+%% The University of Manitoba
+%% Winnipeg, Manitoba R3T 2N2
+%% Canada
+%% mdoob@uofmcc (bitnet)
+%% mdoob@ccu.umanitoba.ca (internet)
+%%
+%% Here is a character listing to check to be sure that no
+%% unwanted translations took place within the bowels of the net.
+%% Upper case letters: ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
+%% Lower case letters: abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+%% round parentheses, square brackets, curly braces: () [] {}
+%% Exclaim, at, sharp, dollar, percent: ! @ # $ %
+%% Caret, ampersand, star, underscore, hyphen: ^ & * _ -
+%% vertical bar, backslash, tilde, backprime, plus: | \ ~ ` +
+%% plus, equal, prime, quote, colon: + = ' " :
+%% less than, greater than, slash, question, comma: < > / ? ,
+%% period, semicolon: . ;
+%%
+%%
+%%
+%% Now here come the macros used in this manual. If you are
+%% already familiar with TeX, you may want to fiddle with them.
+%% In particular, the hooks are left to generate a new control
+%% word index and table of contents if you change section 1.2.
+%%
+%%
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%% Here are the fonts other than the sixteen defined in %%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%% plain.tex that are used %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+ %%%% first, choose between amr or cmr fonts %%%
+\newif \ifamrfonts
+\amrfontsfalse % use this line if you use the cmr fonts
+%\amrfontstrue % use this line if you use the old amr fonts
+
+\ifamrfonts \font\brm=amr10 scaled \magstep1
+ \else \font\brm=cmr10 scaled \magstep1 \fi
+\ifamrfonts \font\halfrm=amr10 scaled \magstephalf
+ \else \font\halfrm=cmr10 scaled \magstephalf \fi
+\ifamrfonts \font\bbrm=amr10 scaled \magstep2
+ \else \font\bbrm=cmr10 scaled \magstep2 \fi
+\ifamrfonts \font\bbbrm=amr10 scaled \magstep3
+ \else \font\bbbrm=cmr10 scaled \magstep3 \fi
+\ifamrfonts \font\bbbbrm=amr10 scaled \magstep4
+ \else\font \bbbbrm=cmr10 scaled \magstep4 \fi
+\ifamrfonts \font\bbbbbrm=amr10 scaled \magstep5
+ \else \font\bbbbbrm=cmr10 scaled \magstep5 \fi
+\ifamrfonts \font\sf = amssmc10
+ \else \font\sf = cmss10 \fi
+\ifamrfonts \font\chapfont=ambx10 scaled \magstep2
+ \else \font\chapfont=cmbx10 scaled \magstep2 \fi
+\ifamrfonts \font\secfont=ambx10 scaled \magstep1
+ \else \font\secfont=cmbx10 scaled \magstep1 \fi
+\ifamrfonts \font\sc= amcsc10
+ \else \font\sc= cmcsc10 \fi
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+%%%%\vbadness=10000 %%%%%% I don't want to hear about underfull vboxes
+\raggedbottom %%%%% delete this line for aligned page bottoms
+\hsize=5.5in
+\vsize=7in
+\voffset=.75in
+\parskip=\baselineskip
+\widowpenalty=1000 \clubpenalty=1000 %%% I hate widows and orphans! %%%
+
+%%%%%%%%% choosing between Canadian and American spellings %%%%%%%%%
+\newif \ifcanspell
+\canspelltrue %%%% Canadian spelling
+%\canspellfalse %%% use this line for American spelling
+
+\def\aesthetic{\ifcanspell \ae{}sthetic\else esthetic\fi}
+\def\analogue{\ifcanspell analogue\else analog\fi}
+ \let\analog=\analogue
+\def\cancelled{\ifcanspell cancelled\else canceled\fi}
+ \let\canceled=\cancelled
+\def\centimetre{\ifcanspell centimetre\else centimeter\fi}
+ \let\centimeter=\centimetre
+\def\centre{\ifcanspell centre\else center\fi}
+ \let\center=\centre
+\def\centred{\ifcanspell centred\else centered\fi}
+ \let\centered=\centred
+\def\our{\ifcanspell our\else or\fi}
+\def\postcode{\ifcanspell postalcode\else zipcode\fi}
+\def\province{\ifcanspell province\else state\fi}
+\def\theatre{\ifcanspell theatre\else theater\fi}
+ \let\theater=\theatre
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%% First check to see if using plain format %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\def\shouldbefmt{plain}
+\ifx\shouldbefmt\fmtname
+\else
+\immediate\write16{}
+\immediate\write16{***** WARNING WARNING WARNING *****}
+\immediate\write16{You probably need to use the command}
+\immediate\write16{tex \string<filename\string>}
+\immediate\write16{to make your dvi file (not latex).}
+\immediate\write16{***** WARNING WARNING WARNING *****}
+\immediate\write16{}
+\fi
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% headline routines %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\def\gentleheadline{%
+ \vbox {\hrule%
+ \line {\strut \vrule \quad \tenrm A \TeX{} intro
+ \ifcanspell (Canadian \else (U.S. \fi spelling)
+ \hfil
+ \ifnum \secnum > 0 Section \the\secnum: \fi \sectiontitle \quad
+ \vrule}%
+ \hrule}%
+}
+
+\newif \iftitlepage \titlepagetrue
+\headline=
+ {\iftitlepage \hfil \global\titlepagefalse \else \gentleheadline \fi}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% define contents and index files %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%% Normally the contents and index are hard coded into the input file. %%%
+%% To generate new ones, use \writingcontentstrue and \writingindextrue. %%
+
+\newif \ifwritingcontents
+\newif \ifwritingindex
+\newwrite\contents \newwrite\index
+
+\writingcontentsfalse \writingindexfalse
+%%% \writingcontentstrue %%% use this line to make the contents
+%%% \writingindextrue %%% use this line to make the index
+
+\ifwritingcontents \openout\contents=contents.tex \fi
+\ifwritingindex \openout\index=index.tex
+ \def\toindex#1{\immediate\write\index{#1 \the\pageno}}
+ \else \def\toindex#1{} \fi
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% determine whether answers are printed %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newif \ifwritinganswers
+\writinganswersfalse %%% use this line to suppress answer section
+\writinganswerstrue %%% use this line to include answer section
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% footnote macro with counter %%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newcount\footnotenum \footnotenum=0
+\def\fnote#1{\advance \footnotenum by 1%
+\footnote{$^{\the\footnotenum}$}{#1}}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% exercise, section, and subsection macros %%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newcount\exno %%%%%% counter for exercises %%%%%%%%
+\newcount\secnum \secnum=0 %%%% counter for section numbers %%%%
+\newcount\subsecnum
+
+\def\section#1{
+ \vfill\eject %%%%% new section starts on a new page
+ %%%\ifodd\pageno \else\ \vfill\eject \fi %start on an odd page
+ \advance\secnum by 1 \subsecnum=0 \exno=0
+ \ifnum \secnum = 1 \pageno=1 \fi
+ \ifnum \secnum > 0
+ \leftline{\chapfont Section \the\secnum}
+ \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \leftline{\chapfont #1}
+ \def\sectiontitle{#1}
+ \vskip\baselineskip
+ \hrule
+ \vskip 1cm
+ \ifwritingcontents \write\contents{\string\line\string{#1
+ \string\dotfill{}
+ \ifnum \pageno < 0 \romannumeral-\pageno
+ \else \the\pageno \fi
+ \string}}\fi
+ \titlepagetrue}
+
+\def\subsection#1{\advance\subsecnum by 1
+ \vskip 30pt
+ \leftline{\secfont \the\secnum .\the\subsecnum\ #1}
+ \nobreak
+ \ifwritingcontents
+ \write\contents{\string\line\string{\string\qquad{}#1
+ \string\dotfill{} \the\pageno\string}}\fi
+ }
+
+\def\exercise{\global\advance \exno by 1
+ \vskip\baselineskip
+ \noindent $\triangleright$ Exercise \the\secnum.\the\exno\quad
+ }
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+%% definitions of control sequences for characters in the typewriter font %%%
+%%%% for short phrases this is easier than using a literal construction %%%%
+\def\\{\char92{}} %%%%% backslash %%%%%
+\def\lb{\char'173{}} %%%%% left brace %%%%%
+\def\rb{\char'175{}} %%%%% right brace %%%%%
+\def\sp{\char32{}} %%%%% special space symbol %%%%%
+
+\def\beginliteral{
+\vskip\baselineskip
+\begingroup
+\tt
+\obeylines
+%{\obeyspaces\global\let =\ }
+\catcode`\@=0
+\parskip=0pt\parindent=0pt
+\catcode`\$=12\catcode`\&=12\catcode`\^=12\catcode`\#=12
+\catcode`\_=12\catcode`\~=12
+\def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}
+\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\%=12\catcode`\\=12
+}
+
+\def\endliteral{\endgroup}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% inhibit hyphenation of typewriter text %%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\hyphenchar\tentt=-1
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%% grouping to make input listing in typewriter type %%%%%%%
+\def\beginuser{\vskip\parskip
+ \everypar={\nobreak}
+ \begingroup
+ \tt \obeylines \parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt}
+
+\def\enduser{\endgroup}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%% macro to construct tables (easily) %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%% parameters: title goes between brackets, rest of the
+%%% paragraph is the table
+\def\maketable[#1]#2\par{
+\setbox1=\vbox{#2}
+$$\vbox{
+ \hbox to \wd1{\bf \hss #1 \hss}
+ \vskip 12pt
+ \box1
+ }
+$$
+}
+%%%%%%%%%%% end of macro to construct tables %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%% macro to put a box around the text %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\def\makebox#1#2#3% vsize, hsize, inserted text
+{\hbox{\vrule
+ \vbox to #1{\hrule \vss
+ \hbox to #2{\hss#3\hss}\vss
+ \hrule}\vrule}}
+
+\def\displaytext#1{$$\hbox{#1}$$}
+
+\def\LaTeX{{\rm L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\sc a}\kern-.15em
+ T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}
+
+\def\AMSTeX{{$\cal A$}\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox
+ {$\cal M$}\kern-.125em{$\cal S$}-\TeX}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%% macro to put TeX references in right margin %%%%%%%%
+\newdimen\theight
+\def \TeXref#1{%
+ \vadjust{\setbox0=\hbox{\sevenrm\quad\quad\TeX book: #1}%
+ \theight=\ht0
+ \advance\theight by \dp0 \advance\theight by \lineskip
+ \kern -\theight \vbox to \theight{\rightline{\rlap{\box0}}%
+ \vss}%
+ }}%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\def\version{1.1}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%% macro to write the date out the date and time %%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%% TeXbook p. 406 for date %%%%%%%%%%%
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or January\or February\or March\or April\or
+May\or June\or July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or
+December\fi \space\number\day, \number\year}
+
+\newcount\hour \newcount\minute
+\hour=\time \divide \hour by 60
+\minute=\time
+\loop \ifnum \minute > 59 \advance \minute by -60 \repeat
+\def\writetime{\ifnum \hour<13 \number\hour:% % supresses leading 0's
+ \ifnum \minute<10 0\fi% % so add it it
+ \number\minute
+ \ifnum \hour < 12 \ A.M. \else \ P.M. \fi
+ \else \advance \hour by -12 \number\hour:% % supresses leading 0's
+ \ifnum \minute<10 0\fi% % add it in
+ \number\minute \ P.M. \fi}
+
+\def\datestamp{\vfill
+ \rightline{\sevenrm Gentle Intro \version{} run through \TeX{}
+ on \today{} at \writetime}}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\titlepagetrue
+{\nopagenumbers
+\def\sectiontitle{Introduction}
+\topinsert \vskip 6 cm \endinsert
+\centerline{\chapfont A Gentle Introduction to \TeX{}}
+\vskip 15 pt
+\centerline{\secfont A Manual for Self-study}
+\vskip 3cm
+\leftline{Michael Doob}
+\leftline{Department of Mathematics}
+\leftline{The University of Manitoba}
+\leftline{Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R3T 2N2}
+\vskip\baselineskip
+\leftline{MDOOB@UOFMCC.BITNET}
+\leftline{MDOOB@CCU.UMANITOBA.CA}
+
+\vfill\eject
+\titlepagetrue.
+\vfill\eject
+}
+\secnum=-2 \pageno=-1
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+First the bad news: \TeX{} is a large and complicated program that
+goes to extraordinary lengths to produce attractive typeset material.
+This very complication can cause unexpected things to happen at times.
+Now the good news: straightforward text is very easy to typeset using
+\TeX\null. So it's possible to start with easier text and work up to
+more complicated situations.
+
+The purpose of this manual is to start from the very beginning and
+to move towards these more complicated situations. No previous knowledge
+of \TeX{} is assumed. By proceeding a section at a time, greater
+varieties of text can be produced.
+
+Here are a few suggestions: there are some exercises in each
+section. Be sure and do them! The only way to learn \TeX{} is
+by using it. Better yet, experiment on your own; try to make
+some variations on the exercises. There is no way that you can
+damage the \TeX{} program with your experiments. You can find a
+complete answer to most exercises by looking at the \TeX{} source
+file that was used to produce this document. You'll notice that
+there are references in the right margin to {\bf The \TeX
+book}\fnote{Addison-Wesley, Reading,Massachusetts, 1984, ISBN
+0-201-13488-9}\null. When you feel that you want more
+information on a topic, that's where to look.
+
+Incidentally, there are a few fibs that appear in this manual;
+they are used to hide complications (I look at this as something
+like poetic license). As you become more experienced at using
+\TeX{}, you'll be able to find them.
+
+\TeX{} is a public domain program that is available for no
+license fee. It was developed by Donald Knuth at Stanford
+University as a major project. In the profit-oriented market
+place, the program would certainly cost many thousands of
+dollars. The \TeX{} Users Group (TUG) is a nonprofit
+organization which distributes copies of \TeX{}, this manual,
+updates software, and gives information about new developments in
+both hardware and software in its publications TUGboat and \TeX
+niques. Joining this users group is inexpensive; please consider
+doing so. The address is:
+\vskip\baselineskip
+\centerline{\TeX{} Users Group}
+\centerline{P.O. Box 869}
+\centerline{Santa Barbara, CA 93102}
+\centerline{U.S.A.}
+
+This manual would not have come into being without the aid of others.
+In particular the proofreading and suggestions of the following
+people have been invaluable:
+\begingroup
+\frenchspacing
+Waleed A.~Al-Salam (University of Alberta),
+Debbie L.~Alspaugh (University of California),
+Nelson H.~F.~Beebe (University of Utah),
+Barbara Beeton (American Mathematical Society),
+Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein (University of Freiburg),
+Bart Childs (Texas A.~\&~M\null. University),
+Mary Coventry (University of Washington),
+Dimitrios Diamantaras (Temple University),
+Roberto Dominimanni (Naval Underwater Systems Center),
+Lincoln Durst (Providence, RI),
+Victor Eijkhout (University of Nijmegen),
+Moshe Feder (St. Lawrence University),
+Josep~M.~Font (Universidad Barcelona),
+Jonas de Miranda Gomes
+ (Instituto de Matematica Pura e Aplicada - Brazil),
+Rob Gross (Boston College),
+Klaus Hahn (University of Marburg),
+Anita Hoover (University of Delaware),
+J\"urgen Koslowski (Macalester College),
+Kees van der Laan (Rijksuniversiteit Groningen),
+John Lee (Northrop Corporation),
+Silvio Levy (Princeton University),
+Robert Messer (Albion College),
+Emily H.~Moore (Grinnell College),
+Young Park (University of Maryland),
+Craig Platt (University of Manitoba),
+Kauko Saarinen (University of Jyv\"askyl\"a),
+Jim Wright (Iowa State University),
+and
+Dominik Wujastyk (Wellcome Institute for the History of Medicine).
+ \endgroup
+
+In addition several people have sent me parts or all of their local
+manuals. I have received a few others on the rebound.
+In particular
+\begingroup
+\frenchspacing
+Elizabeth Barnhart (TV Guide),
+Stephan v.~Bechtolsheim (Purdue University),
+Nelson H.~F.~Beebe (University of Utah)
+ and Leslie Lamport (Digital Equipment Corporation),
+Marie McPartland-Conn and Laurie Mann (Stratus Computer),
+Robert Messer (Albion College),
+Noel Peterson (Library of Congress),
+Craig Platt (University of Manitoba),
+Alan Spragens (Stanford Linear Accelerator Center, now of Apple Computers),
+Christina Thiele (Carleton University),
+and Daniel M.~Zirin (California Institute of Technology)
+\endgroup
+have written various types of lecture notes that have been most helpful.
+
+\vfill \eject
+\section{Contents}
+
+\line{Introduction \dotfill{} i}
+\line{Contents \dotfill{} iii}
+\line{1.~Getting Started \dotfill{} 1}
+\line{\qquad{}1.1 What \TeX{} is and what \TeX{} isn't \dotfill{} 1}
+\line{\qquad{}1.2 From \TeX{} file to readable output,
+ the big set up \dotfill{} 2}
+\line{\qquad{}1.3 Let's do it! \dotfill{} 4}
+\line{\qquad{}1.4 \TeX{} has everything under control \dotfill{} 7}
+\line{\qquad{}1.5 What \TeX{} won't do \dotfill{} 8}
+\line{2.~All characters great and small \dotfill{} 9}
+\line{\qquad{}2.1 Some characters are more special than others \dotfill{} 9}
+\line{\qquad{}2.2 Typesetting with an accent \dotfill{} 10}
+\line{\qquad{}2.3 Dots, dashes, quotes,
+ $\textfont0=\tenbf \mathinner {\ldotp \ldotp \ldotp }$ \dotfill{} 13}
+\line{\qquad{}2.4 Different fonts \dotfill{} 15}
+\line{3.~The shape of things to come \dotfill{} 19}
+\line{\qquad{}3.1 Units, units, units \dotfill{} 19}
+\line{\qquad{}3.2 Page shape \dotfill{} 20}
+\line{\qquad{}3.3 Paragraph shape \dotfill{} 22}
+\line{\qquad{}3.4 Line shape \dotfill{} 26}
+\line{\qquad{}3.5 Footnotes \dotfill{} 27}
+\line{\qquad{}3.6 Headlines and footlines \dotfill{} 28}
+\line{\qquad{}3.7 Overfull and underfull boxes \dotfill{} 29}
+\line{4.~$\Bigl\{$Groups, $\bigl\{$Groups, $\{$and More%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{$\biggl\{$} \vrule height \ht0 depth \dp0 width 0pt
+ Groups$\}\bigr\}\Bigr\}$ \dotfill{} 31}
+\line{5.~No math anxiety here! \dotfill{} 33}
+\line{\qquad{}5.1 Lots of new symbols \dotfill{} 33}
+\line{\qquad{}5.2 Fractions \dotfill{} 37}
+\line{\qquad{}5.3 Subscripts and superscripts \dotfill{} 38}
+\line{\qquad{}5.4 Roots, square and otherwise \dotfill{} 39}
+\line{\qquad{}5.5 Lines, above and below \dotfill{} 39}
+\line{\qquad{}5.6 Delimiters large and small \dotfill{} 40}
+\line{\qquad{}5.7 Those special functions \dotfill{} 41}
+\line{\qquad{}5.8 Hear ye, hear ye! \dotfill{} 42}
+\line{\qquad{}5.9 Matrices \dotfill{} 43}
+\line{\qquad{}5.10 Displayed equations \dotfill{} 45}
+\line{6.~All in a row \dotfill{} 48}
+\line{\qquad{}6.1 Picking up the tab \dotfill{} 48}
+\line{\qquad{}6.2 Horizontal alignment with more sophisticated patterns
+ \dotfill{} 51}
+\line{7.~Rolling your own \dotfill{} 55}
+\line{\qquad{}7.1 The long and short of it \dotfill{} 55}
+\line{\qquad{}7.2 Filling in with parameters \dotfill{} 57}
+\line{\qquad{}7.3 By any other name \dotfill{} 60}
+\line{8.~To err is human \dotfill{} 62}
+\line{\qquad{}8.1 The forgotten bye \dotfill{} 62}
+\line{\qquad{}8.2 The misspelled or unknown control sequence \dotfill{} 62}
+\line{\qquad{}8.3 The misnamed font \dotfill{} 64}
+\line{\qquad{}8.4 Mismatched mathematics \dotfill{} 64}
+\line{\qquad{}8.5 Mismatched braces \dotfill{} 65}
+\line{9.~Digging a little deeper \dotfill{} 68}
+\line{\qquad{}9.1 Big files, little files \dotfill{} 68}
+\line{\qquad{}9.2 Larger macro packages \dotfill{} 69}
+\line{\qquad{}9.3 Horizontal and vertical lines \dotfill{} 70}
+\line{\qquad{}9.4 Boxes within boxes \dotfill{} 72}
+\line{10.~Control word list \dotfill{} 77}
+\ifwritinganswers
+ \line{11.~I get by with a little help\dotfill{} 80}
+\fi
+
+
+
+\section{Getting Started}
+
+\subsection{What \TeX{} is and what \TeX{} isn't}
+
+First of all, let's see what steps are necessary to produce a
+document using \TeX\null. The first step is to type the file
+that \TeX{} reads. This is usually called the \TeX{} file or the
+input file, and it can be created using a simple text editor (in
+fact, if you're using a fancy word processor, you have to be sure
+that your file is saved in ASCII or nondocument mode without any
+special control characters). The \TeX{} program then reads your
+input file and produces what is called a DVI file (DVI stands for
+DeVice Independent). This file is not readable, at least not by
+humans. The DVI file is then read by another program (called a
+device driver) that produces the output that is readable by
+humans\TeXref{23}. Why the extra file? The same DVI file can be
+read by different device drivers to produce output on a dot
+matrix printer, a laser printer, a screen viewer, or a
+phototypesetter. Once you have produced a DVI file that gives
+the right output on, say, a screen viewer, you can be assured
+that you will get exactly the same output on a laser printer
+without running the \TeX{} program again.
+
+The process may be thought of as proceeding in the following way:
+$$
+{\hbox{edit text\quad} \atop \longrightarrow}
+\lower .6cm \makebox{1.5cm}{1.8cm}%
+{\vbox{\hbox{\TeX{}}
+ \hbox{input}
+ \hbox{file}
+ }%
+}%
+{\hbox{\quad \TeX{} program\quad} \atop \longrightarrow}
+\lower .6cm \makebox{1.5cm}{1.8cm}%
+{\vbox{\hbox{DVI}
+ \hbox{file}}
+}%
+{\hbox{\quad device driver\quad} \atop \longrightarrow}
+\lower .6cm \makebox{1.5cm}{1.8cm}%
+{\vbox{\hbox{readable}
+ \hbox{output}}
+}%
+$$
+
+This means that we don't see our output in its final form when it
+is being typed at the terminal. But in this case a little
+patience is amply rewarded, for a large number of symbols not
+available in most word processing programs become available. In
+addition, the typesetting is done with more precision, and the
+input files are easily sent between different computers by
+electronic mail or on a magnetic medium.
+
+Our focus will be on the first step, that is, creating the \TeX{}
+input file and then running the \TeX{} program to produce
+appropriate results. There are two ways of running the \TeX{}
+program; it can be run in batch mode or interactively. In
+batch mode you submit your \TeX{} input file to your computer;
+it then runs the \TeX{} program without further intervention and
+gives you the result when it is finished. In interactive mode
+the program can stop and get further input from the user, that
+is, the user can interact with the program. Using \TeX{}
+interactively allows some errors to be corrected by the user,
+while the \TeX{} program makes the corrections in batch mode as
+best it can. Interactive is the preferred mode, of course. All
+personal computer and many mainframe implementations are
+interactive. On some mainframes, however, the only practical
+method of running \TeX{} is in batch mode.
+
+
+\subsection{From \TeX{} file to readable output, the big set up}
+\vskip\baselineskip
+
+{\parskip = 0pt \noindent
+[Note from MD:
+{\sl This is the only system dependent section in the manual and
+may be replaced by a local guide. No reference is made to it
+outside of the section itself. The following local information
+should be included:
+\item{$\bullet$} What initial steps, if any, should be taken by the reader
+to permit the running of \TeX{} and your local device driver(s).
+\item{$\bullet$} How to run \TeX\null.
+\item{$\bullet$} How to read the log file.
+\item{$\bullet$} How to preview and/or print the dvi file.
+
+The following sample is applicable here at the University of
+Manitoba. We use a locally written editor (MANTES) on an
+Amdahl running MVS; I'm fairly certain that it's the worst possible case.}]
+}
+
+
+In this section we'll see how to run \TeX{} at the University of
+Manitoba. It is assumed that the reader is familiar with MANTES
+and can create text files using it.
+
+First, there are several things that must be done {\bf one time
+only}. To start you must do the following (you type in the
+material that looks like typewriter type):
+\item{(1)} allocate the files that \TeX{} will use by typing the
+following lines (while in MANTES):
+\itemitem{} C: {\tt alloc da=source.tex format=vb,256,6144}
+\itemitem{} C: {\tt alloc da=dvi format=fb,1024,6144}
+
+\item{(2)} Create a file called RUNTEX in your MANTES aggregate
+containing the following JCL:
+
+\beginuser
+// JOB ,'RUN TEX'
+// EXEC TEXC
+//SRC DD DSN=<userid>.SOURCE.TEX,DISP=SHR
+//DVI DD DSN=<userid>.DVI,DISP=OLD
+\enduser
+
+
+The name {\tt <userid>} is replaced by your own user id, of
+course. The use of upper case and the spaces must be followed
+exactly.
+
+\item{(3)} Create a file called PRINTTEX in your MANTES aggregate
+containing the following JCL:
+
+\beginuser
+// JOB ,'PRINT TEX'
+// EXEC TEXP
+//DVIFILE DD DSN=<userid>.DVI,DISP=SHR
+\enduser
+
+
+Once you have completed these three steps, you are ready to run a
+\TeX{} job. The files you have created will allow you to produce
+about ten pages of ordinary text.
+
+Here are the steps you use {\bf each time you run a job}.
+
+\item{(1)} create a MANTES file containing your \TeX{} input.
+\item{(2)} save and submit your file using the commands
+\itemitem{} C: {\tt save f/l to da=source.tex noseq}
+\itemitem{} C: {\tt submit runtex}
+\item{(3)} when you get a message saying that your job is finished,
+enter the command
+\itemitem{} C: {\tt out <jobname>; list ttyout}
+
+In this command, {\tt <jobname>} is replaced by your user id with
+a dollar sign appended. This file listing will tell you of any
+errors that might have occurred. It is an abbreviated version of
+what is called the ``log file''; we will use the term ``log
+file'' to refer to the ttyout file produced by \TeX\null.
+
+If you want, you can check on the status of your job while it is
+executing by using the command
+\itemitem{} C: {\tt q <jobname>}
+
+When you are finished looking at the log file, the command {\tt
+end scratch} will throw away the log file while the command {\tt
+end release} will send the log file to the printer, and it can
+then be picked up with your \TeX{} output.
+
+\item{(4)} when your output from RUNTEX program is error free, \TeX{}
+will have created a legal DVI file. To print it, use the
+command
+\itemitem{} C: {\tt submit printtex nohold}
+
+As in (3), you can check on the status of your job while it is
+executing.
+\item{(5)} Pick up your output at the I/O window, sixth floor
+Engineering building. It usually takes about twenty minutes for the
+output to be ready. Ask for it by ``{\tt <jobname>}''.
+
+The files created are large enough for running \TeX{} jobs of about
+10 pages. A job of that size will take about one second of CPU time
+to run through \TeX\null. It will take about 15 seconds of CPU time to
+print 10 pages on the Xerox 8600 using the current device driver.
+
+You can print your own copy of this manual using the command
+{\tt \%docu tex}. You can also find lots of other useful
+online information about \TeX{} by using {\tt \%texinfo}.
+
+\subsection{Let's do it!}
+
+So, from our viewpoint, the name of the game is to create the \TeX{}
+file that produces the right readable output. What does
+a \TeX{} file look like? It consists of characters from an
+ordinary terminal, that is, upper and lower case letters,
+numbers, and the usual punctuation and accent characters (these
+are the usual ASCII characters). Text, for the most part, is just
+typed normally. Special instructions usually start with one of a
+few special symbols such as {\tt \#} or {\tt \&} (these will be
+described in more detail later). Here is an example of a \TeX{}
+input file:
+
+\beginuser
+Here is my first \\TeX\\ sentence.
+\\bye
+\enduser
+\toindex{TeX{} } \toindex{ }
+
+
+First note that the characters in this example look like
+typewriter type. We use these characters with all examples that
+are meant to be typed from the computer terminal. Second, note
+that the backslash appears three times in the text. We'll soon
+see that this is one of the special symbols mentioned
+previously, and it is used very frequently when making \TeX{}
+documents. Make a file containing this example. Use the \TeX{}
+program to make a DVI file and a device driver to see what you
+have produced. If all goes well, you'll have a single page with
+the following single sentence:
+
+Here is my first \TeX\ sentence.
+
+ There will also be a page number at the bottom of the page. If
+you've gotten this far, congratulations! Once you can produce one
+\TeX{} document, it's just a matter of time before you can do
+more complicated ones. Now let's compare what we typed in with
+what we got out. The straightforward words were just typed in
+normally, and \TeX{} set them in ordinary type. But the word ``\TeX'',
+which can't be typed in on a terminal because the letters
+aren't on the same line, is entered by using a word starting with
+a backslash, and \TeX{} made the proper interpretation. Most
+symbols that are not ordinary letters, numbers, or punctuation
+are typeset by entering a word starting with a backslash. If we
+look a little closer, we'll note that the word ``first'' is also
+changed.
+\TeXref{4}
+The first two letters have been joined together and there isn't
+a separate dot over the letter ``i''. This is standard
+typesetting practice: certain letter combinations are joined up
+to form what are called {\sl ligatures}. There is actually a good
+\aesthetic{} reason for this. Compare the first two letters of
+``first'' and ``{f}irst'' to see the difference. We note that
+{\tt \\bye} appears in the input file with no corresponding word
+in the final copy.
+\toindex{bye}
+This a typesetting instruction that tells \TeX{} that the input
+is finished. We'll learn about lots of different typesetting
+instructions as we go along.
+
+Let's look at the log file that was created when we ran \TeX
+\null. It may vary slightly at your site, but should look
+something like this:
+\beginuser
+ 1.
+ 2. This is TeX, MVS Version 2.9 (no format preloaded)
+ 3. ** File PLAIN.FMT <-- DD=FMTLIB MEM=PLAIN
+ 4.
+ 5. ** File SRC.TEX <-- DD=SRC
+ 6. (src.tex [1]
+ 7. Output written on DVI (1 page, 256 bytes).
+ 8. Transcript written on TEXLOG.
+\enduser
+
+
+This is the file that will contain any error messages. On line 6,
+{\tt (src.tex\ } indicated that \TeX{} has started reading that
+file. The appearance of {\tt [1]} indicates that page 1 has been
+processed. If there were errors on page 1, they would be listed
+at that point.
+
+\vskip .5cm
+\exercise Add a second sentence to your original \TeX{} file to get:
+\beginuser
+Here is my first \\TeX\\ sentence.
+I was the one who typeset it!
+\\bye
+\enduser
+
+Use \TeX{} and look at your output. Is the second sentence on a
+new line?
+
+
+\exercise Now add this line to the beginning of your file:
+\beginuser
+\\nopagenumbers
+\enduser
+\noindent
+Guess what will happen when you run the new file through
+\TeX\null. Now try it and see what happens.
+\toindex{nopagenumbers}
+
+\exercise Add three or four more sentences to your file.
+Use letters, numbers, periods, commas, question marks,
+and exclamation points, but don't use any other symbols.
+
+
+\exercise Leave a blank line and add some more sentences.
+You can now get new paragraphs.
+\medskip
+
+We have now seen a major principle concerning the preparation of
+\TeX{} input files. The placement of the text on your computer
+terminal does not necessarily correspond to the placement of the
+text on your output. You can not, for example, add space between
+words in your output by adding spaces in your input file. Several
+consecutive spaces and one space will produce exactly the same
+output. As would be expected, a word at the end of one line will
+be separated from the first word of the following line. In fact,
+sometimes when working on a file that will be heavily edited, it
+is convenient to start each sentence on a separate line. Spaces
+at the beginning of a line, however, are always ignored.
+
+\exercise Add the following sentence as a new paragraph, and then
+typeset it:
+\beginuser
+Congratulations! You received a grade of 100\% on your latest
+examination.
+\enduser
+\noindent
+The {\tt\%} sign is used for comments in your input file.
+Everything on a line following this symbol is ignored. Notice
+that even the space that normally separates the last word on one
+line from the first word on the next line is lost. Now put a
+backslash in front of the {\tt\%} sign to correct the
+sentence. \toindex{\$} \toindex{\%}
+
+\exercise Add the following sentence as a new paragraph:
+\beginuser
+You owe me \$10.00 and it's about time you sent it to me!
+\enduser
+\noindent
+This will produce an error in your log file (if your
+implementation of \TeX{} is interactive, that is, sends you
+messages and waits for answers, just hit the carriage return or
+enter key when you get the error message). You will get output,
+but not what you might expect. Look at the log file and see
+where the error messages are listed. Don't worry about the
+actual messages. We'll have a lot more to say about errors
+(including this one) later. Now fix the error by putting a
+backslash in front of the {\tt \$} sign, and typeset the result
+(there are a small number of characters like the per cent and
+dollar signs that \TeX{} uses for its own purposes. A table of
+these characters will be provided shortly).
+
+\subsection{\TeX{} has everything under control}
+
+We have seen that the backslash has a special role. Any word
+starting with a backslash will be given a special interpretation
+when \TeX{} reads it from your input file. Such a word is called
+a {\sl control sequence}. There are, in fact, two types of
+control sequences: a {\sl control word\/} is a backslash followed
+by letters only (for example, {\tt \\TeX}) and a {\sl control
+symbol\/} is a backslash followed by a single nonletter (for
+example, {\tt \\\$})\null. Since a space is a nonletter, a
+backslash followed by a space is a legitimate control symbol.
+\TeXref{7--8}
+When we want to emphasize that a space is present, we will use a
+special symbol {\tt\sp} to indicate the space, as in the control
+symbol {\tt\\\sp}. This convention is used in {\bf The \TeX
+book} as well as in this manual.
+
+When \TeX{} is reading your input file and comes to a backslash
+followed by a letter, it knows that a control word is being
+read. So it continues reading the name of the control word until
+a nonletter is read. So if your file contains
+
+\displaytext{\tt I like \\TeX!}
+
+\noindent
+the control word {\tt \\TeX} is terminated by the exclamation
+point. But this presents a problem if you want to have a space
+after a control word. If you have, for example, the sentence
+
+\displaytext{\tt I like \\TeX and use it all the time.}
+
+\noindent
+in your input file, the control word {\tt\\TeX} is terminated by
+the space (which is, of course, a nonletter). But then you won't
+have a space between the words ``\TeX{}'' and ``and''; inserting
+more spaces won't help, since \TeX{} doesn't distinguish between
+one space and several consecutive spaces. But if you put the
+control symbol {\tt\\\sp} after a control word, you will both
+terminate the control word and insert a space. It's really easy
+to forget to put in something like {\tt\\\sp} after a control
+word. I promise you that you will do it at least once while
+you're learning to use \TeX\null.
+
+\exercise Make an input file that will produce the following
+paragraph:
+
+I like \TeX! Once you get the hang of it, \TeX{} is really easy
+to use. You just have to master the \TeX nical aspects.
+
+Most control words are named so as to give a hint of their uses.
+You can use {\tt \\par} to make a new paragraph, for example,
+instead of putting in a blank line.
+\toindex{par}
+
+\subsection{What \TeX{} won't do}
+
+\TeX{} is very good at setting type, but there are things that \TeX{}
+can't do well. One is making figures. Space can be left
+to insert figures, but there are no graphic procedures built into
+the language (at present). Some implementations allow graphic
+instructions to be inserted using the {\tt \\special} control
+word but these are exceptional and definitely site dependent.
+
+\TeX{} sets type in horizontal straight lines and not in
+straight lines at other angles. In particular, it is generally
+not possible to make insertions in ``landscape mode'', that is,
+with the text rotated so that the baseline is parallel with
+the long edge of the paper, or to include text that has a curve for
+a baseline. Perspective type (gradually increasing or
+decreasing in height) is not handled well by \TeX\null.
+
+We have seen that there is an ``edit, \TeX{}, driver'' cycle that
+is necessary for each different copy of output. This is true
+even when the output device is a terminal. In particular, it's
+not possible to type the input file and see the results on the
+screen immediately without going through the full cycle. Some
+implementations have both text and graphics displays with
+reasonably quick turnaround (a few seconds for a single page); as
+hardware becomes less expensive and processors become faster, we
+may see improvement.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\section{All characters great and small}
+
+\subsection{Some characters are more special than others}
+
+We saw in the last section that most text is entered at the
+terminal as sentences of ordinary words just as when typing with
+a typewriter. But we also saw that, in particular, the backslash
+could be used for at least two different purposes. It can be
+used for symbols (or combinations of symbols) that don't appear
+on the keyboard such as typing {\tt \\TeX} to get \TeX\null. It
+can also be used to give \TeX{} special instructions such as
+typing {\tt \\bye} to indicate the end of the input file. In
+general, a word starting with a backslash will be interpreted by
+\TeX{} as one requiring special attention. There are several
+hundred words that \TeX{} knows, and you can define more
+yourself, and so the backslash is very important. We'll spend a
+lot of time as we proceed learning some of these words;
+fortunately we'll only need to use a small number of them most of
+the time.
+
+There are ten characters which, like the backslash, are used
+by \TeX{} for special purposes, and we now want to give the
+complete list.
+\TeXref{37--38}What if we want to use a sentence with one of these
+special characters in it? With this in mind we'll ask the following
+questions:
+\item{(1)} What are the different special characters?
+\item{(2)} How do we use a special character if we really want to
+typeset it in our text?
+
+Here is a table of each special character, its purpose, and the
+method of typesetting the special character itself if you need
+it:
+
+
+\maketable [Characters requiring special input]
+\halign{
+ \strut \hfil#\hfil & \quad # \hfil & \quad\tt # \hfil\cr
+ \bf Character & \bf Purpose & \bf Input for literal output \cr
+ \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+ $\backslash$ & Special symbols and instructions & \$\\backslash\$ \cr
+ $\{$ & Open group & \$\\\lb\$ \cr
+ $\}$ & Close group & \$\\\rb\$ \cr
+ \% & Comments & \\\% \cr
+ \& & Tabs and table alignments & \\\& \cr
+ \~{} & Unbreakable space & \\\~{}\lb\rb \cr
+ \$ & Starting or ending math text & \\\$ \cr
+ \^{} & Math superscripts & \\\^{}\lb\rb \cr
+ \_{} & Math subscripts & \\\_{}\lb\rb \cr
+ \# & Defining replacement symbols & \\\# \cr
+ }
+
+\toindex{\lb}
+\toindex{\rb}
+\toindex{\%}
+\toindex{\&}
+\toindex{\~{}}
+\toindex{\$}
+\toindex{\^{}}
+\toindex{\_{}}
+\toindex{\#}
+
+\subsection{Typesetting with an accent}
+
+Now we're going to start using some of \TeX{}'s goodies! So far
+we've just been using \TeX{} to make our output look attractive,
+but now we'll start to do things that are difficult or impossible
+on the typewriter. In particular, we're going to look at accents
+now. How do you produce an accent when the symbol doesn't appear on
+the keyboard? Just as with the symbol \TeX{}, it is necessary to
+enter a word starting with a backslash. For the word ``premi\`ere'',
+as a first example, you need to type in {\tt premi\\`ere}
+(you may have to hunt around to find the ``back prime''
+or ``grave'' symbol {\tt `} on your keyboard, but it's there
+somewhere\fnote{If you have a very old or obscure
+keyboard and the back prime is {\it really\/} not there, you can
+use {\tt \\lq\lb\rb} instead. Similarly {\tt \\rq\lb\rb} can be
+used for the symbol {\tt '}. You can think of the symbols as
+being abbreviations for ``left quote'' and ``right quote.'' In
+addition, {\tt \\lq\\lq\lb\rb} and {\tt \\rq\\rq\lb\rb} give the
+usual quotation marks. But this won't work as a method to produce
+an accent over the following letter, so you're really better off
+with a proper keyboard.}). In general, to put an accent
+on a letter, the appropriate control sequence precedes the letter.
+
+Here are some examples:
+$$\vbox{
+
+\halign{
+\strut \hfil\tt # & \quad # \hfil\cr
+\bf \TeX{} input & \bf \TeX{} output \cr
+\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+\\`a la mode & \`a la mode \cr
+r\\'esum\\'e & r\'esum\'e \cr
+soup\\c{\sp}con & soup\c con \cr
+No\\"el & No\"el \cr
+na\\"\\i{\sp}ve & na\"\i ve \cr
+}
+}$$
+
+
+We see several principles illustrated by these examples. Most
+accents are produced by using a control symbol with a similar
+shape. A few of them are produced by control words containing a
+single letter. Some care must be used in this case, for a space
+must be used to terminate the control word. If you have {\tt
+soup\\ccon} in your file, for example, \TeX{} will look for the
+control word {\tt\\ccon}\fnote{We'll see that there is another
+method when we look at the grouping concept in Section~4.}.
+\TeXref{52--53}
+
+Notice that there is a control word {\tt\\i} also. This produces
+the letter ``i'' without the dot over it; this allows an accent
+to be put over the lower part of the letter. There is an
+analogous control word {\tt\\j} that produces a dotless ``j''
+for accenting purposes.
+
+\maketable [Accents that may be immediately followed by a letter]
+\halign{
+ \strut \hfil # \hfil & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & \hfil \quad # \hfil\cr
+ \bf Name & \bf \TeX{} input & \bf \TeX{} output \cr
+ \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+ grave & \\`o & \`o \cr
+ acute & \\'o & \'o \cr
+ circumflex & \\\^{}o & \^o \cr
+ umlaut/dieresis/tr\'emat & \\"{}o & \"o \cr
+ tilde & \\\~{}o & \~o \cr
+ macron & \\={}o & \=o \cr
+ dot & \\\char'056{}o & \.o \cr
+ }
+
+\toindex{`}
+\toindex{'}
+\toindex{\^{}}
+\toindex{"}
+\toindex{i}
+\toindex{j}
+\toindex{=}
+\toindex{.}
+
+\maketable [Accents requiring an intervening space]
+\halign{
+ \strut \hfil # \hfil & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & \hfil \quad # \hfil\cr
+ \bf Name & \bf \TeX{} input & \bf \TeX{} output \cr
+ \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+ cedilla & \\c o & \c{o} \cr
+ underdot & \\d o & \d{o} \cr
+ underbar & \\b o & \b{o} \cr
+ h\'a\v{c}ek & \\v o & \v{o} \cr
+ breve & \\u o & \u{o} \cr
+ tie & \\t oo & \t oo \cr
+ Hungarian umlaut& \\H o & \H{o} \cr
+ }
+
+\toindex{c}
+\toindex{d}
+\toindex{b}
+\toindex{v}
+\toindex{u}
+\toindex{t}
+\toindex{H}
+
+\TeX{} also allows some letters from languages other than English to
+be typeset.
+
+\maketable [A\kern-1pt vailable foreign language symbols]
+\halign{
+ \strut \hfil # \hfil & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & \hfil \quad # \hfil\cr
+ \bf Example& \bf \TeX{} input & \bf \TeX{} output \cr
+ \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+ \AE gean, \ae sthetics & \\AE, \\ae & \AE, \ae \cr
+ \OE uvres, hors d'\oe uvre & \\OE \\oe & \OE, \oe \cr
+ \AA ngstrom & \\AA, \\aa & \AA, \aa \cr
+ \O re, K\o benhavn & \\O, \\o & \O, \o \cr
+ \L odz, \l\'odka & \\L, \\l & \L, \l \cr
+ Nu\ss & \\ss & \ss \cr
+ ?`Si? & {?}{`} & ?` \cr
+ !`Si! & {!}{`} & !` \cr
+ Se\~nor & \\\~{} & \~{} \cr
+ & \lb\\it\\\$\rb & {\it\$} \cr
+ }
+
+\toindex{AE}
+\toindex{ae}
+\toindex{OE}
+\toindex{oe}
+\toindex{AA}
+\toindex{aa}
+\toindex{O}
+\toindex{o}
+\toindex{L}
+\toindex{l}
+\toindex{ss}
+
+Typeset the sentence in each of the following exercises:
+
+\exercise Does \AE schylus understand \OE dipus?
+
+\exercise The smallest internal unit of \TeX{} is about 53.63\AA.
+
+\exercise They took some honey and plenty of money wrapped up in a
+{\it \$}5 note.
+
+\exercise \'El\`eves, refusez vos le\c cons! Jetez vos cha\^\i nes!
+
+\exercise Za\v sto tako polako pijete \v caj?
+
+\exercise Mein Tee ist hei\ss.
+
+\exercise Peut-\^etre qu'il pr\'ef\`ere le caf\'e glac\'e.
+
+\exercise ?`Por qu\'e no bebes vino blanco? !`Porque est\'a avinagrado!
+
+\exercise M\'\i\'\j n idee\"en worden niet be\"\i nvloed.
+
+\exercise Can you take a ferry from \"Oland to \AA land?
+
+\exercise T\"urk\c ce konu\c san ye\u genler nasillar?
+
+
+\def\bdots{$\textfont0=\tenbf \ldots$} %%% boldface version of \ldots
+
+\subsection{Dots, dashes, quotes, \bdots}
+
+Typing has always been a compromise: the small number of keys
+(compared to the number of typeset symbols available) has forced
+some changes on the typist. When preparing material using \TeX{},
+there is no need to be so restricted. In this section we'll look
+at some differences between typing and using \TeX\null.
+
+There are four types of dashes that are used. The hyphen is used
+for combining words into one unit as with mother-in-law.
+\TeXref{3--5}
+The en-dash is used to indicate a sequence of page numbers, years
+or such things. The em-dash is a grammatical symbol. The minus
+sign is used for negative numbers. Here they are with their uses:
+
+\maketable [Different types of dashes]
+\halign{
+ \strut \hfil # \hfil & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & \hfil \quad # \hfil
+ & \hfil # \hfil\cr
+ \bf Name& \bf \TeX{} input & \bf \TeX{} output & \bf Example\cr
+ \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+ hyphen & - & - & The space is 3-dimensional. \cr
+ en-dash & {-}{-} & -- & Read pages 3--4. \cr
+ em-dash & {-}{-}{-} & --- & I saw them---there were 3 men alive. \cr
+ minus sign & \$-\$ & $-$ & The temperature dropped to $-$3 degrees. \cr
+ }
+
+\exercise I entered the room and---horrors---I saw both my
+father-in-law and my mother-in-law.
+
+\exercise The winter of 1484--1485 was one of discontent.
+\bigskip
+
+
+Another difference between typing and using \TeX{} is the use of
+quotation marks. Opening and closing quotation marks are the
+same on a typewriter. They are produced in \TeX{} by using the
+apostrophe or prime key {\tt '} and backprime key {\tt `}\null.
+An open quote is produced by {\tt ``} and the
+close quote by {\tt ''}\null.\TeXref{3} Similarly the
+opening single quote is produced by {\tt `} and the closing
+single quote by {\tt '}\null. Notice that there is no need
+to use the usual typing quotation mark (it normally gives a close
+quote, but don't count on it).
+
+\exercise His ``thoughtfulness'' was impressive.
+
+\exercise Frank wondered, ``Is this a girl that can't say `No!'?''
+\bigskip
+
+Sometimes ellipses (three dots) are used to indicate a passage
+of time or missing material. Typing three periods will give
+three dots very close together. The dots with proper spacing will
+be produced by having {\tt \\dots} in your input file.
+\TeXref{173}
+\toindex{dots}
+
+\exercise He thought, ``\dots and this goes on forever, perhaps to the
+last recorded syllable.''
+
+Another problem with dots is that the period after an
+abbreviation normally has less space after it than does the
+period at the end of a sentence. There are two ways to solve this
+problem: the dot can be followed by either {\tt\\\sp} or {\tt\~{}}
+to change the spacing.
+\TeXref{91--92}
+The second alternative will give an unbreakable space; when such
+a space is between two words, these words must typeset on the
+same line. The input {\tt Prof.\~{}Knuth} would cause those two
+words to be typeset on one line. This is desirable for names
+like Vancouver, B.~C. and Mr.~Jones so that ``Mr.'' and ``Jones''
+do not end up on separate lines. Notice that no backslash is used
+with the unbreakable space.
+
+\exercise Have you seen Ms.~Jones?
+
+\exercise Prof.~Smith and Dr.~Gold flew from
+\ifcanspell
+Halifax N.~S. to Montr\'eal, P.~Q. via Moncton, N.~B.
+\else
+L.~A. to Washington, D.~C., via Fargo, N.~D.
+\fi
+
+
+\subsection{Different fonts}
+
+The most obvious difference between typewritten text and \TeX{}
+output is undoubtedly the different fonts or types of symbols
+used. When \TeX{} starts up it has sixteen fonts available. Some
+of these are used for technical purposes, but even so there are
+several different typefaces available as can be seen in the
+following table. A complete list of the sixteen fonts is given in
+Appendix F of {\bf The \TeX{}book}.
+\TeXref{427--432}
+Most of them are used automatically; a mathematical subscript,
+for example, is put in smaller type by \TeX{} with no special
+user intervention.
+
+To change from the usual (roman) typeface to italic, the control
+word {\tt \\it} is used. To change back to the usual roman
+typeface, use {\tt \\rm}. For example, you could have the
+following sentence: {\tt I started with roman type, \\it switched
+to italic type, \\rm and returned to roman type}. This would give
+the following: I started with roman type, \it switched to italic
+type,\fnote{Notice that the comma and this footnote are in
+italic type, and this looks a little funny. We'll see that there
+is another method for changing fonts when we talk about grouping
+in Section 4.}
+\rm and returned to roman type.
+
+Typefaces other than italic are also available. Those given below
+are the ones most commonly used. They are available immediately
+when \TeX{} starts. A little later we'll see how to use other
+typefaces that aren't available when \TeX{} starts.
+
+\global\advance\footnotenum by 1
+\maketable [Font Samples]
+\halign{
+ \strut \hfil # \hfil & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & \hfil \quad # \hfil\cr
+ \bf Font name & \bf \TeX{} switch sequence & \bf Sample of typeface \cr
+ \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+ Roman & \\rm & \rm This is roman type. \cr
+ Boldface & \\bf & \bf This is boldface type. \cr
+ Italic & \\it & \it This is italic type. \cr
+ Slanted & \\sl & \sl This is slanted type. \cr
+ Typewriter & \\tt & \tt This is typewriter type. \cr
+ Math symbol${}^\the\footnotenum$ & \\cal & $\cal SOME\hbox{\quad}SCRIPT
+ \hbox{\quad}LETTERS$\rm. \cr
+ }
+
+\footnote{}{\llap{$^\the\footnotenum$}%
+This example is cheating since you need to know a little about
+mathematics input to use it, but I wanted to include it anyway.
+You'll be able to use these letters after you study the use of
+mathematical symbols.}
+\nobreak
+\toindex{it}
+\toindex{rm}
+\toindex{bf}
+\toindex{sl}
+\toindex{tt}
+
+The slanted and italic fonts seem quite similar at first. It is
+easy to see the difference between the letter ``a'' in each
+sample. When changing from a slanted or italic font to a roman
+font, the last letter in the first font will lean towards the
+first letter of the roman font; this looks cramped, and to
+compensate there is a little extra space that can be added called
+the {\sl italic correction}. This is done using the control
+symbol {\tt \\/}.
+\toindex{/}
+In the following sentence, there is no italic correction after
+the first sequence of italic letters but there is after the
+second sequence; see the difference: {\it If} the italic
+correction is not used the letters are too close together, but
+{\it if\/} the correction is used, the spacing is better. There
+is no need for the italic correction when the italic characters
+are followed by a comma or a period, but your text will
+definitely look better if you use it before quotation marks or
+parentheses.
+
+
+It is possible to use fonts other than those initially defined in
+\TeX{} when desired (assuming that they are available on
+your computer system, of course). Different sizes can be used
+with the aid of the control word {\tt \\magstep}. To define your
+new font you will have to know its name on your computer system.
+For example, the roman typeface is called ``cmr10'' on most
+systems. If you use {\tt \\font\\bigrm = cmr10 scaled \\magstep
+1}, you can then use {\tt\\bigrm} in exactly the same way as you
+use {\tt\\it} or {\tt\\rm}.
+\TeXref{13--17}
+\toindex{magstep}
+\toindex{font}
+\toindex{scaled}
+
+Switching via {\tt\\bigrm} will give roman type that is larger
+than the usual by 20\%\null. {\tt \\font\\bigbigrm = cmr10
+scaled \\magstep 2} will define a font that is about 44\% larger
+than the usual roman typeface. The sizes {\tt \\magstep~0} to
+{\tt \\magstep~5} are available. On most computers {\tt \\magstephalf}
+is also available; this represents an enlargement of
+about 9.5\%\null. Here are some samples at various sizes:
+
+\maketable [Different Font Magnifications]
+\halign{
+ \strut \tt # \hfil & \quad # \hfil \cr
+ \bf Magnification & \bf Sample \cr
+ \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+ \\magstep 0 & \rm Sample text at magstep 0. \cr
+ \\magstephalf & \halfrm Sample text at magstephalf. \cr
+ \\magstep 1 & \brm Sample text at magstep 1. \cr
+ \\magstep 2 & \bbrm Sample text at magstep 2. \cr
+ \\magstep 3 & \bbbrm Sample text at magstep 3. \cr
+ \\magstep 4 & \bbbbrm Sample text at magstep 4. \cr
+ \\magstep 5 & \bbbbbrm Sample text at magstep 5. \cr
+ }
+\bigskip
+
+It's also possible to use completely new typefaces. These
+are dependent on system availability, of course. Many systems
+have a file called CMSS10 which is a font that contains sans
+serif letters. Using {\tt \\font\\sf = cmss10} will allow the
+control word {\tt\\sf} to be used in the same manner as {\tt\\bf}.
+Having made this definition, the input
+\displaytext{\tt \\sf Here is a sample of our new Sans Serif font.}
+will produce
+\displaytext{\sf Here is a sample of our new Sans Serif font.}
+
+\exercise What problem might have arisen if we had used {\tt \\ss}
+instead of {\tt \\sf} to turn on the Sans Serif font? Hint: if
+the answer doesn't occur to you at first, think about the German
+alphabet and it will finally come to you.
+
+\exercise Typeset a paragraph of magnified sans serif text.
+
+The extra fonts available may vary from site to site. The ones
+in the following table are available at most places.
+
+\maketable [External Fonts Names]
+\halign{
+\strut \tt # \hfil & \quad \tt # \hfil & \quad \tt # \hfil
+ & \quad \tt # \hfil & \quad \tt # \hfil
+ & \quad \tt # \hfil \cr
+\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+CMBSY10 &CMBXSL10 &CMBXTI10 &CMBX10 &CMBX12 &CMBX5 \cr
+CMBX6 &CMBX7 &CMBX8 &CMBX9 &CMB10 &CMCSC10 \cr
+CMDUNH10 &CMEX10 &CMFF10 &CMFIB8 &CMFI10 &CMITT10 \cr
+CMMIB10 &CMMI10 &CMMI12 &CMMI5 &CMMI6 &CMMI7 \cr
+CMMI8 &CMMI9 &CMR10 &CMR12 &CMR17 &CMR5 \cr
+CMR6 &CMR7 &CMR8 &CMR9 &CMSLTT10 &CMSL10 \cr
+CMSL12 &CMSL8 &CMSL9 &CMSSBX10 &CMSSDC10 &CMSSI10 \cr
+CMSSI12 &CMSSI17 &CMSSI8 &CMSSI9 &CMSSQI8 &CMSSQ8 \cr
+CMSS10 &CMSS12 &CMSS17 &CMSS8 &CMSS9 &CMSY10 \cr
+CMSY5 &CMSY6 &CMSY7 &CMSY8 &CMSY9 &CMTCSC10 \cr
+CMTEX10 &CMTEX8 &CMTEX9 &CMTI10 &CMTI12 &CMTI7 \cr
+CMTI8 &CMTI9 &CMTT10 &CMTT12 &CMTT8 &CMTT9 \cr
+CMU10 &CMVTT10 \cr
+}
+\bigskip
+
+Here's a little background about these names. The first two
+letters {\tt CM} stands for Computer Modern, the name given to
+this font family by the designer. The number at the end is the
+point size: 10 point type is the normal size, 7 point is the
+normal size for subscripts, and 5 point is the normal size for
+subscripts of subscripts, 12 point is 20\% larger than 10 point,
+etc. If the letters {\tt CM} are followed by {\tt B}, it is a
+boldface type. Similarly {\tt R} indicates roman, {\tt I} is for
+italics, {\tt CSC} is for small caps, {\tt SL} is for slanted,
+{\tt SS} is for sans serif, {\tt SY} is for symbols,
+and {\tt TT} is for typewriter type.
+
+\exercise Find the fonts available on your system, and print out
+all the letters and numbers in several of them.
+
+\exercise The font {\tt CMR12} is 20\% larger than {\tt CMR10}.
+Also {\tt \\magstep~1} magnifies the type by 20\%. Take some
+text and print it using {\tt CMR12} then using {\tt CMR10} scaled
+by {\tt \\magstep~1}. The results are quite different!
+
+
+
+
+\section{The shape of things to come}
+
+In this section we want to see how to make text have different
+shapes or sizes. One may use \TeX{} with the default sizes, of
+course, just as we have been doing so far. We'll now become more
+creative with our output. In discussing the size of various
+parts of a page of text, there are several units of measure we
+can use.
+
+\subsection{Units, units, units}
+
+\TeX{} can measure length using many types of units. The most
+common are the inch, the \centimeter, the point, the pica. The
+abbreviations for these units are {\tt in}, {\tt cm}, {\tt pt},
+and {\tt pc} respectively. The point is defined by the equation 1
+inch = 72.27 points, and the pica by 1 pica = 12 points. Thus a
+point is rather small and is about the size of a decimal point.
+Here is a sample to give an idea of the comparative sizes:
+\def\pip{\vrule height 4 true pt }
+\TeXref{57}
+
+$$ \hbox{1 inch: } \hbox to 1 true in{\pip\hrulefill\pip}$$
+$$ \hbox{1 \centimeter: }\hbox to 1 true cm{\pip\hrulefill\pip}$$
+$$ \hbox{20 points: }\hbox to 20 true pt{\pip\hrulefill\pip}$$
+$$ \hbox{1 pica: } \hbox to 1 true pc{\pip\hrulefill\pip}$$
+
+Thus points are used to make fine changes; a pica is about the
+distance between the baselines of two consecutive lines of
+(unmagnified) normal text. \TeX{} is quite exact about
+dimensions; internally its smallest unit is less than one
+four-millionth of an inch. Hence it is the resolution of the
+output device that will determine the accuracy of the output.
+
+There are two other units that are sometimes useful that have
+different sizes in different fonts. The {\tt ex} is about the
+height of a small ``x'' and the {\tt em} is a little smaller than
+the width of a capital ``M''\null.
+\TeXref{60}
+
+The shape of the output is generally determined by control
+words. There are many such words; these allow very fine control
+of the resulting text. But most of the time only a small number
+of them are necessary.
+
+\subsection{Page shape}
+
+The text on a page consists of three basic parts. There is the
+headline above the main text; this often contains a chapter
+title, section title, or a page number, and may differ on odd and
+even pages. Below this is the main text, which includes any
+footnotes. And finally there is the footline that might contain a
+page number.
+
+In the examples we have seen so far, the headline has been blank.
+The footline has contained either a \centred{} number or, if {\tt
+\\nopagenumbers} had been used, has also been blank. We'll have
+more to say about headlines and footlines later in this section.
+For the moment let's concentrate on the main text.
+
+To finish one page and start a new one, {\tt \\vfill \\eject} can
+be used. The control word {\tt \\eject} forces the completion of
+the current page, while {\tt \\vfill} causes any left over
+vertical space to be gathered at the bottom of the page (you might
+try leaving out the {\tt \\vfill} as an experiment to see how the
+vertical \analog{} of justified horizontal lines of text works).
+\toindex{vfill}
+\toindex{eject}
+
+
+{\hsize=4in
+The current horizontal width of the text on the page is described
+by the control word {\tt \\hsize}. It can be changed, say to 4
+inches, by {\tt \\hsize = 4 in\ } at any desired time using
+methods to be described in the next few sections. The value of
+{\tt \\hsize} in effect when the paragraph is completed
+determines the width of the paragraph. As can be seen in this
+paragraph, the text width can be changed (in this case to 4
+inches) for a single paragraph. Because it represents the
+current value of the horizontal width, expressions such as {\tt
+ \\hsize = 0.75\\hsize} can make a new value that is relative
+to the old one. \par}
+\toindex{hsize}
+
+The vertical \analog{} of {\tt \\hsize} is {\tt \\vsize}, which
+is the current height of the main text. It can be reset, just
+like {\tt \\hsize}. Thus, {\tt \\vsize = 8 in\ } can be used to
+change the vertical height of the main text. Note that {\tt \\vsize}
+is the size of the text exclusive of any headline or
+footline material.
+\toindex{vsize}
+
+Text can also be shifted across the page. The upper left corner
+of the text is one inch down and one inch in from the upper left
+corner of the page. The control words {\tt \\hoffset} and {\tt \\voffset}
+are used to shift the text horizontally and
+vertically. Thus {\tt \\hoffset = .75 in} and {\tt \\voffset =
+-.5 in} would shift the text an additional .75 inches to the
+right and .5 inches up. Most of the time you'll need to set {\tt
+\\hoffset}, {\tt \\voffset}, and {\tt \\vsize} at the beginning
+of your document only.
+\TeXref{251}
+\toindex{hoffset}
+\toindex{voffset}
+
+\global\advance\footnotenum by 1
+\maketable [Control words for page sizes]
+\halign{
+ \strut \hfil # & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & \hfil \quad # \hfil\cr
+ \bf Name & \bf \TeX{} Control Word & \bf \TeX{} default value (inches)\cr
+ \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+ horizontal width & \\hsize & 6.5 \cr
+ vertical width & \\vsize & 8.9 \cr
+ horizontal offset${}^\the\footnotenum$ & \\hoffset & 0 \cr
+ vertical offset${}^\the\footnotenum$ & \\voffset & 0 \cr
+ }
+
+\footnote{}{\llap{$^\the\footnotenum$}The text is initially 1 inch
+down and 1 inch in from upper left corner of the page.}
+\nobreak
+
+\exercise Enter a paragraph of text that is a few lines long.
+Take several copies of your paragraph and put {\tt \\hsize = 5
+in\ } before one and {\tt \\hsize = 10 cm\ } in front of a second
+one. Try a few other values for {\tt \\hsize}.
+
+\exercise Put {\tt \\hoffset = .5 in\ } and {\tt \\voffset = 1
+in\ } before the first paragraph of your previous exercise.
+
+\exercise Take your previous exercise and put {\tt \\vsize = 2
+in\ } before the first paragraph.
+\bigskip
+
+In the previous section we saw that it is possible to use fonts
+of larger size by using the {\tt \\magstep} control word. It's
+also possible to magnify the entire document at once. If {\tt
+\\magnification = \\magstep 1} appears at the top of your document,
+then all of your output is magnified by 20\%\null. The other
+values of {\tt \\magstep} can be used, too. {\bf It should be
+emphasized that {\tt \\magnification} can only be used before
+even a single character is typeset.} This magnification creates
+a problem in units; if the document is to be magnified by 20\%
+and {\tt \\hsize = 5 in} appears in the \TeX{} input file, should
+the final output have an {\tt \\hsize} of 5 inches or should it
+be magnified by 20\% to 6 inches? Unless told otherwise, all the
+dimensions will be magnified so that, in this case, {\tt \\hsize}
+would be 6 inches in the final output. This means that all the
+dimensions will increase uniformly when {\tt \\magnification} is
+used. But for some special situations it might not be desirable
+for this to happen; for example, you might want to leave a space
+of exactly 3 inches to insert a figure. In this case any unit
+can be modified by {\tt true} so that {\tt \\hsize = 5 true in}
+will always set the line width to 5 inches, regardless of
+magnification. \TeXref{59--60} \toindex{magnification}
+
+\exercise Put {\tt \\magnification = \\magstep 1} as the first
+line in one of your input files and see how the output changes.
+
+\subsection{Paragraph shape}
+
+When \TeX{} is reading the text to be typeset from your input
+file, it reads in a paragraph at a time and then typesets it.
+This means that there is a lot of control over paragraph shapes,
+but also that some care must be taken. We've already seen that
+{\tt \\hsize} can be used to control the width of a single
+paragraph. But suppose the following appeared as part of your
+input file:
+
+\beginuser
+\\hsize = 5 in
+Four score and seven years $\ldots$
+$\vdots$
+$\ldots$ from this earth.
+\\hsize = 6.5 in
+
+\enduser
+
+What is the width of the paragraph? The {\tt \\hsize} was
+changed at the start of the paragraph and again at the end.
+Since the paragraph was not completed (by putting in a blank line
+or {\tt \\par}) until after the second change, the paragraph
+would be typeset with a width of 6.5 inches. However, if a blank
+line were inserted before {\tt \\hsize = 6.5 in}, then the
+paragraph would be typeset with a width of 5 inches. So, in
+general, when a paragraph is set, the values of the parameters
+that are in effect when the paragraph is completed are the ones
+that are used.
+
+Here is a table with some paragraph parameters:
+
+\maketable [Some paragraph shape parameters]
+\halign{
+ \strut \hfil # & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & \hfil \quad # \hfil\cr
+ \bf Function & \bf \TeX{} Control Word & \bf \TeX{} default\cr
+ \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+ width & \\hsize & 6.5 inches \cr
+ indentation on first line & \\parindent & 20 points\cr
+ distance between lines & \\baselineskip & 12 points\cr
+ distance between paragraphs & \\parskip & 0 points \cr
+ }
+
+\toindex{parindent}
+\toindex{parskip}
+\toindex{baselineskip}
+
+The control word {\tt \\noindent} may be used at the beginning of
+a paragraph to avoid the automatic indentation on the first line.
+This control word will only affect the paragraph being set when
+it is invoked (of course {\tt \\parindent = 0 pt} will cause no
+indentation for all paragraphs).
+\toindex{noindent}
+
+{\narrower
+A more flexible way to control the width of a paragraph is to use
+{\tt \\rightskip} and {\tt \\leftskip}. Setting {\tt \\leftskip
+= 20 pt} causes the left margin of the paragraph to be moved in
+an extra twenty points. Negative values may be assigned to {\tt
+\\leftskip} to move the left margin out. The control word {\tt
+\\rightskip} does the same to the right side of the paragraph.
+The single control word {\tt \\narrower} is the equivalent of
+setting both {\tt \\leftskip} and {\tt \\rightskip} equal to {\tt
+\\parindent}. This is quite useful for long quotations, and
+this paragraph is an example of its use. As with {\tt \\hsize},
+the value of {\tt \\leftskip} and {\tt \\rightskip} in effect
+when the paragraph is completed is the one which will apply to
+the whole paragraph.
+\TeXref{100}
+
+}
+\toindex{leftskip}
+\toindex{rightskip}
+\toindex{narrower}
+
+\exercise Make two paragraphs with the following specifications:
+the left margin of both paragraphs is indented by 1.5 inches,
+the right margin of the first paragraph is indented by 0.75
+inches, and the right margin of the second paragraph is indented
+by 1.75 inches.
+\bigskip
+
+\def\hangparagraph{ Lines can be made with different lengths
+within one paragraph by using {\tt \\hangindent} and {\tt
+\\hangafter}. The amount of the indentation is determined by value
+of {\tt \\hangindent}. If {\tt \\hangindent} is positive, the
+indentation is made from the left, and if it is negative it is
+made from the right. The lines on which the indentation occurs is
+controlled by {\tt \\hangafter}. If {\tt \\hangafter} is
+positive then it determines the number of lines at full width
+before the indentation starts. Thus if {\tt \\hangindent = 1.75
+in} and {\tt \\hangafter = 6}, then the first six lines will be
+at full width and the rest will be indented by 1.75 inches from
+the left. On the other hand if {\tt \\hangindent = \hbox{-1.75}
+in} and {\tt \\hangafter = -6}, then the first six lines will be
+indented by 1.75 inches from the right and the rest will be at
+full width. \TeX{} resets to the default values {\tt \\hangindent
+= 0 pt} and {\tt \\hangafter = 1} after each paragraph. These
+control words are useful for paragraphs with ``hanging indents''
+and for flowing a paragraph around space reserved for a figure.
+\TeXref{355}The control word {\tt \\hang} at the beginning of the
+paragraph will cause the first line to be of full width ({\tt
+\\hangafter=1}) and the rest of the paragraph to be indented by
+the current value of {\tt \\parindent}. But you do have to use
+{\tt \\noindent} if you want the first line to extend all the way
+to the left margin.
+\TeXref{102}
+\par}
+
+\hangafter=6 \hangindent=1.75in
+\hangparagraph
+\toindex{hangindent}
+\toindex{hangafter}
+\toindex{hang}
+
+Here is the previous paragraph repeated with {\tt \\hangafter = -6}
+and {\tt \\hangindent = -1.75 in}.
+
+\hangafter=-6 \hangindent=-1.75in \hangparagraph
+
+
+The control word {\tt \\parshape} can be used to make paragraphs with
+a greater variety of shapes.
+\TeXref{101}
+\toindex{parshape}
+
+Another useful control word for setting paragraphs is {\tt \\item}.
+It can be used to make various types of itemized lists,
+and is invoked using the pattern {\tt \\item\lb$\ldots$\rb}\null.
+This causes the next paragraph to be formed with every line
+indented by {\tt \\parindent} and, in addition, the first line
+labeled on the left by whatever is between the braces. It is
+usually used with {\tt \\parskip = 0 pt}, since that control word
+determines the vertical space between the different items. The control
+word {\tt \\itemitem} is the same as {\tt \\item} except that the
+indentation is twice as far, that is, twice the value of
+{\tt \\parindent}.
+\TeXref{102}Here is an example:
+\toindex{item}
+\toindex{itemitem}
+
+\beginliteral
+\parskip = 0pt \parindent = 30 pt
+\noindent
+Answer all the following questions:
+\item{(1)} What is question 1?
+\item{(2)} What is question 2?
+\item{(3)} What is question 3?
+\itemitem{(3a)} What is question 3a?
+\itemitem{(3b)} What is question 3b?
+@endliteral
+
+
+\noindent
+will produce
+\vfill\eject
+
+{\parskip = 0pt \parindent = 30 pt
+\noindent
+Answer all the following questions:
+\item{(1)} What is question 1?
+\item{(2)} What is question 2?
+\item{(3)} What is question 3?
+\itemitem{(3a)} What is question 3a?
+\itemitem{(3b)} What is question 3b?
+
+}
+
+\exercise Make a paragraph several lines long and use it with
+the {\tt \\item} control word to see the ``hanging indent.'' Now
+take the same paragraph and use it with different values of {\tt
+\\parindent} and {\tt \\hsize}.
+\bigskip
+
+Now let's see how to put space between paragraphs. The control
+word {\tt \\parskip} is used to determine how much space is
+normally left between paragraphs. So if you put {\tt \\parskip =
+12 pt} at the beginning of your \TeX{} source file, there will be
+12 points between paragraphs unless other instructions are
+given. The control word {\tt \\vskip} can be used to insert extra
+vertical space between paragraphs. If {\tt \\vskip 1 in} or {\tt
+\\vskip 20 pt} appears between two paragraphs, then the extra
+space is inserted.
+
+There are a couple of peculiarities of {\tt \\vskip} that seem
+quite strange at first. If you have {\tt \\vskip 3 in} and the
+skip starts two inches from the bottom of the page, the rest of
+the page is skipped, but the extra one inch is {\it not\/}
+skipped at the top of the next page. In other words, {\tt \\vskip}
+{\bf will not insert space across page boundaries}. In
+fact, {\tt \\vskip~1~in} will have no effect at all if it happens
+to appear at the top of a page! For many types of vertical
+spacing this is quite appropriate. The space before a section
+heading, for example, should not continue across page boundaries.
+
+A similar phenomenon occurs at the beginning of your document.
+If, for example, you want a title page with the title about half
+way down the page, you can not insert the space at the top of the
+page using {\tt \\vskip}.
+
+But what if you really want some blank space at the top of a
+page? You could start the page with {\tt\\\sp} but this in effect
+typesets a one line paragraph containing a blank. So while
+nothing is typeset, the extra space due to the values of {\tt
+\\baselineskip} and {\tt \\parskip} will add extra space. An easier
+method is to use {\tt \\vglue} instead of {\tt \\vskip} to get
+the desired result. Thus {\tt \\vglue 1 in\ }will leave one inch
+of blank space at the top of the page.\TeXref{352}
+\toindex{vglue}
+
+
+We can note in passing that there is another more general method
+to put material at the top of a page using the control words {\tt
+\\topinsert} and {\tt \\endinsert}. If {\tt \\topinsert $\ldots$
+\\endinsert} is used within a page, the material between
+{\tt \\topinsert} and {\tt \\endinsert} will appear at the top
+of the page, if possible. For example:
+
+\vbox{
+ \beginuser
+ \\topinsert
+ \\vskip 1 in
+ \\centerline\lb Figure 1\rb
+ \\endinsert
+ \enduser
+}
+\noindent
+is useful for inserting figures of a prescribed size.
+\TeXref{115}
+\toindex{topinsert}
+\toindex{endinsert}
+
+There are also some special control words for making small
+vertical skips. They are {\tt \\smallskip}, {\tt \\medskip}, and
+{\tt \\bigskip}. Here is the size of each one:
+
+\def\hrl{\hrule width .5 in}
+
+\centerline{{\tt \\smallskip}: \vbox{\hrl \smallskip \hrl} \quad
+ {\tt \\medskip}: \vbox{\hrl \medskip \hrl} \quad
+ {\tt \\bigskip}: \vbox{\hrl \bigskip \hrl}
+ }
+\toindex{smallskip}
+\toindex{medskip}
+\toindex{bigskip}
+
+\subsection{Line shape}
+
+For most material \TeX{} does a good job of breaking up a
+paragraph into lines. But sometimes it's necessary to add
+further instructions. It's possible to force a new line by
+inserting {\tt \\hfill \\break} in your input file. It's also
+possible to put some text on a line by itself using the control
+word {\tt \\line\lb $\ldots$\rb}; then the material between the
+braces will be restricted to one line (although the result will
+be spread out over the whole line and may be horrible). The
+control words {\tt \\leftline\lb $\ldots$\rb}, {\tt \\rightline\lb
+$\ldots$\rb}, and {\tt \\centerline\lb $\ldots$\rb} will,
+respectively, set the material between the braces on a single
+line on the left margin, on the right margin, or \centred. Thus
+\toindex{hfill}
+\toindex{break}
+\toindex{centerline}
+\toindex{leftline}
+\toindex{rightline}
+\toindex{line}
+
+
+\beginliteral
+\leftline{I'm over on the left.}
+\centerline{I'm in the @centre.}
+\rightline{I'm on the right.}
+\line{I just seem to be spread out all over the place.}
+@endliteral
+
+\noindent
+produces the four lines:
+\vskip\baselineskip
+
+
+{
+\hbadness = 10000
+\leftline{I'm over on the left.}
+\centerline{I'm in the \center.}
+\rightline{I'm on the right.}
+\line{I just seem to be spread out all over the place.}
+
+Other types of spacing can be obtained by using the control word {\tt
+\\hfil}. This causes all the extra space in the line to be
+accumulated at the position where {\tt \\hfil} appears.
+Thus if we alter our last example to
+{\tt \\line\lb I just seem to be spread out \\hfil all over the place.\rb}
+we will get \hfil\break
+\medskip
+\line{I just seem to be spread out \hfil all over the place.}
+\medskip
+If we have more than one {\tt \\hfil}, they will divide any extra
+space among themselves equally. Hence
+{\tt \\line\lb left text \\hfil \centre{} text \\hfil right text.\rb}
+will produce
+\medskip
+\line{left text \hfil \centre{} text \hfil right text.}
+\toindex{hfil}
+}
+
+\exercise Typeset the following line:
+
+\line{left end \hfil left tackle \hfil left guard \hfil \centre{} \hfil
+right guard \hfil right tackle \hfil right end}
+
+\exercise Typeset the following line with twice as much space between
+``left'' and ``right-\centre{}'' as between ``right-\centre{}'' and
+``right'':
+
+\line{left \hfil \hfil right-\centre{} \hfil right}
+
+It's possible to move horizontally using {\tt \\hskip} in a
+manner analogous with {\tt \\vskip}.
+\toindex{hskip}
+
+\exercise What happens with the following input:\hfil\break
+{\tt \\line\lb\\hskip 1 in ONE \\hfil TWO \\hfil THREE\rb}
+\bigskip
+
+The right justification can be canceled by using the
+control word {\tt \\raggedright}.
+\toindex{raggedright}
+
+\subsection{Footnotes}
+
+The general pattern to make footnotes using \TeX{} is
+{\tt \\footnote\lb$\ldots$\rb\lb$\ldots$\rb}\null.
+
+The footnote mark goes in between the first set of braces. Some
+available marks are {\tt \\dag (\dag)}, {\tt \\ddag (\ddag)}, {\tt \\S
+(\S)}, and {\tt \\P (\P)}\null. The text of the footnote
+goes between the second set of braces. The use of numbers as
+marks is a little less straightforward. The footnote%
+\footnote{${}^{21}$}{This is the footnote at the bottom of the page.}
+at the bottom of the page was produced by using {\tt \\footnote\lb\$\lb
+\rb\^{}\lb{21}\rb\$\rb\lb This is the footnote at the
+bottom of the page.\rb} after the word ``footnote'' in the
+text. This construction is somewhat complicated; we'll see why
+it's this way when we know a little more about typesetting
+mathematics. But for the moment we can look at it as a way of
+getting the job done. You may want to use {\tt \\rm} within the
+footnote to ensure that the right font appears. Usually you will
+not want a space between the text and the control word {\tt
+footnote}.\TeXref{117}
+\toindex{footnote}
+\toindex{ddag}
+\toindex{S}
+\toindex{P}
+
+\exercise Make up a page with a relatively long footnote spanning
+several lines.
+
+\exercise Make up a page with two different footnotes on it.
+
+\subsection{Headlines and Footlines}
+
+\headline={\hfil \tenrm Page \the\pageno} %example for this section
+
+The lines for title and page numbers that go above and below the
+main text are produced by using {\tt \\headline=\lb$\dots$\rb}
+and {\tt \\footline=\lb$\dots$\rb}\null.
+\TeXref{252--253}
+
+The principle is the same as using the control word {\tt \\line\lb
+$\dots$\rb} within the usual text on the page. A helpful
+control word is {\tt \\pageno} which represents the current page
+number. Thus {\tt \\headline=\lb\\hfil \\tenrm Page \\the\\pageno\rb}
+would cause the page number to appear in the upper
+right corner preceded by the word ``Page'' (now look at the upper
+right corner of this page). It is safer to explicitly name the
+font that you want to use (in this case {\tt \\tenrm} to use the
+10 point roman font), since you are never guaranteed that a
+particular font will be in use when the headline or footline is
+set. The control word {\tt \\the} takes the internal value of the
+next word if it is an appropriate control word and prints it as
+text. You can also use the control word {\tt \\folio} instead of
+{\tt \\the \\pageno}. The difference is that {\tt \\folio} will
+give roman numerals when {\tt \\pageno} is negative.
+\toindex{headline}
+\toindex{footline}
+\toindex{pageno}
+\toindex{the}
+\toindex{folio}
+
+You can also assign values to {\tt \\pageno} if you want your
+document to use a different sequence of page numbers from the
+usual. Roman numerals can be produced by using negative numbers;
+{\tt \\pageno=-1} at the beginning of a document will cause page
+numbers to be in roman numerals.
+\TeXref{252}
+
+Different headlines can be produced for even and odd pages in
+the following manner:
+
+{\tt
+\\headline=\lb\\ifodd \\pageno \lb$\dots$\rb \\else \lb$\dots$\rb
+\\fi\rb}
+
+\noindent
+where the material between the first set of braces is for the
+right-hand pages and the material between the second set of
+braces is for the left-hand pages.
+
+\exercise Change the footline so that the page number is \centred{}
+with an en-dash on either side.
+
+\subsection{Overfull and underfull boxes}
+
+One of the most frustrating experiences for the new \TeX{} user
+is the occurrence of overfull and underfull boxes. They are duly
+noted in the log file and are also written to the screen when \TeX{}
+is being run interactively. Overfull boxes are also marked
+on the output by a slug (a large filled-in black rectangle that
+looks like this: \vrule width \overfullrule) in the right
+margin. Various obscene terms are applied to this slug. It
+appears even though there is nothing wrong with the \TeX{} input.
+So why is the slug there and what can be done about it?
+
+A good way to visualize the way \TeX{} organizes a page is to
+think of the printed material as being put into boxes. There are
+two types of boxes: {\sl hboxes\/} and {\sl vboxes}. Most of the
+time these correspond to the organization of horizontal text
+into lines and vertical paragraphs into pages. In particular, it
+is the spacing of the words in a hbox corresponding to a line of
+text that causes the slug to appear.
+
+Recall that \TeX{} reads in the complete paragraph before
+deciding how to break it up into lines. This is better than
+working a line at a time, since a slight improvement in one line
+might cause catastrophic changes farther down in the paragraph.
+When words are gathered together to form a line, space is added
+between the words to justify the right margin. Very large spaces
+between words is obviously undesirable; the badness of the line
+is a measure of how badly the words are spaced. An underfull
+hbox means that there is too much space between words. More
+specifically, the badness of any line is a number between 0
+(perfect) and 10000 (horrible). There is a parameter called {\tt
+\\hbadness} whose default value is 1000\null. Any line whose
+badness is greater than {\tt \\hbadness} is reported as an
+underfull hbox. If the value of {\tt \\hbadness} is increased,
+then fewer underfull hboxes will be reported. In fact {\tt
+\\hbadness = 10000} will suppress the reporting of underfull
+hboxes altogether. Similarly, if the words must be squeezed into
+a line so that the spaces are very small or even so the words
+extend a little into the right margin, then an overfull hbox
+results. \toindex{hbadness}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% restore original headline %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\headline={\iftitlepage \hfil \global\titlepagefalse
+ \else \gentleheadline \fi}
+
+In a similar way, sometimes \TeX{} allows a line to be slightly
+longer than {\tt \\hsize} in order to achieve a more balanced
+appearance. The control word {\tt \\tolerance} determines when
+this happens. If the badness of a line is greater than {\tt
+\\tolerance}, \TeX{} will make the line longer by adding a new word
+at the end of the line, even though it might exceed the value of
+{\tt \\hsize}. A line which is only slightly longer is set
+without being reported. The control word {\tt \\hfuzz} determines
+how much excess is allowed; the default is {\tt \\hfuzz
+=~0.1~pt}. A line that is more than slightly longer than {\tt \\hsize}
+is obviously a serious problem; \TeX{} puts a slug in
+the margin to make its point forcefully. It's possible to avoid
+overfull hboxes altogether by increasing the value of {\tt \\tolerance}.
+With {\tt \\tolerance = 10000} there will never be
+overfull boxes or slugs. The default is {\tt \\tolerance = 200}\null.
+\TeXref{29}
+\toindex{hfuzz}
+\toindex{tolerance}
+
+The width of the slug is determined by the control word {\tt
+\\overfullrule}. Including {\tt \\overfullrule = 0 pt} in your
+file will delete any further printing of the slugs. The
+overfull boxes will still be there, of course, and they will
+probably be harder to spot.
+\toindex{overfullrule}
+
+So we see why overfull boxes and underfull boxes are reported; we
+can also change the reporting by changing the values of {\tt
+\\badness}, {\tt \\hfuzz}, and {\tt \\tolerance}. In addition, a
+small value of {\tt \\hsize} obviously makes it more difficult to
+set lines and causes more overfull and underfull hboxes to be
+reported. These are warnings that you ignore at your own peril!
+
+Adding new possibilities of hyphenation will sometimes eliminate
+an overfull box. \TeX{} has automatic hyphenation and usually
+finds good places to hyphenate a word; however, it's possible to
+add hyphenations to let lines break at new places. For example,
+the automatic hyphenation will never put a hyphen in the word
+``database''. If you type in {\tt data\\-base}, it will allow a
+hyphen to be inserted after the second letter ``a'' in the word.
+More generally, if you put {\tt \\hyphenation\lb data-base\rb} in
+the beginning of your input file, then all occurrences of the
+word ``database'' will allow hyphenation after the letter ``a''.
+\TeXref{28} The log file will show the possible hyphenations on
+the line containing the overfull or underfull box. Sometimes the
+best solution to an overfull or underfull hbox is a little
+judicious editing of the original document.
+\toindex{hyphenation}
+
+Our discussion has involved the setting of type into lines, that is,
+the horizontal page structure. There are several vertical \analog{}s.
+Overfull and underfull hboxes indicate how well words are gathered
+into lines. Similarly, overfull and underfull vboxes are reported
+when paragraphs are gathered to form pages. A large table that
+can't be broken in the middle, for example, can produce an underfull
+vbox that is reported in the log file when the page being typeset is
+completed. The control word {\tt \\vbadness} works for the vertical
+placement of text in the same way as {\tt \\hbadness} works for
+horizontal text.
+\toindex{vbadness}
+
+\exercise Take a few paragraphs and print them using various (small)
+values of {\tt \\hsize} to see what kind of overfull boxes result.
+Repeat with various values of {\tt \\hbadness}, {\tt \\hfuzz}, and
+{\tt \\tolerance}.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\section{$\Bigl\{$Groups, $\bigl\{$Groups,
+ $\{$and More Groups$\}\bigr\}\Bigr\}$}
+
+The concept of gathering text into groups allows \TeX{} input
+files to be greatly simplified. A new group is started by the
+character {\tt\lb} and terminated by the character {\tt \rb}\null.
+Changes made within a group will lose their effect when the
+group terminates. So, for example if {\tt \lb \\bf three
+boldface words\rb} appears in your text, the opening brace starts
+the group, the {\tt \\bf} control word changes to a boldface
+font, and the closing brace finishes up the group. Upon
+completion of the group the font being used is the one in effect
+before the group started. This is the (easier) way of having a
+few words in a different font. It's also possible to have groups
+nested within groups.
+
+
+As another example, size changes can be made in the text that are
+only temporary. For example
+\beginuser
+\lb
+\\hsize = 4 in
+\\parindent = 0 pt
+\\leftskip = 1 in
+will produce a paragraph that is four
+$\vdots$
+(this is an easy mistake to make).
+\\par
+\rb
+\enduser
+
+{\hsize = 4 in
+\parindent = 0 pt
+\leftskip = 1 in
+will produce a paragraph that is four inches wide with the text
+offset into the paragraph by one inch regardless of the settings
+in effect before the start of the group. This paragraph is set
+with those values. After the end of the group, the old settings
+are in effect again. Note that it is necessary to include
+{\tt \\par} or to use a blank line before the closing brace to end
+the paragraph, since otherwise the group will end and \TeX{} will
+go back to the old parameters before the paragraph is actually
+typeset (this is an easy mistake to make). \par}
+
+When line-spacing control words (like {\tt \\centerline}) act on text
+following it in braces, that text is implicitly in a group. Thus
+{\tt \\centerline\lb\\bf A bold title\rb} will produce a \centred{}
+boldface line, and the text following that line will be in
+whatever font was in effect before the {\tt \\centerline} was
+invoked.
+
+The empty group {\tt\lb\rb} is useful. One use allows accents to be
+typeset with no accompanying letter. For example, {\tt \\\~{}\lb\rb}
+will print a tilde with no letter under it. It can also be used to
+stop \TeX{} from eating up consecutive spaces. Hence {\tt I use
+\\TeX\lb\rb{} all the time} will leave a space after ``\TeX'' in the
+output. This is an alternative to using {\tt \\\sp} as we did in
+Section~1.
+\TeXref{19--21}
+
+Grouping can also be used to avoid spaces in the middle of a word
+when including accents. Either {\tt soup\\c\sp con} or {\tt
+soup\\c\lb c\rb on} will produce the word soup\c{c}on.
+
+\exercise Change the dimensions of one paragraph on a page using the
+grouping idea.
+
+\exercise Mathematicians sometime use the word ``i{f}f'' as an
+abbreviation for ``if and only if''\null. In this case it looks
+better if the first and second letter ``f'' are {\sl not\/}
+joined as a ligature. How do you do this (there are several
+solutions)?
+
+It's really easy to forget to match braces properly. The effect
+can be dramatic; if you get output that suddenly changes to an
+italic font for the rest of the document, a mismatched brace is
+probably the cause. If you have an extra {\tt \lb} \TeX{} will
+give a message in the log file: {\tt (\\end occurred inside a
+group at level 1)}. An extra {\tt\rb} will result in the message
+\hbox{\tt! Too many \rb's.}
+
+Here's a little hint to help you keep track of the braces in more
+complicated groups: put the opening brace on a line by itself and
+do the same for the closing brace. If there are braces nested
+within the original ones, put them on separate lines also, but
+indent them a few spaces. The text within the nested braces can
+also be indented since \TeX{} ignores all spaces at the beginning
+of a line. The matching braces will then stand out when you look
+at your \TeX{} source file. In fact, if your editor is smart
+enough, you can create the two lines with the braces first and
+then insert the appropriate material within them with automatic
+indenting.
+
+\exercise In section 2 we changed fonts the following method:
+{\tt I started with roman type, \\it switched to italic type,
+\\rm and returned to roman type}. Get the same result using the
+idea of grouping.
+
+
+\section{No math anxiety here!}
+
+\TeX{} is at its best when typesetting mathematics. The
+conventions for doing this are many and complex, and the ability
+of \TeX{} to take them into account makes the production of high
+quality, attractive mathematical output possible. If you plan to
+produce papers with mathematical symbols in them, this section
+will give you all the basics necessary for creating beautiful
+output in almost all circumstances; \TeX{} may be used without
+any mathematics, of course, and if this is your goal, then the
+following two subsections are probably sufficient for your needs.
+
+\subsection{Lots of new symbols}
+
+Mathematical text is inserted into normal text in two possible
+ways: it can be {\sl in-line\/}, that is, as part of the usual
+lines of text. It can also be {\sl displayed}, that is, \centred{}
+in a gap between the usual text. The results in the spacing and
+placement of symbols can be quite different in each case. The
+in-line equation $\sum_{k=1}^{\infty} {1\over k^2} = {\pi^2\over6}$
+is easily seen to be different from the same equation when
+displayed:
+$$\sum_{k=1}^{\infty} {1\over k^2} = {\pi^2\over6}.$$
+
+Since the spacing and the fonts used for mathematics are quite
+different from those of ordinary text, \TeX{} needs to be told
+when mathematics rather than normal text is being typeset. This
+is done using the {\tt\$} symbol. More specifically, mathematics
+is typeset in-line by surrounding the symbols to be entered by
+single dollar signs: {\tt \$$\ldots$\$}, and is typeset displayed
+by surrounding the symbols to be entered by double dollar signs:
+{\tt \$\$$\ldots$\$\$}\null. Hence {\tt \$x = y+1\$} will give
+$x=y+1$ in-line while {\tt \$\$x = y+1.\$\$} will display
+$$x=y+1.$$
+
+The spacing for both in-line and displayed mathematics is
+completely controlled by \TeX\null. Adding spaces to your input
+has no effect at all. What if you need a space or some text in
+the middle of some mathematics? You can insert text by inserting
+it into an hbox (don't worry about the definition of an hbox for
+now): {\tt \\hbox\lb$\ldots$\rb}\null. This is particularly
+useful for displayed mathematics. Hence ``$x=y+1 \hbox{ whenever
+} y=x-1$'' can be typeset using {\tt \$x=y+1 \\hbox\lb\ whenever
+\rb y=x-1\$}. Note the spaces on either side of the word within
+the braces. Usually it isn't necessary to insert spaces into
+mathematical text, but here are the control sequences that do the
+job.
+\TeXref{167}
+
+\maketable [Adding space to mathematical text]
+\halign{
+\strut \hfil # & \quad \hfil\tt# \hfil \quad
+ & \hbox to 2cm{\hrulefill\vrule height 8pt#\vrule height 8pt\hrulefill} \cr
+ Name & \rm Control Sequence & \hfil{}$\gets$Size$\to$\cr
+ \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+ Double quad & \\qquad &\qquad \cr
+ Quad & \\quad &\quad \cr
+ Space & \\\sp\ &\ \cr
+ Thick space & \\; &$\;$\cr
+ Medium space & \\> &$\>$\cr
+ Thin space & \\, &$\,$\cr
+ Negative thin space & \ \\!\ &$\!$\cr
+ }
+
+\toindex{quad}
+\toindex{qquad}
+\toindex{\sp}
+\toindex{;}
+\toindex{>}
+\toindex{,}
+\toindex{!}
+
+If you look closely at the negative thin space, you'll notice
+that, unlike the other entries, the two arms overlap. This is
+because the negative space is one in the opposite direction, that
+is, while the other control sequences increase the amount of
+space between two symbols being typeset, the negative thin space
+decreases the space between them, even if it causes them to
+overlap.
+
+\exercise Typeset the following: $C(n,r) = n!/(r!\,(n-r)!)$\null. Note the
+spacing in the denominator.
+\bigskip
+
+You shouldn't have any blank lines between the dollar signs
+delimiting the mathematical text. \TeX{} assumes that all the
+mathematical text being typeset is in one paragraph, and a blank
+line starts a new paragraph; consequently, this will generate an
+error message. This turns out to be useful, for one of the
+easiest errors to make is to forget to put in the trailing dollar
+sign(s) after the mathematical input (I promise that you'll do it
+at least once while learning \TeX{}); if \TeX{} allowed more than
+one paragraph to be between the dollars signs, then one omitted
+trailing dollar sign might cause the rest of the document to be
+typeset as mathematics.
+
+Most mathematical text is entered in exactly the same way for
+in-line typesetting as for displayed typesetting (except for the
+surrounding dollar signs, of course). The exceptions, such as
+aligning multiline displays and placing equation numbers at the
+left or right margin will be discussed in the last part of this
+section.
+
+Many new symbols can appear when typesetting mathematics. Most
+of the ones that actually appear on the keyboard can be used
+directly. The symbols {\tt + - / * = ' | < > (} and {\tt )} are
+all entered directly. Here they are as mathematics: $+ - / * =\>
+'\> | <\> >\> ( \> )$.
+
+\exercise Typeset the equation $a+b=c-d=xy=w/z$ as in-line and
+displayed mathematical text.
+
+\exercise Typeset the equation $(fg)' = f'g + fg'$ as in-line and
+displayed mathematical text.
+\bigskip
+
+Many other symbols, as you would expect, are predefined control
+words. All Greek letters are available. Here is a table of them:
+\TeXref{434}
+
+\maketable [Greek letters]
+\halign{
+\strut \hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad
+ &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \cr
+\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+\alpha & \\alpha &\beta & \\beta &\gamma & \\gamma &\delta & \\delta \cr
+\epsilon & \\epsilon & \varepsilon & \\varepsilon & \zeta & \\zeta &
+\eta & \\eta \cr
+\theta & \\theta & \vartheta & \\vartheta & \iota & \\iota & \kappa &
+\\kappa \cr
+\lambda & \\lambda & \mu & \\mu & \nu & \\nu & \xi & \\xi \cr
+o & o & \pi & \\pi & \rho & \\rho & \varrho & \\varrho \cr
+\sigma & \\sigma & \varsigma & \\varsigma & \tau & \\tau & \upsilon &
+\\upsilon \cr
+\phi & \\phi & \varphi & \\varphi & \chi & \\chi & \psi & \\psi \cr
+\omega & \\omega & \Gamma & \\Gamma & \Delta & \\Delta & \Theta &
+\\Theta \cr
+\Lambda & \\Lambda & \Xi & \\Xi & \Pi & \\Pi & \Sigma & \\Sigma \cr
+\Upsilon & \\Upsilon & \Phi & \\Phi & \Psi & \\Psi & \Omega & \\Omega \cr
+ }
+
+\toindex{alpha}
+\toindex{beta}
+\toindex{gamma}
+\toindex{delta}
+\toindex{epsilon}
+\toindex{varepsilon}
+\toindex{zeta}
+\toindex{eta}
+\toindex{theta}
+\toindex{vartheta}
+\toindex{iota}
+\toindex{kappa}
+\toindex{lambda}
+\toindex{mu}
+\toindex{nu}
+\toindex{xi}
+\toindex{pi}
+\toindex{rho}
+\toindex{varrho}
+\toindex{sigma}
+\toindex{varsigma}
+\toindex{tau}
+\toindex{upsilon}
+\toindex{phi}
+\toindex{varphi}
+\toindex{chi}
+\toindex{psi}
+\toindex{omega}
+\toindex{Gamma}
+\toindex{Delta}
+\toindex{Theta}
+\toindex{Lambda}
+\toindex{Xi}
+\toindex{Pi}
+\toindex{Sigma}
+\toindex{Upsilon}
+\toindex{Phi}
+\toindex{Psi}
+\toindex{Omega}
+
+
+\exercise Typeset $\alpha\beta=\gamma+\delta$ as in-line and displayed
+mathematical text.
+
+\exercise Typeset $\Gamma(n) = (n-1)!$ as in-line and displayed
+mathematical text.
+
+Sometimes accents are put above or below symbols. The control
+words used for accents in mathematics are different from those
+used for normal text. The normal text control words may not be
+used for mathematics and vice-versa.
+\TeXref{135--136}
+
+\maketable [Mathematical accents]
+\halign{
+ \strut \hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ &
+ \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad \cr
+ \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+ \hat o & \\hat o & \check o & \\check o & \tilde o & \\tilde o \cr
+ \acute o & \\acute o & \grave o & \\grave o & \dot o & \\dot o \cr
+ \ddot o & \\ddot o &\breve o & \\breve o & \bar o & \\bar o \cr
+ \vec o & \\vec o & \widehat {abc} & \\widehat \lb abc\rb
+ & \widetilde {abc} & \\widetilde \lb abc\rb\cr
+ }
+
+\toindex{hat}
+\toindex{check}
+\toindex{tilde}
+\toindex{acute}
+\toindex{grave}
+\toindex{dot}
+\toindex{ddot}
+\toindex{breve}
+\toindex{bar}
+\toindex{vec}
+\toindex{widehat}
+\toindex{widetilde}
+
+
+
+Binary operators combine two mathematical objects to get another
+object. Ordinary addition and multiplication, for example,
+combine two numbers to get another number, and so they are binary
+operators. When a binary operator such as $+$ or $\times$ is
+typeset, a little extra space is put around it. Here is a list of
+some of the available binary operators:
+\TeXref{436}
+
+\maketable [Binary operators]
+\halign{
+\strut \hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad
+ &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \cr
+\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+\cdot & \\cdot &\times & \\times &\ast & \\ast &\star & \\star \cr
+\circ & \\circ & \bullet & \\bullet & \div & \\div & \diamond & \\diamond \cr
+\cap & \\cap & \cup & \\cup & \vee & \\vee & \wedge & \\wedge \cr
+\oplus & \\oplus &\ominus & \\ominus & \otimes &\\otimes &\odot &\\odot \cr
+ }
+
+\toindex{cdot}
+\toindex{times}
+\toindex{ast}
+\toindex{star}
+\toindex{circ}
+\toindex{bullet}
+\toindex{div}
+\toindex{diamond}
+\toindex{cap}
+\toindex{cup}
+\toindex{vee}
+\toindex{wedge}
+\toindex{oplus}
+\toindex{ominus}
+\toindex{otimes}
+\toindex{odot}
+
+Ellipses are commonly used with binary operators. The control
+word {\tt \\cdots} will raise the dots so that they are level
+with the binary operator. Thus {\tt \$a + \\cdots + z\$} will
+produce $a + \cdots + z$. The control word {\tt \\ldots} will
+put the dots on the baseline, and so {\tt \$1\\ldots n\$}
+produces $1\ldots n$.
+\toindex{cdots}
+\toindex{ldots}
+
+\exercise Typeset: $x\wedge (y\vee z) = (x\wedge y) \vee (x\wedge z)$.
+
+\exercise Typeset: $2+4+6+\cdots +2n = n(n+1)$.
+\bigskip
+
+A relation indicates a property of two mathematical objects. We
+already know how to show two objects equal, or how to show one
+number less than or greater than another number (since these are
+symbols on most terminal keyboards). To negate a relation, the
+control word {\tt \\not} is put in front of the relation. Here
+are some relations:
+\TeXref{436}
+\toindex{not}
+
+\maketable [Relations ]
+\halign{
+\strut \hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad
+ &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \cr
+\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+\leq & \\leq &\not\leq & \\not \\leq
+ & \geq & \\geq & \not\geq & \\not \\geq \cr
+\equiv & \\equiv & \not\equiv & \\not \\equiv
+ & \sim & \\sim & \not\sim & \\not \\sim \cr
+\simeq & \\simeq & \not\simeq & \\not \\simeq
+ & \approx & \\approx & \not\approx & \\not \\approx \cr
+\subset & \\subset & \subseteq & \\subseteq
+ & \supset & \\supset & \supseteq & \\supseteq \cr
+\in & \\in & \ni & \\ni & \parallel & \\parallel & \perp & \\perp \cr
+ }
+
+\toindex{leq}
+\toindex{geq}
+\toindex{equiv}
+\toindex{sim}
+\toindex{simeq}
+\toindex{approx}
+\toindex{subset}
+\toindex{subseteq}
+\toindex{supset}
+\toindex{supseteq}
+\toindex{in}
+\toindex{ni}
+\toindex{parallel}
+\toindex{perp}
+
+
+\exercise
+Typeset: $\vec x\cdot \vec y = 0$ if and only if $\vec x \perp \vec y$.
+
+\exercise
+Typeset: $\vec x\cdot \vec y \not= 0$ if and only if $\vec x \not\perp \vec y$.
+
+Here are some other available mathematical symbols:\TeXref{435--438}
+
+\maketable [Miscellaneous symbols ]
+\halign{
+\strut \hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad
+ &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \qquad &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \cr
+\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+\aleph & \\aleph & \ell & \\ell & \Re & \\Re & \Im & \\Im \cr
+\partial & \\partial & \infty & \\infty & \| & \\| & \angle & \\angle \cr
+\nabla & \\nabla & \backslash &\\backslash & \forall & \\forall
+ & \exists & \\exists \cr
+\neg & \\neg & \flat & \\flat & \sharp & \\sharp & \natural & \\natural \cr
+ }
+
+\toindex{aleph}
+\toindex{ell}
+\toindex{Re}
+\toindex{Im}
+\toindex{partial}
+\toindex{infty}
+\toindex{|}
+\toindex{angle}
+\toindex{nabla}
+\toindex{backslash}
+\toindex{forall}
+\toindex{exists}
+\toindex{neg}
+\toindex{flat}
+\toindex{sharp}
+\toindex{natural}
+
+\exercise Typeset: $(\forall x\in \Re)(\exists y\in\Re)$ $y>x$.
+
+\subsection{Fractions}
+
+There are two methods of typesetting a fraction: it can be
+typeset either in the form $1/2$ or in the form ${1\over2}$\null.
+The first case is just entered with no special control sequences,
+that is, {\tt \$1/2\$}\null. The second case uses the control
+word {\tt \\over} and the following pattern: {\tt \lb
+<numerator> \\over <denominator>\rb}\null. Hence {\tt \$\$\lb a+b
+\\over c+d\rb.\$\$} gives \TeXref{139--140}
+\toindex{over} $${a+b\over c+d}.$$
+
+\exercise Typeset the following: ${a+b\over c}\quad {a\over b+c}
+\quad {1\over a+b+c} \not= {1\over a}+{1\over b}+{1\over c}$.
+
+\exercise Typeset: What are the points where
+${\partial \over \partial x} f(x,y) = {\partial \over \partial y}
+f(x,y) = 0$?
+
+\subsection{Subscripts and superscripts}
+
+Subscripts and superscripts are particularly easy to enter using
+\TeX\null. The characters {\tt \_{}} and {\tt \^{}} are used to
+indicate that the next character is a subscript or a superscript.
+Thus {\tt \$x\^{}2\$} gives $x^2$ and {\tt \$x\_{}2\$} gives
+$x_2$\null. To get several characters as a subscript or
+superscript, they are grouped together within braces. Hence we
+can use {\tt \$x\^{}\lb 21\rb\$} to get $x^{21}$ and {\tt \$x\_{}\lb
+21\rb\$} to get $x_{21}$\null. Notice that the
+superscripts and subscripts are automatically typeset in a
+smaller type size. The situation is only slightly more
+complicated for a second layer of subscripts or superscripts.
+You can {\sl not\/} use {\tt \$x\_{}2\_{}3\$} since this could
+have two possible interpretations, namely, {\tt \$x\_{}\lb 2\_{}3\rb\$}
+or {\tt \$\lb x\_{}2\rb\_{}3\$}; this gives two
+different results: $x_{2_3}$ and ${x_2}_3$, the first of which is
+the usual mathematical subscript notation. Thus you must put in
+the complete braces to describe multiple layers of subscripts and
+superscripts. They may be done to any level.
+\TeXref{128--130}
+
+To use both subscripts and superscripts on one symbol, you use
+both the {\tt \_{}} and {\tt \^{}} in either order. Thus either
+{\tt \$x\_{}2\^{}1\$} or {\tt\$x\^{}1\_{}2\$} will give $x_2^1$.
+
+\exercise
+Typeset each of the following: $e^x \quad e^{-x} \quad
+e^{i\pi}+1=0 \quad x_0 \quad x_0^2 \quad {x_0}^2 \quad 2^{x^x}$.
+
+\exercise Typeset:
+$\nabla^2 f(x,y) = {\partial^2 f \over\partial x^2}
++ {\partial^2 f \over\partial y^2}$.
+\bigskip
+
+A similar method is used for summations and integrals. The input
+of {\tt \$\\sum\_{}\lb k=1\rb\^{}n k\^{}2\$} will give $\sum_{k=1}^n
+k^2$, and {\tt \$\\int\_{}0\^{}x f(t) dt\$} will
+give $\int_0^x f(t) dt$.
+\TeXref{144--145}
+\toindex{sum}
+\toindex{int}
+
+Another use of this type of input is for expressions
+involving limits. You can use
+{\tt \$\\lim\_\lb n\\to \\infty\rb (\lb n+1 \\over n\rb)\^{}n = e\$}
+to get $\lim_{n\to \infty} ({n+1\over n})^n = e$.
+\toindex{lim}
+
+\exercise Typeset the following expression: $\lim_{x\to 0}
+(1+x)^{1\over x}=e$.
+
+\exercise Typeset: The cardinality of $(-\infty, \infty)$ is $\aleph_1$.
+
+\exercise Typeset: $\lim_{x\to {0^+}} x^x = 1$.
+\bigskip
+
+Here's a hint to make integrals look a little nicer: look at the
+difference between $\int_0^x f(t) dt$ and $\int_0^x f(t)\, dt$\null.
+In the second case there is a little extra space after
+$f(t)$, and it looks nicer; {\tt \\,} was used to add the
+additional space.
+\toindex{,}
+
+\exercise Typeset the following integral: $\int_0^1 3x^2\,dx = 1$.
+
+\subsection{Roots, square and otherwise}
+
+To typeset a square root it is only necessary to use the construction
+{\tt \\sqrt\lb$\ldots$\rb}\null. Hence {\tt \$\\sqrt\lb x\^{}2+y\^{}2\rb\$}
+will give $\sqrt{x^2+y^2}$\null. Notice that \TeX{} takes care of the
+placement of symbols and the height and length of the radical.
+To make cube or other roots, the control words {\tt \\root} and {\tt
+\\of} are used. You get $\root n \of {1+x^n}$ from the
+input\TeXref{130--131} {\tt \$\\root n \\of \lb1+x\^{}n\rb\$}.
+\toindex{root}
+\toindex{sqroot}
+
+A possible alternative is to use the control word {\tt \\surd}; the
+input {\tt \$\\surd 2\$} will produce $\surd 2$.
+\toindex{surd}
+
+\exercise Typeset the following: $\sqrt2 \quad \sqrt {x+y\over x-y}
+\quad \root 3 \of {10}$ \quad $e^{\sqrt x}$.
+
+\exercise Typeset: $\|x\| = \sqrt{x\cdot x}$.
+
+\exercise Typeset:
+$\phi(t) = {1 \over \sqrt{2\pi}} \int_0^t e^{-x^2/2}\,dx$.
+
+
+\subsection{Lines, above and below}
+
+Use the constructions {\tt \\overline\lb$\ldots$\rb} and
+{\tt \\underline\lb$\ldots$\rb} to put lines above or below mathematical
+expressions. Hence {\tt \$\\overline\lb x+y\rb=\\overline x + \\overline
+y\$} gives $\overline{x+y}=\overline x + \overline y$\null.
+But notice that the lines over the letters are at
+different heights, and so some care is necessary. The use of {\tt
+\\overline\lb\\strut x\rb} will raise the height of the line
+over\TeXref{130--131} $x$\null.
+\toindex{overline}
+\toindex{underline}
+
+To underline non-mathematical text, use {\tt \\underbar\lb$\dots$\rb}.
+\toindex{underbar}
+
+\exercise Typeset the following: $\underline x \quad \overline y
+\quad \underline{\overline{x+y}}$.
+
+
+\subsection{Delimiters large and small}
+
+The most commonly used mathematical delimiters are brackets,
+braces, and parentheses. As we have seen, they may be produced
+by using {\tt [ ] \\\lb\ \\\rb\ ( )} to get
+$[\>]\>\{\>\}\>(\>)\>$. Sometimes larger delimiters increase the
+clarity of mathematical expressions, as in
+$$\bigl(a\times(b+c)\bigr) \bigl((a\times b)+c\bigr).$$ To make
+larger left delimiters the control words {\tt \\bigl}, {\tt
+\\Bigl}, {\tt \\biggl}, and {\tt \\Biggl} are used in front of
+the delimiter; similarly, {\tt \\bigr}, {\tt \\Bigr}, {\tt
+\\biggr}, and {\tt \\Biggr} are used\TeXref{145--147} for the
+right delimiters. Hence {\tt \$\\Bigl[\$} and {\tt \$\\Bigr]\$}
+will produce $\Bigl[$ and $\Bigr]$.
+
+\toindex{bigl}
+\toindex{Bigl}
+\toindex{biggl}
+\toindex{Biggl}
+\toindex{bigr}
+\toindex{Bigr}
+\toindex{biggr}
+\toindex{Biggr}
+
+Here is a table to compare the size of some of the delimiters.
+
+%% \everycr can add 4 points between lines in the following table %%
+\everycr={\noalign{\vskip 4 pt}}
+\maketable [Delimiters of various sizes]
+\halign{
+\strut \hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \quad\qquad
+ &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \quad\qquad
+ &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \quad\qquad
+ &\hfil$#$ & \quad \tt# \hfil \cr
+\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+\{ & \\\lb & \} & \\\rb & ( & ( & ) & )\cr
+\bigl\{ & \\bigl\\\lb & \bigr\} & \\bigr\\\rb & \bigl( & \\bigl( & \bigr) &
+\\bigr)\cr
+\Bigl\{ & \\Bigl\\\lb & \Bigr\} & \\Bigr\\\rb & \Bigl( & \\Bigl( & \Bigr) &
+\\Bigr)\cr
+\biggl\{ & \\biggl\\\lb & \biggr\} & \\biggr\\\rb & \biggl(
+ & \\biggl( & \biggr) & \\biggr) \cr
+\Biggl\{ & \\Biggl\\\lb & \Biggr\} & \\Biggr\\\rb & \Biggl(
+ & \\Biggl( & \Biggr) & \\Biggr)\cr
+ }
+
+\everycr={}
+
+If you want, you can let \TeX{} choose the size of delimiter by
+using the control words {\tt \\left} and {\tt \\right} before
+your delimiters.
+\TeXref{148}Thus {\tt \\left[$\ldots$\\right]} will cause the material
+to be enclosed by brackets that are appropriately big. {\bf Note
+well:} each use of a {\tt \\left} delimiter must have a matching
+{\tt \\right} delimiter (although the delimiters themselves may be
+different). Hence {\tt \$\$\\left|\lb a+b \\over
+c+d\rb\\right|.\$\$} gives $$\left|{a+b \over c+d}\right|.$$
+
+\maketable [Mathematical delimiters]
+\halign{
+\strut \hfill$#$ & \quad \tt # \qquad\qquad &
+ \hfill$#$ & \quad \tt # \qquad\qquad &
+ \hfill$#$ & \quad \tt # \cr
+\noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+( & ( & ) & ) & [ & [ \cr
+] & ] &\{ & \\\lb & \} & \\\rb \cr
+\lfloor & \\lfloor &\rfloor &\\rfloor & \lceil & \\lceil \cr
+\rceil & \\rceil &\langle & \\langle & \rangle & \\rangle \cr
+/ & / & \backslash & \\backslash &| & | \cr
+\| & \\| &\uparrow & \\uparrow & \Uparrow & \\Uparrow \cr
+\downarrow & \\downarrow & \Downarrow & \\Downarrow
+ & \updownarrow & \\updownarrow \cr
+\Updownarrow & \\Updownarrow \cr
+ }
+
+\toindex{lfloor}
+\toindex{rfloor}
+\toindex{lceil}
+\toindex{rceil}
+\toindex{langle}
+\toindex{rangle}
+\toindex{|}
+\toindex{uparrow}
+\toindex{Uparrow}
+\toindex{downarrow}
+\toindex{Downarrow}
+\toindex{updownarrow}
+\toindex{Updownarrow}
+
+\exercise Typeset $\bigl \lceil \lfloor x \rfloor \bigr \rceil
+ \leq \bigl \lfloor \lceil x \rceil \bigr \rfloor$.
+
+\subsection{Those special functions}
+
+There are several types of functions that appear frequently in
+mathematical text. In an equation like ``$\sin^2x + \cos^2x =
+1$'' the trigonometric functions ``sin'' and ``cos'' are in roman
+rather than italic type. This is the usual mathematical
+convention to indicate that it is a function being described and
+not the product of three variables. The control words {\tt
+\\sin} and {\tt \\cos} will use the right typeface automatically.
+Here is a table of these and some other special functions:
+\TeXref{162}
+
+\maketable [Special mathematical functions]
+\halign{
+ \strut \tt {\\}#\hfil && \quad \tt {\\}#\hfil \cr
+ \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+ sin & cos & tan & cot & sec & csc & arcsin & arccos \cr
+ arctan & sinh & cosh & tanh & coth & lim & sup & inf \cr
+ limsup & liminf & log & ln & lg & exp & det & deg \cr
+ dim & hom & ker & max & min & arg & gcd & Pr \cr
+ }
+
+\toindex{sin}
+\toindex{cos}
+\toindex{tan}
+\toindex{cot}
+\toindex{sec}
+\toindex{csc}
+\toindex{arcsin}
+\toindex{arccos}
+\toindex{arctan}
+\toindex{sinh}
+\toindex{cosh}
+\toindex{tanh}
+\toindex{coth}
+\toindex{lim}
+\toindex{sup}
+\toindex{inf}
+\toindex{limsup}
+\toindex{liminf}
+\toindex{log}
+\toindex{ln}
+\toindex{lg}
+\toindex{exp}
+\toindex{det}
+\toindex{deg}
+\toindex{dim}
+\toindex{hom}
+\toindex{ker}
+\toindex{max}
+\toindex{min}
+\toindex{arg}
+\toindex{gcd}
+\toindex{Pr}
+
+\exercise Typeset: $\sin(2\theta) = 2\sin\theta\cos\theta \quad
+\cos(2\theta) = 2\cos^2\theta - 1 $.
+
+\exercise Typeset: $$\int \csc^2x\, dx = -\cot x+ C
+\qquad \lim_{\alpha\to 0} {\sin\alpha \over \alpha} = 1
+\qquad \lim_{\alpha\to \infty} {\sin\alpha \over \alpha} = 0.$$
+
+\exercise Typeset: $$\tan(2\theta) = {2\tan\theta \over
+1-\tan^2\theta}.$$
+
+
+\subsection{Hear ye, hear ye!}
+
+There is a particular macro that is used in almost every
+mathematical paper, and is different enough to require a special
+explanation. This is the {\tt \\proclaim} macro. It is used when
+stating theorems, corollaries, propositions, and the like. The
+paragraph following {\tt \\proclaim} is broken into two parts:
+the first part goes up to and including the first period that is
+followed by a space, and the second part is the rest of the
+paragraph. \TeXref{202--203}The idea is that the first part
+should be something like ``Theorem 1.'' or ``Corollary B.'' The
+second part is the statement of the theorem or corollary. Here
+is an example:
+\toindex{proclaim}
+
+\beginliteral
+\proclaim Theorem 1 (H.~G.~Wells). In the country of the blind,
+the one-eyed man is king.
+@endliteral
+
+\noindent gives
+
+\proclaim Theorem 1 (H.~G.~Wells). In the country of the blind,
+the one-eyed man is king.
+
+The statement of the theorem may contain mathematical expressions, of
+course.
+
+\vfill\eject
+\exercise Typeset:
+\nobreak
+\proclaim Theorem (Euclid). There exist an infinite number of
+primes.
+
+\exercise Typeset:
+\proclaim Proposition 1.
+$\root n \of {\prod_{i=1}^n X_i} \leq {1 \over n} \sum_{i=1}^n X_i$
+with equality if and only if $X_1=\cdots=X_n$.
+
+\subsection{Matrices}
+
+Matrices are typeset using combinations of the alignment
+character {\tt \&} and the control word {\tt \\cr} to indicate
+the end of the line. Start with {\tt \$\$\\pmatrix\lb$\dots$\rb\$\$}.
+Into the space between the braces go the rows of the matrix, each
+one ended by {\tt \\cr}. The entries are separated by the
+{\tt \&}\null. For example the input
+\TeXref{176--178}
+
+\beginliteral
+$$\pmatrix{
+a & b & c & d \cr
+b & a & c+d & c-d \cr
+0 & 0 & a+b & a-b \cr
+0 & 0 & ab & cd \cr
+}.$$
+@endliteral
+
+\noindent
+gives as printed output
+$$\pmatrix{
+a & b & c & d \cr
+b & a & c+d & c-d \cr
+0 & 0 & a+b & a-b \cr
+0 & 0 & ab & cd \cr
+}.$$
+\toindex{pmatrix}
+
+The matrix entries in our examples have all been \centred{}
+within their columns with a little space on each side. They can
+be made flush right or flush left by inserting {\tt \\hfill}
+before or after the entry. Notice the differences between the
+following example and the previous one.
+
+\beginliteral
+$$\pmatrix{
+a & b & c \hfill & \hfill d \cr
+b & a & c+d & c-d \cr
+0 & 0 & a+b & a-b \cr
+0 & 0 & ab \hfill & \hfill cd \cr
+}.$$
+@endliteral
+
+\noindent
+gives as printed output
+
+$$\pmatrix{
+a & b & c \hfill & \hfill d \cr
+b & a & c+d & c-d \cr
+0 & 0 & a+b & a-b \cr
+0 & 0 & ab \hfill & \hfill cd \cr
+}.$$
+
+
+\vbox{
+\exercise Typeset
+$$ I_4 = \pmatrix{ 1 &0 &0 &0 \cr
+ 0 &1 &0 &0 \cr
+ 0 &0 &1 &0 \cr
+ 0 &0 &0 &1 \cr}$$
+}
+
+It's possible to have matrices that use other delimiters. Using
+{\tt \\matrix} instead of {\tt \\pmatrix} will leave off the
+parentheses, so the delimiters must be explicitly included using
+{\tt \\left} and {\tt \\right}. Here is how we can change the
+matrix of our first example.
+\toindex{matrix}
+\toindex{left}
+\toindex{right}
+
+\beginliteral
+$$ \left |
+\matrix{
+a & b & c & d \cr
+b & a & c+d & c-d \cr
+0 & 0 & a+b & a-b \cr
+0 & 0 & ab & cd \cr
+}
+\right | $$
+@endliteral
+
+\noindent
+gives as printed output
+$$ \left |
+\matrix{
+a & b & c & d \cr
+b & a & c+d & c-d \cr
+0 & 0 & a+b & a-b \cr
+0 & 0 & ab & cd \cr
+}
+\right | $$
+
+It's even possible to use {\tt \\left.} and {\tt \\right.} to
+indicate that the opening or closing delimiter is deleted (note
+the use of the period).
+
+\exercise Use a matrix construction to typeset
+
+$$ |x| = \left\{ \matrix{ x & x \ge 0 \cr
+ -x & x \le 0 \cr} \right.$$
+
+This exercise and more general constructions of this type
+may also be typeset using the {\tt \\cases} macro.
+\TeXref{175}
+
+Sometimes ellipses are used within matrices. The control words
+{\tt \\cdots}, {\tt \\vdots}, and {\tt \\ddots} can be used to
+insert horizontal, vertical, and diagonal dots.
+
+Thus we can use
+\beginliteral
+$$ \left [
+\matrix{
+aa & \cdots & az \cr
+\vdots & \ddots & \vdots \cr
+za & \cdots & zz \cr
+}
+\right ] $$
+@endliteral
+
+\noindent
+to get as printed output
+$$ \left [
+\matrix{
+aa & \cdots & az \cr
+\vdots & \ddots & \vdots \cr
+za & \cdots & zz \cr
+}
+\right ] $$
+
+
+Matrices may also be typeset in-line, but they are pretty ugly
+unless they have a small number of rows.
+
+
+\subsection{Displayed equations}
+
+All of the mathematics covered so far has identical input whether
+it is to be typeset in-line or displayed. At this point we'll
+look at some situations that apply to displayed equations only.
+
+The first is that of aligning multiline displays. This is done with
+the alignment character {\tt \&} and the control words {\tt \\cr} and
+{\tt \\eqalign}. Starting with {\tt \$\$\\eqalign\lb$\dots$\rb\$\$},
+the equations to be aligned are entered with each one terminated by
+{\tt \\cr}. In each equation there should be one alignment symbol
+{\tt \&} to indicate where the alignment should take place. This is
+usually done at the equal signs, although it is not necessary to do
+so. For example
+\TeXref{190--192}
+\toindex{eqalign}
+
+\beginliteral
+$$\eqalign{
+a+b &= c+d \cr
+x &= w + y + z \cr
+m + n + o + p &= q \cr
+}$$
+@endliteral
+
+
+\noindent
+yields
+$$\eqalign{
+a+b &= c+d \cr
+x &= w + y + z \cr
+m + n + o + p &= q \cr
+}$$
+
+Displayed equations can be numbered at either the right or left
+margin. When the control word {\tt \\eqno} appears in a displayed
+equation, everything after the control word is put at the right
+margin. Hence {\tt \$\$ x+y=z. \\eqno (1)\$\$} yields
+$$ x+y=z. \eqno (1)$$
+To number an equation at the left margin, use {\tt \\leqno}
+in place of {\tt \\eqno}.
+\toindex{eqno}
+\toindex{leqno}
+
+It's possible to number aligned equations by using the control
+word {\tt \\eqalignno}. The alignment character {\tt \&} is
+used to separate the equation from the equation number.
+\beginliteral
+$$\eqalignno{
+a+b &= c+d & (1) \cr
+x &= w + y + z \cr
+m + n + o + p &= q & * \cr
+}$$
+@endliteral
+
+\noindent
+yields
+$$\eqalignno{
+a+b &= c+d & (1) \cr
+x &= w + y + z \cr
+m + n + o + p &= q & * \cr
+}$$
+
+Use {\tt \\leqalignno} to put the equation numbers on the left.
+\TeXref{192--193}
+\toindex{eqalignno}
+\toindex{leqalignno}
+
+Finally, suppose some text needs to appear in the middle of a
+displayed equation. This can be done by putting it in an hbox.
+We will describe hboxes in more detail in the next section.
+For now we want to use them to temporarily resume using ordinary
+roman type and to also allow the insertion of space between
+words (remember that all spaces are ignored when typesetting
+mathematics). Hence
+{\tt \$\$X=Y \\hbox\lb{} if and only if \rb x=y.\$\$} will give
+$$X=Y \hbox{ if and only if } x=y.$$
+Note carefully the spaces in the hbox.
+
+\exercise Do some of the challenge problems on pages 180--181 of The
+\TeX book.
+
+
+
+
+\section{All in a row}
+
+It's not uncommon to want to put a table in the middle of some
+text. Fortunately \TeX{} makes it easy to do this. In fact there
+are two separate methods of aligning text. The first is by using
+the tabbing environment. This is similar to setting the tab
+stops on a typewriter. Each line is handled individually,
+according to set tab columns, but with greater flexibility than
+that provided by a typewriter. The second is the horizontal
+alignment environment which typesets the whole table at once
+using a prescribed pattern.
+
+\subsection{Picking up the tab}
+
+To align material using the tabbing environment, you must first
+set the tab positions using the {\tt \\settabs} control word.
+Having done this, a line to use these tabs starts with the
+control symbol {\tt \\+ } and ends with {\tt \\cr } (remember
+that the actual spacing on lines in the input file in
+unimportant). \toindex{settabs}
+
+The easiest way to use the {\tt \\settabs} control word is to put
+the text into equal columns.
+\TeXref{231}
+Using {\tt \\settabs 4 \\columns} will set the tabs that will
+produce four equal columns. The tabbing is then done by using
+the alignment character {\tt \&} to move to the next tab stop.
+So, for example, \toindex{columns}
+
+\beginliteral
+\settabs 4 \columns
+\+ British Columbia & Alberta & Saskatchewan & Manitoba \cr
+\+ Ontario & Quebec & New Brunswick & Nova Scotia \cr
+\+ & Prince Edward Island & Newfoundland \cr
+@endliteral
+
+
+\noindent
+will produce the table
+\vskip\baselineskip
+
+\settabs 4 \columns
+\+ British Columbia & Alberta & Saskatchewan & Manitoba \cr
+\+ Ontario & Quebec & New Brunswick & Nova Scotia \cr
+\+ & Prince Edward Island & Newfoundland \cr
+
+Notice that it is possible to skip over some tab positions, and
+it is not necessary to use all of the tabs in a given line. To
+make the same table using five columns, it is only necessary to
+use {\tt \\settabs 5 \\columns} to reset the tab stops; then the
+same three lines from the last example will produce:
+\vskip\baselineskip
+
+\settabs 5 \columns
+\+ British Columbia & Alberta & Saskatchewan & Manitoba \cr
+\+ Ontario & Quebec & New Brunswick & Nova Scotia \cr
+\+ & Prince Edward Island & Newfoundland \cr
+
+In this example, the columns are smaller, of course. In fact
+there are two overlapping entries in the last row. This is
+because \TeX{} will tab to the next tab position even if (unlike
+a typewriter) it means going backward on the page.
+
+There is an interesting relationship between grouping and
+tabbing. The {\tt \\settabs} values are only applicable to the
+group in which it is defined, as would be expected. Thus it is
+possible to temporarily change the tab settings by grouping
+within braces. In addition, each table entry is in a group of
+its own. Hence we may make a single entry boldface, for example,
+by using {\tt \\bf} without braces. In addition, for any column
+but the last one it is possible to \centre{} the entry or to
+align it either on the left or on the right, or to fill a column
+with a line or dots. Each entry has an implicit {\tt \\hfil} at
+the end so that it will be at the left of the column by default.
+Adding {\tt \\hfil} at the beginning of the entry will then cause
+it to be \centred{}, just as with the {\tt \\line} control word.
+Adding {\tt \\hfill} to the beginning will cause the entries to
+be pushed to the right ({\tt \\hfill} acts just like {\tt \\hfil}
+in that it absorbs excess space; when both {\tt \\hfil} and {\tt
+\\hfill} appear, the {\tt \\hfill} takes precedence).
+\toindex{hfill}
+
+\beginliteral
+\settabs 4 \columns
+\+ \hfil British Columbia & \hfill Alberta \qquad & \bf Saskatchewan
+@hskip 2.5in & Manitoba \cr
+\+ \hfil Ontario & \hfill Quebec \qquad & \bf New Brunswick
+@hskip 2.5in & Nova Scotia \cr
+\+ \hfil --- & \hfill * \qquad & \bf Newfoundland
+@hskip 2.5in & Prince Edward Island \cr
+\+ \dotfill && \hrulefill & \cr
+@endliteral
+
+\noindent
+will produce a table with the first column \centred{}, the second
+column flush right with a {\tt \\qquad} of padding, and the third
+column boldface. The control words {\tt \\dotfill} and {\tt \\hrulefill}
+give alternative column entries.
+\toindex{dotfill}
+\toindex{hrulefill}
+\vskip\baselineskip
+
+\settabs 4 \columns
+\+ \hfil British Columbia & \hfill Alberta \qquad & \bf Saskatchewan
+ & Manitoba \cr
+\+ \hfil Ontario & \hfill Quebec \qquad & \bf New Brunswick
+ & Nova Scotia \cr
+\+ \hfil --- & \hfill * \qquad & \bf Newfoundland &
+ Prince Edward Island \cr
+\+ \dotfill && \hrulefill & \cr
+
+\exercise Take the table of Canadian provinces above and \centre{} each
+entry within its column.
+
+The tab positions can be set with much more flexibility than just
+in equal columns. The general pattern is to use a sample line of
+the form {\tt \\settabs \\+ $\ldots$ \& $\ldots$ \& $\ldots$ \\cr}.
+The spacing between the alignment characters {\tt \&}
+determines the position of the tabs. For example, {\tt \\settabs
+\\+ \\hskip 1 in \& \\hskip 2 in \& \\hskip 1.5 in \& \\cr} would
+set the first tab one inch from the left margin, the next another
+two inches further in, and the third 1.5 inches more. It's also
+possible to use text to determine the distance between tabs. So,
+for example, another possible sample line is
+{\tt \\settabs \\+ \\quad Province \\quad \& \\quad Population \\quad
+\& \\quad Area \\quad \& \\cr}.
+The tab column would then be just wide enough to accept the headings
+with a quad of space on each side. Here's a more complete example:
+
+\beginuser \obeyspaces
+\\settabs \\+ \\quad Year \\quad \& \\quad Price \\quad
+ \& \\quad Dividend \& \\cr
+\\+ \\hfill Year \\quad \& \\quad Price \\quad \& \\quad Dividend \\cr
+\\+ \\hfill 1971 \\quad \& \\quad 41--54 \\quad \& \\qquad \\\$2.60 \\cr
+\\+ \\hfill 2 \\quad \& \\quad 41--54 \\quad \& \\qquad \\\$2.70 \\cr
+\\+ \\hfill 3 \\quad \& \\quad 46--55 \\quad \& \\qquad \\\$2.87 \\cr
+\\+ \\hfill 4 \\quad \& \\quad 40--53 \\quad \& \\qquad \\\$3.24 \\cr
+\\+ \\hfill 5 \\quad \& \\quad 45--52 \\quad \& \\qquad \\\$3.40 \\cr
+\enduser
+
+\noindent
+gives \TeXref{247}
+\vskip\baselineskip
+
+\settabs \+ \quad Year \quad & \quad Price \quad & \quad
+Dividend \quad & \cr
+\+ \hfill Year \quad & \quad Price \quad & \quad Dividend \cr
+\+ \hfill 1971 \quad & \quad 41--54 \quad & \qquad \$2.60 \cr
+\+ \hfill 2 \quad & \quad 41--54 \quad & \qquad \$2.70 \cr
+\+ \hfill 3 \quad & \quad 46--55 \quad & \qquad \$2.87 \cr
+\+ \hfill 4 \quad & \quad 40--53 \quad & \qquad \$3.24 \cr
+\+ \hfill 5 \quad & \quad 45--52 \quad & \qquad \$3.40 \cr
+
+\exercise Take the table given above and move it closer to the
+\centre{} of the page.
+
+\exercise One way to \centre{} a block of text, possibly several
+lines long, is to use: {\tt \$\$\\vbox\lb$\ldots$\rb\$\$}. Use
+this to \centre{} the table given above. Does the
+{\tt \\settabs} line need to be included in the {\tt \\vbox}?
+
+\exercise Improve your last result by putting a line under the
+column heads. The control word {\tt \\hrule} will insert a
+horizontal line if introduced between two rows of a table. Now
+repeat with the control word {\tt \\strut} after the {\tt \\+ }
+of the line containing the column heads. (A {\tt \\strut}
+effectively makes the spacing between lines a little greater. The
+size can be altered from the default.)\TeXref{82} Note the extra
+space that results.
+\toindex{strut}
+
+\exercise Make the following table with decimal alignment, that
+is, with the decimal points above each other (think of the dollar
+figure as being right aligned and the cents figure as being left
+aligned against the decimal point):
+\medskip
+\settabs \+ \hskip 2 in & \hskip .75in & \hskip 1cm& \cr
+\+ &Plums &\hfill\$1&.22 \cr
+\+ &Coffee &\hfill1&.78 \cr
+\+ &Granola &\hfill1&.98 \cr
+\+ &Mushrooms & &.63 \cr
+\+ &{Kiwi fruit} & &.39 \cr
+\+ &{Orange juice} &\hfill1&.09 \cr
+\+ &Tuna &\hfill1&.29 \cr
+\+ &Zucchini & &.64 \cr
+\+ &Grapes &\hfill1&.69 \cr
+\+ &{Smoked beef} & &.75 \cr
+\+ &Broccoli &\hfill\underbar{\ \ 1}&\underbar{.09} \cr
+\+ &Total &\hfill \$12&.55 \cr
+
+
+\exercise Devise a method to make a rough table of contents by using
+{\tt \\settabs} and having entries looking something like:\hfil\break
+\leftline{\tt Getting Started \\dotfill \& \\hfill 1}
+\leftline{\tt All Characters Great and Small \\dotfill \& \\hfill 9.}
+
+\subsection{Horizontal alignment with more sophisticated patterns}
+
+The {\tt \\settabs} environment is not difficult to use, and once
+the pattern is set, it can be used repeatedly in different
+portions of the text that follows. It does have some drawbacks,
+however. For one, the column size must be set before the entries
+are known. Also, even though in one case we wanted the third
+column to be boldface, it had to be specified in each line.
+These problems can be handled more easily by using the {\tt
+\\halign} environment.
+\TeXref{235--238}
+\toindex{halign}
+
+
+The general pattern in the {\tt \\halign} is as follows:
+\beginuser
+\\halign\lb{} <template line> \\cr
+<first display line> \\cr
+<second display line> \\cr
+$\vdots$
+<last display line> \\cr
+\rb
+\enduser
+
+Both the template line and the display lines are divided into
+sections by the alignment symbol {\tt \&}\null. In the template
+line each section uses control words in the same manner as does
+{\tt \\line\lb\rb}\null. The control word {\tt \\hfil}, for
+example, can be used to display flush left, flush right, or \centred.
+Fonts can be changed using {\tt \\bf}, {\tt \\it}, etc.
+Text may also be entered in the template line. In addition the
+special symbol {\tt \#} must appear once in each section. Each
+display line is then set by substituting each section of the
+display line into its corresponding section of the template line
+at the occurrence of the {\tt \#}\null.
+
+Consider the following example:
+
+\beginuser
+\\halign\lb\\hskip 2 in \$\#\$\& \\hfil \\quad \# \\hfil \& \\qquad \$\#\$
+ \hskip 3in \& \\hfil \\quad \# \\hfil \\cr
+\\alpha \& alpha \& \\beta \& beta \\cr
+\\gamma \& gamma \& \\delta \& delta \\cr
+\\epsilon \& epsilon \& \\zeta \& zeta \\cr
+\rb
+\enduser
+
+\noindent The template line indicates that the first section of
+the typeset text will always be set two inches in from the left
+and also be set as mathematics. The second section will be \centred{}
+after adding a quad of space on the left. The third
+and fourth sections are handled similarly. Here is the result:
+\vskip\baselineskip
+
+\halign{\hskip 2in $#$& \hfil\quad # \hfil & \qquad $#$
+ & \hfil\quad # \hfil\cr
+\alpha & alpha & \beta & beta \cr
+\gamma & gamma & \delta & delta \cr
+\epsilon & epsilon & \zeta & zeta \cr
+}
+
+In this case the first display line is formed by substituting {\tt
+\\alpha} for the first {\tt \#} in the template line, {\tt alpha} for
+the second {\tt \#}, {\tt \\beta} for the third and {\tt beta} for
+the fourth. The whole line is then saved for setting. This
+continues until all the lines are accumulated, and then they are set
+with each column being as wide as necessary to accept all of its
+entries (an implication of this accumulation process is that a table
+with too many entries could cause \TeX{} to run out of memory; it's
+better not to set tables that are more than a page or so long).
+
+Hence the template line establishes the pattern for the table entries
+and the display lines insert the individual entries.
+
+Sometimes horizontal and vertical lines are used to delimit
+entries in a table. To put in horizontal lines, we use {\tt \\hrule},
+just as we did in the {\tt \\settabs} environment.
+However, we don't want the rule to be aligned according to the
+template, so we use the control word {\tt \\noalign}. Hence
+horizontal lines are inserted by putting {\tt \\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb};
+vertical lines are inserted by putting {\tt \\vrule}
+in either the template or the display line. But still all is not
+completely straightforward. Suppose we take our last example and
+change the template to get vertical lines and also insert
+horizontal lines.
+\toindex{noalign}
+
+\beginuser
+\\halign\lb\\hskip 2in\\vrule\\quad \$\#\$\\quad \& \\vrule \\hfil\\quad %
+\# \\hfil
+\hskip 2 in \& \\quad \\vrule \\quad \$\#\$\\quad
+\hskip 2 in \& \\vrule\\hfil \\quad \# \\quad \\hfil \\vrule \\cr
+\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb
+\\alpha \& alpha \& \\beta \& beta \\cr
+\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb
+\\gamma \& gamma \& \\delta \& delta \\cr
+\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb
+\\epsilon \& epsilon \& \\zeta \& zeta \\cr
+\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb
+\rb
+\enduser
+
+\noindent
+doesn't give exactly what we want.
+
+\vskip\baselineskip
+
+\halign{\hskip 2in\vrule\quad $#$\quad & \vrule \hfil\quad # \hfil
+& \quad \vrule \quad $#$\quad & \vrule \hfil\quad # \quad \hfil
+\vrule \cr
+\noalign{\hrule}
+\alpha & alpha & \beta & beta \cr
+\noalign{\hrule}
+\gamma & gamma & \delta & delta \cr
+\noalign{\hrule}
+\epsilon & epsilon & \zeta & zeta \cr
+\noalign{\hrule}
+}
+
+There are several deficiencies: the most obvious is the extended
+horizontal lines, but also the text looks somewhat squashed into
+the boxes. In addition, the text has a little extra space on the
+right rather than being perfectly \centred. As in the {\tt \\settabs}
+environment, lines can be made taller by including the control
+word {\tt \\strut} in the template.\TeXref{82} A further problem
+can occur when the page is set since \TeX{} may spread lines
+apart slightly to improve the appearance of the page. This would
+leave a gap between the vertical lines, so we use the control
+word {\tt \\offinterlineskip} within the {\tt \\halign} to avoid
+this. Finally we can get rid of the lines sticking out on the
+left by deleting the {\tt \\hskip 2 in} from the template line.
+To move the table to the same position we use {\tt \\moveright}.
+Finally, we can see how to \centre{} the text by noting that the
+extra space occurs in the template line after the {\tt \#} where
+the text is inserted.
+Hence we can improve our result by using
+\toindex{offinterlineskip}
+\toindex{moveright}
+
+\beginuser
+\\moveright 2 in
+\\vbox\lb\\offinterlineskip
+
+\\halign\lb\\strut \\vrule \\quad \$\#\$\\quad \&\\vrule \\hfil \\quad %
+\#\\quad \\hfil
+\&\\vrule \\quad \$\#\$\\quad \&\\vrule \\hfil \\quad \#\\quad \\hfil %
+\\vrule \\cr
+\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb
+\\alpha \& alpha \& \\beta \& beta \\cr
+\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb
+\\gamma \& gamma \& \\delta \& delta \\cr
+\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb
+\\epsilon \& epsilon \& \\zeta \& zeta \\cr
+\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb
+\rb\rb
+\enduser
+
+\noindent
+to get
+\vskip\baselineskip
+
+\moveright 2 in
+\vbox{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\strut \vrule \quad $#$\quad &\vrule \hfil \quad #\quad \hfil
+&\vrule \quad $#$\quad &\vrule \hfil \quad #\quad \hfil
+\vrule \cr
+\noalign{\hrule}
+\alpha & alpha & \beta & beta \cr
+\noalign{\hrule}
+\gamma & gamma & \delta & delta \cr
+\noalign{\hrule}
+\epsilon & epsilon & \zeta & zeta \cr
+\noalign{\hrule}
+}
+}
+
+
+
+In general, if we want to construct a table with boxed entries
+that is \centred{} on the page, we can do so by putting the {\tt
+\\vbox} within a {\tt \\centerline\lb\rb}\null. But here is a
+trick that will produce a nicer result. If the {\tt \\vbox} is
+put in between double dollar signs, it will be typeset as
+displayed mathematics. Of course, there is no actual
+mathematics being displayed, but \TeX{} will put in a little
+extra space above and below the table as is appropriate for a
+display. Hence a \centred{} table with this nice spacing may be
+formed using the following four steps:
+(1) put a {\tt \\vbox} between double dollar signs,
+(2) put an {\tt \\offinterlineskip} and an {\tt \\halign} within
+the {\tt \\vbox},
+(3) in the {\tt \\halign} put a template line with a {\tt \\strut}
+in the beginning, and a {\tt \\vrule} surrounding each entry,
+(4) each row of the table should be preceded and followed by
+{\tt \\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb}.
+
+Here is the pattern to be followed:
+
+\beginuser
+\$\$\\vbox\lb
+\\offinterlineskip
+\\halign\lb
+\\strut \\vrule \# \& \\vrule \# \& \dots \& \\vrule \# \\vrule \\cr
+\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb
+<first column entry> \& <second column entry> \& \dots %
+\& <last column entry> \\cr
+\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb
+\dots
+\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb
+<first column entry> \& <second column entry> \& \dots %
+\& <last column entry> \\cr
+\\noalign\lb\\hrule\rb
+\rb
+\rb\$\$
+\enduser
+
+
+
+\section{Rolling your own}
+
+In this section we'll create new control words. The making of
+these new definitions, also called macros, is one of the most
+powerful techniques available in \TeX\null. For the first
+application of this facility, we'll see how a new definition can
+save a lot of typing by substituting short strings for long ones.
+
+\subsection{The long and short of it}
+
+The control word {\tt \\def} is used to define new control words.
+The simplest form for doing this is {\tt \\def\\newname\lb$\ldots$\rb}.
+Then whenever {\tt \\newname} appears in your
+input file, it will be replaced by whatever is between the braces
+in the definition. Of course {\tt \\newname} must satisfy the
+convention for naming control sequences, that is, it must be a
+control word (all letters) or a control symbol (exactly one
+nonletter). So, for example, suppose you write a document that
+contains the phrase ``University of Manitoba'' many times. Then
+{\tt \\def\\um\lb University of Manitoba\rb} defines a new
+control sequence {\tt \\um} which can then be used at any time.
+The sentence {\tt I take courses at the \\um.}\ then makes
+sense. If the control word exists, your new definition will
+replace it (this includes the control words defined by \TeX{}, so
+a little care must be taken in the choice of name). Any
+definition is, however, local to the group in which it is
+defined. For example, \toindex{def}
+
+\beginuser
+\\def\\um\lb University of Manitoba\rb
+I took my first course at the \\um.
+\lb
+\\def\\um\lb Universit\\'e de Montr\\'eal\rb
+Then I took my next course at the \\um.
+\rb
+Finally I took my last course at the \\um.
+\enduser
+
+\noindent gives \medskip
+
+\def\um{University of Manitoba}
+I took my first course at the \um.
+{
+\def\um{Universit\'e de Montr\'eal}
+Then I took my next course at the \um.
+}
+Finally I took my last course at the \um.
+
+Remember that all spaces after a control word are absorbed; this
+includes the control words that you define. In the previous
+example, any space after {\tt \\um} would be ignored. However,
+the space after the first period and the space after the first
+opening brace are different; if you look closely at the end of
+the first sentence typeset using the example, you'll see some
+extra space. This can be eliminated by putting a {\tt \%} after
+the opening brace to make the rest of the line a comment. The
+same holds for the line with the last closing brace. Careful
+control of spaces often calls for the ``commenting out'' of the
+end of lines in this manner.
+
+Once a new control sequence has been defined, it may be used in
+new definitions. This is one way of making simple form letters.
+First let's define a simple letter.
+
+\beginuser
+\\def\\letter\lb
+\\par \\noindent
+Dear \\name,
+\
+This is a little note to let you know that your name is \\name.
+\
+\\hskip 2 in Sincerely yours,
+\\vskip 2\\baselineskip
+\\hskip 2 in The NameNoter
+\\smallskip \\hrule
+\rb
+\enduser
+
+\def\letter{
+\par \noindent
+Dear \name,
+
+This is a little note to let you know that your name is \name.
+
+\hskip 2 in Sincerely yours,
+\vskip 2\baselineskip\nobreak
+\hskip 2 in The NameNoter
+\smallskip \hrule
+}
+
+Now this letter uses the control word {\tt \\name}, which is
+undefined at this point. When {\tt \\letter} is used, the
+current value of {\tt \\name} will appear in the body of the
+letter. Hence
+
+\beginuser
+\\def\\name\lb Michael Bishop\rb
+\\letter
+\\def\\name\lb Michelle L\\'ev\\\^{}eque\rb
+\\letter
+\enduser
+
+\noindent will produce two copies of the letter, each with the
+correct name, followed by a horizontal rule:
+
+\def\name{Michael Bishop}
+\letter
+\goodbreak
+\def\name{Michelle L\'ev\^eque}
+\letter
+
+We could have put anything between the braces in
+{\tt \\def\\name\lb$\ldots$\rb}; it could be several paragraphs
+long and use other control sequences (although in this context it
+would be a little strange). Of course it is possible to use {\tt
+\\vfill \\eject} as part of the definition of {\tt \\letter} to
+eject the page when the letter is completed.
+
+\exercise Make a form letter that uses the control words {\tt \\name},
+{\tt \\address}, {\tt \\city}, {\tt \\\province}, and {\tt
+\\\postcode}.
+
+\exercise An unnumbered list of items is often made
+using {\tt \\item\lb\$\\bullet\$\rb}. Define a macro {\tt \\bitem}
+that does this, and use it for several paragraphs. Now change
+each bullet to a dash (note that a simple change in the macro
+propagates all the necessary changes in all of the paragraphs).
+
+\exercise Suppose that you are going to have to format several
+paragraphs in a paper using {\tt \\hangindent = 30 pt}, {\tt \\hangafter
+= 4}, and {\tt \\filbreak} (don't worry about what
+these control sequences actually do; the only important thing
+for now is that once they are set, they remain in effect for only
+one paragraph). Define a single control sequence {\tt \\setpar}
+which can then be put in front of each paragraph that needs to be
+so formatted.
+
+
+\subsection{Filling in with parameters}
+
+It's possible to use macros in much greater generality by
+allowing parameters to be passed. The idea is somewhat similar
+to the template line in the {\tt \\halign} environment. First,
+let's look at the case where there is one parameter. In this
+case a control sequence is defined by {\tt \\def\\newword\#1\lb
+$\ldots$\rb}\null. The symbol {\tt \#1} may appear between the
+braces (several times) in the definition of {\tt \\newword}. The
+material between the braces acts like a template. When {\tt
+\\newword\lb$\ldots$\rb} appears in the text, it will use the
+definition of {\tt \\newword} with the material between the
+braces inserted into the template at every occurrence of {\tt
+\#1} in the original definition. {\bf The spacing in the original
+definition is crucial here; there must be no spaces before the
+opening brace}.
+
+As an example, we could use the form letter of the last section in
+the following way:
+
+
+\beginuser
+\\def\\letter\#1\lb
+\\par \\noindent
+Dear \#1,
+\vskip\baselineskip
+This is a little note to let you know that your name is \#1.
+\vskip\baselineskip
+\\hskip 2 in Sincerely yours,
+\\vskip 2\\baselineskip
+\\hskip 2 in The NameNoter
+\\smallskip \\hrule
+\rb
+\enduser
+
+\def\letter#1{
+\par \noindent
+Dear #1,
+
+This is a little note to let you know that your name is #1.
+
+\hskip 2 in Sincerely yours,
+\vskip 2\baselineskip
+\hskip 2 in The NameNoter
+\smallskip \hrule
+}
+
+Now we can use
+
+\beginuser
+\\letter\lb Michael Bishop\rb
+\\letter\lb Michelle L\\'ev\\\^{}eque\rb
+\enduser
+
+\noindent to get \medskip
+\letter{Michael Bishop}
+\goodbreak
+\letter{Michelle L\'ev\^eque}
+
+\def\displaytext#1{$$\vbox{\hsize=12cm #1}$$}
+\bigskip
+\displaytext{
+Now let's define
+{\tt\\def\\displaytext\#1\lb \$\$\\vbox\lb\\hsize = 12 cm \#1\rb\$\$\rb}
+as a new macro to display text.
+Then {\tt \\displaytext\lb$\ldots$\rb} will cause the material
+between the braces to be put in a paragraph with width 12 \centimetre
+s and then \centred{} with some space added above and
+below as is appropriate for a display. This paragraph was set
+using this {\tt \\displaytext} macro.
+}
+
+The parameter of a macro can be no more than one paragraph long.
+If a new paragraph is encountered as part of a parameter, an
+error will be generated. This is a safety feature, for
+otherwise the accidental omission of a closing brace would cause
+\TeX{} to eat up the rest of the file as the parameter.
+
+\exercise Define a macro {\tt \\yourgrade} so that {\tt
+\\yourgrade\lb89\rb} will cause the following sentence to be
+typeset: The grade you received is 89\%\null. It should be able
+to work with any other percentage, of course.
+\medbreak
+
+It's not really any harder to use more than one parameter. The form
+used to define a new control word with two parameters is
+{\tt \\def\\newword\#1\#2\lb$\ldots$\rb}. The definition between the
+braces may have {\tt \#1} and {\tt \#2} occurring in it, perhaps
+several times. When {\tt \\newword\lb$\ldots$\rb\lb$\ldots$\rb}
+appears in the text, the material between the first set of braces
+replaces {\tt \#1} in the definition and the material between the
+second set of braces replaces {\tt \#2} in the definition. Here is
+an example followed by its result:
+
+\beginuser
+\\def\\talks\#1\#2\lb \#1 talks to \#2.\rb
+\\talks\lb John\rb\lb Jane\rb
+\\talks\lb Jane\rb\lb John\rb
+\\talks\lb John\rb\lb me\rb
+\\talks\lb She\rb\lb Jane\rb
+\enduser
+
+\def\talks#1#2{#1 talks to #2.}
+\talks{John}{Jane}
+\talks{Jane}{John}
+\talks{John}{me}
+\talks{She}{Jane}
+
+\exercise In a manner similar to the previous exercise, define a
+macro {\tt \\yourgrade} so that {\tt \\yourgrade\lb89\rb\lb85\rb}
+causes the following sentence to be typeset: You received a grade
+of 89\% on your first exam and a grade of 85\% on your second
+exam.
+
+\exercise Write a macro {\tt \\frac} so that {\tt \\frac\lb
+a\rb\lb b\rb} will typeset the fraction ${a\over b}$.
+
+\bigskip
+It's important not to put any spaces before the first brace in
+the definition. If you do, \TeX{} will interpret the definition
+differently from the way described here. For more than two
+parameters, the method of definition is similar. To define a
+control word with three parameters, start with
+{\tt \\def\\newword\#1\#2\#3\lb$\ldots$\rb}. Then {\tt \#1},
+{\tt \#2} and {\tt \#3} may occur between the braces. When
+{\tt \\newword\lb$\ldots$\rb\lb$\ldots$\rb\lb$\ldots$\rb}
+appears in the text, the material between each set of braces
+replaces its corresponding symbol in the definition of the
+control word. The parameters may go up to {\tt \#9}.
+
+\subsection{By any other name}
+
+Sometimes it's convenient to be able to give a control word an
+alternative name. For example, if you prefer a different spelling,
+you might want to call the control word {\tt \\centerline} by the
+name of {\tt \\centreline}. This can be done by using the {\tt
+\\let} control word. The use of {\tt \\let \\centreline =
+\\centerline} now makes a new (as well as the old) control word
+available. This can also be used with mathematical names as with
+{\tt \\let \\tensor = \\otimes}. It is then possible to use
+\TeXref{206--207}
+
+\toindex{let}
+\toindex{centreline}
+\toindex{tensor}
+
+\let\tensor=\otimes
+\beginuser
+\$\$ (A \\tensor B) (C \\tensor D) = AC \\tensor BD. \$\$
+\enduser
+
+\noindent to get
+
+$$ (A \tensor B) (C \tensor D) = AC \tensor BD. $$
+
+
+
+\exercise Define control sequences {\tt \\ll}, {\tt \\cl}, and
+{\tt \\rl} that are equivalent to {\tt \\leftline}, {\tt \\centerline},
+and {\tt \\rightline}.
+
+The {\tt \\let} control word allows users to name their own
+control sequences. This allows a personalized set of control
+sequences that may be used in place of the ones provided by \TeX{}
+when desired.
+
+\section{To err is human}
+
+In some ways \TeX{} is not completely divine. \TeX{} will respond
+to invalid input by giving an error message to the screen if you
+are using it interactively and also to the log file. Because
+\TeX{} is very complicated, the actual point where the error is
+detected may be deep within the program, so a full report of the
+error may be rather long and involved. Not only that, \TeX{}
+will try to recover from errors, and will report what was done in
+that process. For this reason the reading of error messages may
+be a little difficult for the uninitiated. The key is to know
+what is important from your perspective and what can be safely
+ignored. So let's look at some typical errors and the messages
+that they generate.
+
+\subsection{The forgotten bye}
+
+The first mistake that we'll look at is one that everyone makes
+at some time, namely, the omission of {\tt \\bye} at the end of
+the file. If you're using \TeX{} interactively, an asterisk \hfil
+\break
+\leftline{\tt *}
+will be printed on the screen and nothing will happen since,
+having not been told to finish up, \TeX{} is waiting for input
+(from your keyboard). Whatever you type in will be appended to
+whatever has been input from your files. The usual response is
+to type {\tt \\bye<CR>}\fnote{{\tt <CR>} is the key
+used to end a line of input. It might be called the carriage
+return, enter, or simply the return key on your terminal.
+Sometimes it is indicated by a large left arrow.} since that will
+finish things up.
+
+\subsection{The misspelled or unknown control sequence}
+
+Using a misspelled or other control sequence unknown to \TeX{} is
+a common error. If \TeX{} is being run as a batch job, an error
+message is printed and the job goes on ignoring the control
+sequence. When using \TeX{} interactively, it is possible to
+repair errors (of course this does not change the original input
+file, so that must be done when the \TeX{} job is completed).
+Suppose we have a \TeX{} input file consisting of the following
+two lines:
+\beginuser
+\\line\lb The left side \\hfli the right side\rb
+\\bye
+\enduser
+
+The control word should be {\tt \\hfil}, of course. Here is the
+message that would be sent to your terminal:
+
+\beginuser
+\obeyspaces
+! Undefined control sequence.
+l.1 \\line\lb The left side \\hfli
+\ the right side\rb
+?
+\enduser
+
+The first line starts with {\tt !} and gives the error message.
+Next comes the line number on which the error occurred and the
+part of the line that was read successfully. The next line gives
+the continuation of the line after the error. At this point the
+question mark means that \TeX{} is waiting for a response. There
+are several legal ones:
+\nobreak
+\maketable [Responses to \TeX{} error messages]
+\halign{
+\strut \hfil # \hfil & \quad \hfil \tt # \hfil & # \hfil\cr
+ \bf Desired response & \bf Input to \TeX{} & \bf \hfil Result\cr
+ \noalign{\hrule} \noalign{\smallskip}
+ Help & h<CR>& Reason for stopping listed on terminal.\cr
+ Insert & i<CR>& Next line inserted into \TeX{} input file.\cr
+ Exit & x<CR>& Exit from \TeX\null. Completed pages to DVI file.\cr
+ Scroll & s<CR>& List message and continue after minor errors.\cr
+ Run & r<CR>& List message and continue after any errors.\cr
+ Quiet & q<CR>& All terminal listings suppressed.\cr
+ Carry on &<CR> & \TeX{} continues as best it can.\cr
+ }
+
+In our last example a reasonable response might be to enter {\tt
+h<CR>} to get a help message, then {\tt i<CR>} to insert more
+text, (at which point \TeX{} responds with {\tt insert> } and
+finally {\tt \\hfil} as the correct control word. Here is the
+result:
+
+
+\beginuser
+? h <CR>
+The control sequence at the end of the top line
+of your error message was never \\def'ed. If you have
+misspelled it (e.g., `\\hobx'), type `I' and the correct
+spelling (e.g., `I\\hbox'). Otherwise just continue,
+and I'll forget about whatever was undefined.
+
+? i <CR>
+insert>\\hfil
+[1]
+\enduser
+
+The final {\tt [1]} means that the first (and only) page has
+been completed and sent to the DVI file. The original input file
+still needs to be fixed, of course.
+
+\subsection{The misnamed font}
+
+A misspelled font name is an error similar to the misspelled
+control sequence. The error message is different and a little
+confusing at first. Suppose for example the following appears in
+your input file:
+
+\leftline{\tt \\font\\sf = cmss01}
+
+It should be {\tt cmss10}, that is, the numbers have been
+transposed. Here are the error and help messages:
+
+\beginuser \obeyspaces
+! Font \\sf=cmss01 not loadable: Metric (TFM) file not found.
+<to be read again>
+\ \\par
+\\bye ->\\par
+\ \\vfill \\supereject \\end
+l.2 \\bye
+
+? h <CR>
+I wasn't able to read the size data for this font,
+so I will ignore the font specification.
+[Wizards can fix TFM files using TFtoPL/PLtoTF.]
+You might try inserting a different font spec;
+e.g., type `I\\font<same font id>=<substitute font name>'.
+\enduser
+
+The TFM (\TeX{} font metric) file is an auxiliary file that is
+used by \TeX\null. So this strange message is just telling you
+that the font you defined doesn't exist on your computer system.
+
+\subsection{Mismatched mathematics}
+
+Another common error is to use {\tt \$} or {\tt \$\$} to start a
+mathematical expression and then to forget the second {\tt \$}
+or {\tt \$\$} when finished. The text that follows is then
+treated as mathematics, and to make matters worse, if more
+mathematics is started by a new {\tt \$} or {\tt \$\$}, it will
+then be treated as ordinary text. Needless to say, error
+messages galore may be generated. \TeX{} will attempt to correct
+the problem by inserting a new {\tt \$} or {\tt \$\$}; in any
+case, the problem is corrected by the end of the paragraph since
+a new paragraph will automatically start as ordinary text.
+
+Consider the following correct input and its output:
+\beginuser
+Since \$f(x) > 0\$, \$a<b\$, and \$f(x)\$ is continuous, we know that
+\$\\int\_{}a\^{}b f(x)\\,dx >0\$.
+\enduser
+
+Since $f(x) > 0$, $a<b$, and $f(x)$ is continuous, we know that
+$\int_a^b f(x)\,dx >0$.
+
+If we now leave out the second dollar sign in {\tt \$f(x)\$} we
+then get the following error and help messages:
+
+\beginuser \obeyspaces
+! Missing \$ inserted.
+<inserted text>
+\ \$
+<to be read again>
+\ \\intop
+\\int ->\\intop
+\ \\nolimits
+l.2 \$\\int
+\ \_{}a\^{}b f(x)\\,dx >0\$.
+? h <CR>
+I've inserted a begin-math/end-math symbol since I think
+you left one out. Proceed, with fingers crossed.
+
+?
+\enduser
+
+The line starting with {\tt !} tells us what has been done. The
+line starting with {\tt l.2} shows us where we were in the input
+file when the error occurred. As in our other examples, the part
+of the line successfully read, that is, through {\tt \\int},
+appears on one line, and the continuation appears on the next
+line. The remaining material may seem somewhat obscure. These
+intermediate messages show what was happening further in the guts
+of the \TeX{} program when the error occurred. The newer user
+may ignore them.
+
+Here is what you get as output after \TeX{} tries to recover from
+the error.
+
+Since $f(x) > 0$, $a<b$, and $f(x) is continuous, we know that
+\int_a^b f(x)\,dx >0$.
+
+There is a stretch of text that is italic with no spacing. This
+is typical for normal text being processed as mathematics; if you
+see this in your output, you have almost certainly left out a
+{\tt \$} or {\tt \$\$}.
+
+\subsection{Mismatched braces}
+
+It's easy to forget or mismatch the closing braces when making
+groups. The result may be a relatively benign error, or it may
+be catastrophic. Suppose, for example, you have {\tt \lb\\bf A
+bold title } in your text with the closing right brace omitted.
+The result will be the same as if no opening brace were there;
+that is, the rest of the paper will be boldface if no other font
+changes are made. You will get the following message at the end
+of the file:
+
+{\tt (\\end occurred inside a group at level 1)}
+
+If you had made the same mistake twice, then there would be two
+more opening braces than closing braces, and you would get the
+message:
+
+{\tt (\\end occurred inside a group at level 2)}
+
+\TeX{} doesn't know that the closing brace is missing until it
+reaches the end of the input file. Hence the message doesn't
+tell you where you went wrong. If the location of the missing
+brace isn't obvious, it's always possible to insert {\tt \\bye}
+halfway through your document. Running \TeX{} again will cause
+only the first half to be processed, and if the error message
+persists, you will know that the error is in the first half of
+the document. By moving the {\tt \\bye} to different places, the
+error can be localized. Also, looking at the output often
+reveals what has gone wrong.
+
+Missing opening braces are much easier to spot. Here is a two
+line input file and the resulting error and help messages:
+
+\beginuser
+\\bf Here is the start\rb, but there is the finish.
+\\bye
+\enduser
+
+\beginuser \obeyspaces
+! Too many \rb's.
+l.1 \\bf Here is the start\rb
+\ , but there is the finish.
+
+? h <CR>
+You've closed more groups than you opened.
+Such booboos are generally harmless, so keep going.
+\enduser
+
+It's quite possible, of course, that the line that is supposed to
+have the missing left brace will not be on the line where \TeX{}
+catches the error.
+
+A mismatched brace in the definition of a new control sequence
+can cause a major error. Since such a definition may include
+several paragraphs, it may not be caught by the end of a
+paragraph, but, rather will just keep piling more and more text
+into the unfinished definition. It's even possible for \TeX{} to
+run out of memory as it keeps eating up more text! This is called
+a ``runaway definition''.
+\TeXref{206}
+Here is a two line input file with a runaway definition:
+
+\vbox{
+\beginuser
+\\def\\newword\lb the def
+\\newword
+\\bye
+\enduser
+}
+
+Here are the resulting error and help messages:
+
+\beginuser \obeyspaces
+Runaway definition?
+->the def
+! Forbidden control sequence found while scanning definition of \\newword.
+<inserted text>
+\ \rb
+<to be read again>
+\ \\bye
+l.3 \\bye
+
+? h <CR>
+I suspect you have forgotten a `\rb', causing me
+to read past where you wanted me to stop.
+I'll try to recover; but if the error is serious,
+you'd better type `E' or `X' now and fix your file.
+
+? <CR>
+No pages of output.
+\enduser
+
+This is obviously a serious error. If it occurs at the beginning
+of a file (as in the previous example), there will be no output
+at all!
+
+If a closing brace is left out while using a macro with
+parameters, the runaway definition will be terminated at the end
+of the paragraph. So if {\tt \\def\\newword\#1\lb$\ldots$\rb} has
+been defined and you use {\tt \\newword\lb$\dots$ } without the
+closing brace, then at most one paragraph will be ruined.
+\TeXref{205}
+
+In short, when an error occurs, make a note of the line number to
+see how much of the input file has been read, and also the line
+starting with an exclamation point to get a short description of
+the error. If the error is still not clear, ask \TeX{} for more
+information by typing {\tt h<CR>}. For small errors, \TeX{} can
+carry on quite a way if you just keep hitting the {\tt <CR>}.
+
+
+
+
+\section{Digging a little deeper}
+
+In this section we look at a few topics that allow \TeX{} to be
+used with greater flexibility or efficiency. As the documents
+being produced get longer, different techniques can help make
+their creation easier.
+
+\subsection{Big files, little files}
+
+\TeX{} can read and write files as it runs. This makes it
+possible to use files that are smaller and more convenient to
+handle by creating a master file that reads the smaller files in
+the proper order. This document, for example, consists of ten
+sections plus an introduction. In addition, there are macros
+that are used for all sections. The macros can be put in a file
+called, say, {\tt macros.tex}, the introduction can be put in {\tt
+intro.tex}, and each section put in its own file. The control
+word {\tt \\input} is then used to read in a file. In general,
+{\tt \\input filename} will cause the file called {\tt
+filename.tex} to be read in and processed immediately, just as if
+the text of {\tt filename.tex} had been part of the file that
+read it in. This file may input other files. In fact it's often
+convenient to make a single file that reads in smaller pieces,
+perhaps as follows:
+\toindex{input}
+
+\beginuser
+\\input macros
+\\input intro
+\\input sec1
+\\input sec2
+\\input sec3
+\\input sec4
+\\input sec5
+\\input sec6
+\\input sec7
+\\input sec8
+\\input sec9
+\\input sec10
+\enduser
+
+While the text is still being heavily edited, it's possible to
+process only some of the files by putting a {\tt \%} at the
+beginning of each line that contains a file to be skipped (this
+is sometimes called ``commenting out'' the unwanted files).
+
+The {\tt \\input} control word also allows the use of
+predesigned macros. The macros for a memorandum, for example,
+might be put in a file called {\tt memo.tex}. These macros might
+set up the right {\tt \\hsize}, {\tt \\vsize} and other
+parameters, and might stamp the time and date. Once this has
+been set up, all memoranda may be started with {\tt \\input memo}
+to make them come out with a common format.
+
+Be sure that you don't have the control word {\tt \\bye} in your
+input file or the \TeX{} program will stop at that point.
+
+\exercise Make a \TeX{} input file that reads in a second file.
+Try reading in the second file twice using the {\tt \\input}
+control word twice.
+
+\subsection{Larger macro packages}
+
+Designing macros that can be used with many types of documents
+is obviously useful. Most universities, for example, have
+specific and often complicated format requirements for theses. A
+collection of macros, that is, a macro package that meets all
+these specifications could be somewhat time consuming to design
+and could be quite long. It is possible to use the {\tt \\input}
+command to use such a macro package, just as it is possible to
+use it with your own macros. But \TeX{} has a better facility
+for larger packages.
+
+A macro package can be put in a special form that can be quickly
+read by \TeX\null. This is called a {\sl format file}, and
+the exact form is of technical interest only. The important
+thing is it allows \TeX{} to be run with many new control
+sequences predefined. Certain commands called {\sl primitives\/}
+are part of the definition of \TeX\null.
+
+What we have described in this manual is sometimes called {\sl
+plain \TeX\/}, and consists of the \TeX{} primitives plus a set
+of macros in a format file (that is usually included in \TeX{}
+automatically) called {\tt plain.fmt}. For the curious, any
+control word can be viewed using {\tt \\show}. The command {\tt
+\\show\\centerline} will display
+\beginliteral
+> \centerline=macro:
+#1->\line {\hss #1\hss }.
+@endliteral
+\noindent
+on the screen and in the log file. You can use {\tt \\show} with
+your own macros, too. If you end up using several macro
+packages, you can use the {\tt \\show} command to see if a
+particular macro is defined.
+
+Many computer \centre{}s have the \LaTeX{} macro package. This
+package allows the user to create an index, a table of contents,
+and a bibliography automatically. It also has the ability to
+insert some elementary graphic figures such as circles, ovals,
+lines, and arrows. \LaTeX{} also uses special predefined files
+called {\sl style files\/} to set up
+specific page parameters. Many different style files are
+available; some journals will accept papers on a magnetic medium
+for direct processing if they are prepared using \LaTeX{} and a
+designated style file. It is not difficult to shift from \TeX{}
+to \LaTeX\null. A user's guide by the author of the macro
+package, Leslie Lamport, is available:
+{\bf \LaTeX{}: A document preparation system}%
+\fnote{Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1986,
+ISBN 0-201-15790-X.}.
+
+The American Mathematical Society uses the \AMSTeX{} macro
+package for its journals. It is readily available from that
+Society, and papers may be submitted to their journals on a
+magnetic medium using \AMSTeX\null. A manual by Michael Spivak,
+{\bf The Joy of \TeX{}}\fnote{American Mathematical
+Society, 1986, ISBN 0-8218-2999-8}, is available from the
+American Mathematical Society.
+
+Other macro packages exist, and undoubtedly more will be
+developed. They are usually of modest cost and can be very
+effective in some circumstances. The \TeX{} Users Group
+announces the existence of new macro packages in its
+publications.
+
+\subsection{Horizontal and vertical lines}
+
+Making horizontal and vertical lines is easy using \TeX\null.
+When typing in text, {\tt \\hrule } will cause the current
+paragraph to end, will draw a horizontal line whose width is the
+current value of {\tt \\hsize}, and then will continue on with a
+new paragraph. It's possible to specify the width of the hrule
+as, for example, with {\tt \\hrule width 5 cm}; also you can use
+{\tt \\vskip} or {\tt \\bigskip} to put some space above or below
+the hrule. Here is an example:
+
+\beginuser
+\\parindent = 0 pt \\parskip = 12 pt
+Here is the text before the hrule.
+\\bigskip
+\\hrule width 3 in
+And here is some text after the hrule.
+\enduser
+
+\noindent that produces
+\vfill\eject
+
+{
+\parindent = 0 pt
+Here is the text before the hrule.
+\bigskip
+\hrule width 3 in
+And here is some text after the hrule.
+}
+
+In fact this hrule not only has width of three inches, but also
+by default has a height (the amount by which the hrule extends
+above the baseline on which the type is being set) of 0.4 points
+and a depth (the amount by which the hrule extends below the
+baseline on which the type is being set) of 0 points. Each of
+these parameters can be individually set. Thus if we change the
+last example to say
+
+{\tt \\hrule width 3 in height 2 pt depth 3 pt } we get
+
+{
+\parindent = 0 pt
+Here is the text before the hrule.
+\bigskip
+\hrule width 3 in height 2 pt depth 3 pt
+And here is some text after the hrule.
+}
+
+The three parameters {\tt width}, {\tt height}, and {\tt depth} may
+be given in any order.
+\toindex{hrule}
+\TeXref{221--222}
+
+A vrule may be defined analogously to an hrule by specifying the
+{\tt width}, {\tt height}, and {\tt depth} if desired.
+\TeXref{221--222}
+But, unlike the hrule, the vrule will not automatically start a
+new paragraph when it appears. By default the vrule will be 0.4
+points wide, and will be as high as the line on which it is being
+set. Hence
+
+\toindex{vrule}
+
+\beginuser
+Here is some text before the vrule
+\\vrule\\
+and this follows the vrule.
+\enduser
+
+\noindent will give
+
+Here is some text before the vrule
+\vrule\
+and this follows the vrule.
+
+\exercise Make three horizontal lines that are 15 points apart,
+3 inches in length, and one inch in from the left margin.
+
+Although we usually think of hrules and vrules as horizontal and
+vertical lines, they need not necessarily be used that way. For
+example:
+
+\beginuser
+\\noindent
+Name: \\vrule height 0 pt depth 0.4 pt width 3 in
+\enduser
+
+\noindent will give
+
+\noindent
+Name: \vrule height 0 pt depth 0.4 pt width 3 in
+
+\exercise Make the following grid (each box is 1 \centimetre{} square):
+\medskip
+\settabs \+ \hskip 1cm&\hskip 1 cm&\hskip 1 cm& \cr
+\moveright 2 in
+\vbox{
+\hrule width 3 cm
+\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm
+ & \vrule height 1 cm \cr
+\hrule width 3 cm
+\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm
+ & \vrule height 1 cm \cr
+\hrule width 3 cm
+\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm
+ & \vrule height 1 cm \cr
+\hrule width 3 cm
+}
+
+
+\subsection{Boxes within boxes}
+
+We have already seen (in our discussion of line shapes) that
+vboxes and hboxes are objects that may be overfull or underfull.
+In this section we will look at these boxes in a bit more detail.
+They may be stacked or lined up to allow a variety of positions
+for text on the page.
+
+An hbox is formed by using {\tt \\hbox\lb $\ldots$\rb}\null.
+Once the material between the braces has been put into an hbox,
+it is set and can not be further split (this means that material
+that must go on one line can be put into an hbox, and it will
+then remain as one unit). It's possible to specify the size of
+an hbox.\TeXref{64--66} Thus {\tt \\hbox to 5 cm\lb contents of
+the box\rb } will produce an hbox exactly five \centimetre{}s
+wide containing the typeset text ``contents of the box''.
+It's easy to get an underfull or overfull box in this way. An
+underfull box can be avoided by using {\tt \\hfil} to absorb the
+extra space. When no dimension is given, an hbox is formed that
+is just wide enough to hold the enclosed text.
+\toindex{hbox}
+
+Similarly, vboxes are formed using {\tt \\vbox\lb $\ldots$\rb}.
+What makes these boxes interesting is that when a vbox contains
+hboxes, these hboxes are stacked one above the other and set as a
+unit. Similarly, an hbox can contain vboxes, which will be set in
+a row. Suppose we take three hboxes and put them in a vbox:
+\toindex{vbox}
+
+\beginuser \obeyspaces
+\\vbox\lb
+\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 1\rb
+\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 2\rb
+\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 3\rb
+\ \rb
+\enduser
+
+\noindent gives
+\vskip \baselineskip
+\vbox{
+ \hbox{Contents of box 1}
+ \hbox{Contents of box 2}
+ \hbox{Contents of box 3}
+ }
+
+Now suppose we take another vbox:
+
+\beginuser \obeyspaces
+\\vbox\lb
+\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 4\rb
+\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 5\rb
+\ \rb
+\enduser
+
+These two vboxes can be put into an hbox; this will cause them to
+be placed side by side. In other words
+
+\beginuser \obeyspaces
+\\hbox\lb
+\ \\vbox\lb
+\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 1\rb
+\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 2\rb
+\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 3\rb
+\ \rb
+\ \\vbox\lb
+\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 4\rb
+\ \\hbox\lb{}Contents of box 5\rb
+\ \rb
+\ \rb
+\enduser
+
+\noindent gives
+\vskip \baselineskip
+\hbox{
+ \vbox{
+ \hbox{Contents of box 1}
+ \hbox{Contents of box 2}
+ \hbox{Contents of box 3}
+ }
+ \vbox{
+ \hbox{Contents of box 4}
+ \hbox{Contents of box 5}
+ }
+ }
+
+
+Notice that the two vboxes are aligned so that the bottoms are
+level; also there is a little space at the beginning of each line
+and also between the vboxes. Actually, the reason these spaces
+appear is rather subtle. Unless a line ends in a control word,
+there is always a space between the last entry in one line and
+the first one in the next line. For this reason the space between
+the vboxes comes from the end of the line containing the closing
+brace of the first vbox. Similarly, the space at the beginning
+of the line is caused by the space after the opening brace of the
+hbox. These spaces can be avoided by ``commenting out'' the end of
+the line, that is, by putting a {\tt \%} immediately after the
+closing brace of the first vbox or the opening brace of the hbox.
+If you try to put some vboxes together and accidentally get extra
+space by forgetting to comment out the end of the line, you're in
+good company. Some very able and experienced \TeX{} users have
+done the same thing!
+
+Extra space, say one \centimetre, can be added by putting an
+{\tt \\hskip 1 cm } between the vboxes. They can be aligned so
+that the tops are level by using {\tt \\vtop } instead of
+{\tt \\vbox}. Making these two changes results in:
+
+\toindex{vtop}
+\vskip \baselineskip
+\hbox{
+ \vtop{
+ \hbox{Contents of box 1}
+ \hbox{Contents of box 2}
+ \hbox{Contents of box 3}
+ }
+ \hskip 1 cm
+ \vtop{
+ \hbox{Contents of box 4}
+ \hbox{Contents of box 5}
+ }
+ }
+
+
+We can combine vboxes, hboxes, vrules, and hrules to get boxed
+text. How might we construct such a box? One way is to take the
+material to be boxed and put it in an hbox preceded and followed
+by a vrule. Then put this in a vbox with hrules above and below
+it. This gives us:
+
+\beginuser \obeyspaces
+\\vbox\lb
+\ \\hrule
+\ \\hbox\lb\\vrule\lb\rb The text to be boxed \\vrule\rb
+\ \\hrule
+\ \rb
+\enduser
+
+\noindent which results in
+\vskip \baselineskip
+\vbox{
+ \hrule
+ \hbox{\vrule{} The text to be boxed \vrule}
+ \hrule
+ }
+
+This produces boxed material, but there is no margin around it
+and so it looks very cramped (of course \TeX{} is just giving us
+what we asked for). We can improve the spacing by putting a {\tt
+\\strut} at the beginning of the hbox to make it a little taller
+and deeper. This gives us:
+\vskip \baselineskip
+\vbox{
+ \hrule
+ \hbox{\strut \vrule{} The text to be boxed \vrule}
+ \hrule
+ }
+
+\def\boxtext#1{%
+\vbox{%
+ \hrule
+ \hbox{\strut \vrule{} #1 \vrule}%
+ \hrule
+ }%
+}
+
+\exercise Why is it that we were forced to add extra space above
+and below the text but not before and after it?
+
+
+\exercise Use the method of boxing material to put text \centred{}
+in a box which extends from the left to the right margin.
+
+\exercise By stacking nine little boxes, make the following magic square:
+\vskip\baselineskip
+
+\moveright 2 in \vbox{\offinterlineskip
+\hbox{\boxtext 6\boxtext 1\boxtext 8}
+\hbox{\boxtext 7\boxtext 5\boxtext 3}
+\hbox{\boxtext 2\boxtext 9\boxtext 4}
+}
+
+\exercise Notice that the magic square in the previous exercise
+has internal lines that are twice as thick as the outside ones.
+Also, there is a tiny space at the intersection of the internal
+lines. Fix up the magic square so this doesn't happen.
+
+\def\boxtext#1 {%
+\vbox{%
+ \hrule
+ \hbox{\strut \vrule #1\vrule}%
+ \hrule
+ }
+}
+
+\exercise Write a macro { \tt \\boxtext\#1\lb$\ldots$\rb } which
+will take the text between the braces and put a box around it. Test
+your macro by making up a sentence with every other word boxed.
+I'm \boxtext not quite \boxtext sure why \boxtext someone
+would \boxtext do this \boxtext since the \boxtext result is \boxtext
+pretty strange. Note how the baseline and the bottom of
+the surrounding boxes align.
+
+\def\boxtext#1 {%
+\lower 3.5pt \hbox{%
+ \vbox{%
+ \hrule
+ \hbox{\strut \vrule #1\vrule}%
+ \hrule
+ }
+ }%
+}
+
+It's easy to move boxes up, down, left, or right on the page. A
+{\tt \\vbox} can be moved to the right one inch by using {\tt
+\\moveright 1 in \\vbox\lb\dots\rb}. To move it to the left,
+use {\tt \\moveleft}. Similarly, an {\tt \\hbox} can be moved up
+or down using {\tt \\raise} or {\tt \\lower}.
+\toindex{moveright}
+\toindex{moveleft}
+\toindex{raise}
+\toindex{lower}
+
+\exercise Rewrite the {\tt \\boxtext} macro from the previous
+exercise so that all of the text is aligned (hint: by default the
+depth of a strut is 3.5 points). This would give a sentence like
+the following: I'm \boxtext not quite \boxtext sure why \boxtext
+someone would \boxtext do this \boxtext since the \boxtext result
+is \boxtext pretty strange.
+
+It's possible to fill a box with either an hrule or with dots.
+The idea is to use {\tt \\hrulefill } or {\tt \\dotfill } in the
+hbox.
+
+\beginuser
+\\hbox to 5 in\lb Getting Started\\hrulefill 1\rb
+\\hbox to 5 in\lb All Characters Great and Small\\hrulefill 9\rb
+\\hbox to 5 in\lb The Shape of Things to come\\hrulefill 17\rb
+\\hbox to 5 in\lb No Math Anxiety Here!\\hrulefill 30\rb
+\enduser
+
+\noindent gives
+\vskip \baselineskip
+
+\hbox to 5 in{Getting Started\hrulefill 1}
+\hbox to 5 in{All Characters Great and Small\hrulefill 9}
+\hbox to 5 in{The Shape of Things to come\hrulefill 17}
+\hbox to 5 in{No Math Anxiety Here!\hrulefill 30}
+
+If {\tt \\hrulefill} is replaced by {\tt \\dotfill} we get
+\vskip \baselineskip
+
+\hbox to 5 in{Getting Started\dotfill 1}
+\hbox to 5 in{All Characters Great and Small\dotfill 9}
+\hbox to 5 in{The Shape of Things to come\dotfill 17}
+\hbox to 5 in{No Math Anxiety Here!\dotfill 30}
+
+\exercise Make a boxed headline appear at the top of the page
+that is like the one used in this manual.
+
+
+
+\section{Control word list}
+
+Here is a list of the control words given in this manual.
+If you want more detail about these words than is given here,
+check the index of {\bf The \TeX book}.
+
+\vskip 2\baselineskip
+\centerline{Control symbols}
+\vskip\baselineskip
+
+\settabs \+ \hskip 1.5 in & \hskip 1.65in & \hskip 1.3in & \cr
+{\tt
+\+ \\\sp{} 4 & \\!\ 34 & \\" 11 & \\' 11 \cr
+\+ \\, 34 & \\.\ 11 & \\/ 16 & \\; 34 \cr
+\+ \\= 11 & \\> 34 & \\\# 10& \\\$ 6 \cr
+\+ \\\% 6 & \\\& 10 & \\\char '173{} 10 & \\\char '175{} 10 \cr
+\+ \\\underbar{ } 10 & \\` 11 & \\{\accent "7E } 10 & \\{\accent 94 } 10 \cr
+\+ \\| 40 \cr
+}
+
+\vskip 2\baselineskip
+\centerline{Control words}
+\vskip\baselineskip
+
+{\tt
+\+ \\AA 12 & \\aa 12 & \\acute 36 & \\AE 12 \cr
+\+ \\ae 12 & \\aleph 37 & \\alpha 35 & \\angle 37 \cr
+\+ \\approx 37 & \\arccos 41 & \\arcsin 41 & \\arctan 41 \cr
+\+ \\arg 41 & \\ast 36 & \\b 12 & \\backslash 37 \cr
+\+ \\bar 36 & \\baselineskip 22 & \\beta 35 & \\bf 16 \cr
+\+ \\biggl 40 & \\Biggl 40 & \\biggr 40 & \\Biggr 40 \cr
+\+ \\bigl 40 & \\Bigl 40 & \\bigr 40 & \\Bigr 40 \cr
+\+ \\bigskip 26 & \\break 26 & \\breve 36 & \\bullet 36 \cr
+\+ \\bye 4 & \\c 12 & \\cap 36 & \\cdot 36 \cr
+\+ \\centerline 26 & \\centreline 60 & \\check 36 & \\chi 35 \cr
+\+ \\circ 35 & \\columns 48 & \\cos 41 & \\cosh 41 \cr
+\+ \\cot 41 & \\coth 41 & \\csc 41& \\cup 36 \cr
+\+ \\d 12 & \\ddag 27 & \\ddot 36 & \\def 55 \cr
+\+ \\deg 41 & \\delta 35 & \\Delta 35 & \\det 41 \cr
+\+ \\diamond 36 & \\dim 41 & \\div 36 & \\dot 36 \cr
+\+ \\dotfill 49 & \\dots 14 & \\downarrow 41 & \\Downarrow 41 \cr
+\+ \\eject 20 & \\ell 37 & \\endinsert 26 & \\epsilon 35 \cr
+\+ \\eqalign 45 & \\eqalignno 46 & \\eqno 46 & \\equiv 37 \cr
+\+ \\eta 35 & \\exists 37 & \\exp 41 & \\flat 37 \cr
+\+ \\folio 28 & \\font 16 & \\footline 28 & \\footnote 27 \cr
+\+ \\forall 37 & \\gamma 35 & \\Gamma 35 & \\gcd 41 \cr
+\+ \\geq 37 & \\grave 36 & \\H 12 & \\halign 51 \cr
+\+ \\hang 23 & \\hangafter 23 & \\hangindent 23 & \\hat 36 \cr
+\+ \\hbadness 29 & \\hbox 72 & \\headline 28 & \\hfil 27 \cr
+\+ \\hfill 26 & \\hfuzz 29 & \\hoffset 20 & \\hom 41 \cr
+\+ \\hrule 71 & \\hrulefill 49 & \\hsize 20 & \\hskip 27 \cr
+\+ \\hyphenation 30 & \\i 11 & \\Im 37 & \\in 37 \cr
+\+ \\inf 41 & \\infty 37 & \\input 68 & \\int 38 \cr
+\+ \\iota 35 & \\it 16 & \\item 24 & \\itemitem 24 \cr
+\+ \\j 11 & \\kappa 35 & \\ker 41 & \\L 12 \cr
+\+ \\l 12 & \\lambda 35 & \\Lambda 35 & \\langle 41 \cr
+\+ \\lceil 41 & \\left 44 & \\leftline 26 & \\leftskip 23 \cr
+\+ \\leq 37 & \\leqalignno 46 & \\leqno 46 & \\let 61 \cr
+\+ \\lfloor 41 & \\lg 41 & \\lim 38 & \\liminf 41 \cr
+\+ \\limsup 41 & \\line 26 & \\ln 41 & \\log 41 \cr
+\+ \\lower 75 & \\magnification 21 & \\magstep 16 & \\matrix 44 \cr
+\+ \\max 41 & \\medskip 26 & \\min 41 & \\moveleft 75 \cr
+\+ \\moveright 75 & \\mu 35 & \\nabla 37 & \\narrower 23 \cr
+\+ \\natural 37 & \\neg 37 & \\ni 37 & \\noalign 52 \cr
+\+ \\noindent 22 & \\nopagenumbers 5 & \\not 36 & \\nu 35 \cr
+\+ \\O 12 & \\o 12 & \\odot 36 & \\OE 12 \cr
+\+ \\oe 12 & \\offinterlineskip 53 & \\omega 35 & \\Omega 35 \cr
+\+ \\ominus 36 & \\oplus 36 & \\otimes 36 & \\over 37 \cr
+\+ \\overfullrule 29 & \\overline 39 & \\P 27 & \\pageno 28 \cr
+\+ \\par 7 & \\parallel 37 & \\parindent 23 & \\parshape 24 \cr
+\+ \\parskip 22 & \\partial 37 & \\perp 37 & \\phi 35 \cr
+\+ \\Phi 35 & \\pi 35 & \\Pi 35 & \\pmatrix 43 \cr
+\+ \\Pr 41 & \\proclaim 42 & \\psi 35 & \\Psi 35 \cr
+\+ \\qquad 34 & \\quad 34 & \\raggedright 27 & \\raise 75 \cr
+\+ \\rangle 41 & \\rceil 41 & \\Re 37 & \\rfloor 41 \cr
+\+ \\rho 35 & \\right 44 & \\rightline 26 & \\rightskip 23 \cr
+\+ \\rm 16 & \\root 39 & \\S 27 & scaled 16 \cr
+\+ \\sec 41 & \\settabs 48 & \\sharp 37 & \\sigma 35 \cr
+\+ \\Sigma 35 & \\sim 37 & \\simeq 37 & \\sin 41 \cr
+\+ \\sinh 41 & \\sl 16 & \\smallskip 26 & \\sqroot 39 \cr
+\+ \\ss 12 & \\star 36 & \\strut 50 & \\subset 37 \cr
+\+ \\subseteq 37 & \\sum 38 & \\sup 41 & \\supset 37 \cr
+\+ \\supseteq 37 & \\surd 39 & \\t 12 & \\tan 41 \cr
+\+ \\tanh 41 & \\tau 35 & \\tensor 60 & \\TeX{} 5 \cr
+\+ \\tensor 60 & \\the 28 & \\theta 35 & \\Theta 35 \cr
+\+ \\tilde 36 & \\times 36 & \\tolerance 29 & \\topinsert 26 \cr
+\+ \\tt 16 & \\u 12 & \\underbar 39 & \\underline 39 \cr
+\+ \\uparrow 41 & \\Uparrow 41 & \\updownarrow 41 & \\Updownarrow 41 \cr
+\+ \\upsilon 35 & \\Upsilon 35 & \\v 12 & \\varepsilon 35 \cr
+\+ \\varphi 35 & \\varrho 35 & \\varsigma 35 & \\vartheta 35 \cr
+\+ \\vbadness 30 & \\vbox 71 & \\vec 36 & \\vee 36 \cr
+\+ \\vfill 20 & \\vglue 25 & \\voffset 20 & \\vrule 71 \cr
+\+ \\vsize 20 & \\vtop 74 & \\wedge 36 & \\widehat 36 \cr
+\+ \\widetilde 36 & \\xi 35 & \\Xi 35 & \\zeta 35 \cr
+}
+
+\ifwritinganswers
+ \let\next=\relax
+\else
+ \let\next=\endinput
+ \datestamp
+\fi
+
+\next
+
+\def\beginliteral{
+\vskip\baselineskip
+\begingroup
+\obeylines
+\tt
+\catcode`\@=0\catcode`\~=12
+\catcode`\$=12\catcode`\&=12\catcode`\^=12\catcode`\#=12
+\catcode`\_=12\catcode`\=12
+\def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}
+\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\%=12\catcode`\\=12
+
+}
+\def\endliteral{\nobreak \vskip 6pt \endgroup}
+
+
+\section{I get by with a little help}
+Many of the exercises can be answered in several ways. If you
+like your way better than the way given below, by all means use
+it!
+\vskip 2\baselineskip
+
+\parskip=0pt \parindent=0pt
+\raggedright
+\hbadness=10000
+
+\hrule
+\beginliteral
+I like \TeX!
+Once you get the hang of it, \TeX\ is really easy to use.
+You just have to master the \TeX nical aspects.
+@endliteral
+I like \TeX! Once you get the hang of it, \TeX\ is really easy
+to use. You just have to master the \TeX nical aspects.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+Does \AE schylus understand \OE dipus?
+@endliteral
+Does \AE schylus understand \OE dipus?
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+The smallest internal unit of \TeX{} is about 53.63\AA.
+@endliteral
+The smallest internal unit of \TeX{} is about 53.63\AA.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+ They took some honey and plenty of money wrapped up in a {\it \$}5 note.
+@endliteral
+ They took some honey and plenty of money wrapped up in a {\it \$}5 note.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+ \'El\`eves, refusez vos le\c cons! Jetez vos cha\^\i nes!
+@endliteral
+ \'El\`eves, refusez vos le\c cons! Jetez vos cha\^\i nes!
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+ Za\v sto tako polako pijete \v caj?
+@endliteral
+ Za\v sto tako polako pijete \v caj?
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+ Mein Tee ist hei\ss.
+@endliteral
+ Mein Tee ist hei\ss.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+ Peut-\^etre qu'il pr\'ef\`ere le caf\'e glac\'e.
+@endliteral
+ Peut-\^etre qu'il pr\'ef\`ere le caf\'e glac\'e.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\def\`{\relax\lq}
+\beginliteral
+?@`Por qu\'e no bebes vino blanco? !@`Porque est\'a avinagrado!
+@endliteral
+?`Por qu\'e no bebes vino blanco? !`Porque est\'a avinagrado!
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+ M\'\i\'\j n idee\"en worden niet be\"\i nvloed.
+@endliteral
+ M\'\i\'\j n idee\"en worden niet be\"\i nvloed.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+ Can you take a ferry from \"Oland to \AA land?
+@endliteral
+ Can you take a ferry from \"Oland to \AA land?
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+ T\"urk\c ce konu\c san ye\u genler nasillar?
+@endliteral
+ T\"urk\c ce konu\c san ye\u genler nasillar?
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+ I entered the room and---horrors---I saw both my father-in-law and my
+mother-in-law.
+@endliteral
+ I entered the room and---horrors---I saw both my father-in-law and my
+mother-in-law.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+The winter of 1484--1485 was one of discontent.
+@endliteral
+The winter of 1484--1485 was one of discontent.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+His ``thoughtfulness'' was impressive.
+@endliteral
+His ``thoughtfulness'' was impressive.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+ Frank wondered, ``Is this a girl that can't say `No!'?''
+@endliteral
+ Frank wondered, ``Is this a girl that can't say `No!'?''
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+ He thought, ``\dots and this goes on forever, perhaps to the last recorded
+syllable.''
+@endliteral
+ He thought, ``\dots and this goes on forever, perhaps to the last recorded
+syllable.''
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+ Have you seen Ms.~Jones?
+@endliteral
+ Have you seen Ms.~Jones?
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+Prof.~Smith and Dr.~Gold flew from
+Halifax N.~S. to Montr\'eal, P.~Q. via Moncton, N.~B.
+@endliteral
+Prof.~Smith and Dr.~Gold flew from
+Halifax N.~S. to Montr\'eal, P.~Q. via Moncton, N.~B.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+\line{left end \hfil left tackle \hfil left guard \hfil @centre \hfil
+right guard \hfil right tackle \hfil right end}
+@endliteral
+\line{left end \hfil left tackle \hfil left guard \hfil \centre{} \hfil
+right guard \hfil right tackle \hfil right end}
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+\line{left \hfil \hfil right-@centre \hfil right}
+@endliteral
+\line{left \hfil \hfil right-\centre{} \hfil right}
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+\line{\hskip 1 in ONE \hfil TWO \hfil THREE}
+@endliteral
+\line{\hskip 1 in ONE \hfil TWO \hfil THREE}
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+i{f}f if{}f if{f}
+@endliteral
+i{f}f if{}f if{f}
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+I started with roman type {\it switched to italic type}, and
+returned to roman type.
+@endliteral
+I started with roman type {\it switched to italic type}, and
+returned to roman type.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$C(n,r) = n!/(r!\,(n-r)!)$
+@endliteral
+$C(n,r) = n!/(r!\,(n-r)!)$
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$a+b=c-d=xy=w/z$
+$$a+b=c-d=xy=w/z$$
+@endliteral
+$a+b=c-d=xy=w/z$
+$$a+b=c-d=xy=w/z$$
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$(fg)' = f'g + fg'$
+$$(fg)' = f'g + fg'$$
+@endliteral
+$(fg)' = f'g + fg'$
+$$(fg)' = f'g + fg'$$
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$\alpha\beta=\gamma+\delta$
+$$\alpha\beta=\gamma+\delta$$
+@endliteral
+$\alpha\beta=\gamma+\delta$
+$$\alpha\beta=\gamma+\delta$$
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$\Gamma(n) = (n-1)!$
+$$\Gamma(n) = (n-1)!$$
+@endliteral
+$\Gamma(n) = (n-1)!$
+$$\Gamma(n) = (n-1)!$$
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$x\wedge (y\vee z) = (x\wedge y) \vee (x\wedge z)$
+@endliteral
+$x\wedge (y\vee z) = (x\wedge y) \vee (x\wedge z)$
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$2+4+6+\cdots +2n = n(n+1)$
+@endliteral
+$2+4+6+\cdots +2n = n(n+1)$
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$\vec x\cdot \vec y = 0$ if and only if $\vec x \perp \vec y$.
+@endliteral
+$\vec x\cdot \vec y = 0$ if and only if $\vec x \perp \vec y$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$\vec x\cdot \vec y \not= 0$ if and only if $\vec x \not\perp \vec y$.
+@endliteral
+$\vec x\cdot \vec y \not= 0$ if and only if $\vec x \not\perp \vec y$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$(\forall x\in \Re)(\exists y\in\Re)$ $y>x$.
+@endliteral
+$(\forall x\in \Re)(\exists y\in\Re)$ $y>x$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+${a+b\over c}\quad {a\over b+c}\quad {1\over a+b+c} \not= {1\over a}+
+{1\over b}+{1\over c}$.
+@endliteral
+${a+b\over c}\quad {a\over b+c}\quad {1\over a+b+c} \not= {1\over a}+
+{1\over b}+{1\over c}$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+What are the points where ${\partial \over \partial x} f(x,y) = {\partial \over
+\partial y} f(x,y) = 0$?
+@endliteral
+What are the points where ${\partial \over \partial x} f(x,y) = {\partial \over
+\partial y} f(x,y) = 0$?
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$e^x \quad e^{-x} \quad e^{i\pi}+1=0 \quad x_0 \quad x_0^2
+\quad {x_0}^2 \quad 2^{x^x}$.
+@endliteral
+$e^x \quad e^{-x} \quad e^{i\pi}+1=0 \quad x_0 \quad x_0^2
+\quad {x_0}^2 \quad 2^{x^x}$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$\nabla^2 f(x,y) = {\partial^2 f \over\partial x^2}+ {\partial^2 f \over
+\partial y^2}$.
+@endliteral
+$\nabla^2 f(x,y) = {\partial^2 f \over\partial x^2}+ {\partial^2 f \over
+\partial y^2}$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$\lim_{x\to 0} (1+x)^{1\over x}=e$.
+@endliteral
+$\lim_{x\to 0} (1+x)^{1\over x}=e$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+The cardinality of $(-\infty, \infty)$ is $\aleph_1$.
+@endliteral
+The cardinality of $(-\infty, \infty)$ is $\aleph_1$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$\lim_{x\to {0^+}} x^x = 1$.
+@endliteral
+$\lim_{x\to {0^+}} x^x = 1$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$\int_0^1 3x^2\,dx = 1$.
+@endliteral
+$\int_0^1 3x^2\,dx = 1$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$\sqrt2 \quad \sqrt {x+y\over x-y} \quad \root 3 \of {10}$ \quad $e^{\sqrt x}$.
+@endliteral
+$\sqrt2 \quad \sqrt {x+y\over x-y} \quad \root 3 \of {10}$ \quad $e^{\sqrt x}$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$\|x\| = \sqrt{x\cdot x}$.
+@endliteral
+$\|x\| = \sqrt{x\cdot x}$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$\phi(t) = {1 \over \sqrt{2\pi}} \int_0^t e^{-x^2/2}\,dx$.
+@endliteral
+$\phi(t) = {1 \over \sqrt{2\pi}} \int_0^t e^{-x^2/2}\,dx$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$\underline x \quad \overline y \quad \underline{\overline{x+y}}$.
+@endliteral
+$\underline x \quad \overline y \quad \underline{\overline{x+y}}$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$\bigl \lceil \lfloor x \rfloor \bigr \rceil \leq \bigl \lfloor \lceil x \rceil
+\bigr \rfloor$.
+@endliteral
+$\bigl \lceil \lfloor x \rfloor \bigr \rceil \leq \bigl \lfloor \lceil x \rceil
+\bigr \rfloor$.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$\sin(2\theta) = 2\sin\theta\cos\theta
+\quad \cos(2\theta) = 2\cos^2\theta - 1 $.
+@endliteral
+$\sin(2\theta) = 2\sin\theta\cos\theta
+\quad \cos(2\theta) = 2\cos^2\theta - 1 $.
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$$\int \csc^2x\, dx = -\cot x+ C
+\qquad \lim_{\alpha\to 0} {\sin\alpha \over \alpha} = 1
+\qquad \lim_{\alpha\to \infty} {\sin\alpha \over \alpha} = 0.$$
+@endliteral
+$$\int \csc^2x\, dx = -\cot x+ C
+\qquad \lim_{\alpha\to 0} {\sin\alpha \over \alpha} = 1
+\qquad \lim_{\alpha\to \infty} {\sin\alpha \over \alpha} = 0.$$
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$$\tan(2\theta) = {2\tan\theta \over 1-\tan^2\theta}.$$
+@endliteral
+$$\tan(2\theta) = {2\tan\theta \over 1-\tan^2\theta}.$$
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+\proclaim Theorem (Euclid). There exist an infinite number of primes.
+@endliteral
+\proclaim Theorem (Euclid). There exist an infinite number of primes.
+
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+\proclaim Proposition 1.
+$\root n \of {\prod_{i=1}^n X_i} \leq
+{1 \over n} \sum_{i=1}^n X_i$ with equality if and only if $X_1=\cdots=X_n$.
+@endliteral
+\proclaim Proposition 1.
+$\root n \of {\prod_{i=1}^n X_i} \leq
+{1 \over n} \sum_{i=1}^n X_i$ with equality if and only if $X_1=\cdots=X_n$.
+
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$$ I_4 = \pmatrix{
+1 &0 &0 &0 \cr
+0 &1 &0 &0 \cr
+0 &0 &1 &0 \cr
+0 &0 &0 &1 \cr}$$
+@endliteral
+$$ I_4 = \pmatrix{
+1 &0 &0 &0 \cr
+0 &1 &0 &0 \cr
+0 &0 &1 &0 \cr
+0 &0 &0 &1 \cr}$$
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+$$ |x| = \left\{ \matrix{
+x & x \ge 0 \cr
+-x & x \le 0 \cr} \right.$$
+@endliteral
+$$ |x| = \left\{ \matrix{
+x & x \ge 0 \cr
+-x & x \le 0 \cr} \right.$$
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+\settabs \+ \hskip 2 in & \hskip .75in & \hskip 1cm& \cr
+\+ &Plums &\hfill\$1&.22 \cr
+\+ &Coffee &\hfill1&.78 \cr
+\+ &Granola &\hfill1&.98 \cr
+\+ &Mushrooms & &.63 \cr
+\+ &{Kiwi fruit} & &.39 \cr
+\+ &{Orange juice} &\hfill1&.09 \cr
+\+ &Tuna &\hfill1&.29 \cr
+\+ &Zucchini & &.64 \cr
+\+ &Grapes &\hfill1&.69 \cr
+\+ &{Smoked beef} & &.75 \cr
+\+ &Broccoli &\hfill\underbar{\ \ 1}&\underbar{.09} \cr
+\+ &Total &\hfill \$12&.55 \cr
+@endliteral
+\settabs \+ \hskip 2 in & \hskip .75in & \hskip 1cm& \cr
+\+ &Plums &\hfill\$1&.22 \cr
+\+ &Coffee &\hfill1&.78 \cr
+\+ &Granola &\hfill1&.98 \cr
+\+ &Mushrooms & &.63 \cr
+\+ &{Kiwi fruit} & &.39 \cr
+\+ &{Orange juice} &\hfill1&.09 \cr
+\+ &Tuna &\hfill1&.29 \cr
+\+ &Zucchini & &.64 \cr
+\+ &Grapes &\hfill1&.69 \cr
+\+ &{Smoked beef} & &.75 \cr
+\+ &Broccoli &\hfill\underbar{\ \ 1}&\underbar{.09} \cr
+\+ &Total &\hfill \$12&.55 \cr
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+\settabs \+ \hskip 4.5 in & \cr
+\+Getting Started \dotfill &1 \cr
+\+All Characters Great and Small \dotfill &9 \cr
+@endliteral
+\settabs \+ \hskip 4.5 in & \cr
+\+Getting Started \dotfill &1 \cr
+\+All Characters Great and Small \dotfill &9 \cr
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+\settabs \+ \hskip 1cm&\hskip 1 cm&\hskip 1 cm& \cr
+\moveright 2 in
+\vbox{
+\hrule width 3 cm
+\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm
+ & \vrule height 1 cm \cr
+\hrule width 3 cm
+\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm
+ & \vrule height 1 cm \cr
+\hrule width 3 cm
+\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm
+ & \vrule height 1 cm \cr
+\hrule width 3 cm
+}
+@endliteral
+\settabs \+ \hskip 1cm&\hskip 1 cm&\hskip 1 cm& \cr
+\moveright 2 in
+\vbox{
+\hrule width 3 cm
+\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm
+ & \vrule height 1 cm \cr
+\hrule width 3 cm
+\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm
+ & \vrule height 1 cm \cr
+\hrule width 3 cm
+\+ \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm & \vrule height 1 cm
+ & \vrule height 1 cm \cr
+\hrule width 3 cm
+}
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\goodbreak \vskip 2pt \hrule
+\beginliteral
+\def\boxtext#1{%
+\vbox{%
+ \hrule
+ \hbox{\strut \vrule{} #1 \vrule}%
+ \hrule
+ }%
+}
+\moveright 2 in \vbox{\offinterlineskip
+\hbox{\boxtext{6}\boxtext{1}\boxtext {8}}
+\hbox{\boxtext{7}\boxtext{5}\boxtext{3}}
+\hbox{\boxtext{2}\boxtext{9}\boxtext{4}}
+}
+@endliteral
+\def\boxtext#1{%
+\vbox{%
+ \hrule
+ \hbox{\strut \vrule{} #1 \vrule}%
+ \hrule
+ }%
+}
+\moveright 2 in \vbox{\offinterlineskip
+\hbox{\boxtext 6\boxtext 1\boxtext 8}
+\hbox{\boxtext 7\boxtext 5\boxtext 3}
+\hbox{\boxtext 2\boxtext 9\boxtext 4}
+}
+\vskip \baselineskip \hrule
+
+
+\vfill
+\datestamp
+\eject
+
+\parindent=20pt
+This introduction is available for {\tt ftp} transfer on CTAN (Combined
+\TeX{} Archive Network). Use an anonymous login to grab it from the
+server nearest to you.
+
+
+$$\vbox{
+\halign{#\quad &#\cr
+\bf Server & \bf file name \cr
+ftp.tex.ac.uk (134.151.79.32) &
+/tex-archive/documentation/gentle-introduction.tex\cr
+ftp.uni-stuttgart.de (129.69.8.13) &
+/tex-archive/documentation/gentle-introduction.tex\cr
+ftp.shsu.edu (192.92.115.10) &
+/tex-archive/documentation/gentle-introduction.tex\cr
+}}
+$$
+
+
+\newdimen\squaredimen
+\def\square#1{\setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
+ \dp0=.4ex \squaredimen=\ht0
+ \ifdim \wd0 > \ht0 \squaredimen=\wd0\fi
+ \advance \squaredimen by \dp0
+ \ht0=\squaredimen \advance \squaredimen by \dp0
+ \leavevmode
+ \lower .4ex \vbox{%
+ \hsize=\squaredimen
+ \hrule
+ \hbox to \squaredimen{\vrule\hfil\box0\hfil\vrule}%
+ \hrule height .4pt depth 0pt}}
+
+Also, a somewhat expanded version of this introduction is available as a book:\
+{\bf \TeX: Starting from \square1}. Springer-Verlag 1993
+(ISBN 3-540-56441-1 or 0-387-56441-1).
+
+
+
+
+\bye
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/README.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/README.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..30c5391d432
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/README.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+This directory contains material presented in the book
+
+ Guide To LaTeX, 4th Edition
+ Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly
+ Addison-Wesley, 2003
+
+as code, sample figures, processed files, as well as solutions
+to the exercises. All material here is subject to the
+terms of the LaTeX Project Public License, the current
+text of which is available at
+ www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+H.K. and P.W.D.
+August 2003
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demo.eps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demo.eps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4564d5bc4fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demo.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0
+%%BoundingBox: 169 158 233 242
+220 200 moveto
+200 200 20 0 360 arc
+170 170 moveto
+230 220 lineto
+170 210 lineto
+225 160 lineto
+205 240 lineto
+170 170 lineto
+stroke
+showpage
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demo.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demo.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..58b1d496683
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demo.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e8e79071d2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.ps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f9903d0d9ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,2504 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0
+%%Creator: dvips(k) 5.94a Copyright 2003 Radical Eye Software
+%%Title: demodoc.dvi
+%%Pages: 1
+%%PageOrder: Ascend
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 596 842
+%%DocumentFonts: URWPalladioL-Roma URWPalladioL-Bold URWPalladioL-Ital
+%%+ NimbusMonL-Regu CMMI12 CMR8 CMR12 CMSY10 CMEX10 CMMI8
+%%EndComments
+%DVIPSWebPage: (www.radicaleye.com)
+%DVIPSCommandLine: dvips demodoc
+%DVIPSParameters: dpi=600, compressed
+%DVIPSSource: TeX output 2003.12.09:1714
+%%BeginProcSet: texc.pro 0 0
+%!
+/TeXDict 300 dict def TeXDict begin/N{def}def/B{bind def}N/S{exch}N/X{S
+N}B/A{dup}B/TR{translate}N/isls false N/vsize 11 72 mul N/hsize 8.5 72
+mul N/landplus90{false}def/@rigin{isls{[0 landplus90{1 -1}{-1 1}ifelse 0
+0 0]concat}if 72 Resolution div 72 VResolution div neg scale isls{
+landplus90{VResolution 72 div vsize mul 0 exch}{Resolution -72 div hsize
+mul 0}ifelse TR}if Resolution VResolution vsize -72 div 1 add mul TR[
+matrix currentmatrix{A A round sub abs 0.00001 lt{round}if}forall round
+exch round exch]setmatrix}N/@landscape{/isls true N}B/@manualfeed{
+statusdict/manualfeed true put}B/@copies{/#copies X}B/FMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0]
+N/FBB[0 0 0 0]N/nn 0 N/IEn 0 N/ctr 0 N/df-tail{/nn 8 dict N nn begin
+/FontType 3 N/FontMatrix fntrx N/FontBBox FBB N string/base X array
+/BitMaps X/BuildChar{CharBuilder}N/Encoding IEn N end A{/foo setfont}2
+array copy cvx N load 0 nn put/ctr 0 N[}B/sf 0 N/df{/sf 1 N/fntrx FMat N
+df-tail}B/dfs{div/sf X/fntrx[sf 0 0 sf neg 0 0]N df-tail}B/E{pop nn A
+definefont setfont}B/Cw{Cd A length 5 sub get}B/Ch{Cd A length 4 sub get
+}B/Cx{128 Cd A length 3 sub get sub}B/Cy{Cd A length 2 sub get 127 sub}
+B/Cdx{Cd A length 1 sub get}B/Ci{Cd A type/stringtype ne{ctr get/ctr ctr
+1 add N}if}B/id 0 N/rw 0 N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N/G 0 N/CharBuilder{save 3
+1 roll S A/base get 2 index get S/BitMaps get S get/Cd X pop/ctr 0 N Cdx
+0 Cx Cy Ch sub Cx Cw add Cy setcachedevice Cw Ch true[1 0 0 -1 -.1 Cx
+sub Cy .1 sub]/id Ci N/rw Cw 7 add 8 idiv string N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N{
+rc 0 ne{rc 1 sub/rc X rw}{G}ifelse}imagemask restore}B/G{{id gp get/gp
+gp 1 add N A 18 mod S 18 idiv pl S get exec}loop}B/adv{cp add/cp X}B
+/chg{rw cp id gp 4 index getinterval putinterval A gp add/gp X adv}B/nd{
+/cp 0 N rw exit}B/lsh{rw cp 2 copy get A 0 eq{pop 1}{A 255 eq{pop 254}{
+A A add 255 and S 1 and or}ifelse}ifelse put 1 adv}B/rsh{rw cp 2 copy
+get A 0 eq{pop 128}{A 255 eq{pop 127}{A 2 idiv S 128 and or}ifelse}
+ifelse put 1 adv}B/clr{rw cp 2 index string putinterval adv}B/set{rw cp
+fillstr 0 4 index getinterval putinterval adv}B/fillstr 18 string 0 1 17
+{2 copy 255 put pop}for N/pl[{adv 1 chg}{adv 1 chg nd}{1 add chg}{1 add
+chg nd}{adv lsh}{adv lsh nd}{adv rsh}{adv rsh nd}{1 add adv}{/rc X nd}{
+1 add set}{1 add clr}{adv 2 chg}{adv 2 chg nd}{pop nd}]A{bind pop}
+forall N/D{/cc X A type/stringtype ne{]}if nn/base get cc ctr put nn
+/BitMaps get S ctr S sf 1 ne{A A length 1 sub A 2 index S get sf div put
+}if put/ctr ctr 1 add N}B/I{cc 1 add D}B/bop{userdict/bop-hook known{
+bop-hook}if/SI save N @rigin 0 0 moveto/V matrix currentmatrix A 1 get A
+mul exch 0 get A mul add .99 lt{/QV}{/RV}ifelse load def pop pop}N/eop{
+SI restore userdict/eop-hook known{eop-hook}if showpage}N/@start{
+userdict/start-hook known{start-hook}if pop/VResolution X/Resolution X
+1000 div/DVImag X/IEn 256 array N 2 string 0 1 255{IEn S A 360 add 36 4
+index cvrs cvn put}for pop 65781.76 div/vsize X 65781.76 div/hsize X}N
+/p{show}N/RMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0]N/BDot 260 string N/Rx 0 N/Ry 0 N/V{}B/RV/v{
+/Ry X/Rx X V}B statusdict begin/product where{pop false[(Display)(NeXT)
+(LaserWriter 16/600)]{A length product length le{A length product exch 0
+exch getinterval eq{pop true exit}if}{pop}ifelse}forall}{false}ifelse
+end{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR 1 1 scale Rx Ry false RMat{BDot}imagemask
+grestore}}{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR Rx Ry scale 1 1 false RMat{BDot}
+imagemask grestore}}ifelse B/QV{gsave newpath transform round exch round
+exch itransform moveto Rx 0 rlineto 0 Ry neg rlineto Rx neg 0 rlineto
+fill grestore}B/a{moveto}B/delta 0 N/tail{A/delta X 0 rmoveto}B/M{S p
+delta add tail}B/b{S p tail}B/c{-4 M}B/d{-3 M}B/e{-2 M}B/f{-1 M}B/g{0 M}
+B/h{1 M}B/i{2 M}B/j{3 M}B/k{4 M}B/w{0 rmoveto}B/l{p -4 w}B/m{p -3 w}B/n{
+p -2 w}B/o{p -1 w}B/q{p 1 w}B/r{p 2 w}B/s{p 3 w}B/t{p 4 w}B/x{0 S
+rmoveto}B/y{3 2 roll p a}B/bos{/SS save N}B/eos{SS restore}B end
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginProcSet: 8r.enc 0 0
+% File 8r.enc as of 2002-03-12 for PSNFSS 9
+%
+% This is the encoding vector for Type1 and TrueType fonts to be used
+% with TeX. This file is part of the PSNFSS bundle, version 9
+%
+% Authors: S. Rahtz, P. MacKay, Alan Jeffrey, B. Horn, K. Berry, W. Schmidt
+%
+% Idea is to have all the characters normally included in Type 1 fonts
+% available for typesetting. This is effectively the characters in Adobe
+% Standard Encoding + ISO Latin 1 + extra characters from Lucida + Euro.
+%
+% Character code assignments were made as follows:
+%
+% (1) the Windows ANSI characters are almost all in their Windows ANSI
+% positions, because some Windows users cannot easily reencode the
+% fonts, and it makes no difference on other systems. The only Windows
+% ANSI characters not available are those that make no sense for
+% typesetting -- rubout (127 decimal), nobreakspace (160), softhyphen
+% (173). quotesingle and grave are moved just because it's such an
+% irritation not having them in TeX positions.
+%
+% (2) Remaining characters are assigned arbitrarily to the lower part
+% of the range, avoiding 0, 10 and 13 in case we meet dumb software.
+%
+% (3) Y&Y Lucida Bright includes some extra text characters; in the
+% hopes that other PostScript fonts, perhaps created for public
+% consumption, will include them, they are included starting at 0x12.
+%
+% (4) Remaining positions left undefined are for use in (hopefully)
+% upward-compatible revisions, if someday more characters are generally
+% available.
+%
+% (5) hyphen appears twice for compatibility with both ASCII and Windows.
+%
+% (6) /Euro is assigned to 128, as in Windows ANSI
+%
+/TeXBase1Encoding [
+% 0x00 (encoded characters from Adobe Standard not in Windows 3.1)
+ /.notdef /dotaccent /fi /fl
+ /fraction /hungarumlaut /Lslash /lslash
+ /ogonek /ring /.notdef
+ /breve /minus /.notdef
+% These are the only two remaining unencoded characters, so may as
+% well include them.
+ /Zcaron /zcaron
+% 0x10
+ /caron /dotlessi
+% (unusual TeX characters available in, e.g., Lucida Bright)
+ /dotlessj /ff /ffi /ffl
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+ % very contentious; it's so painful not having quoteleft and quoteright
+ % at 96 and 145 that we move the things normally found there down to here.
+ /grave /quotesingle
+% 0x20 (ASCII begins)
+ /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign
+ /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright
+ /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /hyphen /period /slash
+% 0x30
+ /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven
+ /eight /nine /colon /semicolon /less /equal /greater /question
+% 0x40
+ /at /A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O
+% 0x50
+ /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W
+ /X /Y /Z /bracketleft /backslash /bracketright /asciicircum /underscore
+% 0x60
+ /quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o
+% 0x70
+ /p /q /r /s /t /u /v /w
+ /x /y /z /braceleft /bar /braceright /asciitilde
+ /.notdef % rubout; ASCII ends
+% 0x80
+ /Euro /.notdef /quotesinglbase /florin
+ /quotedblbase /ellipsis /dagger /daggerdbl
+ /circumflex /perthousand /Scaron /guilsinglleft
+ /OE /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+% 0x90
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /quotedblleft
+ /quotedblright /bullet /endash /emdash
+ /tilde /trademark /scaron /guilsinglright
+ /oe /.notdef /.notdef /Ydieresis
+% 0xA0
+ /.notdef % nobreakspace
+ /exclamdown /cent /sterling
+ /currency /yen /brokenbar /section
+ /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guillemotleft
+ /logicalnot
+ /hyphen % Y&Y (also at 45); Windows' softhyphen
+ /registered
+ /macron
+% 0xD0
+ /degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior
+ /acute /mu /paragraph /periodcentered
+ /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guillemotright
+ /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters /questiondown
+% 0xC0
+ /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla
+ /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis
+ /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis
+% 0xD0
+ /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute
+ /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply
+ /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex
+ /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls
+% 0xE0
+ /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde
+ /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla
+ /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis
+ /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis
+% 0xF0
+ /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute
+ /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide
+ /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex
+ /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis
+] def
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginProcSet: aae443f0.enc 0 0
+% Thomas Esser, Dec 2002. public domain
+%
+% Encoding for:
+% cmmi10 cmmi12 cmmi5 cmmi6 cmmi7 cmmi8 cmmi9 cmmib10
+%
+/TeXaae443f0Encoding [
+/Gamma /Delta /Theta /Lambda /Xi /Pi /Sigma /Upsilon /Phi /Psi /Omega
+/alpha /beta /gamma /delta /epsilon1 /zeta /eta /theta /iota /kappa
+/lambda /mu /nu /xi /pi /rho /sigma /tau /upsilon /phi /chi /psi
+/omega /epsilon /theta1 /pi1 /rho1 /sigma1 /phi1 /arrowlefttophalf
+/arrowleftbothalf /arrowrighttophalf /arrowrightbothalf /arrowhookleft
+/arrowhookright /triangleright /triangleleft /zerooldstyle /oneoldstyle
+/twooldstyle /threeoldstyle /fouroldstyle /fiveoldstyle /sixoldstyle
+/sevenoldstyle /eightoldstyle /nineoldstyle /period /comma /less /slash
+/greater /star /partialdiff /A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K /L /M /N
+/O /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W /X /Y /Z /flat /natural /sharp /slurbelow
+/slurabove /lscript /a /b /c /d /e /f /g /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o /p
+/q /r /s /t /u /v /w /x /y /z /dotlessi /dotlessj /weierstrass /vector
+/tie /psi /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/space /Gamma /Delta /Theta /Lambda /Xi /Pi /Sigma /Upsilon /Phi /Psi
+/.notdef /.notdef /Omega /alpha /beta /gamma /delta /epsilon1 /zeta /eta
+/theta /iota /kappa /lambda /mu /nu /xi /pi /rho /sigma /tau /upsilon
+/phi /chi /psi /tie /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+] def
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginProcSet: f7b6d320.enc 0 0
+% Thomas Esser, Dec 2002. public domain
+%
+% Encoding for:
+% cmb10 cmbx10 cmbx12 cmbx5 cmbx6 cmbx7 cmbx8 cmbx9 cmbxsl10
+% cmdunh10 cmr10 cmr12 cmr17cmr6 cmr7 cmr8 cmr9 cmsl10 cmsl12 cmsl8
+% cmsl9 cmss10cmss12 cmss17 cmss8 cmss9 cmssbx10 cmssdc10 cmssi10
+% cmssi12 cmssi17 cmssi8cmssi9 cmssq8 cmssqi8 cmvtt10
+%
+/TeXf7b6d320Encoding [
+/Gamma /Delta /Theta /Lambda /Xi /Pi /Sigma /Upsilon /Phi /Psi /Omega
+/ff /fi /fl /ffi /ffl /dotlessi /dotlessj /grave /acute /caron /breve
+/macron /ring /cedilla /germandbls /ae /oe /oslash /AE /OE /Oslash
+/suppress /exclam /quotedblright /numbersign /dollar /percent /ampersand
+/quoteright /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /hyphen
+/period /slash /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven /eight
+/nine /colon /semicolon /exclamdown /equal /questiondown /question /at
+/A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W /X
+/Y /Z /bracketleft /quotedblleft /bracketright /circumflex /dotaccent
+/quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o /p /q /r /s /t /u
+/v /w /x /y /z /endash /emdash /hungarumlaut /tilde /dieresis /suppress
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /space
+/Gamma /Delta /Theta /Lambda /Xi /Pi /Sigma /Upsilon /Phi /Psi /.notdef
+/.notdef /Omega /ff /fi /fl /ffi /ffl /dotlessi /dotlessj /grave /acute
+/caron /breve /macron /ring /cedilla /germandbls /ae /oe /oslash /AE
+/OE /Oslash /suppress /dieresis /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+] def
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginProcSet: bbad153f.enc 0 0
+% Thomas Esser, Dec 2002. public domain
+%
+% Encoding for:
+% cmsy10 cmsy5 cmsy6 cmsy7 cmsy8 cmsy9
+%
+/TeXbbad153fEncoding [
+/minus /periodcentered /multiply /asteriskmath /divide /diamondmath
+/plusminus /minusplus /circleplus /circleminus /circlemultiply
+/circledivide /circledot /circlecopyrt /openbullet /bullet
+/equivasymptotic /equivalence /reflexsubset /reflexsuperset /lessequal
+/greaterequal /precedesequal /followsequal /similar /approxequal
+/propersubset /propersuperset /lessmuch /greatermuch /precedes /follows
+/arrowleft /arrowright /arrowup /arrowdown /arrowboth /arrownortheast
+/arrowsoutheast /similarequal /arrowdblleft /arrowdblright /arrowdblup
+/arrowdbldown /arrowdblboth /arrownorthwest /arrowsouthwest /proportional
+/prime /infinity /element /owner /triangle /triangleinv /negationslash
+/mapsto /universal /existential /logicalnot /emptyset /Rfractur /Ifractur
+/latticetop /perpendicular /aleph /A /B /C /D /E /F /G /H /I /J /K
+/L /M /N /O /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W /X /Y /Z /union /intersection
+/unionmulti /logicaland /logicalor /turnstileleft /turnstileright
+/floorleft /floorright /ceilingleft /ceilingright /braceleft /braceright
+/angbracketleft /angbracketright /bar /bardbl /arrowbothv /arrowdblbothv
+/backslash /wreathproduct /radical /coproduct /nabla /integral
+/unionsq /intersectionsq /subsetsqequal /supersetsqequal /section
+/dagger /daggerdbl /paragraph /club /diamond /heart /spade /arrowleft
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/minus /periodcentered /multiply /asteriskmath /divide /diamondmath
+/plusminus /minusplus /circleplus /circleminus /.notdef /.notdef
+/circlemultiply /circledivide /circledot /circlecopyrt /openbullet
+/bullet /equivasymptotic /equivalence /reflexsubset /reflexsuperset
+/lessequal /greaterequal /precedesequal /followsequal /similar
+/approxequal /propersubset /propersuperset /lessmuch /greatermuch
+/precedes /follows /arrowleft /spade /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+] def
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginProcSet: texps.pro 0 0
+%!
+TeXDict begin/rf{findfont dup length 1 add dict begin{1 index/FID ne 2
+index/UniqueID ne and{def}{pop pop}ifelse}forall[1 index 0 6 -1 roll
+exec 0 exch 5 -1 roll VResolution Resolution div mul neg 0 0]FontType 0
+ne{/Metrics exch def dict begin Encoding{exch dup type/integertype ne{
+pop pop 1 sub dup 0 le{pop}{[}ifelse}{FontMatrix 0 get div Metrics 0 get
+div def}ifelse}forall Metrics/Metrics currentdict end def}{{1 index type
+/nametype eq{exit}if exch pop}loop}ifelse[2 index currentdict end
+definefont 3 -1 roll makefont/setfont cvx]cvx def}def/ObliqueSlant{dup
+sin S cos div neg}B/SlantFont{4 index mul add}def/ExtendFont{3 -1 roll
+mul exch}def/ReEncodeFont{CharStrings rcheck{/Encoding false def dup[
+exch{dup CharStrings exch known not{pop/.notdef/Encoding true def}if}
+forall Encoding{]exch pop}{cleartomark}ifelse}if/Encoding exch def}def
+end
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginProcSet: special.pro 0 0
+%!
+TeXDict begin/SDict 200 dict N SDict begin/@SpecialDefaults{/hs 612 N
+/vs 792 N/ho 0 N/vo 0 N/hsc 1 N/vsc 1 N/ang 0 N/CLIP 0 N/rwiSeen false N
+/rhiSeen false N/letter{}N/note{}N/a4{}N/legal{}N}B/@scaleunit 100 N
+/@hscale{@scaleunit div/hsc X}B/@vscale{@scaleunit div/vsc X}B/@hsize{
+/hs X/CLIP 1 N}B/@vsize{/vs X/CLIP 1 N}B/@clip{/CLIP 2 N}B/@hoffset{/ho
+X}B/@voffset{/vo X}B/@angle{/ang X}B/@rwi{10 div/rwi X/rwiSeen true N}B
+/@rhi{10 div/rhi X/rhiSeen true N}B/@llx{/llx X}B/@lly{/lly X}B/@urx{
+/urx X}B/@ury{/ury X}B/magscale true def end/@MacSetUp{userdict/md known
+{userdict/md get type/dicttype eq{userdict begin md length 10 add md
+maxlength ge{/md md dup length 20 add dict copy def}if end md begin
+/letter{}N/note{}N/legal{}N/od{txpose 1 0 mtx defaultmatrix dtransform S
+atan/pa X newpath clippath mark{transform{itransform moveto}}{transform{
+itransform lineto}}{6 -2 roll transform 6 -2 roll transform 6 -2 roll
+transform{itransform 6 2 roll itransform 6 2 roll itransform 6 2 roll
+curveto}}{{closepath}}pathforall newpath counttomark array astore/gc xdf
+pop ct 39 0 put 10 fz 0 fs 2 F/|______Courier fnt invertflag{PaintBlack}
+if}N/txpose{pxs pys scale ppr aload pop por{noflips{pop S neg S TR pop 1
+-1 scale}if xflip yflip and{pop S neg S TR 180 rotate 1 -1 scale ppr 3
+get ppr 1 get neg sub neg ppr 2 get ppr 0 get neg sub neg TR}if xflip
+yflip not and{pop S neg S TR pop 180 rotate ppr 3 get ppr 1 get neg sub
+neg 0 TR}if yflip xflip not and{ppr 1 get neg ppr 0 get neg TR}if}{
+noflips{TR pop pop 270 rotate 1 -1 scale}if xflip yflip and{TR pop pop
+90 rotate 1 -1 scale ppr 3 get ppr 1 get neg sub neg ppr 2 get ppr 0 get
+neg sub neg TR}if xflip yflip not and{TR pop pop 90 rotate ppr 3 get ppr
+1 get neg sub neg 0 TR}if yflip xflip not and{TR pop pop 270 rotate ppr
+2 get ppr 0 get neg sub neg 0 S TR}if}ifelse scaleby96{ppr aload pop 4
+-1 roll add 2 div 3 1 roll add 2 div 2 copy TR .96 dup scale neg S neg S
+TR}if}N/cp{pop pop showpage pm restore}N end}if}if}N/normalscale{
+Resolution 72 div VResolution 72 div neg scale magscale{DVImag dup scale
+}if 0 setgray}N/psfts{S 65781.76 div N}N/startTexFig{/psf$SavedState
+save N userdict maxlength dict begin/magscale true def normalscale
+currentpoint TR/psf$ury psfts/psf$urx psfts/psf$lly psfts/psf$llx psfts
+/psf$y psfts/psf$x psfts currentpoint/psf$cy X/psf$cx X/psf$sx psf$x
+psf$urx psf$llx sub div N/psf$sy psf$y psf$ury psf$lly sub div N psf$sx
+psf$sy scale psf$cx psf$sx div psf$llx sub psf$cy psf$sy div psf$ury sub
+TR/showpage{}N/erasepage{}N/setpagedevice{pop}N/copypage{}N/p 3 def
+@MacSetUp}N/doclip{psf$llx psf$lly psf$urx psf$ury currentpoint 6 2 roll
+newpath 4 copy 4 2 roll moveto 6 -1 roll S lineto S lineto S lineto
+closepath clip newpath moveto}N/endTexFig{end psf$SavedState restore}N
+/@beginspecial{SDict begin/SpecialSave save N gsave normalscale
+currentpoint TR @SpecialDefaults count/ocount X/dcount countdictstack N}
+N/@setspecial{CLIP 1 eq{newpath 0 0 moveto hs 0 rlineto 0 vs rlineto hs
+neg 0 rlineto closepath clip}if ho vo TR hsc vsc scale ang rotate
+rwiSeen{rwi urx llx sub div rhiSeen{rhi ury lly sub div}{dup}ifelse
+scale llx neg lly neg TR}{rhiSeen{rhi ury lly sub div dup scale llx neg
+lly neg TR}if}ifelse CLIP 2 eq{newpath llx lly moveto urx lly lineto urx
+ury lineto llx ury lineto closepath clip}if/showpage{}N/erasepage{}N
+/setpagedevice{pop}N/copypage{}N newpath}N/@endspecial{count ocount sub{
+pop}repeat countdictstack dcount sub{end}repeat grestore SpecialSave
+restore end}N/@defspecial{SDict begin}N/@fedspecial{end}B/li{lineto}B
+/rl{rlineto}B/rc{rcurveto}B/np{/SaveX currentpoint/SaveY X N 1
+setlinecap newpath}N/st{stroke SaveX SaveY moveto}N/fil{fill SaveX SaveY
+moveto}N/ellipse{/endangle X/startangle X/yrad X/xrad X/savematrix
+matrix currentmatrix N TR xrad yrad scale 0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
+savematrix setmatrix}N end
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginFont: CMMI8
+%!PS-AdobeFont-1.1: CMMI8 1.100
+%%CreationDate: 1996 Jul 23 07:53:54
+% Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved.
+11 dict begin
+/FontInfo 7 dict dup begin
+/version (1.100) readonly def
+/Notice (Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved) readonly def
+/FullName (CMMI8) readonly def
+/FamilyName (Computer Modern) readonly def
+/Weight (Medium) readonly def
+/ItalicAngle -14.04 def
+/isFixedPitch false def
+end readonly def
+/FontName /CMMI8 def
+/PaintType 0 def
+/FontType 1 def
+/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] readonly def
+/Encoding 256 array
+0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for
+dup 0 /.notdef put
+readonly def
+/FontBBox{-24 -250 1110 750}readonly def
+/UniqueID 5087383 def
+currentdict end
+currentfile eexec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+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+cleartomark
+%%EndFont
+%%BeginFont: CMEX10
+%!PS-AdobeFont-1.1: CMEX10 1.00
+%%CreationDate: 1992 Jul 23 21:22:48
+% Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved.
+11 dict begin
+/FontInfo 7 dict dup begin
+/version (1.00) readonly def
+/Notice (Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved) readonly def
+/FullName (CMEX10) readonly def
+/FamilyName (Computer Modern) readonly def
+/Weight (Medium) readonly def
+/ItalicAngle 0 def
+/isFixedPitch false def
+end readonly def
+/FontName /CMEX10 def
+/PaintType 0 def
+/FontType 1 def
+/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] readonly def
+/Encoding 256 array
+0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for
+dup 12 /vextendsingle put
+readonly def
+/FontBBox{-24 -2960 1454 772}readonly def
+/UniqueID 5000774 def
+currentdict end
+currentfile eexec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+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+cleartomark
+%%EndFont
+%%BeginFont: CMSY10
+%!PS-AdobeFont-1.1: CMSY10 1.0
+%%CreationDate: 1991 Aug 15 07:20:57
+% Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved.
+11 dict begin
+/FontInfo 7 dict dup begin
+/version (1.0) readonly def
+/Notice (Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved) readonly def
+/FullName (CMSY10) readonly def
+/FamilyName (Computer Modern) readonly def
+/Weight (Medium) readonly def
+/ItalicAngle -14.035 def
+/isFixedPitch false def
+end readonly def
+/FontName /CMSY10 def
+/PaintType 0 def
+/FontType 1 def
+/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] readonly def
+/Encoding 256 array
+0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for
+dup 0 /.notdef put
+readonly def
+/FontBBox{-29 -960 1116 775}readonly def
+/UniqueID 5000820 def
+currentdict end
+currentfile eexec
+D9D66F633B846A97B686A97E45A3D0AA052F09F9C8ADE9D907C058B87E9B6964
+7D53359E51216774A4EAA1E2B58EC3176BD1184A633B951372B4198D4E8C5EF4
+A213ACB58AA0A658908035BF2ED8531779838A960DFE2B27EA49C37156989C85
+E21B3ABF72E39A89232CD9F4237FC80C9E64E8425AA3BEF7DED60B122A52922A
+221A37D9A807DD01161779DDE7D31FF2B87F97C73D63EECDDA4C49501773468A
+27D1663E0B62F461F6E40A5D6676D1D12B51E641C1D4E8E2771864FC104F8CBF
+5B78EC1D88228725F1C453A678F58A7E1B7BD7CA700717D288EB8DA1F57C4F09
+0ABF1D42C5DDD0C384C7E22F8F8047BE1D4C1CC8E33368FB1AC82B4E96146730
+DE3302B2E6B819CB6AE455B1AF3187FFE8071AA57EF8A6616B9CB7941D44EC7A
+71A7BB3DF755178D7D2E4BB69859EFA4BBC30BD6BB1531133FD4D9438FF99F09
+4ECC068A324D75B5F696B8688EEB2F17E5ED34CCD6D047A4E3806D000C199D7C
+515DB70A8D4F6146FE068DC1E5DE8BC570317AAEA74A842CFD26F9591866F5A0
+9B4EAD7395F5196B36997F1D59E88165C94739E74C2B40820F8C972B175ED79D
+87C9E323C3CDD5C2BEE6409017767534E19F45AFCE2C6687733451AD2E75D112
+42040BADFF90F5FCE19923CC1D0C66453991CA813BBC16B5DFFE423A00EEEE9E
+22A0EA62FF516AAEC38300AB23C68B9D93EEE7BC29CCC9239E337780666AD40C
+145318FED577D49BFF4E830A04E80486B5D57E3299EE91523ECA28B75325E537
+264DB766FE1B54468CE02C8935A245145B34377903194904D1A4A6E682E487B5
+15000D9B75623D848B436FB04C17AA2B6033A7A6549C8443B51A6E2391B9432F
+F6B6DD740B655DB0A1AE815D37AD616B361FBB86252762D484D5356E7FA43AC3
+83D8D6AA62486C2F85A1CA84481DFF391CE653C1D383546C105B12638BB7528C
+19D337CC1B840D4B2605A5EEC148BAA146DAE9020138179D170C0BF888F90D84
+0C6D8B2BD01F9E6171363E0DD2D585A2940B7E1FC5FF6206DE7C066F8A95D099
+22CC880A3D5B064581E7B269F7624D4091ED93D98EF3DA8B882C8E2C516B6E75
+75D43ADC0B2F14AE796016D75ECE551C0AAD65D0938B29508AFE67138ACB1571
+D43AF6A11492F5450D6ADF0173CE56EBFC
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+cleartomark
+%%EndFont
+%%BeginFont: CMR12
+%!PS-AdobeFont-1.1: CMR12 1.0
+%%CreationDate: 1991 Aug 20 16:38:05
+% Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved.
+11 dict begin
+/FontInfo 7 dict dup begin
+/version (1.0) readonly def
+/Notice (Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved) readonly def
+/FullName (CMR12) readonly def
+/FamilyName (Computer Modern) readonly def
+/Weight (Medium) readonly def
+/ItalicAngle 0 def
+/isFixedPitch false def
+end readonly def
+/FontName /CMR12 def
+/PaintType 0 def
+/FontType 1 def
+/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] readonly def
+/Encoding 256 array
+0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for
+dup 0 /.notdef put
+readonly def
+/FontBBox{-34 -251 988 750}readonly def
+/UniqueID 5000794 def
+currentdict end
+currentfile eexec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+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+cleartomark
+%%EndFont
+%%BeginFont: CMR8
+%!PS-AdobeFont-1.1: CMR8 1.0
+%%CreationDate: 1991 Aug 20 16:39:40
+% Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved.
+11 dict begin
+/FontInfo 7 dict dup begin
+/version (1.0) readonly def
+/Notice (Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved) readonly def
+/FullName (CMR8) readonly def
+/FamilyName (Computer Modern) readonly def
+/Weight (Medium) readonly def
+/ItalicAngle 0 def
+/isFixedPitch false def
+end readonly def
+/FontName /CMR8 def
+/PaintType 0 def
+/FontType 1 def
+/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] readonly def
+/Encoding 256 array
+0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for
+dup 0 /.notdef put
+readonly def
+/FontBBox{-36 -250 1070 750}readonly def
+/UniqueID 5000791 def
+currentdict end
+currentfile eexec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+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+cleartomark
+%%EndFont
+%%BeginFont: CMMI12
+%!PS-AdobeFont-1.1: CMMI12 1.100
+%%CreationDate: 1996 Jul 27 08:57:55
+% Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved.
+11 dict begin
+/FontInfo 7 dict dup begin
+/version (1.100) readonly def
+/Notice (Copyright (C) 1997 American Mathematical Society. All Rights Reserved) readonly def
+/FullName (CMMI12) readonly def
+/FamilyName (Computer Modern) readonly def
+/Weight (Medium) readonly def
+/ItalicAngle -14.04 def
+/isFixedPitch false def
+end readonly def
+/FontName /CMMI12 def
+/PaintType 0 def
+/FontType 1 def
+/FontMatrix [0.001 0 0 0.001 0 0] readonly def
+/Encoding 256 array
+0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for
+dup 0 /.notdef put
+readonly def
+/FontBBox{-30 -250 1026 750}readonly def
+/UniqueID 5087386 def
+currentdict end
+currentfile eexec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+%%EndFont
+%%BeginFont: NimbusMonL-Regu
+%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0: NimbusMonL-Regu 1.05
+%%CreationDate: Wed Dec 22 1999
+% Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development
+% (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development
+% See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions.
+% As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font
+% program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that
+% contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless
+% of the conditions or license applying to the document itself.
+12 dict begin
+/FontInfo 10 dict dup begin
+/version (1.05) readonly def
+/Notice ((URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development. See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions. As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless of the conditions or license applying to the document itself.) readonly def
+/Copyright (Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development) readonly def
+/FullName (Nimbus Mono L Regular) readonly def
+/FamilyName (Nimbus Mono L) readonly def
+/Weight (Regular) readonly def
+/ItalicAngle 0.0 def
+/isFixedPitch false def
+/UnderlinePosition -100 def
+/UnderlineThickness 50 def
+end readonly def
+/FontName /NimbusMonL-Regu def
+/PaintType 0 def
+/WMode 0 def
+/FontBBox {-12 -237 650 811} readonly def
+/FontType 1 def
+/FontMatrix [0.001 0.0 0.0 0.001 0.0 0.0] readonly def
+/Encoding 256 array
+0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for
+dup 0 /.notdef put
+readonly def
+/UniqueID 5020945 def
+currentdict end
+currentfile eexec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+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+cleartomark
+%%EndFont
+%%BeginFont: URWPalladioL-Bold
+%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0: URWPalladioL-Bold 1.05
+%%CreationDate: Wed Dec 22 1999
+% Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development
+% (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development
+% See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions.
+% As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font
+% program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that
+% contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless
+% of the conditions or license applying to the document itself.
+12 dict begin
+/FontInfo 10 dict dup begin
+/version (1.05) readonly def
+/Notice ((URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development. See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions. As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless of the conditions or license applying to the document itself.) readonly def
+/Copyright (Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development) readonly def
+/FullName (URW Palladio L Bold) readonly def
+/FamilyName (URW Palladio L) readonly def
+/Weight (Bold) readonly def
+/ItalicAngle 0.0 def
+/isFixedPitch false def
+/UnderlinePosition -100 def
+/UnderlineThickness 50 def
+end readonly def
+/FontName /URWPalladioL-Bold def
+/PaintType 0 def
+/WMode 0 def
+/FontBBox {-152 -301 1000 935} readonly def
+/FontType 1 def
+/FontMatrix [0.001 0.0 0.0 0.001 0.0 0.0] readonly def
+/Encoding 256 array
+0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for
+dup 0 /.notdef put
+readonly def
+/UniqueID 5021142 def
+currentdict end
+currentfile eexec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+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+cleartomark
+%%EndFont
+%%BeginFont: URWPalladioL-Ital
+%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0: URWPalladioL-Ital 1.05
+%%CreationDate: Wed Dec 22 1999
+% Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development
+% (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development
+% See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions.
+% As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font
+% program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that
+% contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless
+% of the conditions or license applying to the document itself.
+12 dict begin
+/FontInfo 10 dict dup begin
+/version (1.05) readonly def
+/Notice ((URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development. See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions. As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless of the conditions or license applying to the document itself.) readonly def
+/Copyright (Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development) readonly def
+/FullName (URW Palladio L Italic) readonly def
+/FamilyName (URW Palladio L) readonly def
+/Weight (Regular) readonly def
+/ItalicAngle -9.5 def
+/isFixedPitch false def
+/UnderlinePosition -100 def
+/UnderlineThickness 50 def
+end readonly def
+/FontName /URWPalladioL-Ital def
+/PaintType 0 def
+/WMode 0 def
+/FontBBox {-170 -305 1010 941} readonly def
+/FontType 1 def
+/FontMatrix [0.001 0.0 0.0 0.001 0.0 0.0] readonly def
+/Encoding 256 array
+0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for
+dup 0 /.notdef put
+readonly def
+/UniqueID 5021143 def
+currentdict end
+currentfile eexec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+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+cleartomark
+%%EndFont
+%%BeginFont: URWPalladioL-Roma
+%!PS-AdobeFont-1.0: URWPalladioL-Roma 1.05
+%%CreationDate: Wed Dec 22 1999
+% Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development
+% (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development
+% See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions.
+% As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font
+% program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that
+% contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless
+% of the conditions or license applying to the document itself.
+12 dict begin
+/FontInfo 10 dict dup begin
+/version (1.05) readonly def
+/Notice ((URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development. See the file COPYING (GNU General Public License) for license conditions. As a special exception, permission is granted to include this font program in a Postscript or PDF file that consists of a document that contains text to be displayed or printed using this font, regardless of the conditions or license applying to the document itself.) readonly def
+/Copyright (Copyright (URW)++,Copyright 1999 by (URW)++ Design & Development) readonly def
+/FullName (URW Palladio L Roman) readonly def
+/FamilyName (URW Palladio L) readonly def
+/Weight (Roman) readonly def
+/ItalicAngle 0.0 def
+/isFixedPitch false def
+/UnderlinePosition -100 def
+/UnderlineThickness 50 def
+end readonly def
+/FontName /URWPalladioL-Roma def
+/PaintType 0 def
+/WMode 0 def
+/FontBBox {-166 -283 1021 943} readonly def
+/FontType 1 def
+/FontMatrix [0.001 0.0 0.0 0.001 0.0 0.0] readonly def
+/Encoding 256 array
+0 1 255 {1 index exch /.notdef put} for
+dup 0 /.notdef put
+readonly def
+/UniqueID 5021141 def
+currentdict end
+currentfile eexec
+D9D66F633B846A989B9974B0179FC6CC445BC2C03103C68570A7B354A4A280AE
+6FBF7F9888E039AB60FCAF852EB4CE3AFEB979D5EA70FDE44A2AE5C8C0166C27
+BF9665EEA11C7D2329C1A211DD26BB372BE5822F5EA70D99EB578C7BEFD44CDF
+045A363056E5E1CC51525EA6FC061DCEBB337208EFF729802376A2801424F670
+0E7E6397B28F15BC10B40012B0A3EAEB2693E8F7F627C4C9C7C6C5BFF105C1E4
+1B2B9E8F09253B76040D268B80719E1B3F5A55AA45ACB756B8E2BF5B37627E46
+DAFD4A4F741A859BB5F7D7C77FC7AA96EE6AC93C06CA829B81FE31E32D59C6DE
+B1BF3B6CCC5C3C9296DC86D01487F08AB668F656CDD88EB816AEDD1EFA47F014
+FF598E78C978DF18F8F66057351BC96B48015AF2E09E3E318053E952E9AD4037
+BFC7EEF9CBFD7BC35746565B7EFBF241639793AE357220843147FADB929FBD24
+01C88A382F00BF79554D125C543455330002B0FE6D229830470C78541E78DAD5
+3E7C1A619B91215AE025F81561441BFC9ADA446035B8EB9C3D69BA746AD0CCAA
+049D1FE4D905DF3F48D22900E02A23FB23F6B571DDC8B2CF7008431C1EAD7F6B
+D92A2C42CAED94F9714F44E3CE31FBAF23A064AA2A7F13D6E5378E28539F0009
+323A0755E58BA7564A408B142C230672A423DA6A6E54ED162AFBF8FADFA75B0B
+FC648D5DA6EC31251B62B9F619AD9460876EEFCB8F9D2369CA3055820306533F
+3C1D47D5A2EF97619FC2C780BCD9540A820748369FFDAB9D52492F130C0AC3C8
+E0C87377DA6C21F1DE429C15AA939877876F84605F6785B5ADEA97321BF29DEF
+3692AF535EEFE801975F94645272142128A3FEC8B1BCEB6E57B83520B5C4DD69
+36DB8CDEF6E49B8944CA31C59F8790CD3FED58F1182D9AC6DCB2D75B4881B430
+C67DB769B4745EA54233CDFD5600BB2A96209A83FD04C13D4AA4AE27DED97D25
+93F6FDA5F64711EC7A2899AC98BD8D8879A6A348265832994C3BAD80E1D12291
+CB05924302B780443A76A09E1C27E8DCDCD87FFE3BE17DE0421A47733C2BD723
+9C876942155834190F65598810AF8CAD9842F8A1E3BBD2AE3348BD8FC9189FE2
+ED5643EC4D87148775121702EEB7639ACD80EF4F07542BBBC09F98F81FB91A1C
+89C691BF38CE4239B11C1C0D9A6B864753E204C0BCCB093E139F9D6104FE0584
+DF022C621F86E5BFE2E047FD560E8A89B3872C87F7811E9EBCA9CF182472841A
+88E7C421E5CE69DAD123B88D4E6C0FD85C86C74435BFCAE28C2B5CAD57D91A9B
+4473906D044085B5336B066C6D9CE994D2B333F470AD32D3BC28BA2D699B7AE6
+2B689CD50CE2D458501EBCD2381F3430C3059EDCA22D9F15CA03CD18CB160E59
+C0E960F79010DC1E9EC40BA6914F9FB7951CB4D5AAFAA135C17D5D64CD848A32
+C71A5C856CC9C94F24B6C9AF854B83771678C0B0B4C6A4D9C05ADE69E5C04697
+8751F11D2AD555610C0471A0169F42FF4C40D15505F12617952596187203E102
+4B00501797B2D1AA3112FDAC01C613D997AD402223533E3493482311B5A0C9C9
+0EAA537516A6AE947420C0585A7AC24DE6DBB320F1913226F6FF812CE452F971
+195A7693EE04184B463C11657A641435556170D2B0470B94624512485C9E1A8E
+4EA2953D5BAA1E55B9ECFB39FD0E97CDD84F46D40B38D23EA579E9502EC5B962
+742800F69E2EF2BECF44A362DB8F9169AD8FE604A7B92B034852C673ECC63FE2
+27E536BD4963C694258B71972223C47281BA7C7C98554D223D306718D25057CD
+AFA5976AD37BEEA3105A0CF682C3FF18E73E7305C5CCCDAD6DA564240DBB4926
+7B947FEC0452E5856D1569F8EA2CC04F14C3A23FEDE79A447A7F3F4ED64BA62B
+D336DB1A9EEF74A753667DB62941E53AADC1FAD4E95FA455B0A26DBBBB336E0B
+0873E055D531965F33AEE38F59D81B28B7B8DE821F1264C03E9030E39D582970
+B298E858652F480F7856DE29A4A7475F710A9DBBF7E94DBACEAEFA75D25C9350
+FDCF30DE633557695D4BEF5C12A5C0BC2A5BC9210679325FECFB54A1407587C1
+A1867AE7C2A140F80C3CEC51670EF8463D3D9F8BD15445C0D8E2DDCD9067EDA3
+33D8394D3C4E96E47BE1AB06E89BC42607DF530239A54A704F192F550D35778E
+3BB1B1EDE4A453F3188709A85504074B8698E07D09E3658C6D3BE9945C82EA3A
+CD90B905875B555E940A10EF9A7C4E085759F390036755C4BFE973694B9A34F6
+D0492707FF62210299A4423C3ACC13EA170978E1A02EC362C667544098AE47E5
+F9E0807326E75724EA4468506521BD15E02CB2F4E5B602F552108DBD43C1CAC0
+F095C29B503B7182DEA45A8D2C029F50B75924199D0B7A5547947DC1BB9D2478
+2DA5E78B3DFC0AF60E785B8B723C16F77F4F3568097B60E1B61266E2A4A42DE5
+A4D7E55250C52AB385EA99E84066814422D0A94B0B67068836AA1469771E7744
+4A470DF5F3A56D526D19F9B74F63D4F5A8FFA56B5A2FA274A6134C1C56CF4D56
+B65ECDABC1AA409A4F501AF32CB6684BB471CD800A378306459C022F4127F2E2
+207087DABFAD208F05DD64C591F2B82C4BDA9CDD98220F9EF25ECBA84599446A
+75BF8E76790075E5A42F5B021F2B627535F8E5ACB4A77427057D0393EFB37920
+9FE1ED1337B42F0C8E37A39E363C0A3860EF63A98362133AFC42D35FDE97DA09
+905C0BEC0E4CB3B9C7C20097A623A423D8BF660674457A70F82A97A83DF43AB5
+6A939CEA082FE430CE727FAC4064687087C55B158EFCA05EC6C3E0C6721C729C
+41485C16FE9005D8E69223A752AF39D40D509D654B32C201A64C1B5BDD5799E6
+892360AEA254B508C25C05E199E161BA320C675FC7674B5DF72CE58673AA6B60
+FDB7486218B428A3F17F7CEDA583B5E4980C4ECE1A4F758EAF3C680DD0AEC385
+BD7A9A92066D1861E5D16F44236D32CF29C6AAEA55ABC11B10951AA6A1D822D1
+B4951B447E98D31D8B6687D1C2918F5106C100B0E6C4A1494C376BDCF36146BA
+A3E7E4B0D6CCD3E3AFAF313B8B325AE9E768E8E57FF55560877FAE6D6D93246A
+D7211057D0864E0725C5382A310D2063459EA0932B4ECFD1692AFE3171197003
+2E6FF7C805E89F5B790895B5A246A808144FD6A49D62B4AACBA9AB92D2F01075
+8690293733037B3072C48E86CF8EC836A7FFB12F2C8EA31930971F6F09B79767
+142D132F62EB23CD6A1977C0C11DDA2EC8734F74665D13204C12FC80CDBA62F8
+B309B5E37D9897DC22385D1C166B52484357780BF2F597A0F043F08D114AB6AC
+8A933B05135FF872C09FB3E23A7A50DAA48A85903E32F1931633FCEDD3B876D4
+E5BA23260E0A4B16553994BCF9B52E3810F19B60AFDF729A535E00253A57E314
+7C55E3ED89E370A690C085884484F072CD88E7222CEF22110AA1DFB03DA0E70A
+A9FFC8F7257CC3E92E93FD0C06306EA6B072710B7E13868B6FC5E1E74FA4FE0A
+31F8986B00974084A5F3D03414DFC808A61B308F065996EBF5C1F11B4998CF54
+DD5A215B01B646092359135B1E741FDABAC2D31EA68E4CC323A02AFDFD202A4E
+98506D9FE1BB131BD069A70F09DAEED592D4646540F350C04576C5B09D9BF9D0
+3FB2DBCC569D4BB4AF1ABA3E7B178E6D3C51D904A5F7225C044B2A5D5A0EFA0A
+406CFD3E1A3BBDA1E28873788C914A7F14CB35EE14ADB36BF95D3EE9C33CDD67
+DC42E1279EB0A5DE47D5ECECD7738EC64142F5BED14A08D8A9898E525AEC9D0B
+6D157189A5E20A305A2ECCAE94C30A471A98DEEB67581099F973FD9B3746D983
+B0BB9E1675AA41B9F6713B38E8071E3C83667441D2CC9DA8A7E239B7882556F8
+28397E74A1FCD21E5789A95CD7C2B2DD6A02320C975BEAB91FAFD236C47F453B
+38DB0067907A28EB5E9FC73FEC5DAC77C9B5A9DBCD821321A1DDDC6B39335E7B
+C5C52B2FB301628AAE6F318BA2C364A97378970A15B52CD8232E2BB8D40EE21F
+EC76772B068BE06330A2E3A451E37F6A8C672B9351DA9385C5378AC3F83BA856
+B84227C5D0E0E138FEF07588CB2111C8215487B9F8491F2539DECEFDA65AA44A
+7CE1A02EC362C66754C04060EF227B15E9D21FC68D0D135B5870DE87227FB5AC
+66CDC56158B911059830AF81CEC44E02384CF54DE25C2E30DACDEA2AE6C8D0C0
+4BB2E9F122EF3CCDEEDB0408595E5A8AA07A8D2A1978F446CE2D2FC65AA3B020
+C1EC7692D861A15129F706149C2C092AA86632DC006DBEB43775C80C062A93DC
+F75C8B1F2D0305B424337466830DE7A0449F6D0EADD25272776597BEAE383E0D
+3C2763EFA34A171A46C5D88948D2849734E5F9DD5CB5BFEA5D7E820D14BF7868
+8AA11FFB6F594D326D48E679190A0FAE0EB69D1E7DE56207EB2E7480E1207329
+949BFAA4259A32E85D04A5355BB9C6E760AED8929A4EED593836DC944C223442
+FA852F66E1E2044AEE7A98C72AA0DF2D07B08E2DC01704A1B7852C0770A8B48D
+694619D3B6F77943BCA8EDBFB3CC9869F5BEFFCB86768D0C654D71C360FD4725
+31B5BAF028A7E8655B45AA403678EE2904BDC474C4781B457EDB416CEFF6B6CB
+9AD4F9A371EF7753E56C03DB4F9975DBD607AA00EAC0104FAAB958FCAECDE040
+816E3AC20786DA28A3711C06273B79FC879577AB8678D40C3B58D8A7F65D9BA4
+9E0247C271A3B685F4F02D20814AD6BBE3C4364BD1C64F9C1F161A3FA7261E46
+EF79FDC5CF1D8B9F4E492D60EC9DCB2C6EA2F7BD0B25C75BC97E70CFBE4E6F18
+ACC8F911AEDE793A43AF3E9A091C6966F7916BD1530B334B4299E1F8B60B759B
+3803AC465337900D1BAC03093A3D859088F338BC7A985509BBA2B9A5127F7A32
+01F76A729C464E9AE7038908F7F6CF69CA0CC0E6126545B566CA3EDC5D3FF560
+E902653714B8CF268CCB8943ED567AB6F70DC14F1F22085EA743F9C98587768C
+2816E4F17F54A02BCFDFA7B2AEEB52D242448B756464160CC70D2ED2D5B5321E
+E18DD2A0B15E53BCB8E3E01067B30099A01CE2FA78B291B952FC8CE980E75A23
+0B890A33CAEFD087BAFFC6C93AF8FE338E70387B4F1BA211990884385CF7C56D
+B4A483D83D7CDB2BA248A366D5E4BE7A664AB5EEFC7B820575D35624FAA50489
+2ABBFBDE7D247D4C90B76219991D219FFD0C25A2CEBF4A2C25FF07697A3E70F7
+A701141598FA46D41ABCAF69A0B5EF27684A6357549C850CF68130AEF3299F3F
+2EC4BB505A599063CB93700F6D882F5747A63B4E09B056D3001DC40F3FE49D95
+09437A71F43C094F5F3E54D363BF7FE693FFE5EE5F0A15BA8060AE0B4827AC76
+B4FC36FFCB78BDB24038218B0BBD0029DEC356AB8980F39C3FA88A8B291D987D
+CB263DE7AE680A9B38DFD7C2BBB6C137AC257113EF7BFA467F99478DE1FE2E13
+3E97B5678CC353E83E7E803F2C3780C143C3413F1F3AF08F234B1454F0A537A4
+64458D5D5C1CD466145C397340725E6A20B9E4CAD41C938A6F6C87AD467DA6A7
+487485A275D4F61228A8633326189C155E3DEC750452B570838EDF9F6F0A5CDC
+99096AC0CE9D5B90608EA061153A631D123BF10D6C4DAF5C0C8A068D83491CE0
+4DFA21B27F4D6069DBD8FA9A0CFC2DD0E6D839F0B9ADC3FA2E27D5B5C693F73D
+BD4B8E11C741D529C5C10F6FADB4C5C183706153C5264B8AFF7388B58F7C38C1
+D1D67E335CD1D4CB26EB19D06EF8CD45D1CCC67FA75D32FE86325B72138FE36E
+D4FB2DB4DE8538A7D7A50D88BA2350AB3BEAEAE4F3EF3CBDC65AF302CE8C74DE
+76A84D10CA22030155E42852E10FFBE2CB7EBF8FE2F189C1FACDCAA0DF60F714
+F41B1C5B6C317AC544282908CC15755C4216D7E2E5D7704660686D201632ADC5
+1B7EE76E95A8C62E579712D1E171552C8B71D93CB7DC4E38E75C134BD8898C94
+69C0D2F74A9A23A538FC0E05298B27B415160E90990E919AE754B5B5752E53DD
+C136E390DA04863B43DBD6646DAC8F6BA8B157DFE4C6C1F7FB99402124F1A88F
+F47B21A1B617B4AE15F2F5C02EBB5C74893583680F1D354C0AF52388BE94F3F9
+B3AEE160AC879F572DB9D29DE0CACCAEDBA16A992EE823A2E4F918E34515D2F4
+95D9F2B2A4A185A8C58AB07B83B1800E4149550CF64D10EBBDE58108584C65DA
+C02BB54352D5BBDBBE987F6C8E368E30BBA100E5282BD33FAB3A2D20FD7ED73D
+B377D8B29A8A3E513A5503A807A7D51B1409A08885362013D1C0C0B63BC15EEE
+7AE32072192053EB0DFAEA3C6CC630B0C2ED73948DA5B8BB62365AE8128F800A
+43965F7C1718D2D4CF2ABB491B0D88A41F76E021A99AA1C0E17B7F62DDACDC8D
+E072D1AD0E47B8426E4592B5BF9BAE73E20D463A689E092720A11385C047D8F0
+0366A60BAF037E95AB712E4524921E8360FD2D202B8750BC7E6ED27450132ED4
+ED053A1AD9C8B08F37C8247738575EBBA55ED19ED2F15D083CEB170CBA8F1D21
+0044B6EE6781804F91F2111DB1AAB1889FB06BEAA1E0A05C5B34B73F38BE60C5
+CC7E02E8BA2137CAD04FC9B35F0225CE0847EB615ADAD672C6BE223DDDA48E95
+A221C8EAA64B4A614049610CA704337A94DB0F71FA477269474F805B76D548B4
+D41FEBAF2A1E1B7DF8BD5B4735481E247C6C4A30853D90BE54207C2842045E4C
+B16FC9F2F3D312E745BB2FBFF2741AA8FFB82847CF547F29AFAB699C03A4C2E8
+1BB9548C7003676D13EEE81647141D24BE79B2EAE618456BE93B8235C2F025D7
+3A3C33B647F2A7CB3D64576524BE0B1B9D79A76536DA7036198FE44D42E8D16C
+FA4D5E4A384094A1D84A98A21BD69CF349EC28B8A74B2157ADDE421D5F51D813
+B577B8741B68891E1C0508B8107BD17C259B723F956B5B147E7C0D6AACE82052
+F35A5681980B77285AF53F0C37CE00142A969283E84194599CD605D3A0B33690
+05E3FE2921D32022B8FA2E4AFD4F5DDF23DD01D9790B3DDC26D18661BEFA2DD3
+A90DCBE9183B3F48D68850162A7AF46762375B3B86AEDB745B7C1FC1DCD12CDC
+D0270D8C278559014F0E9A6B7DBCF00719C4CC6D4207E4C6ECDE2866307BD6A8
+119B6707D73FB4489007C555A6A08BC071F7FAE204316657C1C63E5C2D06D80F
+724F1C75BCED9CE5730BE97912B53A794441CCD6AD500D55A20299450162B737
+3CCF7BA062A961CCF94195191D652018C314270908169FC1D171902DDDA0FB16
+DF55F4C8A7A3B030BDBD2DED3690C808D50EE38FC800133B5D23B7993A87AE8D
+FD59DD21624AD32E401F72448213B032991B4970C82E33ACDF1F4FB53F88595E
+EA979DE865C1B700F1413C7B7682D5D9AC6133A69ED265879C04C7C2963B6E22
+2042DAF556C59A21F07334E91E0EC1CD34DD3E18B6E20A3F07AA278AA11F4B4C
+6FB6D3E888BC42FB989DCE24DC878B8873CB3232AB105AB629A526EAEFF8EC45
+4B66D4DED8614CF5587928216A5322B3ED25B237598C63989BDF8DDF3443E7EC
+FCEFB50BF9FA3D5C7DD8F8C0B0E6A866A572B31491F9BBAC9B9E1D924CD89FF8
+7DFBC5B77ED158C0EF082D34EF687F7A006F96E819D05B97F30674951C27062E
+32065272333CA547510E8E072E2169AAF35B9B6A2603F5530C8EEB55B0EF3B19
+BBDA0A0644DAE35A049C2B6471263140246F3B9D7CF2256FC14BA225044236D6
+3991615A2F1FBC944146B3B7D9CA452453C825B92E606247E509F962FBBE0D3C
+F1E4E4489A47D23E91AE3911DE781EA57243652B950E197F5859B790B2955ADF
+BB6DA92D7C19D24B916368BCB4152454BD9D5DE9D002DEDF2FF6342EA7F77D2E
+71E4B4F1A2AD2F2CBBD1A04CAD375F74F86A820B12350E6C724CD682DC94D4A7
+05033B67E3AEF40863937F540D9AA3C82AE44C3A37CF0E60BE926315049E5857
+A71E09D56A9947DC9406DE7410672590BD7BAD05176C35D094863189FA8B4FFC
+BCD6D275F69EAEF9AA8C50D2C47C935525DE50E59155867B241B4412EBFA51F6
+9413D0A7C041B06172198B32F99D58E21B0A78302026F8540F5BD96D8E922560
+42E3E88F15F0535EDA41947B8F5A4AD9E97001EA90FE521BDBB9FE088DF2FE91
+25249595CB7E6FCD01BC9BE01899AD20EA00DC226B0B5C29522015D8EC75537F
+DB5E38EDD3B6CCC399E9A1AF73DC3A34567BD5A5180C1D62F3887EDAB63C0E34
+BCA5FB3FC7326C2698E889E970145FF179B27EB24214F3C046A1F66AEF60FF37
+AC5021250FBD02B7D5DCA774B841330A2C9F2993EB42701BE121A6E3C83289CF
+912F635E2EB8C10D65E7671B14659DE55298253B0EF8F7AAD1086F205415C83F
+32239439B64A1CCEFBD6BF8840F8804C7EE832FEE09F3EB61EE6C5949E50BF25
+33AC2682B0283B1C4B4EBEF1ED7B52B16D78473321C269F0F52B793B74454BEB
+7210A6FA31C254455478DDB36CA60D1F58E74D0934564ADEB7AC8A933B05135F
+F87237C999BDD9756894C4FD00A36D4912D41E4C261B59B859B59ABCCDA75DF3
+49F40C318AE9BEFE2E4D591960F3C9D240C65DFFBF78F804AA0AAE015CA61B53
+DDCFA0B5245CEFBC329887727AF0B6EF33C4D79688B48E04BB06DE4F9DA6317B
+FACAB17F9A61BF3055659AD3956133ABCCE9F53D9479BC1BC8AD799A08C4E71A
+CFFDA120495085755CF4E0B7C7F78D44A11691152AAA1339C85FA1C2469C3C0C
+8FC104BA663B6AC3B13F69E2C5CB04E4313E7502486E5346123BFAEA37B9B386
+9E37EFBFCEBBD3D812B37FDAFA18E2C5AE484B540D45B74A8A1F5AC317CAAD67
+E9F893F9B891F0C7786819BECFA342E85E9BA72134CCC83B6EF77480164AFC42
+453C7D723A29201CB1CAC451E1FBE58EC3310AFBDE492EB77F53B389C6A256FC
+5FB2E6BCE7082BCC4584986E67FE362D2133AD7E5F11567BE6D338F46E54440F
+F0FF8B9802B9B774DC15BD55BF778790F0FF35C5E588422E99F7E8129F569219
+977E88B7871BCAB6448957334E16872F4BCFBBDB7DD948743B56CC709698CE03
+00C2967B2F58ED61F0F10F7C007080CF604F6621E2D4123B2872C32E92BA6A76
+6C5D627D18E278C198EBA133D08AF9F39A2F0C9C2821AA4A1210824070E59DE8
+6300C9507BE6BB7167FA243BFB37AE424572A24EFC245742B43DE82932DEF5E0
+50E7F5707B70D7D77E1FEB74AE10FE7F4C57E6BDDA8E564C345C80F5F2FADE06
+2DBB99224F62917E4A59BB4D268C8E66CA3541A54E562C0D29F6F756FDA22A65
+4032CDA169842B8ACF9074674BFFEDD1403051CEB0D23088EBFB3C67AF740BCF
+D1AEFB3C423C4A6D355D62E57667E271D3FFC29222D047F33A3AB3757D2C8877
+5250421956C911829EDA9864B8EC297AF0818CB3702F6B30A9885B9C249EE14D
+14267FC316FE59F335F94BABC9278E274CF403597F637260E3E04885FFA2B626
+65C564BB1E5C4DF5678E373090956273DA781E9F17E37182047B1C043F4DE832
+4054C3EC2D50FF56E9094E07BDF8A96E2859A1CA015D669EEF74B010B7916D63
+1E61C142D0E489D4B37501D1049AC86E341FDC4677210B3AC9B0D2B884669B6B
+89A894F66E617562F3E4BF60AE12705BE4C452AAB9243A54974FFC69DD4E3FC8
+2795944AB770C108E4F50FA53EA5C13F19BBEF1B80264BF7EEE7E522922ECDFF
+D360783D794E66D540F9BB9B706048C160390887A0EDDBD2ACB0922E0AC5D6DB
+D13B5B29DB302B4933A1C2E394506CC4AF523DB26B8567CC9606DE66D9D5472E
+A4AB02F0D34C0B2BC6AC92B769213ACFDE7376ABE678671AD5FDE58A293FEC7B
+AAF00545A2E200A8CDA5422AB89E041D629DB8446F058199B31DFD6082EF81A7
+A0DD2323D70F6BC699CDA42774EA23C62ED0271AF52E8B65C94FE07B3B4F4D28
+531BB0EA4DC019180B7D6251C0779DAE2CFAAF3F4C13FE413330E44477900071
+4F945FD86ACA7C98EAE4E54EC58EB7B7A435663112FC9F1C513936DBE80447B9
+6D7E83F5EA9D5FB725988E0C689793C85487C0571E75403D111C5EFE83AB5351
+D5C7C68165EF09AFDA587B09E521D96E58A9E2F58E92391286B0171FA9169EB8
+426EDEFF365A530D6EF80146700B475E00D41ABE0727EFCD7633FE6492E65F77
+67892FBD7DB36DBCC48CA8861B0BAC0A078216373B259C51DB04F83F3BEA7676
+49974172F2DDC6498E69F5AEDE21EA8A26C7D34160D4022F02937AFD4D8A55C3
+33A237356C67A479CC1B2E9525AD46DF73502F4CA667CE4A9EF1E4C222C4615C
+F11D558DD380C1A8E569EEB1FE831DB2BE0BE9C7B55A3683FBD9A40C169A051E
+084A173B546B0E86ECED25180F4035419B512FBECE95A39C74183F41E46FAF4F
+7399ADF71277BBF7E94F51D45EB4EDF6B1C7E0A882C16412F1D6DCE02BC734C0
+9F9675F986BC8C4E2550B7255B98724EEAEB24A37B81A7C0A7618327CF03491A
+833F87D827680C20D24A4C40BD3626C6AD5A34691CB3EB91BB00C2172E8954FE
+7E4A65CF6A7A0D26782C7256AA9668731A77FA5BDDC72BBD7ECC27C08B568E3F
+27DF88EED64EC59BAD3BD57913B14013D88CA2B2F12BBDECD29BE9C3C1EA91D8
+D8ACA1B60FD4F77261C504D7CAEC3E27D53E579999A7492A8E73B103D855C312
+B153127BF2B0150F2F0E350839BC9434E078895B05094B414752B61E584F296B
+C11C0A65729615E864D093A70AB0BCBB5405934039093BE93B6B925D293C803D
+CDFC8DFB63CFFBD0ACB78C4C48044B879BF1E2FE220764E8A166011DD2B98772
+C85DF0892F5F341E9CD8E5AC1BA5BB0D076E8F1974BD4C8A8D7CD538881928C9
+E2475BA5E96C246590EB916C6254FE541E9F35ADD7AE0172B0ABDD0B40E1E094
+5DE64999C140B1FDA25D601D94DF88DB667C8C2B0D342449AC3C1E9E1A1C0CC5
+2869148DBAC1EA48EE1A34BF2A6DE2917907BE2E48609DB97693859EBC14637A
+F287B4D7C8211E3A3000E71A00A720BD8FC11DA6235EB422F3AB081C231B1DEF
+542B1869889D0EF637315E9FFFAAB09D2F9EE08B307D4491FB64861F96FF8D84
+5032FC12106E70545F5AD98E4A794147AA75E1FDCE064578CE287B9AB8960017
+14CD4537FC49B548F2A78B8E2EF94ED05EFF096AF7A45D036B6630E5D20931E0
+48B22A16AE2E7F0E8784846A929AAE8C143F9E0B8DEFDE93D5D7FCC28C53ECEE
+F51516CE412CB410BD02E12EF909FA450AC41A78920348D3C3EA3B035EF16575
+59241D1EA86607CC7EE76C16DC169D1FDE0578AD46A5E7B7BA4CECEFB62C4921
+D70B16BC2AD7982D6A772F07C6CF908B494A193F81C79B7625BC4D3EAB1C6975
+5452FAF1AAEBFA7B39BB3CD5F6BA8B82F24D72B39D8F92E196F074C049E117B2
+94699C9DD679F56FB3C6CF5C631BAFB7D197A7A642C05A5137B21608EA3FB02E
+D7799395B3031C5799F1929D59302554ACA688712451BF998122B38CA1C051B1
+514D8B73EA3CDE31D93A60CA5A4D28C57A53371C4DAC52D310C58FC911AEC0E6
+AA7D5314FBA17885B80A48BCEA3ACD90B905875B59866B1CB5F5F8A48A9C98B3
+4D0533B46755C15A292801D2208C0E74CAFDFCFA1F869445E7904910218E0E1F
+25414B7444710F0C736A513EDBE089E03260F155C759AB853405A426D514263B
+2F5966D9590035CD613AE753F84D3128F8567B4E1ACEB5EC9B1DBB99478A8208
+4AB2CC3907E002C39E41D7208BD30AE06253DCE7D24F33FE102FE7ED3BB0C4C1
+2FA5482DD07EB3541632F6567E3011CF23122A7346EF0E82469DCFB5269A1408
+013D32CCF5462021E7C70A0E1610D2AE7FAEBC9A79295838A8B9B5FE0C3140B2
+572934EF0DD6881601E05B95EFAAE994E020F57FB65CA7E47E4DAF479EA09841
+F43550633078800534FBC7B0B4F043768E4E98BF1D5888DAC3590B0EE9D06FFC
+2BAEC08237395F6037F0180333B6DA2D3F49838F2B3F92ECCD384633C58B44B7
+20E1855F910BD6FB26329A26CC88632C1B97F807E5AB84C0160B447675BB0ED2
+AD2A2DFB6E0A1304AA2041302F8B2C643B158825ACA882C4453430447497CC00
+2CADEBC9153FAE85428602C5EFFD332FCEB3A2735094E950BC68357EEA37BF45
+07F5E04CBB2FF82DC1B20FAEFA93C3F0A6ED7A8C037595230979D99132FDAD9E
+18968FD9FEB55061B63E40276FE84774F6B4620EF9742EB462DB8EA36A61BB73
+ADE9CEB3D3DB45028117EF18AC54CE9369D5B87FD45A7AC71B5557C1E0913B05
+5F599F495CB66F8101F1D8870B1BCB092E0E5E3A8E6265166F0750770213BF61
+88DC9BE319708D51D7ED12223C2012B8AE31CE2CB891E176811883A377DB2DFE
+C1778F2E66720814331F74301245536D2497831ADD780D9DD10E27A90DA779CA
+913702B6DB7050F1BF8CC0D118ED779976D29212914A4A4C834B3AB67670994C
+B0411965DA4FE8674407B53AF417565B2C9954BCEF88A9906CEE4498C0AFE062
+25950F39B5CCF368F1DB1300A0F3CB1B1D650AD1A6016B28AE8646892FB5F817
+2E162C468977A758CC3791D6A858C8F74B7FEB78979C167CBE058AC2F4398A8C
+E318D1E5584A9796D33103F21408EC89EEFD4DB4B9B2E9C8F42B4139F3E8B930
+6CB9F10D1A7E4D42E4C5A854E05F981164326456ECAC55B5411A439D36EA7A6D
+DBF5CE0AF9577C321986BF5398646A1F548D66D8957A1496CE3DCFE7D2256BBA
+9A5DE3287B2B4A3311EB8684CFDEE485C0F906B95F53AE50D604DD51912783C6
+B82D77D2008BA5907A05CD0D770A3118524BCCE4473B693B838A555F9F3642A5
+07B7C51A6B11B8AE066DF97C175E0D6DF0377ADCCD2FE8B84EC37D5F7ECC80E8
+0180C4C0C4F9CA1902FCCE6BAC650BB25A7E3E92666F3C071B85FA4ECFE000A0
+ABE41BABDDF45A0E0D7583D4FC110A14C6B17D82AAB11DF1A244816CB6ECBE72
+331D82438F2CD2CF6917F31161F6AD0A1AE01994A1D2DB438A230A0360B19D89
+D9F437A4802685480D833CC54309BB9AFB112A35BBB6BA3D4E22B14116C2858A
+43FFFBEBC586BCB872E6C4B40484E2BF2940810074D41B1C1E3B3D0750E475C3
+F801059BB3266F5508E156E3EC2276574BB81FE292C45B8343944E293B89AF4C
+EC099FFE191C4317B9F1B8B23C09106A361E73A29BB32C64425E9F2A0931E2F8
+4CF93C0E7335879709E512E2EDD94EFD7F0FCF3375D82C6BABC6BFDD301E45A2
+760F0E4BE4535B1FE4820784671EEB0D0FC5BC9721317E21378E75D88DEDAE45
+EBD7ACB44E5341320F1BC615E42A10FDBA51398D360D6B42D2DE94D379F8F369
+B94AC15D805A752AC61DF1ECDE090A4BEE9655941884D3B9FFABCA4F49031745
+D8620382DD442DED1765EBDA0325A786420D826738DF2B85DE62EA94ACBF5A80
+516AF8A6B39A044D0074F36E77BA50124557EDAE4749DD7F4C2FC1BD871B16CB
+798D18BD2AD151059F993D827A1D18428A5ABF80A50BB8D3E11BD0373FFDF5A9
+F44ECC5B23322509E15A0CAC2B447900FDB1DA00C7117DE0B248E7152535E781
+B50D86755DC7902820B2DC7DA3B6F1EF274CBABC7018D4F1DA71672652909909
+AEC20D09DB97FB59DF594288A1391651F7613205F9919D4E17833F85B4E89C93
+04C3FDE29875C6E38BCCA829C04F06475DC73C0AD2074349D15FA7103040249B
+7EF2FDDCD78604247DE3BF1FC54A2D7F774F35E37EFF35F82788AA401F5594D3
+559AADDB962A5FE4FFE316B9D1B336F91F48A009959AAF6B08868BFC00C26B74
+94E68E34391E2542903355658BD278E67696161B2B63E327E881F994B1C0C4B3
+84265CCCD74CFE6974B781D254165ADC4C980F349927924B24C111209701250F
+7CBF1CE631C747480C8C7504D585BC4A036D73CCD405723029CD583F6405828C
+A8C05E7325F9077349C9660B352966D0E55F48B46ACF927F471834B4AF7F49B9
+EDEE223A5C325700D9B26E3550CFE92EB1ADB8E291B92E4A069F5D3F069B7883
+50621242D8B1E236626AAEBB9073CF656C805A230721E51750128367A0AA7294
+5C9492CEA799C68DD7459A21336079126C17261F201B5741C1D22973F89341C7
+723D718EE15D3117574C43A8A8D0726A898401C9F67679D26D08019521E472CC
+DAE5AE38402C252B078A014AF3BB404CDF3CAADE7A8ED6135F0B1F0A06F6CB86
+871B8015310B7CCD19092E38926AF357753098F89EFBFE042B95362C5B798912
+9FD6116C3C9B62B8C0A47AF2111C9A3A66AA068CE6A1E4AF287350B03762E18E
+CC589ED0D4E6A7DF0D81E0B7E2A789680C9657FC6F8AB4327A937C03492F8E9F
+F2ECE2C0A3F399965EF14E9FB32BCE7616FA610E4B9284D8087F30CC92930E25
+BE94018F1B9C56504B1B714554B12D6702AE620AF391812570D02214B1600AD5
+A77B06BE632782839B5FA040C14681BAD254C1DC18871F31EB98F5CB8CE8789C
+C2201620A92094F2C04795059D0A12F0E35DDA8D1B9B76BF8F6EC91CF0BF5EA3
+B3C86BEFF8752A8D1A6312630CFDF95535898FD82EDF702B74FEB383D33D3F49
+A3700FBBBDEA0FF5CD12D3528A4160DA342B14BE2A88603BBE7AFED1E50936B0
+CE6EB5849EAF3EE4C1B8FEDDF0D0D36660051D1F85618EC5E90F98697D0736E6
+2CD1CEB66042DFF479F15FFE8D87CB03497DC3DC4E5149815C85BEA9841E28C9
+0B6055659013DA1F7805BC88FE5B79AF231D01BB20744511E24574EB75A77000
+75588C874F550943F7BF40755BE21BA44DE5D796C0E5A79C61B0B544366F3B6D
+5CBD885DC93B9F192B55949970364ECBC64ED42E8655FB08ED70950206FEE5D5
+599300DD7B0A0F8D3ECD9BF33D934DE042C941FDAC30C0453E411C93968FFF79
+94730A4930EF1E3E733211B47B032D643724A748A5BE74BEE6955D3E4953995A
+AA6FC10413A373A9E0DDCE6E0CB200846737241A6E6F4C619646B14A25BB40D5
+7C2B958845B8788B6B97F934996E87AE9B53C0B8009CCFE62C17E001C96635E4
+9E4EFDD3D7586D95E7DFE70FBD7E679F03A8E2E4CEE463FE185C0962BAB12D24
+7676FDCE51B2C79A29F57AFC8CD7A1DC0430AC5DA38AEEBAA87DC3DC4E514981
+5C8216625CE37D8AC7115190CB24C6C0D49BA6630E7487E1AFDBA9510E58CAA7
+D129FF4957E6012DA8F7EEA4D9D9C5CDC69C59C2F18FF32DE52BCD70724C847F
+33E89062B781E30CD562DB316843A053F82CD8E6D7EAD84B483A69035E63CCE8
+F4B450CB5D21097D7290777354D141E1DB203CD45EAC63D7202E2F23518545A7
+5568CC03DE5BCF7D5B5D62A97BCD03931315E78D198FB6DD459C45B70F3D5878
+314012CAB867D7CF7091C7C7FE7488B91417EF48008CDAE661378C0DA010776A
+25E1619AB8551EDDF9EBFCC4E3F3D8112A7E8FF270331D2FB475491A5252B710
+FF9CFAC92B4C43DA45DF2068ADFB8871F8681CE6D37D5326862338562D903964
+1247C5F33B540E92D08FAD857E065D555CB217F8857FE0DB1F6F94DAF510498F
+4A8801BAACAFA7B2EB6C0DAAD46801979BF4D8469165F693F08C5B690EDF00F3
+FE36C9CAA4C56E41279AC7200300F7C975FF818253E68DF4F605F5D980FDEA57
+632B734F56C391CC4105490C90F3EDF580FFF16F3C96BF6E8D33D3EAE60B699B
+566E964B52CC2EA8F3AC2AC68530998593FC3F87DEB0F663278B252DE788A0B9
+66B6B8F1CDC76A8D01486E55880DF02409AC7D972FB083250E08699B8E06C090
+2B167500C25302B37DF85E93B2426FAC81E5336F5CD950EE7BB68A4B14D70599
+BBC5EEFF109764F3AA81CBB9C581704817CBC33E639EA69A82310E3E65B053A2
+EAB941C32636AAEEE9156A6C8B5EC0C552439FC2EDCF896FA6C55B7C0F0BF797
+44EA16F9361E04939C7CF1DA49C20BDD23632B81D1349A499C53F581DCCD1141
+EF873A4D7DCC4D946F9EFBB4BAD71A8CBAAAF14C63923F660A0A2DA454001036
+B2DD83C5BB5C4566242982F98EE9DB6867B1C33FA38CB1C3931E36AA8440FB18
+3FDF5E20667B8E0811D0B5D99802AA05B340DAA18AA6AEA3BBBB41A02C15C0E5
+8457A66912299ED9DEAAAEC193C007C57463E3425FF62BBE155EDC625D1A3819
+C6C86A732C17AF1FA796DCFF350FB5559C98ABE83C25BEFC016237548E3ACF00
+A0FFECC8A7D0D58259E53A4B20129777C73E58D1735BA5240E0BF42374C33FDD
+8690B8066125E6E54A98B0ADE3250CE7C65074A99F96506531D3CF84CDAEDA86
+706DABCDE1F4B77825A7A3FA9991BC8B250ABF1CB585EE59EF00278C493ABBAE
+0BCCD4D7A6DF940E23FDF8F05795E0AD7D7104FF5A160C7F6A668B4C0716E17F
+6831F269FC61B4CE131DCE3F5B17D6C685C6140A79DEF013F662D6464060FE1E
+05D094985A319C61569DE95B4A73005BB937E811899126156C46B47FA8B4EB57
+C27971740F34B83BA0AB8F65ADCA62CF24E25190F6307562481F077BBE9493A4
+8D0BB4FE67A3862EB261B9D46EEB9FE9329D97AFDB34763A4D1265E5FB11FDD2
+174E1F613C203CEF0492297162833F925C89C8AD29E710D4161FAA10E1687941
+EDDA137E5D0310BE7374F57EC9AE63C8C70E340B41DE13466DE9FD1E8030081C
+F6B99043D683C060DC9D202FA5F0ED2C5831DD0F5DB78EAE395F7F17F5D533EE
+C9D6130F673A76223216CAC3FBF7FC7BE602090B848E0B26C674D628F6C2BD76
+A0011D0985932814A795017E49AF607B7B16433C94EF1665845873C19FCFAB9A
+BF63CB0D74F66AB171B95B619C8C32DCEC665CE873BCFE5D0989700E690D0742
+A314497D1EE7BE4A9F399C24EE8AC85E4D0C5CE10016F3F36D0E05B4452602DF
+00FCF17756073A09ABFA792C31C37AC9C62DC433A6B6688FDE4AB1158CB6A520
+C53B6A94B3667CEF0C4241E0BFEF4ADE6C53BED1C77634A0FEFE1385D456D325
+62E313967A0B57292667588D0A60A045AE5775EFA2DD5A4764FD4038BA75602E
+BBDE8EE1EFC998E63FA1B07C8BBA172A2186B219517F331DA0D65F21839EB857
+828B7935AA0F3A213360EB7C2C60EF8FA8F3AAD3ABA2429B8AD56974529CD78C
+ADC41D9815A364DD46D9E3EFF76E18D5E9C4588AA1B9BECEB18D785FF63B4FC1
+9AC486D7A09693C973462254BC1B1501FE22953A7743F8782F13C288691D35FD
+F7B2A3B17C6456A86FF9C72B59ABFEC2E8F826503FB1AF684AEE51128392A792
+02B542526851D8A3DD607576110F2C8DA0F6D99170978A037D2CAC2F1C02A9F6
+9CB191E2F8FCFF6FE23A3ABC8D6EE13773BB3B8ADAD0C42A26913DBA294CD25E
+3BBB2FA53D9822A974C98154EBA80472D3FF9889471189C5F4A839C4C8EDE0B5
+A6395AF413C98406AC386581E83C08AD158AE3AC85292D438F1A04C47616612F
+04F60CE5BC58803D551CCD7325032FFFB55C11D70C6060927EC46753E419F688
+85B6E7904FCD99670BF6EBA00EBA57517EA726C67637331B271A0117A4F2C511
+50538C4B5B2EBCE0F4767A25B636DB484CCA840743B81016B20533EE75223739
+B24733C5BEE01345985797D9B1B7786121D102A8E3C0069ECC06796451A79F40
+41BAF2D3BE43FC7E8CE14C9FF61D45EF897355BFF6E213E8B7FBA1F6CF98CFC6
+0EC5316647DFC4B11F89A33FAA0EBEC92FEB04C3A6A0FE09FFC78DD1978B6BA4
+0D5F8F12BED3969657670228721A60EFF590F10F9FCD090D1108CDBCE3878E03
+2C863869EE7D50788245B1B6AFD86D04C4F84FB9CB9BAF821700E6405154C561
+A20205E725588F3CBF187360F7F1D3AC6CE64CE885B786A3D5D0C5AC216EA68F
+8F7D3A5BD929ED205786C33E3C5580FE4159D0CA9287D40B271BABE42500532A
+EB53ADE69B38794E048CE0C6DC07949849C1EF9EF3A30156E4CE7E0420FEC748
+5C6D2DCBB7E6F0619A722327A7A7082B2198B66CADA02C1033D9793F00466273
+C5EFDD27D3768F85F6873CB848F7B16C9B471C6C46E1D7BE7A1311BA3AD0BBCE
+FAAC7785441E7C7531842B95B7A61D34309C60AE9FE8C66DFDBDD5084D2B2C12
+F4EBCBEAF864CAD8F9ADB4ADEAAC81BBAD36B37847C9849D74C89F5D44CA4C5C
+F4BF9340DF3F3F17AA4BB3C919A6F9ED2ED65CE014D39A490F9C71A8C23EA2E1
+EB7F76AA950B6C20D86CA26FA114B3EBECE3448730FC94AF5808D880B9683EDC
+61AD43FE9BC1F7B2A6D738AC51B737A7CE759189DC1A7D560D46A995DA0AEBFE
+AD38B68205E68CC2E91D06D39B175D6278B3FBFC68827F0C839A357B72ACBEAF
+686BE8AE722D8C9FEED3698B09479924E07CF9458CA68004101C9EF3D419CDA1
+D9CA9B2E5C1FCB552194CDACD3FC6755AE7ABD5A43FD50A39E58E28D80600DAD
+97B952DFCA7FAFF1EA78D07C3E442AA68B56F58C27FE8EED31B56E1E77DFD2DB
+E738084795BA9320FB1E9BCC2B9F493FFB311B9E5B9D6055CCC23EF2D6530819
+1FFB83BF0B8C85CFA8EDFFABBBF0E97B314AD83D047DB2BD341E06F2E16EA8CF
+198B7527261D56333C2DC19FAC4A57E53B9617804B1E112DE1970AA4DB8E9FBC
+6F9C0E6337C6EA3DE92EB1BA9DEA4307592A64411D642A72EDA88B556704C79D
+A277DCED2768823B8147EB00BE1201CCD24E325997593823DE7F3FF54EDCD0F8
+4930B77C6FE6204CBEFF7F2C4F029CDFA9D970FD70985F8CA6A6EF6FBBDBEF1C
+A5953899D5932D3AE4BD427C8D1ED47950F87D3482CF3B10B514CDA283F765E8
+34897C00B7F3B6AC17357D0E9019BDD5932B83AB67510419CBA7A37F4D945411
+2E303384BC7231AB270E08A54AC61F9C826DD1B4D5A1DC2E4EAE3BEEE82A9435
+DBDBC4677AA815272A3CA9DD4D45747F4FCFCB62EA43D5CA98F420B49D73D18E
+4ED20BCF20FB095F4C351BE1BDEF0F4169464A87EAFFEB8FBF972F2DA0E4B86B
+BE9173B741DA500E687BE8FF7B095CCD4F40A496911FFD56046560959D08FE11
+161462A20B9DF28BE56422EF5C31E2CF42BD37E1BE370A195D37FAB8C02A1C2B
+8C18E7D0C8EB24412B10DD83E6763C28EA1FAC4618A74867141108A188C836BD
+ADE9A675E2F2A59AF83A1FFC67CE698B997F5C28EDFDC1A5A149BC81386FC794
+9EB1299D3BED4934CE0E7B8CA56DACF3306E1BF34CC06332DF64AFD09B5EE582
+BF2B958BD6BC8D6B0071941411C6846E2E8177FC69A4F7C091FF30DAC624CEF8
+3AA09B150479161D21ED17B45B4086E1630C94818F3FC3AB0FAEA8BDE72F5B0B
+CF31E3CBE92822B5DBEA35D32BF17F83A4E8219B873C4B6EF9F71F4BC179DB2E
+7B02367EA17F9B38217801586A49045FA0E8637ED57B820D47CC5F524930E081
+2D1D1383D524545C35A1E5A668E7712AC5AE80FC2C3D4FD073101B46ECE503A9
+D6771ABBA0ECEA1A5E0F2DB74A80284CD088D1B176CABFEE685CDF5DDDC33262
+CE05A429F3815E0DBB1871040F6E95E782174953AED70CF30F46CC74F6071180
+12A69FAE0A72C2BF029FE3181F1DF71E18C83BE71C27FEE347FB172DD9C5030D
+38E4F5C08CC39A29036F2F45CD8B91FEF18648F8929580A065B28AE09D203A69
+C296D1C4EA03E4035FAE25DE7F929206A1E35BDDE479E43361AF43A4BBAC5391
+AC2FB45D07CDEDD11FBA0EB4B556DE20365645DE4850510DC18E8DEFC7DF8F1A
+19AE24567227DE9FF96147F7FA6D4B207FD21C30B7F0B0187A2CD54CA4BF6A66
+5B17F28E2D826BE9E8FF645324F97667DF0990E13D125016D01E2D2EABC07AF1
+18B388F82AA4B81B65824B73A36F59DB058D1101AA4BA6505E89424363757FE5
+D8CEB2A27419EC957D2D3A522C05F18AF6A562F0EBCDAFFA7A120B9CC855F6BF
+742EB63BCA885CFE11032FC2534A649B36A87F89F66FF6A80C0B5059EE1F8B2C
+1C6D7C7A4F033AFF8C7C530E7AE5E09D20FD1238C043CB002ACAD8C180428F48
+756944A58F147851FCD8500741C8EF20C8091A8088387029EC477AECB72AD7FC
+88943FECCDEDF261F9F473CBE52C37DAB6EBF92FE13D5B339079650A343343B9
+FBD5E8FC133B2DD9128DA59160E723688484FE3799DD719E1F2D4A2B872C4948
+173ABDE0D32A76439AEBF37215B18DCBB658A55F57F875B6B71F1E0EFB19599B
+1CF872337C01391C3E438BD178EFF7B84835167CAC84C63AAF6C2A09D8449D21
+6B9E77002E98AF1A15A61BF37710AB05C1A407CAC014269CEF297BA6A93F6BDF
+D2BA0AEA9FE112AE76FD8CA3C963818C5138A746FD72A2D3123B8E53EE61ED47
+9FB0FE1A4F081BE4FC92091532E5040A9C862034DB46B3BEAD5303ABD9BFCDAD
+38B5368C099B59A711E4AFF5A9814A77D35CA869320136FC912B3168A8BF3774
+81CF3D5E1221BA2D0AC95B8BFE267F8B0F02AD101320932795B2953BB807CC47
+C357EA044C812B2289E3C7F54A0C13845C9A400EBEDFFBBB07832D2B553AAD58
+1ECCBEE44724BE6AE4C39C6E97534A8AFE5EBF523E0B9AB58659617B57EB624C
+B819F24E6E35E22CDAE472AB8893E3B50B6C54AE101B83ED6D4665DC977E513B
+859BD8EE55D0DE69B59EE8347B5BCE17635A7290EFDB6C58A8FA419F310A16C2
+143796C7B9E6E33A1469B277EEBF6F58272CD3D1C1544A13C7441651605B3987
+368B58B8712FFCE1AB6877A8D062CACE213ECF6088F4B8A7D71C1B106C81AA49
+85269027409F01A414C3C214AB53FB344E1EC93E6274C811EC38A21692F9114A
+97590C504359A4A7C2D6C415BF5B09C50B7EC6A55BBF696282D48D44594A5742
+353C455310ABD08D8A7786D37D507D92D78AC01D02036AE8C200662742FEA5F9
+012E107F8EB12476B30113B9A75F5EAE5E2A4016C7371CD442D99561EDA2B9CC
+C7F8FC8C02452740C6180F8426EBDCE5D8FBF2A5D7961322683C508572CA522D
+4E0BCFBDBC9A2B54163CEA2649CBE7E8AD87DDEC56BEB37C7BB260937BC42668
+36FD2739E59722319814C75A88A09B867C0A3FA0F13AA9D274843E3A99ED6986
+4613B6D85550C331884E979151AF400ED6C56185774D3365FFB5F55A2FD40219
+35841945909B0A3D1FB9CE7597A11295106DADD816962CB1EBD107DA0F6B978A
+ACB8D482D7227B187C04558AD5AC24FDB3C16FEDB51D689157852840EBE01863
+25E0CB3BAAC158C78DC0220C2C8464C842EC365381DB4FFEC63F5D9854FD5FF2
+31B6DFADA622E3153F0DFEEF29F996E6187CFA629A228547779CB484913D7137
+50F063239101B9FFED24E3AB919336BB0ABD61FB475A3DB2632D05DEB2E8D3E6
+20718FB4FB1C3968600E2D6A29A0C9E364CFF15AB23F2B338B8B2E3709599458
+A4FB290EB96343D8385CCCEEEF463A55E0B4BB936378EF24B4923B6A61425FA9
+3ED9E17F88E8FFE2F3653EE17BE468B604B45D1D55B20C05A25EF7FF2761E9FB
+36D6BC51843A649BA2E5DEF3B21AB39EFA47F7BDBF3AA7FD22255EA98DD8A59D
+8119419D2CD7358ED44AB3FCF41F8D6F92557505A1366EEAC1BFB4EE42345DE7
+493F959B5AF281A40E63F105960E43AA49B80FE0359DDB6B77CB7B914E7E4A94
+E4406A2FE24DA106E333940AC879B090BB66248014CCC7382F825D4AA3EDF6D5
+AEFE942A3A95B2A4AD76482EAE9EE62973F6B1CADF9FC19D403F26FEFF5B2A3D
+81F7CD084C6B7E860F0429C5B0F34712A39F8CCD27C180B885BBE711218E3996
+0D5590DF0B51702A62F3A65EEBDBE77375E3BE370963BE1E90B708373234ED1B
+A10921FA992B17F432BC06C4B73100296D43A6E708E871761977B0C26D84F38C
+F8D3EBFCA6E645B296648832BC38CE429A3D228370E0F5C899CC25BA96D7F31F
+F19593FDCC3746FB45EB99DFD62EFEF83DB9BE115BBEAED00C82C951F4FD4EED
+60CBE81FC16EA1F81835F752AA61D67699935CAF16FEC21DE5FD23E29397A7E0
+F2DA252652CBC7FDB6A10EDA6F31A7BBDAAFC8F4FF181FD2EFB53BE3E61DF4B7
+F3C8AFF42621CF06BEB3C4503CFF6E86BFB2987784322ECE5E140163A21B7005
+647A66D3FFDB6D57808578F14117E1B2CACDEF9701F8BC3012053AF94B79A5BE
+46ED3C35D84E03A01EC482B67FE80D4F497D1D28D8D0CBBF76726AA2B97FEABA
+D603B232F36EED3FD58EA7F7BB6F303363E5979FA4246681AED7A231616D3B32
+5BF26A58AC7ADBA6E0E7AF9DF99E68D6A05863E51377C5C2F870A38E9D35838D
+98C05265EC05EB7AD03D3233B0B8AF3620869C05EE46B3391291D9992DDDA20A
+050A9C3E8FF3F3D3EEB51747C01EB53BBB6B3BB44293975239773CD8C84884F3
+C75FE749FF4D86A6B43026262F6FE045A6C0DD8353306AEF820FE253E1CA2381
+3606832128F247480F3594714E36C51D2F0288797B0385C946D86DF028E8EE1B
+7C630A3A495D71522B0D823F1910825505A3F7BEAE45C3D662EF8395B3BE833C
+783CAF9893094EF53CE85A5F2EDEB125547F38F0A1C6B3A9C238E44B2026C7BC
+9DF49A9F16661D3C082264848A70E678387CE9913D06B12D8303BC3BFA82D0F4
+B4BD9EDD8AA7999CE770A10DF01CA223CB33C9A8B6C165BC1647DB8DB76473C5
+A2F34F7E99D2339AFE7D118662A55823A947E7D752EAA5F4D9D8DEA14860DBD0
+D072CF2F9EE829EB432CD941CE8FAEBA2653CBFE998B699A14BC349FF61E16EC
+A0691BFD7F8A0633458033B9DEB1FCF201B39B4E4A1C0FC242551112F73773E7
+977E4AC2CD7D9FCA036B4632F1B94E873E8FB588DD82FFD461201167C5115566
+7B04FB4798B7401182B940BABB52C9FA727ECD3ABDE16A8320A348B042E206B3
+A8F8E470212EA9FCF4E8FB51095A849EA13DC0F4EC3510619779B0107856A9A6
+1243509D63345B906DE66195F389B986401C63C1DD84667A40F729D33999A5CC
+309F03F1ABD7580E2009E86EBF55A4E8CC8FA0A0905B9A5E90099C4A5D5E4773
+B7AC25FB61E562425D29D81A5457FD81603103FB34CBE865CA1BCBEE9616F28C
+1ECCE3049B9EF605E64298C188C948EDE5860087916425DCD8812B5B5548BEF8
+B6F80700D73B2229B82DC88D15564863650CBAFB058534BF9B35EDB55D4BF196
+EEDEB7E05B36C48DB128AFCC13A859A3DB6C91AA67E7BF3F4212691BDD534C74
+E5E4E61E882420D5B977EC8395136B772449FF0F78A64042356FB20A4072B9A3
+34C11359F229AA7B251E2F6E45D48A92D5A366C3F9484F0B8A39447387B7024B
+AB97E1353376A3D74883D55DC64F81FB5C3DCF7F683172AEEF2C6160ABD255B5
+C9C3FB74F27B63E07F1CCC387544AC1893B78D73C4A367520309E2122AF87F1C
+FA489EA2F49B2740E23D87C2134074A784FA716ED80440FC65A1315F2D455B7B
+174A2F92998B18CE68483425D31BE59FF1D96E87BB12C4A364E907767EB623F9
+F2BE05EB6B3B698BEB4609B7D9BFB2050B3E746B6F739C740684817E4175A667
+F68712C558A4794CD93E8F22829D5773E89F03396B1746F7EE1C52C7812518EF
+671A8D9CFDBE48D7E3F48532FBE31B9CBADB21F5987DFE888A8F97572FD56BB5
+8CB45731435DEBE237CF7429E7A55B696980C2C0C03325D096C99905741F7E08
+EBA6899AAECD216C9F14A1D675A7834454E894A9E56C2E3F3030D3936BA7782D
+D1EEB729F94F82C8EEB0572DE6F40734888EFA8DCA131B5854B46E2B39881F40
+EB78A3E2F9A4A84FD2026AA8438AE84E1E85CFE56E13EB650E27475FF32483CD
+6B6EC3B3CA2103C71AE56922E62A28315A421A62C9467B960AAFDDEC6E0B45E8
+456B44E3DCACF05DAE8A6CE471A71F0067D8350D61A24BA603F8EEDE608C209F
+949F69EC45DE5B478116838274817D607C79F60EF91940A18766FA3F80DA5EE9
+1293ECF571825863E36BF6BAA5748612A665CC2E68236643034AEF786694CFF6
+17470B2790DD2E5004F9B0E36B519A09B7E7391D026D0C89F00677D076A47BAF
+43AABB18EEDA2E79E83DAE3C8C8329F550A775FF8ED00F33CFCD7D3D4BC65AF7
+E686384A351FBFC7E11151D175FA2A9F239FB8E84EF72F68D1F64218855FDB89
+1F32068C3130120D2B301F5E8B5813F76FB2322D98D590BC0D840646CCE90E37
+D96F7274B67A4F67BFF417584DF4F7D8BB8C915A4DD50A69E76702B46C1F2FBC
+3141583E2DFAB0F01D638DEFB664EC37B45D17E0BB0382CFA5502BF9D33EE9D0
+3D8164D84DD6734B7B3801E4FC9BA0AD9F307DA297186FE3844441F90F20D3B2
+148E6DD56A6659C4B2426FC537A9738221E2C285BC83CA63B116C2688FC27887
+C7600D8009240B17A584903E723F3B6CB76F3D645B132AACFE95FF877A2EEFA4
+4C9B85DDB57F9BCB429F61A1E0C2A82DD428D19C06D3FAD451B9C70A882E8D53
+332ADBE547839D0081685EF3C0B4A1389C2B9E9683C007E89394294F48C1CF3B
+36AA553420C138A8338BE96B937296A01A6B84A621E1EC6B1244AE85C29B8004
+A3E94B7288B3B157ECF656FD81F32DBE663B92C043B340ABC25DF9050C6660B9
+76B158C85B67D1A5BB0DC76220FB605D2456409B0FF75EC82AC626ED6420E755
+5627A9876094539AC39FDCD40163288D69FFBA9E7F66ED304DB966F6E859056E
+6E45170B28FA20857D6E2F9BEC8F8FF80547831E74792F1837EBED4821A1D74F
+D3C90B1475475888151731BFE3CFA38CAF74BFF7327C7749C84F15EFB2F70D87
+0B26A4A9CE514E951ABF73BA7426BD6FCCFC7171B178F8E488A0AC1F50D4632E
+934E6BA80E26CD95EF14727B33376C11C1DAE495FA5676C0C9E3596674DB7659
+B8E02B4B6EF2DFE34B39CCDF8DAD276A64899C3B2CF423DFD87FC1B3483B95C6
+F59660247304B6358A6A452DB73C6C70D652227EB88E2799949554C04B78282E
+FBDBDBA90888329C85693E5AD76E840523230FB9459079CD7688ADD7473D1F62
+F7F2F6844CDDCFBE946E632F524C565238C9D3A638FD946C737E65AE01BDDA85
+74BD39E6ADAA60850BCB55C6FA595D05CD1B0202E4309F5CD2C6FE876670391D
+2D083A8E65EEFCA38DEBDABCE4DB1EE19DF5A742F91030483FD141A323724477
+9448149D42BDA56A4F85DE7BAA96ED59BE0B01A33DE66E4A14F9B32AC1ABDCAE
+A73322C99ABC17D880A19BBF9EEC10F748B13A8D9C8038B628E1906E07680CBD
+7F28C00818E74613577AEAAB6A14BA654D2530A4BFAFCFB7CD0CF15C60AC60B8
+313D27334761787F08F20AC61025BA8696241ECCFC731383FDCF1B4316678F24
+C41572F6332A2BBE1F45A421E24A84D3FCE9980E645142E3C702D2B217A3FBD7
+172B43A2CF570B1AE9C0C433E48BF9F90AEC338E2641ABB75134D45257B1FA0C
+5273D22C3624E4B135F86DE1CFC446E204C5BA7D3B5055763497396C07B9A655
+E427B5FC459F490A2646C51445BF0F4B16F569049E4A119632539E9D9EE7AA81
+509543B49411724C52A9C2023085E6F9CAFF1CA437CDC14792F337DA7B23397D
+4DA4C821534E728E3AC8167A29AFB3BF2C75B9F8D9BA44B2351E76E0EE647550
+8D393751060400492DC9B2F7DA43870B8527F96C8841606FF07B050B4707595D
+EFC5FD4E0E0A1635022D5512D93F130C474328374FCEFE1C2E735EF29434F45E
+F7FC753BC945ABF0DB832EF90A57B7930B61B1258C254CA5F0D3885E5ED88935
+E97B6EA3AFA341520E5D06717DE0B25BE8A2ED161EE7F2FA261D0D76BC87E85E
+588EDE0A7CE7EFA7E73248270FBB29A8033D83D759C4F68CB5448490D6DB8344
+30CE5EC1826DB3DC44B6D34B2D59D4B2A37952B21AB32535DD2DAE98441DA21E
+5705E1884CC0492CE411D9A00BF7A32C5983795AC8FF69016FF09C511050BF6E
+2E1F2ED8775CBCAEA0830C488439F93CA87688C547170A82D33731A0CCC6A357
+D6DAA3CA536D354354279B36AFFCDB841A6A379FAC4C54196B1F5692E4C8
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+cleartomark
+%%EndFont
+TeXDict begin 39158280 55380996 1000 600 600 (demodoc.dvi)
+@start /Fa 134[35 40 120[{ TeXaae443f0Encoding ReEncodeFont }2
+66.4176 /CMMI8 rf /Fb 243[33 12[{}1 99.6264 /CMEX10 rf
+/Fc 253[77 28 77{ TeXbbad153fEncoding ReEncodeFont }3
+99.6264 /CMSY10 rf /Fd 194[76 17[76 1[38 38 40[{
+ TeXf7b6d320Encoding ReEncodeFont }4 99.6264 /CMR12 rf
+/Fe 205[35 50[{ TeXf7b6d320Encoding ReEncodeFont }1 66.4176
+/CMR8 rf /Ff 129[49 5[55 52[70 74 73 52[55 12[{
+ TeXaae443f0Encoding ReEncodeFont }6 99.6264 /CMMI12
+rf /Fg 138[60 60 2[60 1[60 9[60 101[{ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }5
+99.6264 /NimbusMonL-Regu rf /Fh 144[55 2[33 5[39 50 61
+44 61 50 97[{ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }8 99.6264
+/URWPalladioL-Bold rf /Fi 139[33 7[28 2[28 5[41 1[44
+97[{ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }5 99.6264 /URWPalladioL-Ital
+rf /Fj 133[50 55 51 83 56 60 32 42 39 56 60 54 58 88
+29 55 1[29 58 55 33 48 61 44 55 50 10[72 1[61 3[60 78
+5[34 3[61 3[78 13[50 50 50 2[25 33 25 2[33 33 37[60 2[{
+ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }41 99.6264 /URWPalladioL-Roma
+rf /Fk 135[60 3[40 53 47 1[73 1[73 106 40 2[40 73 66
+1[60 73 53 1[60 13[73 5[120 73 3[100 6[93 13[60 60 60
+2[30 46[{ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }24 119.552 /URWPalladioL-Bold
+rf /Fl 138[88 48 64 56 1[88 80 88 4[48 88 3[88 64 1[72
+13[88 9[56 22[72 72 49[{ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }16
+143.462 /URWPalladioL-Bold rf /Fm 134[66 3[72 39 1[47
+2[65 1[106 35 5[40 57 2[66 60 7[80 5[63 5[113 4[99 1[66
+4[93 12[60 1[60 60 60 1[30 1[30 44[{ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }23
+119.552 /URWPalladioL-Roma rf /Fn 138[104 56 73 68 2[94
+100 152 3[50 3[82 1[76 1[86 28[133 68[{ TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont }
+12 172.188 /URWPalladioL-Roma rf end
+%%EndProlog
+%%BeginSetup
+%%Feature: *Resolution 600dpi
+TeXDict begin
+%%PaperSize: A4
+ end
+%%EndSetup
+%%Page: 1 1
+TeXDict begin 1 0 bop 887 -94 a Fn(Demonstration)44 b(Document)1633
+205 y Fm(M.)30 b(Y)-13 b(.)30 b(Self)1636 355 y(At)f(Home)1445
+595 y(Febr)o(uary)j(1,)d(2004)-246 1001 y Fl(1)144 b(Introduction)-246
+1258 y Fk(1.1)119 b(Simple)30 b(text)-246 1448 y Fj(This)f(\002rst)g
+(section)g(contains)g(simple)f(text.)41 b(On)28 b(input,)h(lines)f(can)
+g(be)g(br)n(oken)h(wher)n(ever)f(one)h(pleases,)f(with)-246
+1569 y(extra)37 b(spacing)g(included)f(to)i(impr)n(ove)f(legibility)-11
+b(,)40 b(but)d(the)g(output)g(lines)g(will)f(be)g(br)n(oken)i(to)f
+(\002t)g(the)g(line)-246 1689 y(width)26 b(available.)k(Even)25
+b(additional)g(spacing)g(between)g(wor)n(ds)h(does)f(not)h(af)n(fect)g
+(the)f(output.)-99 1809 y(A)f(new)h(paragraph)g(in)g(indicated)g(with)g
+(a)g(blank)g(line.)-246 2105 y Fk(1.2)119 b(Highlighting)30
+b(text)-246 2295 y Fj(It)25 b(is)g(possible)h(to)g(emphasize)e(text)i
+(by)f(setting)h(it)g(in)f Fi(italic)e Fj(or)j(in)f Fh(boldface)p
+Fj(.)-2 2482 y(Another)31 b(possibility)h(is)f(to)g(of)n(fset)h(a)e
+(piece)g(of)h(text)g(in)f(a)g Fg(quote)g Fj(envir)n(onment)h(like)g
+(this,)h(with)-2 2602 y(incr)n(eased)25 b(mar)n(gins)h(on)f(either)h
+(side.)-246 2942 y Fl(2)144 b(Sophistications)-246 3199
+y Fk(2.1)119 b(Mathematics)-246 3390 y Fj(Ther)n(e)25
+b(ar)n(e)f(special)g(r)o(ules)h(for)g(entering)g(math,)f(and)g(many)g
+(commands)h(that)g(only)g(exist)g(in)f(math)g(mode.)31
+b(An)-246 3510 y(in-line)h(math)g(formula)g(like)g Ff(x)963
+3474 y Fe(2)1030 3510 y Fd(+)27 b Ff(\014)37 b Fj(has)31
+b(automatic)i(spacing)f(between)g(variables)f(and)h(operators,)j(while)
+-246 3631 y(displayed)25 b(equations)g(like)1121 3738
+y Ff(~)1102 3763 y(A)e Fc(\002)f Fd(\()1351 3738 y Ff(~)1335
+3763 y(B)28 b Fc(\002)1551 3738 y Ff(~)1536 3763 y(C)7
+b Fd(\))28 b(=)f(\()1838 3738 y Ff(~)1820 3763 y(A)c
+Fc(\001)1980 3738 y Ff(~)1965 3763 y(C)7 b Fd(\))2096
+3738 y Ff(~)2080 3763 y(B)27 b Fc(\000)c Fd(\()2337 3738
+y Ff(~)2319 3763 y(A)f Fc(\001)2480 3738 y Ff(~)2464
+3763 y(B)5 b Fd(\))2596 3738 y Ff(~)2581 3763 y(C)1239
+b Fj(\(1\))1293 4015 y Ff(~)1275 4040 y(A)22 b Fc(\001)g
+Fd(\()1474 4015 y Ff(~)1458 4040 y(B)27 b Fc(\002)1673
+4015 y Ff(~)1658 4040 y(C)7 b Fd(\))28 b(=)1905 3836
+y Fb(\014)1905 3896 y(\014)1905 3955 y(\014)1905 4015
+y(\014)1905 4075 y(\014)1905 4135 y(\014)1938 3919 y
+Ff(A)2011 3934 y Fa(x)2139 3919 y Ff(A)2212 3934 y Fa(y)2338
+3919 y Ff(A)2411 3934 y Fa(y)1938 4039 y Ff(B)2012 4054
+y Fa(x)2139 4039 y Ff(B)2213 4054 y Fa(y)2337 4039 y
+Ff(B)2411 4054 y Fa(y)1940 4160 y Ff(C)2010 4175 y Fa(x)2141
+4160 y Ff(C)2211 4175 y Fa(y)2339 4160 y Ff(C)2409 4175
+y Fa(y)2453 3836 y Fb(\014)2453 3896 y(\014)2453 3955
+y(\014)2453 4015 y(\014)2453 4075 y(\014)2453 4135 y(\014)3890
+4040 y Fj(\(2\))-246 4315 y(ar)n(e)d(given)h(automatic)g(numbers.)-246
+4610 y Fk(2.2)119 b(Lists)-125 4801 y Fj(1.)48 b(V)-9
+b(arious)26 b(lists)g(ar)n(e)f(possible,)g(to)h(enumerate,)-125
+4994 y(2.)48 b(to)26 b(itemize)f(with)g(bullets,)-125
+5187 y(3.)48 b(or)26 b(to)g(make)e(descriptive)i(lists.)-246
+5482 y Fk(2.3)119 b(Adding)31 b(graphics)-246 5902 y
+Fj(Pictur)n(es)c(and)d(graphics)i @beginspecial 169 @llx
+158 @lly 233 @urx 242 @ury 283 @rwi @setspecial
+%%BeginDocument: demo.eps
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0
+%%BoundingBox: 169 158 233 242
+220 200 moveto
+200 200 20 0 360 arc
+170 170 moveto
+230 220 lineto
+170 210 lineto
+225 160 lineto
+205 240 lineto
+170 170 lineto
+stroke
+showpage
+
+%%EndDocument
+ @endspecial 261 w(pr)n(oduced)g(by)f(other)h(pr)n(ograms)g(ar)n(e)f
+(easily)g(inserted.)1855 6180 y(1)p eop end
+%%Trailer
+
+userdict /end-hook known{end-hook}if
+%%EOF
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..13676627ba7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/demodoc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}
+\usepackage{palatino}
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\usepackage[margin=1.5cm,
+ vmargin={0pt,1cm},
+ includefoot]{geometry}
+
+\title{Demonstration Document}
+\author{M. Y. Self\\
+ At Home}
+\date{February 1, 2004}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+\subsection{Simple text}
+This first section contains simple text.
+On input, lines can be broken wherever one pleases,
+ with extra spacing included to improve legibility,
+ but the output lines will be broken to fit the
+ line width available. Even additional spacing
+ between words does not affect
+ the output.
+
+A new paragraph in indicated with a blank line.
+
+\subsection{Highlighting text}
+
+It is possible to emphasize text by setting it in
+\emph{italic} or in \textbf{boldface}.
+
+\begin{quote}
+Another possibility is to offset a piece of text in a
+\texttt{quote} environment like this, with increased
+margins on either side.
+\end{quote}
+
+\section{Sophistications}
+
+\subsection{Mathematics}
+
+There are special rules for entering math, and many
+commands that only exist in math mode. An in-line math
+formula like $x^2+\beta$ has automatic spacing between
+variables and operators, while displayed equations like
+\begin{equation}
+ \vec{A} \times (\vec{B}\times\vec{C}) =
+ (\vec{A}\cdot\vec{C})\vec{B} -
+ (\vec{A}\cdot\vec{B})\vec{C}
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+ \vec{A}\cdot(\vec{B}\times\vec{C}) =
+ \begin{vmatrix}
+ A_x & A_y & A_y \\
+ B_x & B_y & B_y \\
+ C_x & C_y & C_y
+ \end{vmatrix}
+\end{equation}
+are given automatic numbers.
+
+\subsection{Lists}
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Various lists are possible, to enumerate,
+\item to itemize with bullets,
+\item or to make descriptive lists.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\subsection{Adding graphics}
+
+Pictures and graphics
+\includegraphics[width=1cm]{demo}
+produced by other programs are easily inserted.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..76007afd388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+\documentclass[twoside]{report}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\begin{document}
+\chapter[Floodings at Venice]{Floodings at Venice over Centuries}
+\section[A Problem's Solution]{Solution for Venice's Flooding Problems}
+\subsection{Can Venice be Saved?}
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\subsection{Additional Information to the Gates}
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\chapter[Preface]{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide}
+\section{General Remarks}
+
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.%
+\footnote{With the result, that all maintanance for \LaTeX\ 2.09 has been
+stopped with the occurance of \LaTeXe\ as well as for any further
+developement.}
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.\footnote{In between many hundreds
+of supplements and extensions in form of packages have been developed for
+\LaTeXe. Only the most important will be presented in this book.}
+
+\section[The Changes]{The Changes in Detail}
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ picture environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+\item It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language,
+ with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+\item Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+\item PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'.
+
+\item This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.\footnote{Information for installation details are
+given in the documentation for the \TeX Live CD.}
+
+\section[Running heads]{Demonstration for running heads}
+\subsection{An additional exercise}
+One main reason for this exercise was the demonstration of running heads
+at the top of the pages execept for the first pages after the
+chapter sectioning commands. The running heads on even pages consist
+of the actual chapter number and the chapter title. For odd pages consist
+the running heads of actual section command for these pages as here
+demonstrated.
+
+\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}\noindent
+\texttt{chapter} = \arabic{chapter}\\
+\texttt{section} = \arabic{section}\\
+\texttt{subsection} = \arabic{subsection}\\
+\texttt{page} = \arabic{page}\\
+\texttt{footnote} = \arabic{footnote}\\
+\setcounter{equation}{3}
+\texttt{equation} = \arabic{equation}\\
+\addtocounter{equation}{2}
+\texttt{equation} = \arabic{equation}\\
+\texttt{enumi} = \arabic{enumi}\\
+\texttt{enumii} = \arabic{enumi}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-10.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-10.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ad0d6fabccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-10.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\newcounter{num}
+\newenvironment{varlist}[2]
+ {\begin{list}{\textrm{#1 #2{num}:}}{\usecounter{num}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{5mm}
+ \settowidth{\leftmargin}{\textrm{#1 #2{num}:}}
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{1cm}}}
+ {\end{list}}
+\begin{document}
+\noindent Previous outer text
+\begin{varlist}{Sample}{\Alph}
+ \item without any value
+ \item with an enclosed voucher
+\end{varlist}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d22019c804b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\newcommand{\iint}{\int\!\!\!\int}
+\newcommand{\iiint}{\int\!\!\!\int\!\!\!\int}
+\newcommand{\idotsint}{\int\cdots\int}
+\begin{document}\noindent
+Multiple integral symbols in text formulas: $\iint$, $\iiint$, $\idotsint$
+
+\noindent Multiple integral symbols in displayed formulas:
+\[ \iint\quad\iiint\quad\idotsint \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ff3678fc7ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+\documentclass[twoside]{report}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\renewcommand{\thechapter}{\Alph{chapter}}
+\renewcommand{\thesection}{\thechapter--\Roman{section}}
+\renewcommand{\thesubsection}{\thesection,\roman{subsection}}
+\begin{document}
+\chapter[Floodings at Venice]{Floodings at Venice over Centuries}
+\section[A Problem's Solution]{Solution for Venice's Flooding Problems}
+\subsection{Can Venice be Saved?}
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\subsection{Additional Information to the Gates}
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\chapter[Preface]{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide}
+\section{General Remarks}
+
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.%
+\footnote{With the result, that all maintanance for \LaTeX\ 2.09 has been
+stopped with the occurance of \LaTeXe\ as well as for any further
+developement.}
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.\footnote{In between many hundreds
+of supplements and extensions in form of packages have been developed for
+\LaTeXe. Only the most important will be presented in this book.}
+
+\section[The Changes]{The Changes in Detail}
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ picture environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+\item It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language,
+ with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+\item Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+\item PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'.
+
+\item This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.\footnote{Information for installation details are
+given in the documentation for the \TeX Live CD.}
+
+\section[Running heads]{Demonstration for running heads}
+\subsection{An additional exercise}
+One main reason for this exercise was the demonstration of running heads
+at the top of the pages execept for the first pages after the
+chapter sectioning commands. The running heads on even pages consist
+of the actual chapter number and the chapter title. For odd pages consist
+the running heads of actual section command for these pages as here
+demonstrated.
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-4.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bd752a6a457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-4.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\newcommand{\Lbrack}[2]{#1\brack #2}
+\newcommand{\Lbrace}[2]{#1\brace #2}
+\begin{document}\noindent
+The bracket structures in text formulas:
+$\Lbrack{n+1}{m-1}$,
+$\Lbrace{n+1}{m-1}$
+
+\noindent The bracket struktures in displayed formulls:
+\[ \Lbrack{n+1}{m} \]
+\[ \Lbrace{n+1}{m-1} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-5.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fb2cdf571fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-5.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\newcounter{saveeqn}
+\newcounter{prenum}
+\newcommand{\vareqn}[2]{\setcounter{saveeqn}{\value{equation}}%
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}\setcounter{prenum}{#1}
+ \renewcommand{\theequation}{\arabic{prenum}[#2{equation}]}}
+\newcommand{\reseteqn}{\setcounter{equation}{\value{saveeqn}}%
+ \renewcommand{\theequation}{\arabic{equation}}}
+\begin{document}
+\setcounter{equation}{9}
+\vareqn{33}{\Alph}
+\begin{equation} \frac{a^2 - b^2}{a + b} = a - b \end{equation}
+\begin{equation} \sqrt[3]{-q + \sqrt{q^2 + p^2}} \end{equation}
+\begin{equation} \sqrt[n]{\frac{x^n - y^n}{1 + u^{2n}}} \end{equation}
+\reseteqn
+\begin{equation} 2\sum_{i=1}^n a_i \int^b_a f_i(x) g_i(x)\,dx \end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-6.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-6.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2387cf49420
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-6.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\newcommand{\iiint}[1]{\int\!\!\!\int\limits_{#1}\!\!\!\int}
+\newcommand{\iint}[1]{\int\!\!\!\int\limits_{\hspace{-1em}#1}}
+\newcommand{\idotsint}[1]{\int\cdots\int_{\hspace{-1.8em}#1}}
+\begin{document}
+\[ \iint{(D)}\quad\iiint{V}\quad\idotsint{G} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-7.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-7.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3ef6ed6c380
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-7.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\newcommand{\mtrx}[1]{\ensuremath{\mathsf{#1}}}
+\newcommand{\mi}{\mathrm{i}}
+\begin{document}
+A matrix \mtrx{A} of type $(m,n)$ or shortly $\mtrx{A}_{(m,n)}$ is a structure
+of $m\times n$ elements, e.\,g.\ real or complex numbers, functions,
+differential quotients, vectors et al., that can be ordered into $m$ rows
+and $n$ columns
+\[ \mtrx{A} = (a_{ij}) = \left(\begin{array}{cccc}
+ a_{11} & a_{12} & \cdots & a_{1n} \\
+ a_{21} & a_{22} & \cdots & a_{2n} \\
+ \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \vdots \\
+ a_{m1} & a_{m2} & \cdots & a_{mn}
+ \end{array}\right) \]
+
+Complex matrices consist of complex elements $a_{\mu\nu} + \mi b_{\mu\nu}$.
+Such a complex matrix can be split into two matrices
+\[ \mtrx{A} + \mi\mtrx{B} \]
+which elements consist of pure real numbers. Between the elements of a
+complex matrix \mtrx{A} and the corresponding conjugated complex matrix
+\mtrx{A^*} the relation
+\[ a^*_{\mu\nu} = \Re(a_{\mu\nu} - \mi\Im(a_{\mu\nu}) \]
+exist.
+
+From the original matrix \mtrx{A} of type $(m,n)$ the transposed matrix
+$\mtrx{A}^T$ is created by exchanging the corresponding rows and columns
+$(a_{\nu\mu})^T = (a_{\mu\nu})$. It is of type $(n,m)$.
+
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-8.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-8.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e28ac957e70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-8.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\newcounter{comment}
+\newsavebox{\comname}
+\newenvironment{comment}[1]
+ {\noindent\stepcounter{comment}\slshape Kommentar \arabic{comment}\nopagebreak
+ \begin{quote}\sloppypar\small\sbox{\comname}{#1}\itshape}
+ {\nopagebreak\hspace*{\fill}\usebox{\comname}\end{quote}}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{comment}{Patrick W. Daly}
+ In this form, every comment is assigned a sequential numbr after the
+ word Comment. The comment text appears as in a \texttt{quote} environment,
+ while the name of the commentor is entered as the envrironment argument
+ and is placed at the right of the last line. In addition no page break
+ can occur either between the heading `Comment n' and the comment text
+ and the commenter's name.
+\end{comment}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-9.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-9.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..711a7f228e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap10/exer10-9.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\newlength{\varwidth}
+\newenvironment{varpage}[1]
+ {\settowidth{\varwidth}{#1}\begin{minipage}{\varwidth}}
+ {\end{minipage}}
+\begin{document}
+\noindent
+\begin{varpage}{`As wide as this sample text'}
+ The width of this \texttt{minipage} environment is equal to that of the
+ text\\
+ `As wide as this sample text'\\
+ as to seen here,
+\end{varpage}\qquad
+\begin{varpage}{`narrow sample text'}
+ followed by the smal\-ler \texttt{minipage} environment of the width equal
+ to the text:\\
+ `narrow sample text'
+\end{varpage}
+\end{document}
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bccf83deeed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+\chapter[Floodings at Venice]{Floodings at Venice over Centuries}
+\section[A Problem's Solution]{Solution for Venice's Flooding Problems}
+\subsection{Can Venice be Saved?}
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\subsection{Additional Information to the Gates}
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c6d8be061dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+\documentclass[twoside]{report}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\begin{document}
+\input{exer1}
+\input{exer2}
+\input{exer3}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d137fc7cf32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+\documentclass[twoside]{report}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\typein[\files]{Which files?}
+\includeonly{\files}
+\begin{document}
+\include{exer1}
+\include{exer2}
+\include{exer3}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3721ec2d3d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{center}
+\bfseries\large Certificate\\
+\Large Olympic Spring Games\\
+Walterville 1992\\[1ex]
+
+\normalsize
+\typein{Sport} \\[1ex]
+\mdseries
+\typein[\unit]{Unit}
+
+\begin{tabular}{lllrl}
+\bfseries Gold & \typein{Gold - Name:} & \typein{Gold - Country:}
+ & \typein{Gold - Value`:} & \unit \\
+\bfseries Silver & \typein{Silver - Name:} & \typein{Silver - Country:}
+ & \typein{Silber - Value:} & \unit \\
+\bfseries Bronze & \typein{Bronze - Name:} & \typein{Bronze - Country:}
+ & \typein{Bronze - Value:} & \unit
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-4.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..84cbdcd64c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-4.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{thebibliography}{\hspace{1.5cm}}
+\bibitem[abr90]{abr90} Abraham P. W., with Hargraves K. A. and Berry K. (1990).
+ \textsl{\TeX\ for the Impatient.} Reading MA: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[bec93]{bec93} Bechtolsheim, S. von (1993) \textsl{\TeX\ in Practice,
+ Vol.\ I--IV,} New York: Springer
+\bibitem[bec93a]{bec93a} Vol.\ I: Basics
+\bibitem[bec93b]{bec93b} Vol.\ II: Paragraphs, Math, and Fonts
+\bibitem[bec93c]{bec93c} Vol.\ III: Tokens, Macros
+\bibitem[bec93d]{bec93d} Vol.\ IV: Output Routines, Tables
+\bibitem[dal92]{dal92} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (1992) {A Guide to \LaTeX.}
+ Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[dal95]{dal95} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (1995) {A Guide to \LaTeX,}
+ 2nd ed. Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[dal99]{dal99} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (1999) {A Guide to \LaTeX,}
+ 3rd ed. Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[dal03]{dal03} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (2003) {A Guide to \LaTeX,}
+ 4th ed. Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[eij92]{eij92} Eijkhout V. (1992). \textsl{\TeX\ by Topic, a
+ \TeX nician's Referenc.} Harlow: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[goo94]{goo94} Goossens M., Mittelbach F. and Samarin A. (1994).
+ \textsl{The \LaTeX\ Companion.} Reading MA: Adddison-Wesley
+\bibitem[goo97]{goo97} Goossens M., Rahtz S. and Mittelbach F. (1997).
+ \textsl{The \LaTeX\ Graphic Companion.} Reading MA: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[goo99]{goo99} Goossens M. and Rahtz S. (1999).
+ \textsl{The \LaTeX\ Web Companion.} Reading MA: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[knu91]{knu91} Knuth D. E. (1991) \textsl{Computers and Typesetting
+ Vol A--E.} Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[knu91a]{knu91a} Knuth D. E. (1991a) Vol. A: \textsl{The \TeX book.}
+ 11.~ed. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[knu91b]{knu91b} Knuth D. E. (1991b) Vol. B: \textsl{The Program.}
+ 4.~ed. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[lam94]{lam94} Lamport L. (1994) \textsl{\LaTeX---A Document
+ Preparation System}, 2nd ed. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley
+ Addison-Wesley-Longman (Deutschland) GmbH. Bonn 1995
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-5.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cd64bb15fc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer11-5.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\section*{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide}
+
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+The developement of \LaTeX\ between 1992 until now will be best demonstrated
+by the four editions of the \LaTeX-Guide textbook. The first edition
+\cite{dal92} describes and teaches the old version 2.09, which is now obsolete.
+With the occurance of \LaTeXe\ the second edition \cite{dal95} was presented,
+explainig and teaching both versions in parallel. In the third edition
+\cite{dal99} the \LaTeX\ presentation was mainly restricted to \LaTeXe\
+and still more restricted with the present edition \cite{dal03}
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+
+1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ picture environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language,
+ with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'.
+
+5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.
+
+\newpage
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{\hspace{1.5cm}}
+\bibitem[abr90]{abr90} Abraham P. W., with Hargraves K. A. and Berry K. (1990).
+ \textsl{\TeX\ for the Impatient.} Reading MA: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[bec93]{bec93} Bechtolsheim, S. von (1993) \textsl{\TeX\ in Practice,
+ Vol.\ I--IV,} New York: Springer
+\bibitem[bec93a]{bec93a} Vol.\ I: Basics
+\bibitem[bec93b]{bec93b} Vol.\ II: Paragraphs, Math, and Fonts
+\bibitem[bec93c]{bec93c} Vol.\ III: Tokens, Macros
+\bibitem[bec93d]{bec93d} Vol.\ IV: Output Routines, Tables
+\bibitem[dal92]{dal92} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (1992) {A Guide to \LaTeX.}
+ Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[dal95]{dal95} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (1995) {A Guide to \LaTeX,}
+ 2nd ed. Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[dal99]{dal99} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (1999) {A Guide to \LaTeX,}
+ 3rd ed. Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[dal03]{dal03} Daly P. W. and Kopka H. (2003) {A Guide to \LaTeX,}
+ 4th ed. Workingham, UK: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[eij92]{eij92} Eijkhout V. (1992). \textsl{\TeX\ by Topic, a
+ \TeX nician's Referenc.} Harlow: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[goo94]{goo94} Goossens M., Mittelbach F. and Samarin A. (1994).
+ \textsl{The \LaTeX\ Companion.} Reading MA: Adddison-Wesley
+\bibitem[goo97]{goo97} Goossens M., Rahtz S. and Mittelbach F. (1997).
+ \textsl{The \LaTeX\ Graphic Companion.} Reading MA: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[goo99]{goo99} Goossens M. and Rahtz S. (1999).
+ \textsl{The \LaTeX\ Web Companion.} Reading MA: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[knu91]{knu91} Knuth D. E. (1991) \textsl{Computers and Typesetting
+ Vol A--E.} Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[knu91a]{knu91a} Knuth D. E. (1991a) Vol. A: \textsl{The \TeX book.}
+ 11.~ed. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[knu91b]{knu91b} Knuth D. E. (1991b) Vol. B: \textsl{The Program.}
+ 4.~ed. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley
+\bibitem[lam94]{lam94} Lamport L. (1994) \textsl{\LaTeX---A Document
+ Preparation System}, 2nd ed. Reading MA: Addison-Wesley
+ Addison-Wesley-Longman (Deutschland) GmbH. Bonn 1995
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a175b787662
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+\chapter[Preface]{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide}
+\section{General Remarks}
+
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+
+\section[The Changes]{The Changes in Detail}
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+
+1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ picture environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language,
+ with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'.
+
+5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..77d4b8c87e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap11/exer3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+\section[Running heads]{Demonstration for running heads}
+One main reason for this exercise was the demonstration of running heads
+at the top of the pages execept for the first pages after the
+chapter sectioning commands. The running heads on even pages consist
+of the actual chapter number and the chapter title. For odd pages consist
+the running heads of actual section command for these pages as here
+demonstrated.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1ae7e6f63b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
+\begin{picture}(100,50)
+ \put(0,0){The First Picture}
+ \put(0,47){upper left}
+ \put(70,40){somewhere upper right}
+ \put(25,25){\parbox{60mm}{A seperate exercise file with the name
+ \texttt{picture.tex} should be created for the exercises in
+ this Chapter}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d937fc02dbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{150mm}
+\begin{document}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1.5mm}
+\noindent
+\begin{picture}(100,50)
+ \put(0,0){The First Picture}
+ \put(0,47){upper left}
+ \put(70,40){somewhere upper right}
+ \put(25,25){\parbox[t]{60mm}{A seperate exercise file with the name
+ \texttt{picture.tex} should be created for the exercises
+ Bezugspunkt bei der obersten Zeile der Absatzbox}}
+\end{picture}
+
+\bigskip\noindent
+\begin{picture}(100,50)
+ \put(0,0){The First Picture}
+ \put(0,47){upper left}
+ \put(70,40){somewhere upper right}
+ \put(25,25){\parbox[b]{60mm}{A seperate exercise file with the name
+ \texttt{picture.tex} should be created for the exercises
+ Bezugspunkt bei der obersten Zeile der Absatzbox}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3c927b9ddc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{156mm}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{5mm}
+\begin{document}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}\thicklines
+\noindent
+\begin{picture}(156,65)\small
+\multiput(1,0)(26,0){6}{\framebox(24,20){}}
+\multiput(8,26)(50,0){3}{\framebox(40,16){}}
+\put(48,48){\framebox(60,12){}}
+\put(78,57.5){\makebox(0,0){\textbf{Directorate}}}
+\put(78,52){\makebox(0,0){Managing Director}}
+\put(8,50){\framebox(30,10){\begin{minipage}{27mm}\centering
+ Scientific\\ Advisors\end{minipage}}}
+\put(118,52){\framebox(30,8){Trustees}}
+\put(28,40){\makebox(0,0){Science}}
+\put(78,40){\makebox(0,0){Administration}}
+\put(128,40){\makebox(0,0){Technical Head}}
+\put(13,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Projects}}
+\put(39,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Services}}
+\put(65,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Stores}}
+\put(91,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Phys.~Plant}}
+\put(117,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Workshops}}
+\put(143,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Labs}}
+\put(143,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering
+ Project\\ working\\ groups\end{minipage}}}
+\put(117,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering
+ Project\\ hardware\\ construction\end{minipage}}}
+\put(91,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering
+ including\\ general\\ services\end{minipage}}}
+\put(65,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering
+ Orders\\ Receiving\\ Customs\end{minipage}}}
+\put(39,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering
+ Library\\ Computer\\ facilities\end{minipage}}}
+\put(13,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering
+ Developement\\ Analysis\\ Theory\end{minipage}}}
+\put(28,32){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{38mm}\centering
+ Project planning and\\ managing\end{minipage}}}
+\put(78,32){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{38mm}\centering
+ Personnel\\ Bookkeeping\end{minipage}}}
+\put(128,32){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{38mm}\centering
+ Staff planning\\ Drafting\end{minipage}}}
+\end{picture}
+\thinlines
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-4.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b0dd23a8b32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-4.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{156mm}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{5mm}
+\begin{document}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}\thicklines
+\noindent
+\begin{picture}(156,65)\small
+\multiput(1,0)(26,0){6}{\framebox(24,20){}}
+\multiput(8,26)(50,0){3}{\framebox(40,16){}}
+\put(48,48){\framebox(60,12){}}
+\put(48,54.5){\line(1,0){60}}
+\multiput(28,42)(50,0){3}{\line(0,1){3}}
+\put(28,45){\line(1,0){100}}
+\put(78,45){\line(0,1){3}}
+\put(78,57.5){\makebox(0,0){\textbf{Directorate}}}
+\put(78,52){\makebox(0,0){Managing Director}}
+\put(8,50){\framebox(30,10){\begin{minipage}{27mm}\centering
+ Scientific\\ Advisors\end{minipage}}}
+\put(118,52){\framebox(30,8){Trustees}}
+\multiput(8,37.5)(50,0){3}{\line(1,0){40}}
+\put(28,40){\makebox(0,0){Science}}
+\put(78,40){\makebox(0,0){Administration}}
+\put(128,40){\makebox(0,0){Technical Head}}
+\multiput(1,15)(26,0){6}{\line(1,0){24}}
+\put(13,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Projects}}
+\put(39,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Services}}
+\put(65,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Stores}}
+\put(91,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Phys.~Plant}}
+\put(117,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Workshops}}
+\put(143,17.5){\makebox(0,0){Labs}}
+\put(143,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering
+ Project\\ working\\ groups\end{minipage}}}
+\put(117,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering
+ Project\\ hardware\\ construction\end{minipage}}}
+\put(91,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering
+ including\\ general\\ services\end{minipage}}}
+\put(65,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering
+ Orders\\ Receiving\\ Customs\end{minipage}}}
+\put(39,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering
+ Library\\ Computer\\ facilities\end{minipage}}}
+\put(13,7.5){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{22mm}\centering
+ Developement\\ Analysis\\ Theory\end{minipage}}}
+\put(28,32){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{38mm}\centering
+ Project planning and\\ managing\end{minipage}}}
+\put(78,32){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{38mm}\centering
+ Personnel\\ Bookkeeping\end{minipage}}}
+\put(128,32){\makebox(0,0){\begin{minipage}{38mm}\centering
+ Staff planning\\ Drafting\end{minipage}}}
+\multiput(13,20)(26,0){6}{\line(0,1){3}}
+\multiput(13,23)(52,0){3}{\line(1,0){26}}
+\multiput(26,23)(52,0){3}{\line(0,1){3}}
+\multiput(53,32)(50,0){2}{\vector(1,0){5}}
+\multiput(53,32)(50,0){2}{\vector(-1,0){5}}
+\put(20,42){\vector(0,1){8}}
+\put(48,58){\vector(-1,0){10}}
+\put(48,52){\vector(-1,0){10}}
+\put(113,57){\vector(1,0){5}}
+\put(113,57){\vector(-1,0){5}}
+\end{picture}
+\thinlines
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-5.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e1c5817760a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-5.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{0.1in}
+\thicklines\noindent
+\begin{picture}(15,15)
+\put(0,5){\line(0,1){5}}
+\put(0,5){\line(1,2){5}}
+\put(0,5){\line(1,1){10}}
+\put(0,5){\line(3,1){15}}
+\put(0,5){\line(1,0){15}}
+\put(0,5){\line(2,-1){10}}
+\put(0,5){\line(1,-1){5}}
+\put(5,0){\line(-1,2){5}}
+\put(5,0){\line(0,1){15}}
+\put(5,0){\line(1,3){5}}
+\put(5,0){\line(1,1){10}}
+\put(5,0){\line(2,1){10}}
+\put(5,0){\line(1,0){5}}
+\put(10,0){\line(-1,1){10}}
+\put(10,0){\line(-1,3){5}}
+\put(10,0){\line(0,1){15}}
+\put(10,0){\line(1,2){5}}
+\put(10,0){\line(1,1){5}}
+\put(15,5){\line(0,1){5}}
+\put(15,5){\line(-1,2){5}}
+\put(15,5){\line(-1,1){10}}
+\put(15,5){\line(-3,1){15}}
+\put(15,10){\line(-1,1){5}}
+\put(15,10){\line(-2,1){10}}
+\put(15,10){\line(-2,1){10}}
+\put(15,10){\line(-1,0){15}}
+\put(5,15){\line(1,0){5}}
+\put(5,15){\line(-1,-1){5}}
+\put(0,10){\line(2,1){10}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-6.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-6.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0b3c562b882
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-6.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{130mm}
+\begin{document}
+\unitlength2.0mm
+\begin{picture}(60,28)\thicklines
+\multiput(7.5,3)(18,0){2}{\circle{5.5}}
+\multiput(7.5,3)(18,0){2}{\circle{2.5}}
+\multiput(7.5,3)(18,0){2}{\circle*{0.5}}
+\put(16.5,3){\oval(24,6)}
+\multiput(10.5,0.5)(1.5,0){9}{\circle*{1}}
+\multiput(11.25,5.5)(1.5,0){8}{\circle*{1}}
+\put(3.5,2.5){\line(0,1){2.5}}
+\put(3.5,5){\line(1,1){2.5}}
+\put(29.5,2.5){\line(0,1){2.5}}
+\put(29.5,5){\line(-1,1){2.5}}
+\put(6,7.5){\line(1,0){21}}
+\put(5.25,6.75){\line(1,0){22.5}}
+\put(23,8){\line(-1,6){0.5}}
+\put(11.5,8){\line(1,3){1}}
+\put(11.25,8){\line(1,3){1}}
+\put(11.5,8){\line(1,0){11.5}}
+\put(12.5,11){\line(1,0){10}}
+\put(11.25,9.5){\oval(3,3)[l]}
+\put(11.25,11){\line(1,0){1}}
+\put(10,9.5){\oval(10,1.5)[l]}
+\put(5,9.5){\oval(10,0.9)[l]}
+\put(18,11){\oval(2.5,2.5)[t]}
+\put(0,0){\line(0,1){2.5}}
+\put(0,0){\line(1,0){2.5}}
+\put(23,13){$\scriptstyle LU=2~mm$}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-7.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-7.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f0c686601de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap15/exer15-7.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{graphpap}
+\begin{document}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{2mm}
+\graphpaper[1](0,0)(50,75)
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..55dfbfa70fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+Today (\today) the rate of exchange between the British
+pound and American dollar is \pounds = \$1.71, an
+increase of 1\% over yesterday.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3e3b95c66d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+CAN VENICE BE SAVED?
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3a.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3a.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..08a38d23b12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3a.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{eurosym}
+\begin{document}
+Today (\today) the rate of exchange between the British pound
+and European euro is \pounds 1 = \euro1.44, an increase of 1\%
+over yesterday.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3b.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ca26eeaec38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3b.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+\begin{document}
+Today (\today) the rate of exchange between the British pound
+and European euro is \pounds 1 = \textsf{\texteuro}1.44, an
+increase of 1\% over yesterday.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3c.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3c.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7b774a221dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap2/exer2-3c.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{europs}
+\begin{document}
+Today (\today) the rate of exchange between the British pound
+and European euro is \pounds 1 = \EUR1.44, an increase of 1\%
+over yesterday.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-10.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-10.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9dc297215fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-10.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+\documentclass[twoside]{report}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\begin{document}
+%\Title{Exercises} \author{Steven Writer\\ Texas A \& M University\\
+% Department of Computer Science}
+%\date{College Station, Texas \today} \maketitle
+\chapter{Floodings at Venice over Centuries}
+\section{Solution for Venice's Flooding Problems}
+\subsection{Can Venice be Saved?}
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\subsection{Additional Information to the Gates}
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\chapter{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide}
+\section{General Remarks}
+
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+
+\section{The Changes in Detail}
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+
+1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ picture environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language,
+ with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'.
+
+5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.
+
+\section{Demonstration for running heads}
+One main reason for this exercise was the demonstration of running heads
+at the top of the pages execept for the first pages after the
+chapter sectioning commands. The running heads on even pages consist
+of the actual chapter number and the chapter title. For odd pages consist
+the running heads of actual section command for these pages as here
+demonstrated.
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-11.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-11.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..11cde4f1317
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-11.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+\documentclass[twoside]{report}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\begin{document}
+%\Title{Exercises} \author{Steven Writer\\ Texas A \& M University\\
+% Department of Computer Science}
+%\date{College Station, Texas \today} \maketitle
+\chapter[Floodings at Venice]{Floodings at Venice over Centuries}
+\section[A Problem's Solution]{Solution for Venice's Flooding Problems}
+\subsection{Can Venice be Saved?}
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\subsection{Additional Information to the Gates}
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\chapter[Preface]{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide}
+\section{General Remarks}
+
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+
+\section[The Changes]{The Changes in Detail}
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+
+1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ picture environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language,
+ with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'.
+
+5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.
+
+\section[Running heads]{Demonstration for running heads}
+One main reason for this exercise was the demonstration of running heads
+at the top of the pages execept for the first pages after the
+chapter sectioning commands. The running heads on even pages consist
+of the actual chapter number and the chapter title. For odd pages consist
+the running heads of actual section command for these pages as here
+demonstrated.
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-12.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-12.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fdc780ac5ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-12.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+\documentclass[twoside]{report}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\begin{document}
+%\Title{Exercises} \author{Steven Writer\\ Texas A \& M University\\
+% Department of Computer Science}
+%\date{College Station, Texas \today} \maketitle
+\pagenumbering{roman}
+\tableofcontents \newpage
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+
+\chapter[Floodings at Venice]{Floodings at Venice over Centuries}
+\section[A Problem's Solution]{Solution for Venice's Flooding Problems}
+\subsection{Can Venice be Saved?}
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\subsection{Additional Information to the Gates}
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\chapter[Preface]{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide}
+\section{General Remarks}
+
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+
+\section[The Changes]{The Changes in Detail}
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+
+1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ picture environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language,
+ with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'.
+
+5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.
+
+\section[Running heads]{Demonstration for running heads}
+One main reason for this exercise was the demonstration of running heads
+at the top of the pages execept for the first pages after the
+chapter sectioning commands. The running heads on even pages consist
+of the actual chapter number and the chapter title. For odd pages consist
+the running heads of actual section command for these pages as here
+demonstrated.
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-1a.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-1a.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e9c20784095
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-1a.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+\documentclass[11pt]{article}
+\begin{document}
+CAN VENICE BE SAVED?
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-1b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-1b.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..59f30218cdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-1b.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\begin{document}
+CAN VENICE BE SAVED?
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4aa38dc98e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+\documentclass[twocolumn]{article}
+\begin{document}
+CAN VENICE BE SAVED?
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4a9580c1e3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+\documentclass[11pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises}
+\pagenumbering{Roman}
+\begin{document}
+CAN VENICE BE SAVED?
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\bigskip
+ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES.
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\bigskip
+PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE
+
+\medskip
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-4a.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-4a.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5b2a3215456
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-4a.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{parskip}
+\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.2}
+\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises}
+\pagenumbering{Roman}
+\begin{document}
+CAN VENICE BE SAVED?
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\bigskip
+ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES.
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\bigskip
+PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE
+
+\medskip
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-4b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-4b.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a66330b8c7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-4b.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{parskip}
+\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}
+\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises}
+\pagenumbering{Roman}
+\begin{document}
+CAN VENICE BE SAVED?
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\bigskip
+ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES.
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\bigskip
+PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE
+
+\medskip
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-5a.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-5a.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8eaf9fe8579
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-5a.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+\documentclass[11pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises}
+\pagenumbering{Roman}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{15cm} \setlength{\textheight}{23cm}
+\begin{document}
+CAN VENICE BE SAVED?
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\bigskip
+ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES.
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\bigskip
+PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE
+
+\medskip
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-5b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-5b.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5f881200c8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-5b.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+\documentclass[11pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises}
+\pagenumbering{Roman}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{15cm} \setlength{\textheight}{23cm}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{7.5mm} \setlength{\topmargin}{-5mm}
+%***********************************************************************
+% The chosen values for \oddsidemargin and \topmargin are appropriate *
+% for a4 paper format. If your printer uses a different papersize, *
+% e.g. letter format, adjust this values to those, appropriate for *
+% your printer's paper format. *
+%***********************************************************************
+\begin{document}
+CAN VENICE BE SAVED?
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\bigskip
+ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES.
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\bigskip
+PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE
+
+\medskip
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-6.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-6.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..797b1a06680
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-6.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+\documentclass[11pt]{article}
+\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises}
+\pagenumbering{Roman}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{15cm} \setlength{\textheight}{23cm}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{7.5mm} \setlength{\topmargin}{-5mm}
+\flushbottom
+\begin{document}
+CAN VENICE BE SAVED?
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\bigskip
+ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES.
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\bigskip
+PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE
+
+\medskip
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+
+1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ picture environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language,
+ with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'.
+
+5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-7a.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-7a.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..08d2848730e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-7a.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+\documentclass[11pt,twoside]{article}
+\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises}
+\pagenumbering{Roman}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{15cm} \setlength{\textheight}{23cm}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{7.5mm} \setlength{\topmargin}{-5mm}
+\begin{document}
+CAN VENICE BE SAVED?
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\bigskip
+ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES.
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\bigskip
+PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE
+
+\medskip
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+
+1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ picture environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language,
+ with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'.
+
+5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-7b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-7b.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7a50acd4b6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-7b.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+\documentclass[11pt,twoside]{article}
+\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises}
+\pagenumbering{Roman}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{15cm} \setlength{\textheight}{23cm}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{7.5mm} \setlength{\topmargin}{-5mm}
+\setlength{\evensidemargin}{1mm}
+%*************************************************************************
+% Again the chosen values for \oddsidemargin, \topmargin and \evenside- *
+% margin are appropriate for a4 paper format. If your printer uses a *
+% different papersize, e.g. letter format, adjust this values to those *
+% appropriate for your printer's paper format. *
+%*************************************************************************
+\begin{document}
+CAN VENICE BE SAVED?
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\bigskip
+ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES.
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\bigskip
+PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE
+
+\medskip
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+
+1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ picture environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language,
+ with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'.
+
+5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-8a.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-8a.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..81c9c96889f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-8a.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises}
+\begin{document}
+\title{Exercises} \author{Steven Writer\\Texas A \& M University\\
+Department of Computer Science}
+\date{College Station, Texas \today} \maketitle
+CAN VENICE BE SAVED?
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\bigskip
+ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES.
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\bigskip
+PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE
+
+\medskip
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+
+1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ picture environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language,
+ with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'.
+
+5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-8b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-8b.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..03f58441d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-8b.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+\documentclass[titlepage]{article}
+\pagestyle{myheadings} \markright{Exercises}
+\begin{document}
+\title{Exercises} \author{Steven Writer\\Texas A \& M University\\
+Department of Computer Science}
+\date{College Station, Texas \today} \maketitle
+CAN VENICE BE SAVED?
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\bigskip
+ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE GATES.
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\bigskip
+PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE
+
+\medskip
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+
+1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ picture environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language,
+ with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'.
+
+5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-9.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-9.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..93aa23daac5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap3/exer3-9.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+%\Title{Exercises} \author{Steven Writer\\ Texas A \& M University\\
+% Department of Computer Science}
+%\date{College Station, Texas \today} \maketitle
+\section{Solution for Venice's Flooding Problems}
+\subsection{Can Venice be Saved?}
+
+Water and Venice have always a complicated relationship.
+The world's most famously wet city is also one of its most
+famously endangered ones, forever being flooded by its
+signature canals. Even since the 14th century, Italian
+engineers have dreamed of ways to control the water. Now
+a solution may be at hand: the Moses project, a vast series
+of sea gates that may finally the sodden city dry.
+
+The need for Venetian water control has never been greater.
+Especially high tides have caused major floods 10 times in
+the past 67 years alone, most diastrously in 1966 when the
+water in parts of the city climbed to more than 1.83 m.
+Compression of sediment under the city, along with rising sea
+levels, often causes smaller floods, shutting down businesses
+and making sidewalks and squares impossible.
+
+The source of the problem is geography. Venice is primarily a
+small cluster of interlocked islands set in the northern end of
+a 536-sq.-km lagoon. A long ridge of land seperates the lagoon
+from the far larger Gulf of Venice except at three major inlets.
+These openings allow high gulf tides to become high Venetian tides,
+with the water sometimes climbing far enough to swamp the city's
+seawalls.
+
+In 1984 a commission composed of Italy's 50 largest engeneering and
+construction firms was formed to find a way to control the water
+flow through the inlets, and Moses is it. Moses, an acronym for the
+plan's technical name as well as a lyrical reference to the parting of
+the Red Sea, calls for 78 hollow sea gates---each up to 5 m thick, 20 m
+wide and 27.5 m long---to be hinged to foundations, or caissons, in the
+seabed and to lie flat there. The gates would usually be filled with
+water, but when tides rises to a height of 1 m or more, compressse air
+would pump the water out. The free end of the gates would then float
+upwards, breaking the surface after about 30 minutes and sealing off
+the inlets. Sea locks would permit permit ships to pass while the gates
+are up.
+
+The project---which would take as long as ten years and cost at least
+\$2.7 billion---could still run into obstacles, especially given the
+fickle nature of Italian politics. Concerned that gates would be raised
+so frequently and remain there so long that they would cause water in the
+lagoon to grow stagnant, Greens are making that argument in an
+environmental-impact review that could delay or even scuttle construction.
+Even so, this is the closest Venice has come to a permanent solution to
+its water problems in 700 years. By local bureaucratic standards, that's
+not too bad.
+
+%---By Jeffrey Kluger. Reported by Jeff Israely/Rome---Time, June 2, 2003
+
+\subsection{Additional Information to the Gates}
+
+The gates are made of steel covered with a resistant coating to prevent
+building of algae and crustaceans. Every five years they're are scheduled
+for removal and cleaning.
+
+The 78 hollow sea gates are filled with water most of the time and remain
+out of sight in a foundation or cassion. During especially high tides,
+compressed air flushes out the seawater. Within 30 min.\ the gates rise
+to the surface and block the inlets. When the danger passes, water is
+admitted back into the gates, causing them to sink within 15 min.
+
+\section{Preface to the \LaTeX-Guide}
+\subsection{General Remarks}
+
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like `pdf\TeX' and `dvipdfm' for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern `packages' to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.
+
+\subsection{The Changes in Detail}
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+
+1. The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ picture environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and `picture' is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+2. It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a markup language,
+ with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+3. Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, `natbib' where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+4. PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the `hyperref' package by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the `\LaTeX\ Web Companion'.
+
+5. This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8a19c9114ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+A section of text may be displayed by indenting it by an equal amount
+on both sides, with the `quote' or `quotation' environment, as
+demonstrated here for the `quote' environment first.
+\begin{quote}
+Additonal vertical spacing is inserted above and below the displayed
+text to seperate it vertically from normal text.
+
+The text to be displayed may be over any length; it can be part of a
+sentence, a whole paragraph, or several paragraphs.
+
+Paragraphs are seperated as usual with an empty line, although no
+empty lines are needed at the beginning and end of the displayed
+text since additional vertical spacing is inserted here anyway.
+\end{quote}
+And here follows a demonstration of the `quotation' environment.
+\begin{quotation}
+In the `quotation' environment, paragraphs are marked by extra indentation
+of the first line, wheras in the `quote' environment, they are indicated
+more vertical spacing between them.
+
+The present text is produced within the `quotation' environment, while
+the example above was done with the `quote' environment.
+
+The `quotation' environment is only really meaningfil, when the regular
+text makes use of first-line indentation to show off new paragraphs.
+\end{quotation}
+The adjacent text behind the `quote' and/or `quotation' environment is
+processed in standard form again, as shown here. An empty line behind
+one of this environments starts the adjecent text as a new paragraph,
+indicated by an indentend first line of the the following text. The
+user may demonstrate this by the slight modification for this solution
+example.
+\end{document}
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-10.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-10.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5cca868bdac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-10.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+
+% This text is taken from Chapter 6, Tables
+% Guide to LaTeX, 4th edition.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+Table material is made to float with the environment:
+\begin{quote}
+ \verb=\begin{table}= \emph{head\_text\quad table\quad foot\_text\quad}
+ \verb=\end{table}
+\end{quote}
+where \emph{table} stands for the entire table as defined in the
+\texttt{tabular} environment, \emph{head\_text} for whatever text appears
+above the table, and \emph{foot\_text} for that below. Width, spacing,
+and positioning of the texts relative to the table are all matters for the
+user to arrange.
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..82fd219788e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{100mm}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{center}\Large\textbf{The Jabberwocky}\end{center}
+\begin{verse}\itshape
+'Twas brillig, and the slithy toves\\
+Did gyre and gimble in the wabe:\\
+All mimsy were the borogoves,\\
+And the mome raths outgrabe.
+
+"Beware the Jabberwock, my son!\\
+The jaws that bite, the claws that catch!\\
+Beware the Jubjub bird, and shun\\
+The frumious Bandersnatch!"
+
+He took his vorpal sword in hand:\\
+Long time the manxome foe he sought-\\
+So rested he by the Tumtum tree,\\
+And stood awhile in thought.
+
+And, as in uffish thought he stood,\\
+The Jabberwock, with eyes of flame,\\
+Came whiffling through the tulgey wood,\\
+And burbled as it came!
+
+One, two! One, two! And through and through\\
+The vorpal blade went snicker-snack!\\
+He left it dead, and with its head\\
+He went galumphing back.
+
+"And hast thou slain the Jabberwock?\\
+Come to my arms, my beamish boy!\\
+O frabjous day! Callooh! Callay!"\\
+He chortled in his joy.
+
+'Twas brillig, and the slithy toves\\
+Did gyre and gimble in the wabe:\\
+All mimsy were the borogoves,\\
+And the mome raths outgrabe.
+\end{verse}
+\begin{flushright} Lewis Carroll\end{flushright}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..405f4ff97cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{titlepage} \centering
+\vspace*{5cm}
+\textbf{\Huge Exercises}\\[1.5cm]
+\Large Steven Writer\\
+Texas A \& M University\\
+Department of Computer Science\\[5mm]
+College Station, Texas \today
+\end{titlepage}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-4.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..852050a335c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-4.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+A forfould nestin of the itemize an environment appears as follows:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item The label for the first level is a black dot, a \emph{bullet}.
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item That of the second level is a long dash (en dash).
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item That of the third level is an asterisk.
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item And the label for the fourth level is an upshifted dot.
+ \item At the same time, the vertical spacing is decrease with
+ increasing depth.
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item Back to the third level.
+ \item Each level may contain several labels of the same degree,
+ \item as shown here for third level.
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item Back to the second level.
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item And here we are at the first level of the itemize list again.
+ \item The standard label markers for each level can be changed by
+ the user
+ \item as demonstrated with the solution example for exercise 4.6.
+\end{itemize}
+Similary for the enumerate environment, where the style of numberin changes
+with the nesting level:
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item The numbering at the first level is with Arabic numerals followed
+ by a period.
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item At the second level, it is with lower case letters in paranthesis.
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item The third level is numbered with lower case Roman numerals
+ with a period.
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item At the fourth level, capital letters are used.
+ \item The label style can be changed as shown in the solution
+ example for exercise 4.7.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \item Back to the third level.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \item Back to the second level.
+ \item Also the enumerat environment may contain in every level
+ several labels of the same degree,
+ \item as shown here for the second level.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \item Each level should contain at least two labels,
+ \item but formally less labels are allowed!
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{document}
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-5.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..838f06ca659
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-5.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\textbf{\large Canadian Participants}
+\begin{description}
+\item[Ady, Michael S.] Edmonton, Alberta
+\item[Brunskill, Roxanne] Calgary, Alberta
+\item[Chan, Stephen] Burnaby, British Columbia
+\item[Dick, Roberta] Don Mills, Ontario
+\item[Flynn, Frank] Vancouver, British Collumbia
+\item[Galko, Peter] Ottawa, Ontario
+\item[Jones, Ed] Halifax, Nona Scotia
+\item[Herschorn, Michael] Montr\'eal, Qu\'ebec
+\item[Mackinnon, James G.] Kingston, Ontario
+\end{description}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-6.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-6.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ec8b4405cf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-6.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{---}
+\renewcommand{\labelitemii}{--}
+\renewcommand{\labelitemiii}{-}
+\begin{document}
+With the user changed label commands, the standard labels occure now
+in the following form:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The label for the first level is a long dash (em dash).
+\begin{itemize}
+\item That for the second level a medium dash (en dash).
+\begin{itemize}
+\item And that for the third level a short dash, a hyphen.
+\item Changed label symbols should be uniform for the whole users documen.
+\end{itemize}
+\item Also not changed several times within the document.
+\end{itemize}
+\item As shown here.
+\end{itemize}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-7.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-7.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f9d739fffdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-7.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{(\Roman{enumi})}
+\renewcommand{\labelenumii}{\Roman{enumi}--\arabic{enumii}}
+\begin{document}
+With the user modified label commands for the first two level of the
+enumerate environment, the corresponding labels occure now as follows:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item The labels for the first level are roman captal numerals enclosed by
+parenthesis.
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item The labels for the second level are the roman numerals of the first
+ level followed by the number of the second level, seperated by
+ a medium dash.
+\item Here is the next label of the second level.
+\item Followed by the third label of the second level.
+\end{enumerate}
+\item And back now to the second label of the first level.
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item And again at the second level with the combined roman numeral and
+ the actual label number of this level.
+\item And so one for continously labels of this label
+\item as demonstrated here for the third label
+\end{enumerate}
+\item An back now the the next label of the first level
+\item before we leave the enumerate environment.
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-8.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-8.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eb5c771f23d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-8.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\newcounter{num}
+\newenvironment{sample}{\begin{list}{\textbf{Sample \Alph{num}}\hfill}%
+ {\usecounter{num} \setlength{\labelwidth}{20mm}
+ \setlength{\leftmargin}{22mm} \setlength{\rightmargin}{5mm}
+ \setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus0.5ex minus 0.4ex}
+ \setlength{\listparindent}{1em}
+ \setlength{\parsep}{0ex plus0.5ex} }}
+ {\end{list}}
+\begin{document}
+The user defined \texttt{sample}-environment of the upper preamble
+demontrates the position of the corresponding label and their
+left an right margins.
+\begin{sample}
+\item with no commercial value.
+\item on receipt of the enclosed voucher an amount of 5.00 \$ will be
+ paid.
+\end{sample}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-9.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-9.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a90d9519bb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap4/exer4-9.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Table material is made to float with the envronment:
+\begin{quote}
+ \verb=\begin{table}= \emph{head\_text\quad table\quad foot\_text\quad}
+ \verb=\end{table}
+\end{quote}
+where \emph{table} stands for the entire table as defined in the
+\texttt{tabular} environment, \emph{head\_text} for whatever text appears
+above the table, and \emph{foot\_text} for that below. Width, spacing,
+and positioning of the texts relative to the table are all matters for the
+user to arrange.
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..59fc66dc4b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+
+% First Solution
+\footnotesize\noindent
+\begin{minipage}[b]{85mm}
+\parbox[t]{3.5cm}{The first line of this 3.5\,cm wide minipage or parbox
+ is aligned with the first line of the neighboring minipage or parbox.}
+\hfill
+\parbox[t]{4.5cm}{This 4.5\,cm wide minipage or parbox is positioned so
+ so that its top line is at the same level as that of the box on the
+ left, while its bottom line is even with that of the box on the right.
+ The na\"{\i}ve notation that this arrangement may be achieved with the
+ positioning arguments \texttt{t}, \texttt{t}, and \texttt{b} is incorrect.
+ Why? What would this selection really produce?} \\ \mbox{}
+\end{minipage}\hfill
+\parbox[b]{3.1cm}{The true solution involves the nesting of two of the three
+ structures in an enclosed minipage, which is then seperated aligned
+ with the third one.}
+
+% Second Solution
+\vspace{10mm}\noindent
+\parbox[t]{3.5cm}{The first line of this 3.5\,cm wide minipage or parbox
+ is aligned with the first line of the neighboring minipage or parbox.}
+\hfill
+\begin{minipage}[t]{81mm}\mbox{}\\
+\parbox[b]{4.5cm}{This 4.5\,cm wide minipage or parbox is positioned so
+ so that its top line is at the same level as that of the box on the
+ left, while its bottom line is even with that of the box on the right.
+ The na\"{\i}ve notation that this arrangement may be achieved with the
+ positioning arguments \texttt{t}, \texttt{t}, and \texttt{b} is incorrect.
+ Why? What would this selection really produce?}
+\hfill
+\parbox[b]{3.1cm}{The true solution involves the nesting of two of the three
+ structures in an enclosed minipage, which is then seperated aligned
+ with the third one.}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bf1ac8442a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{german}
+\begin{document}
+
+\newsavebox{\warning}
+\sbox{\warning}{\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.25mm}\setlength{\fboxsep}{1.5mm}%
+\fbox{\parbox{10cm}{\large Vertical placement of minipages and parboxes can
+ lead to surprising results which may be corrected by the use of dummy
+ lines.}}}
+
+\begin{center} \usebox{\warning} \end{center}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..92c67d1e25a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\section*{PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE}
+
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.%
+\footnote{With the result, that all maintance for \LaTeX\ 2.09 has been stopped
+with the occurance of \LaTeXe\ as well as any further developement.}
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like pdf\TeX and \texttt{dvipdfm} for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern \emph{packages} to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.\footnote{In between many hundreds
+of supplements and extensions in form of packages have been developed for
+\LaTeXe. Only the most important will be presented in this book.}
+
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ \texttt{picture} environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and \texttt{picturer} is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+\item It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a \emph{markup}
+ language, with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+\item Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, \texttt{natbib} where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+\item PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the \texttt{hyperref package} by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material.
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the \textsl{\LaTeX\ Web Companion}.
+
+\item This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.\footnote{Information for installation details are
+given in the self documentation for the \TeX Live CD.}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-4.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b7c54109292
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap5/exer5-4.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+\begin{document}
+\section*{PREFACE TO THE \LaTeX-GUIDE}
+
+A new edition to ``A Guide to \LaTeX'' begs the fundamental question:
+Has \LaTeX\ changed so much since the appearance of the third edition in 1999
+that a new release of this manual is justified?
+
+The simple answer to that question is `Well \dots.' In 1994, the \LaTeX\
+world was in upheaval with the issue of the new version \LaTeXe, and the
+second edition of the `Guide' came out just then to act as the bridge
+between the old and new versions. By 1998, the initial teething problems had
+been worked out and corrected through semi-annual releases, and the third
+edition could describe an established, working system. However, homage was
+still paid to the older 2.09 version since many users still employed its
+familiar syntax, although they were most likely to be using it in a \LaTeXe\
+environment. \LaTeX\ has now reached a degree of stability that since 2000
+the regular updates have been reduced to annual events, which often appear
+months after the nominal date, something that does not worry anyone. The old
+version 2.09 is obsolete and should no longer play any role in such a manual.%
+\footnote{With the result, that all maintance for \LaTeX\ 2.09 has been stopped
+with the occurance of \LaTeXe\ as well as any further developement.}
+In this fourth edition, it is reduced to an appendix just to document its
+syntax and usage.
+
+But if \LaTeX\ itself has not changed substantially since 1999, many of its
+peripherals have. The rise of programs like pdf\TeX and \texttt{dvipdfm} for
+PDF output adds new possibilities, which are realized, not in \LaTeX\
+directly, but by means of more modern \emph{packages} to extend the basic
+features. The distribution of \TeX/\LaTeX\ installations has changed, such
+that most users are given a complete, ready-to-run setup, with all the
+`extras' that one used to have to obtain oneself. Those extras include
+user-contributed packages, many of which are now considered indispensable.
+Today `the \LaTeX\ system' includes much more than the basic kernel by Leslie
+Lamport, encompassing the contributions of hundreds of other people. This
+edition reflects this increase in breadth.\footnote{In between many hundreds
+of supplements and extensions in form of packages have been developed for
+\LaTeXe. Only the most important will be presented in this book.}
+
+The changes to the fourth edition are mainly those of emphasis.
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item The material has been reorganized into `Basics' and `Beyond the Basics'
+ (`advanced' sounds too intimidating) while the appendices contain
+ topics that really can be skipped by most everyday users. Exception:
+ Appendix H is an alphabetized command summary that many
+ people find extremely useful (including ourselves).
+
+ This reorganizing is meant to stress certain aspects over others. For
+ example, the section on graphics inclusion and color was originally
+ treated as an exotic freak, relegated to an appendix on extensions; in the
+ third edition, it moved up to be included in a front chapter along with the
+ \texttt{picture} environment and floats; now it dominates
+ Chapter 6 all on its own, the floats come in the following
+ Chapter 7, and \texttt{picturer} is banished to the later
+ Chapter 13. This is not to say that the picture features are no good,
+ but only that they are very specialized. We add
+ descriptions of additional drawing possibilities there too.
+
+\item It is stressed as much as possible that \LaTeX\ is a \emph{markup}
+ language, with separation of content and form. Typographical settings
+ should be placed in the preamble, while the body contains only logical
+ markup. This is in keeping with the modern ideas of XML, where form and
+ content are radically segregated.
+
+\item Throughout this edition, contributed packages are explained at that point
+ in the text where they are most relevant. The `fancyhdr' package
+ comes in the section on page styles, \texttt{natbib} where literature
+ citations are explained. This stresses that these `extensions' are part of
+ the \LaTeX\ system as a whole. However, to remind the user that they must
+ still be explicitly loaded, a marginal note is placed at the start of their
+ descriptions.
+
+\item PDF output is taken for granted throughout the book, in addition to the
+ classical DVI format. This means that the added possibilities of `pdf\TeX'
+ and `dvipdfm' are explained where they are relevant. A separate
+ Chapter 10 on PostScript and PDF is still necessary, and the
+ best interface to PDF output, the \texttt{hyperref package} by Sebastian
+ Rahtz, is explained in detail. PDF is also included in
+ Chapter 15 on presentation material.
+
+ On the other hand, the other Web output formats, HTML and XML, are only
+ dealt with briefly in Appendix E, since these are large topics
+ treated in other books, most noticeably the \textsl{\LaTeX\ Web Companion}.
+
+\item This book is being distributed with the \TeX Live CD, with the kind
+ permission of Sebastian Rahtz who maintains it for the \TeX\ Users Group.
+ It contains a full \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ installation for Windows, Macintosh,
+ and Linux, plus many of the myriad extensions that exist.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+We once again express our hope that this \textsl{Guide} will prove more than
+useful to all those who wish to find their way through the intricate world of
+\LaTeX. And with the addition of the \TeX Live CD, that world is brought even
+closer to their doorsteps.\footnote{Information for installation details are
+given in the self documentation for the \TeX Live CD.}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5845bc6c1cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabbing}
+Project: \=Total Requirements \= = \$900\,000.00 \+\\
+ of which \> 2003\'= \$450\,000.00 \+\\
+ 2004\' = \$350\,000.00 \\ 2005\' = \$100\,000.00\-\\[0.5ex] \pushtabs
+ 2003 approved: \=\$350\,000.00\quad\= Deficiency: \= \$100\,000.00\\
+ 2004 \> \$300\,000.00 \>\>\$150\,000.00\\
+ 2005 \> \$250\,000.00 \> Surplus:\>\$150\,000.00 \\[0.5ex] \poptabs
+ tentative \> 2004\' = \$1\=00\,000.00 for deficiency \= 2003 \+\\
+ 2005\' = \$\>50\,000.00 \> 2004 \\
+ + \$100\,000.00 \>\>excess for\'2003 in 2004\-\-\\[0.5ex]
+ Commitments \>\>2003\'= \$100\,000.00\+\+\\
+ 2004\'= \$150\,000.00\` signed: H. Andr\a'e
+\end{tabbing}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..873e50fd087
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{tabular}{|r|l||rrr|r@{:}l|r@{:}l||c|}\hline
+ \multicolumn{10}{|c|}{\rule[-3mm]{0mm}{8mm}\bfseries 1st Regional Soccer
+ League --- Final Results 2002/03} \\ \hline
+ &\itshape Club &\itshape W &\itshape T &\itshape L
+ & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\itshape Goals}
+ & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\itshape Points}
+ & \itshape Remarks \\ \hline\hline
+ 1 & Amesville Rockets & 19 & 13 & 1 & 66&31 & 51&15 & League Champs \\ \hline
+ 2 & Borden Comets & 18 & 9 & 6 & 65&37 & 45&21 & Trophy Winners\\ \hline
+ 3 & Clarkson Chargers & 17 & 7 & 9 & 70&44 & 41&25 & Candidates\\ \cline{1-9}
+ 4 & Daysdon Bombers & 14 & 10 & 9 & 66&50 & 38&28 & for \\ \cline{1-9}
+ 5 & Edgartowns Devils & 16 & 6 & 11 & 63&53 & 38&28 & National \\ \cline{1-9}
+ 6 & Freeburg Fighters & 15 & 7 & 11 & 64&47 & 37&29 & League \\ \hline
+ 7 & Gadsby Tigers & 15 & 7 & 11 & 52&37 & 35&31 & \\ \cline{1-9}
+ 8 & Harrisville Hotshots& 12&11 & 10 & 62&58 & 35&31 & \\ \cline{1-9}
+ 9 & Idlleton Shovers & 14 & 9 & 11 & 49&51 & 35&31 & \\ \cline{1-9}
+10 & Jamestown Horntets& 11 & 11 & 11 & 48&47 & 33&33 & \\ \cline{1-9}
+11 & Kingston Cowboys & 13 & 5 & 14 & 54&45 & 32&34&Medium Teams\\ \cline{1-9}
+12 & Lonsdale Stompers & 12 & 8 & 13 & 50&57 & 32&34 & \\ \cline{1-9}
+13 & Marsdon Heroes & 9 & 12 & 11 & 50&42 & 31&35 & \\ \cline{1-9}
+14 & Norburg Flames & 10 & 8 & 15 & 60&68 & 28&38 & \\ \cline{1-9}
+15 & Ollison Champions & 8 & 9 & 16 & 42&49 & 25&41 & \\ \hline
+16 & Petersville Lancers& 6 & 8 & 19 & 31&77 & 20&46 & Disbanding\\ \hline
+17 & Quincy Giants & 7 & 5 & 21 & 40&89 & 19&47 & \\ \cline{1-9}
+19 & Ralstone Regulars & 3 & 11 & 19 & 37&74 & 17&49 &
+ \raisebox{1.5ex}[0pt]{Denoted} \\ \hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a22ed5afa0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\newcommand{\rb}[1]{\raisebox{1.5ex}[0mm]{#1}}
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{|l||c|l|c|l|c|l|}
+\hline
+& \multicolumn{2}{c|}{6.15--7.15 pm} & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{7.20--8.20 pm}
+& \multicolumn{2}{c|}{8.30--9.30 pm} \\ \cline{2-7}
+&& Teacher && Teacher && Teacher \\ \cline{3-3}\cline{5-5}\cline{7-7}
+\rb{Day} & \rb{Subj.} & Room & \rb{Subj.} & Room & \rb{Subj.} & Room\\
+ \hline\hline
+&& Dr.~Smith && Ms.~Clark && Mr.~Mills\\
+\cline{3-3}\cline{5-5}\cline{7-7}
+\rb{Mon.} & \rb{UNIX} & Comp. Ctr & \rb{Fortran} & Hall A
+ & \rb{Math.} & Hall A \\ \hline
+&& Miss Baker && Ms.~Clark && Mr.~Mill\\
+\cline{3-3}\cline{5-5}\cline{7-7}
+\rb{Tues.} & \rb{\LaTeX} & Conf.~Room & \rb{Fortran} & Conf~Room
+ & \rb{Math.} & Hall A \\ \hline
+&& Dr.~Smith && Dr.~Jones && Dr.~Jones \\
+\cline{3-3}\cline{5-5}\cline{7-7}
+\rb{Wed.} & \rb{UNIX} & Comp. Ctr & \rb{C} & Hall A
+ & \rb{ComSci.} & Hall A \\ \hline
+&& Miss Baker && Ms. Clark & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{} \\
+\cline{3-3}\cline{5-5}
+\rb{Fri.} & \rb{\LaTeX} & Conf.~Room & \rb{C++} & Conf.~Room
+& \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\rb{canceled}}\\ \hline
+\end{tabular}\end{center}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-4.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3ee319cc23c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-4.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{@{}p{35mm}p{60mm}l@{}}
+Course and Date & Brief Description & Prerequisites\\
+\hline
+Introduction to LSEDIT\newline
+14.3. -- 16.3. &
+ Logging on --- Explanation to the VMS fils system --- Explanation and
+ intensive application of the VMS editor LSEDIT --- user modifications
+ & none \\ \hline
+Introlduction to \LaTeX\newline
+21.3. -- 25.3. &
+ Word processors and formatting programs --- text and commands ---
+ environments --- dokument and page styles --- displayed text ---
+ math equations --- simple user defined structures
+ & LSEDIT
+\end{tabular}\end{center}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-5.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..28296855c47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap6/exer6-5.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{130mm}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{table}{\bfseries Primary Energy Consumption}\\[1ex]
+\begin{tabular*}{130mm}%
+ {@{}ll@{\extracolsep{\fill}}r@{\hspace{1em}}@{\extracolsep{1em}}rr@{}}
+% {@{}ll@{\extracolsep{\fill}}r@{\extracolsep{1em}}rr@{}}
+% Try this column definition as alternative solution
+\hline
+\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{Energy Source} & 1975 & 1980 & 1986\\ \hline
+\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{Total Consumption}&&& \\
+\multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{(in million tons of BCU)\footnote{BCU =
+ Bituminous Coal Unit (1 ton BCU corresponds to the heating
+ equivalent of 1 ton of bituminous coal = 8140 kwh)}}
+ & 347.7 & 390.2 & 385.0 \\
+of which & (percentages)\\
+& petroleum & 52.1 & 47.6 & 43.2 \\
+& bituminous coal & 19.1 & 19.8 & 20.0 \\
+& brown coal & 9.9 & 10.0 & 8.6 \\
+& natural gas & 14.2 & 16.5 & 15.1 \\
+& nuclear Energy & 2.0 & 3.7 & 10.1 \\
+& other\footnote{Wind, water, solar energy, and so forth}
+ & 2.7 & 2.3 & 3.0
+\end{tabular*}
+
+\emph{Source:} Energy Balance Study Group, Essen 1987.
+\end{table}
+
+\noindent \textbf{Answers to the questions from exercise 4.15}:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item With \verb=@{}= at the beginning and end of the formatting
+ definition the additional space of half of the column gap size
+ in front and behind the table which occures by default, will
+ be suppressed.
+\item With \verb=@{\extracolsep{\hfill}}= at the beginning of the formatting
+ definition additional space of equal width would be inserted
+ between all following columns so that the total tabular with
+ becomes exatly the ordered width of 118 mm. Try this modification
+ as special exersice.
+\item \verb=@{\extracolsep{\hfill}}= is to put behind the
+ second column parameter and its countermanding
+ \verb=@{\hspace{1em}}@\extracolsep{1em}}= is to put behind the
+ third column parameter. With \verb=@{\extracolsep{1em}}= as
+ countermanding expression the gap between the third and fourth
+ column would be smaller than those for the following column.
+ Try this as alternative exercise.
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fa73e5bbde9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+The derivative of the indirect function f[g(x)] is
+$\{f[g(x)]\}' = f'[g(x)]g'(x)$. For the second derivative of the product
+of $f(x)$ and $g(x)$ one has
+$[f(x)g(x)]'' = f''(x)g(x) + 2f'(x)g'(x) + f(x)g''(x)$.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-10.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-10.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..795eeb3c304
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-10.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+$\alpha\vec{x} = \vec{x}\alpha$,\hfill$\alpha\beta\vec{x}
+= \beta\alpha\vec{x}$,\hfill$(\alpha + \beta)\vec{x} = \alpha\vec{x} +
+\beta\vec{x}$,\hfill $\alpha(\vec{x} + \vec{y})
+= \alpha\vec{x} + \alpha\vec{y}$.\\
+\hspace*{1.5em}$\vec{x}\vec{y} = \vec{y}\vec{x}$\hfill
+but\hfill$\vec{x}\times\vec{y} =
+-\vec{y}\times\vec{x}$,\hfill\hfill$\vec{x}\vec{y} = 0$\hfill for\hfill%
+$\vec{x}\perp\vec{y}$,\hfill\hfill$\vec{x}\times\vec{y} = 0$,\hfill
+for\hfill$\vec{x}\parallel\vec{y}$.
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-11.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-11.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..afefe1e54a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-11.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{equation}
+\lim_{x\to0}\frac{\sqrt{1+x} - 1}{x} =
+\lim_{x\to0}\frac{(\sqrt{1+x} - 1)(\sqrt{1+x} + 1)}{x(\sqrt{1+x} + 1)} =
+\lim_{x\to0}\frac{1}{\sqrt{1+x} + 1} = \frac{1}{2}
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+\frac{\partial^2 U}{\partial x^2} + \frac{\partial^2 U}{\partial y^2} = 0\quad
+\Longrightarrow\quad
+U_M = \frac{1}{4\pi}\oint\limits_\Sigma\frac{1}{r}\frac{\partial U}{\partial n}
+\,ds - \frac{1}{4\pi}\oint\limits_\Sigma\frac{\partial\frac{1}{r}}{\partial n}
+U\,ds
+\end{equation}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-12.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-12.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c8878796389
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-12.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{135mm}
+\begin{document}
+\setcounter{equation}{2}
+\begin{equation}
+S(z) = -\cos\left(\frac{\pi}{2} z^2\right) \sum_{n=0}^\infty
+ \frac{(-1)^n\pi^{2n+1}}{1\cdot3\cdots(4n+3)} z^{4n+3}
+ +\sin\left(\frac{\pi}{2} z^2\right) \sum_{n=0}^\infty
+ \frac{(-1)^n\pi^{2n}}{1\cdot3\cdots(4n+1)} z^{4n+1}
+\end{equation}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-13.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-13.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..20d18995199
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-13.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\noindent\textbf{First solution example}:\\[1ex]
+The solution for the system equation
+\[ \renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}
+ F(x,y) = 0\quad\mbox{and}\quad
+ \left|\begin{array}{ccc}
+ F''_{xx} & F''_{xy} & F'_x\\
+ F''_{yx} & F''_{yy} & F'_y\\
+ F'_x & F'_y & 0
+ \end{array}\right| = 0
+\]
+yields the coordinates for the possible inflection points of $F(x,y) = 0$.
+
+\bigskip
+\noindent\textbf{Second solution example}:\\[1ex]
+The solution for the system equation
+\[ \renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}
+ F(x,y) = 0\quad\mbox{and}\quad\begin{array}{|ccc|}
+ F''_{xx} & F''_{xy} & F'_x\\
+ F''_{yx} & F''_{yy} & F'_y\\
+ F'_x & F'_y & 0
+ \end{array} = 0
+\]
+yields the coordinates for the possible inflection points of $F(x,y) = 0$.
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-14.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-14.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f4154ad0179
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-14.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\noindent\textbf{First solution example}:\\[1ex]
+The shortest distance between two straight lines represented by the equations
+\[ \frac{x-x_1}{l_1} = \frac{y-y_1}{m_1} = \frac{z-z_1}{n_1}\quad\mbox{und}%
+\quad%
+ \frac{x-x_2}{l_2} = \frac{y-y_2}{m_2} = \frac{z-z_2}{n_2} \]
+is given by the expression
+\[ \frac{\pm\;\begin{array}{|ccc|}
+ x_1 - x_2 & y_1 - y_2 & z_1 - z_2 \\
+ l_1 & m_1 & n_1 \\
+ l_2 & m_2 & n_2
+ \end{array}}{
+ \sqrt{\left|\begin{array}{cc} l_1 & m_1 \\ l_2 & m_2 \end{array}\right|^2
+ + \left|\begin{array}{cc} m_1 & n_1 \\ m_2 & n_2 \end{array}\right|^2
+ + \left|\begin{array}{cc} n_1 & l_1 \\ n_2 & l_2 \end{array}\right|^2}
+ } \]
+If the numerator is zero, the two lines meet somewhere.
+
+\bigskip
+\noindent\textbf{Second solution example}:\\[1ex]
+The shortest distance between two straight lines represented by the equations
+\[ \frac{x-x_1}{l_1} = \frac{y-y_1}{m_1} = \frac{z-z_1}{n_1}\quad\mbox{und}%
+\quad%
+ \frac{x-x_2}{l_2} = \frac{y-y_2}{m_2} = \frac{z-z_2}{n_2} \]
+is given by the expression
+\[ \frac{\pm\;\begin{array}{|ccc|}
+ x_1 - x_2 & y_1 - y_2 & z_1 - z_2 \\
+ l_1 & m_1 & n_1 \\
+ l_2 & m_2 & n_2
+ \end{array}}{
+ \sqrt{\begin{array}{|cc|} l_1 & m_1 \\ l_2 & m_2 \end{array}^2
+ + \begin{array}{|cc|} m_1 & n_1 \\ m_2 & n_2 \end{array}^2
+ + \begin{array}{|cc|} n_1 & l_1 \\ n_2 & l_2 \end{array}^2}
+ } \]
+If the numerator is zero, the two lines meet somewhere.
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-15.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-15.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6383f732bab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-15.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\noindent
+Laurent expansion using $c_n = \frac{1}{2\pi i}
+\oint (\zeta-a)^{-n-1}f(\zeta)\,d\zeta$, for every function $f(z)$ the
+following representation is valid ($n=0$, $\pm1$, $\pm2$, \ldots)
+\[ f(x) = \sum_{n=-\infty}^{+\infty} c_n(z-a)^n
+ = \left\{\begin{array}{r}
+ c_0 + c_1(z-a) + c_2(z-a)^2 +\cdots+ c_n(z-a)^n+\cdots\\
+ \mbox{}+c_{-1}(z-a)^{-1} + c_{-2}(z-a)^{-2}+\cdots\\
+ \mbox{}+c_{-n}(z-a)^{-n}+\cdots \end{array}\right. \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-16.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-16.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e603633e6a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-16.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\noindent
+The total number of permutations of $n$ elements taken $m$ at a time
+(symbol $V_n^m$) is
+\vspace{-0.5ex}
+\[ V_n^m = \prod_{i=0}^{m-1}(n-i) =
+ \underbrace{n(n-1)(n-2)\ldots(n-m+1)}_{\mbox{total of $m$ factors}} =
+ \frac{n!}{(n-m)!} \]
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-17.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-17.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7743bee0f28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-17.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\setcounter{equation}{5}
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\arcsin x & = & -\arcsin(-x) = \frac{\pi}{2} - \arccos x =
+ \left[\arccos\sqrt{1-x^2}\,\right]\nonumber\\
+ & = & \arctan\frac{x}{\sqrt{1-x^2}} =
+ \left[\mbox{\rm arccot}\frac{\sqrt{1-x^2}}{x}\right]
+\end{eqnarray}
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\lefteqn{f(x+h,y+k) = f(x,y) + \left\{\frac{\partial f(x,y)}{\partial x}h +
+ \frac{\partial f(x,y)}{\partial y}k\right\}}\nonumber\\
+ &&\mbox{} + \frac{1}{2}\left\{\frac{\partial^2f(x,y)}{\partial x^2}h^2
+ + 2\frac{\partial^2f(x,y)}{\partial x\partial y}kh
+ + \frac{\partial^2f(x,y)}{\partial y^2}k^2\right\}\\
+ &&\mbox{} + \frac{1}{6}\{\cdots\} + \cdots + \frac{1}{n!}\{\cdots\} + R_n
+ \nonumber
+\end{eqnarray}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-18.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-18.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7abf3d9221d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-18.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\noindent
+The inverse function of the polynomial expansion ~~$y = f(x) = ax+bx^2+cx^3
++dx^4 + ex^5 + fx^6+\cdots$ $(a\ne0)$ begins with the elements
+\setlength{\arraycolsep}{2pt}
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+x = \varphi(y) = \frac{1}{a}y &-& \frac{b}{a^3}y^2 + \frac{1}{a^5}(2b^2-ac)y^3\\
+ &+&\frac{1}{a^7}(5abc - z^2d -fb^3)y^4\\
+ &+&\frac{1}{a^9}(6a^2bd + 3a^2c^2+14b^4 - a^3e - 21ab^2c)y^5\\
+ &+&\frac{1}{a^{11}}(7a^3be + 7a^3cd + 84ab^3c - a^4f -\\
+ &&28a^2b^2d -28 a^2bc^2 - 43b^5)y^6 + \cdots
+\end{eqnarray*}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-19.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-19.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fb9c620f598
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-19.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\newcommand{\D}{\displaystyle}
+\begin{document}
+\[ a_0 + \frac{1\hfill}{\D a_1
+ + \frac{1\hfill}{\D a_2
+ + \frac{1\hfill}{\D a_3
+ + \frac{1\hfill}{a_4}}}} \]
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..56b238f25b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+The reduced cubic equation $y^3 + 3py +2q = 0$ has one real and two complex
+solutions when $D = q^2 + p^3 > 0$. These are given by Cardan's formula as
+\[ y_1 = u + v,\quad y_2 = -\frac{u+v}{2} + \frac{i}{2}\sqrt{3}(u - v),\quad
+ y_3 = -\frac{u+v}{2} - \frac{i}{2}\sqrt{3}(u-v) \]
+where
+\[ u = \sqrt[3]{-q + \sqrt{q^2+p^3}},\qquad v = \sqrt[3]{-q - \sqrt{q^2+p^3}} \]
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-20.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-20.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..515b958a9b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-20.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+%\setlength{\textwidth}{140mm}
+\begin{document}
+\[ \begin{array}{@{}r@{\;=\;}l@{\qquad}r@{\;=\;}l@{}}
+ \sin2\alpha & 2\sin\alpha\cos\alpha, &
+ \cos2\alpha & \cos^2\alpha - \sin^2\alpha\\
+ \sin3\alpha & 3\sin\alpha-4\sin^3\alpha &
+ \cos3\alpha & 3\cos^3\alpha - 3\cos\alpha\\
+ \sin4\alpha & 8\cos^3\alpha\sin\alpha - 4\cos\alpha\sin\alpha &
+ \cos4\alpha & 8\cos^4\alpha - 8\cos^2\alpha + 1
+ \end{array} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-21a.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-21a.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..91e95077b77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-21a.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\newcommand{\D}{\displaystyle}
+\newcommand{\bm}{\boldmath}
+\[ \begin{array}{@{}|c|c|c|@{}}\hline
+\multicolumn{3}{@{}|c|@{}}{\rule[-0.125cm]{0mm}{0.5cm}%
+\mbox{Equations for the tangential plane and surface normal}}\\
+\hline
+\mbox{Equation}&&\\
+\mbox{for the} & \mbox{Tangential plane} & \mbox{Surface normal}\\
+\mbox{surface} & & \\ \hline
+\rule{0mm}{0.583cm}F(x,y,z)=0
+ & \begin{array}[t]{r@{\:+\:}l}
+ \D\frac{\partial F}{\partial x}(X-x)
+ & \D\frac{\partial F}{\partial y}(Y-y) \\[2ex]
+ & \D\frac{\partial F}{\partial z}(Z-z) = 0
+ \end{array}
+ & \D\frac{X-x}{\D\frac{\partial F}{\partial x}} =
+ \frac{Y-y}{\D\frac{\partial F}{\partial y}} =
+ \frac{Z-z}{\D\frac{\partial F}{\partial z}}\\
+\rule[-0.42cm]{0mm}{1cm}z=f(x,y)
+ & Z-z = p(X-x) + q(Y-y)
+ & \D\frac{X-x}{p} = \frac{Y-y}{q} = \frac{Z-z}{-1}\\
+\begin{array}{c} x=x(u,v)\\y=y(u,v)\\z=z(u,v) \end{array}
+ & \begin{array}{|ccc|}
+ X-x & Y-y & Z-z\\[0.5ex]
+ \D\frac{\partial x}{\partial u} &
+ \D\frac{\partial y}{\partial u} &
+ \D\frac{\partial z}{\partial u} \\[2.0ex]
+ \D\frac{\partial x}{\partial v} &
+ \D\frac{\partial y}{\partial v} &
+ \D\frac{\partial z}{\partial v}
+ \end{array} = 0
+ & \begin{array}{c@{=}c}
+ \D\frac{X-x}{\left|\begin{array}{c}
+ \frac{\partial y}{\partial u}\;
+ \frac{\partial z}{\partial u}\\[0.8ex]
+ \frac{\partial y}{\partial v}\;\frac{\partial z}{\partial v}
+ \end{array}\right|} &
+ \D \frac{Y-y}{\left|\begin{array}{c}
+ \frac{\partial z}{\partial u}\;
+ \frac{\partial x}{\partial u}\\[0.8ex]
+ \frac{\partial z}{\partial v}\;\frac{\partial x}{\partial v}
+ \end{array}\right|} \\
+ & \rule{0mm}{4ex}
+ \D \frac{Z-z}{\left|\begin{array}{c}
+ \frac{\partial x}{\partial u}\;
+ \frac{\partial y}{\partial u}\\[0.8ex]
+ \frac{\partial x}{\partial v}\;\frac{\partial y}{\partial v}
+ \end{array}\right|}
+ \end{array} \\
+\rule[-0.42cm]{0mm}{1.17cm}\mbox{\boldmath$r=r$}(u,v)
+ & \begin{array}{r}
+ \mbox{\boldmath$(R-r)(r_1\times r_2) = \mbox{\unboldmath$0$}$}\\
+ \mbox{or\qquad\boldmath$(R-r)N = \mbox{\unboldmath$0$}$}
+ \end{array}
+ & \begin{array}{r@{\;=\;}l}
+ \mbox{\boldmath$R$} & \mbox{\boldmath$r +
+ \mbox{\unboldmath$\lambda$}(r_1\times r_2$)}\\
+ \mbox{or\quad\boldmath$R$} &
+ \mbox{\boldmath$r + \mbox{\unboldmath$\lambda$}N$}
+ \end{array}\\ \hline
+\multicolumn{3}{@{}|c|@{}}{\parbox{11.3cm}{\vspace*{0.5ex}In this table
+ $x,\,y,\,z$ and
+ \mbox{\boldmath$r$} are the coordinates and the radius vector of a fixed
+ point $M$ on the curve; $X,\,Y,\,Z$, and \mbox{\boldmath$R$} are the
+ coordinates and radius vector of a point on the tangential plane or surface
+ normal with reference to $M$; furthermore,
+ $p = \frac{\partial z}{\partial x}$, $q = \frac{\partial z}{\partial y}$
+ and $\mbox{\boldmath$r_1$} = \partial\mbox{\boldmath$r$}/\partial u$,
+ $\mbox{\boldmath$r_2$} = \partial\mbox{\boldmath$r$}/\partial v$.}}
+\\[0.8ex] \hline
+\end{array} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-21b.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-21b.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..42a54e46336
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-21b.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+%========================================================================
+% With an slightly increased \textwidth a better presentation for the
+% whole math. table can be made together with an even simpler solution.
+%========================================================================
+\documentclass{article}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{135mm}
+\begin{document}
+\newcommand{\D}{\displaystyle}
+\newcommand{\bm}{\boldmath}
+\[ \begin{array}{@{}|c|c|c|@{}}\hline
+\multicolumn{3}{@{}|c|@{}}{\rule[-0.125cm]{0mm}{0.5cm}%
+\mbox{Equations for the tangential plane and surface normal}}\\
+\hline
+\mbox{Equation}&&\\
+\mbox{for the} & \mbox{Tangential plane} & \mbox{Surface normal}\\
+\mbox{surface} & & \\ \hline
+\rule{0mm}{0.583cm}F(x,y,z)=0
+ & \begin{array}[t]{r@{\:+\:}l}
+ \D\frac{\partial F}{\partial x}(X-x)
+ & \D\frac{\partial F}{\partial y}(Y-y) \\[2ex]
+ & \D\frac{\partial F}{\partial z}(Z-z) = 0
+ \end{array}
+ & \D\frac{X-x}{\D\frac{\partial F}{\partial x}} =
+ \frac{Y-y}{\D\frac{\partial F}{\partial y}} =
+ \frac{Z-z}{\D\frac{\partial F}{\partial z}}\\
+\rule[-0.42cm]{0mm}{1cm}z=f(x,y)
+ & Z-z = p(X-x) + q(Y-y)
+ & \D\frac{X-x}{p} = \frac{Y-y}{q} = \frac{Z-z}{-1}\\
+\begin{array}{c} x=x(u,v)\\y=y(u,v)\\z=z(u,v) \end{array}
+ & \begin{array}{|ccc|}
+ X-x & Y-y & Z-z\\[0.5ex]
+ \D\frac{\partial x}{\partial u} &
+ \D\frac{\partial y}{\partial u} &
+ \D\frac{\partial z}{\partial u} \\[2.0ex]
+ \D\frac{\partial x}{\partial v} &
+ \D\frac{\partial y}{\partial v} &
+ \D\frac{\partial z}{\partial v}
+ \end{array} = 0
+ & \D\frac{X-x}{\left|\begin{array}{c}
+ \frac{\partial y}{\partial u}\;
+ \frac{\partial z}{\partial u}\\[0.8ex]
+ \frac{\partial y}{\partial v}\;\frac{\partial z}{\partial v}
+ \end{array}\right|}
+ \D \frac{Y-y}{\left|\begin{array}{c}
+ \frac{\partial z}{\partial u}\;
+ \frac{\partial x}{\partial u}\\[0.8ex]
+ \frac{\partial z}{\partial v}\;\frac{\partial x}{\partial v}
+ \end{array}\right|}
+ \D \frac{Z-z}{\left|\begin{array}{c}
+ \frac{\partial x}{\partial u}\;
+ \frac{\partial y}{\partial u}\\[0.8ex]
+ \frac{\partial x}{\partial v}\;\frac{\partial y}{\partial v}
+ \end{array}\right|} \\
+\rule[-0.42cm]{0mm}{1.17cm}\mbox{\boldmath$r=r$}(u,v)
+ & \begin{array}{r}
+ \mbox{\boldmath$(R-r)(r_1\times r_2) = \mbox{\unboldmath$0$}$}\\
+ \mbox{or\qquad\boldmath$(R-r)N = \mbox{\unboldmath$0$}$}
+ \end{array}
+ & \begin{array}{r@{\;=\;}l}
+ \mbox{\boldmath$R$} & \mbox{\boldmath$r +
+ \mbox{\unboldmath$\lambda$}(r_1\times r_2$)}\\
+ \mbox{or\quad\boldmath$R$} &
+ \mbox{\boldmath$r + \mbox{\unboldmath$\lambda$}N$}
+ \end{array}\\ \hline
+\multicolumn{3}{@{}|c|@{}}{\parbox{12.5cm}{\vspace*{0.5ex}In this table
+ $x,\,y,\,z$ and
+ \mbox{\boldmath$r$} are the coordinates and the radius vector of a fixed
+ point $M$ on the curve; $X,\,Y,\,Z$, and \mbox{\boldmath$R$} are the
+ coordinates and radius vector of a point on the tangential plane or surface
+ normal with reference to $M$; furthermore,
+ $p = \frac{\partial z}{\partial x}$, $q = \frac{\partial z}{\partial y}$
+ and $\mbox{\boldmath$r_1$} = \partial\mbox{\boldmath$r$}/\partial u$,
+ $\mbox{\boldmath$r_2$} = \partial\mbox{\boldmath$r$}/\partial v$.}}
+\\[0.8ex] \hline
+\end{array} \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4b15e9b0566
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+\documentclass[fleqn]{article}
+\begin{document}
+\setlength{\mathindent}{2cm}
+The reduced cubic equation $y^3 + 3py +2q = 0$ has one real and two complex
+solutions when $D = q^2 + p^3 > 0$. These are given by Cardan's formula as
+\begin{equation} y_1 = u + v \end{equation}
+\begin{equation} y_2 = -\frac{u+v}{2} + \frac{i}{2}\sqrt{3}(u-v) \end{equation}
+\begin{equation} y_3 = -\frac{u+v}{2} - \frac{i}{2}\sqrt{3}(u-v) \end{equation}
+where
+\[ u = \sqrt[3]{-q + \sqrt{q^2+p^3}},\qquad v = \sqrt[3]{-q - \sqrt{q^2+p^3}} \]
+\end{document}
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-4.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-4.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..47e66f15dd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-4.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{german}
+\begin{document}
+Each of the measurements $x_1 < x_2 < \cdots < x_r$ occures
+$p_1$-, $p_2$-$,\ldots,p_r$ times. The mean value and standard deviation
+are then
+\[ x = \frac{1}{n}\sum_{i=1}^r p_i x_i,\qquad s= \sqrt{\frac{1}{n}\sum_{i=1}^r
+ p_i(x_i - x)^2} \]
+where $ n = p_1 + p_2 +\cdots+p_r $.
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-5.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-5.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1a2fc238383
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-5.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+Although this equation looks very complicated, it should not present
+any great difficulties:
+\[ \int\frac{\sqrt{(ax+b)^3}}{x}\,dx = \frac{2\sqrt{(ax+b)^3}}{3}
+ + 2b\sqrt{ax+b} + b^2\int\frac{dx}{x\sqrt{ax+b}} \]
+The same applies to $\int^8_{-1}(dx/\sqrt[3]{x}) = \frac{3}{2}(8^{2/3} +
+ 1^{2/3}) = 15/2$
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-6.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-6.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2d353a59383
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-6.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+The union of two sets $\mathcal{A}$ and $\mathcal{B}$ is the set of elements
+that are in at least one of the two sets, and is designated as
+$\mathcal{A\cup B}$. This operation is commutative
+$\mathcal{A\cup B = B\cup A}$ and associative $\mathcal{(A\cup B)\cup C =
+A\cup(B\cup C)}$. If $\mathcal{A\subseteq B}$, then
+$\mathcal{A\cup B = B}$. It then follows that $\mathcal{A\cup A = A}$,
+$\mathcal{A\cup\{\emptyset\} = A}$ and $\mathcal{J\cup A = J}$.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-7.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-7.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8ee134a9963
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-7.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+\noindent
+Applying l'Hopital's rule, one has
+\[ \lim_{x\to0}\frac{\ln\sin\pi x}{\ln\sin x}
+ = \lim_{x\to0}\frac{\pi\frac{\cos\pi x}{\sin\pi x}}{\frac{\cos x}{\sin x}}
+ = \lim_{x\to0}\frac{\pi\tan x}{\tan\pi x}
+ = \lim_{x\to0}\frac{\pi/\cos^2 x}{\pi/\cos^2 \pi x}
+ = \lim_{x\to0}\frac{\cos^2\pi x}{\cos^2 x} = 1 \]
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-8.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-8.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b163e13ded6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-8.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{135mm}
+\begin{document}
+\noindent
+The gamma function $\Gamma(x)$ is defined as
+\[ \Gamma(x)\equiv\lim_{n\to\infty}\prod_{\nu=0}^{n-1}\frac{n!n^{x-1}}{x+\nu}
+ = \lim_{n\to\infty}\frac{n!n^{x-1}}{x(x+1)(x+2)\cdots(x+n-1)}
+ \equiv\int_0^\infty e^{-t}t^{x-1}\,dt \]
+The integral definition is valid only for $x>0$ (2nd Euler integral).
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-9.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-9.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3a104cd3ba0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap7/exer7-9.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\begin{document}
+The reduced cubic equation $y^3 + 3py +2q = 0$ has one real and two complex
+solutions when $D = q^2 + p^3 > 0$. These are given by Cardan's formula as
+\begin{equation} y_1 = u + v \end{equation}
+\begin{equation} y_2 = -\frac{u+v}{2} + \frac{i}{2}\sqrt{3}(u-v) \end{equation}
+\begin{equation} y_3 = -\frac{u+v}{2} - \frac{i}{2}\sqrt{3}(u-v) \end{equation}
+where
+\[ u = \sqrt[3]{-q + \sqrt{q^2+p^3}},\qquad v = \sqrt[3]{-q - \sqrt{q^2+p^3}} \]
+\end{document}
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-1.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..218de1ba564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage[dvips]{graphics}
+\begin{document}
+This is some sample text together with an include graphic given as an
+\texttt{.eps}-File. The beginning text stands above the graphic that
+follows now
+
+\includegraphics{demo}
+
+Below the graphic some additional follows as shown here.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-2.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cf45720ae5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}
+\begin{document}
+This is some sample text together with an include graphic given as an
+\texttt{.eps}-File. The beginning text stands above the graphic that
+follows now
+
+\includegraphics[scale=2.0, angle=45, origin=c]{demo}
+
+Below the graphic some additional follows as shown here.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-3.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ca2655f5691
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/exercises/chap8/exer8-3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}
+\usepackage[dvipsnames]{color}
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0pt}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{16cm}
+\setlength{\textheight}{22cm}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}
+
+\begin{document}
+\renewcommand*{\DefineNamedColor}[4]{%
+ \textcolor[named]{#2}{\rule{7mm}{7mm}}\quad
+ \texttt{#2}\strut\\}
+
+\begin{center}\Large Named colors in \texttt{dvipsnam.def}
+\end{center}
+\begin{multicols}{3}
+\input{dvipsnam.def}
+\end{multicols}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/mpletter.cls b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/mpletter.cls
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b9bb9e0bc49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/mpletter.cls
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+% MPLETTER.CLS as taken out of gtl-letters.tex 4th edition
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesClass{mpletter}
+\RequirePackage{ifthen}
+\newboolean{@german}
+\setboolean{@german}{false}
+\DeclareOption{german}{\setboolean{@german}{true}}
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{letter}}
+\ProcessOptions
+\LoadClass[a4paper]{letter}
+\newcommand{\englishnames}{%
+ \newcommand{\yrefname}{\textsl{Your Ref.}}
+ \newcommand{\ymailname}{\textsl{Your letter from}}
+ \newcommand{\myrefname}{\textsl{Our Ref.}}
+ \newcommand{\subjectname}{\textsl{Subject}}
+ \newcommand{\telephonename}{Telephone}
+ \newcommand{\stationname}{Train Station}
+ \newcommand{\germanname}{GERMANY}
+ \newcommand{\telcode}{[49]-5556-401}
+ \newcommand{\postcode}{D--37191}
+}
+
+\newcommand{\germannames}{%
+%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
+ \newcommand{\telcode}{(05556) 401}
+ \newcommand{\postcode}{37191}
+}
+
+\ifthenelse{\boolean{@german}}
+ {\RequirePackage{german}\germannames}{\englishnames}
+\newcommand{\@yref}{} \newcommand{\@ymail}{}
+\newcommand{\@myref}{} \newcommand{\@subject}{}
+\newcommand{\@internet}{}
+
+\newcommand{\yref}[1]{\renewcommand{\@yref}{\yrefname: #1}}
+\newcommand{\ymail}[1]{\renewcommand{\@ymail}{\ymailname: #1}}
+\newcommand{\myref}[1]{\renewcommand{\@myref}{\myrefname: #1}}
+\newcommand{\subject}[1]{\renewcommand{\@subject}
+ {\subjectname: #1}}
+\newcommand{\internet}[1]{\renewcommand{\@internet}{#1}}
+\newcommand{\INTERNET}{@linmpi.mpg.de}
+\setlength{\textheight}{215mm} \setlength{\textwidth}{160mm}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0pt} \setlength{\evensidemargin}{0pt}
+\setlength{\topmargin}{-20pt} \setlength{\headheight}{12pt}
+\setlength{\headsep}{35pt}
+\DeclareFixedFont{\xviisf}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{n}{17}
+\DeclareFixedFont{\xsf}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{n}{10}
+\DeclareFixedFont{\viiisf}{OT1}{cmss}{m}{n}{8}
+\newlength{\leftfield} \setlength{\leftfield}{117mm}
+\newlength{\rightfield} \setlength{\rightfield}{43mm}
+\newsavebox{\FIRM} \newsavebox{\firmaddress}
+\newsavebox{\firm} \newsavebox{\firmreturn}
+
+\sbox{\FIRM}
+ {\parbox[t]{\leftfield}
+ {\xviisf MAX--PLANCK--INSTITUT F\"UR AERONOMIE}}
+
+\sbox{\firm}
+ {\xsf MAX--PLANCK--INSTITUT F\"UR AERONOMIE}
+
+\sbox{\firmreturn}
+ {\viiisf\underline{MPI f\"ur Aeronomie,
+ \postcode{} Katlenburg--Lindau}}
+
+\sbox{\firmaddress}
+ {\parbox[t]{\rightfield}{\viiisf\baselineskip10pt
+ Max--Planck--Stra{\ss}e 2\\
+ \postcode{} Katlenburg--Lindau\\\germanname}}
+\newsavebox{\firmhead} \newsavebox{\firmfoot}
+
+\sbox{\firmhead}
+ {\parbox{\textwidth}{\usebox{\FIRM}\raisebox{6pt}
+ {\usebox{\firmaddress}}\\[3pt] \rule{\textwidth}{1pt}}}
+
+\sbox{\firmfoot}
+ {\parbox{\textwidth}{\rule{\textwidth}{0.6pt}\\[5pt]
+ \viiisf\setlength{\baselineskip}{12pt}%
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}ll}
+ \underline{\telephonename} & \telcode-1\\
+ \underline{Telefax} & \telcode-240\\
+ \underline{Telex} & 9\,65\,527 aerli
+ \end{tabular}\hfill
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{l}
+ \underline{Bank}\\
+ Kreis--Sparkasse Northeim\\
+ 41\,104\,449 (BLZ 262\,500\,01)
+ \end{tabular}\hfill
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{l@{}}
+ \underline{\stationname}\\
+ Northeim\\
+ (Han.)
+ \end{tabular} }}
+\renewcommand{\ps@firstpage}
+ {\setlength{\headheight}{41pt}\setlength{\headsep}{25pt}%
+ \renewcommand{\@oddhead}{\usebox{\firmhead}}%
+ \renewcommand{\@oddfoot}{\raisebox{-20pt}[0pt]
+ {\usebox{\firmfoot}}}%
+ \renewcommand{\@evenhead}{}\renewcommand{\@evenfoot}{}}
+\renewcommand{\ps@headings}
+ {\setlength{\headheight}{41pt}%
+ \renewcommand{\@oddhead}
+ {\parbox{\textwidth}{\usebox{\firm}\\[5pt]
+ \slshape \headtoname{} \toname\hfill\@date\hfill
+ \pagename{} \thepage\\
+ \rule[3pt]{\textwidth}{1pt}}}
+ \renewcommand{\@oddfoot}{}
+ \renewcommand{\@evenhead}{\@oddhead}
+ \renewcommand{\@evenfoot}{\@oddfoot}}
+\providecommand{\@evenhead}{}\providecommand{\@oddhead}{}
+\providecommand{\@evenfoot}{}\providecommand{\@oddfoot}{}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\renewcommand{\opening}[1]{\thispagestyle{firstpage}%
+ \parbox[t]{\leftfield}
+ {\usebox{\firmreturn}\\
+ \parbox[b][3.5cm][c]{\leftfield}{\toname\\\toaddress}}%
+ \parbox[t]{\rightfield}
+ {\fromname
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\telephonenum}{}}
+ {}{\\ Tel.: \telcode-\telephonenum}
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@internet}{}}
+ {}{\\{\viiisf Email: \@internet\INTERNET}}
+ \\[5mm] \@date}
+ \par
+ \rule{\textwidth}{0.6pt}
+ \makebox[\leftfield][l]
+ {\ifthenelse{\equal{\@yref}{}}
+ {\@ymail}{\@yref\hfill\@ymail\hfill}}
+ \@myref\par
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@subject}{}}
+ {}{\@subject\par}
+ \vspace{2\parskip} #1 \par\nobreak}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.pdf b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eebdb6b00d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.ps b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.ps
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c198fcf3a28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0
+%%Creator: dvips(k) 5.90a Copyright 2002 Radical Eye Software
+%%Title: palette.dvi
+%%Pages: 1
+%%PageOrder: Ascend
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 596 842
+%%DocumentPaperSizes: a4
+%%EndComments
+%DVIPSWebPage: (www.radicaleye.com)
+%DVIPSCommandLine: dvips palette
+%DVIPSParameters: dpi=600, compressed
+%DVIPSSource: TeX output 2003.04.10:2237
+%%BeginProcSet: texc.pro
+%!
+/TeXDict 300 dict def TeXDict begin/N{def}def/B{bind def}N/S{exch}N/X{S
+N}B/A{dup}B/TR{translate}N/isls false N/vsize 11 72 mul N/hsize 8.5 72
+mul N/landplus90{false}def/@rigin{isls{[0 landplus90{1 -1}{-1 1}ifelse 0
+0 0]concat}if 72 Resolution div 72 VResolution div neg scale isls{
+landplus90{VResolution 72 div vsize mul 0 exch}{Resolution -72 div hsize
+mul 0}ifelse TR}if Resolution VResolution vsize -72 div 1 add mul TR[
+matrix currentmatrix{A A round sub abs 0.00001 lt{round}if}forall round
+exch round exch]setmatrix}N/@landscape{/isls true N}B/@manualfeed{
+statusdict/manualfeed true put}B/@copies{/#copies X}B/FMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0]
+N/FBB[0 0 0 0]N/nn 0 N/IEn 0 N/ctr 0 N/df-tail{/nn 8 dict N nn begin
+/FontType 3 N/FontMatrix fntrx N/FontBBox FBB N string/base X array
+/BitMaps X/BuildChar{CharBuilder}N/Encoding IEn N end A{/foo setfont}2
+array copy cvx N load 0 nn put/ctr 0 N[}B/sf 0 N/df{/sf 1 N/fntrx FMat N
+df-tail}B/dfs{div/sf X/fntrx[sf 0 0 sf neg 0 0]N df-tail}B/E{pop nn A
+definefont setfont}B/Cw{Cd A length 5 sub get}B/Ch{Cd A length 4 sub get
+}B/Cx{128 Cd A length 3 sub get sub}B/Cy{Cd A length 2 sub get 127 sub}
+B/Cdx{Cd A length 1 sub get}B/Ci{Cd A type/stringtype ne{ctr get/ctr ctr
+1 add N}if}B/id 0 N/rw 0 N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N/G 0 N/CharBuilder{save 3
+1 roll S A/base get 2 index get S/BitMaps get S get/Cd X pop/ctr 0 N Cdx
+0 Cx Cy Ch sub Cx Cw add Cy setcachedevice Cw Ch true[1 0 0 -1 -.1 Cx
+sub Cy .1 sub]/id Ci N/rw Cw 7 add 8 idiv string N/rc 0 N/gp 0 N/cp 0 N{
+rc 0 ne{rc 1 sub/rc X rw}{G}ifelse}imagemask restore}B/G{{id gp get/gp
+gp 1 add N A 18 mod S 18 idiv pl S get exec}loop}B/adv{cp add/cp X}B
+/chg{rw cp id gp 4 index getinterval putinterval A gp add/gp X adv}B/nd{
+/cp 0 N rw exit}B/lsh{rw cp 2 copy get A 0 eq{pop 1}{A 255 eq{pop 254}{
+A A add 255 and S 1 and or}ifelse}ifelse put 1 adv}B/rsh{rw cp 2 copy
+get A 0 eq{pop 128}{A 255 eq{pop 127}{A 2 idiv S 128 and or}ifelse}
+ifelse put 1 adv}B/clr{rw cp 2 index string putinterval adv}B/set{rw cp
+fillstr 0 4 index getinterval putinterval adv}B/fillstr 18 string 0 1 17
+{2 copy 255 put pop}for N/pl[{adv 1 chg}{adv 1 chg nd}{1 add chg}{1 add
+chg nd}{adv lsh}{adv lsh nd}{adv rsh}{adv rsh nd}{1 add adv}{/rc X nd}{
+1 add set}{1 add clr}{adv 2 chg}{adv 2 chg nd}{pop nd}]A{bind pop}
+forall N/D{/cc X A type/stringtype ne{]}if nn/base get cc ctr put nn
+/BitMaps get S ctr S sf 1 ne{A A length 1 sub A 2 index S get sf div put
+}if put/ctr ctr 1 add N}B/I{cc 1 add D}B/bop{userdict/bop-hook known{
+bop-hook}if/SI save N @rigin 0 0 moveto/V matrix currentmatrix A 1 get A
+mul exch 0 get A mul add .99 lt{/QV}{/RV}ifelse load def pop pop}N/eop{
+SI restore userdict/eop-hook known{eop-hook}if showpage}N/@start{
+userdict/start-hook known{start-hook}if pop/VResolution X/Resolution X
+1000 div/DVImag X/IEn 256 array N 2 string 0 1 255{IEn S A 360 add 36 4
+index cvrs cvn put}for pop 65781.76 div/vsize X 65781.76 div/hsize X}N
+/p{show}N/RMat[1 0 0 -1 0 0]N/BDot 260 string N/Rx 0 N/Ry 0 N/V{}B/RV/v{
+/Ry X/Rx X V}B statusdict begin/product where{pop false[(Display)(NeXT)
+(LaserWriter 16/600)]{A length product length le{A length product exch 0
+exch getinterval eq{pop true exit}if}{pop}ifelse}forall}{false}ifelse
+end{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR 1 1 scale Rx Ry false RMat{BDot}imagemask
+grestore}}{{gsave TR -.1 .1 TR Rx Ry scale 1 1 false RMat{BDot}
+imagemask grestore}}ifelse B/QV{gsave newpath transform round exch round
+exch itransform moveto Rx 0 rlineto 0 Ry neg rlineto Rx neg 0 rlineto
+fill grestore}B/a{moveto}B/delta 0 N/tail{A/delta X 0 rmoveto}B/M{S p
+delta add tail}B/b{S p tail}B/c{-4 M}B/d{-3 M}B/e{-2 M}B/f{-1 M}B/g{0 M}
+B/h{1 M}B/i{2 M}B/j{3 M}B/k{4 M}B/w{0 rmoveto}B/l{p -4 w}B/m{p -3 w}B/n{
+p -2 w}B/o{p -1 w}B/q{p 1 w}B/r{p 2 w}B/s{p 3 w}B/t{p 4 w}B/x{0 S
+rmoveto}B/y{3 2 roll p a}B/bos{/SS save N}B/eos{SS restore}B end
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginProcSet: special.pro
+%!
+TeXDict begin/SDict 200 dict N SDict begin/@SpecialDefaults{/hs 612 N
+/vs 792 N/ho 0 N/vo 0 N/hsc 1 N/vsc 1 N/ang 0 N/CLIP 0 N/rwiSeen false N
+/rhiSeen false N/letter{}N/note{}N/a4{}N/legal{}N}B/@scaleunit 100 N
+/@hscale{@scaleunit div/hsc X}B/@vscale{@scaleunit div/vsc X}B/@hsize{
+/hs X/CLIP 1 N}B/@vsize{/vs X/CLIP 1 N}B/@clip{/CLIP 2 N}B/@hoffset{/ho
+X}B/@voffset{/vo X}B/@angle{/ang X}B/@rwi{10 div/rwi X/rwiSeen true N}B
+/@rhi{10 div/rhi X/rhiSeen true N}B/@llx{/llx X}B/@lly{/lly X}B/@urx{
+/urx X}B/@ury{/ury X}B/magscale true def end/@MacSetUp{userdict/md known
+{userdict/md get type/dicttype eq{userdict begin md length 10 add md
+maxlength ge{/md md dup length 20 add dict copy def}if end md begin
+/letter{}N/note{}N/legal{}N/od{txpose 1 0 mtx defaultmatrix dtransform S
+atan/pa X newpath clippath mark{transform{itransform moveto}}{transform{
+itransform lineto}}{6 -2 roll transform 6 -2 roll transform 6 -2 roll
+transform{itransform 6 2 roll itransform 6 2 roll itransform 6 2 roll
+curveto}}{{closepath}}pathforall newpath counttomark array astore/gc xdf
+pop ct 39 0 put 10 fz 0 fs 2 F/|______Courier fnt invertflag{PaintBlack}
+if}N/txpose{pxs pys scale ppr aload pop por{noflips{pop S neg S TR pop 1
+-1 scale}if xflip yflip and{pop S neg S TR 180 rotate 1 -1 scale ppr 3
+get ppr 1 get neg sub neg ppr 2 get ppr 0 get neg sub neg TR}if xflip
+yflip not and{pop S neg S TR pop 180 rotate ppr 3 get ppr 1 get neg sub
+neg 0 TR}if yflip xflip not and{ppr 1 get neg ppr 0 get neg TR}if}{
+noflips{TR pop pop 270 rotate 1 -1 scale}if xflip yflip and{TR pop pop
+90 rotate 1 -1 scale ppr 3 get ppr 1 get neg sub neg ppr 2 get ppr 0 get
+neg sub neg TR}if xflip yflip not and{TR pop pop 90 rotate ppr 3 get ppr
+1 get neg sub neg 0 TR}if yflip xflip not and{TR pop pop 270 rotate ppr
+2 get ppr 0 get neg sub neg 0 S TR}if}ifelse scaleby96{ppr aload pop 4
+-1 roll add 2 div 3 1 roll add 2 div 2 copy TR .96 dup scale neg S neg S
+TR}if}N/cp{pop pop showpage pm restore}N end}if}if}N/normalscale{
+Resolution 72 div VResolution 72 div neg scale magscale{DVImag dup scale
+}if 0 setgray}N/psfts{S 65781.76 div N}N/startTexFig{/psf$SavedState
+save N userdict maxlength dict begin/magscale true def normalscale
+currentpoint TR/psf$ury psfts/psf$urx psfts/psf$lly psfts/psf$llx psfts
+/psf$y psfts/psf$x psfts currentpoint/psf$cy X/psf$cx X/psf$sx psf$x
+psf$urx psf$llx sub div N/psf$sy psf$y psf$ury psf$lly sub div N psf$sx
+psf$sy scale psf$cx psf$sx div psf$llx sub psf$cy psf$sy div psf$ury sub
+TR/showpage{}N/erasepage{}N/setpagedevice{pop}N/copypage{}N/p 3 def
+@MacSetUp}N/doclip{psf$llx psf$lly psf$urx psf$ury currentpoint 6 2 roll
+newpath 4 copy 4 2 roll moveto 6 -1 roll S lineto S lineto S lineto
+closepath clip newpath moveto}N/endTexFig{end psf$SavedState restore}N
+/@beginspecial{SDict begin/SpecialSave save N gsave normalscale
+currentpoint TR @SpecialDefaults count/ocount X/dcount countdictstack N}
+N/@setspecial{CLIP 1 eq{newpath 0 0 moveto hs 0 rlineto 0 vs rlineto hs
+neg 0 rlineto closepath clip}if ho vo TR hsc vsc scale ang rotate
+rwiSeen{rwi urx llx sub div rhiSeen{rhi ury lly sub div}{dup}ifelse
+scale llx neg lly neg TR}{rhiSeen{rhi ury lly sub div dup scale llx neg
+lly neg TR}if}ifelse CLIP 2 eq{newpath llx lly moveto urx lly lineto urx
+ury lineto llx ury lineto closepath clip}if/showpage{}N/erasepage{}N
+/setpagedevice{pop}N/copypage{}N newpath}N/@endspecial{count ocount sub{
+pop}repeat countdictstack dcount sub{end}repeat grestore SpecialSave
+restore end}N/@defspecial{SDict begin}N/@fedspecial{end}B/li{lineto}B
+/rl{rlineto}B/rc{rcurveto}B/np{/SaveX currentpoint/SaveY X N 1
+setlinecap newpath}N/st{stroke SaveX SaveY moveto}N/fil{fill SaveX SaveY
+moveto}N/ellipse{/endangle X/startangle X/yrad X/xrad X/savematrix
+matrix currentmatrix N TR xrad yrad scale 0 0 1 startangle endangle arc
+savematrix setmatrix}N end
+
+%%EndProcSet
+%%BeginProcSet: color.pro
+%!
+TeXDict begin/setcmykcolor where{pop}{/setcmykcolor{dup 10 eq{pop
+setrgbcolor}{1 sub 4 1 roll 3{3 index add neg dup 0 lt{pop 0}if 3 1 roll
+}repeat setrgbcolor pop}ifelse}B}ifelse/TeXcolorcmyk{setcmykcolor}def
+/TeXcolorrgb{setrgbcolor}def/TeXcolorgrey{setgray}def/TeXcolorgray{
+setgray}def/TeXcolorhsb{sethsbcolor}def/currentcmykcolor where{pop}{
+/currentcmykcolor{currentrgbcolor 10}B}ifelse/DC{exch dup userdict exch
+known{pop pop}{X}ifelse}B/GreenYellow{0.15 0 0.69 0 setcmykcolor}DC
+/Yellow{0 0 1 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Goldenrod{0 0.10 0.84 0 setcmykcolor}DC
+/Dandelion{0 0.29 0.84 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Apricot{0 0.32 0.52 0
+setcmykcolor}DC/Peach{0 0.50 0.70 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Melon{0 0.46 0.50 0
+setcmykcolor}DC/YellowOrange{0 0.42 1 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Orange{0 0.61
+0.87 0 setcmykcolor}DC/BurntOrange{0 0.51 1 0 setcmykcolor}DC
+/Bittersweet{0 0.75 1 0.24 setcmykcolor}DC/RedOrange{0 0.77 0.87 0
+setcmykcolor}DC/Mahogany{0 0.85 0.87 0.35 setcmykcolor}DC/Maroon{0 0.87
+0.68 0.32 setcmykcolor}DC/BrickRed{0 0.89 0.94 0.28 setcmykcolor}DC/Red{
+0 1 1 0 setcmykcolor}DC/OrangeRed{0 1 0.50 0 setcmykcolor}DC/RubineRed{
+0 1 0.13 0 setcmykcolor}DC/WildStrawberry{0 0.96 0.39 0 setcmykcolor}DC
+/Salmon{0 0.53 0.38 0 setcmykcolor}DC/CarnationPink{0 0.63 0 0
+setcmykcolor}DC/Magenta{0 1 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/VioletRed{0 0.81 0 0
+setcmykcolor}DC/Rhodamine{0 0.82 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Mulberry{0.34 0.90
+0 0.02 setcmykcolor}DC/RedViolet{0.07 0.90 0 0.34 setcmykcolor}DC
+/Fuchsia{0.47 0.91 0 0.08 setcmykcolor}DC/Lavender{0 0.48 0 0
+setcmykcolor}DC/Thistle{0.12 0.59 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Orchid{0.32 0.64 0
+0 setcmykcolor}DC/DarkOrchid{0.40 0.80 0.20 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Purple{
+0.45 0.86 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Plum{0.50 1 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Violet{
+0.79 0.88 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/RoyalPurple{0.75 0.90 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC
+/BlueViolet{0.86 0.91 0 0.04 setcmykcolor}DC/Periwinkle{0.57 0.55 0 0
+setcmykcolor}DC/CadetBlue{0.62 0.57 0.23 0 setcmykcolor}DC
+/CornflowerBlue{0.65 0.13 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/MidnightBlue{0.98 0.13 0
+0.43 setcmykcolor}DC/NavyBlue{0.94 0.54 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/RoyalBlue{1
+0.50 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Blue{1 1 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Cerulean{0.94 0.11
+0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Cyan{1 0 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC/ProcessBlue{0.96 0 0 0
+setcmykcolor}DC/SkyBlue{0.62 0 0.12 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Turquoise{0.85 0
+0.20 0 setcmykcolor}DC/TealBlue{0.86 0 0.34 0.02 setcmykcolor}DC
+/Aquamarine{0.82 0 0.30 0 setcmykcolor}DC/BlueGreen{0.85 0 0.33 0
+setcmykcolor}DC/Emerald{1 0 0.50 0 setcmykcolor}DC/JungleGreen{0.99 0
+0.52 0 setcmykcolor}DC/SeaGreen{0.69 0 0.50 0 setcmykcolor}DC/Green{1 0
+1 0 setcmykcolor}DC/ForestGreen{0.91 0 0.88 0.12 setcmykcolor}DC
+/PineGreen{0.92 0 0.59 0.25 setcmykcolor}DC/LimeGreen{0.50 0 1 0
+setcmykcolor}DC/YellowGreen{0.44 0 0.74 0 setcmykcolor}DC/SpringGreen{
+0.26 0 0.76 0 setcmykcolor}DC/OliveGreen{0.64 0 0.95 0.40 setcmykcolor}
+DC/RawSienna{0 0.72 1 0.45 setcmykcolor}DC/Sepia{0 0.83 1 0.70
+setcmykcolor}DC/Brown{0 0.81 1 0.60 setcmykcolor}DC/Tan{0.14 0.42 0.56 0
+setcmykcolor}DC/Gray{0 0 0 0.50 setcmykcolor}DC/Black{0 0 0 1
+setcmykcolor}DC/White{0 0 0 0 setcmykcolor}DC end
+
+%%EndProcSet
+TeXDict begin 39158280 55380996 1000 600 600 (palette.dvi)
+@start
+%DVIPSBitmapFont: Fa cmtt12 12 42
+/Fa 42 122 df<EC1F804A7E4A7EA34A7EA314F901017FA501037FA214F0A201077FA4EC
+E07E010F137FA449486C7EA549486C7EA4017F80EC000FA291B5FCA290B67EA43A01FE00
+07F8491303A4000381491301A3000781491300D87FFF90380FFFE0B56C4813F06E5AA24A
+7E6C496C13E02C3E7DBD33>65 D<007FB512F8B7FC16C082826C813A03F8000FFCED03FE
+15016F7E82A2EE3F80A7EE7F00A25E4B5AA2ED07FCED1FF890B65A5E1680828216F89039
+F8000FFCED01FE6F7EEE7F80163F17C0161FA2EE0FE0A7161F17C0A2163FEE7F8016FF4B
+1300150F007FB65AB75A5E16E05E6C4AC7FC2B3D7DBC33>I<91391FE00780DAFFFC13C0
+0103EBFF0F010F148F4914FF5B90387FF81F9038FFC00748497E4848487E497F485A167F
+485A49143F121F5B003F151F5BA2127F90C8EA0F8093C7FCA25A5AAD7E7EA36DEC0F8000
+3FED1FC0A27F121F7F000F153F6D15806C7E167F6C6CECFF007F3A01FF8003FE6C6D485A
+90397FF81FF86DB55A6D5C6D5C010391C7FC010013FCEC1FE02A3F7CBD33>I<003FB512
+F04814FCB7FC826C816C813A03F8007FF0ED1FF8ED07FC15036F7E8281EE7F80A2163F17
+C0161FA217E0160FA4EE07F0AD160F17E0A4161F17C0163FA21780167FEEFF00A24B5A15
+034B5AED1FF8ED7FF0003FB6FC4815C0B75A93C7FC6C14FC6C14F02C3D7EBC33>I<003F
+B712E04816F0B8FCA27E7ED801FCC71207A8EE03E093C7FCA6151F4B7EA490B6FCA69038
+FC003FA46FC7FC92C8FCA817F8EE01FCA9003FB7FC5AB8FCA27E6C16F82E3D7EBC33>I<
+003FB712E04816F0B8FCA27E7ED801FCC71207A8EE03E093C7FCA7151F4B7EA490B6FCA6
+9038FC003FA46FC7FC92C8FCB1383FFFF8487FB57EA26C5B6C5B2C3D7DBC33>I<91387F
+803C903901FFF03E0107EBFC7E011F13FE49EBFFFE5B9038FFE07F48EB803FEC000FEA03
+FC00071407491303485A491301121F5B123F491300A2127F90C8FC167C93C7FCA25A5AA9
+92387FFFC092B512E0A37E6C6E13C0923800FE00A36D1301123FA27F121F6D1303120F7F
+6C6C1307A26C6C130F6C6C131F9038FF803F6CEBE0FF6DB5FC7F6D13FE010713F80101EB
+F07C9026007F80C7FC2B3F7CBD33>I<49B512F84914FC16FEA216FC6D14F890C7EA7F00
+B3B3A5123C127EB4FCA25D5D1401397F8007FC9038F01FF86CB5FC6C5C6C14C000035CC6
+49C7FCEB1FF0273E79BC33>74 D<387FFFF8B57E80A25C6C5BD801FCC9FCB3B3A3EE03E0
+EE07F0A9007FB7FCB8FCA46C16E02C3D7DBC33>76 D<D83FF8EC1FFC486CEC3FFE486CEC
+7FFFA2007F16FE6C6CECFFFC000716E001EF14F7EC8001A39039E7C003E7A3ECE007A201
+E314C7A2ECF00FA201E11487ECF81FA201E01407A2ECFC3FA2EC7C3E157E147EEC3E7CA3
+EC1E78EC1FF8A2EC0FF0A3EC07E0EC03C091C7FCAED83FFCEC3FFC486CEC7FFEB591B5FC
+A26C48EC7FFE6C48EC3FFC303D7FBC33>I<D87FFC90381FFFE0486C4913F07FA36C6D6C
+13E00003913800FC0013F780A213F380A3EBF1F0A38013F0A280A2147C147EA2143E143F
+A2801580A3140F15C0A2140715E0A2140315F0A21401A215F81400A3157CA3153C153EA2
+151E151F387FFF80B5EAC00FA315076C496C5A2C3D7DBC33>I<90381FFFF890B6FC0003
+15C0000F15F0A24815F83A3FFC003FFC01E013074913034848EB01FEA290C8FCA500FE15
+7FB3AC6C15FF6C15FEA46D1301A36C6CEB03FC01F0130F01FC133F6CB612F86C15F0A200
+0315C0C61500011F13F8283F7BBD33>I<003FB512FC48ECFF80B712E016F86C816C813A
+01FC000FFF030313801500EE7FC0163FEE1FE0160FA217F01607A6160F17E0A2161FEE3F
+C0167FEEFF801503030F130090B65A5E5E16E0168003FCC7FC01FCC9FCB3383FFFE0487F
+B57EA26C5B6C5B2C3D7EBC33>I<007FB57EB612F815FE81826C812603F8007FED3FF0ED
+0FF815076F7E1501A26F7EA74B5AA215034B5A150FED3FF0EDFFE090B65A5E93C7FC5D81
+82D9F8007F153F6F7E150F821507AA173E177FA416F8030313FF267FFFC014FEB538E001
+FF17FC81EE7FF86C49EB3FF0C9EA0FC0303E7EBC33>82 D<D907FE137890393FFFC07C90
+B5EAF0FC4814FC000714FF5AEBFC03391FF0007F4848133F0180131F007F140F90C71207
+4814035AA21501A46CEC00F86C15007F7F6C7E7FEA1FFE380FFFE06C13FF6C14F06C14FC
+6C6C13FF011F1480010314C0D9003F13E0020313F09138003FF8ED0FFC1507ED03FE1501
+150016FFA2007C157F12FEA56C15FF16FE7FED01FC6D130301F0EB07F801FC130F9039FF
+807FF091B512E016C000FC1580013FEBFE00D8F80F5BD8780013E0283F7BBD33>I<003F
+B712F84816FCB8FCA43AFE000FE001A8007CED00F8C71500B3B3A40107B512C049804980
+A26D5C6D5C2E3D7EBC33>I<D87FFF903803FFF8B56C4813FCA46C496C13F8D807F09038
+003F806D147F00031600A36D5C00015DA46C6C495AA46D13036D5CA3EC8007013F5CA3EC
+C00F011F5CA46D6C485AA46D6C485AA4010391C7FC6E5AA30101137EA2ECFCFEA201005B
+A5EC7FF8A46E5AA26E5A6E5A2E3E7EBC33>86 D<D83FFCEC3FFC486CEC7FFEB591B5FCA2
+6C48EC7FFE6C48EC3FFCD80FC0EC03F0A76D1407000716E0A86C6CEC0FC0A2EC07E0EC0F
+F0EC1FF8A3000116809039F83FFC1FEC3E7CA4EC7E7EA200001600A2EC7C3E01FC5CECFC
+3FA3ECF81F017C143EA590397DF00FBEA3013D14BC90393FE007FCA5ECC003011F5C6D48
+6C5A303E7FBC33>I<D87FFF903803FFF8B56C4813FC6E5AA24A7E6C496C13F8D803FC90
+38007F005E00015D6D130112006D495A7F02805B013F130702C05B011F130F02E05BA201
+0F131F02F05B0107133F02F85B13034BC7FCEB01FC157E010013FE14FEEC7EFC147F6E5A
+A26E5AA25D140FB349B5FC4980A46D91C7FC2E3D7EBC33>89 D<EB1FFC90B57E000314E0
+48804814FC48809038F007FFEBE0016E7F153F6C48806C48131FC87F150FA5EC0FFF49B5
+FC131F137F48B6FC0007140F4813C0381FFC00EA3FF0EA7FC05B48C7FC5AA56C141F7E6D
+137FD83FE0497ED9F807EBFFF06CB712F87E6C14F36C14C1C69138003FF0D91FF090C7FC
+2D2E7BAC33>97 D<EA3FFC487E12FFA2127F123F1200ABEC01FE91380FFFC04A13F0027F
+7F91B512FE90B7FCECFE07DAF800138002E0EB7FC04AEB3FE04A131FEE0FF091C7FC1607
+4915F81603A217FC1601A9160317F8A26D140717F06E130F17E06E131FEE3FC06E137F91
+39F801FF80DAFE07130091B55A495C6E5BD97E3F13E0D93C0F138090260003FEC7FC2E3E
+7FBC33>I<ECFFF0010713FE011FEBFF804914C04914E048B612F048EBC01F9038FE000F
+485A485A4848EB07E049EB03C0484890C7FC5BA2127F90C9FCA25A5AA97E7EA27F003FEC
+01F06DEB03F86C7E6D13076C6C14F06C6C130F01FFEB1FE06CEBE07F6C90B512C06C1580
+013F14006D13FC01075B010013C0252E79AC33>I<ED7FF84B7E5CA280157F1501ABEB01
+FF010713C1011F13F1017F13F990B6FC5A4813813907FE003FD80FF8131F49130F484813
+07491303123F491301127F90C7FCA25A5AA97E7E15037F123F6D1307A26C6C130F6D131F
+6C6C133F6C6C137F2603FF81B512F091B612F8C602FD13FC6D13F96D01E113F8010F0180
+13F0D901FEC8FC2E3E7DBC33>I<ECFF80010713F0011F13FC497F90B6FC481580480180
+13C03A07FE003FE001F8EB0FF048481307484814F8491303003F15FC491301127F90C7FC
+16FE15005A5AB7FCA516FC48C9FC7E7EA36C7E167C6C6C14FE7F6C7E6D13016C6CEB03FC
+6CB4130F6C9038C03FF86C90B512F06D14E06D14C0010F1400010313FC9038007FE0272E
+7BAC33>I<ED3FE0913801FFFC020713FE141F4A13FF5CECFFC015004948137E4A133C01
+0314005CA8003FB612F84815FCB7FCA36C15F8260003F8C7FCB3AD003FB612804815C0A4
+6C1580283E7DBD33>I<D901FEEB1FE0903A0FFFC0FFF0013F01F313F84990B512FC90B7
+FC5A48010313E12607FC00EB80F849017F1360484890383FC00049131FA2001F8149130F
+A66D131F000F5DA26D133F6C6C495A6D13FF2603FF0390C7FCECFFFE485C5D5DD80FCF13
+C0D981FEC8FC0180C9FCA27FA26C7E7F90B512FC6CECFFC06C15F0000715FC4815FF4816
+809038E0000748489038007FC090C8EA1FE048150F007E150700FE16F0481503A56C1507
+007E16E0007F150F6C6CEC1FC001E0147FD81FF8903801FF80270FFF801F13006C90B55A
+6C5DC615F0013F14C0010F91C7FC010013F02E447DAB33>I<EA3FFC487E12FFA2127F12
+3F1200AB4AB4FC020713C0021F13F0027F7F91B5FC90B67EED07FEECF801ECF0004A7F4A
+7F5CA291C7FCA35BB3A43B3FFFF80FFFFC486D4813FEB56C4813FFA26C496C13FE6C496C
+13FC303D7FBC33>I<14E0EB03F8A2497EA36D5AA2EB00E091C8FCAA383FFFF8487FA47E
+EA0001B3AD007FB612C0B712E016F0A216E06C15C0243E78BD33>I<EA7FF8487EA4127F
+1200AC4AB512C04A14E04A14F0A26E14E06E14C09139000FF0004B5A4B5A4B5A4BC7FC4A
+5A4A5A4A5A4A5A4A5A4A5A4A5A4A7E01FD7F90B5FC81ECF3F8ECE3FC14C1EC80FEEC007F
+5B496D7E6F7E82150F6F7E6F7E8215016F7E3B7FFFF80FFFF0B56C4813F817FCA217F86C
+496C13F02E3D7EBC33>107 D<383FFFFC487FB5FCA27E7EC7FCB3B3AD003FB612F84815
+FCB712FEA26C15FC6C15F8273D7ABC33>I<02FC137E3B7FC3FF01FF80D8FFEF01877F90
+B500CF7F15DF92B57E6C010F13872607FE07130301FC01FE7F9039F803FC01A201F013F8
+A401E013F0B3A53C7FFE0FFF07FF80B548018F13C0A46C486C01071380322C80AB33>I<
+4AB4FC263FFC0713C0267FFE1F13F000FF017F7F91B5FC6CB67E6CEC07FEC6EBF801ECF0
+004A7F4A7F5CA291C7FCA35BB3A43B3FFFF80FFFFC486D4813FEB56C4813FFA26C496C13
+FE6C496C13FC302C7FAB33>I<EB01FE90380FFFC0013F13F0497F90B57E488048EB03FF
+2607FC0013804848EB7FC049133F4848EB1FE049130F4848EB07F0A2007F15F890C71203
+A300FEEC01FCAA6C14036C15F8A26D1307003F15F06D130FA26C6CEB1FE06D133F6C6CEB
+7FC06C6CEBFF802603FF0313006CEBFFFE6C5C6D5B6D5B010F13C0D901FEC7FC262E7AAC
+33>I<EC01FE3A3FFC0FFFC0486C4813F000FF017F7F91B512FE6CB7FC6CEBFE07C6D9F8
+00138002E0EB7FC04AEB3FE04A131FEE0FF091C7FC16074915F81603A217FC1601A91603
+17F8A26D140717F06E130F17E06E131FEE3FC06E137F9139F801FF80DAFE07130091B55A
+495C6E5B6E13E0020F1380DA03FEC7FC91C9FCAF383FFFF8487FB57EA26C5B6C5B2E427F
+AB33>I<02FF137C0107EBE0FE011F13F0017F13FC90B512FE4814FF4813C03907FE003F
+4848131F01F0130F484813071503485A491301127F90C7FC15005A5AA97E7E15017F123F
+6D130315076C7E6C6C130F6D131FD807FE137F3903FF81FF6CEBFFFE6C14FC6D13F86D13
+F0010F13C0903801FE0090C8FCAF92387FFFFC92B512FEA46F13FC2F427CAB33>I<ED03
+FE3B7FFF801FFF80B5D8C07F13E002C1B5FC02C314F014C76C9038CFFE0F39001FDFF091
+39FFC007E092388003C092C8FC5C5C5CA25CA25CA35CB2007FB512FEB7FCA46C5C2C2C7D
+AB33>I<90381FFE0F90B5EA8F80000314FF120F5A5AEBF007387F800190C7FC00FE147F
+5A153FA37E007FEC1F0001C090C7FCEA3FF8EBFFC06C13FF6C14E0000314F8C680011F13
+FF01001480020713C0EC007FED1FE0007C140F00FEEC07F01503A27EA27F15076D14E06D
+130F6DEB3FC09038FE01FF90B61280160000FD5C00FC14F8D8F83F13E0D8780790C7FC24
+2E79AC33>I<EB03C0497E130FAA003FB612FC4881B7FCA36C5D26000FE0C8FCB3A3161F
+EE3F80A5167F6E140001075C6E5A9138FE07FE6DB55A6D5C6D5C6E5B021F1380DA07FCC7
+FC29387EB633>I<D83FFCEB1FFE486C497E00FF5CA2007F80003F800000EC007FB3A75E
+A25DA26D5B90387F800FDAE03F13FC6DB612FE17FF6D806D01FE13FE01039038F83FFC01
+0001C0C7FC302C7FAA33>I<3B3FFFC00FFFF0486D4813F8B56C4813FCA26C496C13F86C
+496C13F0D801F8C7EA7E006D14FE00005DA26D1301017E5CA2017F13036D5CA2EC800701
+1F5CA2ECC00F010F5CA36D6C485AA3ECF03F010391C7FCA26E5A0101137EA2ECFCFE0100
+5BA214FF6E5AA36E5AA26E5A6E5A2E2B7EAA33>I<3B7FFF8007FFF8B56C4813FC6E5AA2
+4A7E6C496C13F8D80FC0C7EA0FC06D141F00071680A56D143F00031600A3EC0FC0EC1FE0
+A23A01F83FF07EA3EC7FF8147CA20000157C9039FCFCFCFCA3ECF87CA2017C5C017D137E
+ECF03EA2017F133FA26D486C5AA3ECC00F90390F8007C02E2B7EAA33>I<3B7FFF801FFF
+E0B56C4813F06E4813F8A24A6C13F06C496C13E0D803F8C7EAFC00000114015E7F000014
+036D5C137EA2017F495A7FA26E485A131FA26D6C485AA214E0010749C7FCA214F0130315
+7EEB01F8A2157C010013FC14FC5D147C147DEC3FF0A36E5AA36E5AA2141F5DA2143F92C8
+FCA3147EA214FE003F5B1301387F81F81383EB87F0139FEBFFE06C5B5C6C90C9FCEA0FFC
+EA03F02D427DAA33>121 D E
+%EndDVIPSBitmapFont
+%DVIPSBitmapFont: Fb cmtt12 17.28 11
+/Fb 11 119 df<EA07E0EA1FF8EA3FFCEA7FFEA2B5FCA6EA7FFEA2EA3FFCEA1FF8EA07E0
+1010638F4A>46 D<903801FFFE011FEBFFE0017F14F848B612FE486F7E834816F0488283
+EC800391C77FEE3FFF160F707F6C48806C486E7F6C5ACA7FA3177FA50303B5FC92B6FC14
+0F91B7FC1307131F137F90B8FC0003EDE07F48ECE0004849C7FC4813F014804848C8FC48
+5A5B485A5BA25BA46D15FFA26D5C007F5D6D5CD83FFE141F6D6C017F13F86CD9E007B612
+FE91B9FC6C19807E6C16DF6C160F6CEDFC07013FDAF0011400010F91C7EA3FFE010101F0
+91C8FC414178BF4A>97 D<93381FFFF84C7F845EA382A282EE0007B0913801FF80021F13
+F0027F13FE49B61287010715C74915F74915FF5B5B90B5EA807F489038FE000F4801F813
+0302E07F48497F4849147F91C8123F4848151F5B003F160F5B1707485AA25BA212FFA25B
+AA7FA2127F170F7FA26C6C151FA2173F6C7E6D157F000F16FF7F6C6D5B02E013076C6D5B
+6C01FC133F6C01FF90B7128092B812C06D15F76D03E714E06D15C7010715876DDAFE0714
+C00100ECF803023FD9E0011480DA03FECAFC43597BD74A>100 D<ED7FF00203B5FC021F
+14E0027F14F849B67E4915FF010F824982498249EBC01F9027FFFE00037F4801F801007F
+48496E7E02C0143F48496E7E4890C8120F491507001F8349815B003F18804981A2127F49
+17C08312FF90B9FCA71980190001C0CBFC7F127FA37F123F7FA26C6C163F6DEE7F806C6C
+EEFFC0A26C6D5C14E06C6D4A13806C01FC5C6C6D021F130090267FFFC05B6D9039F801FF
+FE6D90B65A6D5E6D5E6D5E01005E023F92C7FC020F14FC020114E09126001FFEC8FC3A41
+79BF4A>I<4CB47E041F13F093B512FC030380030F805D4B15805D92B7FC4AEBFC074A13
+F0DCC00313004A13804C6C5A4A48EB007895C7FC5DAB003FB812F04883B97EA56C5F6C5F
+C7D80FFCC9FCB3B3A8001FB712FE48824883A56C94C7FC6C5E39597BD84A>I<EC01F0EC
+07FC4A7EA24A7EA56E5AA26E5AEC01F091CAFCAE001FB512FC4880815AA37EA27EC71203
+B3B3A8003FB812C04817E0A2B912F0A36C17E0A26C17C0345974D84A>105
+D<037FEC1FC0283FFC03FFE0EBFFF8267FFE0FD9F0037FD9FF3FD9F80F7FB5486D487F91
+B56C48807048806C93B6FCA26C028302E07FC649C6EC803F4A15004A6D486D7E4A5C4A5C
+043F140F4A5CA34A5CA491C75BB3AD003FD9FC07B548B512C0486D48028314E04B1487B6
+03C714F0A36C01FE038714E06F14836C496C020114C04C3F81BE4A>109
+D<EE1FFC263FFFF090B57E48D9F80714E0DAFC1F14F8B5498092B67E14FD6C90B8FC856C
+EDE01FD8000FDA00077F03FC7F4B7F4B7F4B815D4B147FA292C8FCA25CA45CB3AC003FB6
+90B612F848038115FCA2B700C315FEA36C038115FCA26C030015F8473F7FBE4A>I<EE0F
+FC263FFFF090B57E48D9F80714E0DAFC1F14F8B54914FE92B7FC02FD826C90B87E856CDB
+E01F7FD8000FEC000703FC01017F4B6D7F03E0143F4B6E7E4B140F8592C87E4A6F1380A3
+4A6F13C0A284A21AE0A2197FAA19FFA21AC0A26E5DA24E138080606F1600606F4A5A6F14
+3F6F4A5A6F4A5A6F130303FF010F5BDCC03F5B93B65A6102FD93C7FC02FC5D6F5C031F14
+F0030714C0030191C8FC9238003FF093CAFCB3A4003FB6FC4881A2B77EA36C5DA26C92CA
+FC435F7FBE4A>112 D<913A1FFF800F800103B5EAF81F011F9138FF3FC0017F15FF48B8
+FC5A5A5A5A48EBE00049C7121FD87FF880491403D8FFC080A25B82A37FEF7F806C7E01F8
+92C7FC13FE383FFFC06C13FE6CEBFFF86CECFFE06C15FC6CEDFF806C6C15F0011F810103
+15FED9007F8002011580DA000F14C0DB003F13E01607040113F0D83F809138007FF8007F
+163F486CED1FFC170F7F1707A27FA26D150FA27F6DED1FF86D157F02C0ECFFF06E130302
+FC013F13E091B712C0A2188001BF1600019F15FC010F15F0010315C0267E007F49C7FC00
+7C010713E0364176BF4A>115 D<003FB56C013FB51280486E4914C06F90B6FCB617E0A3
+6C19C04B7F6C4A6D148026003FC0C8387F80006E15FF011F94C7FCA26E5C010F5EA26E14
+0301075EA26E140701035EA26E140F01015EA26E141F6D5EA26F133F027F5DA26F137F02
+3F5DA26F13FF021F92C8FCA26F5A020F5CA2EDF80302075CA2EDFC0702035CA2EDFE0F02
+015CA2EDFF1F6E5CA216BF037F5BA216FF6F5BA36F90C9FCA26F5AED03F8433F7DBD4A>
+118 D E
+%EndDVIPSBitmapFont
+%DVIPSBitmapFont: Fc cmr17 17.28 12
+/Fc 12 116 df<B500FC041FB512F0A280A226003FFF0400EBFE006D6DEE3FF8F20FE001
+1D7F745A011C7F6E6C705AA26E7E81141F6E7EA26E7E82806E7FA26E7F6F7EA26F7E8215
+1F6F7EA26F7E83816F7FA26F7F707EA2707E83161F707EA2707E8482707FA2707F84177F
+717E84171F717EA2717E1980837113C0A27113E019F0187FF03FF819FC181FF00FFEA2F0
+07FF1A83847213C3A27213E31AF3197FF13FFB1AFF8585A285A28585A285133E1A7F017F
+183FA22601FFC0171F000701F0170FB67E1A07A21A03546279E163>78
+D<EC3FF0903803FFFE010F6D7E90393FC03FE090397E0007F801F86D7ED801E06D7E4848
+6D7E48486E7E48C86C7E7F01F06E7E487E6D6E7EA3707EA36C5AEA03E0C9FCA6167FED7F
+FF020FB5FC91387FF807903801FF80903807FC00EB1FF0EB7FC0495AD803FEC7FC485A12
+0F5B485A485AA2484817E0A312FF5BA2160FA3161F6D141B007F153B16736D913971FC01
+C06C6C14E1001FEC01C1D80FFC903A0780FE03806C6C903A0F00FF07002701FF807E6DB4
+FC27007FFFF86D5A011F01E0EB1FF8010190C7EA07E03B417ABF42>97
+D<4AB47E020F13F8023F13FE9139FF007F80D903FCEB07E0D907F0EB01F0D91FE0EB0078
+49488049488049C87E48485D4915FF00034B138048485CA2485AA2485AA2003F6F130049
+EC007C94C7FC127FA35B12FFAD127F7FA4123F7FA2001FEE01C07F000F16036D16801207
+6C6C15076D160000015E6C6C151E6D6C5C6D6C5C6D6C5CD90FF8495AD903FCEB07C0903A
+00FF803F8091263FFFFEC7FC020F13F80201138032417CBF3A>99
+D<181EEF3FFEEE07FFA4EE000F1703A21701B3AAEDFF80020F13F8023F13FE9139FF803F
+81903A03FC0007C14948EB01E1D91FE0EB00F94948147D4948143D49C8121F4848150F49
+1507120348481503491501120F121F5BA2123F5B127FA45B12FFAD127F7FA3123FA27F12
+1FA26C6C1503A26C6C150712036D150F6C6C151F0000163D137F6D6CECF9FF6D6CEB01F1
+D90FF0D903C113C06D6CD90F81EBFF80D901FFEB7F019039007FFFFC021F13E002010100
+91C7FC41657CE349>I<EC03FE91381FFFE091B512F8903901FE03FE903A07F0007F8049
+486D7ED93FC06D7E49C76C7E496E7E49140348488148481401000782491400000F828348
+5A1880123F49153FA2007F17C0A35BA212FF90B8FCA30180CAFCA9127F7FA3123FA27F12
+1FEF01C06C7E17036C6C1680A26C6C15070001EE0F006D150E6C6C151E6D6C5C6D6C5C6D
+6C5CD907F0EB03E0D903FC495A902700FF803FC7FC91383FFFFC020F13F0020113803241
+7CBF3A>I<133C13FF487F487FA66C5B6C90C7FC133C90C8FCB3A2EB03C0EA07FF127FA4
+1201EA007FA2133FB3B3AC497E497EB612E0A41B5F7DDE23>105
+D<EB03C0EA07FFB5FCA41201EA007FA2133FB3B3B3B3AD497E497EB612F0A41C647DE323
+>108 D<D903C0D9FFC0EC07FED807FF010301F891381FFFC0B5010F01FE027F13F0923D
+3F00FF8001F807FC0378903B3FC003C001FEDAC1E090261FE00FC77E0001D9C3C090260F
+F01E6E7ED8007F49902607F81C6E7E02C7C75CD93FCE6E6C486E7E02CC166002DC16E002
+D85E02F8DA01FF6F7E4A5EA24A93C8FCA44A5DB3B3496C4A6C4B7E496C4A6D4A7EB6D8F0
+07B6D8803FB512FCA4663F7CBE6F>I<D903C0EB7FE0D807FF903803FFFCB5010F13FFDB
+3F0013C00378EB1FE04B6D7E0001D9C1C06D7E27007FC3808002C7C71203D93FCE811701
+14DC14D802F86E7E5CA35CA35CB3B3496C4A7F496C4A7FB6D8F003B612C0A4423F7DBE49
+>I<EDFF80020F13F8023F13FE9139FF007F80D903FCEB1FE0D907F0EB07F0D90FC0EB01
+F8D93F80EB00FE49C8127F017E81496F7E48486F7E00038349150700078348486F7EA200
+1F83491501A2003F83A348486F7EA400FF1880AC007F1800A26D5DA2003F5FA36C6C4B5A
+A36C6C4B5A00075FA26C6C4B5A6C6C4B5AA26C6C4B5A017F4BC7FC6D6C14FE6D6C495AD9
+0FF0EB07F8D903FCEB1FE0D900FFEB7F806EB5C8FC020F13F8020113C039417CBF42>I<
+9039078003F8D807FFEB0FFFB5013F13C092387C0FE0913881F01F9238E03FF00001EB83
+8039007F8700148FEB3F8E029CEB1FE0EE0FC00298EB030002B890C7FCA214B014F0A25C
+A55CB3B0497EEBFFF8B612FCA42C3F7CBE33>114 D<9139FFE00180010FEBFC03017FEB
+FF073A01FF001FCFD803F8EB03EFD807E0EB01FF48487F4848147F48C8123F003E151F00
+7E150F127CA200FC1507A316037EA27E7F6C7E6D91C7FC13F8EA3FFE381FFFF06CEBFF80
+6C14F86C14FF6C15C06C6C14F0011F80010714FED9007F7F02031480DA003F13C0150303
+0013E0167F00E0ED1FF0160F17F86C15071603A36C1501A37EA26C16F016037E17E06D14
+076DEC0FC06D1580D8FDF0141FD8F8F8EC7F00013E14FC3AF01FC00FF80107B512E0D8E0
+01148027C0003FF8C7FC2D417DBF34>I E
+%EndDVIPSBitmapFont
+end
+%%EndProlog
+%%BeginSetup
+%%Feature: *Resolution 600dpi
+TeXDict begin
+%%BeginPaperSize: a4
+a4
+%%EndPaperSize
+ end
+%%EndSetup
+%%Page: 1 1
+TeXDict begin 1 0 bop Black Black Black Black 959 573
+a Fc(Named)44 b(colors)g(in)g Fb(dvipsnam.def)p GreenYellow
+0 878 166 166 v Black 263 878 a Fa(GreenYellow)p Yellow
+0 1088 V Black 263 1088 a(Yellow)p Goldenrod 0 1298 V
+Black 263 1298 a(Goldenrod)p Dandelion 0 1507 V Black
+263 1507 a(Dandelion)p Apricot 0 1717 V Black 263 1717
+a(Apricot)p Peach 0 1927 V Black 263 1927 a(Peach)p Melon
+0 2137 V Black 263 2137 a(Melon)p YellowOrange 0 2346
+V Black 263 2346 a(YellowOrange)p Orange 0 2556 V Black
+263 2556 a(Orange)p BurntOrange 0 2766 V Black 263 2766
+a(BurntOrange)p Bittersweet 0 2976 V Black 263 2976 a(Bittersweet)p
+RedOrange 0 3185 V Black 263 3185 a(RedOrange)p Mahogany
+0 3395 V Black 263 3395 a(Mahogany)p Maroon 0 3605 V
+Black 263 3605 a(Maroon)p BrickRed 0 3815 V Black 263
+3815 a(BrickRed)p Red 0 4025 V Black 263 4025 a(Red)p
+OrangeRed 0 4234 V Black 263 4234 a(OrangeRed)p RubineRed
+0 4444 V Black 263 4444 a(RubineRed)p WildStrawberry
+0 4654 V Black 263 4654 a(WildStrawberry)p Salmon 0 4864
+V Black 263 4864 a(Salmon)p CarnationPink 0 5073 V Black
+263 5073 a(CarnationPink)p Magenta 0 5283 V Black 263
+5283 a(Magenta)p VioletRed 0 5493 V Black 263 5493 a(VioletRed)p
+Black Black Rhodamine 1288 878 V Black 1550 878 a(Rhodamine)p
+Mulberry 1288 1088 V Black 1550 1088 a(Mulberry)p RedViolet
+1288 1298 V Black 1550 1298 a(RedViolet)p Fuchsia 1288
+1507 V Black 1550 1507 a(Fuchsia)p Lavender 1288 1717
+V Black 1550 1717 a(Lavender)p Thistle 1288 1927 V Black
+1550 1927 a(Thistle)p Orchid 1288 2137 V Black 1550 2137
+a(Orchid)p DarkOrchid 1288 2346 V Black 1550 2346 a(DarkOrchid)p
+Purple 1288 2556 V Black 1550 2556 a(Purple)p Plum 1288
+2766 V Black 1550 2766 a(Plum)p Violet 1288 2976 V Black
+1550 2976 a(Violet)p RoyalPurple 1288 3185 V Black 1550
+3185 a(RoyalPurple)p BlueViolet 1288 3395 V Black 1550
+3395 a(BlueViolet)p Periwinkle 1288 3605 V Black 1550
+3605 a(Periwinkle)p CadetBlue 1288 3815 V Black 1550
+3815 a(CadetBlue)p CornflowerBlue 1288 4025 V Black 1550
+4025 a(CornflowerBlue)p MidnightBlue 1288 4234 V Black
+1550 4234 a(MidnightBlue)p NavyBlue 1288 4444 V Black
+1550 4444 a(NavyBlue)p RoyalBlue 1288 4654 V Black 1550
+4654 a(RoyalBlue)p Blue 1288 4864 V Black 1550 4864 a(Blue)p
+Cerulean 1288 5073 V Black 1550 5073 a(Cerulean)p Cyan
+1288 5283 V Black 1550 5283 a(Cyan)p ProcessBlue 1288
+5493 V Black 1550 5493 a(ProcessBlue)p Black Black SkyBlue
+2575 878 V Black 2838 878 a(SkyBlue)p Turquoise 2575
+1088 V Black 2838 1088 a(Turquoise)p TealBlue 2575 1298
+V Black 2838 1298 a(TealBlue)p Aquamarine 2575 1507 V
+Black 2838 1507 a(Aquamarine)p BlueGreen 2575 1717 V
+Black 2838 1717 a(BlueGreen)p Emerald 2575 1927 V Black
+2838 1927 a(Emerald)p JungleGreen 2575 2137 V Black 2838
+2137 a(JungleGreen)p SeaGreen 2575 2346 V Black 2838
+2346 a(SeaGreen)p Green 2575 2556 V Black 2838 2556 a(Green)p
+ForestGreen 2575 2766 V Black 2838 2766 a(ForestGreen)p
+PineGreen 2575 2976 V Black 2838 2976 a(PineGreen)p LimeGreen
+2575 3185 V Black 2838 3185 a(LimeGreen)p YellowGreen
+2575 3395 V Black 2838 3395 a(YellowGreen)p SpringGreen
+2575 3605 V Black 2838 3605 a(SpringGreen)p OliveGreen
+2575 3815 V Black 2838 3815 a(OliveGreen)p RawSienna
+2575 4025 V Black 2838 4025 a(RawSienna)p Sepia 2575
+4234 V Black 2838 4234 a(Sepia)p Brown 2575 4444 V Black
+2838 4444 a(Brown)p Tan 2575 4654 V Black 2838 4654 a(Tan)p
+Gray 2575 4864 V Black 2838 4864 a(Gray)p Black 2575
+5073 V Black 2838 5073 a(Black)p White 2575 5283 V Black
+2838 5283 a(White)p Black Black eop end
+%%Trailer
+
+userdict /end-hook known{end-hook}if
+%%EOF
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7b992831230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/palette.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+% This is palette.tex
+% Run and print to get a table of
+% all the colors defined by dvipsnames
+% If necessary, activate one of the drivers below
+
+\documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}
+\usepackage[%
+% dvips,
+% pdftex,
+% dvipdfm,
+dvipsnames]{color}
+\usepackage{multicol}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0pt}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{16cm}
+\setlength{\textheight}{22cm}
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
+\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}
+
+\begin{document}
+\renewcommand*{\DefineNamedColor}[4]{%
+ \textcolor[named]{#2}{\rule{7mm}{7mm}}\quad
+ \texttt{#2}\strut\\}
+
+\begin{center}\Large Named colors in \texttt{dvipsnam.def}
+\end{center}
+\begin{multicols}{3}
+\input{dvipsnam.def}
+\end{multicols}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/seminar.con b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/seminar.con
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8d3f0e1bce4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/seminar.con
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+% This is seminar.con
+% To add rotation for dvips
+% and sempdftx (with rotation) for pdfTeX
+
+\@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{%
+ \RequirePackage{semrot}
+ \renewcommand{\printlandscape}{\special{landscape}}
+}{%
+ \RequirePackage{sempdftx}
+}
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/sempdftx.sty b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/sempdftx.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..278656d108b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/guide-to-latex/sempdftx.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+% This is sempdftx.sty
+% Patrick W Daly
+% March 20, 2003
+% To add pdftex functionality to seminar
+% Sets the pdf paper sizes as is done by hyperref,
+% so hyperref need not be loaded
+
+\ProvidesPackage{sempdftx}[2003/03/20 v1.0 PWD]
+
+% \pdfoutput must exist and its value must not be 0
+\@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{\endinput}{%
+ \ifcase\pdfoutput \endinput \fi}
+%
+% Following borrowed from hpdftex.def
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \setlength{\pdfhorigin}{1truein}%
+ \setlength{\pdfvorigin}{1truein}%
+ \ifportrait
+ \ifdim\paperwidth=\z@
+ \else
+ \setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{\strip@pt\paperwidth truept}%
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\paperheight=\z@
+ \else
+ \setlength{\pdfpageheight}{\strip@pt\paperheight truept}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifdim\paperheight=\z@
+ \else
+ \setlength{\pdfpagewidth}{\strip@pt\paperheight truept}%
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\paperwidth=\z@
+ \else
+ \setlength{\pdfpageheight}{\strip@pt\paperwidth truept}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\newcommand*{\pdf@revpage}{%
+ \@tempdima=\pdfpagewidth
+ \pdfpagewidth=\pdfpageheight
+ \pdfpageheight=\@tempdima
+ \@tempdima=\paperwidth
+ \paperwidth=\paperheight
+ \paperheight=\@tempdima
+}
+\ifarticle \pdf@revpage \fi % This way, article works as for dvips
+\renewcommand{\printlandscape}{} % Prevents warning that should be printed landscape
+
+% Would prefer to use \leftsliderotation, but that never works
+% Here I just add \pdf@revpage to the slide* definition
+\expandafter\let\expandafter\slide@str\csname slide*\endcsname
+\@namedef{slide*}{\pdf@revpage\slide@str}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a38e1051b2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+In order to reduce network load, it is recommended that you use the
+Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) host which is located in the
+closest network proximity to your site. Alternatively, you may wish to
+obtain a copy of the CTAN via CD-ROM (see help/CTAN.cdrom for details).
+
+Known mirrors of the CTAN reside on (alphabetically):
+ cis.utovrm.it (Italia) /TeX
+ ctan.math.mun.ca (Newfoundland, Canada) /tex-archive
+ ctan.unsw.edu.au (NSW, Australia) /tex-archive
+ dongpo.math.ncu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /tex-archive
+ ftp.belnet.be (Belgium) /packages/TeX
+ ftp.ccu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /pub/tex
+ ftp.cdrom.com (West coast, USA) /pub/tex/ctan
+ ftp.comp.hkbu.edu.hk (Hong Kong) /pub/TeX/CTAN
+ ftp.cs.rmit.edu.au (Australia) /tex-archive
+ ftp.cs.ruu.nl (The Netherlands) /pub/tex-archive
+ ftp.cstug.cz (The Czech Republic) /pub/tex/CTAN
+ ftp.duke.edu (North Carolina, USA) /tex-archive
+ ftp.funet.fi (Finland) /pub/TeX/CTAN
+ ftp.gwdg.de (Deutschland) /pub/dante
+ ftp.heanet.ie (Ireland) /pub/ctan/tex
+ ftp.jussieu.fr (France) /pub4/TeX/CTAN
+ ftp.kreonet.re.kr (Korea) /pub/CTAN
+ ftp.lab.kdd.co.jp (Japan) /CTAN
+ ftp.loria.fr (France) /pub/ctan
+ ftp.mpi-sb.mpg.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex/mirror/ftp.dante.de
+ ftp.nada.kth.se (Sweden) /pub/tex/ctan-mirror
+ ftp.net.uni-c.dk (Denmark) /mirror/ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive
+ ftp.ntua.gr (Greece) /mirror/ctan
+ ftp.oleane.net (France) /pub/mirrors/CTAN/
+ ftp.rediris.es (Espa\~na) /mirror/tex-archive
+ ftp.rge.com (New York, USA) /pub/tex
+ ftp.riken.go.jp (Japan) /pub/tex-archive
+ ftp.tu-chemnitz.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex
+ ftp.u-aizu.ac.jp (Japan) /pub/tex/CTAN
+ ftp.uni-augsburg.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex/ctan
+ ftp.uni-bielefeld.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex
+ ftp.unina.it (Italia) /pub/TeX
+ ftp.uni-stuttgart.de (Deutschland) /tex-archive (/pub/tex)
+ ftp.univie.ac.at (\"Osterreich) /packages/tex
+ ftp.ut.ee (Estonia) /tex-archive
+ ftpserver.nus.sg (Singapore) /pub/zi/TeX
+ joshua.smcvt.edu (Vermont, USA) /pub/tex
+ src.doc.ic.ac.uk (England) /packages/tex/uk-tex
+ sunsite.auc.dk (Denmark) /pub/tex/ctan
+ sunsite.cnlab-switch.ch (Switzerland) /mirror/tex
+ sunsite.icm.edu.pl (Poland) /pub/CTAN
+ sunsite.unc.edu (North Carolina, USA) /pub/packages/TeX
+ tex.ihep.su (Russia) /pub/TeX/CTAN
+ wuarchive.wustl.edu (Missouri, USA) /packages/TeX
+
+Known partial mirrors of the CTAN reside on (alphabetically):
+ ftp.adfa.oz.au (Australia) /pub/tex/ctan
+ ftp.dcc.uchile.cl (Chile) /pub/Mirror/ctan
+ ftp.fcu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /pub2/tex
+ ftp.germany.eu.net (Deutschland) /pub/packages/TeX
+ ftp.gust.org.pl (Poland) /pub/TeX
+ ftp.jaist.ac.jp (Japan) /pub/TeX/tex-archive
+ ftp.uu.net (Virginia, USA) /pub/text-processing/TeX
+ sunsite.dsi.unimi.it (Italia) /pub/TeX
+ sunsite.snu.ac.kr (Korea) /shortcut/CTAN
+
+Please send updates to this list to <ctan@urz.uni-heidelberg.de>.
+
+The participating hosts in the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network are:
+ ftp.dante.de (Deutschland)
+ -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/tex /pub/archive)
+ -- gopher on node gopher.dante.de
+ -- email via ftpmail@dante.de
+ -- World Wide Web access on http://www.dante.de/
+ -- Administrator: <ftpmaint@dante.de>
+
+ ftp.tex.ac.uk (England)
+ -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/tex /pub/archive)
+ -- gopher on node gopher.tex.ac.uk
+ -- NFS mountable from nfs.tex.ac.uk:/public/ctan/tex-archive
+ -- World Wide Web access on http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive
+ -- Administrator: <ctan-uk@tex.ac.uk>
+
+ ctan.tug.org (Massachusetts, USA)
+ -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/archive)
+ -- World Wide Web access on http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/
+ -- Administrator: <ftpmaint@mail.tug.org>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1dd051f1e83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ
@@ -0,0 +1,1015 @@
+Date: Tue, 31 Jan 1995 21:15:16 +0100
+Sender: NTS-L Distribution list <NTS-L@DHDURZ1.EARN>
+From: "J%org Knappen, Mainz" <KNAPPEN@VKPMZD.KPH.UNI-MAINZ.DE>
+Subject: Frequently asked questions of NTS-L, 5th edition
+X-To: nts-l <nts-l@dhdurz1.bitnet>
+To: Multiple recipients of list NTS-L <NTS-L@DHDURZ1.EARN>
+
+ Frequently Asked Questions of NTS-L
+
+Fifth edition
+Date: 31-JAN-1995
+Archive name: nts-l-faq
+Currently maintained by: knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de (J%org Knappen)
+
+Remark about the format:
+
+This faq is divided into several sections and subsections. Each section
+contains a subsection general with some ideas which have not yet been
+discussed. I added a date to some subsections to allow you to retrieve
+fuller discussions from the archives. The transactions of this group are
+archived on
+
+ ftp.th-darmstadt.de [130.83.55.75] *)
+ directory pub/tex/documentation/nts-l
+
+Each file in this directory is named yymm, where (guess :-) yy is the
+year and mm is the month when the mail arrived. (I.e., all postings
+of one month are bundled in one file.)
+*) Avoid using the number above ... it is subject to changes.
+
+Related stuff which is very worth reading you can find on the CTAN archives
+under tex/info/tex-implementors. In addition, I recommend reading the list
+of TeX bugs (tex-archive/systems/knuth/errata/tex82.bug).
+
+-1. Contents
+
+0. About NTS
+1. Proposed features of a New Typesetting system
+1.1. Improvement of Quality
+1.2. Internationality
+1.3. New Look and Feel
+1.4. Changing the ligaturing algorithm
+1.5. Writing more than one dvi-file
+1.6. Anchors
+1.7. dump/restore mechanism
+2. Proposed additions to TeX (concrete new primitives)
+2.1. \lastmark etc.
+2.2. \system
+2.3. \skylineskiplimit, \skylinehorizontallimit
+2.4. \directioncode
+2.5. \textcode
+2.6. \afterfi
+2.7. \interactionmode
+2.8. \mathspacing
+2.9. \inputescapechar
+2.10. \middle
+2.11. \outputunit
+2.12. \protected
+2.13. \scantokens
+2.14. \deferred
+2.15. \everyeof
+2.16. \readline
+2.17. \evaluate
+2.18. \ifevaluate
+2.19. \everyeof
+2.20. \fancyprompt
+3. Metaremarks
+3.1. TeX is not perfect
+3.2. In which language shall NTS be written
+3.3. The TeX language
+3.4. The TeX engine
+3.5. Extensions and Enhancements
+4. Deviations
+4.1. Automated Kerning
+4.2. About Lout
+5. Proposed changes to METAFONT
+5.1. Writing to auxiliary files
+6. Proposed changes to the tfm file format
+6.1. Vertical kerning
+6.2. Cross-font ligatures
+7. Proposed changes to the dvi file format
+7.1. Horizontal and Vertical Mirroring
+7.2. Rotation of a glphy by 180 degrees
+8. Additions to the TeX kit
+8.1. dvicopy
+8.2. dv2dp and dp2dv
+8.3. gftotxt
+8.4. qdtexvpl
+8.5. fontinst
+8.6. afmtotfm
+8.7. dvipaste
+8.8. METAPOST
+8.9. Tie
+8.10. dvi2dvi
+9. Existing extensions to TeX
+9.1. TeX-XeT
+9.2. TeX--XeT
+9.3. MLTeX
+9.4. SiSiSi
+9.5. Japanese TeX
+
+0. About NTS (Mar 93, see also Jul 92)
+
+ At DANTE '93, held at the Technical University Chemnitz last week, Joachim
+ Lammarsch, President of Dante, announced that the NTS project which had been
+ started under the aegis of DANTE, was to be re-formed under a new
+ co-ordinator, Philip Taylor. The old core group, announced at the previous
+ annual DANTE meeting, was to be dissolved, and a new core group established.
+ Membership of the new core group will not be restricted to DANTE members,
+ but will instead be offered to various well-known names (and some
+ lesser-known!) in the international TeX community.
+
+ see also:
+ F. Mittelbach: E-TeX Guidelines for future TeX, TUGboat v11n3 (1990)
+ P. Taylor: The future of TeX, EuroTeX'92 Prag (Proceedings); reprinted
+ in TUGboat v13n4, 433 (1992)
+
+ As of September 1994, there are two activities going on, the ETeX group
+ is working on a extension of TeX and is going to produce a first ETeX soon.
+ The NTS group takes the path to reimplement TeX in common LISP to get
+ a deeper understanding of how the modules of TeX are cooperating which
+ eachother.
+
+ Independently, the Omega project was launched to produce a typesetting system
+ which uses unicode as internal code and can handle arbitrarily encoded input
+ via filters.
+
+ The beforementioned projects were presented at the 1994 TUG meeting at Santa
+ Barbara and at the EuroTeX'94 conference at Gdansk. For more information,
+ consult the respective proceedings. For the Omega project exists a mailing
+ list, omega@ens.fr. To subscribe, send an e-mail to LISTSERV@ens.fr.
+
+ Omega is now announced to be presented at March 16, 1995 at CERN (Geneva).
+
+1. Proposed features of a New Typesetting system
+
+1.1. Improvement of Quality
+
+1.1.0 General:
+ Optimised page breaking, avoiding ``rivers'', letterspacing (see also 4.1),
+ Hyphenation (Haupt- und Nebentrennstellen), grid typesetting
+
+1.1.1 Skyline approach to line breaking (Mar 93)
+
+You can break paragraphs as usual with the current model, where all
+lines are simple rectangular boxes. If there's no necessity to insert
+\lineskip, then you don't have to look at the skyline. Only if two
+lines are too near (e.g. distance<\lineskiplimit), you have to look
+into the two rectangular boxes and to check if the boxes inside
+overlap at one or more places.
+For the worst case (i.e., you have to look at the skyline for all
+pairs of lines) processing the skyline model consumes a lot of process
+time, but this shouldn't hinder us to test this idea and look at the
+results.
+
+Btw, the skyline model seems to be easy to implement in the current
+TeX, because we need only some changes when the finally broken lines
+of the paragraph are put on the vertical list. There are more changes
+needed in the code, if the line break should be changed for the cases
+where it is possible to avoid an overlap with other break points, but
+IMHO it's nonetheless a relatively small change.
+
+Additionally you have to introduce some new parameters. I think of
+something like:
+ \skylineskiplimit (b)
+ minimum vertical distance between two boxes
+ \skylinehorizontallimit (a)
+ minimum horizontal distance
+
+
+line 1: ------------
+ % %
+ % % ----------
+ ------- <== (a) ==> % %
+ ~ % %
+ (b) % -------
+ v %
+ ----------------------
+line 2:
+
+and other parameters, but the necessary parameter set, realization,
+etc. for "skylines" are subject of discussion.
+
+
+1.2. Internationality
+
+1.2.0 General:
+ Typesetting in arbitrary directions, unicode support (16bits), ISO10646
+ support (32bits), ligatures pointing to other fonts, vertical kerning,
+ better accent handling (\topaccent and \botaccent)
+
+ Remark: UTF-8 (UNICODE) can be handled with `TeX classic', LaTeX2e
+ support is provided by the CJK package written by Werner Lemberg.
+
+1.2.1 Supporting TeX--XeT primitives for right to left typesetting
+ TeX--XeT is an existing extension to TeX supporting right-to-left
+ typesetting an producing a usual dvi-file. TeX--XeT is written by
+ P. Breitenlohner and freely available. It is different from TeX-XeT
+ (one hyphen only). Allthough TeX will be frozen at version $\pi$,
+ this is not true for TeX--XeT. (see also 9.2)
+
+1.3. New Look and Feel
+
+1.3.0 General
+ Windows support, wysiwyg-like features
+
+1.3.1 Interaction with the operating system and other programmes
+ see 2.2. \system
+
+1.4. Changing the ligaturing algorithm
+ Replace the (IMHO over-)optimized ligature builder/kerning routines in
+ TeX by routines which separate between the building of ligatures and
+ the insertion of kerns between the characters/ligatures.
+
+ This can be realized in a simple way by using two passes: in the
+ first pass the ligatures are built and in the second pass the
+ resulting ligatures and remaining single characters are used to
+ determine the necessary kerns.
+
+ To ensure compatibility between e-TeX and TeX, it will be possible to
+ switch between the new and the current behaviour.
+
+ Additionally a flag in the TFM file of each font can be used to
+ specify which behaviour is to be used for the font. This ensures that
+ "old" fonts with some tricky ligature/kerning programs depending on
+ the old behaviour can still be used with e-TeX. (I don't know if this
+ font dependent switching is really necessary. Comments, please!!)
+
+ Example:
+
+ A font contains the following ligatures and kerns:
+
+ o " => ligature (o") (= \"{o})
+ V o => kern(-smallkern)
+ V lig(o") => nothing
+
+ Input: V o "
+ Output of current TeX: V kern(-smallkern) ligature(o")
+ Output with change: V ligature(o")
+
+ Status:
+
+ Bernd Raichle has written a simple, but running reimplementation of TeX's
+ ligature/kerning routine (in CommonLisp), which still waits to be
+ rewritten as a TeX.web change file.
+ The ligature builder/kerning routine is realized in one pass; kerns
+ are introduced in a delayed manner, i.e., after we are sure that
+ there's no possibility for a ligature.
+ Additionally there's a switch between the current TeX and the new
+ behaviour. (The TRIP test fails with the new behaviour.)
+
+PS: IMHO the ligature/kerning routines should be further changed to
+ remove the `shelf{}ful' anomaly (see TeXbook, exercise 5.1), i.e.,
+ reinserting ligatures when words are hyphenated.
+ The change should allow ligatures for inputs like `f{}f' or
+ `f\relax f', which will simplify the macros in `german.sty',
+ Babel and changed macros for \", \', ... which are used to select
+ characters from DC fonts or other fonts with national characters.
+
+1.5. Writing more than one dvi-file (Nov 94)
+ I want to have TeX ready in the memory and avoid loading it anew and anew
+ for each run again which costs lots of startup time, if you have to load
+ every file via NFSS.
+ The idea I am toying with is to have something like
+ \level
+ which clones the current state of TeX and allows to start a new dvi-file.
+ Then you do anything you want (start even another \level) and at last you say
+ \exit
+ which performes like \end, except that it restores exactly the state before
+ the last cloning.
+ To communicate some information to the waiting lion, there may be one
+ exeption. You say
+ \exit{some_integer_number}
+ and this number can be read by using
+ \exitstatus.
+ Applications are many. If you have a format which usually requires several
+ runs, you can do all the runs within one job, and automatically decide,
+ whether a further run is necessary. Of course, you should device your format
+ to have a counter maxruns to avoid endless looping...
+
+1.6. Anchors (Nov 94)
+ Proposed by Jiri, an ``anchor point'' would be in some senses
+ be analogous to a mark, but rather than recording textual information it
+ would instead record the co-ordinates of itself, relative to the reference
+ point of the smallest surrounding box. Additional new primitives would
+ be required to return the co-ordinates of a specified anchor point.
+
+1.7. dump/restore mechanism
+ I'd suggest something much simpler, but also more general: Include \dump in
+ all versions of TeX. The initex/virtex distinction is simply not worth the
+ bother of retaining any more - the memory differences are trivial in modern
+ terms. \dump should ideally also be extended to allow dumping from inside of
+ a group.
+ Once you do this, it becomes possible to write programs to analyze format
+ files. Since the analysis programs would not be part of TeX proper, they can
+ be as elaborate as anyone might want to make them. Sorting would be no
+ problem, for example.
+ None of this would cost anything in TeX itself, and except for the ability
+ to \dump inside a group, if added, would not even have an effect on whether
+ the resulting E-TeX is properly "TeX", since it would be invisible to any
+ possible trip test.
+
+2. Proposed additions to TeX (concrete new primitives)
+
+2.0. General (Jun 92, Jul 92, Aug 93, Nov 94)
+ A rather long list of proposed primitives (more or less worked out) was
+ posted by Karl Berry on 10-Jun-1992. It contains suggestions like:
+ \elseif (selfexplaining), \format{foo} (allow the author to select a format),
+ \host{name} \host{os} \host{type} \getenv to extract host information
+ \TeXversion, \usertime, \everyeof, and others.
+
+ It is currently not possible to get some information about the current
+ mode of TeX and make conditionals dependent on it and/or restore it after
+ some action (see 2.7. \interactionmode). More of this kind are a
+ conditional or primitive to signal, when TeX is in "expand only" mode
+ (\edef, \mark, \write, ...), when TeX is scanning numbers (here I'm
+ thinking---and hating---german.sty's active doublequote, which can also
+ be used as a marker for hexadecimal numbers), when TeX is peeking for
+ some special tokens (first column in an \halign), etc...
+
+ A list of new primitives, enhancements and extensions has been prepared
+ on the NTS meeting at Lindau in October 1994. It was posted to this list in
+ November 1994 and provoked plenty of discussions and additional suggestions.
+ Under the discussed primitves were \bind, \contents<box#>, \futuredef,
+ \ifdefined, \ifcsname ... \endcsname, \unless, \OSname, \defaultextension.
+
+2.1. \lastmark etc. (Jun 92, Jul 92)
+ Currently you cannot remove a \write or \mark or
+ \insert or rule from any list at all. If we allow them to removed, how
+ will the commands appear to the user? If we have \lastmark like
+ \lastbox, then perhaps we need a mark data type so that we can say something
+ like \setmark0=\lastmark. It will probably be difficult
+ in the case of \insert's to think of a good command syntax.
+
+ Perhaps \lastpenalty, \lastkern, \lastskip should
+ remove the penalty, kern, skip, ... so that they are consistent with
+ \lastbox. Then \unpenalty, \unkern, and \unskip would be unnecessary.
+ (Of course most macro packages would probably want to reimplement them,
+ as macros: \def\unpenalty{\count@\lastpenalty},
+ \def\unkern{\dimen@\lastkern}, \def\unskip{\skip@\lastskip}.)
+
+2.2. \system (Mar 93)
+
+2.2.0 General
+ Oops, this got rather longish, but this topic has caused plenty of traffic.
+ I decided to quote directly the positions of both sides. The subpoints are
+ 1. Pro 2. Contra 3. Syntax
+
+2.2.1 Pro
+ First comes the proposal as formulated by Phil Taylor:
+
+ There has been much discussion on how a \system primitive might interact
+ with different operating systems, each with different functionality and a
+ different syntax. My idea was to extend the concept of a `TeX
+ implementation', which at the moment implies the creation and application
+ of a change-file to the master TeX source, to include an implementation-
+ specific macro library. Thus each implementor, as well as creating and
+ applying a change file, would also be responsible for mapping a well-defined
+ set of macros, through the \system primitive, to the syntax and
+ functionality of the operating system for which he or she has assumed
+ responsibility. To cite a specific example:
+
+ Assume that in e-Lib (a hypothetical macro library to accompany e-TeX),
+ a macro \sys$delete_file {<parameters>} is partially defined; then each
+ implementor would be responsible for mapping \sys$delete_file {<parameters}>
+ to his or her own implementation of \system. e-Lib would define the effect
+ and the result(s), \system would provide the interface, and the implementor
+ would be responsible for providing the mapping.
+
+ The question has been asked: ``Why via \system and macros? Why not via
+ explicit primitives to carry out the various functions that are envisaged?''
+
+ To which I would suggest that the answer is ``Because `the various functions
+ which are envisaged' is both enormous (requiring many new primitives), and
+ yet not large enough (because no matter what functionality we posit, someone
+ will come up with an idea that has not been considered).'' By implementing
+ just one \system primitive, and an extensible e-Lib macro library, one can
+ create a robust and well-tested e-TeX whilst allowing new system interactions
+ to be added at the simplest points: through the implementation-independent
+ and implementation-specific components of e-Lib.
+
+2.2.2 Contra
+ And here's from the ``Minority Report'' (Tim Murphy and J"org Knappen)
+
+ May I recall the immortal words of Ken Thompson,
+ "A program should do one thing, and do it well." (TM)
+
+ I don't like the hackers to decide, making eTeX yet another programme from
+ which I can send e-mail and read news :-) Maybe people will tell me eTeX is
+ a fine operating system, but TeX version $\pi$ is the better typesetter :-)
+
+ But there is another side of \system, I want to call it the monstrosity
+ side. Many people are thinking now, that TeX is a monster and difficult to
+ tame. \system will add to this monstrosity. It will create a new paradise
+ for hackers creating system hacks. And it will make people turn away from
+ eTeX and use other products, even if they are far less secure. (JK)
+
+2.2.3 Syntax
+ If a \system command is required, should it not have a similar syntax
+ and semantics to the a similar TeX command. I can't think of anything
+ else in TeX (prepares to be shown wrong) that expands in the mouth and
+ has side-effects. Should it not be like \read, \write etc. that is it
+ generates a whatsit that is obeyed at shipout, unless preceded by an
+ \immediate, in which case it is done immediately by the stomach.
+ There seem to be two obvious syntaxes, one like \write:
+ \system{foo} or \immediate\system{foo}
+ and one like \read:
+ \system{foo} to \baz or \immediate\system{foo} to \baz
+ The latter one would produce the exit code into \baz. Should this be
+ done with catcode 12 characters, or should it be done like \read, with
+ the current catcodes?
+
+2.3. \skylineskiplimit, \skylinehorizontallimit
+ see section 1.1.1
+
+2.4. \directioncode (May 1993)
+ A \directioncode (with syntax analogous to \uccode, \lccode, sfcode) to be
+ assigned to each input character. The basic ones are
+ 0 -- transparent (space, full stop...)
+ 1 -- left-to-right (latin letters, digits...)
+ 2 -- right-to-left (hebrew letters, arab letters...),
+ a truly international NTS will also have codes for vertical typesetting
+ and some special cases.
+
+ The question is how to use this idea consistently. One could extend the
+ notion of TeX's modes. Horizontal mode is in fact left-to-right mode, a
+ right-to-left mode is missing. To be complete, this mode will be equipped
+ with boxen and all the stuff TeX's left-to-right (aka horizontal) mode has.
+
+ At the beginning of a paragraph NTS decides which mode to choose by the
+ \directioncode of the first input character. Sometimes the first character
+ will have the wrong code, in this case the insertion of an explicit
+ control sequence (like \lrbox{}) is necessary. If a character with another
+ directioncode occurs, NTS starts a \rlbox and finishes it as soon as a
+ character with the original \directioncode appears or at the end of the
+ paragraph.
+
+ For the building of right-to-left tables a \rlalign is needed.
+
+2.5. \textcode (Sep 93, Nov 93)
+ Some of the character coding discussions in the Technical Working
+ Group on Multiple Language Coordination and some experiences I've made
+ with `german.sty' (specially the problems with an active doublequote
+ and hex integer constants!) lead to this _incomplete_ proposal/idea
+ for the following addition:
+ Introduce something like
+ \textcode (and \textchar & \textchardef)
+ which are the text (hmode) equivalent of TeX's \mathcode (and
+ \mathchar/\mathchardef) primitives.
+
+ With an equivalent and appropriate implemented \textcode primitive
+ (with the choice to define a character as "pseudo-active"), it would
+ be possible to
+ * relate characters to different fonts
+ (using a generalized `fam' of \mathcode)
+
+ * suppress expansion of active characters (it will only be
+ expanded, if it is read to form the hlist)
+ (using an equivalent \mathcode="8000 value)
+ [This point allows the use of e.g. a pseudo-active "
+ which expands to non-expandable tokens and it removes
+ the special construct \relax\ifmmode... for active
+ characters, too.]
+
+2.6. \afterfi (August 1993)
+ In the answer to an exercise of the ``Around the Bend'' series, Michael Downes
+ realised the non-existence of an \afterfi primitive (Note: He did not
+ demand it nor really miss it). Perhaps an \afterfi can
+ simplify some obscure mouth-only macros with nested conditionals???
+ \afterfi should be expandable, because \if...\fi is expandable.
+
+2.7. \interactionmode (Nov 93, was: \currentinteractionmode)
+ Add a new count register \interactionmode, which reflects the user
+ interaction level with the following values:
+ <= 0 batch_mode
+ = 1 nonstop_mode
+ = 2 scroll_mode
+ >= 3 error_stop_mode
+
+ The commands \batchmode...\errorstopmode, the "options" 'Q', 'R', 'S'
+ in the interactive error routine and all other TeX internal
+ interaction level changes (e.g. after an interruption) access this new
+ register. The level changes in the interactive error routine and the
+ old commands should always work, even if the symbol \interactionmode is
+ redefined (this means that the user can redefine \interactionmode, but the
+ commands \batchmode...\errorstopmode still work).
+
+ Examples:
+
+ \ifnum\interactionmode<1 \AskUser \else \UseDefault \fi
+
+ {\interactionmode=0 % switch to \batchmode
+ \global\font\test=xyz10 % try to load font
+ }% % restore former interaction level
+ % ... now test if font has been loaded
+ % without error (i.e. != nullfont)
+
+2.8. \mathspacing (Nov 93)
+ Add a new count register array \mathspacing with 64 entries (we really
+ need only 64-8=56 entries, because some of them are never used, but to
+ simplify things 64 are used) with the following syntax:
+
+ \mathspacing <num1>=<num2> % 0 <= <num1> <= 63
+
+ The spacing specified in number <num2> is inserted between the two
+ math atom types specified in number <num1>. The two numbers are coded
+ as
+
+ <num1> = <left_atom_type> * 8 + <right_atom_type>
+ <num2> = ( (<display_spacing> * 256 + <text_spacing>) * 256
+ + <script_spacing> ) * 256 + <scriptscript_spacing>
+
+ This means that <num1> is easily expressed in octal and <num2> in
+ hexadecimal notation.
+
+ <..._atom_type> is one of the following seven types:
+
+ 0 ordinary 1 large operator
+ 2 binary operation 3 relation
+ 4 opening 5 closing
+ 6 punctuation 7 delimited subformula
+
+ <..._spacing> can be specified separately for each of the four math
+ styles (display, text, script and scriptscript) with the following
+ values:
+
+ 0 no space
+ 1 thin space (specified by \thinmuskip)
+ 2 medium space ( -- " -- \medmuskip)
+ 3 thick space ( -- " -- \thickmuskip)
+
+ 4-255 reserved for other things
+ (e.g. other spacings and/or additional penalties,
+ like \relpenalty, \binoppenalty, ...)
+
+ For more information see TeXbook, pp. 170f & Appendix G and TeX--The
+ Program, \S 764ff.
+
+ Examples: (using TeX's standard spacing)
+
+ Between an `ordinary' (= 0) and a `relation' (= 3) atom a thick
+ space (= 3) is inserted, but not in script or scriptscript style.
+
+ \mathspacing '03 = "0033
+
+ Between a large operator (= 1) and an ordinary (= 0) atom a thin
+ space (= 1) is inserted:
+
+ \mathspacing '10 = "1111
+
+ Necessary changes for the sketched proposal are very simple to
+ implement.
+ The syntax of \mathspacing is awful, but this is true for \mathcode,
+ \delimitercode, etc.etc., too.
+
+2.9. \inputescapechar (Nov 93, alternative names were proposed during
+ discussion)
+ Use two new internal count registers \inputescapechar and
+ \outputescapechar to specify the "escape" character to be used for
+ unprintable characters.
+ If \inputescapechar is not in [0..255], TeX's behaviour is used,
+ i.e., two equal characters with category 7 are used as a prefix for a
+ ~~x notated character, otherwise two characters with code
+ \inputescapechar are used for this prefix.
+ If \outputescapechar is not in [0..255], the character `~' is used
+ when an unprintable character has to be written.
+
+ The default values of these two registers are
+ \inputescapechar = -1
+ \outputescapechar = `~
+ to be compatible with TeX's standard behaviour.
+
+2.10. \middle (Jan 94)
+ Generalize the syntax of \left<delimiter> <formula> \right<delimiter>
+ to allow one or more optional \middle delimiters,
+ \left<delimiter> <formula> \middle<delimiter> <formula> \right<delimiter>.
+
+ The middle delimiter grows to the same height as the left and right ones.
+ Constructions of this kind are used throughout quantum mechanics (Dirac
+ notation), e.g.
+ $$
+ \left\langle A \middle% \hat{O} \middle% B \right\rangle
+ $$
+ By default, the \middle element is \mathrel, you can make it
+ \mathord by embracing it {\middle %}.
+
+
+2.11. \outputunit (Dec 93)
+ \outputunit unit to be used when e-TeX shows some dimen or glue
+ value
+ Usage: \outputunit=<unit of measure> (s. TeXbook p. 270)
+ Rationale:
+
+ Currently TeX forces the user to think in points when it outputs any
+ dimen or glue value (e.g. when issueing an overfull hbox warning).
+ But a program should adapt to the conventions of the user instead the
+ other way round. The addition of \outputunit whould make TeX much
+ more user-friendly, since only a few people are thinking in points.
+
+2.12. \protected (new prefix for macro definitions) (Nov 94)
+ Analogous to \long, \outer, etc., causes the associated macro to be
+ non-expanding in contexts where such behaviour is likely to be undesirable
+ (in particular in \writes and \edefs); an explicit \expandafter \empty
+ may be used to force expansion in these circumstances.
+
+2.13. \scantokens (Nov 94)
+ Allows an existing token-list to be re-input under a different catcode regime
+ from that under which it was created; as it uses all of TeX's present \input
+ mechanism, even %%ff notation will be interpreted as if \input. Causes an
+ `empty filename' to be input, resulting in `( )' appearing in the log file
+ if \tracingscantokens (q.v.) is strictly greater than zero. If the token
+ list represents more than one line of input, and if an error occurs, then
+ \inputlinenumber will reflect the logical input line from the token list
+ rather than the current input line number from the current file.
+
+2.14. \deferred (Nov 94)
+ At the moment, only \writes are deferred; there are cases when it would
+ be desirable for other things, too, to be expanded only during \shipout,
+ and \specials are one of these. (See also 2.2.3)
+
+2.15. \everyeof {<balanced text>}
+ Provides a hook whereby the contents of a token list register may be
+ inserted into TeX's reading orifice when end-of-file is encountered
+ during file reading. Would not be invoked of the file indicated
+ logical e-o-f through the medium of \endinput. Proposed by Phil
+ to allow clean processing of file-handling code which requires
+ a (sequence of characters yielding) \else or fi to be found in a
+ file, where no such sequence can be guaranteed.
+
+2.16. \readline <integer> to <cs> (Nov 94)
+ Allows a single line to be read from an input file as if each character
+ therein had catcode 12. Intended to be used for verbatim copying
+ operations, in conjunction with \scantokens, or to allow error-free parsing
+ of `foreign' (non-TeX) files.
+
+2.17. \evaluate {<arithmetic expression>} (Nov 94)
+ Intended for use on the r-h-s of \count, \dimen and \skip assignments,
+ it would allow the use of infix arithmetic operators such as +, -, * and /;
+ the type of the result would, in general, be the type of the simplest operand
+ forming a part of the expression, and the normal semantics of TeX would allow
+ this to be further coerced where necessary. Parenthesised sub-expressions
+ would be allowed.
+
+ Additional operations were proposed: trigonometric functions, square
+ root, pythagorean addition (METAFONT's `++'), angle{<delta_x, delta_y>}.
+
+2.18. \ifevaluate{<boolean expression>}....\else....\fi (Nov 94)
+ The boolean expression should allow for the usual operators like
+ .not., .and., .or., .xor., =, >, <, <=, etc., if feasable it should also
+ allow the evaluation of arithmetic expressions. Some functions are needed
+ to get information old TeX \if's know now, I propose the name
+ \query<whatever> to these functions.
+
+ At the moment I see need for the following \query<whatever> functions:
+ \queryeof returns `1' if eof, `0' else
+ \querymode returns `0' in the infamous `no mode' (do we need to
+ differentiate finer here?
+ `1' in vertical mode
+ `2' in restricted vertical mode
+ `3' in horizontal mode
+ `4' in restricted horizontal mode
+ `5' in math mode
+ `6' in restricted math mode
+ With \querymode \ifmmode, \ifhmode, \ifvmode, and \ifinner can be emulated.
+ \querydefined{\cs} `1' if defined, `0' else
+ \querycsname...\endcsname (ditto)
+
+2.19. \everyeof {<balanced text>}
+ Provides a hook whereby the contents of a token list register may be
+ inserted into TeX's reading orifice when end-of-file is encountered
+ during file reading. Would not be invoked of the file indicated
+ logical e-o-f through the medium of \endinput. Proposed by Phil
+ to allow clean processing of file-handling code which requires
+ a (sequence of characters yielding) \else or fi to be found in a
+ file, where no such sequence can be guaranteed.
+
+2.20. \fancyprompt
+ allow configuration of the TeX prompt (default `*'), e.g.
+ *\fancyprompt{eTeX>}
+ eTeX>
+
+3. Metaremarks
+
+3.0. General
+ Remarks about group efforts vs. one person creating software (Mar 93),
+ ALGOL 68 as a warning example
+
+3.1. TeX is not perfect (Jun 92, Jul 92)
+ The discussion has taken place in June and July 1992. Several details were
+ worked out, where TeX could be improved. Another point of criticism was
+ the programming language of TeX in general, several participants prefer a
+ procedural language over a macro language.
+
+3.2. In which language shall NTS be written (Mar 93)
+ In 1992, there was much discussion, in which language an NTS should be
+ implemented (candidates were LISP, C, and WEB). This has settled in March
+ 1993 (to PASCAL-WEB), because of the acceptance of the
+ idea that rather than wait for an ``all-singing, all dancing'' NTS, the
+ group should develop, in a stepwise manner, small but significant
+ enhancements to TeX. This implies that the enhancements are implemented as
+ change files in WEB.
+
+3.3. The TeX language (Oct/Nov 93)
+ The TeX language is a simple language in the sense, that it contains only
+ few concepts. It belongs to the Lisp family. In particular, it's a
+ list-based macro language with late binding. Actually, that's all one
+ needs to say to characterize it.
+ Its data constructs are simpler than in Common Lisp: `token list' is the
+ only first order type. Glue, boxes, numbers, etc., are engine
+ concepts; instances of them are described by token lists.
+ Its lexical analzsis is simpler than CL: One cannot program
+ it. One can only configure it.
+ Its control constructs are simpler than in CL: Only macros, no
+ functions. And the macros are only simple ones, one can't compute
+ in them.
+
+3.4. The TeX engine (Oct/Nov 93)
+ The TeX engine lies below the TeX language. Glue, boxes, numbers, etc.
+ belong to the TeX engine. The registers of the engine can be changed
+ by TeX's primitives. However, the latter seem to be quite unregular and
+ baroque.
+
+3.5. Extensions and Enhancements (Nov 94)
+ `Extensions' are basically new primitives which have no effect on the
+ semantics of existing TeX documents, except insofaras any document which
+ tests whether such a primitive is, in fact, undefined, will clearly obtain
+ opposite results under TeX and e-TeX; `enhancements' are more fundamental
+ changes to the TeX kernel which may affect the semantics of existing TeX
+ documents even if no new primitive is used or even tested. Such changes
+ may be, for example, differences in the construction of TeX's internal
+ lists, or perhaps different hyphenation or ligaturing behaviour.
+
+4. Deviations
+
+4.0. General
+ (empty)
+
+4.1. Automated Kerning (Oct 92)
+ Kindersley's "optical kerning": for the purposes of
+ kerning, each character is replaced by a circle centred on the centre of
+ gravity of that character; the radius of the circle is determined by the
+ fourth moment of the character (that is, the fourth root of the sum over
+ all black pixels of the fourth power of their distance from the centre). On
+ the UKTUG trip to Kindersley's studio, I tried to extract the reason why
+ the fourth, as opposed to third or fifth or whatever, moment is used; the
+ reason is apparently that it "looks right".
+
+ We can construct elaborate schemes for kerning (Kindersley's fourth
+ moments, FontStudio's (convex?) envelopes, Calamus' eight widths, etc), but
+ the proof of the typographical pudding is in the eating of the resulting
+ words, so to speak.
+
+4.2 About Lout (June 1993)
+ In June 1993, the new system Basser Lout caused several questions and
+ suggestions on this list. The following is taken from a short review
+ of Lout by Bernd Raichle:
+
+ `Lout' is a (yet another) document formatting system, released under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License and available on some ftp
+ servers.
+
+ IMHO it's more like a `troff' (with a better input language and some
+ newer concepts) than a `TeX'.
+
+ A few citations from the documentation of lout:
+
+ Lout is a high-level language for document formatting, designed and
+ implemented by the author. The implementation, known as Basser
+ Lout, is a fully operational production version written in C for the
+ Unix operating system, which translates Lout source code into
+ PostScript, a device-independent graphics rendering language
+ accepted by many high-resolution output devices, including most
+ laser printers.
+ [...]
+ When expert users can implement such applications quickly,
+ non-experts benefit. Although Lout itself provides only a small
+ kernel of carefully chosen primitives,
+
+ Lout has 23 primitive operators... missing, for example, the simplest
+ arithmetical operators (there is only the operator "@Next" which
+ increases a number by one).
+
+ packages written in Lout and distributed with Basser Lout provide an
+ unprecedented array of advanced features in a form accessible to
+ non-expert users. The features include rotation and scaling, fonts,
+
+ These features are mostly based on the output language... Postscript
+ (if you are looking inside a Lout package, you find large portions of
+ embedded Postscript code).
+
+ paragraph and page breaking,
+
+ TeX does a better job for these two items, because Lout is missing
+ most of TeX's paragraph/page breaking parameters. (Note: Lout uses
+ TeX's hyphenation algorithm and the hyphenation patterns.)
+
+ displays and lists, floating figures and tables, footnotes, chapters
+ and sections (automatically numbered), running page headers and
+ footers, odd-even page layouts, automatically generated tables of
+ contents, sorted indexes and reference lists, bibliographic and
+ other databases (including databases of formats for printing
+ references), equations, tables, diagrams, formatting of Pascal
+ programs, and automatically maintained cross references.
+
+ TeX's math setting abilities are better. Lout uses a package named
+ `eq' derived from the `eqn' preprocessor used with `troff'. And there
+ are other packages named `tab' (for tabulars) and `fig' (drawing
+ figures).
+
+ [...]
+ Lout is organized around four key concepts -- objects, definitions,
+ galleys, and cross references -- [...]
+
+ The concept of `galleys' and the "expansion" of recursive defintions
+ are IMHO the only new concept in Lout:
+
+ `galleys' are a way to describe a page, dividing it in certain regions
+ which can be filled from different sources (e.g. a footnote galley is
+ filled with footnote text, etc.).
+
+ Recursive definitions are very simple, e.g.
+ def @Leaders { .. @Leaders }
+ defines the command (Lout calls it `object') to "expand" to a `..' and
+ if there is place for another "expansion" it is called again.
+
+ For example
+ \hbox to 4in{Chapter 7 \dotfill 53}
+ is in Lout
+ 4i @Wide { Chapter 7 @Leaders 53 }
+
+ With this recursive definitions, a whole document is defined as a
+ @PageList consisting of a @Page and a @PageList with an incremented
+ @PageNum. A @Page is defined as a set of `galleys' (header, text
+ body, footnotes, footer), which are also defined as a list of
+ text/footnotes/... and so on.
+
+ Perhaps others can add more impressions, mine are based on the
+ documentation coming with the Lout package and some tests done in
+ 1-2 hours.
+
+5. Proposed changes to METAFONT
+
+5.O. General
+ Most of the General points in the discussion of TeX also apply to METAFONT.
+
+5.1. Writing to auxiliary files
+ METAFONT should be able to write to auxiliary files. Desparately needed
+ for packages which allow to draw figures in METAFONT and label them in TeX
+ (BoF session at EuroTeX '92, Prague).
+
+
+6. Proposed changes to the tfm file format
+
+6.1. Vertical kerning (Jun 92)
+ This may sound exotic to you, but the AFM format can do
+ it. And I desperately need it for non-Latin alphabets (everytime I need
+ a character in a ligature raised or lowered, I have to reserve a position
+ in the font for it).
+
+6.2. Cross-font ligatures (Jun 92)
+ Ligatures pointing to other fonts!! Yes, imagine for example that your
+ 256 chars are full, you could still access characters by ligatures...but
+ they have to be in the same font.
+
+7. Proposed changes to the dvi file format
+
+7.0. General
+ A longer discussion about colour inclusion into the dvi-file occured in
+ Oct/Nov 93. The outcome was, that high-quality colour handling is a difficult
+ and device dependent task, better left to the printer driver. Colour can be
+ handled by the \special command which is sent directly to the driver.
+
+ On comp.text.tex I saw a remark, that specials may occur on places in the
+ dvi-file, where TeX can't put them. Maybe eTeX should take care of this
+ point.
+
+7.1. Horizontal and Vertical Mirroring (Nov 94)
+ Allow a glyph to be mirrored in a vertical axis, placed centrally;
+ mirrored in a horizontal axis, placed at half the x(?)-height.
+
+ It was noted, that the specification of the axes might cause problems.
+ It was also noted, that several drivers understand specials for the
+ requested action.
+
+7.2. Rotation of a glphy by 180 degrees (Nov 94)
+ This would greatly increase the power of vpl files (e.g. define schwa by
+ rotating e), and I hope that it would be possible for drivers to implement.
+
+ It was noted, that this is fine, but rotation by 90 degrees cannot be
+ device independent, because there are printers with rectangular (non-square)
+ pixels.
+
+8. Additions to the TeX kit
+
+8.0. General
+ The TeX kit, meaning the bundle of programmes building up a complete TeX
+ installation, contains besides the major programmes TeX and METAFONT
+ additional programmes, traditionally divided into several groups:
+
+ a) TeXware: dvitype, tftopl, pltotf, pooltype, pktype, patgen, vftovp,
+ vptovf, (outdated: pxtopk, pktopx)
+ b) MFware: mft, gftodvi, gftopk, gftype, (outdated: gftopxl)
+ c) webware: weave, tangle
+
+ And, of course, drivers for the screens and printers.
+
+ Other utility programmes more loosely associated with TeX are indexers
+ (makeindex, idxtex, glotex, ...) and bibliography tools (bibtex,
+ bibclean, ...). Makeindex and Bibtex are standard tools, because they
+ are described in the LaTeX manuals.
+
+ Another group includes drawing programmes (TeXCAD, xfig, gnuplot, ...) to
+ create graphics to be imported to TeX documents and graphics converters
+ (ghostscript, xv, bmt2font, ...).
+
+8.1. dvicopy
+ Written in WEB by Peter Breitenlohner
+ Available from CTAN
+ Resolves all references to virtual fonts in a dvi file. Can be used to
+ create a dvi file without virtual fonts (e.g. for drivers which cannot
+ handle vf's).
+
+8.2. dv2dp and dp2dv
+ Written in C by Geoffrey Tobin
+ Available on request from the author
+ dv2dp makes a human readable file from a dvi file. The companion
+ programme dp2dv makes a dvi file frome a dvi property list file.
+ It allows you to change dvi files with a text editor.
+
+8.3. gftotxt
+ Written in C by Yannis Haralambous
+ Available ?
+ Extracts a certain kind of specials from the gf file into a text file.
+ Workaround for the famous non-ability of METAFONT to write auxiliary
+ files.
+
+8.4. qdtexvpl
+ Written by Eberhard Mattes
+ Available from the CTAN archives
+ Generates a virtual font from TeX macros. qd = quick and dirty.
+
+8.5. fontinst
+ Written in TeX by Alan Jeffrey
+ Available form CTAN
+ Makes virtual fonts from afm files (PostScript fonts). Used by the LaTeX
+ team to create virtual fonts and fd files for LaTeX2e.
+
+8.6. afmtotfm
+ Written in C by Thomas Rokicki
+ Available from CTAN (part of dvips distribution)
+ Makes tfm files from afm files.
+
+8.7. dvipaste
+ Part of LAMSTeX (Michael Spivak)
+ Allows to paste a dvi-file into another one.
+
+8.8. METAPOST
+ Written in Web by John Hobby
+ Now freely available from the CTAN
+ A tool to build graphics to be included in TeX documents, uses a METAFONT
+ style language.
+
+8.9. Tie
+ Written by Klaus Gunthermann
+ Available from CTAN
+ Allows to process multiple change files to a given Web source. A tool
+ of this kind is needed to build any eTeX distribution, since one has
+ tex.web, etex.ch, tex.ch-system, and etex.ch-system files to deal with.
+
+8.10. dvi2dvi
+ Available from CTAN
+ Postprocessor for dvi files, allowing e.g. 2-up or 4-up layout of full
+ pages.
+
+9. Existing extensions to TeX
+
+9.0 General
+ Here I include short description of existing extensions to TeX. This section
+ does not include commercial TeX implementations because of lack of solid
+ enough information on them. It also does not yet include ETeX, NTS, nor
+ Omega.
+
+9.1. TeX-XeT (Don Knuth and Pierre MacKay)
+ CTAN: tex-archive/systems/knuth
+ Adds new primitives \beginR, \endR, \beginL, and \endL for right to left
+ typesetting. Despite their names, the new primitives are insensitive to
+ TeX's grouping mechanism. Outputs a special file in dvi-ivd format, which
+ need be resolved by another programme or requires special drivers.
+
+9.2. TeX--XeT (Peter Breitenlohner)
+ Available from CTAN tex-archive/systems/knuth/tex--xet
+ Implements the same primitives as TeX-XeT, but outputs a normal dvi file.
+ Passes the trip test (as far as I know).
+
+9.3. MLTeX (Michael Ferguson)
+ Available from aldebaran.ee.mcgill.ca in pub/mltex
+ Adds a primitive \charsubdef, which allows the following: input of 8-bit
+ characters, participation of accented characters not present in the output
+ encoding in hyphenation, ligatures and kerning with accented letters.
+ Especially popular in francophone countries.
+ emTeX supports MLTeX via the /ml option.
+
+9.4. SiSiSi (Wilhelm Barth, Heinrich Nirschl, Heini Hofstaedter und Harald
+ Mueller)
+ Available from CTAN: tex-archive/systems/vms (sic!)
+ Implements another hyphenation algorithm (the name means SIchere
+ SInnentsprechende SIlbentrennung, which is translated `secure sensitive
+ hyphenation') specific to the german language (with Haupt- und
+ Nebentrennstellen). Fails the trip test, therefore not a legitimate TeX.
+ In use at TU Wien (Austria).
+
+9.5. Japanese TeX
+ [in preparation]
+
+The End.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5a8c780047e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+$Id: //depot/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books#1 $ $Date: 2004/10/28 $ $Author: karl $
+
+Bibliography entries for the various published books here.
+The files here contain examples only, not the full text of the books,
+with the exception of "Making TeX Work" and "TeX for the Impatient".
+
+BiBTeX entries taken from ./texmf/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib.
+
+The complete sources to the following books are available on the web
+(under varying licensing conditions, precluding republishing except
+where noted).
+
+ The TeXbook, by Donald Knuth
+ http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/tex/texbook.tex
+ (source only)
+
+ The Metafontbook, by Donald Knuth
+ http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/mf/mfbook.tex
+ (source only)
+
+ TeX by Topic, A TeXnician's reference, by Victor Eijkhout
+ http://www.eijkhout.net/tbt/
+ (pdf only)
+
+ TeX for the Impatient, by Paul Abrahams, Kathryn Hargreaves, Karl Berry
+ ftp://tug.org/tex/impatient/
+ (freely available under the GNU Free Documentation License)
+
+ Making TeX Work, by Norman Walsh
+ http://makingtexwork.sourceforge.net/mtw/
+ (freely available under the GNU Free Documentation License)
+
+For a list of tutorials, references, and other assorted items available
+on the web, see http://tug.org/interest.html.
+
+
+
+@Book{Mittelbach:2004:LC,
+ author = "Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens and Johannes
+ Braams and David Carlisle and Chris Rowley",
+ title = "The {\LaTeX} Companion",
+ publisher = pub-AW,
+ address = pub-AW:adr,
+ edition = "Second",
+ pages = "????",
+ year = "2004",
+ ISBN = "0-201-36299-6",
+ LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G66 2004",
+ bibdate = "Sat Apr 10 14:19:47 2004",
+ series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+}
+
+@Book{Kopka:2003:GLD,
+ author = "Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly",
+ title = "A Guide to {\LaTeXe}: Document Preparation for
+ Beginners and Advanced Users",
+ publisher = pub-AW,
+ address = pub-AW:adr,
+ edition = "Fourth",
+ year = "2003",
+}
+
+@Book{Kopka:1994:LBE,
+ author = "Helmut Kopka",
+ title = "{\LaTeX} Band 1: Einf{\"u}hrung",
+ publisher = pub-AWV,
+ address = pub-AWV:adr,
+ pages = "xix + 428",
+ year = "1994",
+ ISBN = "3-89319-664-1",
+ bibdate = "Tue Mar 1 14:25:32 MET 1994",
+ note = "Replaces the old series of two volumes.",
+ acknowledgement = ack-rz,
+}
+
+@Book{Goossens:1997:LGC,
+ author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz and Frank
+ Mittelbach",
+ title = "The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion: Illustrating
+ Documents with {\TeX} and {PostScript}",
+ publisher = pub-AW,
+ address = pub-AW:adr,
+ pages = "xxi + 554",
+ year = "1997",
+ ISBN = "0-201-85469-4",
+ LCCN = "Z253.4.L38G663 1997",
+ bibdate = "Fri Jul 11 07:51:47 1997",
+ price = "US\$39.75",
+ series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ keywords = "LaTeX (Computer file); Computerized typesetting.;
+ PostScript (Computer program language); Scientific
+ illustration -- Computer programs.; Mathematics
+ printing -- Computer programs.; Technical publishing --
+ Computer programs.",
+}
+
+@Book{Goossens:1999:LWC,
+ author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz",
+ title = "The {\LaTeX} {Web} companion: integrating {\TeX},
+ {HTML}, and {XML}",
+ publisher = pub-AW-LONGMAN,
+ address = pub-AW-LONGMAN:adr,
+ pages = "xxii + 522",
+ year = "1999",
+ ISBN = "0-201-43311-7",
+ LCCN = "QA76.76.H94G66 1999",
+ bibdate = "Thu Jun 03 09:32:08 1999",
+ note = "With Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore and Robert S.
+ Sutor.",
+ price = "US\$36.95",
+ series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+}
+
+@Book{Walsh:1994:MTW,
+ author = "Norman Walsh",
+ title = "Making {\TeX} Work",
+ publisher = pub-ORA,
+ address = pub-ORA:adr,
+ pages = "xxxvi + 483",
+ year = "1994",
+ ISBN = "1-56592-051-1",
+ bibdate = "Thu May 12 08:24:59 1994",
+ price = "US\$29.95",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+}
+
+@Book{Graetzer:2000:ML,
+ author = "George Gr{\"a}tzer",
+ title = "Math into {\LaTeX}",
+ publisher = pub-BIRKHAUSER # " and " # pub-SV,
+ address = pub-BIRKHAUSER:adr # " and " # pub-SV:adr,
+ edition = "Third",
+ pages = "xxv + 584",
+ year = "2000",
+ ISBN = "0-8176-4131-9, 3-7643-4131-9",
+ LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G745 2000",
+ bibdate = "Thu Aug 23 10:53:02 2001",
+ price = "US\$49.95",
+ acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
+ keywords = "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur);
+ Mathematics printing -- Computer programs; Computerized
+ typesetting; Mathematiques -- Impression -- Logiciels;
+ Composition automatique (Industries graphiques)",
+}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ffef9e88d34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index
@@ -0,0 +1,11553 @@
+=======================================================================
+ @ASCII-file{
+ filename = "TeX-index",
+ version = "1.06",
+ date = "22 December 1992",
+ time = "18:29:27 EST",
+ author = "David M. Jones",
+ address = "MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
+ Room NE43-316
+ 545 Technology Square
+ Cambridge, MA 02139
+ USA",
+ telephone = "(617) 253-5936",
+ FAX = "(617) 253-3480",
+ checksum = "10254 11553 46236 367136",
+ email = "dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu (Internet)",
+ codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+ keywords = "TeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, etc., macros",
+ supported = "yes",
+ docstring = "This is a catalogue of TeX macros. The most recent
+ version is always available from theory.lcs.mit.edu in
+ the directory pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt.
+
+ Copies can also be obtained from the following
+ locations:
+
+ ftp.tex.ac.uk:pub/archive/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt
+ ftp.th-darmstadt.de:
+ pub/tex/documentation/tex-styles-and-macros.txt[.Z]
+ ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/soft/tex/documentation/TeX-index
+ ftp.SHSU.edu:[fileserv.tex-index]tex.index
+ ymir.claremont.edu:[anonymous.tex.documentation]tex-index.txt
+
+ ftp.cs.ruu.nl:pub/TEX/DOC/TeX-index.Z
+ ftp.math.utah.edu:pub/tex/tex-index
+ ftp.diku.dk:pub/TeX/misc/TeX-Index.Z
+
+ The Catalogue is also available on SPAN at node 39003 in
+ 39003::$1$dia1:[tex]0000tex-index
+
+ The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 checksum as
+ the first value, followed by the equivalent of the
+ standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines,
+ words, and characters. This is produced by Robert
+ Solovay's checksum utility.",
+ }
+========================================================================
+ A CATALOGUE OF TEX MACROS
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+This is a catalogue of TeX macros. Its scope includes all macros that
+are available via anonymous ftp or mail-server or some similar
+mechanism. Commercial packages will be included only if a full
+Catalogue entry is supplied to me by the vendor.
+
+In this, its first incarnation, the Catalogue is heavily slanted towards
+the ymir and SHSU archives, in the sense that most of the entries have
+been drawn from the packages at those sites. Although I have included a
+significant amount of material from the Stuttgart archive, I've fallen
+far short of exhausting its wealth of macros, and the excellent Aston
+archive is hardly represented at all. I hope to remedy both of these
+shortcomings in the near future.
+
+In addition to the archives just mentioned, a number of smaller, more
+specialized archives are also represented. For example, e-math.ams.com
+is the home of all the official AMS macro packages, including AMS-TeX,
+AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts package. Similarly, dhdspri6.bitnet is the
+home of all official Springer-Verlag macros.
+
+Since the Catalogue is devoted to macros, fonts and special-purpose
+programs are mentioned only when they are necessary to explain the
+purpose of a set of macros. For a list of fonts, I recommend Liam R. E.
+Quin's list of metafonts [1]. For a list of TeX implementations and
+other programs, see Bobby Bodenheimer's frequently-asked questions list
+[2] and Guoying Chen's supplement [3].
+
+Each entry is divided into a number of fields, with the following
+functions:
+
+Name: The name of the macro package, usually the same as the name of the
+ file containing it.
+
+Description: A short (usually 1-3 line) description of what the package
+ does.
+
+Keywords: A list of keywords to facilitate searching for special-purpose
+ macros, as well as to help describe the macros. A glossary of
+ keywords can be found at the end of the file.
+
+Archives: A list of archives where the package can be found. Whenever
+ known, the primary distribution site is marked with an asterisk.
+ This list is not meant to be comprehensive. Instead, priority is
+ given to the ymir, Aston, SHSU, Stuttgart and Utrecht archives.
+ When the archive is well-known and has a significant collection of
+ macros, I refer to it by an abbreviated name and give complete
+ information about the archive in the "List of TeX Archives" at the
+ end of the Catalogue. In many cases, however, an ftp site serves as
+ the home of only one package, in which case I include the full name
+ of the archive in the "Archives" field and don't include a full
+ listing for it below.
+
+Author: The name and address (preferably electronic) of the author of
+ the package. All email addresses, including JANET addresses, have
+ been normalized to little-endian order.
+
+Bugs to: The address where bug reports should be sent, if this is
+ different from the address(es) listed in the Author field.
+ Currently (version 1.06 of the TeX Macro Index), this is only used
+ for files in the standard LaTeX distribution. These files are being
+ maintained by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, but all bug
+ reports should be sent to latex-help@cs.stanford.edu.
+
+Latest Version: The date and/or version number of the latest release of
+ the package.
+
+Supported: Whether or not the package is supported, that is, whether the
+ author wants to receive bug reports and/or comments on the package.
+ Note that in most cases the author of a "supported" package does not
+ promise to fix bugs or answer questions about the package. The only
+ promise is that the author won't get mad if you send a bug report.
+ In addition, it means that the author would like to hear about any
+ improvements or additions to the macros. In fact, some authors only
+ want to hear about improvements: they will accept bug fixes but will
+ not necessarily answer bug reports.
+
+See also: A list of other packages with similar features.
+
+Note: Any additional information which seems pertinent.
+
+Needless to say, the Catalogue is bound to contain numerous small errors
+and omissions and, most likely, not a few large ones. I've tried to
+indicate some of the larger gaps that I am aware of, and I'll be working
+to close these gaps as time permits. However, I would appreciate
+hearing about any errors or omissions in the information below. I would
+especially appreciate it if authors of macros would send me full entries
+for their packages. I'll continue creating entries on my own, but the
+task will be greatly simplified if I receive ready-made entries, rather
+than having to retrieve the files and process them by myself. I'll
+attempt to answer all mail sent to me, but please keep in mind that it
+might take me some time to do so.
+
+Whenever possible, I asked the authors these packages to verify the
+information listed. I'm grateful to those who responded. In a few
+cases I didn't have time to follow up on the information that authors
+supplied me, but, again, I'll do this as soon as time permits.
+
+I'd like to thank the following people for reading a preliminary version
+of the Catalogue and commenting on it:
+
+Ravinder Bhumbla
+David Carlisle
+Steve Fisk
+Graham O'Neil
+Eric Schenk
+Dave Steiner
+Dominik Wujastyk
+
+They provided me with numerous helpful comments and suggestions.
+Unfortunately, lack of time once again prevented me from implementing
+all of their ideas for this first release of the Catalogue, but I will
+be working on them for future versions of the Catalogue.
+
+My thanks also goes out to George Greenwade and Nelson Beebe for helping
+me get connected to the community of TeX archivers and for answering
+numerous questions.
+
+Finally, I extend my special thanks to Barbara Beeton for her constant
+support and encouragement. Without her always gentle nudges, this
+project would probably have become moribund on a number of occasions.
+
+David.
+
+REFERENCES
+
+[1] Complete list of all metafont-format fonts in the world. Liam R.
+E. Quin <lee@sq.sq.com>. Posted bi-monthly to comp.text.tex and
+comp.fonts.
+
+[2] TeX, LaTeX, etc.: Frequently Asked Questions with Answers [Monthly].
+Bobby Bodenheimer. Posted monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available on
+most of the major TeX archives.
+
+[3] Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions. Guoying Chen. Posted
+monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available by anonymous ftp from
+cs.nyu.edu (128.122.140.24) in the pub/tex/tex.supplement.
+
+===========================================================================
+The Catalogue is divided into a rough hierarchy based on macro package.
+I hope to refine the division in the future, but for now here is the
+list of headings:
+
+%%Section 1: AMS-TEX
+%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution
+%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files
+%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles
+%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files
+%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX
+%%Section 3: EPLAIN
+%%Section 4: FOILTEX
+%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution
+%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files
+%%Section 5: INRSTEX
+%%Section 6: LATEX
+%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution
+%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles
+%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options
+%%Section 6.1.3: Other
+%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files
+%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme
+%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files
+%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros
+%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project
+%%Section 6.5: REVTeX
+%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles
+%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options
+%%Section 6.8: Other
+%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX
+%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX
+%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX
+%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros
+%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX
+%%Section 9: SLITEX
+%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution
+%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files
+%%Section 10: PHYSE
+%%Section 11: PHYZZX
+%%Section 12: TEXT1
+%%Section 13: TEXSIS
+%%Section 14: YTEX
+%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS
+%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros
+%%Section 15.2: PicTeX
+%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX
+%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS
+%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES
+%%Section 19: OTHER
+
+LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES
+
+GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS
+
+APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT
+
+COMING ATTRACTIONS
+***************************************************************************
+
+%%Section 1: AMS-TEX
+
+%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution
+
+Name: amstex.tex
+Description: AMS-TeX is the American Mathematical Society's macros for
+ simplifying the typesetting of complex mathematical material.
+ AMS-TeX is meant to be used with plain TeX. For corresponding
+ support for LaTeX, see AMS-LaTeX.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, math
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
+Note: The AMS-TeX distribution includes a readme file, a user's guide
+ (amsguide.tex) and installation notes (amstinst.tex).
+See also: AMS-LaTeX
+
+Name: amsppt.sty (.doc)
+Description: AMS-TeX article preprint document style.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1a, 22 Jan 1992
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
+See also: amsppt1.tex
+
+Name: amsppt1.tex
+Description: AMS-TeX conversion file to provide compatibility between
+ amsppt.sty version 1 and amsppt.sty version 2.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 2 Aug 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
+See also: amsppt.sty
+
+Name: amssym.tex
+Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the AMS symbol
+ fonts (msam and msbm). If not used with AMS-TeX, amssym.tex must be
+ used with amssym.def (q.v.).
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
+See also: amssym.def, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amssymbl.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty
+
+
+%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files
+
+%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles
+
+Name: amamult.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting
+ multi-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, book,
+ multi-author, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Jun 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, amamult.doc, an
+ example file, amamult.dem, and a readme file.
+See also: lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: amstexsiam.sty
+Description: Unofficial AMS-TeX document style for producing papers for
+ SIAM journals.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, SIAM, journal, article
+Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold
+ <dna@emmy.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 31 Jan 1990
+Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]* (in netlib/typesetting/amstex)
+Note: The amstexsiam package includes a documentation file (siamdoc.tex)
+ and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with
+ version 2.0 of AMS-TeX.
+See also: siam.sty
+
+Name: imappt.sty
+Description: AMS-TeX document style used by the Institute of Mathematics
+ and its Applications for typesetting its preprints.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, article, publisher style
+Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold
+ <dna@emmy.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.2
+Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]*
+Note: The imappt package includes a documentation file (imapptdoc.tex)
+ and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with
+ version 2.0 of AMS-TeX???
+
+Name: jfpppt.sty
+Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style which extends amsppt.sty to
+ mimic the style of The Journal of Functional Programming (JFP).
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style, amsppt
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 22 Mar 1992
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc]
+
+Name: jnsams.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 July 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsa.doc, an example
+ file, jnsa.dem, and a readme file.
+See also: jns.sty, jns.cmm
+
+Name: lncs.sty
+Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style for submissions to
+ Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science series.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, article, publisher style,
+ camera-ready
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.25, 25 Jan 1992 [beta]
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc]
+
+Name: osudeG.sty
+Description: Macros for formatting proceedings volumes of the Ohio
+ State University Math Research Institute series. Unlimited
+ distribution with few provisos. Provides editorial facilities
+ (for proofing), good pagebreaks near headings, quality typography
+ with Adobe Type1 fonts, sophisticated mathsurround. For Plain TeX
+ and AMS-TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> with numerous
+ contributions by Walter.D. Neumann.
+Supported: yes
+First Version: 1990
+Latest Version: July 1992
+Note: Includes user guide and several auxiliary files.
+Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu* [128.146.7.200], matups.matups.fr*
+ [192.54.146.4]
+
+
+%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files
+
+Name: pptfixes.tex
+Description: Bug fixes for the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Latest Version: v1.23, 22 Jan 1992
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+Name: review.sty
+Description: A set of macros for TeXing Mathematical Reviews text files.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: xfixed.tex
+Description: Fixed/verbatim format for AMS-TeX.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, verbatim
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992 [beta]
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+Name: xppt.sty
+Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX document style amsppt.sty.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 1992
+Archives: aston
+Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.)
+
+Name: xppt.tex
+Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style and compatible
+ styles: supports automatic table of contents, cross references,
+ BibTeX bibliographies, and automatic numbering of sections, theorems
+ and captions.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+
+%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX
+
+Name: AMS-LaTeX
+Description: AMS-LaTeX is a synthesis of the LaTeX macro package and the
+ AMS-TeX macro package which combines the document structure of LaTeX
+ with the sophisticated math typesetting capabilities of AMS-TeX. It
+ is implemented as a set of document styles and style options for
+ LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: The AMS-LaTeX distribution includes a user's guide (amslatex.tex),
+ and two sets of test files (testbook.tex and testart.tex).
+See also: AMS-TeX
+
+Name: amsart.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for papers submitted to AMS
+ journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, article, journal, NFSS, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 31 Jul 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: amsbook.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for books submitted to the AMS.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, book, NFSS, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 2 Aug 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: amsbsy.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing bold math
+ symbols, either by using the appropriate bold math font or by
+ simulating them with a "poor man's bold" macro.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, bold symbol, math symbol, pmb, NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amsbsy.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+
+Name: amscd.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that adapts the commutative
+ diagram macros of AMS-TeX for use in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amscd.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+
+Name: amsfonts.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides access to the
+ AMS math fonts (msam, msbm and eufm), but doesn't actually define
+ control sequences for all the individual characters (see
+ amssymb.sty).
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, amsfonts, msam, msbm, eufm, blackboard bold,
+ NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1a, 3 Sep 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amsfonts.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+See also: amssymb.sty
+
+Name: amssymb.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines names for all the
+ symbols in the AMS math fonts (msam and msbm).
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, math symbol, amsfonts, msam, msbm, NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amssymb.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+See also: amsfonts.sty
+
+Name: amstex.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which adapts most of the
+ mathematical macros of AMS-TeX for use with LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, AMS-TeX, math, NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: amstext.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the AMS-LaTeX
+ \text command, which makes it easy to incorporate fragments of text
+ inside a displayed equation or a sub or superscript. Font sizes are
+ automatically scaled in sub/superscripts.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amstext.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+
+Name: ctagsplt.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option that allows the position of
+ equation numbers for the [AMS-TeX] `split' environment to be changed
+ from top left (or bottom right if the `righttag' option is in use)
+ to vertically centered on the total height of the split equation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: intlim.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX option which changes the placement of `limits' on
+ integrals from `on the right side' to `above and below'.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, integral, limits
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: nonamelm.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which switches sub and
+ superscripts for `operator names' from `above and below' to the
+ right side in a displayed equation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, operatorname
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: nosumlim.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement
+ of limits for sums and other cumulative operators from above and
+ below to on the side.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, summation, sum, limits
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: righttag.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement
+ of equation numbers from the left margin to the right margin.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 3: EPLAIN
+
+Name: eplain.tex
+Description: Macros to expand and extend the plain TeX macros by adding
+ support for bibliographies, tables of contents, enumerated lists,
+ verbatim input of files, numbered equations, tables, two-column
+ output, footnotes and commutative diagrams.
+Keywords: plain TeX, bibliography, BibTeX, lists, verbatim, TOC, xrefs,
+ autonumbering, table, multi-column, footnotes, two-column
+Author: Karl Berry et al. <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 25 March 1992
+Archives: umb* [pub/tex/eplain], ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu
+Note: eplain comes with extensive documentation and example files.
+See also: btxmac.tex
+
+Name: arrow.tex
+Description: Macros for arrow theoretic diagrams.
+Keywords: plain TeX, eplain
+Author: Steven T. Smith <smith@hrl.harvard.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Jan 1992
+Archives: umb*
+
+Name: Card.tex
+Description: Macros for creating greeting cards in TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, eplain, card, dvips, rotate
+Author: William McKeehan <mckeehan@utkux1.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0
+Archives: mathsun17.math.utk.edu:/pub/tex/card.tex* [128.169.200.117]
+Note: Requires eplain.tex (q.v.), rotate.tex (q.v.) and dvips.
+
+
+%%Section 4: FOILTEX
+
+Name: FoilTeX
+Description: FoilTeX is a LaTeX-like macro package (and misc. other
+ files) for making transparencies (foils, slides, etc.). It is
+ fundamentally similar to SliTeX but has some major structural
+ differences.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, slides
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+Note: Package includes a readme file (README.flt), a user's manual
+ (foildoc.tex (q.v.)), and sample file (sampfoil.tex (q.v.)).
+See also: colordvi.tex, blackdvi.tex
+
+%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution
+
+Name: fltplain.tex
+Description: Primary file for building the FoilTeX format fltplain.fmt.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fmt, slides
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+
+Name: fltfonts.tex
+Description: Font selection for building the FoilTeX format
+ fltplain.fmt.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fonts. OFSS
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+
+Name: foils.sty
+Description: Main document style for use with the FoilTeX format
+ fltplain.fmt.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 92
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty
+
+Name: foil17.sty
+Description: 17 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty
+
+Name: foil20.sty
+Description: 20 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty
+
+Name: foil25.sty
+Description: 25 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil30.sty
+
+Name: foil30.sty
+Description: 30 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty
+
+Name: foildoc.tex
+Description: Documentation for FoilTeX in LaTeX form.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+
+Name: foilfont.tex
+Description: Simple file to test font availability for using FoilTeX.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+
+Name: sampfoil.tex
+Description: Large sample file for FoilTeX.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foil*.sty, colordvi.[tex,sty] (in this section)
+
+%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files
+
+Name: PSFonts.sty
+Description: Document style option for using PostScript fonts in FoilTeX
+ and LaTeX under the Old Font Selection Scheme with dvips.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, PostScript, OFSS
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+Note: These are revisions of the files by the same names as included
+ with Rokicki's dvips program. The are completely compatible with
+ Rokicki's versions in LaTeX with the old font selection scheme. Use
+ these version if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the
+ OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX. The files in this part of
+ the package include psfonts.sty, avantgarde.sty, bookman.sty,
+ chancery.sty, helvetica.sty, ncs.sty, palatino.sty, times.sty.
+
+Name: amssymbl.sty
+Description: For using AMS-TeX fonts msam, msbm and eufm in FoilTeX or
+ LaTeX with the Old Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, msam, msbm, eufm, OFSS
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+Note: Use this file if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the
+ OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX (also not necessary since
+ LaTeX-NFSS can use other files for the same purpose).
+
+
+%%Section 5: INRSTEX
+
+Name: inrstex.tex
+Description: INRSTeX is a complete document preparation package,
+ including graphics for document preparation. It was designed from
+ the beginning for use in a bilingual (French/English) environment.
+Keywords: plain TeX, inrstex, EPSF, graphics, French
+Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>, (514) 765-7834
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Aug 1991
+Archives: aldebaran.insl.mcgill.ca* [132.206.94.5], shsu
+ /pub/inrstex/pc directory for the pc and
+ /pub/inrstex/unix for the unix version.
+
+
+%%Section 6: LATEX
+
+%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution
+
+%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles
+
+Name: article.sty (.doc)
+Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting articles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and R.
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+Note: The original version was written by Leslie Lamport.
+See also: art10.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty, artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty,
+ artikel3.sty
+
+Name: book.sty (.doc)
+Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 92
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: bk10.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty, boek.sty
+
+Name: letter.sty (.doc)
+Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: brief.sty
+
+Name: report.sty (.doc)
+Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting reports.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: rep10.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty, rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty
+
+
+%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options
+
+Name: art10.sty (.doc)
+Description: 10 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article
+ style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: article.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty
+
+Name: art11.sty (.doc)
+Description: 11 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article
+ style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art12.sty
+
+Name: art12.sty (.doc)
+Description: 12 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article
+ style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art11.sty
+
+Name: bezier.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX picture environment macro for plotting quadratic
+ Bezier curves.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, Bezier
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 17 Dec 85
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: bk10.sty (.doc)
+Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX book style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: book.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty
+
+Name: bk11.sty (.doc)
+Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX book style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk12.sty
+
+Name: bk12.sty (.doc)
+Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX book style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk11.sty
+
+Name: fleqn.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for making displayed math
+ environments flush left.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, flushleft
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 4 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: ifthen.sty (.doc)
+Description: Defines an \ifthenelse macro for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: leqno.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause displayed equation
+ labels appear on the left.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: makeidx.sty (.doc)
+Description: Defines \see and \printindex commands for producing an
+ index with LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, index
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 21 Oct 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: openbib.sty (.doc)
+Description: Produces the "open" bibliography style, in which each block
+ of a bibliography entry starts on a new line, and succeeding lines
+ in a block are indented by \bibindent.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: proc.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to
+ produce camera-ready conference proceedings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Feb 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: rep10.sty (.doc)
+Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: report.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty
+
+Name: rep11.sty (.doc)
+Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep12.sty
+
+Name: rep12.sty (.doc)
+Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep11.sty
+
+Name: showidx.sty (.doc)
+Description: Prints \index entries in outer margin. For use with book or
+ report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, index
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: titlepag.sty (.doc)
+Description: Causes the \maketitle command and the abstract environment
+ each to produce a separate page. For use with the article document
+ style only.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, titlepage
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: twocolum.sty (.doc)
+Description: Produces two-column pages in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, two-column
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Jan 1985
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 6.1.3: Other
+
+Name: addendum.tex
+Description: Errata and additions to the LaTeX manual. Includes all
+ errors and omissions reported by 31 October 1991.
+Keywords: LaTeX, manual
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 31 Oct 1990
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: idx.tex
+Description: A LaTeX input file for printing .IDX files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, index
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 22 Jan 1985
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: lablst.tex
+Description: A LaTeX input file for printing label definitions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Nov 1984
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: latex.tex
+Description: The main body of LaTeX macros.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: lfonts.tex
+Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: lplain.tex
+Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: tryfonts.tex
+Description: A LaTeX input file for trying out fonts in various sizes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, fonts
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 11 Nov 1986
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files
+
+%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme
+
+Name: New Font Selection Scheme (NFSS)
+Description: The NFSS is an improved font selection scheme for LaTeX and
+ plain TeX (see plainfsl.tex). It implements a scheme that allows
+ changing the family, series, shape and size of the fonts
+ independently. It also vastly simplifies the task of adding support
+ for a new font.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, NFSS, font
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, aston, utrecht, shsu
+Note: The basic macros for the NFSS are found in the files lfonts.new,
+ basefont.tex, fontdef.max, fontdef.ori, preload.med, preload.min and
+ preload.ori. Documentation and installation notes are provided in
+ the files readme.mz, readme.mz3, nfss.bug, nfss.tex, nfssinst.tex
+ and nfssprob.tex. The New Font Selection Scheme and the LaTeX
+ interface were described in a pair of TUGboat articles: "A new font
+ selection scheme for TeX macro packages---the basic macros" by Frank
+ Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, TUGboat 10(2): 222--238, July 1989,
+ and "Reprint: The new font family selection---User interface to
+ standard LaTeX" by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf, TUGboat
+ 11(2): 297--305, June 1990.
+
+Name: concrete.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style for for accessing the Concrete Roman fonts used
+ in "Concrete Mathematics" by Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren
+ Patashnik.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0h, 20 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu
+
+Name: dclfont.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the DC fonts under
+ the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, EC/DC
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, aston
+
+Name: euscript.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the Euler script
+ fonts (eusm and eusb).
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, amsfonts
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0g, 20 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu
+
+Name: excale.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that implements scaling of the
+ math extension font `cmex' under the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math, cmex
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 20 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu
+
+Name: lfonts.new
+Description: The basic macros for the New Font Selection Scheme for
+ LaTeX. This is a replacement for lfonts.tex.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+
+Name: margid.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the New Font
+ Selection Scheme. It defines all <math alphabet identifiers> (such
+ as \bf, \rm, etc.) to take one argument. E.g., $\rm text$ would
+ produce a roman "t" and math italics "ext", while $\rm{text}$ would
+ produce an all-roman "text".
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: nomargid.sty
+
+Name: newlfont.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the new font
+ selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty
+
+Name: nomargid.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines all <math
+ alphabet identifiers> (such as \bf, \rm, etc.) to switch fonts
+ rather than taking an argument. This provides compability with the
+ old LaTeX syntax, rather than the default syntax of the New Font
+ Selection Scheme (see margid.sty).
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: margid.sty
+
+Name: oldlfont.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the old font
+ selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty
+
+Name: scripts.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style that implements \ssp and \ssb macros
+ for typesetting simple superscripts and subscripts in text mode.
+ Requires the NFSS.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, superscript, subscript
+Author: Wayne G. Sullivan <wsulivan@irlearn.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.02, 14 Aug 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston, shsu, ymir, utrecht
+
+Name: syntonly.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \syntaxonly
+ macro for suppressing all output and providing quick syntax checking
+ of a document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, syntax checking
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0e, 5 Apr 1990
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+
+Name: tracefnt.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a \tracingfonts
+ macro to trace font usage with the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0r, 27 Aug 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, ymir, aston, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files
+
+Name: array.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which reimplements the array
+ and tabular environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, array
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 06 July 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Note: Version 2.1 includes most of the now defunct newarray.sty.
+
+Name: doc.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for mixing documentation with
+ code in LaTeX style files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, documentation
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.7k, 24 Aug 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: docstrip.tex, newdoc.sty
+
+Name: ftnright.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to position footnotes at the
+ bottom of the right-hand column in a multiple-column document. For
+ use with multicol.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, output, footnotes
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0d, 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: multicol.sty
+
+Name: multicol.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in multiple
+ columns, including the ability to change the number of columns in
+ the middle of a page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4m, 4 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+
+Name: newdoc.sty (.doc)
+Description: Updates or test modifications to the LaTeX document-style
+ option doc.sty. This is currently identical to doc.doc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, documentation
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Aug 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: doc.sty
+
+Name: thb.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Break" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
+ Causes the theorem header to be followed by a line break.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: thc.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Change" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
+ Causes the header number to appear before the header text, i.e., "3
+ Theorem" instead of "Theorem 3."
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: thcb.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Change-break" document-style option for use with
+ theorem.sty. This is a combination of the "break" (thb.sty) and
+ "change" (thc.sty) options (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: theorem.sty (.doc)
+Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX \newtheorem command to
+ provide greater flexibility in specifying the format of theorem-like
+ environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem, math
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1c, 22 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+Note: Also distributed with AMS-LaTeX.
+See also: thb.sty, thc.sty, thcb.sty, thm.sty, thmb.sty, thp.sty
+
+Name: thm.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Margin" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
+ Causes the number to be set in the left margin.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: thmb.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Margin-break" document-style option for use with
+ theorem.sty. Combination of the "margin" (thm.sty) and "break"
+ (thb.sty) theorem styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1c, 17 Feb 1990
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: thp.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Plain" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
+ This emulates the original LaTeX theorem environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: verbatim.sty
+Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX verbatim and verbatim*
+ environments. Also defines a robust comment environment for
+ ignoring large sections of a document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, comment
+Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <schoepf@sc.zib-berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4i, 20 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, aston, ymir, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros
+
+Name: psnfss
+Description: LaTeX support for using PostScript fonts under the New Font
+ Selection Scheme. The font names used are those widely promulgated
+ by Karl Berry and found in dvips; the package depends upon virtual
+ fonts to map between the default Computer Modern layout and the
+ standard PostScript layout. Optional support is provided for
+ scaling the PostScript fonts so that their x-heights match the
+ x-heights of the corresponding CM fonts. Support is provided for
+ building new formats based on PostScript fonts, but you can also use
+ most of the style files without building a new format file, as long
+ as you are using the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript, dvips, virtual fonts
+Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.2, 12 April 1992
+Note: Style files are provided for using the following PostScript fonts
+ as the main text font: AvantGarde, Baskerville, Bembo, Bookman,
+ Garamond, Helvetica, lucida, NewCenturySchoolbook, Optima, Palatino,
+ Times-Roman. Style files are also provided for loading the Zapf
+ Chancery and Zapf Dingbat fonts, as well as for using the Lucida
+ math fonts in place of the Computer Modern math fonts. A
+ documentation file, psnfss.tex, is included. There are also
+ numerous supporting files.
+Archives: aston*, stuttgart
+
+
+%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project
+
+Name: Babel
+Description: Babel is a multilingual style-option for adapting the
+ standard LaTeX document styles for use with non-English languages.
+ It consists of a collection of common macros and a series of
+ language-specific document-style options. The standard distribution
+ includes the following common files and documentation: babel.doc
+ (the documentation for the whole system), babel.bug (a list of bug
+ reports and fixes) babel.com, babel.readme (which contains
+ installation notes), babel.hyphen, babel.switch, babel22.switch,
+ babel32.switch, hyphen.doc, language.dat, latexhax.com,
+ latexhax.doc.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+Note: A description of the Babel system was published in TUGboat
+ 12(2):291--301, June 1991.
+
+Name: catalan.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Catalan.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Catalan
+Author: Gon\c{c}al Badenes <goncal@cnm.uab.es>, <goncal@ssws1.cnm.es>
+Supported: Yes?
+Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1991
+Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel
+
+Name: croatian.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Croatian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Croatian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: cyrillic.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option for use in conjunction with
+ russian.sty to provide support for typesetting in Russian. This is
+ meant for use with the cmcyr fonts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic, cmcyr, NFSS
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and Werenfried Spit
+ <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 27 May 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: czech.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in the Czech language.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Czech
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: danish.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Danish.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Danish
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 2 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: dutch.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Dutch.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Dutch
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.2b, 16 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: english.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in American or British English.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, English
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: esperanto.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Esperanto.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Esperanto
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: finnish.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Finnish.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Finnish
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: francais.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in French.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, French
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4.2d, 20 Sep 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: germanb.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in German and the Austrian dialect of German.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, German, Austrian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.2c, 26 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+Note: germanb.sty is based on Hubert Partl's german.sty.
+
+Name: italian.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Italian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0e, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+Note: The original version of this file was written by Maurizio Codogno,
+ <urcm@ur785.cselt.stet.it>.
+
+Name: magyar.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Hungarian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Hungarian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: norsk.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Norwegian. Support is also provided for the new
+ spelling variant `nynorsk' of Norwegian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Norwegian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: portuges.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Portuguese, including the Brasilian dialect.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Portuguese
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: romanian.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Romanian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Romanian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: russian.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Russian. Meant to be used with cyrillic.sty (q.v.)
+ and the cmcyr fonts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.1b, 22 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: slovene.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Slovenian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Slovenian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: spanish.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Spanish.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Spanish
+Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0a, 26 Nov 1991
+Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel, tex-nl, stuttgart,
+ aston, utrecht
+
+Name: swedish.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Swedish.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Swedish
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+
+%%Section 6.5: REVTeX
+
+Name: revtex.sty
+Description: REVTeX is the official LaTeX macro package for preparing
+ manuscripts for producing manuscripts for the American Physical
+ Society's Physical Review A, B, C and D, as well as Physical Review
+ Letters. (Many AIP journals also accept REVTEX manuscripts.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
+ style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 27 Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+Note: The REVTeX package includes a README file, a users manual
+ (apguide.tex) and three sample files (smplea.tex, smpleb.tex and
+ smplec.tex).
+See also: aps.sty, aps10.sty, aps12.sty, eqsecnum.sty, preprint.sty
+
+Name: aps.sty
+Description: The American Physical Society document style for use with
+ REVTeX to produce papers for Physical Review.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
+ style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 28 Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: aps10.sty
+Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to
+ produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
+ style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: aps12.sty
+Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to
+ produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
+ style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: osa.sty
+Description: REVTeX Document-style option for typeseting papers for
+ Optical Society of America (OSA) journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, OSA, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: osa10.sty
+Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with osa.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: osa12.sty
+Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with osa.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: osabib.sty
+Description: REVTeX bibliography style to produce bibliographies in the
+ format required by Optical Society of America journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: prabib.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 14 Sep 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: prbbib.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 29 Sep 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: prsty.bst
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: version2.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 17 Sep 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles
+
+Name: aaai.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for preparing papers for the
+ Proceedings of AAAI-88.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Apr 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: The AAAI package includes a documentation file, aaai-doc.tex. The
+ most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail to
+ macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
+
+Name: abstr_collect.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style that allows multiple articles to be
+ collected together in one document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Aug 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+Note: abstr_collect.tex
+
+Name: accarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for the proceedings of the IEEE
+ American Control Conference.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 Feb 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+
+Name: acm.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for ACM conference proceedings papers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready
+Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 23 Apr 89
+Archives:
+See also: acmconf.sty, acmproc.sty, acm.bst
+
+Name: acmconf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing two-column camera-ready
+ papers for ACM conferences, according to ACM specifications.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready, two-column
+Author: Ken Traub
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Mar 1988
+Archives:
+See also: acm.sty, acmproc.sty
+
+Name: acsarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for preparing manuscripts in
+ accordance with the formatting instructions of the journal Advances
+ in Control Systems.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 22 May 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: acs.bst
+
+%% Name: aimemo.sty
+
+Name: artikel1.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible
+ with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with
+ article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty,
+ rapport3.sty
+
+Name: artikel2.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible
+ with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 2. Compatible with
+ article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.14, 21 Dec 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: artikel1.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty,
+ rapport3.sty
+
+Name: artikel3.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible
+ with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip
+ and zero parindent). Compatible with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty,
+ rapport3.sty
+
+Name: asaetr.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
+See also: asaesub.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf
+
+Name: automatica.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for Automatica, the Journal of the
+ International Federation of Automatic Control (IFAC). To be used
+ with ifac9.sty (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 24 Jun 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+Note: Comes with a sample file, automatica.tex.
+
+Name: boek.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing a book compatible with
+ Dutch typesetting conventions. Compatible with book.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 19 Feb 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, brief.sty,
+ rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty
+
+Name: bookform.sty
+Description: MIL-STD-490 bookform document style for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bf10.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty, extradefs.tex, milstd.sty
+Note: extradefs.sty is required. Comes with a sample file,
+ bookform.tex.
+
+Name: brief.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for Dutch letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.06, 24 Mar 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Includes sample file (brief.tex) and documentation (briefdoc.tex),
+ both in Dutch.
+See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, rapport1.sty,
+ rapport3.sty, bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac,
+ letter.tex, lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty
+
+Name: cea.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for Computers and Electronics in
+ Agriculture Submissions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub. This
+ requires doublespace.sty and endfloat.sty from ftp.shsu.edu.
+See also: cea.bst, doublespace.sty, endfloat.sty
+
+Name: deproc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for formatting DECUS proceedings
+ articles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, camera-ready, two-column
+Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Apr 86
+Archives: ymir
+Note: documentation in deprocldc.tex
+
+Name: elsevier.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing camera-ready articles
+ according to instructions of the ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS B.V.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, EUROSIM proceedings, camera ready, publisher
+ style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0-, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+
+Name: fac.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for submissions to the Springer-Verlag
+ journal Formal Aspects of Computing.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, publisher style
+Author: Christiane Notarmarco and Rod Mulvey
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.00, 27 Sep 1991
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+Note: Includes documentation, facguide.sty.
+
+Name: farticle.sty
+Description: French version of article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, french, article
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 15 May 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Obsolete. Use Babel system or most recent version of latex.tex
+ instead.
+
+Name: ifacarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting papers for the
+ Proceedings of the International Federation of Automatic Control
+ (IFAC) published by Pergamon press.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2, 2 Dec 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+Note: The IFAC package includes two sample files, ifacsample.tex and
+ sample.bib.
+See also: ifac.bst, ifac9.sty, ifac10.sty, ifac12.sty
+
+Name: ijcarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles according to
+ the formatting instructions of the International Journal of Control.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 Jun 91
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ijc10.sty, ijc.bst
+
+Name: iso.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting ISO standards.
+Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents
+Author: Nicholas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes documentation file iso-doc.sty.
+See also: iso9.sty, iso10.sty
+
+Name: jns.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style for producing
+ camera-ready copy for the Journal of Nonlinear Science.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, journal
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jul 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsl.doc, and an
+ example file, jnsl.dem.
+See also: jnsams.cmm
+
+Name: laa.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing
+ articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal, physics,
+ multi-column, two-column
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Feb 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, laa.doc, and an
+ example file, laa.dem, and a readme file. The package also includes
+ a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus list for Astronomy and
+ Astrophysics. There is also a variant, laamt.sty, of the macros for
+ typesetting with the Monotype Times fonts.
+
+Name: laletter.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National
+ Laboratory to format letters according to the rules established in
+ the LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include support for
+ form letters, choice of Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice
+ of Roman or typewriter typefaces, support for multiple addresses on
+ a single letter, and support for a salutation, a subject line, a
+ reference line, a complimentary close, a signature line, an
+ enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a distribution
+ list.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, PostScript, formletter
+Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 18 Sep 1989
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: Package includes a README file (laletter.README), a users' manual
+ (laletter.ref), and a sample file (lettest.tex). These macros were
+ described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726,
+ December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings).
+See also: memo.sty
+
+Name: llncs.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing
+ camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, LNCS,
+ multi-author, book
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, llncs.doc, an
+ example file, llncs.dem, and a readme file.
+
+Name: lmamult.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for
+ typesetting multi-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ multi-author, book, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Dec 89
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lmamult.doc, and an
+ example file, lmamult.dem, and a readme file.
+See also: amamult.cmm, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: ltugboat.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for preparation of TUGboat, the
+ Communications of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, two-column
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.14, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn
+Note: requires article.sty, tugboat.cmn
+
+Name: ltugproc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat,
+ the Communications of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings, two-column
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.04, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugboat.cmn
+Note: ltugboat.sty, article.sty, tugboat.cmn required.
+
+Name: manual.sty
+Description: A LaTeX document style based on book.sty, which supports
+ page numbering by chapter, LaTeXing only selected pages, and always
+ produces right-handed odd-numbered pages (chapters start on
+ right-hand pages).
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
+Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 4 Apr 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: memo.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National
+ Laboratory to format memos according to the rules established in the
+ LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include choice of
+ Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice of Roman or typewriter
+ typefaces, support for "THRU" or "THRULESS" headers, and support for
+ a subject line, a reference line, a signature line, an approval
+ line, an enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a
+ distribution list.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo, PostScript
+Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 28 Mar 1990
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: Package includes a README file (memo.README), a user's manual
+ (memo.ref), and a sample file (memotest.tex). These macros were
+ described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726,
+ December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings).
+See also: laletter.sty
+
+Name: memo.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for memos.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 May 1985
+Archives: ymir
+See also: extradefs.tex, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty
+Note: extradefs.tex required
+
+Name: MEParticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for proceedings of Mechanical
+ Engineering Publications Limited.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, conference, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Mar 92
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+
+Name: milstd.sty
+Description: MIL-STD-490 document style for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: bookform.sty, extradefs.tex
+Note: extradefs.tex required
+
+Name: mit-press-book.sty
+Description: LaTeX MIT Press book document style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, MIT Press, publisher style
+Author: <eb@oz> (Ed Barton <eb@oz.ai.mit.edu>???)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 23 Oct 86
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mtnsarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for papers in the proceedings of
+ Mathematical Theory of Network and Systems.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1 Apr 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+Note: mtnssample.bib, mtnssample.tex
+
+Name: nar.sty
+Description: Modified article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Tom Schneider
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.01, 13 Aug 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: paper.sty
+Description: Double-spaced LaTeX document style suitable for producing
+ college papers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 28 Nov 89
+Archives: ymir*
+Note: Requires doublespace.sty and smaller.sty.
+
+Name: rapport1.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with
+ Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with
+ report.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.14, 19 March 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: voorwerk.sty
+
+Name: rapport3.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with
+ Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip and
+ zero parindent). Compatible with report.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.16, 7 Jan 1992
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: voorwerk.sty
+
+Name: res.sty
+Description: Resume document style for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, resume
+Author: Michael DeCorte <mrd@sun.soe.clarkson.edu, mrd@clutx.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 26 Sep 89
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: siam.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles for SIAM
+ journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Nov 1991
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
+ netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
+See also: amstexsiam.sty, siam10.sty, siam11.sty, siam12.sty, siam.bst,
+ fixup.sty, numinsec.sty
+
+Name: spie.sty
+Description: Enhanced version of Rick Zaccone's document style for
+ producing camera-ready copy for SPIE proceedings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, SPIE, camera-ready
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 11 Jan 1992
+Archives: aston*
+
+Name: svlncs.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for conference proceedings printed in
+ Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, publisher style
+Author: Marc Shapiro <shapiro@sor.inria.fr>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 23 Mar 1989
+Note: Obsolete: See llncs.sty.
+
+Name: USCthesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style for typesetting Theses or
+ Dissertations in accordance with the University of Southern
+ California Regulations for Format and Presentation of Theses and
+ Dissertations. It provides some alternative ``bells and whistles''
+ such as support for multi-volume documents.
+Keywords: LaTeX, thesis, dissertation
+Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.2, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: Requires Stephen Page's `doublespace' style option (or equivalent)
+ in addition to the standard LaTeX `report' style.
+See also: techreport.sty
+
+Name: ucthesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for University of California theses.
+Keywords: LaTeX, thesis
+Author: Rusty C. Wright
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Comes with a readme file, ucthesis.doc.
+
+Name: unixman.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing UNIX manual pages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, manpage
+Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4, November 9th 1991
+Archives: ymir
+See also: manpage.sty
+
+Name: utdiss.sty
+Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document style for typeseting
+ dissertation for the University of Texas at Austin.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, thesis, dissertation
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, Mar 1992
+Archives: ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
+Note: Comes with a documentation file (utdiss.doc) and a sample file
+ (sampdiss.tex).
+
+Name: uw-thesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for University of Washington theses.
+Keywords: LaTeX, thesis
+Author: Jim Fox
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.5, 30 May 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: xarticle.sty
+Description: Modified version of article.sty for use with art7.sty,
+ art8.sty, and art9.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Mar 88
+Archives: ymir
+See also: art7.sty, art8.sty, art9.sty
+
+
+%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options
+
+Name: 9pt.sty
+Description: 9 point document-style option for LaTeX article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Patrick van der Smagt
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Apr 90
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: 10pt.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers at 10pt.
+ Its use is optional. But since 11pt works as a style option, it is
+ is useful that 10pt works too.
+Keywords: LaTeX, fonts
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 May 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: a4.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the page layout used
+ by the standard LaTeX document styles to conform to the European A4
+ standard.
+Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and N.A.F.M.
+ Poppelier <N.Poppelier@elsevier.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2a, 30 Nov 90
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, shsu
+Note: Documented with doc.sty.
+See also: a5.sty, a5comb.sty
+
+Name: a4wide.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase line width of
+ standard LaTeX document styles. (Obsolete: use a4.sty (q.v.)
+ instead.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout
+Author: Jean-Francois Lamy <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: Jul 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: a5.sty
+Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left,
+ middle and right and top:side:bottom space = 2:3:4.
+Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+Supported: yes
+See also: a4.sty, a5comb.sty
+
+Name: a5comb.sty
+Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left and
+ right, and twice the amount of centre space (for comb-bound
+ documents) and top:side:bottom space = 2:2:4.
+Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+Supported: yes
+See also: a4.sty, a5.sty
+
+Name: acmproc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to
+ produce ACM conference proceedings papers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: acm.sty, acmconf.sty
+
+Name: acronym.sty
+Description: Defines macros for defining and using acronyms, including
+ use of footnote and parenthesised initial usage.
+Keywords: LaTeX, acronym, footnotes
+Author: John Kewley <jk@fiveg.icl.co.uk>, <jk@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: add-wes.sty
+Description: A "book" style conforming (just!) to the Addison-Wesley
+ house style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, book, camera-ready
+Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1989
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: algorithm.sty
+Description: Defines a theorem-like environment for typesetting
+ algorithms.
+Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm, theorm
+Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: ???
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: answers.sty
+Description: Defines \newrtheorem, and commands \Solution and \Hint
+ which cause all text up to first line starting \end{Exercise} to be
+ output to \jobname.sol.
+Keywords: LaTeX, solutions
+Author: M. J. Piff <MPiff@pa.shef.ac.uk>, <MPiff@ibm.shef.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: agugrl.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to
+ typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Geophysical
+ Research Letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 20 Jul 87
+Note: Comes with a sample file, agugrl-sample.tex.
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: agujgr.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to
+ typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Journal of
+ Geophysical Research.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 9 Jul 87
+Note: Comes with a sample file, agujgr-sample.tex.
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: aip.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for
+ American Institute of Physics journals. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Apr 1990
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: alleqno.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to make all displayed equations
+ numbered by default.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, autonumbering
+Author: Jonathan Thornburg <thornburg@mtsg.ubc.ca>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Sep 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: alltt.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style which defines the `alltt' environment,
+ which is like the `verbatim' environment except that `\', `\{', and
+ `\}' have their usual meanings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Dec 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: astyped.sty
+
+Name: alltt2.sty
+Description: Modification of the alltt style to indent alltt
+ environments by \allttindent parameter
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Note: Based on the original alltt.sty (q.v.) by Leslie Lamport.
+Archives: Aston*
+See also: alltt.sty
+
+Name: amssymbols.sty
+Description: Document-style option which makes the AMS symbol fonts
+ (msam and msbm) available to LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 May 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: apalike.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used in conjunction with
+ apalike.bst to produce an APA-like bibliography.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX
+Author: Susan King and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Oct 87
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+See also: apalike.bst, apalike.tex
+
+Name: apeqnum.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering equations A1, A2,
+ A3, etc., within appendices. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, math, autonumbering
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 8 Nov 1990
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: apl.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting APL symbols
+ with standard LaTeX fonts.
+Keywords: LaTeX, APL
+Author: Andreas Geyer-Schulz <andreas@awiwuw11.bitnet> and Josef Matulka
+ <matulka@awiwuw11.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.3, 11 Mar 1991
+Archives: watserv1.waterloo.edu* [129.97.129.140], ymir,
+ ftp.wu-wien.ac.at [137.208.3.5]
+Note: These macros, as well as a preprocessor to convert from APL to
+ LaTeX, are described in "A LaTeX Document Style Option for
+ Typesetting APL," TUGboat 11(4):644-651, November 1990.
+
+Name: apsabstract.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for abstracts submitted to
+ American Physical Society conferences. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Jun 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+Note: requires an additional file giving APS meeting name, location, etc.
+
+Name: art7.sty
+Description: 7 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Dec 87
+Archives: ymir
+See also: art8.sty, art9.sty
+
+Name: art8.sty
+Description: 8 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Sep 90
+Archives: ymir
+See also: art7.sty, art9.sty
+
+Name: art9.sty
+Description: 9 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Sep 90
+Archives: ymir
+See also: art7.sty, art8.sty
+
+Name: asaesub.sty
+Description: style option for asaetr.sty (q.v.) to meet submission
+ requirements.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
+See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf
+
+Name: askinclude.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that prompts the user for a
+ list of files to be \include'd.
+Keywords: LaTeX, include
+Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 13 Dec 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: astyped.sty
+Description: Defines the `astyped' environment, which is like the
+ `verbatim' environment except most of the special characters have
+ their usual meanings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.3, 30 Jun 1988
+Archives: shsu
+See also: alltt.sty
+
+Name: balanced.sty
+Description: Defines a two-column environment that can be used anywhere
+ in a one-column document. The twocolumns environment may extend for
+ an unlimited number of pages, and start and finish mid-page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+See also: multicol.sty
+
+Name: bbold.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Alan Jeffrey's bbold
+ (blackboard bold) fonts.
+Keywords: LaTeX, mathfonts, blackboard bold, NFSS
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 10 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+Note: Alan Jeffrey's bbold fonts are different from the blackbord bold
+ provided by AMSTeX or AMSLaTeX. They contain a complete blackbord
+ bold alphabet with lowers, greek, and digitals in a sans serif-type
+ style.
+
+Name: bf10.sty
+Description: 10 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bookform
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+Note: This is the default point size.
+See also: bookform.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty
+
+Name: bf11.sty
+Description: 11 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bookform
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf12.sty
+
+Name: bf12.sty
+Description: 12 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bookform
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf11.sty
+
+Name: biblist.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option for typesetting large bibliography
+ listings. Outputs also annotations and ISBN fields.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2, 13 Jan 1992
+Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart
+
+Name: bibperinclude.sty
+Description: Allows multiple \bibliography tags in one document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 25 Jun 1991
+Note: This style option is obsolete -- use chapterbib.sty instead. It
+ should be deleted on all archives.
+See also: chapterbib.sty
+
+Name: bibunits.sty
+Description: BIBUNITS is a style to generate separate bibliographies for
+ different units (parts) of the text (currently only one of chapters,
+ sections or bibunit-environments).
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 7 Sep 91
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: bigtabular.sty
+Description: LaTeX environment for typesetting large tables that can be
+ split across multiple pages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tables, tabular, array, multi-page
+Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Jul 1990
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+See also: longtable.sty, supertab.sty
+
+Name: biihead.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for defining an underlined
+ heading style for the LaTeX report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, report
+Author: Ted Shapin
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Dec 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: fancyheadings.sty, headerfooter.sty
+
+Name: birk.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to
+ produce Birkhaeuser conference proceedings papers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Birkhaeuser, camera-ready
+Author: Bengt Martensson <bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 10 June 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*
+Note: Requires remark.sty (q.v.). Package includes a sample file,
+ birksample.tex, which requires the sample bibliography
+ birksample.bib.
+
+Name: birkhaus.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to
+ format papers for Birk\"auser Verlag conference/workshop
+ proceedings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, conference, proceedings, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Feb 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+Note: Comes with a sample article (birkhaus.tex) and bibliography
+ (birkhaus.bib).
+
+Name: blackdvi.sty
+Description: See entry for blackdvi.tex.
+
+Name: bnf.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting BNF
+Keywords: LaTeX, BNF
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex, ebnf.sty
+
+Name: boxedminipage.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the boxedminipage
+ environment -- just like minipage, but with a box around it.
+Keywords: LaTeX, minipage, framebox
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>, mods by Jerry Leichter
+ <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Supported: yes
+Archives: Aston*
+See also: boxit.sty
+
+Name: boxit.sty
+Description: Defines an environment that draws lines arounds its
+ contents (which can include verbatim text).
+Keywords: LaTeX, framebox
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1992
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], shsu
+See also: boxedminipage.sty
+
+%% Name: brandeis-letter.sty
+
+Name: breakcites.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow citations to be broken
+ across lines.
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 14 Mar 1989
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: bruggink.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide for independent
+ formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, caption, floats
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Virtually identical to zaccone.sty (q.v.). Comes with a sample
+ file, bruggink.tex.
+
+Name: bsf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to bold
+ sans serif fonts in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS
+Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 2 Dec 91
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bsl.sty, isf.sty
+
+Name: bsl.sty
+Description: Provide access to the boldface slanted type style for LaTeX
+ under the Old Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 5 Apr 1990
+Archives: shsu*
+See also: bsf.sty, isf.sty
+
+Name: calendar.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting a calendar.
+Keywords: LaTeX, calendar
+Author: J"urgen Stuber and W. J. Metzger <u632111@hnykun11.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 29 Nov 1991
+Archives: shsu
+See also: calendar.tex, yearcal.tex
+
+Name: captcont.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to permit the use of captions
+ in continuations of floats -- defines a \captcont macro that is like
+ \caption except it doesn't update the counter or add an entry to the
+ list of figures or tables.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats, caption
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: card.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing text formatted for
+ cardfile cards.
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, card
+Author: R. Potu\v{c}ek jr. <potucek@winx06.informatik.uni-wuerzburg.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.04, 6 Mar 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*
+
+Name: catmac.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams.
+Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 12 Nov 1989
+Archives: ymir
+Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by diagram.tex (q.v.)
+
+Name: cd.sty
+Description: Commutative diagram macros modified from AmSTeX for use as
+ LaTeX style option.
+Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: Darrel Hankerson <hank@auducvax.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 3 Mar 89
+Archives: ymir
+Note: OBSOLETE: Use amscd.sty, xypic.sty, diagram.tex or diagrams.tex
+ instead.
+
+Name: changebars.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing changebars.
+Keywords: LaTeX, changebars, dvi2ln3, dvitops, dvips, dvidrv
+Author: Michael Fine and Neil Winton <nwinton@axion.bt.co.uk> and
+ Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 16 Nov 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, aston, ymir
+Note: Documented with doc.sty. Comes with a bug list, changbar.bug.
+
+Name: chappg.sty
+Description: Define \thepage to output chapter-page (such as 1-3, 5-2,
+ etc.) and have each chapter's page number begin on 1.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, pagenumbering
+Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: chapterbib.sty
+Description: Document-style option for allowing multiple bibliographies
+ in a LaTeX document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX
+Author: Niel Kempson <rmcs-tex@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 23 Nov 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: chemtex.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting chemistry
+ equations.
+Keywords: LaTeX, chemistry
+Author: Roswitha Haas
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Documentation in chemdoc.tex.
+
+Name: chess.sty
+Description: (La)TeX document-style option for writing about chess
+ games.
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, chess
+Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2, Feb 1992
+Archives: utrecht*, tue
+Note: These macros are described in "A Font and a Style for Typesetting
+ Chess using LaTeX or TeX," TUGboat 13(1):85--89, April 1992.
+
+Name: chicago.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the Chicago BibTeX
+ styles chicago.bst and chicagoa.bst.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4, 31 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, utah
+See also: chicago.bst, chicagoa.bst
+
+Name: chomsky.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style-option for typesetting parse trees.
+Keywords: LaTeX, parse trees, tree
+Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 22 May 1989
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: cite.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three
+ or more consecutive numbers into one number range. E.g.,
+ [4,5,6,7,9,8,Einstein,6] becomes [4-7,9,8,Einstein,6].
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, ymir
+See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty
+
+Name: citesort.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for sorting and compressing
+ lists of three or more consecutive numbers into one number range.
+ E.g., [4,5,6,7,9,8,6] becomes [4-9].
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Ian Green <img@eng.cam.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1, 10 Dec 1991
+Archives: ymir
+See also: cite.sty
+
+Name: code.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing verbatim displays
+ of program code using verbatim.sty (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author: George Ferguson <ferguson@cs.rochester.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 3 Jul 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: Includes a sample file, foo.tex.
+See also: verbatim.sty
+
+Name: colordvi.sty
+Description: See entry for colordvi.tex.
+
+Name: colors.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which adds greyscale and color
+ support for PostScript devices.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, color
+Author: Fred Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 15 Apr 92
+Archives: shsu
+Note: The style file is distributed with a file rgb.txt, which defines
+ the RGB values for various colors.
+
+Name: cprog.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style option which allows C programs to be
+ typeset directly by TeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, verbatim
+Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4, 12 Sep 1990
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: cropmark.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which prints crop marks (corner
+ rules) at the four corners of the page.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, output
+Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1, 11 Jan 1990
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: This is considered obsolete by the author, who suggests
+ pageframe.sty or quire.tex instead.
+See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex, quire.tex
+
+Name: crossword.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing crossword puzzles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, crosswords
+Author: B Hamilton Kelly <rm001a@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk> (Marked "To the
+ attention of B Hamilton Kelly.")
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: documentation in crosswords.readme and examples in
+ crosswords_0.tex and crosswords_1.tex.
+
+Name: currency.sty
+Description: Useful hacks to include currency symbols other than the
+ standard \$ and \pounds of LaTeX (currently includes only Japanese
+ Yen and British Pounds Sterling).
+Keywords: LaTeX, currency
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 17 Apr 1991
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
+
+Name: custombib.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to make it easier to customize
+ the section head that is inserted before the bibliography.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, sectioning
+Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: cyrillic.sty
+Description: Document-style option which makes the Washington Cyrillic
+ fonts (wncyr10 etc) available to LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, cyrillic, AMS
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 May 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+See also: cyracc.def
+Note: requires cyracc.def. Transliteration scheme is described by
+ Barbara Beeton in cyrmemo.tex (which also needs cyrmemo.def).
+
+Name: dates.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for the
+ production of dates. Can be easily tailored to output dates in a
+ variety of formats, including the day of the week, and is intended
+ to be simple to use in conjunction with non-English languages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, date, dow
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.01--0
+Archives: aston*
+See also: dow.tex, dayofweek.tex
+
+Name: dcolumn.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option for producing tabular entries aligned on
+ a decimal point.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See also: decalign.sty, dectab.sty
+
+Name: decalign.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for aligning columns in a table
+ on decimal point (or other character).
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal
+Author: Stephen Meatheringham
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Oct 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: dcolumn.sty, dectab.sty
+
+Name: dectab.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for decimail alignment of
+ numbers in a table.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal
+Author: Charles Franklin <c38871cf@wuvmd.wustl.edu>,
+ <C38871CF@WUVMD.Bitnet>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 27 Apr 1991
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+See Also: decalign.sty, dcolumn.sty
+
+Name: delarray.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option extending array.sty.
+ Defines implicit \left and \right delimiters. For example:
+ \begin{array}({cc}) ... \end{array}
+ is equivalent to:
+ \left(\begin{array}{cc} ... \end{array}\right)
+Keywords: LaTeX, array, delimiters
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 1.00, 06 July 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+ This feature was previously provided by the now defunct newarray.sty
+See also: tabularx.sty, dcolumn.sty
+
+Name: diagram.tex
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams.
+Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Mar 1992
+Archives: triples.math.mcgill.ca* [132.206.150.30], shsu
+Note: Includes documentation file, diagdoc.tex.
+See also: xypic.tex
+
+Name: diagramf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for including diagrams created
+ in Metafont.
+Keywords: LaTeX, metafont
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: by Jeremy Gibbons <jeremy@cs.aukuni.ac.nz>
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+Note: Package comes with documentation (diagramf.tex) and requires
+ diagramf.mf to work.
+
+Name: doublespace.sty
+Description: LaTeX doucment-style option for producing a double-spaced
+ document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, doublespace
+Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk> and Jean-Francois Lamy
+ <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca> and Don Hosek
+ <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 28 Jun 1990
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+
+Name: dpccyr.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option to make the AMS/University of Washington
+ Cyrillic fonts available under the NFSS.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, cyrillic, AMSFonts
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.00, 09 December 1991
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: draft.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements an enhanced
+ draft mode, which marks \label, \cite, \ref, \index and \glossary
+ commands where they occur in the text.
+Keywords: LaTeX, draft, xrefs
+Author: Joe Baker <jeb@risc.com>, <jbaker@ee.ucla.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart (under draft1.sty)
+See also: drafthead.sty
+
+Name: drafthead.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which puts "DRAFT" with date
+ and time at top of each page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, draft
+Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 23 Jun 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: draft.sty
+
+Name: drftcite.sty
+Description: Modifies \cite to print the bibliography tags instead of
+ numbers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
+See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty
+
+Name: drop.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for dropping and enlarging the first letter(s)
+ of a paragraph.
+Keywords: LaTeX, dropcaps
+Author: David G. Cantor <dgc@math.ucla.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Feb 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: ebnf.sty
+Description: Simple LaTeX macros for typesetting EBNF grammars.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BNF
+Author: Damian Cugley <damian.cugley@prg.oxford.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 11 Jul 90
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex
+
+Name: eclbip.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing bipartite graphs with epic.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics
+Author: Hideki Isozaki
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 Nov 1990
+Archives: ymir
+See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty
+Note: Sample file eclbipsample.tex
+
+Name: ecltree.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing tree graphs with epic.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics
+Author: Hideki Isozaki
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Nov 1990
+Archives: ymir
+See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty
+Note: Sample file eclbiptree.tex
+
+Name: eepic.sty
+Description: Enhancements to the epic.sty macros through the use of tpic
+ \special's.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture, tpic, dvips
+Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 7 Feb 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: eepicemu.sty, epic.sty
+Note: Comes with documentation, eepic.tex.
+
+Name: eepicemu.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros to emulate the eepic macros using only the
+ epic macros.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture
+Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1a, 1 Feb 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: eepic.sty, epic.sty
+
+Name: endfloat.sty
+Description: LaTeX style to put figures and tables at end of article.
+Keywords: LaTeX, style-option, float, figure, table
+Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Latest Version: v2.0, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+See also: comment.sty, endnotes.sty
+
+Name: endnote.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for producing endnotes instead of footnotes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+See also: endnotes.sty
+
+Name: endnotes.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements a series of
+ endnote macros, parallel to the normal footnote macros except that
+ the text goes to the end of the document rather than the bottom of
+ the page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes
+Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>, <lav@brandeis.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 Sept 1991
+Archives: shsu, ymir
+See also: endnote.sty
+
+Name: enumerate.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option giving the enumerate environment an
+ optional argument controlling the printing of the counter.
+Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: enumspec.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow for a leading
+ character on labels in the enumerate environment.
+Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Jan 1988
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: env.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting envelopes with
+ bar codes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, envelope, barcode
+Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: zip.tex
+Note: These macros were described in detail in "TeX and Envelopes,"
+ TUGboat 12(2):279--284, June 1991.
+
+Name: envelope.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to print addresses onto a
+ business envelope fed through the manual paper feed on an Apple
+ LaserWriter II NT.
+Keywords: LaTeX, envelope
+Author: Heather Sherman
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 10 Mar 1989
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes sample file env-sample.tex.
+
+Name: epac.sty
+Description: Official LaTeX document-style option for the European
+ Particle Accelerator Conference.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings
+Author: Christine Petit-Jean-Genaz <christin@cernvm.cern.ch>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 23 Oct 1991
+Archives: ymir, aston
+
+Name: epic.sty
+Description: Enhancements to the LaTeX picture environment.
+Keywords: LaTeX, picture, graphics
+Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.2, 1 Jun 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: eepic.sty
+Note: Package includes documentation (picman.tex).
+
+Name: epsf.sty
+Description: Same file as epsf.tex (q.v.).
+
+Name: eqnarray.sty
+Description: Redefines the LaTeX eqnarray environment to (a) reduce the
+ amount of space around the second column and (b) allow \@eqnsel to
+ work as documented in latex.tex.
+Keywords: LaTeX, eqnarray, math
+Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 06 May 1992
+Archives: theory.lcs.mit.edu*
+
+Name: equationarray.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which combines the capabilities
+ of the eqnarray and array environments. In particular, it allows
+ equation arrays with more than 3 columns.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray
+Author: Tony Li <tli@cisco.com>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 15 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir
+See also: AMS-LaTeX, hackarray.sty
+
+Name: equations.sty
+Description: A collection of macros to aid in constructing displayed
+ equations in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Jul 1990
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*, shsu
+See also: AMS-LaTeX
+Note: Includes subeqn.sty (q.v.)
+
+Name: eslides.sty
+Description: Macros for converting a paper written with article.sty into
+ slides.
+Keywords: LaTeX, slides
+Author: Georg Denk <denk@mathematik.tu-muenchen.de>,
+ <Georg.Denk@Mathematik.TU-Muenchen.dbp.de (X.400)>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1990
+Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart
+Note: TUGboat, vol. 11, No. 2 (1990), pp. 280-283. The package includes
+ a documentation file eslides.tex and sample file
+ eslides-example.tex.
+See also: lslide.sty, seminar.sty
+
+Name: espo.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in Esperanto.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: esperant.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Esperanto.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, language, Esperanto
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1.a, 10 Dec 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+Note: This file is different from esperanto.sty (q.v.) by J. Braams.
+ esperant.sty does not support the babel system.
+
+%% Name: etcetera.tex
+
+Name: exam.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting examinations.
+ Includes support for multiple choice, true-false, fill-in-the-blank
+ and essay questions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, examination
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 21 Jul 1989
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: example.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option to print TeX examples both verbatim and
+ typeset.
+Keywords: LaTeX, TeX examples, TeX tutorials
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 20 May 1991
+Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart
+
+Name: exercise.sty (.doc)
+Description: This style option implements a LaTeX style option for
+ typesetting exercises. The exercise environment is modelled along
+ the lines of the exercise macros in The TeXbook, i.e., the answer
+ can be given right after the exercise. Answers are collected in a
+ file that can be included afterwards. The appearance of exercises
+ and answers may be customized. Rainer Sch\"opf's verbatim style is
+ a prerequisite for this style option.
+Keywords: LaTeX, exercise
+Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0d, 2 Jul 1992
+Archives: euler.math.uni-frankfurt.de* [141.2.90.2], stuttgart
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package
+ includes a driver file for the documentation (exercise.tex), a driver
+ file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (extest.tex)
+ and a README file.
+
+Name: exercise.sty (.tex)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to adapt the \exercise and
+ \answer macros from page 422 of the TeXbook for use with LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, exercise
+Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 23 Nov 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart (as exercise.mac)
+
+Name: extradefs.tex
+Description: A collection of macros which are required by the bookform,
+ memo and milstd document styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bookform.sty, memo.sty, milstd.sty
+
+Name: fancybox.sty
+Description: Tips and tricks for LR-boxes, plus shadow, oval, and double
+ boxes. Also contains macros that allow material to be typeset
+ verbatim inside of boxes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, box, LR-box, framebox, shadowbox, ovalbox, rotate,
+ verbatim, framebox
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.91, 25 Nov 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht,
+ stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with an excellent documentation and tutorial file,
+ fancybox.doc, which may be appended to the end of fancybox.sty on
+ some archives.
+
+Name: fancyheadings.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which allows easy customization
+ of page headers and footers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, Mar 1989
+Archives: utrecht*, ymir, shsu
+See also: biihead.sty, headerfooter.sty
+Note: Contains documentation in fancyheadings.doc.
+
+Name: finder.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to automatically search an
+ address file for a specified letter recipient.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, addresses
+Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>,
+ <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*
+Note: Package includes a documentation file (finder.txt, in German), a
+ sample file (finder.tex) and a sample address file (adressen.tex).
+ Support and any help is available, just send an email (address see above).
+ More german information in an article in c't 3/92.
+
+Name: fixup.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that modifies various LaTeX
+ macros.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: John Hobby <hobby@research.att.com>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 25 Jan 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: floatnohead.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause pages containing only
+ floats to be typeset without page headers or footers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, output, floats
+Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> and Don Hosek
+ <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: float.sty (.doc)
+Description: This style option improves the interface for defining
+ floating objects such as figures and tables in LaTeX. It adds the
+ notion of a `float style' that governs appearance of floats. New
+ kinds of floats may be defined using a \newfloat command analogous
+ to \newtheorem.
+Keywords: LaTeX, float
+Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 25 Feb 1992
+Archives: stuttgart, shsu
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package
+ includes a driver file for the documentation (float.tex), a driver
+ file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (fltest.tex)
+ and a README file.
+
+Name: flowchart.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which might be useful for
+ drawing flow charts.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: David Chase <dchase@eng.sun.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 Oct 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: fnpara.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to typeset footnotes in run-on
+ paragraphs.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes, output
+Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@vax.acs.open.ac.uk> and Dominik Wujastyk
+ <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 3 Oct 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: fnpara.tex
+
+Name: font-nostalgia.sty
+Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- provides commands
+ with the pre-NFSS meanings of \rm, \bf, etc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: footnpag.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option to enumerate footnotes anew on each
+ page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnote numbering
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 2.1 (07 Nov 1991)
+Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart
+
+Name: format.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing floating point
+ numbers in a fixed format.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 May 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: frontiers.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for the proceedings of the
+ Frontiers'88 symposium. For use with article.sty and proc.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988
+Archives: ymir
+See also: article.sty, proc.sty
+
+Name: ftn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to make footnotes available in
+ any environment, except inside floats.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes
+Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 2 Jan 92
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+
+Name: fullpage.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the textheight and
+ textwidth.
+Keywords: LaTeX, page layout
+Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2, 15 Dec 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: geophysics.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for the journal Geophysics, a
+ publication of the Society of Exploration Geophysicists. For use
+ with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jan 87
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: article.sty
+Note: requires article.sty
+
+Name: german.sty (.tex)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option and plain TeX input file for
+ writing german texts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german
+Author: Hubert Partl and Bernd Raichle et al.
+ <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.4a, 12 Apr 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, listserv@dhdurz1
+Note: The macro file can be used with LaTeX and plain TeX.
+
+Name: go.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to create diagrams for Go board
+ positions (Go is a board game from the Orient). Requires special Go
+ font.
+Keywords: LaTeX, game of Go, fonts
+Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odzieska, MacroSoft Ltd., ul. Chro\'scickiego 49,
+ 02-414 Warsaw, Poland. (no E-mail)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Nov 1991
+Archives: tue, milton.u.washington.edu:public/go/latex.tar.Z
+Note: The package contains the macros, documentation, and mf (MetaFont)
+ sources for the Go fonts. The TUE site also contains pre-generated
+ fonts in go.gf.tar.Z, go.pk.tar.Z, go.tfm.tar.Z. See go.README for
+ more information.
+
+Name: greekctr.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a numbering macro
+ \greek, analogous to \alpha, for printing the values of counters out
+ as greek letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, counter
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Jun 1990
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: hackalloc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the allocation
+ primitive so that all allocations (\newdimen, \newcount, etc.)
+ become block local.
+Keywords: LaTeX, allocation
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: hackarray.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the hackarray
+ environment, which is a mixture of the equation and array
+ environments. In particular, it allows equation arrays with more
+ than 3 columns.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray
+Author: Brian Wylie <bjnw@castle.ed.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: AMS-LaTeX, equationarray.sty
+
+Name: hangcaption.sty
+Description: Defines a variant of the caption command to produce
+ captions with hanging indentation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, float, caption
+Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v2.00, 27 August 1992
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+Note: The original author of this file is unknown. David Jones fixed a
+ typo in the file and Rainer Schoepf made some enhancements to the
+ code.
+
+Name: harvard.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides support for the
+ Harvard family of bibliography styles.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 0.99a
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
+ family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
+ distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
+See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst
+
+Name: headerfooter.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to simplify the definition of
+ three-part page headers and footers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Apr 89
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+See also: biihead.sty, fancyheadings.sty
+
+Name: here.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option giving floats a [H] option, meaning `do
+ not float'.
+Keywords: LaTeX, figure, table, floats
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: hex.sty
+Description: Defines a numbering macro \hex for representing counters in
+ hexadecimal notation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, counter
+Author: Eric Domenjoud <domen@euler.crin.fr>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 7 Oct 91
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: hhline.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option defining an alternative to \hline
+ for producing horizontal lines in tables.
+Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, hline
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: icassp.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy
+ for the ICASSP'89 conference. For use with article.sty and
+ proc.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: John Vlontzos
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Dec 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Based on frontiers.sty.
+See also: article.sty, proc.sty
+
+Name: ieee9.sty
+Description: 9 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty
+
+Name: ieee10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty
+
+Name: ieee11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Jul 1989
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee12.sty
+
+Name: ieee12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty
+
+Name: ieeconf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy
+ for IEE conference proceedings
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEE, camera-ready
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.00--0, 20 Aug 1991
+Archives: aston*
+
+Name: ieeeconf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy
+ for IEEE conference proceedings; can also be used for the
+ International Conference on Pattern Recognition (or the 11th one,
+ anyway). Based on the template written by Matthew Ward of Worcester
+ Polytechnic Institute which is distributed by the IEEE.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEEE, ICPR, camera-ready
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.00--0, 17 Apr 1992
+Archives: aston*
+
+Name: ieeetr.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements the guidelines
+ for submissions to Information for IEEE Transactions and Journal
+ Authors as of September 1989. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, IEEE
+Author: Terry Bohning <bohning@acc.fau.edu>, <71036.1066@compuserve.com>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 9 Apr 1991
+Archives: ymir
+See also: article.sty, ieeetr.bst
+
+Name: ieeetran.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for preparing articles for IEEE
+ journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 7 Feb 92
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieee.bst, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty
+
+Name: ifac10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty
+ (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ifacarticle.sty
+
+Name: ifac12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty
+ (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Jun 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ifacarticle.sty
+
+Name: ifac9.sty
+Description: 9 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty
+ (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ifacarticle.sty
+
+Name: ijc10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for with ijcarticle.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ijcarticle.sty
+
+Name: ijcai89.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style the proceedings of IJCAI'89. For use
+ with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 22 Feb 1989
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Should be used in conjunction with the "named" bibliography style.
+ The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail
+ to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
+See also: named.bst
+
+Name: indentfirst.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option to indent the first paragraph of a section.
+Keywords: LaTeX, indentation, section
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: inputfile.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for keeping track of the
+ current \input file.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: R. Tucci, Ciba-Geigy AG Basle
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Feb 1991
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: insertplot.sty
+Description: Macro for use with the ArborText DVIPS PostScript driver to
+ insert PostScript files or graphics output from the DI-3000/PICSURE
+ PostScript driver.
+Keywords: LaTeX, ArborText dvips
+Author: C. E. Higgs <higgs@cageir5a.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 15 Jul 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: insertplot.readme
+
+Name: isf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to italic
+ san serif fonts in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 August 1989
+Archives: shsu
+See also: bsf.sty, bsl.sty
+
+Name: iso9.sty
+Description: Nine point LaTeX document-style option for use with
+ iso.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents
+Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991
+Archives: aston, ymir
+See also: iso.sty, iso10.sty
+
+Name: iso10.sty
+Description: Ten point LaTeX document-style option for use with iso.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents
+Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991
+Archives: aston, ymir
+See also: iso.sty, iso9.sty
+
+Name: ist21.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a title
+ appropriate for BSI IST/21 documents and general memos.
+Keywords: LaTeX, standards documents
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 May 1987
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: italic.sty
+Description: See entry for italic.tex.
+
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Journal of Business
+ Strategies. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 3 Jul 1988
+Archives: shsu*, ymir
+
+Name: jeep.sty
+Description: A collection of customizations and modifications to the
+ article and report styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: G. W. Stewart <stewart@cs.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 3 Feb 1989
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Modifications are described in jeep.tex.
+
+Name: jmb.sty
+Description: Identical to apalike.sty.
+See also: apalike.sty
+
+Name: labels.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the \label
+ command so that it prints label names in the margin (except when
+ used in a \caption, when the name appears in the text).
+Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs, labels
+Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 17 July 1992
+Archives: shsu, aston
+
+Name: labels.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing mailing labels in
+ various configurations. Can also be used with the letter style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 4 May 1990
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: lablst.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing label definitions
+ at the end of a document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jun 1990
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+Note: Based on Leslie Lamport's lablst.tex.
+See also: lablst.tex
+
+Name: landscape.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to change the textwidth and
+ textheight to landscape values.
+Keywords: LaTeX, page layout, landscape
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: listoftheorem.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for generating a list of
+ theorems similar to the list of figures or list of tables.
+Keywords: LaTeX, TOC
+Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: Jul 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, utrecht
+
+Name: loggates.sty
+Description: (La)TeX macros for typesetting digital circuit diagrams.
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, logical gates, symbols
+Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 8 Apr 1992
+Note: Requires the font loggates.mf.
+Archives: utrecht*
+
+Name: longtable.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option defining a multi-page version of
+ tabular.
+Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, page
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 3.04, 12 Oct 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See Also: supertab.sty, bigtabular.sty
+
+Name: losymbol.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating list of symbols,
+ analagous to the usual list of tables or list of figures.
+Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, toc
+Author: Gerry van Dooren <elecgd@urc.tue.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Aug 1992
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: lscape.sty
+Description: LaTeX style defining a landscape option, which rotates the
+ pages in its scope through 90 degrees. The page head and foot are
+ NOT affected.
+Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, rotation
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 2.00, 18 November 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Requires Rokicki's rotate.sty, and his dvips driver.
+ Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See also: side.sty, portland.sty, landscape.sty
+
+Name: lslide.sty
+Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for typesetting
+ slides.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, slides
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0.1, Apr 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: Comes with a sample/documentation file, lslide.tex.
+
+Name: ltgtsim.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the commands to
+ combine the symbols "<", "~" and ">", "~".
+Keywords: LaTeX, symbol
+Author: Bill Thompson <thompson@stars.gsfc.nasa.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 29 Jul 91
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: ltugbot.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement a rudimentary
+ pseudo-TUGboat format.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 1 Mar 89
+Archives:
+See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty,
+ tugboat.cmn
+Note: Obsolete, see ltugboat.sty
+
+Name: makerobust.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option defining \makerobust. This command
+ allows you to make commands robust, so they to not need \protect.
+Keywords: LaTeX, fragile, robust
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 1.00, 19 May 1991
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: man10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for manual.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
+Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 Aug 87
+Archives: ymir
+Note: This is the default.
+See also: manual.sty, man11.sty, man12.sty
+
+Name: man11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for manual.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
+Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 Aug 87
+Archives: ymir
+See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man12.sty
+
+Name: man12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for manual.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
+Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 Aug 87
+Archives: ymir
+See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man11.sty
+
+Name: manpage.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing UNIX manual
+ pages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, manpage
+Author: Rong Chen <rchen@cs.uiuc.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 11 Jun 1992
+Archives: shsu*, ymir
+Note: Includes a sample file appended to the end of the style file.
+See also: unixman.sty
+
+Name: marginote.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using marginal notes
+ numbered like footnotes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, margin notes
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Sep 1989
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
+
+Name: marnote.sty
+Description: Macros to print a short note vertically in left or right
+ margin on all pages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.1, 3 Jan 92
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+Note: Requires psfig (q.v.) and dvips
+
+Name: mathsing.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style option for
+ typesetting single-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ single-author, book, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 3 Dec 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, and an
+ example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file.
+See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm
+
+Name: mathtext.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the macro \text
+ for inserting fragments of text in math mode.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1989
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
+
+Name: memo10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for memo.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 May 1985
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Requires extradefs.tex.
+See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty
+
+Name: memo11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for memo.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 May 1985
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Requires extradefs.tex
+See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo12.sty
+
+Name: memo12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for memo.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 May 1985
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Requires extradefs.tex.
+See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty
+
+Name: merge.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing form letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: Graeme McKinstry <graeme%otago.ac.nz@relay.cs.net>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 4 Feb 1990
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex,
+ lettermac.tex, letter.sty
+
+Name: mf.sty
+Description: Document style option to define Metafont logo in all sizes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, METAFONT, NFSS
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 24 Jun 1990
+Archives: ymir*
+
+%% Name: mfr.sty
+%% Description:
+%% Keywords:
+%% Author:
+%% Latest Version:
+%% Archives:
+
+Name: misc.sty
+Description: LaTeX style file which contains definitions of the
+ following macros: \pmb (poor man's bold), \timeofday, \verbfile (for
+ verbatim listings of files) and \listing (same as \verbfile, but
+ with automatic line numbers).
+Keywords: LaTeX, pmb, verbatim
+Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 14 Jul 1986
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mitpress.sty
+Description: Rudimentary LaTeX document-style option for the MIT Press
+ format.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, publisher style
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mitthesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for MIT theses. For use with
+ report.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 12 Sep 89
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+
+Name: module.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for modularizing definitions,
+ i.e., for allowing for conditional definition of definitions within
+ a macro file.
+Keywords: LaTeX, macro, modularity
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+See also: styledef.tex
+
+Name: morefloats.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the number of
+ floats from 18 to 36.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 27 Jul 1990
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+
+Name: ms10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for milstd.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms12.sty
+
+Name: ms11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for milstd.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: milstd.sty, ms10.sty, ms12.sty
+
+Name: ms12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for milstd.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Note: This is the default.
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms11.sty
+
+Name: msam.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS A symbol
+ font (msam).
+Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+See also: msbm.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: msbm.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS B symbol
+ font (msbm).
+Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+See also: msam.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: mtns12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for use with
+ mtnsarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 May 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+
+Name: multibox.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide multiple boxes in
+ pictures, similar to the \multiput command.
+Keywords: LaTeX, picture
+Author: Brian Hamilton Kelly, Royal Military College of Science,
+ Shrivenham, SWINDON, SN6 8LA, United Kingdom
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Oct 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: multicolpar.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting paragraphs in
+ multiple columns, which corresponding paragraphs in the two columns
+ aligned. This format is useful for translated articles, in which
+ there is the original language in the first column and the
+ translated version in the second.
+Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column
+Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> and Max
+ Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: multirow.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \multirow
+ command for making tabular entries that span multiple rows.
+Keywords: LaTeX, table
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Note: This doesn't seem to be self-contained.
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: named.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements citations for
+ the ``named'' bibliography style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending
+ mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
+See also: named.bst
+
+Name: natsci.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which formats citations for the
+ NATSCI bibliography style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 28 feb 91
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: natsci.bst
+
+Name: newarray.sty
+Description: Prints an informative message, and then generates an error.
+ All the features of previous releases of this style are now in
+ array.sty or delarray.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, newcolumn, delimiters
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 06 July 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+See also: array.sty delarray.sty
+Note: Obsolete: Use array.sty.
+
+Name: newequation.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defined the \newequation
+ command, which is analogous to the standard \newtheorem command.
+Keywords: LaTeX, equation, math
+Author: Richard Clayton <clayton@thumper.bellcore.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Jan 91
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: nextslide.sty
+Description: Adds \newslide command to SliTeX, allowing some other
+ environments to span multiple slides.
+Keywords: SliTeX, page control
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: nf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for
+ Nuclear Fusion (and other IAEA journals?). For use with
+ article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Jun 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: nfsslint.sty
+Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- warns of possible
+ font problems in pre-NFSS files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: nofm.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce page headers with
+ page numbers of the form "n of m."
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: nosecnum.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to suppress section numbers,
+ but still put the section titles in page headings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, pagestyle
+Author: Michael Lemke <michael@crown.as.utexas.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 6 Dec 1991
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: nosecnumbers.sty
+Description: Suppresses section numbers in \sections, \subsections,
+ etc., (but still writes entries for a table of contents).
+Keywords: LaTeX, section numbers
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: npsfont.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for defining new PostScript fonts with NFSS.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript fonts
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Nov 1991
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu
+
+Name: ntg10.sty (.doc)
+Description: 10 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2,
+ artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
+See also: ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty
+
+Name: ntg11.sty (.doc)
+Description: 11 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2,
+ artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
+See also: ntg10.sty, ntg12.sty
+
+Name: ntg12.sty (.doc)
+Description: 12 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2,
+ artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.17, 24 Apr 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
+See also: ntg10.sty, ntg11.sty
+
+Name: numdef.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option (also works with plain) to allow
+ `arrays' of macros \xx1 \xx2 etc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, numbers, \newcommand, \def
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: (only one version)
+Archives: aston*, shsu
+Note: I am not sure that this was a good idea, it works though.
+
+Name: numinsec.sty
+Description: Document-style option for use with siam.sty (q.v.) to cause
+ equations, figures and tables to be numbered within sections.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SIAM, journal
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all)
+
+Name: oncew.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to
+ only warn you once of each undefined citation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation
+Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 29 Jun 1990
+Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by xrefwarn.sty (q.v.)
+
+Name: outline.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option based on the enumerate
+ environment that defines a six-level list environment for
+ typesetting outlines (The sections are numbered in the following
+ styles: I., A., 1., a., (1), (a) ).
+Keywords: LaTeX, outline, list
+Author: Peter Halvorson <peter@fission.gatech.edu>,
+ <ne201ph@prism.gatech.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 10 Jan 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, shsu
+Note: Comes with a sample file, outline.tex.
+
+Name: outlineitems.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which alters to numbering of
+ items in the enumerate environment to follow the conventional
+ "outlining" numbering: i.e., \Roman for first level, \Alph for
+ second level, \arabic for third level and \alph for fourth level.
+Keywords: LaTeX, lists
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 9 Jan 1991
+Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart
+
+Name: overcite.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three
+ or more consecutive numbers into one number range and displaying
+ them as a superscripted citation. E.g., "foo [1,2,3]." becomes
+ "foo.^{1-3}".
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: shsu*, utrecht
+See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, rangecite.sty
+
+Name: oz.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Z and Object-Z
+ specifications.
+Keywords: LaTeX, Z, Object-Z
+Author: Formal Methods Group (fmg@cs.uq.oz.au)
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Apr 91
+Archives: ymir, ftp.cs.uq.oz.au* [130.102.192.20] (coming soon)
+Note: Includes documentation file oz.tex.
+
+Name: pagefoots.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to number footnotes within a
+ page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes
+Author: Brian T. Schellenberger <bts@unx.sas.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 01 Jan 1989
+Archives: ymir, shsu*
+
+Name: pageframe.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a frame around the
+ text area of a page, or for just putting cropmarks in the corners.
+ Also puts a timestamp, job ID, page number and sequence number
+ outside the text area on each page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, book, output
+Author: Cameron Smith <cameron@symcom.math.uiuc.edu>, (513) 429-2707
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Nov 1991
+Archives: shsu*, aston, stuttgart
+See also: cropmark.tex, quire.tex
+Note: The package comes with documentation, pgframedoc.tex, and a test
+ file, pgframetest.tex. It's vitally important to read the
+ documentation before trying to use the style file, as it answers
+ many questions about the package. Also, on some archives this
+ package is called "pgframe" rather than "pageframe".
+
+Name: pap11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for paper.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 22 Feb 90
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: pap12.sty
+
+Name: pap12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for paper.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 22 Feb 90
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: pap11.sty
+
+Name: parskip.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce zero \parindent and
+ non-zero \parskip for any document style and size.
+Keywords: LaTeX, page style
+Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 19 Jan 1989
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: path.sty
+Description: TeX macro which defines the \path macro, which is similar
+ to LaTeX's \verb (i.e. it typesets its parameter in verbatim mode
+ (and therefore in \tt)) but also allows its parameter to be broken
+ at specifiable discretionary breakpoints (typically punctuation
+ characters), without introducing hyphens which might otherwise be
+ ambiguous.
+Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, filename, e-mail pathname, discretionary, verbatim
+Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.03, 18th December 1991
+Archives: ??? no idea where Nelson put it !!!
+
+Name: path.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \pathname
+ macro, which is similar to \verb, except it allows its argument to
+ be broken at punctuation characters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, filename, path name, discretionary
+Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v3.02, 23 Oct 1991
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: portland.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to facilitate switching between
+ portrait and landscape printing.
+Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, portrait
+Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Dec 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: program.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting algorithms.
+Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm
+Author: Martin Ward
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Includes demonstration file, program-demo.tex.
+
+Name: proof.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting proof trees.
+Keywords: LaTeX, prooftree, tree
+Author: Makoto Tatsuta <tatsuta@riec.tohoku.ac.jp>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 13 Oct, 1990
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Comes with a sample file, proofeg.tex.
+
+Name: psfig.sty
+Description: See entry for psfig.tex.
+
+Name: pspicture.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option re-implementing, and extending, LaTeX
+ picture mode commands, using PostScript \specials.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, picture
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 2.01, 16 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: The \special's are set up for Rokicki's dvips. A docstrip option
+ for dvi2ps \special's is also provided. The distribution also
+ includes texpicture.sty and pspicture.ps. Documentation requires
+ Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See also: epic, eepic, xypic
+
+Name: quote.sty
+Description: See entry for quote.tex.
+
+Name: raggedtab.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause all parboxes to be
+ typeset ragged-right.
+Keywords: LaTeX, parbox
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: rail.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating syntax diagrams
+ (sometimes known as railroad diagrams).
+Keywords: LaTeX, BNF, railroad
+Author: L.W.J. Rooijakkers <lwj@cs.kun.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0 #1, 12 Feb 1991
+Archives: ftp.cs.kun.nl* [131.174.33.1], ymir, aston
+Note: The complete Rail package consists of a C program, a LaTeX style
+ file, a LaTeX documentation file, a UNIX manual page and some
+ examples. The program is required for processing the diagrams; the
+ style file alone is useless.
+See also: bnf.tex, bnf.sty, ebnf.sty
+
+Name: rangecite.sty (runcite.sty)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three
+ or more consecutive numbers into one number range.
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Nachum Dershowitz <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu> and Edward M. Reingold
+ <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 12 Apr 1990
+Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26], ymir
+See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty
+
+Name: RCS.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to incorporate RCS keyword
+ strings such that their value can be used, e.g. for printing in a
+ page footer.
+Keywords: LaTeX, RCS keyword strings
+Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1 Jul 1992
+Archives: tue
+See also: rcs.sty (longer code, but does special date processing)
+Note: source is fully documented
+
+Name: rcs.sty
+Description: Interface to the RCS Revision Control System for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, RCS
+Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1992
+Archives: utrecht*, stuttgart, rcs.sty
+
+Name: refman.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing technical
+ reference manuals, users' guides and articles with a design similar
+ to the PostScript Reference Manual. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, manual
+Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 4 Oct 1989
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: remark.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a \newremark
+ command, parallel to the \newtheorem command, but for remark-like
+ environments instead of theorem-like environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Possibly obsolete. See theorem.sty.
+
+Name: resume.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting resumes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, resume
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 8 Mar 89
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+Note: Comes with sample file, resume-sample.tex.
+
+Name: romanneg.sty
+Description: Causes the page numbers in the DVI file (as defined by
+ \count0) to be negative when roman pagenumbering is in effect.
+Keywords: LaTeX, output, pagenumbers
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+Supported: yes
+
+Name: rotate.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for rotating and flipping TeX
+ boxes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, dvips
+Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+Note: rotate.sty is part of the dvips distribution.
+See also: rotate.tex
+
+Name: rotating.sty
+Description: A set of macros for rotating all sorts of boxes in LaTeX,
+ and allowing the right amount of space. Also supports rotated
+ floats.
+Keywords: LaTeX, rotation
+Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.6 (4 June 92)
+Note: Documented with Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.) system in a full
+ manual, which was published in TUGboat 13(2):156--180, July 1992.
+Archives: Aston
+
+Name: sans.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option changing the r\^oles of sans
+ serif and roman. NFSS only.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, sans serif
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: (no number) 1992
+Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons)
+
+Name: sc21.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing cover pages
+ appropriate for ISO/TC97/SC21 documents.
+Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, ISO, standards documents
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 May 1987
+Archives: ymir, utrecht (newer?)
+See also: sc21-wg1.sty
+
+Name: sc21-wg1.sty
+Description: A variant of sc21.sty (q.v.)
+
+Name: sched.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule. Based
+ on schedule.sty (q.v.), but uses PiCTeX instead of PostScript for
+ shading boxes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PiCTeX
+Author: Jim Hefferon <hefferon@smcvax.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Aug 1992
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: schedule.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Frank Pfenning <fp@cs.cmu.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+
+Name: schulzrinne.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines
+ \cleardoublepage to provide a completely blank page between chapters
+ of a book.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: screen.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing a document
+ suitable for previewing with SCREENVIEW.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SCREENVIEW
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: script.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Ralph Smith's rsfs
+ script fonts.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, mathfonts, script, Lagrangian symbol, Hamiltonian
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.0a 11 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons)
+
+Name: seceqn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for article.sty to cause
+ equations to be numbered within sections.
+Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, equation
+Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Apr 89
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: secret.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting classified
+ reports by preceding all paragraphs with "(U)", "(C)" or "(S)".
+Keywords: LaTeX, classified
+Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 Nov 89
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: seminar.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for slides and notes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, slides
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.92, 8 May 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], shsu
+
+Name: setspace.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides commands and
+ environments for doing double and one-and-a-half spacing based on
+ the point size.
+Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing
+Author: Erica M. S. Harris and George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@SHSU.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Aug 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: set_sp.sty
+Description: modification of Erica Harris's setspace.sty (q.v.) to work
+ with the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing
+Author: Geoffrey Tobin <ecsgrt@luxor.latrobe.edu.au>
+Supported: yes, by email to author's address, for the present
+Latest Version: v0.1, Thu 23 Jan 1992
+Archives: none as of Thu 21 May 1992
+
+Name: sfwmac.sty
+Description: LaTeX support for writing UNIX-style documentation, mostly
+ by providing a set of standard abbreviations.
+Keywords: LaTeX, UNIX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+
+Name: shading.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for putting text on a shaded
+ background. Requires a PostScript printer and dvi-file converter.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, dvips
+Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca>, <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3, 29 Sep 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: Art Mulder is not the author of this file, just the most recent
+ modifier. Based on shadebox.tex.
+
+Name: shadow.sty
+Description: Defines a LaTeX macro \shabox which has the same meaning as
+ \fbox, except that a "shadow" is added to the bottom and right sides
+ of the box.
+Keywords: LaTeX, framebox
+Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 10 May 1991
+Archives: shsu*, ymir
+
+Name: showkeys.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option modifying \label, \bibitem, \cite, \ref
+ and \pageref, to print their `key' arguments. The printing of these
+ keys does not alter the formatting of the rest of the document.
+ (Well not by very much!)
+Keywords: LaTeX, label, ref, citation, keys
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 25 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See also: showlabels.sty
+
+Name: showlabels.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the \label to
+ show the labels inline and modifies the \ref and \pageref to print
+ undefined labels rather than just "??".
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation
+Author: Gil Neiger <gil@cc.gatech.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+
+Name: siam10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for use with siam.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
+ netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
+
+Name: siam11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for use with siam.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
+ netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
+
+Name: siam12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for use with siam.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
+ netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
+
+Name: side.sty
+Description: Defines environments sidetable and sidefigure for including
+ landscape ("sideways") tables and figures in LaTeX documents.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats, dvips
+Author: F. K. Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu> and M. F. Ryba
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 3 Dec 91
+Archives: shsu
+Note: Requires rotate.tex (q.v.).
+
+Name: SLaTeX (with slatex.sty)
+Description: The TeX file slatex.sty allows automatic multiple-font
+ typesetting of Scheme or Lisp code in both LaTeX and plain TeX.
+ Relies on the non-TeX program SLaTeX, which is makefile-portable to
+ any Scheme and Common Lisp.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, SLaTeX, Scheme, Common Lisp
+Author: Dorai Sitaram <dorai@titan.rice.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Version 1.99, Dec. 1991
+Archives: titan.rice.edu* (public/slatex-1.99.tar.Z)
+
+Name: slem.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style to modify \em so that it uses \sl
+ rather than \it.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, emphasis
+Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: smaller.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style to provide relative sizing macros for
+ the Old Font Selection Scheme, i.e., \smaller will reduce the
+ current font size by one step and \larger will increase it.
+Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS
+Author: Bernie Cosell <cosell@wilma.bbn.com> and Don Hosek
+ <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 May 1990
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+
+Name: smalltalk.sty
+Description: Useful for typesetting small fragments of the Smalltalk
+ programming language
+Keywords: LaTeX, Smalltalk programming language
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Supported: yes
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: sober.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to reduce the amount of space
+ after section headers and in list environments and reduce the size
+ of section headers.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Nico Poppelier <n.poppelier@elsevier.nl>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: spacecites.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to insert spaces between
+ entries in a multiple citation key, i.e., [Furu86, Furu87] instead
+ of [Furu86,Furu87].
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation
+Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+
+Name: spacing.sty
+Description: Single- and double-spacing macros for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, doublespace
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Probably obsolete. Use doublespace.sty instead.
+
+Name: sprite.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for creating low-resolution bitmap characters
+ in TeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics
+Author: Martin Costabel
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Oct 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: sshdbk10.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the ten-point
+ book style (bk10.sty) to use sans serif headings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu, shsu
+
+Name: stbrief.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option based on letter.sty.
+ Configuration is done interactively during the TeX run. Just
+ answer the questions and a personnal configuration file is edited
+ or changed.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, interactive configuration
+Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>,
+ <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4, 21 Mar 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*
+Note: defuser.sty is the file which is automatically included. It
+ does the interactive configuration. stbrief.tex is an example for
+ a letter. Just TeX it and jou'll see! An version with english
+ texts will follow soon. Any help is available via email (see above
+ for address). More german information in an article in c't 7/92.
+
+Name: stmaryrd.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the St Mary's Road
+ symbol font (stmary) created by Jeremy Gibbons and Alan Jeffrey.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, OFSS, mathfonts
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+Note: Requires module.sty and the St Mary's Road fonts METAFONT sources.
+ Comes with documentation, stmaryrd.tex.
+
+Name: subeqn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering a series of
+ equations as 4a, 4b, 4c, etc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Feb 90
+Archives: ymir*, utrecht, shsu
+See also: equations.sty
+
+Name: subeqnarray.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the subeqnarray,
+ which is just like the eqnarray environment except that the lines
+ are numbered as 1a, 1b, 1c, etc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Nov 1988
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+
+Name: subfigure.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing support for the
+ inclusion of small `sub' figures. It simplifies the positioning,
+ captioning and labeling of them within a single figure environment.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats
+Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.5, 06 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, ymir, utrecht
+
+Name: supertab.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the supertabular
+ environment, which is like tabular except that large tables are
+ automatically split across pages. The table head and tail are
+ repeated on each page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tables, multi-page
+Author: Theo Jurriens <taj@hgrrug5.bitnet> and Johannes Braams
+ <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.6h, 3 Jul 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, utrecht, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: longtable.sty, bigtabular.sty
+
+Name: suthesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Stanford University
+ Ph.D. thesis style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, thesis
+Author: Joseph Pallas
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Sep 88
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+
+Name: svma.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag
+ multiple-author books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style
+Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department,
+ Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 01 Nov 87
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+Note: Includes documentation file svma-doc.sty. Probably obsolete: use
+ lmamult.sty (q.v.) instead.
+See also: svsa.sty, lmamult.sty
+
+Name: svsa.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag
+ single-author books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style
+Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department,
+ Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 01 Nov 87
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+Note: Probably obsolete: use mathsing.sty (q.v.) instead.
+See also: svma.sty, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: tables.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for creating tables.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tables
+Author: Ray F. Cowan and Bob Taylor
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Mar 1987
+Archives: ymir
+Note: tables.tex???
+
+Name: tabls.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to keep text from touching text
+ or hlines above or below.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tables
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.1, 1992
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu*
+
+Name: tabverb.sty
+Description: LaTeX environment similar to the LaTeX verbatim
+ environment, but it expands tab characters and interprets CTL-L's as
+ \newpage's.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author: Michael Fine
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: tabularx.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option defining the tabularx environment. This
+ is like tabular*, except that the widths of certain `p' columns are
+ modified to achieve the desired total width, rather than the width
+ of the inter-column space.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tabularx
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.04, 02 September 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: tape.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for making cassette labels.
+Keywords: LaTeX, cassette
+Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1986
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+Note: Includes documentation and examples: tape-doc.tex, tape.readme and
+ tape.example.
+See also: cassette.tex
+
+Name: techreport.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to the USCthesis style for
+ converting a thesis or dissertation into a technical report.
+Keywords: LaTeX, technical report
+Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.6, 23 Mar 1991
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: Requires Tomas Rokicki's `rotate' style option (or equivalent) if
+ the spine-art option is used.
+See also: USCthesis.sty
+
+Name: texnames.sty
+Description: Style file which defines macros for names of various TeX
+ and METAFONT programs.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, logos
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.06, 27 Jan 1992
+Note: Distributed as part of the eplain.tex package.
+Archives: utah*, umb, utrecht, stuttgart, aston, ymir, shsu
+See also: tex.logos
+
+Name: tgrind.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting tgrind output, based on
+ tgrindmac.tex.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tgrind
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+See also: tgrindmac.tex
+
+Name: theapa.sty
+Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for use with the
+ theapa BibTeX bibliography style (theapa.bst).
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.5.1 May 1992
+Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
+See also: theapa.tex, theapa.bst
+
+Name: threecolumn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for setting documents in three
+ columns.
+Keywords: LaTeX, output, multi-column
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Oct 1989
+Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart, aston
+See also: multicol.sty
+
+Name: threepart.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating three-part headers
+ and footers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author: Lance Berc <mcvax!unizh!olsen!lance@seismo.css.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Jan 1987
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: timeline.sty
+Description: Macros for drawing time lines in either LaTeX or plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, timeline
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: trademarks.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines macros for
+ various common trademarks.
+Keywords: LaTeX, trademark, logos
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: trees.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing binary or ternary trees.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tree, graphics
+Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 18 Apr 1990
+Archives: ymir, aston
+Note: Comes with documentation file trees.readme.
+
+Name: twoup.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to print documents two-up with
+ the help of dvidvi.
+Keywords: LaTeX, dvidvi
+Author: Gary Levin <gary@sun.mcs.clarkson.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: uct10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
+Author: Rusty C. Wright
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: uct11.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty
+
+Name: uct11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
+Author: Rusty C. Wright
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: uct10.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty
+
+Name: uct12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
+Author: Rusty C. Wright
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: uct10.sty, uct11.sty, ucthesis.sty
+
+Name: ukdate.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for UK-style
+ dates. Also provides macros to calculate the day of week and the
+ phase of the moon.
+Keywords: LaTeX, date, calendar, pom, dow
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 26 Oct 1988
+Note: Obsolete: Use dates.sty instead.
+
+Name: ulem.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines \em to
+ underline text rather than set it in italics. This underlining
+ allows line breaks, and works with plain TeX also (using \uline{}).
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, underlining, emphasis
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: Yes
+Latest Version: 1992
+Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart
+
+Name: usenix.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to
+ produce papers in the format of the Usenix conference proceedings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings
+Author: Dave Steiner <steiner@topaz.rutgers.edu>,
+ <..!rutgers!topaz.rutgers.edu!steiner>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.9, 1 Jun 1989
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+Note: The official Usenix proceedings are typeset by converting all
+ papers to troff, so this style can't be used to submit camera-ready
+ copy.
+
+Name: userps.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to define various useful
+\pagestyles. (Only contains one so far.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+Note: Unsupported.
+
+Name: varfbox.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a variant of the
+ standard \fbox command which allows the user to specify the size of
+ the \fboxrule on the fly.
+Keywords: LaTeX, box
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 8 Aug 1989
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: vdm.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting VDM specifications.
+Keywords: LaTeX, VDM specification language
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 3.0, May 1992
+Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart
+Note: Comes with documentation: vdm.tex
+
+Name: version.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for defining environments whose contents will
+ be optionally ignored when you run LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, comment
+Author: Stephen Bellantoni
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1990
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: vita.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for creating a vita similar to that
+ suggested by the Handbook for Scholars.
+Keywords: LaTeX, vita, resume
+Author: KC Border <kcb@hss.caltech.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Sep 1990
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: voorbeeldom.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines an enumerate-like
+ environment for typesetting Linguistic examples.
+Keywords: LaTeX, lists
+Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 08 Jan 1990
+Archives: utrecht*, ymir
+
+Name: voorwerk.sty
+Description: Dutch version of titlepage.sty for use with rapport1.sty
+ and rapport3.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Apr 1990
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, aston,
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
+
+Name: vrbinput.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with verbatim.sty
+ (q.v.) to allow the verbatim input of files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, input
+Author: Bernd Raichle <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0b, 30 Jun 1991
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart*
+Note: vrbinput.sty (.doc) is part of the verbatim distribution.
+See also: verbatim.sty
+
+Name: warn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to get LaTeX warnings to mention
+ the line number.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+
+Name: workshop.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style to be used for formatting articles for
+ the workshops on discrete event systems in Prague, August 1992, and
+ on robust control in Ascona, April 1992.
+Keywords: LaTeX, conference, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 11 Feb 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+Note: Obsolete. Use birkhaus.sty instead.
+
+Name: wrapfig.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the environment
+ "wrapfigure" to manually place a figure at the side of the page and
+ wrap text around it.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats,
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: wright.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which extends \newcommand and
+ \renewcommand to support commands with optional arguments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, newcommand, optarg
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+Note: Includes example file wright.tex.
+
+Name: xrefwarn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to
+ only warn you once of each undefined citation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, x-ref warnings, citation
+Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2, 24 Feb 1992
+Archives: utrecht*
+
+Name: xspace.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option defining \xspace, a macro to put at the
+ end of abbreviations. It makes a space unless the following
+ character is a punctuation character, or {}.
+Keywords: LaTeX, spaces
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: young.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style option which defines an environment
+ {Young} to draw Young tableaux (group theory).
+Keywords: LaTeX, Young tableaux
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 7 Feb 1992
+Note: Based on using young.tex by Paul E. S. Wormer <U644301@HNYKUN11>
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: zaccone.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide independent
+ formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+Note: Virtually identical to bruggink.sty (q.v.)
+
+Name: zero.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to start numbering at zero,
+ where appropriate. Also allows specification of initial counter
+ values other than one or zero (useful for counters that count
+ "within" other counters).
+Keywords: LaTeX, counter, "numbering within"
+Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 19 Jun 1991
+Archives: tue, shsu
+Note: documentation and test file included in package named zero.tar.Z
+
+
+%%Section 6.8: Other
+
+Name: asaetr.tex
+Description: LaTeX documentation for asaetr package
+Keywords: documentation, LaTeX, publisher style
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
+See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.bst, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf
+
+Name: calprog.tex
+Description: See yearcal.tex
+
+Name: docstrip.tex
+Description: LaTeX program to convert .doc files written with doc.sty
+ into stripped-down .sty files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, documentation
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.11 test, 10 Dec 1990
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: doc.sty, newdoc.sty
+
+Name: lcustom.tex
+Description: A miscellaneous collection of LaTeX customizations,
+ including support for the verbatim input of a file.
+Keywords: LaTeX, vrbinput
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: pphlp.tex
+Description: This file is part of the PPHLP package, which allows both
+ printed manuals and VMS help library modules to be prepared from a
+ single file.
+Keywords: LaTeX, VMS, documentation
+Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 19 July 1992
+Archives: aston, shsu
+
+Name: preload.tex
+Description: A .tex file for making latex formats with certain style
+ options preloaded. Speeds things up on a slow PC!
+Keywords: LaTeX, PC, speed, initex
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: (only one version)
+Archives: aston*
+Note: May not work with recent releases of LaTeX.
+
+Name: pslplain.tex
+Description: PSLaTeX is a variant of LaTeX that uses PostScript fonts
+ where possible (including math mode). The assumed encoding of text
+ fonts is not that of the Computer Modern fonts, but the Adobe
+ Standard Encoding, enabling any PostScript font using this encoding
+ to be used as a text font. The latest version incorporates the New
+ Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript fonts
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 3.0, Jun 1992
+Note: comes with documentation (pslatex.tex) and many supporting files.
+
+Name: xcomment.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option for printing only selected environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, comment
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Jun 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu
+
+Name: xxxcustom.tex
+Description: Miscellaneous customizations to LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.00, 17 Jun 1985
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: yearcal.tex
+Description: LaTeX program for printing a year calendar.
+Keywords: LaTeX, calendar
+Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latsion: 25 Jun 1992
+Archives: shsu
+See also: calendar.sty, calendar.tex
+Note: An earlier version of this program was called calprog.tex.
+
+
+%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX
+
+%% These entries need to be fleshed out more.
+
+Name: lamstex.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX is a macro package which provides AMS-TeX with
+ some of the document-structuring commands of packages such as LaTeX.
+ Support is also provided for tables, commutative diagrams,
+ cross-references, bibliographies (including the use of BibTeX),
+ indices, etc.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams, xrefs, BibTeX
+Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama,
+ Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.01, 1991
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+Note: LamS-TeX comes with installation instructions (inst.tex and
+ insttbls.tex) and a brief sample file (samp.tex), which also
+ contains a short description of the package. A user's manual
+ ("LamS-TeX, The Synthesis") is sold separately by the TeXplorators
+ Corporation. A Wizards's Manual, documenting the code, is also
+ available and a Style File Designer's Manual is planned. LamS-TeX
+ comes with two programs (dvipaste and index) and five new fonts
+ (lams1.mf, ..., lams5.mf). LamS-TeX is almost compatible with plain
+ TeX and AMS-TeX and compatibility modes are supplied (see
+ acompat.tex and pcompat.tex). LamS-TeX is organized in modules,
+ which can be swapped in and out as needed to make more efficient use
+ of limited memory. (Those files with "(.tox)" next to their names
+ are modules.)
+
+Name: acompat.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX file which allows an old AMS-TeX file to be run
+ through LamS-TeX.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX
+Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama,
+ Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: alignat.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which defines the alignedat, alignat,
+ xalignat and xxalignat math environments for equation arrays.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, math
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: amstexl.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX file which provides the basic AMS-TeX macros.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: anynum.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which defines \newcounter and \usecounter.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: bib.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for a bibliography.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: bibtex.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX file which provides support for BibTeX.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: book.st
+Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic book.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, book
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+Note: Also book.stb, book.stf and book.stt for providing extra macros.
+
+Name: cardord.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module for printing the value of constants and
+ counters as cardinal and ordinal numbers.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: cd.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for
+ commutative diagrams?
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: dblacc.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for the \accented
+ command for putting multiple accents on a character.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, accent
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: dvipaste.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX macros for using the program dvipaste, which
+ provides a way to paste in tables that may otherwise be too big to
+ include in your document using traditional means.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, table
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1989
+Archives:
+Note: Documentation in dvipaste.doc. Sample files join.tex, boxes1.tex
+ and boxes2.tex.
+
+Name: islands.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides supports for floating
+ insertions.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, float
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamslogo.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX file which defines the LamS-TeX logo, \LamSTeX.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamstbl.tex
+Description: Subset of the LamS-TeX macros that are most useful for
+ producing tables with dvipaste?
+Keywords: LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamstex.stb
+Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing an index.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, index
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamstex.stf
+Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing a table of contents.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, TOC
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamstex.stt
+Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing tables.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, tables
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: letter.st
+Description: LamS-TeX letter document style.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, letter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+Note: A sample letter, letter.tex, is provided.
+
+Name: lists.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module for providing support for itemized lists.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, lists
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: literal.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for typesetting
+ pieces of TeX code verbatim
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, verbatim
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: lithl.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX macros for doing something magic.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: paper.st
+Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic paper.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, article
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+Note: Also paper.stt, which has something to do with tables.
+
+Name: pcompat.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX which allows LamS-TeX to format a plain TeX file.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: places.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for floating
+ insertions.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, float
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: ptmatrix.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX macros for typesetting partitioned matrices.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, math, matrices
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: varref.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for cross
+ references?
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, xrefs
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+
+%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX
+
+Name: 10point.tex
+Description: Defines a \tenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the one
+ mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 10pointss.tex
+Description: Defines a \tenpointss macro to switch to the ten point
+ sans-serif font.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 11point.tex,
+ 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 11point.tex
+Description: Defines an \elevenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 12point.tex
+Description: Defines a \twelvepoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 14point.tex
+Description: Defines a \fourteenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 17point.tex
+Description: Defines a \seventeenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 20point.tex
+Description: Defines a \twentypoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> and J. Leon
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 2columns.mac
+Description: The two column output format from Chapter 23 of the
+ TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: 2side.tex
+Description: A two-sided format for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: 7point.tex
+Description: Defines a \sevenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the
+ one mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 8point.tex
+Description: Defines an \eightpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the
+ one mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 9point.tex
+Description: Defines a \ninepoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the
+ one mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: aa.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal,
+ multi-column, two-column
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 25 Feb 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file (aa.doc), three
+ example files (aa.dem) two of them are files with the macros for the
+ head ready to "fill in" the text (aa.big, and aa.tex), and a readme
+ file. The package also includes a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus
+ list for Astronomy and Astrophysics. There is also a variant,
+ aa.mtm, of the macros for typsetting with the Monotype Times fonts.
+
+Name: address.tex
+Description: Generates form letters and mailing labels from an address
+ list.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, formletter, mailing labels
+Author: Michael Wester <wester@spectre.unm.edu> and Jackie Damrau
+ <damrau@bitbucket.ssc.gov>
+Supported: Yes
+Latest Version: 25 May 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: Package includes several auxiliary files, including a README file.
+ This package is described in the paper "Form Letters with 3-Across
+ Labels Capability," TUGboat 12(4):510-516, December 1991. This
+ paper is also included in the address package.
+See also: bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex,
+ lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty
+
+Name: amssym.def
+Description: Makes the AMS symbol fonts (msam and msbm) available to
+ plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991
+Archives: e-math*
+See also: amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty,
+ amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: apalike.tex
+Description: Macros to make apalike.bst work with plain TeX and
+ btxmac.tex.
+Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 29 Feb 1992
+Archives: labrea*
+See also: btxmac.tex, apalike.sty, apalike.bst
+
+Name: automagic.tex
+Description: Defines some fairly simple macros for automatically
+ numbering section headings in plain TeX. Also has rudimentary
+ support for a table of contents.
+Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, TOC
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex
+
+Name: autotoc.tex
+Description: Automatic Table of contents generation for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TOC
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: automagic.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex
+
+Name: badges.tex
+Description: plain TeX program for making name tags.
+Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>, <rcpt@heithe5.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Package includes badges.ps, badges.readme and addresses.tex.
+
+Name: bellmac.tex
+Description: Form letter package for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, formletter
+Author: Edwin V. Bell, II <bell@ukanvax.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 9 Oct 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, lettermac.tex,
+ letter.sty, merge.sty
+
+Name: bibplain.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for using BibTeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Anthony J. Ferro <ferro@asucps.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: btxmac.tex
+Note: Probably obsolete. Use btxmac.tex instead.
+
+Name: blanks.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting questions with blanks left
+ for the answers.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX
+Author: Hal R. Varian
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 19 Aug 1987
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes an example file, blanks-sample.tex.
+
+Name: bnf.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for formatting BNF grammars.
+Keywords: plain TeX, BNF
+Author: Erik Quanstrom
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 10 Nov 1990
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes an example file, bnfexample.tex.
+See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.sty
+
+Name: borders.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for putting a black border around page.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output
+Author: James A. Brister
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 28 Jan 1991
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: boxit.tex
+Description: plain TeX macro to put boxes around text, similar to the
+ LaTeX \fbox command.
+Keywords: plain TeX, framebox
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: This is similar to, but inferior to, the \boxit macro presented in
+ Exercise 21.3 of the TeXbook.
+See also: frame.tex
+
+Name: btable.sty
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting character tables of finite
+ groups.
+Keywords: plain TeX, table
+Author: Bob Howlett <howlett_r@maths.su.oz.au> and Andrew Mathas
+ <andrew@math.uic.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 6 Jul 90
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: btxmac.tex
+Description: Defines macros that make BibTeX work with plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Karl Berry and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99j, 14 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+
+Name: Caesar-CM
+Description: Macros to provide (nearly) perfect hyphenation at slight
+ cost on TeX systems lacking good virtual font support. These
+ macros allow one to supplement ordinary Computer Modern fonts with
+ some extended Computer Modern prose fonts containing some or all
+ the accented characters in the 1989 Cork norm for TeX-encoding of
+ latin alphabets. For example, the distribution includes three
+ basic prose fonts of the "TM" series due to
+ Brouard-Sullivan-Taupin.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern, Cork norm,
+ virtual fonts, em, Macintosh
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Sept 1992
+Note: Caesar-CM is recommended for TeX systems lacking good virtual
+ font support. Originally designed for OzTeX and Textures, it
+ provides special comforts for these two. For Textures, there is
+ support for all Adobe type1 fonts, covering roughly the same ISO
+ Latin1 accented characters as the TM fonts.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr*
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
+
+Name: calendar.tex
+Description: Interactive plain TeX program for formatting a monthly
+ calendar.
+Keywords: plain TeX, calendar
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: calendar.sty, yearcal.tex
+
+Name: capparmode.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros to typeset every paragraph with a drop
+ capital.
+Keywords: plain TeX, dropcaps
+Author: David J. Braunegg
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 1986
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+
+Name: cassette.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros to typeset labels for standard Phillips
+ audio cassette boxes.
+Keywords: plain TeX, cassette label
+Author: David Strip <drstrip@isrc.sandia.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Uses, but does not require, two special fonts, dolby and cdlogo.
+See also: tape.sty
+
+%% Name: cell1.tex
+%% Name: cell2.tex
+%% Name: cell3.tex
+%% Name: cell4.tex
+%% Name: cellular.doc
+%% Name: cellular.tex
+
+Name: chbars.tex
+Description: Macros for producing changebars without \special's (with
+ plain TeX).
+Keywords: plain TeX, changebars, output
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 9 Oct 1989
+Note: This is, in fact, a talk at EuroTeX '89 in Karlsruhe. (That's the
+ EuroTeX where no proceedings appeared.) The talk attempted to push
+ TeX to its limits and to show these limits. The author neither uses
+ nors support this macro by himself; but if he receives repairs, he
+ will incorporate them into a new version.
+Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart, ymir, aston
+
+Name: cnoweb.tex
+Description: A plain TeX macro package for pretty-printing C code
+ without using CWEB.
+Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, C
+Author: Jim Fox
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.2, 30 Oct 1989
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Includes a sample file, pf.c, and a readme file, cnoweb.readme.
+
+Name: comment.sty
+Description: Macros for commenting out sections of documents in plain
+ TeX or LaTeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, comment
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart, shsu
+See also: comment.tex, verbatim.sty
+
+Name: comment.tex
+Description: Defines macros for commenting out sections of text in plain
+ TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, comment
+Author: J. C. Alexander
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: May 1986
+Archives: ymir, aston
+See also: comment.sty, verbatim.sty
+
+Name: cpjour2.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ camera-ready copy for various two-column journals.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal, multi-column, two-column
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 24 Oct 1991
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 and PJour2g packages.
+
+Name: CPMoMu01
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for preparing
+ camera-ready monographs or contributions to multi-author books.
+Keywords: plain TeX, book, single-author, multi-author, proceedings,
+ camera-ready
+Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest version: 1.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+
+Name: cyracc.def
+Description: Definitions of accents and special characters required for
+ use of the Cyrillic fonts arranged according to the AMS scheme.
+Keywords: generic, amsfonts, Cyrillic, AMS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: declare.tex
+Description: Provides a method of locally allocating registers without
+ interference with previously allocated registers.
+Keywords: plain TeX, allocation, register
+Author: J. E. Pittman
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Jun 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: dmhgener.tex
+Description: Provides plain TeX with rudimentary support for sectioning
+ commands, automatic numbering of chapters, equations, figures and
+ tables, and bibliography entries and cross-referencing.
+Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, xrefs, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: doublecol.tex
+Description: Generic double column output for plain TeX, modified from
+ Donald Knuth's routine in Appendix E of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: edmac.tex (.doc)
+Description: EDMAC is a set of plain TeX macros for formatting critical
+ editions of texts in the traditional way, similar to the Oxford
+ Classical Texts, Teubner and Arden Shakespeare. Support is provided
+ for marginal line numbering and multiple series of footnotes and
+ endnotes keyed to line numbers.
+Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, line numbering
+Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>,
+ <lav@brandeis.bitnet> and Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.22
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart, utrecht
+Note: The documentation requires doc.sty and newdoc.sty to format, as
+ well as egg.sty, which is distributed with the package.
+
+Name: epsf.tex
+Description: TeX macros to include an Encapsulated PostScript graphic.
+Keywords: plain TeX, dvips, epsf, PostScript
+Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 18 Jul 1990
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+Note: epsf.tex is part of the dvips distribution.
+See also: epsf.sty, psfig.tex, psfig.sty
+
+Name: figplace.tex
+Description: Macros which implement an alternate floating insertion
+ routine for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output, floats
+Author: Joost Zalmstra <jjaz%nat.vu.nl@hearn.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Oct 1988
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: FloatNotes.tex
+Description: TeX macros allowing \midinsert's to be treated by the
+ user much like displays. In particular, it becomes possible to
+ use a midinsert without a special label or title, in spite of
+ occasional "floating" to a following page. The trick is to use a
+ "floatnote".
+Keywords: plain TeX, \midinsert, newinserts.tex
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: alpha; Sept 1992
+Note: Documentation is internal. Derives from W. Neumann's
+ newinserts.tex correction/revision of \midinsert. Hence it is only
+ valid with formats based on Plain TeX
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr*
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
+
+Name: fnote.tex
+Description: Defines a plain TeX macro \fnote for automatically
+ numbering footnotes. Also redefines \vfootnote to reset
+ \baselineskip to restore single spacing within double-spaced text.
+Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, autonumbering
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: fnpara.tex
+Description: Redefines plain TeX's footnote macros so that all footnotes
+ on a page are combined into a single paragraph, a la pages 398--400
+ of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, TeXbook
+Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Sep 1988
+Archives: ymir (but munged)
+See also: fnpara.sty
+
+Name: fontbl.tex
+Description: plain TeX program for displaying font tables.
+Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart
+Author: Roger L. Beeman and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+See also: testfont.tex
+
+Name: fontchart.tex
+Description: plain TeX program for displaying magnified font tables.
+ Shows bounding boxes and baselines of characters.
+Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+See also: testfont.tex, fontbl.tex
+
+Name: fortran.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for including verbatim program listings.
+ Based on Dirty Trick #3 of Appendix D of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, TeXbook, vrbinput
+Author: B. H. Toby
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Aug 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty, verbtim2.tex,
+ misc.sty, lcustom.tex
+
+Name: frame.tex
+Description: Defines a macro for putting a frame around an \hbox; also
+ defines a macro for producing an empty box of arbitrary dimensions.
+Keywords: plain TeX, framebox
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: boxit.sty
+
+Name: gkpmac.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros used to typeset "Concrete Mathematics" by
+ Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik.
+Keywords: plain TeX, book
+Author: Ronald Graham and Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik
+Maintainer: Donald E. Knuth; Computer Science Department; Stanford
+ University; Stanford, CA 94305 <op@cs.stanford.edu (Care of Oren
+ Patashnik)>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: concrete.sty
+
+Name: headlinerule.tex
+Description: Redefines plain TeX's \makeheadline macro to include an
+ \hrule spanning the width of the page.
+Keywords: plain TeX, header
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: HyAcc-CM
+Description: Macros allowing decent hyphenation for languages using
+ accented characters when typesetting fonts with Computer Modern
+ encoding.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern
+Authors: Daniel Flipo <flipo@citil.citilille.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann
+ <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Note: Recommended for small TeX systems, and for European language
+ typescripts circulated in the US or wherever CM fonts predominate
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr*
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
+
+Name: index.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for use with the MakeIndex program to make
+ an index for a document. The macros work with MakeIndex in its
+ default mode, so no extra MakeIndex "style" file is needed (even
+ though that default mode is actually for LaTeX). For draft
+ documents a switch will turn on "galley marks" for indexed words or
+ phrases (a ruled box is drawn around the item). Includes macros for
+ both creating the raw index file and printing the processed index.
+ Instructions are provided for setting up more than one index.
+Keywords: plain TeX, index, MakeIndex
+Author: Eric Myers <myers@landau.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.15, 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+See also: TeXsis
+Note: index.tex is also included in TeXsis (q.v.)
+
+Name: jns.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 July 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jns.doc, an example
+ file, jns.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file, jns.amm, for
+ typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
+See also: jns.sty, jnsams.cmm
+
+Name: label.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for creating mailing labels.
+Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, labels.tex, make-env.tex
+
+Name: labeldefs.tex
+Description: Simple threecolumn output for a plain TeX newsletter, based
+ on the example on page 257 of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, newsletter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: LabelFig.tex
+Description: Semi-interactive macros for attaching TeX labels to
+ imported graphics from outside sources such as Postscript.
+Keywords: TeX, graphics, PostScript
+Authors: Raymond Seroul <seroul@math.u-strasbg.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann
+ <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+First Version: July 1991
+Latest Version: July 1992
+Note: The interactivity derives from a canonical grid visible on the
+ preview or preprint. As one can attach anything to anything,
+ LabelFig.tex gives a simple paste-up environment. Documentation
+ is internal.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
+
+Name: labelmac3.tex
+Description: Plain TeX macros for creating mail labels for use with
+ Avery 5160 laser printer labels.
+Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels
+Author: R. Bharat Rao <bharat@herodotus.cs.uiuc.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 Oct 1991
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: lecmono.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ monographs in the Lecture Notes in Physics series.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ single-author, book, LNP, physics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Nov 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecmono.doc, two
+ example files, lecmono1.dem and lecmono2.dem, and a readme file.
+ There is also a file, lecmono.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete)
+ Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
+
+Name: lecproc.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ proceedings in the Lecture Notes in Physics series.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ LNP, proceedings, physics, multi-author, book
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecproc.doc, two
+ example files, lecproc.dem and lecproc.dem, and a readme file.
+
+Name: letter.mac
+Description: A stripped-down version of letter format from Appendix E of
+ the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, letter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.tex, lettermac.tex,
+ letter.sty, merge.sty
+
+Name: letter.tex
+Description: Donald Knuth's letter format, an expanded version of the
+ letter format in Appendix E of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, letter, TeXbook
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac,
+ lettermac.tex, letter.sty, merge.sty
+
+Name: lettermac.tex
+Description: Simple macros for writing letters.
+Keywords: plain TeX, letter
+Author: J. Daniel Smith
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 23 May 90
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac, letter.tex,
+ letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty
+
+Name: LeXTeX.tex
+Description: A macro package for use with plain.tex for producing legal
+ documents (including pleadings).
+Keywords: plain TeX, LeXTeX
+Author: Roger C-H. Horne <rhorne@cix.compulink.co.uk>, 7 New Square,
+ Lincoln's Inn, London WC2A 3QS, UK
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.005, Feb 1992
+Archives: None as yet.
+
+Name: list.tex
+Description: Makes a verbatim listing of one or more files. Typical
+ usage: tex list *.c \\end
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+See also: fortran.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex
+
+Name: listing.mac
+Description: Macros for the LISTEX system by DCB.
+Keywords: plain TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: llist.tex
+Description: Makes a two-up verbatim listing of one or more files.
+ Typical usage: tex llist *.c \\end
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, dvips, vrbinput
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex
+
+%% Name: longtocline.tex
+
+Name: lwebmac.tex
+Description: macros for the LWEB system by DCB
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: make-env.tex
+Description: Print an address on an envelope according to strict USPS
+ standards.
+Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels, barcode
+Author: J. Daniel Smith
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes a sample file, test.adr. Requires zip.tex and
+ lettermac.tex.
+See also: address.tex, label.tex, labels.tex
+
+Name: mamath.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ camera-ready articles for manuscripta mathematica.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Jun 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mamath.doc, an
+ example file, mamath.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file,
+ mamath.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM)
+ fonts.
+
+Name: manmac.tex
+Description: Macros used to typeset The TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TeXbook, book
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, shsu
+
+Name: mathmult.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ multi-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ multi-author, book, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Mar 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathmult.doc, an
+ example file, mathmult.dem, and a readme file. There is also a
+ file, mathmult.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern
+ (AM) fonts.
+See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: mathsing.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ single-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ single-author, book, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, Oct 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, an
+ example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file. There is also a
+ file, mathsing.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern
+ (AM) fonts.
+See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: memo.tex
+Description: Generate a memo banner.
+Keywords: plain TeX, memo
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mftmac.tex
+Description: Special macros for use with MFT output.
+Keywords: plain TeX, METAFONT, MFT
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: mhack.tex
+Description: plain TeX code for producing margin notes.
+Keywords: plain TeX, margin notes
+Author: Norman Walsh <walsh@cs.umass.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Sep 1991
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: model.tex
+Description: Rudimentary document style for ACM proceedings
+Keywords: plain TeX, ACM, proceedings
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mrecog.tex
+Description: Mathmode control-sequence recognition for TeX/LaTeX.
+ Allows math formulas to be typed as, for example, "$cos(pi log
+ phi)\,d phi$" rather than "$\cos(\pi \log \phi)\,d \phi$".
+Keywords: plain TeX, math
+Author: Robert H. Wentworth <rhw@hoh-1.att.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.1 (beta), 26 Jun 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mssymb.tex
+Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the old AMS fonts
+ (msxm and msym). Obsolete. Use amssym.tex instead.
+Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS
+Author:
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete.
+See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty,
+ amssymb.sty, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: multihead.tex
+Description: Multiple line header for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, header
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: multip.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ multiple-author physics books in the so-called "Ergebnisse" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ multi-author, book, physics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Mar 1989
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an
+ example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multip.amm, for
+ typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
+
+Name: multpghb.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ multiple-author physics books in the so-called "GHB" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ multi-author, book, physics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 12 Dec 1988
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an
+ example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multpghb.amm, for
+ typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
+
+Name: newinsert.tex
+Description: Bug fixes to plain TeX macros \midinsert and \topinsert.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, inserts, figures
+Author: Walter Neumann <neumann@mps.ohio-state.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Apr 1990
+Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu:ftp/pub/osutex/OSUDEG/tools*
+ [128.146.7.200], ymir
+
+Name: nofill.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for preserving line breaks and spaces in
+ lines of text.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, nofill
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: null.tex
+Description: Empty TeX file. Useful when TeX prompts you for a file
+ name and you don't want to provide a real file.
+
+Name: outline.sty
+Description: Reads structured files generated by PC-OUTLINE and formats
+ them in plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, outline
+Author: Hal R. Varian
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Sep 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: paragraphs.tex
+Description: Demonstrates various combinations of \everypar, \hangafter,
+ \hangindent, \indent, \lastbox, \noindent and \parindent.
+Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: phoncard.tex
+Description: Formats a list of phone numbers into 9x9 blocks.
+Keywords: plain TeX, phonelist
+Author: Daniel R. Greening <dgreen@cs.ucla.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 2 Jun 1992
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Author will incorporate bug fixes if supplied, but will not fix
+ bugs himself.
+
+Name: PJour2g
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for articles in
+ Springer-Verlag Heidelberg journals with two-column layout. Variant
+ of PJour2 (g=general).
+Keywords: plain TeX, article, two-column
+Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest version: 1.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+See also: PJour2
+
+Name: picmac.tex
+Description: Macros for drawing simple pictures in plain TeX. This is a
+ subset of LaTeX's picture environment, with added support for
+ quadratic splines.
+Keywords: plain TeX, graphics
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+
+Name: pjour1.zip
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ various 1-column journals.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript,
+ journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour1.doc), a
+ reference card (pjour1.ref), the macro file (pjour1.mac), a readme
+ file, and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there
+ are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the
+ macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex),
+ and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX
+ format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run.
+See also: pjour2
+
+Name: pjour2.zip
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ various 2-column journals.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript,
+ journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science, OR,
+ shock waves, geodesy
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour2.doc), a
+ reference card (pjour2.ref), the macro file (pjour2.mac), a readme
+ file and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there
+ are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the
+ macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex),
+ and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX
+ format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run.
+See also: pjour1
+
+Name: plain.tex
+Description: plain TeX format as described in The TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, fmt, TeXbook
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v3.141
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, aston, shsu
+
+Name: plncs.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for producing
+ camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ LNCS, multi-author, book
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, plncs.doc, and an
+ example file, plncs.dem.
+
+Name: plotting.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for plotting x-y graphs.
+Keywords: plain TeX, graphics
+Author: Laurence G. Yaffe <lgy@newton.phys.washington.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1987
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: reference.tex
+Description: Provides rudimentary support for a list of references with
+ labels and crossreferences.
+Keywords: plain TeX, xrefs, bibliography
+Author: B. A. Leland (XHEMIA:BAL)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.1, 6/27/86
+Archives: ymir
+See also: btxmac.tex
+
+Name: resume.tex
+Description: Resume document style for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, resume
+Author: <parker@oz> (Lynne Parker <parker@rice-chex.mit.edu>??)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Jan 1986
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: resumemac.tex
+Description: Resume macro file for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, resume
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+Note: Includes sample file, sample_resume.tex.
+
+%% Name: rightfig.mac
+
+Name: rotate.tex
+Description: Macros for rotating and flipping a TeX box.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, dvips
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990
+Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu>
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+Note: rotate.tex is part of the dvips distribution.
+See also: rotate.sty
+
+Name: scmac.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting scripts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, scripts, drama
+Author: Na Choon Piaw
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.02, 1989
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Also called scmac202.tex.
+
+Name: scorecard.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for printing a baseball scorecard for one
+ team, as well as summary statistics boxes (Pitcher's stats, Offense,
+ Defense, and Pitching miscellanea, a Notes section, and a line
+ score).
+Keywords: plain TeX, baseball
+Author: Matthew Wall <matt@cs.brandeis.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Apr 1989
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: setstrut.tex
+Description: Automatic strut computation.
+Keywords: plain TeX, strut
+Author: Stephan v. Bechtolsheim
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1987
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: singlep.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ single-author physics books.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ single-author, book, physics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1989
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, singlep.doc, and two
+ example files, singlep1.dem and singlep2.dem. There is also a file,
+ singlep.am, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM)
+ fonts.
+
+Name: split.tex
+Description: Defines macros which takes two pieces of text and boxes
+ them side by side.
+Keywords: plain TeX, box
+Author: Eric Skinner <ers2f@uottawa.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: stables.tex
+Description: Macros for producing tables with plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, table
+Author: Robert Nilsson <ranhelp@venus.tamu.edu>,
+ <ranhelp@tamvenus1.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+See also: stables_doc.tex
+Note: Includes documentation, stables_doc.tex.
+
+Name: sterne.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ the "Handbuch f\"ur Sternfreunde".
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 22 Nov 1988
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package
+
+Name: sw.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ camera-ready copy for the journal Shock Waves.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal, multi-column, two-column
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: v0.9, 4 Dec 1990
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 package
+
+%% Name: tabledoc.tex
+%% Description: Documentation for tables.tex
+%% Keywords: plain TeX, tables, documentation
+%% Author: Ray F. Cowan
+%% Latest Version: 22 Feb 85
+%% Archives: ymir
+%% Note: Note tables.tex on ymir?
+
+Name: tables.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables.
+Keywords: plain TeX, table
+Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1986
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: tbemacros.tex
+Description: Some new commands defined in the book "TeX by Example,"
+ (copyright (c) 1992, Academic Press).
+Keywords: plain TeX
+Author: Arvind Borde
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart, aston
+Note: There is also a file of examples, called tbesamples.tex.
+
+Name: tech-erg.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for Technik using the "Ergebnisse" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package.
+
+Name: tech-ghb.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for Technik using the "Grosshandbuch" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package.
+
+Name: tech-std.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for Technik using the "Stodola" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package.
+
+Name: testfont.tex
+Description: TeX program for displaying font tables.
+Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+See also: fontchart.tex, fontbl.tex
+
+Name: theapa.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for use with the theapa BibTeX
+ bibliography style (theapa.bst).
+Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0 Apr 1992
+Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
+See also: theapa.sty, theapa.bst
+Note: theapa.tex is not compatible with btxmac.tex. A compatible
+ version may be available upon request.
+
+Name: toc.mac
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a Table of Contents.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TOC
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Author:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: autotoc.tex, toc.tex
+
+Name: toc.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for automatically generating a Table of
+ Contents.
+Keywords: plain TeX, autoTOC
+Author: Dan Zirin
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1987
+Archives: ymir
+See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac
+
+Name: treedef.tex
+Description: A macro to make aligned (horizontal) trees in TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, tree
+Author: David Eppstein
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Described in TUGboat, vol. 6 (1985), no. 1, pp. 31--35.
+
+Name: tgrindmac.tex
+Description: Macros for TeX "tgrind" (a TeX equivalent of UNIX 4bsd
+ "vgrind").
+Keywords: plain TeX, tgrind
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.4, 30 Mar 1985
+Author: Van Jacobson <van@lbl-rtsg.arpa>
+Archives:
+See also: tgrind.sty
+
+Name: tugboat.cmn
+Description: Macros which are common to both the plain and LaTeX style
+ files for TUGboat.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, common macros
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.10, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty
+Note: Previously named tugboat.com, but renamed to avoid conflicts
+ with an MS-DOS naming convention. Please delete any files named
+ tugboat.com.
+
+Name: tugbot.sab
+Description: Supplementary definitions for abbreviations and logos that
+ appear in TUGboat.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 1 Mar 1989
+Archives: ymir
+See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty,
+ tugboat.cmn
+Note: Obsolete; content incorporated into tugboat.cmn
+
+Name: tugboat.sty
+Description: plain TeX macros for preparing an article for TUGboat, the
+ Communications of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TeX Users Group, TUGboat,
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.11, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: Requires tugboat.cmn
+See also: ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn
+
+Name: tugbot.sty
+Description: TeX macros for preparing a document in TUGboat format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 8 Jul 87
+Archives:
+See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty,
+ tugboat.cmn
+Note: Obsolete; superseded by tugboat.sty
+
+Name: tugbot.tex
+Description: Model "top-level" file for TUGboat article
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 18 Aug 85
+Archives: ymir
+See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty,
+ tugboat.cmn
+Note: Obsolete
+
+Name: tugproc.sty
+Description: plain TeX macros for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat, the
+ Communications of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.09, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn
+Note: Requires tugboat.sty and tugboat.cmn.
+
+Name: unouter.tex
+Description: Removes the concept of \outer from plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, outer
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Nov 1988
+Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org>
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: varindent.tex
+Description: Macros for making the indentation of each paragraph match
+ the length of the preceding line.
+Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: no versions
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: verbatim.mac
+Description: Support for verbatim listing of TeX source code. Lifted
+ from tugbot.sty and ultimately derived from manmac.tex.
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: verbtim2.tex
+Description: Produce verbatim listings of various sorts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput
+Author: Tim Morgan <morgan@uci-icsa>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty,
+ misc.sty, lcustom.tex
+
+Name: web9pt.tex
+Description: ???
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: webmac.tex
+Description: standard macros for formatting WEB listings.
+Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: WEBMAC4.0
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: webmacss.tex
+Description: Modifies standard webmac macros to print Pascal text in
+ sans-serif type.
+Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Aug 1987
+Author:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: webmac.tex
+
+Name: weirdtitle.tex
+Description: A weird title macro.
+Keywords: plain TeX, weird
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Author:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: xrcs.tex
+Description: Tex interface to the RCS Revision Control System.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, RCS
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.25, 28 Jan 1992 [beta]
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+
+%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX
+
+%% Name: driver.tex
+%% Name: plainfsl.doc
+%% Name: plainfsl.tex
+%% Name: readme.plf
+%% Name: scripts.doc
+%% Name: xxxlfont.doc
+
+
+%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros
+
+Name: newsletr.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a newsletter. Includes
+ support for multiple columns.
+Keywords: plain TeX, newsletter, multi-column
+Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v01-014, 3 Jun 1989
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: italic.tex
+Description: Defines macros for typeset text in italics and
+ automatically insert italic corrections when necessary
+Keywords: LaTeX, font
+Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 21 Aug 1991
+Archives: shsu
+Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, italic.sty.
+
+Name: quote.tex
+Description: TeX macros to make " expand into either `` or '' depending
+ on context.
+Keywords: plain TeX, quote marks
+Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Aug 1991
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, quote.sty.
+
+
+%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX
+
+Name: ScriptTeX
+Description: ScriptTeX is a plain TeX-based macro package for
+ typesetting screenplays and scripts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay
+Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 24 October 1991
+Archives: ymir*
+Note: ScriptTeX comes with a user's manual, stdoc.tex, and a
+ demonstration file, stdemo.tex.
+
+Name: screenplay.tex
+Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a screenplay.
+Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay
+Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: stageplay.tex
+Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a stageplay.
+Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, stageplay
+Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991
+Archives: ymir*
+
+
+%%Section 9: SLITEX
+
+%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution
+
+Name: slitex.tex
+Description: SliTeX is a version of LaTeX for making black-and-white or
+ color slides. It is part of the standard LaTeX distribution.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992
+Archives:
+Note: SliTeX is documented in Appendix A of the LaTeX manual.
+
+Name: sfonts.tex
+Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for SliTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: slides.sty
+Description: The standard document-style option for producing slides
+ with SliTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Jan 1986
+Archives:
+
+Name: splain.tex
+Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with SliTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Mar 92
+Archives:
+
+
+%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files
+
+Name: xxxslides.sty
+Description: Miscellaneous modifications of slides.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.04, 28 Aug 1986
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+
+%%Section 10: PHYSE
+
+Name: physe.tex
+Description: PHYS-TeX is a macro package for writing physics papers.
+ Support is included for automatic numbering of chapters, sections,
+ ..., appendices, pages, footnotes, equations, figures, references
+ and tables. Also provides supports for tables of contents and lists
+ of figures, tables and references.
+Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics, autonumbering
+Author: P. Breitenlohner and A. Kabelschacht; Max-Planck-Institute f\"ur
+ Physik and Astrophysik; Werner-Heisenberg-Institute f\"ur Physik;
+ P.O. Box 40 12 12; Munich, Germany
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, March 1986
+Archives: ymir
+Note: A user's manual, physe.doc, is included.
+See also: physupdt.tex
+
+Name: physupdt.tex
+Description: Modifications and updates to PHYS-TeX version 1.0.
+Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 6 Apr 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+
+%%Section 11: PHYZZX
+
+Name: phyzzx.tex
+Description: PHYZZX is a macro package designed to make typing papers
+ for Physical Review or Nuclear Physics as simple as possible.
+ Support is given for cross-references, automatic numbering of
+ sections and equations, footnotes, itemized lists, and numbered
+ references, tables and figures.
+Keywords: PHYZZX, physics
+Author: Vadim Kaplunovsky and M. Weinstein; Stanford Linear Accelerator
+ Center; Stanford University; Stanford, CA 94309
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Apr 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: phyzdoc.tex is a user's manual; myphyx.tex is an example of how to
+ modify the default PHYZZX format. The font definitions for PHYZZX
+ are contained in the file phyzzx.fonts. phyzzx.local is an example
+ of site-dependent macros.
+See also: revtex.sty
+
+
+%%Section 12: TEXT1
+
+Name: text1.tex
+Description: TEXT1 is a macro package designed to provide many of the
+ functions found in LaTeX (multiple columns, tables of contents,
+ indexing, chapters, lists, boxes, margin notes, screening, etc.)
+ while simultaneously maintaining full compatibility with plain TeX
+ and making it easy to modify formats.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, index
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: A user's manual for TEXT1 can be ordered from the following
+ address: TEXT1 Distribution; Computing Service Center; Washington
+ State University; Pullman, WA 99164-1220; USA. The TEXT1 macros are
+ split across many files. Only the main files are listed in this
+ Index. In addition to the macro files, the TEXT1 packages comes
+ with an index processor, texix, written in WEB, with change files
+ for CMS, VMS and the Macintosh operating system.
+
+Name: txt1v407.tex
+Description: The main TEXT1 macros.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+
+Name: fixcol.tex
+Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the fixed
+ mode.
+Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Jan 1986
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+
+Name: flexcol.tex
+Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the
+ flexible mode.
+Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1 Jul 1989
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+
+Name: letter.texinput
+Description: Sample letter format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1 Apr 1987
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, letter.texmodel.
+
+Name: memo.texinput
+Description: Sample memo format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, memo
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Aug 1986
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, memo.texmodel.
+
+Name: mergetxt.texinput
+Description: Sample merge letter format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter, formletter
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 20 Apr 1990
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes demonstration files, mergelet.texmodel,
+ mergelst.texmodel, mergetxt.texmodel.
+
+Name: paper.texinput
+Description: Sample student paper format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, paper
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Nov 1986
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, paper.texmodel.
+
+Name: resume.texinput
+Description: Sample resume format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, resume
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Jun 1988
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, resume.texmodel.
+
+Name: thesis.texinput
+Description: TEXT1 format for Washington State University graduate
+ school theses.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, thesis
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Jun 1987
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, thesis.texmodel.
+
+
+%%Section 13: TEXSIS
+
+Name: texsis.tex
+Description: \TeX sis is a collection of \TeX\ macros for typesetting
+ physics documents such as papers and preprints, conference
+ proceedings, books, theses, referee reports, letters, and memos.
+ \TeX sis macros provide automatic numbering of equations, automatic
+ numbering and formatting of references, double column formatting,
+ macros for making tables and figures, with or without captions,
+ including tables with horizontal and vertical rules. \TeX sis
+ supports a wide variety of type sizes and a number of specialized
+ document formats, and it even includes macros for making form
+ letters for job applications or letters of recommendation.
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics, fmt
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+Note: Includes a user's manual (Manual.tex), a UNIX man page (texsis.1),
+ installation notes (INSTALL and Install.tex), a README file, a GNU
+ emacs mode (texsis.el) and an example paper (Example.tex). For
+ support for an index, see index.tex.
+
+Name: AIP.txs
+Description: American Institute of Physics style file for TeXsis.
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics, AIP
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: CVformat.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for Curriculum Vitae.
+Keywords: TeXsis, resume
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 7 Nov 1985
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: Elsevier.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for North Holland publications.
+Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: IEEE.txs
+Description: IEEE proceedings style file for TeXsis
+Keywords: TeXsis, IEEE
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: mtexsis.tex
+Description: The core set of TeXsis macros in a form designed to be used
+ by casual users to print out new physics papers without having to
+ install all of TeXsis. (Do you want to specifically mention the
+ bulletin boards?)
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: nuclproc.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for Nuclear Physics proceedings
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics, proceedings
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: PhysRev.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for Physical Reviews.
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics, journal, Physical Review
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+See also: revtex.sty
+
+Name: ruled.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables with horizontal and
+ vertical rules.
+Keywords: plain TeX, tables
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 17 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+Note: Includes documentation, ruleddoc.tex. These macros are
+ incorporated into TeXsis (q.v.), but may be used independently of
+ that package. On the other hand, some of the documentation still
+ requires TeXsis.
+
+Name: Tablebody.txs
+Description: TeXsis macros for making simple ruled tables. Obsolete:
+ Use ruled.tex instead.
+Keywords: TeXsis, tables
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: v2.15, 20 Nov 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+Note: These macros are included for backward compatability and will
+ eventually be phased out.
+
+Name: thesis.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for theses. Includes two variants,
+ \Yalethesis for Yale Graduate School theses and \UTthesis for
+ University of Texas theses.
+Keywords: TeXsis, thesis
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: WorldSci.txs
+Description: World Scientific proceedings style file for TeXsis
+Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+
+%%Section 14: YTEX
+
+Name: YTeX
+Description: YTeX is a TeX macro package which provides support for some
+ of the document structuring and page layout commands of packages
+ such as LaTeX but in a purportedly more flexible (but less
+ well-specified) manner.
+Keywords: yTeX, fmt
+Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1986
+Archives: ymir
+Note: The main macros are split among the files ybase.mac, yfonts.mac,
+ yuser.mac. A user's manual, yusage.tex, is provided.
+
+Name: plain-cm.tex
+Description: Extends the plain TeX format to include support for font
+ sizes 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu> and BKPH and RAY
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Jul 86
+Archives: ymir
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex
+
+Name: ytex.ieee
+Description: YTeX macros to generate IEEE style papers.
+Keywords: YTeX, IEEE, article
+Author: Michael A. Gennert <michaelg@wpi-cs.wpi.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+
+%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS
+
+Name: 2up.tex/2up.sty
+Description: (Generic) TeX macros for printing a document two-up.
+Keywords: output, two-up
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Oct 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: anti.tex
+Description: A TeX macro for typesetting a superscripted antiparticle.
+Keywords: TeX, generic, physics, antiparticle
+Author: Rich Holmes <rich@suhep.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1/88
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: apldef.tex
+Description: This file defines the 2-letter control sequences for using
+ the font cmapl10 to typeset APL program code
+Keywords: TeX, generic, font, APL
+Author: Aarno Hohti <hohti@finfun.bitnet> and Okko Kanerva
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Nov 1987
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+Note: cmapl10 was described in TUGboat 8(3), November 1987.
+
+Name: blackdvi.tex
+Description: Style files for disabling the color macros defined in
+ colordvi.tex (q.v.) to allow easy black/white printing.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, colordvi.tex
+Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same
+ name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included
+ here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with
+ colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with
+ that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from
+ Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with
+ FoilTeX.
+
+Name: BoxedArt.tex
+Description: TeX macros for use on Macintoshes with TeXtures or OzTeX,
+ assisted by a preprocessor called ArtDealer. Aims to speed the
+ process of including PICT and PostScript graphics in TeX
+ documents.
+Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, PostScript, EPSF
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Sep 1992
+Note: There is a documentation file, BoxedArt.doc.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: BoxedEPS.tex
+Description: Highly portable macros for including EPSF files in a TeX
+ document in a device-driver-independent way.
+Keywords: TeX, PostScript, EPSF, PostScript
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Sep 1992
+Note: This is subset of the larger, but less portable, system
+ BoxedArt.tex. There is a documentation file, BoxedEPS.doc.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: colordvi.tex
+Description: Style file for putting color in FoilTeX, LaTeX, or any
+ other TeX documents. It use device independent (but driver
+ dependent) \special keywords and syntax. Fully compatible with
+ Rokicki's dvips driver and TeXView on the NeXT. Blackdvi.tex (q.v.)
+ can be is used to no-op all the color macros defined in
+ colordvi.[tex,sty] for easy black/white printing. The color names
+ are generally derived from the Crayola crayon box of 64 colors.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, blackdvi.tex
+Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same
+ name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included
+ here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with
+ colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with
+ that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from
+ Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with
+ FoilTeX.
+
+Name: compare.tex
+Description: A TeX macro to compare two strings.
+Keywords: TeX, generic, string comparison
+Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: cropmark.tex
+Description: TeX macros which redefine \shipout to place cropmarks on
+ the page.
+Keywords: cropmark
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 17 Mar 1992
+Archives: shsu
+See also: pageframe.sty, quire.tex
+
+Name: dayofweek.tex
+Description: TeX macro for calculating the day of week and the phase of
+ the moon.
+Keywords: TeX, generic, calendar, dow, pom
+Author: Martin Minow <minow%bolt.dec@decwrl.dec.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: dates.sty, dow.tex
+
+Name: daytime.sty
+Description: TeX macros for printing the time of day.
+Keywords: TeX, generic, time
+Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu*
+See also: misc.sty
+
+%% Name: defstring.tex
+
+Name: diagrams.tex
+Description: TeX macros for drawing rectangular category-theory diagrams
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, category-theory
+Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 17 Dec 1990
+Archives:
+
+Name: dow.tex
+Description: TeX macro to calculate the day of the week.
+Keywords: LaTeX, calendar, dow, date
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston
+See also: dates.sty, dayofweek.tex
+
+Name: emtrees.tex
+Description: TeX macros to typeset trees using \special commands
+ implemented by emTeX.
+Keywords: TeX, emTeX, tree
+Author: Harald Boegeholz <hwb@texnix.stgt.sub.org>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 91
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: endnote.tex
+Description: TeX macros for producing endnotes.
+Keywords: generic, endnotes
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston
+
+Name: epigram.tex
+Description: TeX macro for typesetting epigrams.
+Keywords: generic, epigram
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: fakebold.tex
+Description: The poor man's bold macro from Appendix D of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: generic, TeXbook, pmb
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: hep.tex
+Description: TeX macros for typesetting Dirac's bracket notation and
+ "normal ordered" products.
+Keywords: generic, physics
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: inscrutable.tex
+Description: An inscrutable TeX program dedicated to the perl hackers.
+Keywords: TeX, perl
+Author: Andrew Marc Greene <amgreene@athena.mit.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 7 Feb 91
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: ipamacs.tex
+Description: TeX macros for typesetting using the Washington State
+ University International Phonetic Alphabet fonts (wsuipa).
+Keywords: TeX, IPA, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+
+Name: laps.tex
+Description: TeX macros for vertical "laps" similar to \llap and \rlap.
+Keywords: generic
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: latin1.tex
+Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set
+ for TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: v1.3, 8 Aug 1991
+Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xlatin1.tex (q.v.)
+
+%% Name: maybeload.tex
+
+Name: multido.tex/multido.sty
+Description: A loop macro with fixed-point addition. Useful for pictures.
+Keywords: generic, loop, fixed-point, picture, graphics, programming
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3, 06 Nov 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht,
+ stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation file, multido.doc, which may be
+ appended to the end of multido.tex on some archives.
+
+Name: prooftree.tex
+Description: Build proof tree for Natural Deduction, Sequent Calculus,
+ etc., with shortening of proof rules! (preliminary)
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX,
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Aug 1990
+Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk>
+Archives:
+
+Name: psfig.tex
+Description: TeX macros for including Encapsulated PostScript graphics
+ in a TeX document.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, epsf, PostScript, dvips, dvi2ps
+Author: Trevor J. Darrell <trevor@media.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.9, 17 Oct 1991
+Archives: whitechapel.media.mit.edu* [18.85.0.125], shsu, aston
+Note: Also available as a LaTeX style file, psfig.sty.
+
+Name: pstricks.tex
+Description: PostScript (color, graphics, etc.) macros for (Generic)
+ TeX.
+Keywords: PostScript, color, graphics, trees, rotation
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.92, 2 Oct 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu
+
+Name: quotation.tex
+Description: Defines a simple macro for typesetting short quotations
+ with an attribution.
+Keywords: generic, quotation
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+%% Name: redefine.tex
+
+Name: selectpage.tex
+Description: prints out selected pages of a TeX document.
+Keywords: generic, output
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 2 Jul 1987
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: shadebox.tex
+Description: Macros for printing text on top of shaded boxes on
+ PostScript devices.
+Keywords: generic, PostScript, dvips
+Author: <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Jan 1992
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: tex.logos
+Description: Definitions of the TeXMaG, LaTeX, AmSTeX, SliTeX and PicTeX
+ logos.
+Keywords: generic, logos
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: texnames.sty
+
+Name: time.tex (.sty)
+Description: Defines a macro, \now, which produces the current time in
+ the format hh:mm A.M./P.M.
+Keywords: generic, time
+Author: Sunando Sen <sens@nyuacf.bitnet>, <sens@acfcluster.nyu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 6 Jan 1992
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: TreeTeX.tex
+Description: TeX macros for drawing binary and unary-binary trees, using
+ a modification of an algorithm of Reingold and Tilford.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, binary trees
+Author: Anne Brueggemann-Klein <brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de>
+ and Derick Wood.
+Supported: Yes (bug fixes only)
+Latest Version: 2.3
+Archives: fidji.informatik.uni-freiburg.de* [132.230.30.80]
+Note: The package contains a readme file, a file classes.tex, which
+ includes a small library of classes of trees, and a file l_pic.tex,
+ which includes the subset of the LaTeX macros that are required by
+ the TreeTeX package if used with TeX. Documentation is available
+ from the authors in printed form, free of charge. Write to Dr. Anne
+ Brueggemann-Klein; Institut fuer Informatik; Universitaet Freiburg;
+ Rheinstr. 10--12; 7800 Freiburg; Germany, or send e-mail to
+ brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de.
+
+Name: underl.tex
+Description: Macro for underlining text.
+Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: xunderl.tex
+
+Name: undertilde.tex
+Description: Macro for putting a tilde under a character.
+Keywords: generic, accent
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: weekday.sty
+Description: TeX macros for calculating the day of the week from a given
+ date.
+Keywords: generic, calendar
+Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> and George D. Greenwade
+ <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 21 Feb 1991
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: wiggly.tex
+Description: TeX macro for drawing variable length wiggly lines
+ horizontally under its argument in the same way as \underbar.
+Keywords: generic, accent
+Author: John S. Garavelli
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 4 Dec 1987
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: xlatin1.tex
+Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set
+ for TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, font
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.25 1992/01/28
+Archives: ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+Name: xunderl.tex
+Description: Improved version of the macro in underl.tex.
+Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis
+Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1991
+Archives: ymir
+See also: underl.tex
+
+Name: xypic.tex
+Description: Macros for typesetting diagrams.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, XY-pic, diagrams, graphics,
+ commutative diagrams.
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.6, 24 Jun 1992
+Note: Comes with extensive documentation (xypicman.doc) which requires
+ AMS-TeX version 2.1 to format. (The manual is also distributed
+ preformatted.) XY-pic also requires several special fonts
+ (xyatip10.mf, xybtip10.mf, xyline10.mf, xymisc10.mf, xyqc10.mf)
+ which are distributed with the package. Numerous other files are
+ also included.
+Archives: aston, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]*
+ [/pub/TeX/misc/xypic*]
+
+Name: zip.tex
+Description: Macros for making a barcode for a ZIP code.
+Keywords: TeX, zip, barcode
+Author: J. Daniel Smith
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 May 1990
+Archives: ymir
+See also: env.sty
+
+
+%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros
+
+Name: border.tex
+Description: Macros to typeset borders around pieces of text. Part of
+ the Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, borders, frames
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Oct 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file border.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: dolines.tex
+Description: Macros to help in defining macros whose arguments are
+ separated by newlines and by empty lines. Part of the Midnight
+ macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, newlines, lines, line breaks
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 15 Apr 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file dolines.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: gloss.tex
+Description: Macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive
+ sentences. Part of the Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, glossing, linguistics
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Nov 1990
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file gloss.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: labels.tex
+Description: Macros to print address labels and bulk letters. Part of
+ the Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, envelope, mailing labels
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 24 Oct 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file labels.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+See also: address.tex, label.tex, make-env.tex
+
+Name: loop.tex
+Description: A simple looping construct (meta-macros). Part of the
+ Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, loop
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Jun 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file loop.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: quire.tex
+Description: Macros for making booklets, printing double pages, and
+ printing outlines and crop marks. Part of the Midnight macros
+ package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, book, cropmark, output
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 19 Jan 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file quire.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex
+
+Name: styledef.tex
+Description: Macros to selectively input parts of a file. Part of the
+ Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, modularity
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 16 Apr 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file styledef.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+See also: module.sty
+
+
+%%Section 15.2: PicTeX
+
+Name: pictex.tex
+Description: PicTeX is a macro package for drawing pictures under plain
+ TeX or LaTeX. A manual is available from the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics
+Author: Michael Wichura
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Sep 1987
+Note: The PicTeX distribution includes the following files:
+ latexpicobjs.tex, piclatex.sty, postpictex.tex, prepictex.tex.
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: texpictex.tex
+Description: Macros to modify PicTeX to draw lines by using tpic
+ specials. (This removes the restriction on the slopes and lengths
+ of lines.)
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, tpic, dvips
+Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: tree.sty
+Description: Macros for drawing binary trees with PiCTeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, binary trees
+Author: Edward M. Reingold <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu> and Nachum Dershowitz
+ <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 2 Apr 1992
+Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26]
+
+
+%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX
+
+Name: TeX-Xet
+Description: A modification of TeX with support for typesetting in
+ languages which read from right to left.
+Keywords: Hebrew
+Author: Donald E. Knuth and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v3.0
+Archives: huji
+
+Name: heb_macros.tex
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the Old
+ Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3
+Archives: huji*
+
+Name: heb_macros_newcode.tex
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the New
+ Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3
+Archives: huji*
+
+Name: heb_macros_pccode.tex
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the PC
+ system of Hebrew Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1
+Archives: huji*
+
+Name: hebcal.sty
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the
+ Gregorian date with the Old Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv,
+ OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar
+Author: Michail Rozman <misha@iop.tartu.ew.su>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992
+Archives: huji*
+See also: hebcal_newcode.sty
+
+Name: hebcal_newcode.sty
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the
+ Gregorian date with the New Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv,
+ OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992
+Archives: huji*
+See also: hebcal.sty
+
+Name: hebrew.sty
+Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the Old Code
+ (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael
+ Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2
+Archives: huji*
+
+Name: hebrew_newcode.sty
+Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the New Code
+ (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael
+ Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2
+Archives: huji*
+
+
+%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS
+
+%% This section is particularly unsatisfactory. It needs much
+%% more work. -- dmj
+
+Name: czhyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Czech.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Czech
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version: 8 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: eshyph.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Spanish.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish
+Author: Armando Jinich, Maria Garza and Max Diaz <max@east.aurora.com>
+Supported:
+Latest Version: 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, ymir
+Note: Originally called silaba.tex.
+
+Name: f8hyph.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 8 bit fonts?
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: fhyph.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 7 bit fonts?
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: fr8hyph.dc
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with the EC/DC
+ encoding.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French, EC/DC
+Author: Jacques D'esarm'enien and Michael Ferguson
+ <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: ghyphen.max
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for German.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German
+Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de
+ (X.400)>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: ghyphen.max comes with a list of words that are hyphenated
+ incorrectly by these patterns.
+See also: ghyphen.min
+
+Name: ghyphen.min
+Description: Abbreviated hyphenation patterns for German for use with
+ PC's (presumably this is for use with TeX implementations with
+ little room for hyphenation patterns).
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German
+Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de
+ (X.400)>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: ghyphen.min comes with a list of words that are hyphenated
+ incorrectly by these patterns. The list is distributed in two
+ forms: The first (liste.min) marks all the hyphenation points of the
+ words, including incorrect hyphenation points, correct hyphenation
+ points not found by the patterns and correct hyphenation points
+ found the the patterns. The second (fehler.min) is a list in a form
+ suitable to be used as input to the \hyphenation command to provide
+ suitable hyphenation exceptions.
+See also: ghyphen.max
+
+Name: ghyphen3.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for German with umlauts. This is an
+ experimental version for testing the integration of umlauts and
+ `es-zett', but without `c-k'. Integration of 'es-zett' does n o t
+ mean hyphenation into s-s, but words containing 'es-zett' may be
+ hyphenated at different positions.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
+Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de
+ (X.400)>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Feb 1992
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: hyphen.polish
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Polish.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Polish
+Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odziejska
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: hyphen.tex (or ushyph1.tex)
+Description: The standard hyphenation patterns for American English.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, stuttgart
+See also: ushyph2.tex
+
+Name: ihyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Icelandic.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Icelandic
+Author: Jorgen Pind <jorgen@lexis.hi.is>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 Jun 1987
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: ithyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Italian
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
+Author: G. Patergnani
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 4 Mar 1988
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: nehyph1.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch
+Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1989
+Note: This seems to be a subset of nehyph2.tex.
+Archives: stuttgart
+See also: nehyph2.tex, nehyph3.tex
+
+Name: nehyph2.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch
+Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1989
+Archives: stuttgart
+See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph3.tex
+
+Name: nehyph3.tex
+Description: A very short hyphenation file for Dutch.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch
+Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart
+See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph2.tex
+
+Name: portug.hyphen
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Portuguese.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Portuguese
+Author: Pedro J. de Rezende <derezende@northeastern.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Feb 1987
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: rgrhyph.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for the modern Greek language, using
+ the reduced Greek fonts of Yannis Harambolous.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Greek
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Mar 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: rhyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Russian. These are designed to
+ work with the University of Washington Cyrillic fonts (wncyr) with
+ all ligatures disabled.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Russian, amsfonts
+Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Note: These hyphenation patterns are described in "Notes on Russian
+ TeX," TUGboat 10(3):332--336, November 1989.
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: shyphen1.2.sh
+Description: Bourne shell script to generate hyphenation patterns for
+ Spanish for use with 7- and 8-bit fonts.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish, EC/DC
+Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Sep 1991
+Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/spanish
+Note: This is a Bourne shell script that generates members of my
+ hyphenation pattern family. No standard members are provided, though
+ it is planned.
+
+Name: tkhypha.tex
+Description: Mechanically-generated hyphenation patterns for Turkish.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Turkish
+Author: Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1987
+Note: These hyphenation patterns were described in "Turkish Hyphenations
+ for TeX," TUGboat 9(1):12--14, April 1988. The program which
+ generated the patterns, turk_hyf.c, is also available.
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: ukhyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for UK English.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, UK English
+Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> and Graham Toal
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 17 Apr 1992
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: ushyph2.tex
+Description: Additional hyphenation patterns for American English, to be
+ used with hyphen.tex. Based on the Hyphenation Exception Log
+ published in TUGboat 10(3): 337-341, November 1989.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, English
+Author: G. D. C. Kuiken <wbahkui@hdetud1.tudelft.nl>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Mar 1990
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+
+%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES
+
+Name: abbrv.bst
+Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
+ bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled
+ with numbers. Author names, month names and journal names are
+ abbreviated. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by
+ van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars."
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
+ manual.
+
+Name: abstract.bst
+Description: This is a modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with
+ added support for the "abstract," "comment" and "keyword" fields.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Kotz
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: acm.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for producing ACM Transactions bibliographies.
+ A lot like abbrv.bst of the "plain" family (sorted alphabetically by
+ author and labeled with numbers, with author names, month names and
+ journal names abbreviated), but names come out "Last, initials", and
+ in \sc, and some dates are parenthesized.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, ACM
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Jan 1988
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: acs.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for the journal Advances in Control Systems.
+ This is a modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.).
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: acsarticle.sty
+
+Name: agsm.bst
+Description: BibTeX style based on J. Pitson's "Style Manual for authors
+ editors and printers of Australian government publications." It
+ supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and "(Williams
+ 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a
+ parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors
+ name.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 0.99a
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
+ family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
+ distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
+See also: dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty
+
+Name: alpha.bst
+Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
+ bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author with entry
+ labels like "Knu66" formed from the author's name and the year of
+ publication. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by
+ van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars."
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
+ manual.
+
+Name: amsalpha.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to alpha.bst except that
+ it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of
+ a reference.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*
+
+Name: amsplain.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to plain.bst except that
+ it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of
+ a reference.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1 Jul 1991
+Archives: e-math*
+
+Name: annotate.bst
+Description: Modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with added support
+ for an "annotate" field.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: annotation.bst
+Description: Modified version of plain.bst (q.v.) with added support
+ for an "annote" field.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: apa.bst
+Description: This is a modification of apalike.sty (q.v.) which
+ incorporates features of Sake J. Hogeveen's astron.bst (q.v.).
+ The modifications implement a "\cite*" command, which generates
+ references in short form. For example, "Rogers \cite*{...}" would
+ produce "Rogers (1992)".
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 27 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty (q.v.).
+
+Name: apalike.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for producing citations of the form "(Jones,
+ 1986)" and without labels in the bibliography. Author (and editor)
+ names appear as last name, comma, initials.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99a, 24 Jan 1988
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: asaetr.bst
+Description: BibTeX style Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers
+Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
+See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf
+
+Name: btxbst.doc
+Description: The master file from which the standard BibTeX bibliography
+ styles (plain, unsrt, alpha and abbrv) are generated. Contains
+ extensive documentation of the code.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+See also: plain.bst, unsrt.bst. alpha.bst, abbrv.bst
+
+Name: cea.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for Computers and Electronics in Agriculture
+Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+See also: cea.sty
+Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub.
+
+Name: chicago.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference
+ style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style. Citations
+ formats include: "(author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name and
+ author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name et al. year)";
+ "(author-last-name)"; "author-last-name"; "author-last-name (year)";
+ "(author-last-name and author-last-name)"; "(author-last-name et
+ al.)"; "(year)" or "(year,year)"; "year" or "year,year". The
+ reference list is sorted alphabetically by author.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style
+Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, utah
+See also: chicagoa.bst, chicago.sty
+Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty.
+
+Name: chicagoa.bst
+Description: A BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference
+ style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style, like
+ chicago.bst, but also supports annotated bibliographies through the
+ BibTeX field `annotation'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style
+Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, utah
+Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty.
+
+Name: dcu.bst
+Description: BibTeX style based on the conventions used by the Design
+ Computing Unit, Department of Architectural and Design Science,
+ University of Sydney. It supports citations of the form "Williams
+ (1992)" and "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is
+ used as a noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are
+ sorted by authors name.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 0.99a
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
+ family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
+ distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
+See also: agsm.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty
+
+Name: ieee.bst
+Description: Modified version of unsrt.bib (q.v.) for producing articles
+ according to the IEEE's instructions.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 Feb 92
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty
+
+Name: ieeetr.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for producing IEEE Transactions
+ bibliographies. Numeric labels, order-of-reference, IEEE
+ abbreviations, quotes around article titles, commas separate all
+ fields except after book titles and before "notes". Otherwise, much
+ like the "plain" family, from which this is adapted.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: ifac.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for references according to the instructions
+ of the International Federation of Automatic Control.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher
+ style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3, 24 Jun 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ifacarticle.sty
+
+Name: ijc.bst
+Description: Modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.) for producing articles
+ for the International Journal of Control.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Jun 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ijcarticle.sty
+
+Name: kluwer.bst
+Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of Kluwer Academic
+ Publishers. It supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and
+ "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a
+ noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by
+ authors name.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 0.99a
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
+ family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
+ distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
+See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty
+
+Name: named.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the
+ form "[author, year]" or "[year]" and provides access to the year
+ and author information in separate macros. Must be used in
+ conjunction with named.sty.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending
+ mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
+See also: named.sty
+
+Name: natsci.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the
+ form "(Gildea, 1987)", as required by the Natural Sciences
+ bibliography format.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX 0.98
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 08 Jan 87
+Archives: clarkson
+See also: natsci.sty
+Note: This will not work with BibTeX 0.99a or later.
+
+Name: nederlands.bst
+Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of the department of
+ dutch of the University of Nijmegen, being more or less the standard
+ practice among (dutch) historians and linguists. It supports
+ citations of the form "Jansen (1992)" and "(Jansen 1992)" depending
+ on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a parenthetical
+ note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors name following
+ Dutch (and german) rules (regarding the `von' part of the name).
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.2, 22 Apr 1992
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: remarks regarding the layout are welcome. The main aim of the
+ style is to treat names regarding to dutch (and german) rules.
+ Variations of style could be provided. This is part of the Harvard
+ family of bibliography styles, which is described in "The Harvard
+ Family of Bibliography Styles," distributed with the package in the
+ file harvard.tex.
+See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, harvard.sty
+
+%% Name: paren.bst (mentioned in cup.sty)
+
+Name: plain.bst
+Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
+ bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled
+ with numbers. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by
+ van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars."
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
+ manual.
+
+Name: siam.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for producing SIAM bibliographies. Numeric
+ labels, alphabetic order, Mathematical Reviews abbreviations, names
+ in \sc, titles in italics, book titles mixed upper-lower and article
+ titles lowercase, commas separate all fields except before "notes".
+ An author's name that is identical to the author's name of the
+ preceding entry is replaced by a rule. Otherwise, much like the
+ "plain" family, from which this is adapted.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, SIAM
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: theapa.bst
+Description: BibTeX style file for producing citations with a very
+ flexible format. In particular, it can be used for citations of the
+ form "(Jones, 1986)" or "Jones (1986)". It supports most features
+ of the APA style.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.5.1, May 1992
+Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
+Note: Requires theapa.tex (for plain TeX) or theapa.sty (for
+ LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX).
+
+Name: unsrt.bst
+Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
+ bibliographies that are labeled with numbers and with entries that
+ appear in the order of their first citation.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
+ manual.
+
+Name: xppt.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style for use with the AMS-TeX amsppt
+ document style. xppt.bst emulates the standard bibliography styles
+ using the amsppt reference commands.
+Keywords: BibTeX, AMS-TeX, bibliography, amsppt
+Author: Hans Dybkjaer <dybkjaer@ruc.dk> and Kristoffer H. Rose
+ <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: v1.22, 17 Jan 1991
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolote: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.)
+
+
+%%Section 19: OTHER
+
+Name: deprocldc.tex
+Description: instructions for using deproc.sty to format DECUS proceedings
+ articles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, authors' guide
+Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Apr 86
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: guidepro.tex (proceedings guidelines)
+Description: plain TeX instructions for TUG Proceedings. This file is the
+ source for the article Guidelines for Proceedings of the 1992 Annual
+ Meeting of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, TUG proceedings, authors' guide
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.05, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: LinoTeX
+Description: Selective typesetting mechanism for OzTeX and Textures on
+ Macintosh micros. Useful when random pieces of a long TeX
+ typescript require repeated testing, for example troublesome
+ formulas, and graphics being integrated or labelled.
+Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, selection, region, interactivity,
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann<lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+First Version: 1991
+Latest Version: June 1992
+Note: Uses both Macintosh system macros and TeX macros. A similar
+ mechanism has been available in some or all emacs TeX modes.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], stuttgart
+
+Name: tubguide.tex (tugboat author guidelines)
+Description: TUGboat Authors' Guide. This file is an updated version of
+ the file that produced the original Authors' Guide in TUGboat 10, no.
+ 3, November 1989.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, authors' guide
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.02, 9 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: elm.tex (essential latex mathematics)
+Description: An addition to essential latex, describing mathematics.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, essential, primer
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: (only one version)
+Archives: aston*
+Note: Does not describe mathematics under the NFSS. Uses the obsolete
+ ms[xy]m fonts. If I ever rewrite this for the NFSS, I will support
+ it again. Requires amssymbols.sty.
+See also: essential.tex, symbols.tex
+
+Name: symbols.tex
+Description: A listing of all the standard LaTeX math symbols and the
+ AMS symbols.
+Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, AMSFonts
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 2.00, 12 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: If used with the NFSS, requires AMSFONTS2.1, and amssymb.sty. If
+ used without the NFSS, does not show the AMS Fonts.
+
+***************************************************************************
+ LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES
+
+Much of the following information was quoted with permission from the
+May 1992 version of the `Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions,'
+currently maintained by Guoying Chen <chenguo@spunky.cs.nyu.edu>.
+Wherever possible, I have had the information verified by the
+maintainers of the archives.
+
+Unless otherwise indicated, all of these archives are accessible via
+anonymous ftp. As a general rule, you can obtain information about the
+mail servers by sending a message containing only the word "help" to the
+address listed. Exceptions are noted below.
+
+In the "Archives" fields above, I refer to the archives by abbreviated
+names. In most cases, the mapping between abbreviation and archive is
+obvious. Whenever it is not, I have included the abbreviation in
+parentheses after the full archive name.
+
+On most archives, the TeX-related files are located in an obvious place,
+namely in a subdirectory "TeX" of the directory that ftp deposits you
+in. However, in a few cases the macros are located in a less obvious
+place and in such cases I've tried to provide some guidance for the
+user.
+
+dhdspri6.bitnet (Mail server only)
+ Springer-Verlag
+ Mail server: svserv@dhdspri6.bitnet
+
+ Main archive for all official Springer-Verlag macros and other
+ information. All packages are in ZIP archives and will be mailed
+ UUencoded.
+
+e-math.ams.com [130.44.1.100]
+ The American Mathematical Society
+ Contact: tech-support@math.ams.org
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ Home of AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts packages.
+
+ Since e-math is not a general-purpose TeX archive, it doesn't allow
+ submissions.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory ams.
+
+ftp.cs.ruu.nl [131.211.80.17] (utrecht)
+ Abbreviation: utrecht
+ Department of Computer Science, Utrecht University, the Netherlands
+ Time Zone: +0100 GMT
+ Contact: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl>
+ Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings (2000 to 0900 UTC)
+ System type: UNIX
+ Mail server: mail-server@cs.ruu.nl or uunet!mcsun!hp4nl!ruuinf!mail-server
+ To receive the help file, send the following message:
+
+ begin
+ path your_complete_email_address
+ send HELP
+ end
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/TEX.
+
+ Note: This archive was formerly called archive.cs.ruu.nl.
+
+ftp.cs.umb.edu [192.12.26.23]
+ Computer Science Department; University of Massachusetts at Boston
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ Latest versions of Karl Berry's modes.mf, Eplain macros, and font
+ naming scheme, Lucida-for-TeX (without the actual fonts, of course) and
+ web2c, the base of UNIX TeX, as well as the Sauter parameterizations of
+ the CM, lasy, Cyrillic, etc., fonts.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/tex.
+
+ftp.math.utah.edu [128.110.198.2]
+ Timezone: -0700 (Mountain Standard Time)
+ Center for Scientific Computing, Department of Mathematics,
+ University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT 84112, USA
+ Contact: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+ Mail server: tuglib@math.utah.edu
+ System type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1)
+
+ TeX User Group archives, awk, benchmarks (floating-point, integer,
+ window system), elefunt (elementary function test package), IBM PC,
+ IBM RS/6000, Macintosh, Stardent, VAX VMS (only a few utilities).
+ The pub directory contains ls-lr file showing entire archive
+ contents, plus 00*.cmd and 00*.lst files giving recent changes in
+ directory listing and ftp command form. Each directory contains an
+ index file summarizing its contents. pub/misc directory contains
+ sources for several archive utilities. Indexed by archie servers.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in pub/tex. BibTeX styles are found
+ in pub/tex/bibtex.
+
+ftp.th-darmstadt.de [130.83.55.75]
+ Technical University Darmstadt, Computing Center
+ System type: UNIX (AIX)
+ Time Zone: CET/CDT, ie, +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer
+ Contact:
+ concerning TeX: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+ general stuff: ftpadmin@ftp.th-darmstadt.de
+
+ About 100MB of TeX material, uses mirror software extensively.
+
+ TeX-related fles are found in pub/tex.
+ LaTeX styles are placed in pub/tex/latex, plain macros in pub/tex/plain.
+
+ftp.win.tue.nl [131.155.70.100]
+ Department of Mathematics and Computing Science
+ Eindhoven University of Technology
+ The Netherlands
+ System Type: UNIX
+ Time Zone: MET ( = GMT+1 = +0100 GMT )
+ Mail server: No (not yet, at least)
+ Contact: <ftp@win.tue.nl>
+
+ TeX-related files are found in pub/tex.
+
+ftp.uni-stuttgart.de [129.69.1.12]
+ Computing Centre of the University of Stuttgart (RUS), Germany
+ Time Zone: +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer
+ Contact: Barbara Burr <infoadm@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de>
+ Rainer Sch\"opf <texinfo1@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de>
+ Mail server: mail-server@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ More than 400MB of TeX files. Works together with TeX.ac.uk.
+
+ This archive is the primary source for emTeX, publicTeX, publicMF
+ and all styles by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf (multicol,
+ verbatim, theorem, NFSS, ftnright, array).
+
+ TeX-related files are found in soft/tex.
+
+goya.uu.es [138.4.2.2]
+ Spain
+ Mail server: info@goya.uu.es
+
+ This is not a general TeX archive, but it is the home to a few files
+ for typesetting in Spanish. Those files can be found in
+ info/src/text/TeX/babel and info/src/text/TeX/spanish.
+
+hearn.bitnet (Mail server only)
+ Abbreviation: tex-nl
+ Mail server: listserv@hearn.bitnet
+ Contact: Johannes L. Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+
+ Home of the TEX-NL archives and the Babel system. Contains material of
+ particular use to Dutch-speaking users, as well as material of more
+ general interest.
+
+ People who are on the bitnet/earn RSCS network can retrieve files by
+ interactive commands, like SEND LISTSERV@HEARN GET TEX-NL FILELIST
+
+june.cs.washington.edu [128.95.1.4]
+ The University of Washington
+ Contact: elisabet@max.acs.washington.edu
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ TeX-related files are in the directory tex.
+
+labrea.stanford.edu [36.8.0.47]
+ Stanford University, California, USA
+ Time zone: -0700 GMT
+ Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings.
+ System type: UNIX
+ Mirrored by: yallara.cs.rmit.oz.au [131.170.24.42]
+
+ Home of the archives of the Stanford TeX Project, e.g. tex.web.
+
+ TeX-related files are in the directory tex.
+
+midway.uchicago.edu [128.135.12.73]
+ Time Zone: -0500 GMT
+ Contact: Walter Carlip <oztex@midway.uchicago.edu>
+
+ Home of various Macintosh TeX goodies (in macintosh/tex).
+ Requests for any TeX-related things for the Mac can be sent
+ to oztex@midway.uchicago.edu and Walter will see if he
+ can find it. (How's *that* for dedication!)
+
+ OzTeX and related files are found in pub/OzTeX.
+
+ftp.shsu.edu [192.92.115.8]
+ Sam Houston State University
+ Contact: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+ Mail server: fileserv@shsu.edu
+ System type: VMS
+
+ Contains the usual TeX goodies.
+
+ SHSU has a flat file system, so files are fairly easy to find.
+ Miscellaneous individual LaTeX style files can be found in the
+ directory STY; other packages can be found in top-level directories
+ with obvious names (such as AMSLATEX, ASAETR, ARRAY, etc.)
+
+ If you would like to deposit a file in Sam Houston State University's
+ TeX-related archives, please ftp to pip.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.10) and
+ login as anonymous. Then:
+
+ 1) cd TeX-archive (the incoming archive directory)
+
+ 2) mkdir Your_own_directory_name (if necessary; whatever directory
+ name you choose should be appropriate for the file[s] you are
+ depositing)
+
+ 3) cd Your_own_directory_name (if appropriate)
+
+ 4) [m]put Your_files
+
+ Please follow this by sending a mail message to:
+
+ <FILESERV-Mgr@SHSU.edu>
+
+ with a Subject: line of ARCHIVE SUBMISSION. Please briefly state
+ what the files are and where you have placed them. Efforts will be
+ made to move them as quickly as possible to Sam Houston State
+ University's main ftp access host, ftp.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.8).
+
+ Due to space constraints, files in the TeX-archive directory tree are
+ not stable and may be removed at any time. If you have any questions
+ about this, please contact <FILESERV-Mgr>.
+
+noa.huji.ac.il [132.64.254.10]
+ The Computation Center of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem
+ Contact: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ This is an archive containing Hebrew supplements to TeX, as well as
+ the TeX-XeT program, which is TeX including reversing commands for
+ right to left as well as left to right text. In addition to
+ TeX-XeT, it also contains the Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa and
+ DeadSea fonts.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory tex.
+
+TeX.ac.uk [134.151.40.18]
+ Abbrevation: Aston
+ Aston University, Birmingham, UK
+ Time Zone: 0000 GMT
+ Contact: Archive-Group@TeX.ac.uk
+ Mail server: texserver@TeX.ac.uk
+ System type: VMS
+
+ Home of the UKTeX newsletter, and a repository for all sorts of
+ things. Aggressively tracks down packages for downloading. Claims
+ to be the biggest TeX archive in the world. In addition to ftp and
+ mail-server access, other services include
+
+ - telnet access to browse directories
+
+ - JANET access (UK only)
+ Host: uk.ac.tex (JANET DTE 000020120091)
+ Username: public Password: public
+ Log in interactively to browse the directories
+
+ - supply of TeX for Unix, VMS, MS-DOS and Mac on tape or disk as
+ appropriate. Details can be found at the end of every issue of the
+ UKTeX Digest, which is archived in [tex-archive.digests.uktex]. In
+ an emergency, you can write to
+ Peter Abbott
+ Computing Service, Aston University,
+ Aston Triangle, Birmingham B4 7ET
+ p.abbott@aston.ac.uk
+
+ The UK TeX Archive's chief characteristics are
+
+ - `exploded' filestore. This is not a set of compressed tar achives,
+ but directories containing (where possible) ASCII individual files
+ only (for ease of transfer in somewhat cranky UK network). Binary
+ files are ASCII encoded.
+
+ - support for VMS, Mac, DOS and Unix; we try to have up to date
+ working copies of TeX, etc., for the major OSes.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory DISK$TEX:[TEX-ARCHIVE].
+
+ To submit files to the Aston archive, send mail to
+ archive-contributions@tex.ac.uk with details of what you want to add.
+ JANET users can transfer material direct to [contributions], but should
+ also send mail to indicate they have done so.
+
+theory.lcs.mit.edu [18.52.0.92]
+ Theory of Computation Group; MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
+ Cambridge, Massachusetts
+ Contact: William Ang <ang@theory.lcs.mit.edu>
+ Mail server: archive-server@theory.lcs.mit.edu
+ System Type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1)
+
+ Home of the TeX Macro Catalogue, which can be found in
+ pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt, along with a smattering of other
+ TeX-related files.
+
+vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de (Mail server only)
+ Heidelberg
+ Mail server: listserv@vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de
+
+wsmr-simtel20.army.mil [192.88.110.20]
+ White Sands Missile Range, New Mexico, USA
+ Time Zone: -0600 GMT
+ Contact: w8sdz@wsmr-simtel20.army.mil (Keith Petersen)
+ Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings
+ Mirrored by: wuarchive.wustl.edu [128.252.135.4]
+
+ An archive of MS-DOS and other stuff. TeX-related things
+ can be found in the directory pd1:<msdos.tex>.
+
+ymir.claremont.edu [134.173.4.23]
+ The Claremont Colleges, California, USA
+ Time zone: -0700 GMT
+ Contact: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+ Mail server: mailserv@ymir.claremont.edu
+ System type: VMS
+
+ The second-largest TeX archive in the world. Aggressively tracks
+ down packages for downloading.
+
+ Most TeX macros files are found in subdirectories of
+ LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.INPUTS], though the Babel system is in
+ LOCAL:[ANONYMOU.TEX.BABEL] and MusicTeX is in
+ LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.MUSIC]. BibTeX files are in
+ LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.BIBTEX].
+
+ To submit a file to the ymir archive, ftp to fenris.claremont.edu
+ (134.173.4.146) and place the file in the directory pub/submission;
+ then send a note to tex-group@hmcvax.claremont.edu to alert the
+ archive staff of the new file. If you don't have access to ftp, send
+ a note to tex-group with the sizes and number of files and they will
+ work out how to receive it.
+
+***************************************************************************
+ GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS
+
+Actually, this is more of a list of keywords right now. I've tried to
+clarify obscure keywords, while relying on many keywords to be
+self-explanatory. For example, any keyword which is the name of a
+language indicates that the macros provide support of some sort for
+typesetting in that language. Similarly, a keyword which is a name of a
+major TeX package means that the macros are meant for use with that
+package.
+
+A4 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A4 page size
+
+A5 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A5 page size
+
+accent -- macros for putting special accents on characters
+
+ACM -- macros for typesetting papers for ACM proceedings
+
+acronym -- macros for manipulating acronyms
+
+AIP -- implements a layout based on the American Institute of Physics
+ journals
+
+algorithm -- useful for typesetting algorithms
+
+allocation -- macros which modify or extend TeX's allocation mechanism
+ (i.e., things like \newdimen, \newskip, etc.)
+
+AMS -- macros which are either supported by the American Mathematical
+ Society, or which provide support for the AMS fonts.
+
+AMS-LaTeX
+
+AMS-TeX
+
+amsfonts -- macros which provide support for the AMSFonts package, which
+ includes the msam and msbm symbol fonts.
+
+amsppt -- modifications or extensions to the AMS-TeX amsppt preprint
+ document style.
+
+antiparticle -- macros for typesetting anti-particles in particle physics.
+
+APA -- macros for producing citations of the form "(Jones, 1986)" and
+ without labels in the bibliography. [what does APA stand for,
+ anyway? -- dmj]
+
+APL -- useful for typesetting code written in the programming language
+ APL
+
+ArborText dvips -- requires ArborText's implementation of dvips
+
+array -- modifies or extends the LaTeX "array" environment
+
+article -- implements a document style useful for typesetting documents
+ such as journal articles. When applied to a LaTeX document-style
+ option, it means that the option is primarily meant to be used with
+ article.sty
+
+Austrian
+
+authors' guide -- guidelines or documentation for authors
+
+autonumbering -- support for the automatic numbering of such document
+ structures as sections, theorems, lists, etc.
+
+autoTOC -- support for the automatic compilation of a Table of Contents.
+
+Babel -- Part of Johannes Braams' Babel system for foreign language
+ support in LaTeX and plain TeX.
+
+barcode -- typesets the zipcode barcodes used by the US Postal Service.
+
+baseball
+
+Bezier -- implements Bezier curves (cubic or quadratic splines)
+
+bibliography -- macros for producing a bibliography
+
+BibTeX -- macros for use with Oren Patashnik's BibTeX bibliograpy
+ database program
+
+BibTeX 0.98 -- requires an obsolete version of BibTeX
+
+binary trees
+
+blackboard bold
+
+BNF -- macros for typesetting Backhaus-Naur formalisms
+
+bold symbol -- macros for accessing bold versions of math symbols
+
+book -- implements a document style, or otherwise provides support, for
+ typesetting book-like documents. When applied to a LaTeX
+ document-style option, it means that the option is primarily meant
+ to be used with book.sty
+
+bookform
+
+borders -- macros for putting frames around boxes
+
+box -- macros for manipulating boxes
+
+C -- for typesetting code written in the C programming language
+
+calendar -- provides various calendar functions for TeX
+
+camera-ready
+
+caption
+
+card
+
+cassette
+
+cassette label
+
+Catalan
+
+category-theory
+
+changebars
+
+chemistry
+
+chess
+
+citation -- macros which modify or extend LaTeX's \cite command, or
+ which provide an analogous function
+
+classified -- macros for typesetting documents with "classified" ratings
+
+cmcyr
+
+color -- support for color graphics or other special effects
+
+comment -- implements a comment environment for TeX
+
+Common Lisp -- support for typesetting Common Lisp code
+
+common macros -- macros common to two or more document styles
+
+commutative diagrams -- graphics support for producing commutative
+ diagrams
+
+counter
+
+Croatian
+
+cropmark
+
+crosswords
+
+currency
+
+Cyrillic
+
+Czech
+
+Danish
+
+date
+
+decimal
+
+DECUS
+
+delimiters
+
+diagrams
+
+discretionary
+
+dissertation
+
+documentation
+
+doublespace
+
+dow -- macros for calculating the day of week
+
+draft
+
+drama
+
+dropcaps -- typesets the first letter of a paragraph enlarged
+
+Dutch
+
+dvi2ln3
+
+dvi2ps
+
+dvidrv
+
+dvidvi
+
+dvips
+
+dvitops
+
+e-mail pathname
+
+EC/DC
+
+emphasis
+
+emTeX -- for use with emTeX, a TeX implementation for PC's
+
+endnotes
+
+English
+
+enumerate
+
+envelope
+
+epigram
+
+eplain
+
+EPSF
+
+epsf
+
+eqnarray -- modifications of LaTeX's eqnarray environment
+
+equation
+
+equation number
+
+Esperanto
+
+essential
+
+eufm
+
+examination
+
+figure
+
+figures
+
+filename
+
+Finnish
+
+float
+
+floats
+
+flushleft
+
+fmt -- indicates that the package is meant to serve as the basis for a
+ new format (.fmt) file.
+
+font
+
+fontchart -- prints out a font table similar to those found in Appendix F
+ of the TeX Book
+
+fonts
+
+footnote numbering
+
+footnotes
+
+formletter
+
+framebox -- macros for drawing rules around boxes, similar to LaTeX's
+ \framebox command or the \boxit macro in Exercise 21.3 of the
+ TeXbook
+
+frames -- macros for putting frames around boxes
+
+French
+
+generic -- macros which should work with practically any TeX macro
+ package
+
+German
+
+german
+
+glossing -- macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive sentences
+
+graphics
+
+Greek
+
+header -- macros for modifying the page header
+
+Hebrew
+
+hline
+
+Hungarian
+
+hyphenation -- hyphenation patterns
+
+Icelandic
+
+ICPR -- document style for the International Conference on Pattern
+ Recognition proceedings
+
+IEE
+
+IEEE -- document style for proceedings published by the Institute of
+ Electrical and Electronics Engineers
+
+indent -- modifies the indentation of paragraphs
+
+index -- for producing indexes.
+
+initex
+
+input
+
+inrstex
+
+inserts -- modifies TeX's mechanism for floating insertions
+
+integral
+
+IPA
+
+ISO
+
+journal -- style file for typesetting journal articles
+
+LamS-TeX
+
+landscape
+
+language
+
+LaTeX
+
+letter
+
+LeXTeX
+
+limits -- modifies the behavior of subscripts or superscripts of math
+ operators
+
+line breaks
+
+line numbering
+
+lines
+
+linespacing
+
+linguistics
+
+lists
+
+LNCS -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture
+ Notes in Computer Science
+
+LNP -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture
+ Notes in Physics
+
+logical gates
+
+logos
+
+loop -- implements looping constructs for TeX
+
+macro
+
+mailing labels
+
+MakeIndex -- requires Pehong Chen's makeindex program
+
+manpage -- for typesetting UNIX-style manual pages
+
+manual -- for typesetting manuals
+
+margin notes
+
+math
+
+math symbol
+
+mathematics
+
+mathfonts
+
+matrices
+
+memo
+
+METAFONT
+
+metafont
+
+MFT
+
+midnight -- for use with Marcel van der Goot's Midnight macros
+
+milstd
+
+minipage
+
+MIT Press -- document style for producing books compliant (more or less)
+ with MIT Press's requirements
+
+modularity
+
+msam -- macros for using the AMS symbol font A (part of the AMSFonts
+ package)
+
+msbm -- macros for using the AMS symbol font B (part of the AMSFonts
+ package)
+
+multi-column
+
+multi-page
+
+newcolumn
+
+newcommand
+
+newlines
+
+newsletter
+
+NFSS -- requires Mittelbach and Sch\"opf's New Font Selection Scheme
+
+nofill
+
+Norwegian
+
+NTG
+
+numbers
+
+Object-Z -- for typesetting Object-Z specifications
+
+OFSS -- requires the Old Font Selection Scheme (i.e., LaTeX's original
+ font selection scheme)
+
+operatorname
+
+optarg
+
+outer -- modifies TeX`s \outer primitive
+
+outline
+
+output
+
+page control
+
+page layout
+
+page style
+
+pagenumbers
+
+pagestyle
+
+paper
+
+paragraph
+
+parbox
+
+parse trees
+
+path name
+
+PC
+
+perl
+
+phonelist
+
+PHYS-TeX
+
+Physical Review
+
+physics
+
+PHYZZX
+
+PicTeX
+
+picture
+
+plain TeX
+
+pmb -- "poor man's bold," that is, a method of producing low-quality
+ bold symbols when there is no real bold version of a symbol, as
+ described in Appendix D of the TeXbook
+
+Polish
+
+pom -- macros for calculating the period of the moon
+
+portrait
+
+Portuguese
+
+PostScript
+
+PostScript fonts
+
+primer
+
+proceedings -- for typesetting articles for proceedins of various
+ conferences
+
+prooftree
+
+publisher style -- macros which are either supplied by a publisher, or
+ else have been written to implement some publisher's requirements
+
+quotation
+
+quote marks
+
+railroad -- macros for typesetting so-called "railroad" diagrams for
+ describing the syntax of, for example, programming languages
+
+RCS -- interface to the UNIX Revision Control System
+
+register
+
+report
+
+resume
+
+REVTeX
+
+Romanian
+
+rotate
+
+rotation
+
+Russian
+
+Scheme -- for typesetting bits of Scheme code
+
+screenplay
+
+SCREENVIEW
+
+script
+
+scripts
+
+ScriptTeX
+
+section
+
+section numbers
+
+sectioning
+
+SIAM -- macros designed for publications of the Society for Industrial
+ and Applied Mathematics
+
+SLaTeX
+
+slides
+
+SliTeX
+
+Slovenian
+
+Smalltalk programming language
+
+solutions
+
+Spanish
+
+speed
+
+SPIE
+
+Springer-Verlag -- macros either supplied by the Springer-Verlag
+ publishing company or else written to satisfy their requirements
+
+stageplay
+
+standards documents
+
+string comparison
+
+strut
+
+style
+
+style-option
+
+subnumbering
+
+sum
+
+summation
+
+Swedish
+
+symbol
+
+symbols
+
+syntax checking
+
+table
+
+tables
+
+tabular
+
+tangle
+
+TeX
+
+TeX examples
+
+TeX tutorials
+
+TeX Users Group
+
+TeX-XeT
+
+TeXbook
+
+TeXsis
+
+TEXT1
+
+tgrind
+
+theorem
+
+theorm
+
+thesis
+
+time
+
+timeline
+
+titlepage
+
+TOC
+
+toc
+
+tpic
+
+trademark
+
+tree
+
+trees
+
+TUG proceedings
+
+TUGboat
+
+Turkish
+
+two-column
+
+two-up
+
+UK English
+
+underlining
+
+UNIX
+
+VDM specification language
+
+verbatim
+
+virtual fonts
+
+vita
+
+vrbinput -- macros for inputting files and typesetting them verbatim
+
+weave
+
+WEB
+
+weird
+
+x-ref warnings
+
+xrefs
+
+XY-pic
+
+Young tableaux
+
+YTeX
+
+yTeX
+
+Z
+
+zip -- macros for typesetting zipcodes in barcode format
+
+***************************************************************************
+ APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT
+
+Steve Fisk <fisk@polar.bowdoin.edu> pointed out that many database
+programs would choke on the format of the Catalogue because
+
+ (1) there are a different number of fields in a record
+ (e.g. "Note:" is not always there)
+ (2) fields can span several lines
+ (e.g. "Description")
+ (3) the Catalogue contains lines that are not records
+ (e.g. the section and subsection headings)
+
+Here's a UNIX-specific solution to this problem: an awk script that
+reformats the Catalogue and removes all superflous lines.
+
+To convert the Catalogue to the format described above, do the following:
+
+1) Put the following in a file called "script".
+
+------------------------------cut here------------------------------
+BEGIN { FS = ":"; \
+ counter = 0; \
+ x["Name"] = "Name: "; \
+ x["Description"] = "Description: "; \
+ x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \
+ x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \
+ x["Author"] = "Author: "; \
+ x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \
+ x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \
+ x["See also"] = "See also: "; \
+ x["Note"] = "Note: " }
+
+
+/^%/ {}
+
+/^[a-zA-Z]+/ && counter == 1 {$field = $1; x[$field] = $0}
+
+/^[ ]+/ && counter == 1 { x[$field] = x[$field] substr($0,4) }
+
+NF == 0 && counter == 1 && x["Name"] != "Name: " \
+ { printf "%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n\n", \
+ x["Name"], x["Description"], x["Keywords"], x["Archives"], \
+ x["Author"], x["Latest Version"], x["Supported"], x["See also"], \
+ x["Note"] ; \
+ x["Name"] = "Name: "; \
+ x["Description"] = "Description: "; \
+ x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \
+ x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \
+ x["Author"] = "Author: "; \
+ x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \
+ x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \
+ x["See also"] = "See also: "; \
+ x["Note"] = "Note: "}
+
+/^\*\*\*\*\*\*\*/ { if (counter == 1) {counter = 0} else {counter = 1} }
+------------------------------cut here------------------------------
+
+2) Execute the command
+
+ awk -f script tex-styles-and-macros.txt > newindex
+
+If all goes well, newindex should be in the required form. (Note that
+this uses the old awk; it should be easy to modify it to use the newer
+versions of awk if necessary.)
+
+***************************************************************************
+ COMING ATTRACTIONS
+
+%% This section contains incomplete entries. In most cases, the entry
+%% is incomplete only because I haven't had time to complete it. In a
+%% few cases, the entry is incomplete because I haven't had time to
+%% track down the authors for verification of the information.
+
+Name: autotab.sty
+Description: LaTeX documentstyle for creating tables automatically by
+ reading data from a separate input file, which contains one entry
+ per line.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular
+Author: Gabriele Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Oct 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation and example file, autotab.tex.
+
+Name: bnf.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for pretty-printing context-free grammars
+ using the notation from "Elements of the Theory of Computation" by
+ Harry R. Lewis and Christos H. Papadimitriou.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BNF
+Author: Hugh Osborne <hugh@cs.kun.nl>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1a, 30 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Packages comes with a readme file (bnf.README), a list of known
+ bugs (bnf.bugs), and a manual (bnf.tex).
+See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.tex
+
+Name: chemstruct.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for drawing chemistry structural formulas.
+Keywords: plain TeX, chemistry
+Author: Michael Ramek
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1987
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Package comes with a manual, chemdoc.tex, which includes several
+ example figures, each in a separate file.
+
+Name: crc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for the
+ 1991 International Workshop on Robust Control.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Apr 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: This is based on birk.sty (q.v.).
+
+Name: floatfig.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow figures to "float" in
+ paragraphs, i.e., to allow figures that only take up a fraction of
+ the width of a page to be surrounded by flowing text. These macros
+ are based on the plain TeX macros described by Thomas J. Reid in
+ "Floating Figures at the Right," TUGboat 8(3):315, November 1987.
+Keywords: LaTeX, float, figures
+Author: Thomas Kneser, Gesellschaft f\"ur wissenschaftliche
+ Datenverarbeitung mbH G\"ottingen, FRG
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.4, 08 May 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Packages includes a user's manual (floatfig.tex) and a sample file
+ (example.tex).
+
+Name: abbrevfr.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: readme, README, README.initex
+
+Name: dumyhyph.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: english.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: flisting.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: french.bug
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: french.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: french.tst
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchfr.doc
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchla.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchlb.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchlm.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchlr.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchlu.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frencht.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: hyconfig.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: hymltex2.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: hymltex3.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: initex.bug
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: language.dat
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: german3.sty
+Description: An experimental plain TeX/LaTeX style file for typesetting
+ German using TeX version 3 (or later) and the DC text fonts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german, DC, TeX3
+Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.de> and Bernd Raichle
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 8 Apr 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, aston
+See also: german.sty, germanb.sty
+
+Name: letter.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting letters in German.
+Keywords: LaTeX, german, letter
+Author: Dietmar Heinrich
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 04 May 1988
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Includes a documentation file, letter.tex.
+
+Name: megatape.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting cassette tape labels.
+ Modification of tape.sty (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, cassette
+Author: Martin Nickel
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Oct 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a demonstration file, megademo.tex.
+See also: tape.sty
+
+Name: prelim.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to mark manuscripts as drafts
+ by putting a line stating that it's a draft, along with the date and
+ time of formatting, on every page. (Note: the default marker text
+ is "ENTWURF", but can be changed by redefining a single macro.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, draft
+Author: Robert Tolksdorf
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 31 Jul 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation file, prelim.tex, in German.
+See also: draft.sty, drafthead.sty
+
+Name: changebar.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for including changebars in a
+ device-independent way.
+Keywords: LaTeX, changebar, output
+Author: David B. Johnson <dbj@titan.rice.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: chapref.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce separate reference
+ sections for each chapter in a document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter J. Knaggs, School of Computing and Mathematics, Teesside
+ Polytechnic, Middlesbrogh, Cleveland, England.
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+See also: chapterbib.sty
+
+Name: db.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to generate listings, send out
+ letters, etc., using a database.
+Keywords: LaTeX, formletter
+Author: George Panagopoulos <georgios@umiacs.umd.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 20 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: The file db.sty contains documentation and a sample file.
+
+Name: hndout.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing Plymouth
+ Polytechnic Computer Service handouts. For use with the 11pt
+ article style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Jon Warbrick
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Jan 1988
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: laioobr.sty
+Description: LaTeX letter document style for ???. Has support for
+ Dutch, British English, American English and German letters. For
+ use with the Babel system?
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: Werenfried Spit
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 Nov 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: lcaption.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting of long captions
+ with hanging indentation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float
+Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <Krab@iesd.auc.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 06 Jan 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+See also: hangcaption.sty
+
+Name: loval.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for
+ putting boxes with rounded corners around text, similar to the \fbox
+ command.
+Keywords: LaTeX, box
+Author: Elmar Schal\"uck <elmar@uni-paderborn.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, Feb 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation and demonstration file, lovaltest.tex.
+
+Name: nnfootnote.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an alternate
+ footnote command for unnumbered footnotes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnote
+Author: T Mark Ellison
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Jun 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: pspic.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that redefines the standard
+ LaTeX Picture commands to produce PostScript specials rather than
+ using the LaTeX picture fonts. This is meant for use with Tomas
+ Rokicki's dvips
+Keywords: LaTeX, picture, PostScript, dvips
+Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 12 Apr 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: rmthm.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for customizing theorem-like
+ environments by making it easy to change the font style in which
+ theorems are typeset, specify an end-of-theorem marker, and suppress
+ the numbering of some environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 June 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: sines.tex
+Description: TeX macros to calculate the sines of angles between -90 and
+ 90 degrees by using the first three terms of the Taylor expansion of
+ sin(x).
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, sine, math
+Author: Jim Walker
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: tabto.tex
+Description: TeX macro for tabbing to a position relative to the left
+ margin in a paragraph.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: trigonometry.tex
+Description: TeX macros for calculating the sine of angles between -pi/2
+ and pi/2.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX,
+Author: Philip Taylor
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Originally published in TeXhax Digest, September 1989.
+
+Name: verbatimfiles.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for inputting entire files in
+ verbatim mode. Also allows automatic numbering of the lines of the
+ inputted file.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, verbinput
+Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@uk.ac.open.acs.vax.>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: a4letter.sty
+Description: LaTeX German letter style for use with A4 paper.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, A4
+Author: D. Heinrich
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 14 Apr 1988
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: annotation.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an "annotation"
+ environment, for text that can be either printed or ignored.
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Tom Hofmann <wtho@cgch.uucp>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 30 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: cites.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that provides superscript
+ reference numbers in citations and bibliographies, collapses
+ consecutive reference numbers into a range of numbers without first
+ sorting the numbers (e.g., 1,3,4,5,6,8,9 is printed as 1,3--6,8,9)
+ and gives extra control over the appearance of citations and
+ bibliography labels. This is based on Charles Karney's aip.sty
+ (q.v.). Possibly only for use with darticle.sty?
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, citation
+Author: G. Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 6 May 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: deflist.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a list environment
+ that takes a single argument, the longest label in the list, and
+ adjusts the leftmargin accordingly.
+Keywords: LaTeX, list
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: diagram.tex
+Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting commutative diagrams.
+Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: Francis Borceux <fborceux@buclln11.bitnet>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v2.2
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: Package comes with a user's manual, diagramdoc.tex.
+
+Name: expdlist.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a variant of the
+ description environment that allows easy customization.
+Keywords: LaTeX, list, description
+Author: Rainer Huelse and Wolfgang Kaspar <urz86@dmswwu1a.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0a, 20 Sep 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: This style is written with Frank Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.).
+
+Name: frenchponct.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that adjusts the space before
+ the "double" punctuation marks (!, ?, ; and :) to follow French
+ typographical rules (but only if space has already been left before
+ them).
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French
+Author: Y. Roy
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchquote.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines facsimiles of the
+ French double quote marks
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: garticle.sty
+Description: Variant of article.sty for typesetting in German.
+ Obsolete. See german.sty or germanb.sty instead.
+Keywords: LaTeX, German, article
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 8 Jun 1987
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with an 11 point style, gart11.sty.
+
+Name: joe.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for the Journal of Economics.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 2 Feb 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sfarticle.sty
+Description: Modification of article.sty to support a sans-serif font
+ style and also to replace hardwired strings (like the name of the
+ bibliography, etc.) by control sequences. Probably obsolete. See
+ the BABEL system instead.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
+Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sfart10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sfart11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sfart12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: unilogo.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for
+ generating the University of Stuttgart logo at arbitrary sizes from
+ 15mm to 75mm in diameter.
+Keywords: LaTeX, picture
+Author: Gert Willmann
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 25 Nov 1988
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+ COLORTEX
+
+Name: colorrgb.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: ColorTeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: guide.tex, gut91.tex, gut91gb.tex
+
+Name: euro.sty
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note:
+
+Name: mancolor.sty
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note:
+
+Name: rapport.sty
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note:
+
+Name: dirkslides.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: dirkslides-sample.tex
+
+Name: dinbrief.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for German letters?
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, german
+Author: Wolfgang Schwarz <blacky@ds0ita51>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 May 1992
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation file, dinbrief.doc.
+
+Name: ipebrief.sty
+Description: Letter style for the University of Stuttgart?
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: W. Schwarz
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.2, 12 Feb 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: ipebrief_beispiel.tex, ipebrief_doc.tex, unilogo
+
+Name: ruspaper.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: B. Burr
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: rustitel.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: uni.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: usus.readme
+
+Name: us10.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: us11.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: us12.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: stickers.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Mark Overmars
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: stickerdoc.tex
+
+Name: ailetter.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: bridge.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: dblitem.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Norman J. Richert <richert@cl.uh.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: invertedparagraphs.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: logo-denk.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: regel.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: T. Birnthaler
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 30 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: rnl-slides.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.2, 25 Jan 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sentences.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: shsulet.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sqmac.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Michael Barr
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: sqsample.tex
+
+Name: sqrt.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: strukto.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: T. Birnthaler
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: tl-sample.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: timing.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Ludwig May/Jens Leilich
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: read.me, timing.tex
+
+Name: tksbrief.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 31 Dec 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: tksbrief.tex
+See also: privat.sty
+
+Name: privat.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Jul 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: dina4.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: disstyle.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Gabriele Kruljac
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.2 15 Jun 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: nl.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: rahmen.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: tabbingbox.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: tables-doc.tex
+
+Name: topnum.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: unfinished.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: texinfo.tex
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: semitic.sty
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+ jTeX
+
+ muTeX
+
+ MusicTeX
+
+cmcscsl10.mf
+
+*Additional BibTeX styles
+
+The following BibTeX styles are all available from ftp.math.utah.edu in the
+directory ~ftp/pub/tex/bibtex.
+
+Name: aaai-named.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: apalike2.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Eric Ho <eho@word>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: astron.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Sake J. Hogeveen <l42@nikhefh.nikhef.nl>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: authordate1-4.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the BibTeX
+ bibliography styles authordate1, authordate2, authordate3 and
+ authordate4.
+Keywords: LaTeX BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst,
+ authordate4.bst
+
+Name: authordate1.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Mar 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst,
+ authordate4.bst
+
+Name: authordate2.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Mar 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate3.bst,
+ authordate4.bst
+
+Name: authordate3.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Mar 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst,
+ authordate4.bst
+
+Name: authordate4.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Mar 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst,
+ authordate3.bst
+
+Name: bbs.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the format of Behavioral and Brain Sciences. It was
+ adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J.
+ Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Feb 1991
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty.
+
+Name: cbe.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the Council of Biology Editors format, which is used by
+ Evolution, American Naturalist, and lots of other journals. It was
+ adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J.
+ Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1990
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty.
+
+Name: cell.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.23, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.bst
+
+Name: cell.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.sty
+
+Name: humanbio.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the format of the journal Human Biology. It was adapted
+ from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. Hogeveen's
+ `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1990
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty.
+
+Name: humannat.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the format of the journals Human Nature and American
+ Anthropologist. It was adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating
+ features of Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.03, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty.
+
+Name: is-abbrv.bst
+Description: Modification of the abbrv BibTeX bibliography style
+ (abbrv.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
+ PERIODICAL bibliography type.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah*
+See also: is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst
+
+Name: is-alpha.bst
+Description: Modification of the alpha BibTeX bibliography style
+ (alpha.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
+ PERIODICAL bibliography type.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah*
+See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst
+
+Name: is-plain.bst
+Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style
+ (plain.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
+ PERIODICAL bibliography type.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah*
+See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-unsrt.bst
+
+Name: is-unsrt.bst
+Description: Modification of the unsrt BibTeX bibliography style
+ (unsrt.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
+ PERIODICAL bibliography type.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah*
+See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst
+
+Name: jbact.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires jbact.sty.
+
+Name: jbact.sty
+Description: LaTeX
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+See also: jbact.bst
+
+Name: jmb.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the Journal of Molecular
+ Biology and Journal of Theoretical Biology.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.21, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov:pub/delila/jmb.bst.Z
+Note: jmb.sty
+
+Name: jtb.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the format of the Journal of Theoretical Biology. It was
+ adapted from Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1990
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.bst.
+
+Name: namunsrt.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: nar.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the journal Nucleic Acid
+ Research. It was adapted from the standard unsrt.bst style file.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.04, 10 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah
+Note: nar.sty
+
+Name: nature.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Tom Schneider? (Ask Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty
+
+Name: nature.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty
+
+Name: newapa.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu>,
+ <spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu>, <71160.3141@compuserve.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: newapa.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu> and
+ Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>??
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: phaip.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phapalik.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phcpc.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phiaea.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phjcp.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phnf.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phnflet.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phpf.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phppcf.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phreport.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phrmp.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: plainyr.bst
+Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style
+ (plain.bst) that sorts items by year, author and title, in that
+ order.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Michael P. Perrone <mpp@cs.brown.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 26 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: science.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992
+Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.bst
+
+Name: science.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for the journal Science?
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.03, 24 Aug 1992
+Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.sty
+
+Name: control.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992
+Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/control.bst
+
+===========================================================================
+
+% Keep these lines at the end of the file!
+% Local Variables:
+% fill-column: 72
+% End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c2f95e7da33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% %%
+%% A S C I I wall chart %%
+%% %%
+%% by Victor Eijkhout %%
+%% eijkhout@cs.utk.edu %%
+%% %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+%% Choose your favourite format:
+%
+\nopagenumbers %% 2 lines
+\vsize=28cm %% for PLAIN TeX
+%\documentstyle{article} %% 4 lines for LaTeX
+%\begin{document} %% not that it matters anything,
+%\pagestyle{empty} %% rest of the document
+%\setlength{\textheight}{28cm} %% is 'pure' TeX.
+%%%%%% and don't forget the \bye / \end{document} at the end!! %%%%%%%
+%% fonts
+\font\bitfont=cmr7 \fontdimen3\bitfont=3mm
+\font\codefont=cmr5
+\font\namefont=cmss10 scaled 1200
+\font\titlefont=cmss10 scaled 1440
+\font\commentfont=cmss10
+%% counts and dimens
+\newdimen\thinlinewidth \thinlinewidth=.25mm
+\newdimen\fatlinewidth \fatlinewidth=.5mm
+\newdimen\rowheight \rowheight=1cm
+\newdimen\colwidth \colwidth=1.6cm
+\newdimen\Colwidth \Colwidth=2\colwidth
+ \advance\Colwidth by \thinlinewidth
+\newdimen\topwhite \topwhite=2pt
+\newdimen\botwhite \botwhite=3pt
+\newdimen\leftwhite \leftwhite=2pt
+\newdimen\rightwhite \rightwhite=2pt
+\newcount\rowcount \rowcount=-1 %% note!
+\newcount\colcount \colcount=0
+\newcount\thenumber
+%% tidbits
+\def\\{$\backslash$}
+\def\thinline{\vrule width \thinlinewidth}
+\def\fatline{\vrule width \fatlinewidth}
+\tolerance=10000
+\vbadness=10000
+%% code conversion
+\def\calcnumber{{\multiply\colcount by 16
+ \advance\colcount by \rowcount
+ \global\thenumber=\colcount}}
+\def\deccode{\number\thenumber}
+\def\octcode{{\ifnum\thenumber>63
+ \advance\thenumber by -64
+ \count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 8
+ 1\number\count0
+ \else \count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 8
+ \ifnum\count0>0 \number\count0 \fi\fi
+ \multiply\count0 by 8
+ \advance\thenumber by -\count0
+ \number\thenumber}}
+\def\hexdigit#1{\ifcase#1 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or
+ 8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or
+ \edef\tmp{\message{illegal hex digit
+ \number#1}}\tmp
+ \fi}
+\def\hexcode{{\count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 16
+ \ifnum\count0>0 \hexdigit{\count0}\fi
+ \multiply\count0 by 16
+ \advance\thenumber by -\count0 \count0=\thenumber
+ \hexdigit{\count0}}}
+%% the heading
+\def\threebit#1#2#3{\vbox to 1.2\rowheight{\bitfont
+ \vskip\topwhite
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\hskip\leftwhite#1\hfil}
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\hfil#2\hfil}
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\hfil#3\hskip\rightwhite}
+ \vskip\botwhite}}
+\def\comment#1{\vbox to \colwidth{\hrule height 0mm depth .25mm
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#1\hfil}
+ \vfil}}
+\def\dcomment#1#2{\vbox to \colwidth{\hrule height 0mm depth .25mm
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#1\hfil}
+ \vskip \botwhite
+ \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#2\hfil}
+ \vfil}}
+\def\bithead{\vbox to \colwidth{\hsize=1.5\colwidth
+ \vskip\topwhite
+ \hbox to \hsize{\commentfont\hfil BITS\hfil}
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \hsize{\bitfont\ b4 b3 b2 b1 }
+ \vskip\botwhite}}
+%% routines for single chars
+\def\fourbit#1\fb{\vbox to \rowheight{
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to 1.5\colwidth{\bitfont #1\ }
+ \vfil}%
+ \global\advance\rowcount by 1
+ \global\colcount=0}
+\def\asc#1\ii{\calcnumber
+ \vbox to \rowheight{\offinterlineskip
+ \vskip\topwhite
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont
+ \hskip\leftwhite
+ \deccode\hfil}
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\vrule width 0cm
+ height 10pt depth 2pt
+ \namefont
+ \hfil#1\hfil}
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont
+ \hskip\leftwhite
+ \hexcode\hfil\octcode
+ \hskip\rightwhite}
+ \vskip\botwhite}%
+ \global\advance\colcount by 1}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% and now the table itself %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\vbox{
+\halign{\fourbit#\fb&\fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii&
+ \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii&
+ \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii&
+ \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii\fatline\cr
+ \omit&\multispan8 \hskip\thinlinewidth
+ \titlefont ASCII CONTROL CODE CHART\hfil\cr
+ \noalign{\vskip3mm \hrule}
+ \omit\hfil\threebit{b7}{b6}{b5}
+ &\omit\fatline\threebit000&\omit\thinline\threebit001%
+ &\omit\fatline\threebit010&\omit\thinline\threebit011%
+ &\omit\fatline\threebit100&\omit\thinline\threebit101%
+ &\omit\fatline\threebit110&\omit\thinline\threebit111%
+ \fatline\cr
+ \noalign{\vskip-.5mm} %brute force
+ \omit\bithead
+ &\omit\fatline\comment{CONTROL}\span\omit
+ &\omit\fatline\dcomment{SYMBOLS}{NUMBERS}\span\omit
+ &\omit\fatline\comment{UPPER CASE}\span\omit
+ &\omit\fatline\comment{LOWER CASE}\span\omit\hfil\fatline\cr
+ \noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 0 0 0&NUL&DLE&SP &0 &@ &P &` &p \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 0 0 1&SOH&DC1&! &1 &A &Q &a &q \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 0 1 0&STX&DC2&" &2 &B &R &b &r \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 0 1 1&ETX&DC3&\# &3 &C &S &c &s \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 1 0 0&EOT&DC4&\$ &4 &D &T &d &t \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 1 0 1&ENQ&NAK&\% &5 &E &U &e &u \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 1 1 0&ACK&SYN&\& &6 &F &V &f &v \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 0 1 1 1&BEL&ETB&' &7 &G &W &g &w \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 0 0 0&BS &CAN&( &8 &H &X &h &x \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 0 0 1&HT &EM &) &9 &I &Y &i &y \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 0 1 0&LF &SUB&* &: &J &Z &j &z \cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 0 1 1&VT &ESC&+ &; &K &[ &k &$\{$\cr \noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 1 0 0&FF &FS &, &$<$&L &\\ &l &$|$ \cr \noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 1 0 1&CR &GS &$-$ &= &M &] &m &$\}$\cr \noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 1 1 0&SO &RS &. &$>$&N &\char94 &n &\char126\cr
+ \noalign{\hrule}
+ {} 1 1 1 1&SI &US &/ &? &O &\_$\!$\_&o &DEL\cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ \noalign{\vskip2mm}
+ \omit&\omit\namefont \hfil LEGEND:\hfil \span\omit
+ &\multispan4\hskip\fatlinewidth
+ \vtop{\vskip-10pt\hbox{\vrule
+ \vbox to \rowheight{
+ \offinterlineskip
+ \hrule\vskip \topwhite
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont\hskip\leftwhite
+ dec\hfil}
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\namefont\hfil CHAR\hfil}
+ \vfil
+ \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont\hskip\leftwhite
+ hex\hfil oct
+ \hskip\rightwhite}
+ \vskip\botwhite
+ \hrule }%
+ \vrule}}
+ \hfil
+ &\multispan2\bitfont \hskip\fatlinewidth
+ \vtop{\vskip-8pt\baselineskip=8.5pt
+ \hbox{Victor Eijkhout}
+ \rlap{Dept. of Comp. Sci.}
+ \rlap{University of Tennessee}
+ \rlap{Knoxville TN 37996, USA}
+ }\hfil\cr
+ }
+}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% and that's it folks! %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\bye %% PLAIN TeX
+%\end{document} %% LaTeX
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8fd26a4b136
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+This file is maintained by Robin Fairbairns (rf@cl.cam.ac.uk); please
+mail any suggestions or details of problems, etc.
+
+a4
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/a4/
+a4dutch
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a4dutch.sty
+a4wide
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/a4wide.sty
+a5
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a5.sty
+a5comb
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a5comb.sty
+afterpage
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools/
+alltt
+ ==> macros/latex/base/
+amsbsy
+ macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amsbsy.sty
+amscd
+ macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amscd.sty
+amsfonts
+ fonts/amsfonts/latex/amsfonts.sty
+amssymb
+ fonts/amsfonts/latex/amssymb.sty
+amstex superseded by
+ macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amsmath.sty
+amstext
+ macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amstext.sty
+apalike
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/apalike.sty
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/apalike.bst
+array
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools/
+authordate1-4
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/authordate1-4.sty
+avant
+ fonts/metrics/adobe/avantgar/sty/avantgar.sty
+babel
+ macros/latex/packages/babel/
+bar
+ macros/latex209/contrib/bar.sty
+basker
+ fonts/metrics/monotype/baskervi/sty/baskervi.sty
+bembo
+ fonts/metrics/adobe/bembo/sty/bembo.sty
+beton
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/beton/
+bezier
+* ==> macros/latex/base/
+biblist
+ macros/latex209/contrib/biblist/
+bibmods
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/bibmods.sty
+bibunits
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/bibunits.sty
+bookman
+ fonts/metrics/adobe/bookman/sty/bookman.sty
+ fonts/metrics/monotype/bookman/sty/bookman.sty
+boxedminipage
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/boxedminipage.sty
+calc
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/calc/
+changebar
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/changbar/
+chapterbib
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/chapterbib.sty
+chicago
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/chicago.bst
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/chicago.sty
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/chicagoa.bst
+cite
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/
+citesort
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/
+color
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/graphics
+colordvi
+ dviware/dvips/dvips/colordvi.sty
+ dviware/dvips/dvips/colordvi.tex
+concrete superseded by
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/beton
+curves
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/curves/curves.sty
+curvesls
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/curves/curvesls.sty
+dcolumn
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+delarray
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+doc
+* ==> macros/latex/base
+doublespace
+ [use setspace instead]
+draftcopy
+ macros/latex/contrib/suppported/draftcopy/
+eclbip
+ ==> macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip
+ecltree
+ ==> macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip
+eepic
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/eepic
+eepicemu
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/eepic
+endfloat
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/endfloat/
+endnotes
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endnotes.sty
+enumerate
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+epic
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/epic/
+epsfig
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/graphics
+eufrak
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/mfnfss
+euler
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/euler/
+euscript
+ fonts/amsfonts/latex/euscript.sty
+exscale
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+fancybox
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/seminar/inputs/fancybox.sty
+fancyheadings
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/fancyheadings/
+flafter
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+float
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/float
+floatfig
+ macros/latex209/contrib/floatfig/
+fnpara
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/fnpara.sty
+footnpag
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/footnpag/
+french
+ language/french/inputs/french.sty
+ftnright
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+garamond
+ fonts/metrics/monotype/garamond/sty/garamond.sty
+german
+ ==> languages/german/german.dtx
+graphics
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/graphics
+hackalloc
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/localloc
+hangcaption
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/hangcaption.sty
+harvard
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/harvard
+helvet
+ fonts/metrics/adobe/helvetic/sty/helvetic.sty
+here
+ (obsolete; incorporated in float.sty)
+hhline
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+ifthen
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+indentfirst
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+index
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/index.doc
+isolatin1
+ (use inputenc instead)
+jmb
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/jmb.sty
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/jmb.bst
+latexsym
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+layout
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools/
+letterspace
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/letterspace.sty
+longtable
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+lscape
+ macros/latex/contrib/misc/lscape.sty
+lucid
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/
+lucidbr
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/
+lucmath
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/
+makeidx
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+minitoc
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/minitoc/
+minitocoff
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/minitoc/
+moreverb
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/moreverb/
+mtimes
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/
+multibox
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/multibox.sty
+multicol
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+multind
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/multind.sty
+multirow
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/multirow.sty
+named
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/named.bst
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/named.sty
+nar
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/nar.bst
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/nar.sty
+natbib
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/natbib/
+nature
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/nature.bst
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/nature.sty
+newapa
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/newapa.bst
+ biblio/bibtex/contrib/newapa.sty
+newcent
+ fonts/metrics/adobe/newcentu/sty/newcentu.sty
+newlfont
+ ==> macros/latex/base/
+oldgerm
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/mfnfss
+oldlfont
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+openbib
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+overcite
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/
+palatino
+ fonts/metrics/adobe/palatino/sty/palatino.sty
+pandora
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/mfnfss
+picinpar
+ macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/
+pifont
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss
+portland
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/portland.sty
+program
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/program/
+psboxit
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/psboxit.sty
+pstimesm
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/pstimesm.sty
+rotate
+ dviware/dvips/dvips/rotate.sty
+ dviware/dvips/dvips/rotate.tex
+rotating
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/rotating
+seminar
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/seminar
+setspace [new]
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/setspace/setspace.sty
+shadow
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/shadow.sty
+shapepar
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/shapepar.sty
+showidx
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+showtags
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/showtags.sty
+subfigure
+ macros/latex/contrib/suported/subfigure/
+supertab
+ ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/supertabular
+syntonly
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+t1enc
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+tabularx
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+theorem
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+threeparttable
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/threeparttable.sty
+times
+ fonts/metrics/adobe/times/sty/times.sty
+tracefnt
+ ==> macros/latex/base
+trees
+ macros/latex/contrib/supported/treesvr
+ulem
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/ulem.sty
+varioref
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+verbatim
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+version
+ macros/latex209/contrib/misc/version.sty
+vpage superseded by
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/vmargin.sty 1994/09/20
+wrapfig
+ macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/wrapfig.sty
+xr
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
+xspace
+ ==> macros/latex/packages/tools
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2016f64bd50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1892 @@
+ CSNAME.TXT
+
+This file contains all unique control sequences used by TeX and the
+pricipal macro packages in use at AMS:
+ Plain: primitives; plain.tex
+ AMS-TeX: amstex.tex, amsppt.sty
+ LaTeX: (not yet installed)
+
+
+\ *primitive (control space)
+\! plain.tex
+\" plain.tex
+\# plain.tex
+\$ plain.tex
+\% plain.tex
+\& plain.tex
+\' plain.tex
+\( plain.tex
+\) plain.tex
+\* plain.tex
+\+ plain.tex
+\, plain.tex
+\- *primitive (discretionary hyphen)
+\. plain.tex
+\/ *primitive (italic correction)
+\/ plain.tex
+\: plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\; plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\< plain.tex
+\= plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
+\> plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
+\? plain.tex
+\*@@at(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
+\*@at(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
+\*@box(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
+\*@true(csname) amsppt.sty (* will be replaced by some string)
+\*box@(csname) amsppt.sty (* will be replaced by some string)
+\*Zat(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
+\*ZZat(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
+\@ amstex.tex
+\@cclv plain.tex
+\@cclvi plain.tex
+\@crfalse plain.tex
+\@crtrue plain.tex
+\@foot plain.tex
+\@if plain.tex
+\@ins plain.tex
+\@lign plain.tex
+\@m plain.tex
+\@M plain.tex
+\@midfalse plain.tex
+\@midtrue plain.tex
+\@MM plain.tex
+\@ne plain.tex
+\@nother plain.tex
+\@penup plain.tex
+\@sf plain.tex
+\@vereq plain.tex
+\aa plain.tex
+\AA plain.tex
+\above *primitive
+\abovedisplayshortskip *primitive
+\abovedisplayskip *primitive
+\abovewithdelims *primitive
+\abstract amsppt.sty
+\abstract@ amsppt.sty
+\abstract@true amsppt.sty
+\accent *primitive
+\accentdimen@ amstex.tex
+\accentedsymbol amstex.tex
+\accentfam@ amstex.tex
+\accentmu@ amstex.tex
+\active plain.tex
+\acute plain.tex
+\Acute amstex.tex
+\acuteaccent amstex.tex
+\address amsppt.sty
+\addresscount@ amsppt.sty
+\address* amsppt.sty (expands to *i, *ii, etc.)
+\addressnum@ amsppt.sty
+\adjdemerits *primitive
+\adjustfootnotemark amsppt.sty
+\advance *primitive
+\advancepageno plain.tex
+\ae plain.tex
+\AE plain.tex
+\affil amsppt.sty
+\affil@true amsppt.sty
+\affilbox@ amsppt.sty
+\after amstex.tex
+\afterassignment *primitive
+\afterbook@false amsppt.sty
+\afterbook@true amsppt.sty
+\aftergroup *primitive
+\aleph plain.tex
+\align amstex.tex
+\align@ amstex.tex
+\alignat amstex.tex
+\alignat@ amstex.tex
+\aligned amstex.tex
+\aligned@ amstex.tex
+\alignedat amstex.tex
+\alloc@ plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\alloc@true amstex.tex
+\allocationnumber plain.tex
+\alloclist@ amstex.tex
+\allowbreak plain.tex
+\allowdisplaybreak@ amstex.tex
+\allowlinebreak amstex.tex
+\allowmathbreak amstex.tex
+\alpha plain.tex
+\amalg plain.tex
+\ampersand@ amstex.tex
+\amspptloaded@AmS amsppt.sty
+\AmSTeX amstex.tex
+\amstexloaded@ amstex.tex
+\and amstex.tex
+\and@ amstex.tex
+\angle plain.tex
+\ans@ amstex.tex
+\Ans@ amstex.tex
+\appendit@ amstex.tex
+\approx plain.tex
+\arccos plain.tex
+\arcsin plain.tex
+\arctan plain.tex
+\arg plain.tex
+\arrowvert plain.tex
+\Arrowvert plain.tex
+\ast plain.tex
+\asymp plain.tex
+\at@ amstex.tex
+\atcount@ amstex.tex
+\atdef@ amstex.tex
+\athelp@ amstex.tex
+\athelpZ(csname) amstex.tex
+\atop *primitive
+\atopwithdelims *primitive
+\attag@ amstex.tex
+\atZ(csname) amstex.tex
+\atZZ(csname) amstex.tex
+\atZZZ(csname) amstex.tex
+\atZZZZ(csname) amstex.tex
+\author amsppt.sty
+\author@true amsppt.sty
+\authorbox@ amsppt.sty
+\b plain.tex
+\B amstex.tex
+\backslash plain.tex
+\badans@false amstex.tex
+\badans@true amstex.tex
+\bar plain.tex
+\Bar amstex.tex
+\baselineskip *primitive
+\batchmode *primitive
+\Bbb amstex.tex
+\Bbb@ amstex.tex
+\Bbb@@ amstex.tex
+\begingroup *primitive
+\beginsection *primitive
+\belowdisplayshortskip *primitive
+\belowdisplayskip *primitive
+\beta plain.tex
+\bf plain.tex
+\bffam plain.tex
+\bffam@ amstex.tex
+\bgroup plain.tex
+\big plain.tex
+\Big plain.tex
+\bigaw@ amstex.tex
+\bigbreak plain.tex
+\bigcap plain.tex
+\bigcap@ amstex.tex
+\bigcirc plain.tex
+\bigcup plain.tex
+\bigcup@ amstex.tex
+\bigg plain.tex
+\Bigg plain.tex
+\biggl plain.tex
+\Biggl plain.tex
+\biggm plain.tex
+\Biggm plain.tex
+\biggr plain.tex
+\Biggr plain.tex
+\bigl plain.tex
+\Bigl plain.tex
+\bigm plain.tex
+\Bigm plain.tex
+\bigodot plain.tex
+\bigodot@ amstex.tex
+\bigoplus plain.tex
+\bigoplus@ amstex.tex
+\bigotimes plain.tex
+\bigotimes@ amstex.tex
+\bigpagebreak amstex.tex
+\bigr plain.tex
+\Bigr plain.tex
+\bigskip plain.tex
+\bigskipamount plain.tex
+\bigsqcup plain.tex
+\bigsqcup@ amstex.tex
+\bigtriangledown plain.tex
+\bigtriangleup plain.tex
+\biguplus plain.tex
+\biguplus@ amstex.tex
+\bigvee plain.tex
+\bigvee@ amstex.tex
+\bigvspace amstex.tex
+\bigwedge plain.tex
+\bigwedge@ amstex.tex
+\binom amstex.tex
+\binoppenalty *primitive
+\binrel@ amstex.tex
+\binrel@@ amstex.tex
+\black@ amstex.tex
+\BlackBoxes amstex.tex
+\bmatrix amstex.tex
+\bmod plain.tex
+\body plain.tex
+\bold amstex.tex
+\bold@ amstex.tex
+\bold@@ amstex.tex
+\boldDelta amstex.tex
+\boldGamma amstex.tex
+\boldLambda amstex.tex
+\boldOmega amstex.tex
+\boldPhi amstex.tex
+\boldPi amstex.tex
+\boldPsi amstex.tex
+\boldSigma amstex.tex
+\boldTheta amstex.tex
+\boldUpsilon amstex.tex
+\boldXi amstex.tex
+\book amsppt.sty
+\book@false amsppt.sty
+\book@true amsppt.sty
+\bookbox@ amsppt.sty
+\bookinfo amsppt.sty
+\bookinfo@false amsppt.sty
+\bookinfobox@ amsppt.sty
+\bordermatrix plain.tex
+\bot plain.tex
+\bot@false amstex.tex
+\bot@true amstex.tex
+\botaligned amstex.tex
+\botfolded@false amstex.tex
+\botfolded@true amstex.tex
+\botfoldedtext amstex.tex
+\botmark *primitive
+\botshave amstex.tex
+\botsmash amstex.tex
+\bowtie plain.tex
+\box *primitive
+\box255 *primitive (page contents)
+\boxed amstex.tex
+\boxmaxdepth *primitive
+\brace plain.tex
+\braceld plain.tex
+\bracelu plain.tex
+\bracerd plain.tex
+\braceru plain.tex
+\bracevert plain.tex
+\brack plain.tex
+\break plain.tex
+\breve plain.tex
+\Breve amstex.tex
+\brokenpenalty *primitive
+\buffer amstex.tex
+\buffer@ amstex.tex
+\buildrel plain.tex
+\bullet plain.tex
+\bunch amstex.tex
+\bunchtag amstex.tex
+\by amsppt.sty
+\by@false amsppt.sty
+\by@true amsppt.sty
+\bybox@ amsppt.sty
+\bye plain.tex
+\bysame amsppt.sty
+\bysame@false amsppt.sty
+\bysame@true amsppt.sty
+\bysamebox@ amsppt.sty
+\c amstex.tex (center, in \matrix)
+\c plain.tex
+\c@ncel plain.tex
+\cal plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
+\Cal amstex.tex
+\Cal@ amstex.tex
+\Cal@@ amstex.tex
+\cap plain.tex
+\caption amstex.tex
+\captionwidth amstex.tex
+\captionwidth@ amstex.tex
+\cases plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\catcode *primitive
+\CD amstex.tex
+\CD@true amstex.tex
+\cdot plain.tex
+\cdotp plain.tex
+\cdots plain.tex
+\CenteredTagsOnSplits amstex.tex
+\centering plain.tex
+\centering@ amstex.tex
+\centerline plain.tex
+\cfrac amstex.tex
+\cfraccount@ amstex.tex
+\ch@ck plain.tex
+\ChangeBuffer amstex.tex
+\char *primitive
+\chardef *primitive
+\check plain.tex
+\Check amstex.tex
+\chi plain.tex
+\choose plain.tex
+\circ plain.tex
+\cite amsppt.sty
+\classnum@ amstex.tex
+\cleaders *primitive
+\cleartabs plain.tex
+\closein *primitive
+\closeout *primitive
+\clubpenalty *primitive
+\clubsuit plain.tex
+\colon plain.tex
+\columns plain.tex
+\comment amstex.tex
+\comment@ amstex.tex
+\comment@@ amstex.tex
+\comment@@@ amstex.tex
+\cong plain.tex
+\coprod plain.tex
+\coprod@ amstex.tex
+\copy plain.tex
+\copyright plain.tex
+\cos plain.tex
+\cosh plain.tex
+\cot plain.tex
+\coth plain.tex
+\count *primitive
+\count@ plain.tex
+\count0 plain.tex (page number, \pageno)
+\countdef *primitive
+\countxviii@ amstex.tex
+\cr *primitive
+\CR@ amstex.tex
+\crcr *primitive
+\csc plain.tex
+\csname *primitive
+\ctagsplit@false amstex.tex
+\ctagsplit@true amstex.tex
+\cup plain.tex
+\d plain.tex
+\D amstex.tex
+\dag plain.tex
+\dagger plain.tex
+\dashv plain.tex
+\date amsppt.sty
+\date@ amsppt.sty
+\date@true amsppt.sty
+\day *primitive
+\dbinom amstex.tex
+\ddag plain.tex
+\ddagger plain.tex
+\ddddot amstex.tex
+\dddot amstex.tex
+\ddot plain.tex
+\Ddot amstex.tex
+\ddots plain.tex
+\deadcycles *primitive
+\def *primitive (use discouraged by amstex.tex; see \define)
+\defahelp@ amstex.tex
+\defaulthelp@ amstex.tex
+\defaulthyphenchar *primitive
+\defaultskewchar *primitive
+\defbhelp@ amstex.tex
+\define amstex.tex
+\define@ amstex.tex
+\define@@ amstex.tex
+\deg plain.tex
+\delcode *primitive
+\delimiter *primitive
+\delimiterfactor *primitive
+\delimitershortfall *primitive
+\delta plain.tex
+\Delta plain.tex
+\demo amsppt.sty
+\demo@ amsppt.sty
+\demonp % amsppt.sty
+\det plain.tex
+\dfrac amstex.tex
+\diamond plain.tex
+\diamondsuit plain.tex
+\dim plain.tex
+\dimen *primitive
+\dimen@ plain.tex
+\dimen@i plain.tex
+\dimen@ii plain.tex
+\dimendef *primitive
+\dimentomu@ amstex.tex
+\disabletabs amstex.tex
+\DisableTabs amstex.tex
+\discretionary *primitive
+\displ@y plain.tex
+\displ@y@ amstex.tex
+\displaybreak amstex.tex
+\displaybreak@ amstex.tex
+\displayindent *primitive
+\displaylimits *primitive
+\displaylines plain.tex
+\displaystyle *primitive
+\displaywidowpenalty *primitive
+\displaywidth *primitive
+\displaywidth@ amstex.tex
+\div plain.tex
+\divide *primitive
+\dlsl@ amstex.tex
+\dmatherr@ amstex.tex
+\do plain.tex
+\doat@ amstex.tex
+\document amstex.tex % amsppt.sty
+\documentstyle amstex.tex
+\dodummy@ amstex.tex
+\dospecials plain.tex
+\dosupereject plain.tex
+\dot plain.tex
+\Dot amstex.tex
+\doteq plain.tex
+\dotfill plain.tex
+\dots plain.tex
+\DOTS@ amstex.tex
+\DOTS@@ amstex.tex
+\DOTS@false amstex.tex
+\DOTS@true amstex.tex
+\dotsb amstex.tex
+\DOTSB amstex.tex
+\dotsb@ amstex.tex
+\dotsc amstex.tex
+\DOTSCASE@ amstex.tex
+\dotsi amstex.tex
+\DOTSI amstex.tex
+\dotsm amstex.tex
+\dotso@ amstex.tex
+\dotsspace@ amstex.tex
+\DOTSX amstex.tex
+\doublehyphendemerits *primitive
+\downarrow plain.tex
+\Downarrow plain.tex
+\downbracefill plain.tex
+\dp *primitive
+\drsr@ amstex.tex
+\dsize amstex.tex
+\dt@pfalse plain.tex
+\dt@ptrue plain.tex
+\dummyft@ amstex.tex
+\dump *primitive
+\eat@ amstex.tex
+\edef *primitive
+\egroup plain.tex
+\eightbf amsppt.sty
+\eightbig@ amsppt.sty
+\eighti amsppt.sty
+\eightit amsppt.sty
+\eightpoint amsppt.sty
+\eightrm amsppt.sty
+\eightsl amsppt.sty
+\eightsy amsppt.sty
+\eject plain.tex
+\ell plain.tex
+\else *primitive
+\empty plain.tex
+\emptyset plain.tex
+\enabletabs amstex.tex
+\EnableTabs amstex.tex
+\enabletabs@ amstex.tex
+\end *primitive
+\endalign amstex.tex
+\endalignat amstex.tex
+\endaligned amstex.tex
+\endalignedat amstex.tex
+\endauthor amsppt.sty
+\endbmatrix amstex.tex
+\endbotaligned amstex.tex
+\endcases amstex.tex
+\endCD amstex.tex
+\endcfrac amstex.tex
+\endcomment amstex.tex
+\endcsname *primitive
+\enddemo amsppt.sty
+\enddocument amstex.tex
+\endgather amstex.tex
+\endgathered amstex.tex
+\endgraf plain.tex
+\endgroup *primitive
+\endheading amsppt.sty
+\endinput *primitive
+\endinsert plain.tex
+\endline plain.tex
+\endlinechar *primitive
+\endmatrix amstex.tex
+\endmultline amstex.tex
+\endpmatrix amstex.tex
+\endproclaim amsppt.sty
+\endref amsppt.sty
+\endref@ amsppt.sty
+\endroster amsppt.sty
+\endSb amstex.tex
+\endsmallmatrix amstex.tex
+\endSp amstex.tex
+\endsplit amstex.tex
+\endtitle amsppt.sty
+\endtopaligned amstex.tex
+\endtopmatter amsppt.sty
+\endvmatrix amstex.tex
+\endVmatrix amstex.tex
+\endxalignat amstex.tex
+\endxxalignat amstex.tex
+\enskip plain.tex
+\enspace plain.tex
+\epsilon plain.tex
+\eqalign plain.tex
+\eqalignno plain.tex
+\eqno *primitive
+\equiv plain.tex
+\err@ amstex.tex
+\Err@ amstex.tex
+\errhelp *primitive
+\errmessage *primitive
+\errorstopmode *primitive
+\errZ(csname) amstex.tex
+\escapechar *primitive
+\eta plain.tex
+\everycr *primitive
+\everydisplay *primitive
+\everyhbox *primitive
+\everyjob *primitive
+\everymath *primitive
+\everypar *primitive
+\everypartoks@ amsppt.sty
+\everyvbox *primitive
+\ex@ amstex.tex
+\exhyphenpenalty *primitive
+\exists plain.tex
+\exp plain.tex
+\expandafter *primitive
+\extra@ amstex.tex
+\extra@false amstex.tex
+\extra@true amstex.tex
+\extrap@ amstex.tex
+\f@@t plain.tex
+\f@t plain.tex
+\fam *primitive
+\familycount@ amstex.tex
+\fi *primitive
+\filbreak *primitive
+\filhss@ amsppt.sty
+\finalhyphendemerits *primitive
+\finalinfo amsppt.sty
+\finalinfo@false amsppt.sty
+\finalinfobox@ amsppt.sty
+\findlimits@ amstex.tex
+\finph@nt plain.tex
+\finsm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\firstitem@false amsppt.sty
+\firstitem@true amsppt.sty
+\firstmark *primitive
+\firstref@false amsppt.sty
+\firstref@true amsppt.sty
+\fivebf plain.tex
+\fivei plain.tex
+\fivemsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
+\fivemsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
+\fiverm plain.tex
+\fivesy plain.tex
+\flat plain.tex
+\floatingpenalty *primitive
+\flushpar amstex.tex
+\fmtname plain.tex
+\Fmtname amstex.tex
+\fmtversion plain.tex
+\Fmtversion amstex.tex
+\fo@t plain.tex
+\foldedtext amstex.tex
+\foldedtext@ amstex.tex
+\foldedwidth amstex.tex
+\folio plain.tex
+\font *primitive
+\font@ amsppt.sty
+\fontdimen *primitive
+\fontlist@ amstex.tex
+\fontname *primitive
+\footins plain.tex
+\footline plain.tex
+\footmarkcount@ amstex.tex
+\footmarkcount@@ amstex.tex
+\footmarkform@ amsppt.sty
+\footnote plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
+\footnote (redefined in amsppt.sty)
+\footnotemark amsppt.sty
+\footnoterule plain.tex (redefined in amsppt.sty)
+\footnotetext amsppt.sty
+\footstrut plain.tex
+\for amstex.tex
+\forall plain.tex
+\format amstex.tex
+\format@ amstex.tex
+\frac amstex.tex
+\fracwithdelims amstex.tex
+\frenchspacing plain.tex
+\frown plain.tex
+\futurelet *primitive
+\futureletnextat@ amstex.tex
+\futureletnextatZ(csname) amstex.tex
+\G@ amstex.tex
+\galign@ amstex.tex
+\galleys amstex.tex
+\galleys@true amstex.tex
+\gamma plain.tex
+\Gamma plain.tex
+\garbage@ amstex.tex
+\gather amstex.tex
+\gathered amstex.tex
+\gcd plain.tex
+\gdef *primitive
+\gdef@ amstex.tex
+\gdisplaywidth@ amstex.tex
+\ge plain.tex
+\geq plain.tex
+\getmathch@ amstex.tex
+\getpoints@ amstex.tex
+\gets plain.tex
+\gg plain.tex
+\glineht@ amstex.tex
+\global *primitive
+\globaldefs *primitive
+\gloop@ amstex.tex
+\gmaxwidth@ amstex.tex
+\gmeasure@ amstex.tex
+\goodbreak plain.tex
+\grave plain.tex
+\Grave amstex.tex
+\graveaccent amstex.tex
+\gwidth@ amstex.tex
+\H plain.tex
+\h@false plain.tex
+\h@true plain.tex
+\halign *primitive
+\hang plain.tex
+\hangafter *primitive
+\hangindent *primitive
+\hashtoks@ amstex.tex
+\haswidth amstex.tex
+\hat plain.tex
+\Hat amstex.tex
+\hataccent amstex.tex
+\hbadness *primitive
+\hbar plain.tex
+\hbox *primitive
+\hcorrection amstex.tex
+\hdots amstex.tex
+\hdotsfor amstex.tex
+\heading amsppt.sty
+\headingbox@ amsppt.sty
+\headline plain.tex
+\heartsuit plain.tex
+\hexnumber@ amstex.tex
+\hfil *primitive
+\hfill *primitive
+\hfilneg *primitive
+\hfuzz *primitive
+\hgl@ plain.tex
+\hglue plain.tex
+\hideskip plain.tex
+\hidewidth plain.tex
+\hoffset *primitive
+\hom plain.tex
+\hookleftarrow plain.tex
+\hookrightarrow plain.tex
+\hphantom plain.tex
+\hrule *primitive
+\hrulefill plain.tex
+\hsize *primitive
+\hskip *primitive
+\hss *primitive
+\ht *primitive
+\hyphenation *primitive
+\hyphenchar *primitive
+\hyphenpenalty *primitive
+\i plain.tex
+\ialign plain.tex
+\ic@ amstex.tex
+\idotsint amstex.tex
+\if *primitive
+\if@ plain.tex
+\if@cr plain.tex
+\if@mid plain.tex
+\ifabstract@ amsppt.sty
+\ifaffil@ amsppt.sty
+\ifafterbook@ amsppt.sty
+\ifalloc@ amstex.tex
+\ifauthor@ amsppt.sty
+\ifbadans@ amstex.tex
+\ifbook@ amsppt.sty
+\ifbookinfo@ amsppt.sty
+\ifbot@ amstex.tex
+\ifbotfolded@ amstex.tex
+\ifby@ amsppt.sty
+\ifbysame@ amsppt.sty
+\ifcase *primitive
+\ifcat *primitive
+\ifCD@ amstex.tex
+\ifctagsplit@ amstex.tex
+\ifdate@ amsppt.sty
+\ifdim *primitive
+\ifDOTS@ amstex.tex
+\ifdt@p plain.tex
+\ifeof *primitive
+\ifextra@ amstex.tex
+\iff plain.tex
+\iffalse *primitive
+\iffinalinfo@ amsppt.sty
+\iffirstitem@ amsppt.sty
+\iffirstref@ amsppt.sty
+\ifgalleys@ amstex.tex
+\ifh@ plain.tex
+\ifhbox *primitive
+\ifhmode *primitive
+\ifin@ amstex.tex
+\ifinalign@ amstex.tex
+\ifinany@ amstex.tex
+\ifinbook@ amsppt.sty
+\ifingather@ amstex.tex
+\ifinner *primitive
+\ifissue@ amsppt.sty
+\ifjour@ amsppt.sty
+\ifkey@ amsppt.sty
+\ifkeybin@ amstex.tex
+\iflastref@ amsppt.sty
+\iflimits@ amstex.tex
+\iflimtoken@ amstex.tex
+\iflogo@ amsppt.sty
+\ifmacro@ amstex.tex
+\ifmanyby@ amsppt.sty
+\ifmath@ amstex.tex
+\ifmathbin@ amstex.tex
+\ifmathch@ amstex.tex
+\ifmathrel@ amstex.tex
+\ifmathtags@ amstex.tex
+\ifmeasuring@ amstex.tex
+\ifmid@ amstex.tex
+\ifmmode *primitive
+\ifnextRunin@ amsppt.sty
+\ifno@ amsppt.sty
+\ifnofrills@ amsppt.sty
+\ifnojourinfo@ amsppt.sty
+\ifnot@ amstex.tex
+\ifnum *primitive
+\ifodd *primitive
+\ifonecr@ amstex.tex
+\ifp@ge plain.tex
+\ifpage@ amsppt.sty
+\ifpages@ amsppt.sty
+\ifpaper@ amsppt.sty
+\ifpaperinfo@ amsppt.sty
+\ifprevbook@ amsppt.sty
+\ifprevinbook@ amsppt.sty
+\ifprevjour@ amsppt.sty
+\ifproclaim@ amsppt.sty
+\ifpubl@ amsppt.sty
+\ifpubladdr@ amsppt.sty
+\ifr@ggedbottom plain.tex
+\ifrightdelim@ amstex.tex
+\ifsyntax@ amstex.tex
+\iftagin@ amstex.tex
+\iftagsleft@ amstex.tex
+\ifthanks@ amsppt.sty
+\iftoappear@ amsppt.sty
+\iftop@ amstex.tex
+\iftopfolded@ amstex.tex
+\iftrue *primitive
+\ifus@ plain.tex
+\ifv@ plain.tex
+\ifvbox *primitive
+\ifvmode *primitive
+\ifvoid *primitive
+\ifvol@ amsppt.sty
+\ifx *primitive
+\ifxat@ amstex.tex
+\ifyr@ amsppt.sty
+\ifzerocr@ amstex.tex
+\ignorespaces *primitive
+\iiiint amstex.tex
+\iiint amstex.tex
+\iint amstex.tex
+\ilimits@ amstex.tex
+\Im plain.tex
+\imath plain.tex
+\immediate *primitive
+\impliedby amstex.tex
+\implies amstex.tex
+\in plain.tex
+\in@ amstex.tex
+\in@@ amstex.tex
+\in@false amstex.tex
+\in@true amstex.tex
+\inaccessible not a defined \cs; occurs only in error messages
+\inalign@true amstex.tex
+\inany@true amstex.tex
+\inbook amsppt.sty
+\inbook@false amsppt.sty
+\inbook@true amsppt.sty
+\indent *primitive
+\inf plain.tex
+\infty plain.tex
+\ingather@true amstex.tex
+\injlim amstex.tex
+\innerendproclaim@ amsppt.sty
+\innerhdotsfor amstex.tex
+\innerproclaim@ amsppt.sty
+\input *primitive
+\ins@ amstex.tex
+\insc@unt plain.tex
+\insert *primitive
+\insertpenalties *primitive
+\insplit@ amstex.tex
+\int plain.tex
+\intdots@ amstex.tex
+\interdisplaylinepenalty plain.tex
+\interfootnotelinepenalty plain.tex
+\interlinepenalty *primitive
+\intertext amstex.tex
+\intertext@ amstex.tex
+\intic@ amstex.tex
+\intii amstex.tex
+\intiii amstex.tex
+\intiv amstex.tex
+\intkern@ amstex.tex
+\intno@ amstex.tex
+\intop plain.tex
+\ints@ amstex.tex
+\ints@@ amstex.tex
+\ints@@@ amstex.tex
+\Invalid@ amstex.tex
+\iota plain.tex
+\issue amsppt.sty
+\issue@false amsppt.sty
+\issuebox@ amsppt.sty
+\it plain.tex
+\italic amstex.tex
+\italic@ amstex.tex
+\italic@@ amstex.tex
+\item plain.tex
+\item@ amsppt.sty
+\itemitem plain.tex
+\iterate plain.tex
+\itfam plain.tex
+\j plain.tex
+\jmath plain.tex
+\jobname *primitive
+\joinrel plain.tex
+\jot plain.tex
+\jour amsppt.sty
+\jour@false amsppt.sty
+\jour@true amsppt.sty
+\jourbox@ amsppt.sty
+\kappa plain.tex
+\ker plain.tex
+\kern *primitive
+\key amsppt.sty
+\key@false amsppt.sty
+\keybin@ amstex.tex
+\keybin@false amstex.tex
+\keybin@true amstex.tex
+\keybox@ amsppt.sty
+\keywords amsppt.sty
+\keywords@ amsppt.sty
+\l amstex.tex (left, in \matrix)
+\l plain.tex
+\L plain.tex
+\lalign@ amstex.tex
+\lambda plain.tex
+\Lambda plain.tex
+\land plain.tex
+\langle plain.tex
+\lastbox *primitive
+\lastkern *primitive
+\lastpenalty *primitive
+\lastref@false amsppt.sty
+\lastref@true amsppt.sty
+\lastskip *primitive
+\lbrace plain.tex
+\lbrace@ amstex.tex
+\lbrack plain.tex
+\lccode *primitive
+\lceil plain.tex
+\lcfrac amstex.tex
+\ldelim@ amstex.tex
+\ldotp plain.tex
+\ldots plain.tex
+\le plain.tex
+\leaders *primitive
+\leavevmode plain.tex
+\left *primitive
+\leftarrow plain.tex
+\Leftarrow plain.tex
+\leftarrowfill plain.tex
+\leftharpoondown plain.tex
+\leftharpoonup plain.tex
+\leftline plain.tex
+\leftrightarrow plain.tex
+\Leftrightarrow plain.tex
+\leftroot amstex.tex
+\leftroot@ amstex.tex
+\leftskip *primitive
+\leftskip@ amsppt.sty
+\lendmultline@ amstex.tex
+\lendsplit@ amstex.tex
+\leq plain.tex
+\leqalignno plain.tex
+\leqno *primitive
+\less amstex.tex
+\let *primitive
+\Let@ amstex.tex
+\lfloor plain.tex
+\lg plain.tex
+\lgather@ amstex.tex
+\lgroup plain.tex
+\lhook plain.tex
+\lim plain.tex
+\liminf plain.tex
+\limits *primitive
+\limits@false amstex.tex
+\limits@true amstex.tex
+\LimitsOnInts amstex.tex
+\LimitsOnNames amstex.tex
+\LimitsOnSums amstex.tex
+\limsup plain.tex
+\limtoken@false amstex.tex
+\limtoken@true amstex.tex
+\line plain.tex
+\linebreak amstex.tex
+\lineht@ amstex.tex
+\linepenalty *primitive
+\lineskip *primitive
+\lineskiplimit *primitive
+\ll plain.tex
+\llap plain.tex
+\llap@ amstex.tex
+\lmmeasure@ amstex.tex
+\lmoustache plain.tex
+\lmultline@ amstex.tex
+\lmultline@@ amstex.tex
+\lmultline@@@ amstex.tex
+\ln plain.tex
+\lnot plain.tex
+\log plain.tex
+\logo@false amsppt.sty
+\logo@true amsppt.sty
+\long *primitive
+\longleftarrow plain.tex
+\Longleftarrow plain.tex
+\longleftrightarrow plain.tex
+\Longleftrightarrow plain.tex
+\longmapsto plain.tex
+\Longrightarrow plain.tex
+\longrightarrow plain.tex
+\loop plain.tex
+\looseness *primitive
+\lor plain.tex
+\lower *primitive
+\lowercase *primitive
+\lq plain.tex
+\ltwidth@ amstex.tex
+\lwidth@ amstex.tex
+\m@g plain.tex
+\m@ketabbox plain.tex
+\m@ne plain.tex
+\m@th plain.tex
+\macro@ amstex.tex
+\macro@@ amstex.tex
+\macro@false amstex.tex
+\macro@true amstex.tex
+\mag *primitive
+\magnification plain.tex
+\magstep plain.tex
+\magstephalf plain.tex
+\makeacc@ amstex.tex
+\Makeacc@ amstex.tex
+\makefootline plain.tex
+\makefootnote@ amsppt.sty
+\makeheadline plain.tex
+\makeph@nt plain.tex
+\makesm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\maketag@ amstex.tex
+\Maketag@ amstex.tex
+\manyby amsppt.sty
+\manyby@false amsppt.sty
+\manyby@true amsppt.sty
+\mapsto plain.tex
+\mapstochar plain.tex
+\mark *primitive
+\math@ amstex.tex
+\math@false amstex.tex
+\math@true amstex.tex
+\mathaccent *primitive
+\mathaccent@ amstex.tex
+\mathbin *primitive
+\mathbin@ amstex.tex
+\mathbin@false amstex.tex
+\mathbin@true amstex.tex
+\mathbreak amstex.tex
+\mathch@ amstex.tex
+\mathch@false amstex.tex
+\mathch@true amstex.tex
+\mathchar *primitive
+\mathchardef *primitive
+\mathchoice *primitive
+\mathclose *primitive
+\mathcode *primitive
+\mathhexbox plain.tex
+\mathinner *primitive
+\mathmodeerr@ amstex.tex
+\mathop *primitive
+\mathopen *primitive
+\mathord *primitive
+\mathpalette plain.tex
+\mathph@nt plain.tex
+\mathpunct *primitive
+\mathrel *primitive
+\mathrel@ amstex.tex
+\mathrel@false amstex.tex
+\mathrel@true amstex.tex
+\mathsm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\mathstrut plain.tex
+\Mathstrut@ amstex.tex
+\Mathstrut@noalign amstex.tex
+\mathsurround *primitive
+\mathtags@false amstex.tex
+\mathtags@true amstex.tex
+\matrix plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\max plain.tex
+\maxbysamerule@ amsppt.sty
+\maxdeadcycles *primitive
+\maxdepth *primitive
+\maxdimen plain.tex
+\maxlwidth@ amstex.tex
+\maxrwidth@ amstex.tex
+\mdots@ amstex.tex
+\mdots@@ amstex.tex
+\meaning *primitive
+\meaning@ amstex.tex
+\meaning@@ amstex.tex
+\measure@ amstex.tex
+\measuring@false amstex.tex
+\measuring@true amstex.tex
+\medbreak plain.tex
+\medmuskip *primitive
+\medpagebreak amstex.tex
+\medskip plain.tex
+\medskipamount plain.tex
+\medspace amstex.tex
+\message *primitive
+\mid plain.tex (symbol)
+\mid@false amstex.tex
+\mid@true amstex.tex
+\midinsert plain.tex
+\midspace amstex.tex
+\min plain.tex
+\minaw@ amstex.tex
+\minCDarrowwidth amstex.tex
+\minCDaw@ amstex.tex
+\mit plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
+\mkern *primitive
+\mlineht@ amstex.tex
+\mltagbox@ amstex.tex
+\mlwidth@ amstex.tex
+\mod amstex.tex
+\models plain.tex
+\month *primitive
+\moreref amsppt.sty
+\moveleft *primitive
+\moveright *primitive
+\mp plain.tex
+\mrwidth@ amstex.tex
+\mscount plain.tex
+\mskip *primitive
+\msx@ amstex.tex
+\msxfam amstex.tex
+\msy@ amstex.tex
+\msyfam amstex.tex
+\mtagbox@ amstex.tex
+\mu plain.tex
+\MultC@ltrue multcol.out
+\multilimits@ amstex.tex
+\multint@ amstex.tex
+\multintlimits@ amstex.tex
+\multiply *primitive
+\multispan plain.tex
+\multispan@ amstex.tex
+\multline amstex.tex
+\multline@ amstex.tex
+\multlinegap amstex.tex
+\MultlineGap amstex.tex
+\multlinegap@ amstex.tex
+\multlinetaggap@ amstex.tex
+\muskip *primitive
+\muskipdef *primitive
+\mwidth@ amstex.tex
+\n@space plain.tex
+\nabla plain.tex
+\narrower plain.tex
+\natural plain.tex
+\ne plain.tex
+\nearrow plain.tex
+\neg plain.tex
+\negintic@ amstex.tex
+\negmedspace amstex.tex
+\negthickspace amstex.tex
+\negthinspace plain.tex
+\neq plain.tex
+\newbox plain.tex
+\newbox@ amstex.tex
+\newcodes@ amstex.tex
+\newcount plain.tex
+\newdimen plain.tex
+\newfam plain.tex
+\newhelp plain.tex
+\newif plain.tex
+\newinsert plain.tex
+\newline amstex.tex
+\newlinechar *primitive
+\newmuskip plain.tex
+\newread plain.tex
+\newskip plain.tex
+\newtoks plain.tex
+\newtoks@ amstex.tex
+\newwrite plain.tex
+\next plain.tex
+\next@ amstex.tex
+\nextii@ amstex.tex
+\nextiii@ amstex.tex
+\nextiv@ amstex.tex
+\nextix@ amstex.tex
+\nextRunin@ amsppt.sty
+\nextRunin@false amsppt.sty
+\nextv@ amstex.tex
+\nextvi@ amstex.tex
+\nextvii@ amstex.tex
+\nextviii@ amstex.tex
+\ni plain.tex
+\ninebf amsppt.sty
+\ninei amsppt.sty
+\nineit amsppt.sty
+\ninerm amsppt.sty
+\ninesl amsppt.sty
+\ninesy amsppt.sty
+\nlimits@ amstex.tex
+\no amsppt.sty
+\no@false amsppt.sty
+\noaccents@ amstex.tex
+\noalign *primitive
+\NoBlackBoxes amstex.tex
+\nobox@ amsppt.sty
+\nobreak plain.tex
+\noexpand *primitive
+\nofrills amsppt.sty
+\nofrills@ amsppt.sty
+\nofrills@false amsppt.sty
+\nofrills@true amsppt.sty
+\noguidelines amsppt.sty
+\noindent *primitive
+\nointerlineskip plain.tex
+\nojourinfo@false amsppt.sty
+\nojourinfo@true amsppt.sty
+\nolimits *primitive
+\NoLimitsOnInts amstex.tex
+\NoLimitsOnNames amstex.tex
+\NoLimitsOnSums amstex.tex
+\nolinebreak amstex.tex
+\nologo amsppt.sty
+\nomathbreak amstex.tex
+\nomultlinegap amstex.tex
+\nondmatherr@ amstex.tex
+\nonfrenchspacing plain.tex
+\nonmatherr@ amstex.tex
+\nonscript *primitive
+\nonstopmode *primitive
+\nonvmodeerr@ amstex.tex
+\nopagebreak amstex.tex
+\nopagenumbers plain.tex
+\nopages@ amstex.tex
+\normalbaselines plain.tex
+\normalbaselineskip plain.tex
+\normalbottom plain.tex
+\normallineskip plain.tex
+\normallineskiplimit plain.tex
+\not plain.tex
+\not@ amstex.tex
+\not@false amstex.tex
+\not@true amstex.tex
+\notin plain.tex
+\nu plain.tex
+\null plain.tex
+\nulldelimiterspace *primitive
+\number *primitive
+\nwarrow plain.tex
+\o plain.tex
+\O plain.tex
+\oalign plain.tex
+\obeylines plain.tex
+\obeyspaces plain.tex
+\odot plain.tex
+\oe plain.tex
+\OE plain.tex
+\of plain.tex
+\offinterlineskip plain.tex
+\oint plain.tex
+\ointop plain.tex
+\oldcodes@ amstex.tex
+\oldnos amstex.tex
+\oldstyle plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
+\omega plain.tex
+\Omega plain.tex
+\ominus plain.tex
+\omit *primitive
+\onecr@false amstex.tex
+\onecr@true amstex.tex
+\onlydmatherr@ amstex.tex
+\ooalign plain.tex
+\openin *primitive
+\openout *primitive
+\openup plain.tex
+\operatorname amstex.tex
+\operatornamewithlimits amstex.tex
+\oplus plain.tex
+\or *primitive
+\oslash plain.tex
+\otimes plain.tex
+\outer *primitive
+\output *primitive
+\output@ amsppt.sty
+\outputpenalty *primitive
+\outsplit@ amstex.tex
+\over *primitive
+\overarrow amstex.tex
+\overbrace plain.tex
+\overfullrule *primitive
+\overleftarrow plain.tex
+\overleftarrow@ amstex.tex
+\overleftrightarrow amstex.tex
+\overleftrightarrow@ amstex.tex
+\overline *primitive
+\overline@ amstex.tex
+\overlong amsppt.sty
+\overlong@ amsppt.sty
+\overrightarrow plain.tex
+\overrightarrow@ amstex.tex
+\overset amstex.tex
+\oversetbrace amstex.tex
+\overwithdelims *primitive
+\owns plain.tex
+\P plain.tex
+\p@ plain.tex
+\P@ amstex.tex
+\p@gefalse plain.tex
+\p@getrue plain.tex
+\p@renwd plain.tex
+\page amsppt.sty
+\page@false amsppt.sty
+\page@true amsppt.sty
+\pagebody plain.tex
+\pagebreak amstex.tex
+\pagecontents plain.tex
+\pagedepth *primitive
+\pagefilllstretch *primitive
+\pagefillstretch *primitive
+\pagefilstretch *primitive
+\pagegoal *primitive
+\pageheight amstex.tex
+\pageinsert plain.tex
+\pageno plain.tex
+\pages amsppt.sty
+\pages@false amsppt.sty
+\pagesbox@ amsppt.sty
+\pageshrink *primitive
+\pagestretch *primitive
+\pagetotal *primitive
+\pagewidth amstex.tex
+\paper amsppt.sty
+\paper@false amsppt.sty
+\paperbox@ amsppt.sty
+\paperinfo amsppt.sty
+\paperinfo@false amsppt.sty
+\paperinfobox@ amsppt.sty
+\par *primitive
+\par@ amsppt.sty
+\parallel plain.tex
+\parfillskip *primitive
+\parindent *primitive
+\parshape *primitive
+\parskip *primitive
+\partial plain.tex
+\patterns *primitive
+\pausing *primitive
+\penalty *primitive
+\penalty@ amsppt.sty
+\perp plain.tex
+\ph@nt plain.tex
+\phantom plain.tex
+\phi plain.tex
+\Phi plain.tex
+\pi plain.tex
+\Pi plain.tex
+\plaincdots@ amstex.tex
+\plainfootnote amstex.tex (undefined)
+\plainitem@ amsppt.sty
+\plainldots@ amstex.tex
+\plainoutput plain.tex
+\plainproclaim amstex.tex
+\plainroot@ amstex.tex
+\pm plain.tex
+\pmatrix plain.tex
+\pmb amstex.tex
+\pmb@ amstex.tex
+\pmb@@ amstex.tex
+\pmbraise@ amstex.tex
+\pmod plain.tex
+\pod amstex.tex
+\pointcount@ amstex.tex
+\pointsize@ amsppt.sty
+\postdisplaypenalty *primitive
+\ppunbox@ amsppt.sty
+\Pr plain.tex
+\pr@@@s plain.tex
+\pr@@@t plain.tex
+\pr@m@s plain.tex
+\preabstract amsppt.sty
+\preaffil amsppt.sty
+\preamble@ amstex.tex
+\Preamble@ amstex.tex
+\preamble@@ amstex.tex
+\preauthor amsppt.sty
+\prec plain.tex
+\preceq plain.tex
+\predate amsppt.sty
+\predefine amstex.tex
+\predisplaypenalty *primitive
+\predisplaysize *primitive
+\preloaded plain.tex
+\preloaded@ amstex.tex
+\prepaper amsppt.sty
+\prepunct@ amsppt.sty
+\pretend amstex.tex
+\pretitle amsppt.sty
+\pretolerance *primitive
+\prevdepth *primitive
+\prevgraf *primitive
+\previnbook@false amsppt.sty
+\previnbook@true amsppt.sty
+\prevjour@false amsppt.sty
+\prevjour@true amsppt.sty
+\prim@s plain.tex
+\prime plain.tex
+\prime@ amstex.tex
+\printoptions amstex.tex
+\proclaim plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
+\proclaim (redefined in amsppt.sty)
+\proclaim@ amsppt.sty
+\proclaim@false amsppt.sty
+\proclaim@true amsppt.sty
+\prod plain.tex
+\prod@ amstex.tex
+\projlim amstex.tex
+\propto plain.tex
+\psi plain.tex
+\Psi plain.tex
+\publ amsppt.sty
+\publ@false amsppt.sty
+\publaddr amsppt.sty
+\publaddr@false amsppt.sty
+\publaddrbox@ amsppt.sty
+\publbox@ amsppt.sty
+\qed amsppt.sty
+\qopname@ amstex.tex
+\qopnamewl@ amstex.tex
+\qquad plain.tex
+\quad plain.tex
+\r amstex.tex
+\r@@t plain.tex (modified by amstex.tex)
+\r@ggedbottomfalse plain.tex
+\r@ggedbottomtrue plain.tex
+\radical *primitive
+\raggedbottom plain.tex
+\raggedright plain.tex
+\raise *primitive
+\ralign@ amstex.tex
+\rangle plain.tex
+\rbrace plain.tex
+\rbrace@ amstex.tex
+\rbrack plain.tex
+\rceil plain.tex
+\rcfrac amstex.tex
+\rdelim@ amstex.tex
+\Re plain.tex
+\read *primitive
+\redefine amstex.tex
+\ref amsppt.sty
+\ref@ amsppt.sty
+\refdef@ amsppt.sty
+\Refs amsppt.sty
+\refskip@ amstex.tex
+\relax *primitive
+\relaxnext@ amstex.tex
+\relbar plain.tex
+\Relbar plain.tex
+\relpenalty *primitive
+\removelastskip plain.tex
+\rendmultline@ amstex.tex
+\rendsplit@ amstex.tex
+\repeat plain.tex
+\ResetBuffer amstex.tex
+\retry@AmSfalse amstex.tex
+\retry@AmStrue amstex.tex
+\rfloor plain.tex
+\rgather@ amstex.tex
+\rgroup plain.tex
+\rho plain.tex
+\rhook plain.tex
+\right *primitive
+\rightappend@ amstex.tex
+\rightarrow plain.tex
+\Rightarrow plain.tex
+\rightarrowfill plain.tex
+\rightdelim@ amstex.tex
+\rightdelim@false amstex.tex
+\rightdelim@true amstex.tex
+\rightharpoondown plain.tex
+\rightharpoonup plain.tex
+\rightleftharpoons plain.tex
+\rightline plain.tex
+\rightskip *primitive
+\rlap plain.tex
+\rlap@ amstex.tex
+\rlh@ plain.tex
+\rm plain.tex
+\rmfam amstex.tex
+\rmmeasure@ amstex.tex
+\rmoustache plain.tex
+\rmultline@ amstex.tex
+\rmultline@@ amstex.tex
+\rmultline@@@ amstex.tex
+\rom@ amstex.tex
+\rom@@ amstex.tex
+\roman amstex.tex
+\roman@ amstex.tex
+\roman@@ amstex.tex
+\romannumeral *primitive
+\root plain.tex
+\rootbox plain.tex
+\roster amsppt.sty
+\rostercount@ amsppt.sty
+\rosterhangafter@ amsppt.sty
+\rosteritem@ amsppt.sty
+\rq plain.tex
+\rtwidth@ amstex.tex
+\runinitem amsppt.sty
+\Runinitem amsppt.sty
+\runinitem@ amsppt.sty
+\rwidth@ amstex.tex
+\S plain.tex
+\S@ amstex.tex
+\s@tcols plain.tex
+\s@tt@b plain.tex
+\savealignat@ amstex.tex
+\saveskip@ amstex.tex
+\sb plain.tex
+\Sb amstex.tex
+\scriptfont *primitive
+\scriptscriptfont *primitive
+\scriptscriptstyle *primitive
+\scriptspace *primitive
+\scriptstyle *primitive
+\scrollmode *primitive
+\searrow plain.tex
+\sec plain.tex
+\setbox *primitive
+\setminus plain.tex
+\setpunct@ amsppt.sty
+\sett@b plain.tex
+\settabs plain.tex
+\sevenbf plain.tex
+\seveni plain.tex
+\sevenmsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
+\sevenmsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
+\sevenrm plain.tex
+\sevensy plain.tex
+\sfcode *primitive
+\sharp plain.tex
+\shave amstex.tex
+\shipout *primitive
+\shoveleft amstex.tex
+\shoveright amstex.tex
+\show *primitive
+\showallocations amstex.tex
+\showbox *primitive
+\showboxbreadth *primitive
+\showboxdepth *primitive
+\showhyphens plain.tex
+\showlists *primitive
+\showthe *primitive
+\sideset amstex.tex
+\sigma plain.tex
+\Sigma plain.tex
+\sim plain.tex
+\simeq plain.tex
+\sin plain.tex
+\sinh plain.tex
+\sixbf amsppt.sty
+\sixi amsppt.sty
+\sixrm amsppt.sty
+\sixsy amsppt.sty
+\sixt@@n plain.tex
+\skew plain.tex
+\skewchar *primitive
+\skewcharcount@ amstex.tex
+\skip *primitive
+\skip@ plain.tex
+\skipdef *primitive
+\sl plain.tex
+\slanted amstex.tex
+\slanted@ amstex.tex
+\slanted@@ amstex.tex
+\slash plain.tex
+\sldl@ amstex.tex
+\slfam plain.tex
+\slimits@ amstex.tex
+\smallbreak plain.tex
+\smallcaptionwidth@ amstex.tex
+\smallint plain.tex
+\smallmatrix amstex.tex
+\smallpagebreak amstex.tex
+\smallskip plain.tex
+\smallskipamount plain.tex
+\smash plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
+\smash@ amstex.tex
+\smc amstex.tex % amsppt.sty
+\smile plain.tex
+\snug amstex.tex
+\sp plain.tex
+\Sp amstex.tex
+\sp@n plain.tex
+\space plain.tex
+\space@ amstex.tex
+\spacefactor *primitive
+\spacehdots amstex.tex
+\spaceinnerdots amstex.tex
+\spaces@ amstex.tex
+\spaces@@ amstex.tex
+\spaceskip *primitive
+\spacute amstex.tex
+\spadesuit plain.tex
+\span *primitive
+\spbar amstex.tex
+\spbreve amstex.tex
+\spcheck amstex.tex
+\spddddot amstex.tex
+\spdddot amstex.tex
+\spddot amstex.tex
+\spdot amstex.tex
+\special *primitive
+\spgrave amstex.tex
+\sphat amstex.tex
+\split amstex.tex
+\split@ amstex.tex
+\splitbotmark *primitive
+\splitfirstmark *primitive
+\splitmaxdepth *primitive
+\splittopskip *primitive
+\spreadlines amstex.tex
+\spreadmatrixlines amstex.tex
+\spreadmlines@ amstex.tex
+\sptilde amstex.tex
+\spvec amstex.tex
+\sqcap plain.tex
+\sqcup plain.tex
+\sqrt plain.tex
+\sqsupseteq plain.tex
+\srdr@ amstex.tex
+\ss plain.tex
+\ssize amstex.tex
+\sssize amstex.tex
+\star plain.tex
+\string *primitive
+\string@ amstex.tex
+\strip@ amstex.tex
+\strut plain.tex
+\strut@ amstex.tex
+\strutbox plain.tex
+\strutbox@ amstex.tex
+\styname amsppt.sty
+\styversion amsppt.sty
+\subheading amsppt.sty
+\subheading@ amsppt.sty
+\subjclass amsppt.sty
+\subjclass@ amsppt.sty
+\subset plain.tex
+\subseteq plain.tex
+\succ plain.tex
+\succeq plain.tex
+\sum plain.tex
+\sum@ amstex.tex
+\sup plain.tex
+\supereject plain.tex
+\supset plain.tex
+\supseteq plain.tex
+\surd plain.tex
+\swarrow plain.tex
+\syntax amstex.tex
+\syntax@true amstex.tex
+\t plain.tex
+\t@bb@x plain.tex
+\t@bbox plain.tex
+\tabalign plain.tex
+\tabs plain.tex
+\tabsdone plain.tex
+\tabskip *primitive
+\tabsyet plain.tex
+\tag amstex.tex
+\tagform@ amstex.tex
+\tagin@ amstex.tex
+\tagin@false amstex.tex
+\tagin@true amstex.tex
+\TagsAsMath amstex.tex
+\TagsAsText amstex.tex
+\tagsleft@false amstex.tex
+\tagsleft@true amstex.tex
+\TagsOnLeft amstex.tex
+\TagsOnRight amstex.tex
+\tan plain.tex
+\tanh plain.tex
+\tau plain.tex
+\tbinom amstex.tex
+\tdots@ amstex.tex
+\tenbf plain.tex
+\tenbig@ amsppt.sty
+\tenex plain.tex
+\teni plain.tex
+\tenit plain.tex
+\tenmsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
+\tenmsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
+\tenpoint amsppt.sty
+\tenrm plain.tex
+\tensl plain.tex
+\tensmc amsppt.sty
+\tensy plain.tex
+\tentt plain.tex
+\TeX plain.tex
+\text amstex.tex
+\text@ amstex.tex
+\text@@ amstex.tex
+\textdef@ amstex.tex
+\textdef@@ amstex.tex
+\textfont *primitive
+\textfont@ amstex.tex
+\textfonti amstex.tex
+\textfontii amstex.tex
+\textindent plain.tex
+\textstyle *primitive
+\tfrac amstex.tex
+\thanks amsppt.sty
+\thanks@ amsppt.sty
+\thanks@true amsppt.sty
+\the *primitive
+\theabstract@ amsppt.sty
+\thecaption@ amstex.tex
+\thedots@ amstex.tex
+\thefam@ amstex.tex
+\thefootnotemark amsppt.sty
+\thekeywords@ amsppt.sty
+\therosteritem amsppt.sty
+\theskewchar@ amstex.tex
+\thespace@ amstex.tex
+\thesubjclass@ amsppt.sty
+\theta plain.tex
+\Theta plain.tex
+\thetag amstex.tex
+\thickfrac amstex.tex
+\thickfracwithdelims amstex.tex
+\thickmuskip *primitive
+\thickness amstex.tex
+\thickspace amstex.tex
+\thinmuskip *primitive
+\thinspace plain.tex
+\thr@@ plain.tex
+\tie amstex.tex
+\tilde plain.tex
+\Tilde amstex.tex
+\tildeaccent amstex.tex
+\time *primitive
+\times plain.tex
+\title amsppt.sty
+\titlebox@ amsppt.sty
+\to plain.tex
+\toappear amsppt.sty
+\toappear@false amsppt.sty
+\toappear@true amsppt.sty
+\toks *primitive
+\toks@ plain.tex
+\toks@@ amstex.tex
+\toksdef *primitive
+\tolerance *primitive
+\top plain.tex
+\top@false amstex.tex
+\top@true amstex.tex
+\topaligned amstex.tex
+\topfolded@false amstex.tex
+\topfolded@true amstex.tex
+\topfoldedtext amstex.tex
+\topins plain.tex
+\topinsert plain.tex
+\topmark *primitive
+\topmatter amsppt.sty
+\TopOrBottomTagsOnSplits amstex.tex
+\topshave amstex.tex
+\topskip *primitive
+\topsmash amstex.tex
+\topspace amstex.tex
+\totwidth@ amstex.tex
+\tracingall plain.tex
+\tracingcommands *primitive
+\tracinglostchars *primitive
+\tracingmacros *primitive
+\tracingonline *primitive
+\tracingoutput *primitive
+\tracingpages *primitive
+\tracingparagraphs *primitive
+\tracingrestores *primitive
+\tracingstats *primitive
+\triangle plain.tex
+\triangleleft plain.tex
+\triangleright plain.tex
+\tsize amstex.tex
+\tt plain.tex
+\ttfam plain.tex
+\ttraggedright plain.tex
+\tw@ plain.tex
+\u plain.tex
+\uccode *primitive
+\uchyph *primitive
+\unbracefonts@ amstex.tex
+\undefined plain.tex
+\undefined@ amstex.tex
+\underarrow amstex.tex
+\underbar plain.tex
+\underbrace plain.tex
+\underleftarrow amstex.tex
+\underleftarrow@ amstex.tex
+\underleftrightarrow amstex.tex
+\underleftrightarrow@ amstex.tex
+\underline *primitive
+\underline@ amstex.tex
+\underrightarrow amstex.tex
+\underrightarrow@ amstex.tex
+\underscore amstex.tex
+\underset amstex.tex
+\undersetbrace amstex.tex
+\unhbox *primitive
+\unhcopy *primitive
+\unkern *primitive
+\unpenalty *primitive
+\unskip *primitive
+\unvbox *primitive
+\unvcopy *primitive
+\uparrow plain.tex
+\Uparrow plain.tex
+\upbracefill plain.tex
+\updownarrow plain.tex
+\Updownarrow plain.tex
+\uplus plain.tex
+\uppercase *primitive
+\uproot amstex.tex
+\uproot@ amstex.tex
+\upsilon plain.tex
+\Upsilon plain.tex
+\us@false plain.tex
+\us@true plain.tex
+\usualspace amsppt.sty
+\usualspace@ amsppt.sty
+\v plain.tex
+\v@false plain.tex
+\v@true plain.tex
+\vadjust *primitive
+\valign *primitive
+\varDelta amstex.tex
+\varepsilon plain.tex
+\varGamma amstex.tex
+\varinjlim amstex.tex
+\varLambda amstex.tex
+\varliminf amstex.tex
+\varlimsup amstex.tex
+\varOmega amstex.tex
+\varphi plain.tex
+\varPhi amstex.tex
+\varpi plain.tex
+\varPi amstex.tex
+\varprojlim amstex.tex
+\varPsi amstex.tex
+\varrho plain.tex
+\varsigma plain.tex
+\varSigma amstex.tex
+\vartheta plain.tex
+\varTheta amstex.tex
+\varUpsilon amstex.tex
+\varXi amstex.tex
+\vbadness *primitive
+\vbox *primitive
+\vcenter *primitive
+\vcorrection amstex.tex
+\vdash plain.tex
+\vdots plain.tex
+\vec plain.tex
+\Vec amstex.tex
+\vee plain.tex
+\Vert plain.tex
+\vert plain.tex
+\vfil *primitive
+\vfill *primitive
+\vfilneg *primitive
+\vfootnote plain.tex
+\vfuzz *primitive
+\vgl@ plain.tex
+\vglue plain.tex
+\vmatrix amstex.tex
+\Vmatrix amstex.tex
+\vmodeerr@ amstex.tex
+\vnonvmode@ amstex.tex
+\voffset *primitive
+\voidb@x plain.tex
+\vol amsppt.sty
+\vol@false amsppt.sty
+\volbox@ amsppt.sty
+\vphantom plain.tex
+\vrule *primitive
+\vsize *primitive
+\vskip *primitive
+\vspace amstex.tex
+\vspace@ amstex.tex
+\vsplit *primitive
+\vss *primitive
+\vtop *primitive
+\W@ amstex.tex
+\wd *primitive
+\wedge plain.tex
+\widehat plain.tex
+\widetilde plain.tex
+\widowpenalty *primitive
+\wlog plain.tex
+\wp plain.tex
+\wr plain.tex
+\write *primitive
+\xalignat amstex.tex
+\xalignat@ amstex.tex
+\xat@false amstex.tex
+\xat@true amstex.tex
+\xdef *primitive
+\xi plain.tex
+\Xi plain.tex
+\xleaders *primitive
+\xspaceskip *primitive
+\xxalignat amstex.tex
+\xxalignat@ amstex.tex
+\xxattag@ amstex.tex
+\year *primitive
+\yr amsppt.sty
+\yr@false amsppt.sty
+\yrbox@ amsppt.sty
+\z@ plain.tex
+\z@skip plain.tex
+\zerocr@false amstex.tex
+\zerocr@true amstex.tex
+\zeta plain.tex
+\[ plain.tex
+\] plain.tex
+\^ plain.tex
+\^^I plain.tex
+\^^J amstex.tex
+\^^M plain.tex
+\_ plain.tex
+\` plain.tex
+\{ plain.tex
+\| plain.tex
+\} plain.tex
+\~ plain.tex
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5194083aa2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% %
+% A SMALL TUTORIAL ON THE MULTILINGUAL FEATURES OF PATGEN2 %
+% %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\documentstyle{article}
+\title{A small tutorial on the multilingual features of PatGen2}
+\author{Yannis Haralambous}
+\date{}
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\def\XeT{X\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emT}
+
+I will very briefly discuss and illustrate by an example the features
+of PatGen2\footnote{the extension to PatGen by Peter Breitenlohner,
+author of many beautiful and extremely useful \TeX ware, such as
+\TeX--\XeT, {\tt DVIcopy} etc.}, related to the {\em translation}
+file.
+
+\section{Syntax of the translation file}
+\subsection{What is the problem}
+The problem is that in our (non-English, non-Latin,
+non-Indonesian\footnote{As far as I know, English, Latin and
+Indonesian are the only languages without diacritics or special
+characters...}) languages, we have more characters than just the~26
+letters of the Latin alphabet. Not to mention that alphabetical orders
+can be quite different (remember: in Spanish, cucaracha comes before
+chacal), and that there can be many ways to express these additional
+characters: for example the French \oe{} (like in << Histoire de l'\oe
+il >> by Georges Bataille) can be given to \TeX\ as an 8-bit
+character, or as \verb*=\oe =, or as \verb=\oe{}=, or as \verb=^^f7=
+(since we are {\em all} now working with DC fonts) and so forth.
+
+Now let's make (or enhance the) hyphenation patterns for our language(s).
+Fred Liang has not provided PatGen with the extensibility feature: before
+PatGen2, if your language had less than~26 letters you could hack patterns by
+substituting letters, if it had more\ldots then the odds were against you.
+
+So the problem is to express additional characters in the patterns, in some
+understandable way (and if possible to get the results in the appropriate
+alphabetical order).
+
+\subsection{The solution}
+PatGen2 allows you to include more characters than the~26 letters of
+the alphabet. You can specify arbitrary many {\em input forms} for
+each of them (these forms will be identified internally), and you can
+specify the alphabetical order of your language. The latter feature is
+only interesting when you want to study the patterns file to correct
+bugs, it doesn't affect the result.
+
+These informations are transmitted to PatGen2 by means of a {\em
+translation} file (usually with the extension \verb=.tra=). The syntax
+of this file is not very user-friendly, but if you deal with PatGen
+you are supposed to be a hacker anyway, and hackers just {\bf love}
+weird-but-efficient-syntaxes [the proof: we all like
+\TeX!\footnote{\ldots just joking}].
+
+On the first line you specify the \verb=\lefthyphenmin= and
+\verb=\righthyphenmin= values. The seven first positions of this line
+are used as follows: two positions for \verb=\lefthyphenmin=, two
+positions for \verb=\righthyphenmin=, and one position for substitute
+symbols of each of \verb=.=, \verb=-=, \verb=*= in the output file.
+This can be useful if you are going to use the dot the asterisk or the
+hyphen to describe your additional characters (for example one may use
+the dot to specify the dot accent on a letter).
+
+The next lines concern letters of the alphabet of our language. The
+first position of each line is the delimiter of our fields. You know
+from languages like C or {\tt awk} that it is very useful to define
+our own delimiter (instead of the blank space) if for any reason we
+want to {\em include} a blank space into our fields. This will be the
+case in the example: one usually leaves a blank space after a \TeX\
+macro without argument.
+
+Otherwise just leave the first position blank. Next comes the
+standard representation of our character (preferably lowercase). This
+is how the character will appear in the patterns and in the hyphenated
+output file.
+
+Follows again a delimiter, and all the {\em equivalent}
+representations of your character: its uppercase form, and as many
+other input forms we wish, always followed by a delimiter.
+
+The order of lines specifies the alphabetical order of your characters.
+
+When PatGen sees two consecutive delimiters,
+it stops reading; so we can include
+comments after that.
+
+\section{An example}
+To illustrate this I have taken some
+Greek words (people who know $X\acute\alpha%
+\rho\rho\upsilon$ $K\lambda\acute\upsilon\nu\nu$
+and his album $\Pi\alpha\tau%
+\acute\alpha\tau\epsilon\varsigma$ will recognize some of these
+words\ldots) and included an $\alpha$ with accent, and a variant
+representation of $\pi$, in form of a macro \verb*=\varpi =. Also I
+followed the Greek alphabetical order in the translation file.
+
+Here is my list of words:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+A-NU-PO-TA-QTOS
+A-KA-TA-M'A-QH-TOS
+A-EI-MNH-STOS
+MA-NA
+TOUR-KO-GU-FTIS-SA
+NU-QO-KO-PTHS
+LI-ME-NO-FU-LA-KAS
+MPRE-LOK
+A-GA-\varpi A-EI
+PEI-RAI-'AS
+\end{verbatim}
+
+(file {\tt greek.dic}); and here is my translation file ({\tt greek.tra}):
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ 1 1
+ a A
+ 'a 'A
+ b B
+ g G
+ d D
+ e E
+ z Z
+ h H
+ j J
+ i I
+ k K
+ l L
+ m M
+ n N
+ o O
+#p#P#\varpi ##
+ r R
+ s S
+ t T
+ u U
+ f F
+ q Q
+ y Y
+ w W
+\end{verbatim}
+
+(yes, yes, that's not a joke; Greek really uses values~1
+and~1 for minimal right
+and left hyphenations!). As you see, I have chosen \verb=#= as delimiter
+in the case of $\pi$, because \verb=\varpi= is supposed to be followed
+by a blank space. And then I wrote two delimiters (\verb=##=) to show PatGen2
+that I finished talking about $\pi$.
+
+Here is what I got on my console:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+PatGen -t greek.tra -o greek.out greek.dic
+This is PatGen, C Version 2.1 / Macintosh Version 2.0
+Copyright (c) 1991-93 by Wilfried Ricken. All rights reserved.
+left_hyphen_min = 1, right_hyphen_min = 1, 24 letters
+0 patterns read in
+pattern trie has 266 nodes, trie_max = 290, 0 outputs
+hyph_start: 1
+hyph_finish: 2
+pat_start: 2
+pat_finish: 4
+good weight: 1
+bad weight: 1
+threshold: 1
+processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 1
+
+0 good, 0 bad, 31 missed
+0.00 %, 0.00 %, 100.00 %
+69 patterns, 325 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 440
+25 good and 42 bad patterns added (more to come)
+finding 29 good and 0 bad hyphens, efficiency = 1.16
+pattern trie has 333 nodes, trie_max = 349, 2 outputs
+processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 0
+
+29 good, 0 bad, 2 missed
+93.55 %, 0.00 %, 6.45 %
+45 patterns, 301 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 378
+2 good and 43 bad patterns added
+finding 2 good and 0 bad hyphens, efficiency = 1.00
+pattern trie has 339 nodes, trie_max = 386, 6 outputs
+processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 2
+
+31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
+100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
+47 patterns, 303 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 369
+0 good and 47 bad patterns added
+finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens
+pattern trie has 344 nodes, trie_max = 386, 13 outputs
+51 nodes and 11 outputs deleted
+total of 27 patterns at hyph_level 1
+
+pat_start: 2
+pat_finish: 4
+good weight: 1
+bad weight: 1
+threshold: 1
+processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 1
+
+31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
+100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
+27 patterns, 283 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 315
+0 good and 27 bad patterns added
+finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens
+pattern trie has 295 nodes, trie_max = 386, 4 outputs
+processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 0
+
+31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
+100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
+27 patterns, 283 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 303
+0 good and 27 bad patterns added
+finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens
+pattern trie has 320 nodes, trie_max = 386, 6 outputs
+processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 2
+
+31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
+100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
+24 patterns, 280 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 286
+0 good and 24 bad patterns added
+finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens
+pattern trie has 328 nodes, trie_max = 386, 9 outputs
+35 nodes and 7 outputs deleted
+total of 0 patterns at hyph_level 2
+hyphenate word list? y
+writing PatTmp.2
+
+31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
+100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
+Time elapsed: 0:37:70 minutes.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+and here are the results: first of all the patterns
+(file {\tt greek.out})
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+a1g
+a1e
+a1k
+a1m
+a1n
+a1p
+a1t
+a1q
+'a1q
+e1l
+e1n
+h1t
+i1'a
+i1m
+i1r
+1ko
+o1g
+o1p
+o1t
+o1f
+r1k
+s1s
+1st
+u1l
+u1p
+u1f
+u1q
+\end{verbatim}
+
+As you see, {\tt o1t} comes before {\tt o1f}: (smile) simply
+because we are talking about $o1\tau$ and $o1\phi$. So the
+alphabetical order is well respected. Also you see that PatGen2
+has read the word \verb*=A-GA-\varpi A-EI= exactly as if it
+were \verb*=A-GA-PA-EI= and has made out of it the pattern
+{\tt a1p} (if you look in the input words there is no other
+reason for this pattern to exist).
+
+And here is our result (file {\tt PatTmp.2}):
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+a*nu*po*ta*qtos
+a*ka*ta*m'a*qh*tos
+a*ei*mnh*stos
+ma*na
+tour*ko*gu*ftis*sa
+nu*qo*ko*pths
+li*me*no*fu*la*kas
+mpre*lok
+a*ga*pa*ei
+pei*rai*'as
+\end{verbatim}
+
+(Of course, it is correct; you think I would have shown it if it
+weren't correct?) As you see there is no \verb*=\varpi = anymore:
+PatGen2 has really replaced it by \verb=p=, and so
+\verb*=A-GA-\varpi A-EI= has become \verb=a*ga*pa*ei=.
+
+\section{Where do I find more information?}
+I voluntarily didn't discussed the various parameters used for
+pattern generation. For these there is very good litterature:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item the \TeX book, by the Grand Wizard of \TeX\ arcana,
+appendix H;
+\item \LaTeX\ Erweiterungsm\"oglichkeiten, by Helmut Kopka,
+Addison-Wesley, Pages 482--489;
+\item Swedish Hyphenation for \TeX, by Jan Michael Rynning,
+[sorry, I don't know where this paper is published];
+\item Word Hy-phen-a-tion by Com-put-er, Stanford University
+Report {\tt STAN-CS-83-977};
+\item forthcoming paper by Dominik Wujastyk, on British
+hyphenation;
+\item Hyphenation Patterns for Ancient Greek and Latin,
+TUGboat~13 (4), pages 457--469.
+\item and many others\ldots
+\end{itemize}
+
+Where to get PatGen2? probably everywhere, but certainly in
+Stuttgart ({\tt IP 129.69.1.12}),
+\verb=soft/tex/systems/pc/utilities/patgen.zip= (take a look also at
+\verb=soft/tex/systems/knuth/texware/patgen.version2.1/patgen.README=).
+
+\section{Go forth, etc etc}
+OK, once again {\sc Go Forth} and make masterpieces of hyphenation
+patterns\ldots
+{\bf but} please get in touch with the TWGMLC (Technical Working
+Group on Multiple Language Coordination) first, since people there
+are working on many languages: maybe they have already done what
+you need and are still testing it; or maybe they haven't and in
+that case you could help us a lot.
+
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..614bf08950b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+[unixtex.ftp: 11 November 1995]
+
+The master version of this file is on ftp.cs.umb.edu [158.121.104.33]
+in pub/tex/unixtex.ftp. Mail kb@cs.umb.edu with comments or questions.
+
+=========================================================================
+ Consider joining the TeX Users Group (TUG):
+ support the maintenance and development of the programs you retrieve.
+ Send membership request to: tug@tug.org.
+=========================================================================
+
+ GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
+
+... for Unix sites wanting to install (plain) TeX, LaTeX (2e), BibTeX,
+Metafont, and DVI processors for any of the X window system,
+PostScript, and/or the PCL language in the HP LaserJet.
+
+The files mentioned below are available from any of the following:
+
+ Host Internet address TeX root dir
+ ---- ---------------- ------------
+ ftp.shsu.edu 192.92.115.10 /tex-archive
+ ftp.tex.ac.uk 134.151.44.19 /tex-archive
+ ftp.dante.de 128.69.1.12 /tex-archive
+
+ For additional ftp sites, get /README.mirrors from one of the above or
+ finger ctan@ftp.shsu.edu.
+
+ These instructions use non-generic features of FTP supported by the
+ hosts above. For details, get:
+ /README.archive-features
+ /README.site-commands
+
+The /tex-archive/help and /tex-archive/documentation directories on
+these hosts have much additional documentation on all aspects of TeX. If
+you don't know (for example) what Metafont is, or the relationship of
+LaTeX to TeX, look there.
+
+
+Retrieving a basic set of input files and fonts:
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+ftp> cd /tex-archive/systems/web2c
+ftp> bi [set binary mode]
+ftp> get lib.tar.gz [unpacks into texmf; 2.8MB->11.5MB]
+
+ This file contains a minimal collection of fonts (TFM files only,
+ and only for Computer Modern, DC, LaTeX, Pandora, and the free
+ PostScript fonts), base (La)TeX macros, MF macros, and BibTeX files
+ -- enough to get started. The AMS fonts and macros are included.
+ The LaTeX release may be out of date; for the latest, and for
+ additional LaTeX packages; investigate /tex-archive/macros/latex.
+
+ lib.tar.gz unpacks into a directory named `texmf', which you will
+ want in your equivalent of /usr/local/lib -- whatever you will
+ define as your $(datadir) in the Makefiles.
+
+ The organization of the archive was debated at great length. We hope
+ it will be useful. If you don't like our organization, feel free to
+ move the files around as you see fit, not forgetting to redefine the
+ search paths and installation directories. The Makefiles,
+ kpathsea/HIER, kpathsea/paths.h.in, and web2c/README (``Directory
+ hierarchies'') have more information. The organization will
+ change to conform to the standard TeX directory structure
+ promulgated by the TUG Working Group when the TDS is released.
+
+ You must decide on your directory structure *before* doing the
+ compilations, since you must specify default search paths, and
+ since by default the web2c Makefile tries to create the basic .fmt
+ and .base files, which require the .{tex,mf,tfm} input files.
+
+
+Retrieving web2c (that is, TeX, Metafont, and friends):
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+Still in /tex-archive/systems/web2c:
+
+ftp> get web.tar.gz [Knuth's WEB sources for TeX, MF, & family:
+ unpacks into ./web2c-<version>; 1.2MB->4MB]
+ftp> get web2c.tar.gz [WEB-to-C source: also unpacks into ./web2c-<version>
+ .75MB->2.7K]
+
+ You must retrieve and unpack *both* web.tar.gz and web2c.tar.gz.
+
+ The web2c distribution uses an older version of the path-searching
+ library than the drivers below. For an interim patch, get the
+ latest ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.kpathsea-2.*.help file, and
+ read it. (I'm working on the next release of web2c as hard as I
+ can, really.) The two versions can coexist; by using the web2c
+ distribution as it stands, you merely lose the features added to
+ kpathsea over the last year or so.
+
+
+Retrieving device drivers:
+-------------------------
+
+ For an X window system previewer (xdvik):
+ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/xdvik
+ftp> get xdvik.tar.gz [unpacks into ./xdvik-<version>; .5MB->1.8MB]
+
+ For a DVI-to-PostScript translator (dvipsk):
+ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/dvipsk
+ftp> get dvipsk.tar.gz [unpacks into ./dvipsk-<version>; .7MB->2.7MB]
+
+ For a DVI-to-PCL (HP LaserJet) translator (dviljk):
+ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/dviljk
+ftp> get dviljk.tar.gz [unpacks into ./dviljk-<version>; .6MB->3MB]
+
+ftp> quit [end ftp session]
+
+
+Compilation and installation:
+----------------------------
+
+Each of these packages -- web2c, xdvik, dvipsk, dviljk -- contains its
+own installation instructions. It is possible to build all the programs
+in a single make (see the web2c.kpathsea-*.help file), but it is simpler
+to make them separately.
+
+Compile web2c first (i.e.,, the material in both web.tar.gz and
+web2c.tar.gz, unpacked, possibly patched for the most recent kpathsea --
+see above, under `retrieving web2c'). For an overview,
+
+ ./web2c-<version>/README
+ ./web2c-<version>/kpathsea/INSTALL
+ ./web2c-<version>/web2c/README
+ ./web2c-<version>/web2c/INSTALL
+
+The INSTALL files are your guides to installation.
+At the simplest, you do configure && make && make install at the top level.
+
+Remember to set up your texmf directory hierarchy before embarking on
+your compilation (see `For a basic set of input files and fonts' above).
+
+After installation, if basic input files such as plain.tex aren't being
+found, or if the file searching is very slow, read kpathsea/INSTALL from
+one of the *k driver distributions. (This is much more recent than
+kpathsea/INSTALL from web2c.)
+
+All installation processes require careful attention to detail, and
+knowledge of your system. Festina lente -- make haste slowly -- and you
+improve your chances of success.
+
+ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/*.help describe some common problems with the
+current version of web2c. Here's some more:
+
+-- Contrary to what the web2c installation instructions imply, you must use
+ configure --prefix=/your/tex/root
+instead of editing the prefix in the Makefile(s). (Editing does work in
+some cases, but not all.)
+
+-- configure does not always guess the type of yytext properly; the
+symptom will be compiler errors involving yytext. Replace the line
+`DECLARE_YYTEXT' in web2c-6.1/web2c/web2c.h with the right thing. See
+web2c.yytext.help.
+
+-- If the compiler complains about something involving foil_x_wchar_t, try
+ make CFLAGS="-g -DNO_FOIL_X_WCHAR_T" (for web2c); or
+ make CFLAGS="-g -DFOIL_X_WCHAR_T" (for everything else).
+
+-- I messed up and declared alloca in web2c/web2c/web2c.h. Just delete
+the declaration. ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.alloca.help does this.
+
+-- make clean removes *.pool in web2c/tex and web2c/mf. Use make
+distclean or make mostlyclean instead. Or edit tex/Makefile and
+mf/Makefile to remove *.pool at distclean instead of clean.
+ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.pool.help does this. (You must apply this
+patch before web2c.kpathsea-2.6.help.)
+
+
+Distribution on tape and CD/ROM:
+-------------------------------
+
+For TeX on a single tape (4mm DAT or QIC-24), ordering information is
+available from unixtex@u.washington.edu. A distribution fee
+of US$210.00 is requested to cover administrative costs.
+
+The Free Software Foundation distributes the minimal TeX system
+described here on CD/ROM. Write gnu@prep.ai.mit.edu or finger
+fsf@prep.ai.mit.edu for info.
+
+The 4allTeX CD-ROM comes from the NTG, the Dutch-speaking TeX user
+group. Email ntg@nic.surfnet.nl, or see http://ei0.ei.ele.tue.nl/ntg/.
+
+The Prime Time TeXcetera CD-ROM is a copy of CTAN; email ptf@ctcl.com or
+see http://www.ptf.com/ptf/.
+
+Walnut Creek has a TeX CD. Email info@cdrom.com or see
+http://www.cdrom.com:/titles/tex.html.
+
+Other organizations may provide TeX on a CD/ROM, but I do not know the
+details to include them here. (Please inform me if you do.)
+
+
+Precompiled Unix TeX executables:
+--------------------------
+
+I recommend the teTeX distribution for precompiled binaries or if you
+want to retrieve a ready-made system instead of building your own. It's
+available from CTAN hosts in systems/unix/tetex.
+
+If you get these binaries, you do not need to get web.tar.gz,
+web2c.tar.gz, or the other source distributions.
+
+
+If you do not have GNU's gunzip utility, you will need to retrieve and
+install gzip.
+
+ftp> cd /tex-archive/tools/info-zip
+ftp> get gzip-1.2.4.tar
+
+gzip does a better job of compression than standard Unix compress, and
+it is (as far as is known) patent-free. It is illegal to use Unix
+compress in the USA, because it infringes a software patent. Write to
+the League for Programming Freedom <lpf@uunet.uu.net> for information
+about fighting the new software monopolies.
+
+
+Acknowledgements:
+----------------
+
+The three main sites listed above are part of the Comprehensive TeX Archive
+Network (CTAN) -- the result of cooperative work among members of TUG,
+DANTE [German-speaking TeX Users Group], and UKTUG [U.K. TeX Users Group],
+under the leadership of George Greenwade, Chair for TUG's Technical
+Working Group on TeX Archive Guidelines <ctan@shsu.edu>.
+
+Special thanks to George Greenwade for establishing the CTAN site at
+Sam Houston State University (US); to Rainer Schoepf, Barbara Burr,
+and members of DANTE for the CTAN site in Heidelberg (Germany); and to
+Sebastian Rahtz for the CTAN site in Cambridge (UK).
+
+unixtex.ftp was conceived and created by a wonderful person (not the
+current maintainer!) who wishes to remain electronically anonymous.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..48006bbadc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+<html><head>
+<!-- $Id: usergroups.html,v 1.121 2003/08/25 10:17:19 kaja Exp $ -->
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" Content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<title>All TeX User Groups</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="/tugstyle.css">
+</head><body>
+
+<h2>All TeX User Groups</h2>
+
+<p>The TeX Users Group itself (contact info below) serves as the local
+user group (LUG) of TeX users in North America and any other area not
+appearing in the following list. TUG is always interested in fostering
+the formation of local TeX users groups; please contact the <a
+href="mailto:board@tug.org">TUG board</a> for assistance: forwarding
+information about others who might be interested, publicity, and of
+course moral support.
+
+<p><b>Please send additions or corrections by email to
+<a href="mailto:webmaster@tug.org"><tt>webmaster@tug.org</tt></a>.</b>
+
+<p>See also the <a href="http://www.servalys.nl/lug/">Electronic LUG
+database</a> for more information, and the TeX calendar
+(<a href="http://texcalendar.dante.de/month.php">month view</a>,
+<a href="http://texcalendar.dante.de/year.php">year view</a>) for user
+group activities.
+
+<hr>
+
+<dl>
+<dt><a href="http://www.univ-orleans.fr/EXT/ASTEX/astex/doc/en/web/html/astex000.htm">
+ <b>AsTEX </b></a> (French-speaking)<br>
+ <dd>Michel Lavaud, President<br>
+ Association pour la diffusion de logiciels scientifiques li&eacute;s TeX<br>
+ Association AsTEX<br>
+ BP 6532<br>
+ 45066 ORLEANS cedex 2<br>
+ FRANCE<br>
+ Tel: 33 2 38 64 09 94<br>
+ Email: <A href="mailto:astex-admin@univ-orleans.fr"><tt>astex-admin@univ-orleans.fr</tt></A><br>
+ Mailing list: <a href="mailto:astex@univ-orleans.fr"><tt>astex@univ-orleans.fr</tt></a>
+<p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.cervantex.org/">
+ <b>CervanTeX</b></a> (Spanish-speaking).<br>
+ <DD>Javier Bezos, President: <br>
+ Grupo de Usuarios de TeX Hispanohablantes<br>
+ Email: <a href="secretario@cervantex.org">
+ secretario@cervantex.org</a><br>
+ Mailing list:
+ <a href="mailto:sptex@ls.cica.es">sptex@ls.cica.es</a>.<p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.rons.net.cn/">
+ <B> Chinese TeX Users Group</B></a><br>
+ <DD>Hong Feng, Chairman<br>
+ RON's Datacom Co., Ltd. <br>
+ Suite 3-3, 200 WuZhong Street,<br>
+ Wuhan, Hubei Province<br>
+ 430040 China P.R.<br>
+ Phone/Fax: +86 27 83222108<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:info@mail.rons.net.cn">
+ <tt> info@mail.rons.net.cn</tt> </a><p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.cstug.cz/">
+ <b>CsTUG</b></a> (Czech and Slovak Republics) <br>
+ <dd>Petr Sojka, President<br>
+ Ceskoslovensk&eacute; sdruzen&iacute; uzivatelu TeXu <br>
+ CsTUG, c/o FI MU <br>
+ Botanick&aacute; 68a <br>
+ CZ-602 00 Brno <br>
+ CZECH REPUBLIC <br>
+ Tel: +420-5-41212352<br>
+ FAX: +420-5-41212568<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:cstug@cstug.cz"><tt>cstug@cstug.cz</tt></a><br>
+ FTP: <tt><a href="ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex">ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex</a></tt><p> </dd>
+
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.cemi.rssi.ru/cyrtug/">
+ <b>CyrTUG</b></a> (Russia)
+ <dd>Eugenii V. Pankratiev, President<br>
+ CyrTUG, c/o Mir Publishers<br>
+ 2 Pervyi Rizhskii Pereulok<br>
+ Moscow, 129820, Russia<br>
+ Phone: (095) 286 0622<br>
+ Fax: (095) 288 9522<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:cyrtug@cemi.rssi.ru">cyrtug@cemi.rssi.ru</a>
+ or <a href="cyrtug@mir.msk.su">cyrtug@mir.msk.su</a>
+ <p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.dante.de">
+ <b>DANTE</b></a> (German-speaking)
+ <dd>Volker Schaa, President <br>
+ Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. <br>
+ Postfach 101840 <br>
+ D-69008 Heidelberg, Germany <br>
+ Tel: +49 6221 29766 <br>
+ FAX: +49 6221 167906 <br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:dante@dante.de">
+ <tt>dante@dante.de</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.tug.dk/">
+ <b>DK-TUG</b></a> (Danish TeX Users Group)
+ <dd>Kaja Christiansen, President<br>
+ DK-TUG, Department of Mathematical Sciences<br>
+ University of Aarhus, Ny Munkegade, Bldg 530<br>
+ DK-8000 Århus C., Denmark<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:bestyrelse@tug.dk">
+ <tt>bestyrelse@tug.dk</tt></a><br>
+ Mailing list:
+ <a href="mailto:dk-tug@tug.dk"><tt>dk-tug@tug.dk</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+<dt><b>Estonian User Group</b>
+ <dd>Astrophysical Observatory, Toravere <br>
+ Enn Saar, Tartu <br>
+ EE 2444 Estonia <br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto: saar@aai.ee">
+ <tt>saar@aai.ee</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://obelix.ee.duth.gr/eft">
+<img src="greek-img.jpg" alt="Greek TeX Friends"
+ align="left" hspace="5">The Greek TeX Friends Group</a>
+ <dd>Apostolos Syropoulos, President <br>
+ 366, 28th October Str.<br>
+ GR-671 00 Xanthi<br>
+ GREECE<br>
+ Telephone: Tel.:+30 541 28704<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:apostolo@obelix.ee.duth.gr">
+ <tt>apostolo@obelix.ee.duth.gr</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://hilbert.mat.uc.pt/~GUTpt">
+<b>GUTpt</b></a> (Portugal)
+ <dd>Pedro Quaresma de Almeida, President <br>
+ Grupo de Utilizadores de TeX<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:GUTpt@hilbert.mat.uc.pt">
+ <tt>GUTpt@hilbert.mat.uc.pt</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.guit.sssup.it">
+<b>GuIT</b></a> (Italy)
+ <dd>Gruppo Utilizzatori Italiani TeX<br>
+ For information, contact <br>
+ Maurizio Himmelmann <br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:guit@sssup.it">
+ <tt>guit@sssup.it</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.gust.org.pl/">
+<b>GUST</b></a> (Poland)
+ <dd>Andrzej Borzyszkowski, President<br>
+ Polska Grupa Uzytkownik&oacute;w Systemu TeX <br>
+ Uczelniane Centrum Informatyczne<br>
+ Uniwersytet Mikolaja Kopernika<br>
+ ul. Gagarina 7<br>
+ 87 - 100 Torun, Poland <br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:prezes@gust.org.pl">
+ <tt>prezes@gust.org.pl</tt></a><br>
+ <a href="mailto:sekretariat@gust.org.pl">
+ sekretariat@gust.org.pl</a><br>
+ Mailing list: <a href="mailto:gust-l@man.torun.pl">
+ gust-l@man.torun.pl</a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.gutenberg.eu.org">
+<b>GUTenberg</b> </a> (French-speaking)
+ <dd>Maurice Laugier, President <br>
+ Group francophone des Utilisateurs de TeX <br>
+ Association GUTenberg <br>
+ c/o Irisa, Campus universitaire de Beaulieu<br>
+ F-35042 Rennes cedex, France<br>
+ Tel: +33 1 30 87 06 25<br>
+ FAX: +33 1 30 87 06 25<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:secretariat@gutenberg.eu.org">
+ <tt>secretariat@gutenberg.eu.org</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><b>ITALIC</b> (Irish)
+ <dd>No formal user group yet.<br>
+ Public mailing list:
+ <a href="mailto:ITALIC-L@listserv.heanet.ie">
+ <tt>ITALIC-L@listserv.heanet.ie</tt> </a><br>
+ (send subscription requests
+ to <a href="mailto:LISTSERV@listserv.heanet.ie">
+ <tt>LISTSERV@listserv.heanet.ie</tt></a>).<br>
+ Peter Flynn<br>
+ Computer Centre<br>
+ University College<br>
+ Cork, Ireland<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:pflynn@www.ucc.ie">
+ <tt>pflynn@www.ucc.ie</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.ktug.or.kr" target="_top">
+<b>KTUG</b></a> (Korean TeX Users Group)<br>
+
+<dd><a href="mailto:director@ktug.or.kr">Kim Kangsu, Director</a><br>
+Email: <a href="mailto:info@mail.ktug.or.kr">
+<tt>info@mail.ktug.or.kr</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.vtex.lt/tex/">
+ <b>Lietovos TeX'o Vartotoj&oslash; Grup&euml;</b></a>
+ (Lithuanian TeX Users Group)
+ <dd>Vytas Statulevicius, Chair<br>
+ Akademijos 4<br>
+ LT-2600 Vilnius, Lithuania<br>
+ Tel: +370 2 359 609<br>
+ FAX: +370 2 359 804<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:vytass@ktl.mii.lt">
+ <tt>vytass@ktl.mii.lt</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.math.klte.hu/~matex/">
+ <b>Magyar TeX Egyes&uuml;let</b></a> (Hungarian TeX Users Group)
+ <dd>Antal J&aacute;rai, President<br>
+ <dd>Contact address:<br>
+ <dd>Gy&ouml;ngyi Bujdos&oacute;<br>
+ <dd>University of Debrecen<br>
+ <dd>H-4010 Debrecen, P.O.B. 12<br>
+ <dd>Hungary<br>
+Email: <a href="mailto:matex@math.klte.hu"><tt>matex@math.klte.hu</tt></a>
+<p></dd>
+
+<dt> <a href="http://www.ifi.uio.no/~dag/ntug/">
+ <b>Nordic TeX Group</b></a> (Scandinavian Countries)
+ <dd>Dag Langmyhr, Chair <br>
+ Department of Informatics<br>
+ PO Box 1080 Blindern<br>
+ University of Oslo<br>
+ N-0316 Oslo, Norway<br>
+ Tel: +47 22 85 24 50<br>
+ FAX: +47 22 85 24 01<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:dag@ifi.uio.no">
+ <tt>dag@ifi.uio.no</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.ntg.nl/">
+<b>NTG</b> </a> (Dutch-speaking)
+ <dd>Hans Hagen, Chair <br>
+ Nederlandstalige TeX Gebruikersgroep <br>
+ Utrechtsestraatweg 64<br>
+ NL-3445 AV Woerden<br>
+ The Netherlands, <br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:ntg@ntg.nl">
+ <tt>ntg@ntg.nl</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+
+<dt> <a href="http://vlado.fmf.uni-lj.si/texceh/texceh.htm">
+<b>TeXCeH</b> </a> (Slovenian TeX User Group)
+ <dd>Vladimir Batagelj<br>
+ Jadranska 19<br>
+ SI-61111 Ljubljana, Slovenia<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:Tex.Ceh@fmf.uni-lj.si">
+ <tt>Tex.Ceh@fmf.uni-lj.si</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/">
+ <b>TeX M&eacute;xico</b></a> (Mexican TeX User Group)
+ <dd> Cuauht&eacute;moc Pacheco D&iacute;az (TeX Mexico coordinator)<br>
+ Rayon No. 523, Centro CP 58000<br>
+ Morelia, Michoac&#225;n, Mexico<br>
+ Tel: +52 443 312-8724 / Fax: +52 443 317-3945<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:tex@linuxopensource.com.mx">
+ tex@linuxopensource.com.mx</a><br>
+ URL: <a href="http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/" target="_top">http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/</a><p>
+</dd>
+
+<dt> <a href="http://www-lsi.upc.es/~valiente/tug-catalan.html">
+ <b>Tirant lo TeX</b> </a> (Catalan TeX Users Group)
+ <dd> Gabriel Valiente Feruglio<br>
+ Technical University of Catalonia<br>
+ Department of Software<br>
+ M&ograve;dul C6, Campus Nord<br>
+ Jordi Girona Salgado, 1-3<br>
+ E-08034 Barcelona, Catalonia<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:valiente@lsi.upc.es">
+ <tt>valiente@lsi.upc.es</tt></a><br>
+ discussion list:
+ <a href="mailto:catala-tex@aliga.cesca.es">
+ <tt>catala-tex@aliga.cesca.es</tt> </a><br>
+ (send subscription requests
+ to <a href="mailto:listserv@cesca.es">
+ <tt>listserv@cesca.es</tt></a>).<p></dd>
+
+<dt> <a href="http://tug.org/">
+ <b>TUG</b></a> (International TeX users group, LUG for TeX users not
+ covered by some other group)
+ <dd>Mimi Jett, President <br>
+ TeX Users Group <br>
+ 1466 NW Naito Parkway, Suite 3141<br>
+ Portland, OR 97209, U.S.A.<br>
+ Tel: +1-503-223-9994<br>
+ FAX: +1-503-223-3960<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:office@tug.org">
+ <tt>office@tug.org</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://www.tug.org.in/index.html" target="_top">
+ <b>TUGIndia</b></a> (Indian TeX Users Group)
+<dd> Prof. (Dr.) K. S. S. Nambooripad, Chairman<br>
+ Floor III, SJP Buildings<br>
+ Cotton Hills, Trivandrum 695014, India<br>
+ Tel: +91 471 33 7501<br>
+ Fax. +91 471 33 3186<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:tugindia@tug.org.in">
+ <tt>tugindia@tug.org.in</tt></a><p></dd>
+
+<DT><B>TUG-Philippines</B> (Philippines TeX Users Group)
+<dd>Dr. Felix P. Muga II, President<br>
+ Mathematics Department<br>
+ Ateneo de Manila University<br>
+ Loyola Heights, Quezon City<br>
+ Tel: (63-2) 426 6001 local 2515<br>
+ Fax: (63-2) 426 6008<br>
+
+ Email: <a href="mailto:fpmuga@admu.edu.ph"><tt>fpmuga@admu.edu.ph</tt></a><br>
+ <a href="mailto:fpmuga@philonline.com"><tt>fpmuga@philonline.com</tt></a><br>
+<p></dd>
+
+<dt><A HREF="http://uk.tug.org">
+ <b>UK TUG</b></a> (United Kingdom)
+<dd>R.W.D. Nickalls, Chairman<br>
+ For information:<br>
+ Simon Dales<br>
+ c/o 196 Eccles Old Road,<br>
+ Salford<br>
+ Manchester<br>
+ M6 8AL UK<br>
+ Email: <a href="mailto:uktug-enquiries@tex.ac.uk">
+ <tt>uktug-enquiries@tex.ac.uk</tt></a><p>
+</dd>
+
+<dt><a href="http://w3.to/viettug" target="_top">
+ <b>Vi&ecirc;tTUG</b></a> (Vietnamese TeX Users Group)
+<dd>Nguy&ecirc;n-&ETH;ai Qu&yacute;<br>
+
+ LTAS-University of Li&egrave;ge<br>
+ Rue des Chevreuils, 1, B&acirc;t B52, Local 522B<br>
+ B4000, Li&egrave;ge, Belgium<br>
+ Tel: +32-4-366.9098 Fax: +32-4-366.9311<br>
+
+ Email: <a href="mailto:viettug@eGroups.com">
+ <tt>viettug@eGroups.com</tt></a><br>
+</dd>
+
+</dl>
+
+<hr><small>$Date: 2003/08/25 10:17:19 $;</small>
+<!-- $Id: footer.html,v 1.7 2003/01/30 16:19:38 karl Exp $ (generic footer) -->
+<small>
+<a href="mailto:webmaster@tug.org">contact webmaster</a>;
+<a href="/contact.html">contact TUG</a>;
+<a href="/index.html">TUG home page</a>.
+</small>
+</body></html>
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1bc3a2bc405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth
@@ -0,0 +1,633 @@
+Date: 08 Jan 90 1727 PST
+From: Don Knuth <DEK@SAIL.Stanford.EDU>
+Subject: Virtual fonts: More fun for Grand Wizards
+Keywords: fonts
+
+Many writers to TeXhax during the past year or so have been struggling with
+interfaces between differing font conventions. For example, there's been a
+brisk correspondence about mixing oldstyle digits with a caps-and-small-caps
+alphabet. Other people despair of working with fonts supplied by manufacturers
+like Autologic, Compugraphic, Monotype, etc.; still others are afraid to leave
+the limited accent capabilities of Computer Modern for fonts containing letters
+that are individually accented as they should be, because such fonts are not
+readily available in a form that existing TeX software understands.
+
+There is a much better way to solve such problems than the remedies
+that have been proposed in TeXhax. This better way was first realized
+by David Fuchs in 1983, when he installed it in our DVI-to-APS
+software at Stanford (which he also developed for commercial
+distribution by ArborText). We used it, for example, to typeset my
+article on Literate Programming for The Computer Journal, using native
+Autologic fonts to match the typography of that journal.
+
+I was expecting David's strategy to become widely known and adopted.
+But alas --- and this has really been the only significant
+disappointment I've had with respect to the way TeX has been
+propagating around the world --- nobody else's DVI-to-X drivers have
+incorporated anything resembling David's ideas, and TeXhax
+contributors have spilled gallons of electronic ink searching for
+answers in the wrong direction.
+
+The right direction is obvious once you've seen it (although it wasn't
+obvious in 1983): All we need is a good way to specify a mapping from
+TeX's notion of a font character to a device's capabilities for
+printing. Such a mapping was called a "virtual font" by the AMS
+speakers at the TUG meetings this past August. At that meeting I spoke
+briefly about the issue and voiced my hope that all DVI drivers be
+upgraded within a year to add a virtual font capability. Dave Rodgers
+of ArborText announced that his company would make their WEB routines
+for virtual font design freely available, and I promised to edit them
+into a form that would match the other programs in the standard
+TeXware distribution.
+
+The preparation of TeX Version 3 and MF Version 2 has taken me much longer
+than expected, but at last I've been able to look closely at the concept of
+virtual fonts. (The need for such fonts is indeed much greater now than it
+was before, because TeX's new multilingual capabilities are significantly
+more powerful only when suitable fonts are available. Virtual fonts can
+easily be created to meet these needs.)
+
+After looking closely at David Fuchs's original design, I decided to design
+a completely new file format that would carry his ideas further, making the
+virtual font mechanism completely device-independent; David's original code
+was very APS-specific. Furthermore I decided to extend his notions so that
+arbitrary DVI commands (including rules and even specials) could be
+part of a virtual font. The new file format I've just designed is called
+VF; it's easy for DVI drivers to read VF files, because VF format is similar
+to the PK and DVI formats they already deal with.
+
+The result is two new system routines called VFtoVP and VPtoVF. These
+routines are extensions of the old ones called TFtoPL and PLtoTF;
+there's a property-list language called VPL that extends the ordinary
+PL format so that virtual fonts can be created easily.
+
+In addition to implementing these routines, I've also tested the ideas by
+verifying that virtual fonts could be incorporated into Tom Rokicki's dvips
+system without difficulty. I wrote a C program (available from Tom) that
+converts Adobe AFM files into virtual fonts for TeX; these virtual fonts
+include almost all the characteristics of Computer Modern text fonts
+(lacking only the uppercase Greek and the dotless j) and they include all
+the additional Adobe characters as well. These virtual fonts even include
+all the "composite characters" listed in the AFM file, from `Aacute' to
+`zcaron'; such characters are available as ligatures. For example, to get
+`Aacute' you type first `acute' (which is character 19 = ~S in Computer Modern
+font layout, it could also be character 194 = Meta-B if you're using an
+8-bit keyboard with the new TeX) followed by `A'. Using such fonts, it's
+now easier for me to typeset European language texts in Times-Roman and
+Helvetica and Palatino than in Computer Modern! [But with less than an hour's
+work I could make a virtual font for Computer Modern that would do the same
+things; I just haven't gotten around to it yet.]
+
+[A nice ligature scheme for dozens of European languages was just published
+by Haralambous in the November TUGboat. He uses only ASCII characters, getting
+Aacute with the combination <A. I could readily add his scheme to mine, by
+adding a few lines to my VPL files. Indeed, multiple conventions can be
+supported simultaneously (although I don't recommend that really).]
+
+Virtual fonts make it easy to go from DVI files to the font layouts of
+any manufacturer or font supplier. They also (I'm sorry to say) make
+"track kerning" easy, for people who have to resort to that oft-abused
+feature of lead-free type.
+
+Furthermore, virtual fonts solve the problem of proofreading with screen
+fonts or with lowres laserprinter fonts, because you can have several
+virtual fonts sharing a common TFM file. Suppose, for example, that you
+want to typeset camera copy on an APS machine using Univers as the
+ultimate font, but you want to do proofreading with a screen previewer and
+with a laserprinter. Suppose further that you don't have Univers for your
+laserprinter; the closest you have is Helvetica. And suppose that you
+haven't even got Helvetica for your screen, but you do have cmss10. Here's
+what you can do: First make a virtual property list (VPL) file
+univers-aps.vpl that describes the high-quality font of your ultimate
+output. Then edit that file into univers-laser.vpl, which has identical
+font metric info but maps the characters into Helvetica; similarly, make
+univers-screen.vpl, which maps them into cmss10. Now run VPtoVF on each of
+the three VPL files. This will produce three identical TFM files
+univers.tfm, one of which you should put on the directory read by TeX.
+You'll also get three distinct VF files called univers.vf, which you
+should put on three different directories --- one directory for your
+DVI-to-APS software, another for your DVI-to-laserwriter software, and the
+third for the DVI-to-screen previewer. Voil~~Ra.
+
+So virtual fonts are evidently quite virtuous. But what exactly are
+virtual fonts, detail-wise? Appended to this message are excerpts from
+VFtoVP.WEB and VPtoVF.WEB, which give a complete definition of the
+VF and VPL file formats.
+
+I fully expect that all people who have implemented DVI drivers will
+immediately see the great potential of virtual fonts, and that they will
+be unable to resist installing a VF capability into their own software
+during the first few months of 1990. (The idea is this: For each font
+specified in a DVI file, the software looks first in a special table to
+see if the font is device-resident (in which case the TFM file is loaded,
+to get the character widths); failing that, it looks for a suitable GF or
+PK file; failing that, it looks for a VF file, which may in turn lead to
+other actual or virtual files. The latter files should not be loaded
+immediately, but only on demand, because the process is recursive.
+Incidentally, if no resident or GF or PK or VF file is found, a TFM file
+should be loaded as a last resort, so that the characters can be left
+blank with appropriate widths.)
+
+%--- an excerpt from VFtoVP.web -----------------------------------------------
+
+@* Virtual fonts. The idea behind \.{VF} files is that a general
+interface mechanism is needed to switch between the myriad font
+layouts provided by different suppliers of typesetting equipment.
+Without such a mechanism, people must go to great lengths writing
+inscrutable macros whenever they want to use typesetting conventions
+based on one font layout in connection with actual fonts that have
+another layout. This puts an extra burden on the typesetting system,
+interfering with the other things it needs to do (like kerning,
+hyphenation, and ligature formation).
+
+These difficulties go away when we have a ``virtual font,''
+i.e., a font that exists in a logical sense but not a physical sense.
+A typesetting system like \TeX\ can do its job without knowing where the
+actual characters come from; a device driver can then do its job by
+letting a \.{VF} file tell what actual characters correspond to the
+characters \TeX\ imagined were present. The actual characters
+can be shifted and/or magnified and/or combined with other characters
+from many different fonts. A virtual font can even make use of characters
+from virtual fonts, including itself.
+
+Virtual fonts also allow convenient character substitutions for proofreading
+purposes, when fonts designed for one output device are unavailable on another.
+
+@ A \.{VF} file is organized as a stream of 8-bit bytes, using conventions
+borrowed from \.{DVI} and \.{PK} files. Thus, a device driver that knows
+about \.{DVI} and \.{PK} format will already
+contain most of the mechanisms necessary to process \.{VF} files.
+We shall assume that \.{DVI} format is understood; the conventions in the
+\.{DVI} documentation (see, for example, {\sl \TeX: The Program}, part 31)
+are adopted here to define \.{VF} format.
+
+A preamble
+appears at the beginning, followed by a sequence of character definitions,
+followed by a postamble. More precisely, the first byte of every \.{VF} file
+must be the first byte of the following ``preamble command'':
+
+\yskip\hang|pre| 247 |i[1]| |k[1]| |x[k]| |cs[4]| |ds[4]|.
+Here |i| is the identification byte of \.{VF}, currently 202. The string
+|x| is merely a comment, usually indicating the source of the \.{VF} file.
+Parameters |cs| and |ds| are respectively the check sum and the design size
+of the virtual font; they should match the first two words in the header of
+the \.{TFM} file, as described below.
+
+\yskip
+After the |pre| command, the preamble continues with font definitions;
+every font needed to specify ``actual'' characters in later
+\\{set\_char} commands is defined here. The font definitions are
+exactly the same in \.{VF} files as they are in \.{DVI} files, except
+that the scaled size |s| is relative and the design size |d| is absolute:
+
+\yskip\hang|fnt_def1| 243 |k[1]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
+Define font |k|, where |0<=k<256|.
+
+\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def2| 244 |k[2]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
+Define font |k|, where |0<=k<65536|.
+
+\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def3| 245 |k[3]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
+Define font |k|, where |0<=k<@t$2~{24}$@>|.
+
+\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def4| 246 |k[4]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
+Define font |k|, where |@t$-2~{31}$@><=k<@t$2~{31}$@>|.
+
+\yskip\noindent
+These font numbers |k| are ``local''; they have no relation to font numbers
+defined in the \.{DVI} file that uses this virtual font. The dimension%|s|,
+which represents the scaled size of the local font being defined,
+is a |fix_word| relative to the design size of the virtual font.
+Thus if the local font is to be used at the same size
+as the design size of the virtual font itself, |s| will be the
+integer value $2~{20}$. The value of |s| must be positive and less than
+$2~{24}$ (thus less than 16 when considered as a |fix_word|).
+The dimension%|d| is a |fix_word| in units of printer's points; hence it
+is identical to the design size found in the corresponding \.{TFM} file.
+
+@d id_byte=202
+
+@<Glob...@>=
+@!vf_file:packed file of 0..255;
+
+@ The preamble is followed by zero or more character packets, where each
+character packet begins with a byte that is $<243$. Character packets have
+two formats, one long and one short:
+
+\yskip\hang|long_char| 242 |pl[4]| |cc[4]| |tfm[4]| |dvi[pl]|. This long form
+specifies a virtual character in the general case.
+
+\yskip\hang|short_char0..short_char241|
+|pl[1]| |cc[1]| |tfm[3]| |dvi[pl]|. This short form specifies a
+virtual character in the common case
+when |0<=pl<242| and |0<=cc<256| and $0\le|tfm|<2~{24}$.
+
+
+\yskip\noindent
+Here |pl| denotes the packet length following the |tfm| value; |cc| is
+the character code; and |tfm| is the character width copied from the
+\.{TFM} file for this virtual font. There should be at most one character
+packet having any given |cc| code.
+
+The |dvi| bytes are a sequence of complete \.{DVI} commands, properly
+nested with respect to |push| and |pop|. All \.{DVI} operations are
+permitted except |bop|, |eop|, and commands with opcodes |>=243|.
+Font selection commands (|fnt_num0| through |fnt4|) must refer to fonts
+defined in the preamble.
+
+Dimensions that appear in the \.{DVI} instructions are analogous to
+|fix_word| quantities; i.e., they are integer multiples of $2~{-20}$ times
+the design size of the virtual font. For example, if the virtual font
+has design size $10\,$pt, the \.{DVI} command to move down $5\,$pt
+would be a \\{down} instruction with parameter $2~{19}$. The virtual font
+itself might be used at a different size, say $12\,$pt; then that
+\\{down} instruction would move down $6\,$pt instead. Each dimension
+must be less than $2~{24}$ in absolute value.
+
+Device drivers processing \.{VF} files treat the sequences of |dvi| bytes
+as subroutines or macros, implicitly enclosing them with |push| and |pop|.
+Each subroutine begins with |w=x=y=z=0|, and with current font%|f| the
+number of the first-defined in the preamble (undefined if there's no
+such font). After the |dvi| commands have been
+performed, the |h| and%|v| position registers of \.{DVI} format are restored
+to their former values, and then |h| is increased by the \.{TFM} width
+(properly scaled)---just as if a simple character had been typeset.
+
+@d long_char=242 {\.{VF} command for general character packet}
+@d set_char_0=0 {\.{DVI} command to typeset character 0 and move right}
+@d set1=128 {typeset a character and move right}
+@d set_rule=132 {typeset a rule and move right}
+@d put1=133 {typeset a character}
+@d put_rule=137 {typeset a rule}
+@d nop=138 {no operation}
+@d push=141 {save the current positions}
+@d pop=142 {restore previous positions}
+@d right1=143 {move right}
+@d w0=147 {move right by |w|}
+@d w1=148 {move right and set |w|}
+@d x0=152 {move right by |x|}
+@d x1=153 {move right and set |x|}
+@d down1=157 {move down}
+@d y0=161 {move down by |y|}
+@d y1=162 {move down and set |y|}
+@d z0=166 {move down by |z|}
+@d z1=167 {move down and set |z|}
+@d fnt_num_0=171 {set current font to 0}
+@d fnt1=235 {set current font}
+@d xxx1=239 {extension to \.{DVI} primitives}
+@d xxx4=242 {potentially long extension to \.{DVI} primitives}
+@d fnt_def1=243 {define the meaning of a font number}
+@d pre=247 {preamble}
+@d post=248 {postamble beginning}
+@d improper_DVI_for_VF==139,140,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,
+ 253,254,255
+
+@ The character packets are followed by a trivial postamble, consisting of
+one or more bytes all equal to |post| (248). The total number of bytes
+in the file should be a multiple of%4.
+
+%------------- and here's an extract from VPtoVF.web --------------------------
+
+@* Property list description of font metric data.
+The idea behind \.{VPL} files is that precise details about fonts, i.e., the
+facts that are needed by typesetting routines like \TeX, sometimes have to
+be supplied by hand. The nested property-list format provides a reasonably
+convenient way to do this.
+
+A good deal of computation is necessary to parse and process a
+\.{VPL} file, so it would be inappropriate for \TeX\ itself to do this
+every time it loads a font. \TeX\ deals only with the compact descriptions
+of font metric data that appear in \.{TFM} files. Such data is so compact,
+however, it is almost impossible for anybody but a computer to read it.
+
+Device drivers also need a compact way to describe mappings from \TeX's idea
+of a font to the actual characters a device can produce. They can do this
+conveniently when given a packed sequence of bytes called a \.{VF} file.
+
+The purpose of \.{VPtoVF} is to convert from a human-oriented file of text
+to computer-oriented files of binary numbers. There's a companion program,
+\.{VFtoVP}, which goes the other way.
+
+@<Glob...@>=
+@!vpl_file:text;
+
+@ @<Set init...@>=
+reset(vpl_file);
+
+@ A \.{VPL} file is like a \.{PL} file with a few extra features, so we
+can begin to define it by reviewing the definition of \.{PL} files. The
+material in the next few sections is copied from the program \.{PLtoTF}.
+
+A \.{PL} file is a list of entries of the form
+$$\.{(PROPERTYNAME VALUE)}$$
+where the property name is one of a finite set of names understood by
+this program, and the value may itself in turn be a property list.
+The idea is best understood by looking at an example, so let's consider
+a fragment of the \.{PL} file for a hypothetical font.
+$$\vbox{\halign{\.{#}\hfil\cr
+(FAMILY NOVA)\cr
+(FACE F MIE)\cr
+(CODINGSCHEME ASCII)\cr
+(DESIGNSIZE D 10)\cr
+(DESIGNUNITS D 18)\cr
+(COMMENT A COMMENT IS IGNORED)\cr
+(COMMENT (EXCEPT THIS ONE ISN'T))\cr
+(COMMENT (ACTUALLY IT IS, EVEN THOUGH\cr
+\qquad\qquad IT SAYS IT ISN'T))\cr
+(FONTDIMEN\cr
+\qquad (SLANT R -.25)\cr
+\qquad (SPACE D 6)\cr
+\qquad (SHRINK D 2)\cr
+\qquad (STRETCH D 3)\cr
+\qquad (XHEIGHT R 10.55)\cr
+\qquad (QUAD D 18)\cr
+\qquad )\cr
+(LIGTABLE\cr
+\qquad (LABEL C f)\cr
+\qquad (LIG C f O 200)\cr
+\qquad (SKIP D 1)\cr
+\qquad (LABEL O 200)\cr
+\qquad (LIG C i O 201)\cr
+\qquad (KRN O 51 R 1.5)\cr
+\qquad (/LIG C ? C f)\cr
+\qquad (STOP)\cr
+\qquad )\cr
+(CHARACTER C f\cr
+\qquad (CHARWD D 6)\cr
+\qquad (CHARHT R 13.5)\cr
+\qquad (CHARIC R 1.5)\cr
+\qquad )\cr}}$$
+This example says that the font whose metric information is being described
+belongs to the hypothetical
+\.{NOVA} family; its face code is medium italic extended;
+and the characters appear in ASCII code positions. The design size is 10
+points, and all other sizes in this \.{PL} file are given in units such that
+18 units
+equals the design size. The font is slanted with a slope of $-.25$ (hence the
+letters actually slant backward---perhaps that is why the family name is
+\.{NOVA}). The normal space between words is 6 units (i.e., one third of
+the 18-unit design size), with glue that shrinks by 2 units or stretches by 3.
+The letters for which accents don't need to be raised or lowered are 10.55
+units high, and one em equals 18 units.
+
+The example ligature table is a bit trickier. It specifies that the
+letter \.f followed by another \.f is changed to code @'200, while
+code @'200 followed by \.i is changed to @'201; presumably codes @'200
+and @'201 represent the ligatures `ff' and `ffi'. Moreover, in both cases
+\.f and @'200, if the following character is the code @'51 (which is a
+right parenthesis), an additional 1.5 units of space should be inserted
+before the @'51. (The `\.{SKIP}~\.D~\.1' skips over one \.{LIG} or
+\.{KRN} command, which in this case is the second \.{LIG}; in this way
+two different ligature/kern programs can come together.)
+Finally, if either \.f or @'200 is followed by a question mark,
+the question mark is replaced by \.f and the ligature program is
+started over. (Thus, the character pair `\.{f?}' would actually become
+the ligature `ff', and `\.{ff?}' or `\.{f?f}' would become `fff'. To
+avoid this restart procedure, the \.{/LIG} command could be replaced
+by \.{/LIG>}; then `\.{f?} would become `f\kern0ptf' and `\.{f?f}'
+would become `f\kern0ptff'.)
+
+Character \.f itself is 6 units wide and 13.5 units tall, in this example.
+Its depth is zero (since \.{CHARDP} is not given), and its italic correction
+is 1.5 units.
+
+@ The example above illustrates most of the features found in \.{PL} files.
+Note that some property names, like \.{FAMILY} or \.{COMMENT}, take a
+string as their value; this string continues until the first unmatched
+right parenthesis. But most property names, like \.{DESIGNSIZE} and \.{SLANT}
+and \.{LABEL}, take a number as their value. This number can be expressed in
+a variety of ways, indicated by a prefixed code; \.D stands for decimal,
+\.H for hexadecimal, \.O for octal, \.R for real, \.C for character, and
+\.F for ``face.'' Other property names, like \.{LIG}, take two numbers as
+their value. And still other names, like \.{FONTDIMEN} and \.{LIGTABLE} and
+\.{CHARACTER}, have more complicated values that involve property lists.
+
+A property name is supposed to be used only in an appropriate property
+list. For example, \.{CHARWD} shouldn't occur on the outer level or
+within \.{FONTDIMEN}.
+
+The individual property-and-value pairs in a property list can appear in
+any order. For instance, `\.{SHRINK}' precedes `\.{STRETCH}' in the above
+example, although the \.{TFM} file always puts the stretch parameter first.
+One could even give the information about characters like `\.f' before
+specifying the number of units in the design size, or before specifying the
+ligature and kerning table. However, the \.{LIGTABLE} itself is an exception
+to this rule; the individual elements of the \.{LIGTABLE} property list
+can be reordered only to a certain extent without changing the meaning
+of that table.
+
+If property-and-value pairs are omitted, a default value is used. For example,
+we have already noted that the default for \.{CHARDP} is zero. The default
+for {\sl every\/} numeric value is, in fact, zero, unless otherwise stated
+below.
+
+If the same property name is used more than once, \.{VPtoVF} will not notice
+the discrepancy; it simply uses the final value given. Once again, however, the
+\.{LIGTABLE} is an exception to this rule; \.{VPtoVF} will complain if there
+is more than one label for some character. And of course many of the
+entries in the \.{LIGTABLE} property list have the same property name.
+
+@ A \.{VPL} file also includes information about how to create each character,
+by typesetting characters from other fonts and/or by drawing lines, etc.
+Such information is the value of the `\.{MAP}' property, which can be
+illustrated as follows:
+$$\vbox{\halign{\.{#}\hfil\cr
+(MAPFONT D 0 (FONTNAME Times-Roman))\cr
+(MAPFONT D 1 (FONTNAME Symbol))\cr
+(MAPFONT D 2 (FONTNAME cmr10)(FONTAT D 20))\cr
+(CHARACTER O 0 (MAP (SELECTFONT D 1)(SETCHAR C G)))\cr
+(CHARACTER O 76 (MAP (SETCHAR O 277)))\cr
+(CHARACTER D 197 (MAP\cr
+\qquad(PUSH)(SETCHAR C A)(POP)\cr
+\qquad(MOVEUP R 0.937)(MOVERIGHT R 1.5)(SETCHAR O 312)))\cr
+(CHARACTER O 200 (MAP (MOVEDOWN R 2.1)(SETRULE R 1 R 8)))\cr
+(CHARACTER O 201 (MAP\cr
+\qquad (SPECIAL ps: /SaveGray currentgray def .5 setgray)\cr
+\qquad (SELECTFONT D 2)(SETCHAR C A)\cr
+\qquad (SPECIAL SaveGray setgray)))\cr
+}}$$
+(These specifications appear in addition to the conventional \.{PL}
+information. The \.{MAP} attribute can be mixed in with other attributes
+like \.{CHARWD} or it can be given separately.)
+
+In this example, the virtual font is composed of characters that can be
+fabricated from three actual fonts, `\.{Times-Roman}',
+`\.{Symbol}', and `\.{cmr10} \.{at} \.{20\\u}' (where \.{\\u}
+is the unit size in this \.{VPL} file). Character |@'0| is typeset as
+a `G' from the symbol font. Character |@'76| is typeset as character |@'277|
+from the ordinary Times font. (If no other font is selected, font
+number~0 is the default. If no \.{MAP} attribute is given, the default map
+is a character of the same number in the default font.)
+
+Character 197 (decimal) is more interesting: First an A is typeset (in the
+default font Times), and this is enclosed by \.{PUSH} and \.{POP} so that
+the original position is restored. Then the accent character |@'312| is
+typeset, after moving up .937 units and right 1.5 units.
+
+To typeset character |@'200| in this virtual font, we move down 2.1 units,
+then typeset a rule that is 1 unit high and 8 units wide.
+
+Finally, to typeset character |@'201|, we do something that requires a
+special ability to interpret PostScript commands; this example
+sets the PostScript ``color'' to 50\char`\%\ gray and typesets an `A'
+from \.{cmr10} in that color.
+
+In general, the \.{MAP} attribute of a virtual character can be any sequence
+of typesetting commands that might appear in a page of a \.{DVI} file.
+A single character might map into an entire page.
+
+@ But instead of relying on a hypothetical example, let's consider a complete
+grammar for \.{VPL} files, beginning with the (unchanged) grammatical rules
+for \.{PL} files. At the outer level, the following property names
+are valid in any \.{PL} file:
+
+\yskip\hang\.{CHECKSUM} (four-byte value). The value, which should be a
+nonnegative integer less than $2^{32}$, is used to identify a particular
+version of a font; it should match the check sum value stored with the font
+itself. An explicit check sum of zero is used to bypass
+check sum testing. If no checksum is specified in the \.{VPL} file,
+\.{VPtoVF} will compute the checksum that \MF\ would compute from the
+same data.
+
+
+\yskip\hang\.{DESIGNSIZE} (numeric value, default is 10). The value, which
+should be a real number in the range |1.0<=x<2048|, represents the default
+amount by which all quantities will be scaled if the font is not loaded
+with an `\.{at}' specification. For example, if one says
+`\.{\\font\\A=cmr10 at 15pt}' in \TeX\ language, the design size in the \.{TFM}
+file is ignored and effectively replaced by 15 points; but if one simply
+says `\.{\\font\\A=cmr10}' the stated design size is used. This quantity is
+always in units of printer's points.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{DESIGNUNITS} (numeric value, default is 1). The value
+should be a positive real number; it says how many units equals the design
+size (or the eventual `\.{at}' size, if the font is being scaled). For
+example, suppose you have a font that has been digitized with 600 pixels per
+em, and the design size is one em; then you could say `\.{(DESIGNUNITS R 600)}'
+if you wanted to give all of your measurements in units of pixels.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{CODINGSCHEME} (string value, default is `\.{UNSPECIFIED}').
+The string should not contain parentheses, and its length must be less than 40.
+It identifies the correspondence between the numeric codes and font characters.
+(\TeX\ ignores this information, but other software programs make use of it.)
+
+\yskip\hang\.{FAMILY} (string value, default is `\.{UNSPECIFIED}').
+The string should not contain parentheses, and its length must be less than 20.
+It identifies the name of the family to which this font belongs, e.g.,
+`\.{HELVETICA}'. (\TeX\ ignores this information; but it is needed, for
+example, when converting \.{DVI} files to \.{PRESS} files for Xerox
+equipment.)
+
+\yskip\hang\.{FACE} (one-byte value). This number, which must lie
+between 0 and 255 inclusive, is a subsidiary ident\-ifi\-ca\-tion of
+the font within its family. For example, bold italic condensed fonts
+might have the same family name as light roman extended fonts,
+differing only in their face byte. (\TeX\ ignores this information;
+but it is needed, for example, when converting \.{DVI} files to
+\.{PRESS} files for Xerox equipment.)
+
+\yskip\hang\.{SEVENBITSAFEFLAG} (string value, default is
+`\.{FALSE}'). The value should start with either `\.T' (true) or `\.F'
+(false). If true, character codes less than 128 cannot lead to codes
+of 128 or more via ligatures or charlists or extensible characters.
+(\TeX82 ignores this flag, but older versions of \TeX\ would only
+accept \.{TFM} files that were seven-bit safe.) \.{VPtoVF} computes
+the correct value of this flag and gives an error message only if a
+claimed ``true'' value is incorrect.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{HEADER} (a one-byte value followed by a four-byte value).
+The one-byte value should be between 18 and a maximum limit that can be
+raised or lowered depending on the compile-time setting of |max_header_bytes|.
+The four-byte value goes into the header word whose index is the one-byte
+value; for example, to set |header[18]:=1|, one may write
+`\.{(HEADER D 18 O 1)}'. This notation is used for header information that
+is presently unnamed. (\TeX\ ignores it.)
+
+\yskip\hang\.{FONTDIMEN} (property list value). See below for the names
+allowed in this property list.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{LIGTABLE} (property list value). See below for the rules
+about this special kind of property list.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{BOUNDARYCHAR} (one-byte value). If this character appears in
+a \.{LIGTABLE} command, it matches ``end of word'' as well as itself.
+If no boundary character is given and no \.{LABEL} \.{BOUNDARYCHAR} occurs
+within \.{LIGTABLE}, word boundaries will not affect ligatures or kerning.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{CHARACTER}. The value is a one-byte integer followed by
+a property list. The integer represents the number of a character that is
+present in the font; the property list of a character is defined below.
+The default is an empty property list.
+
+@ Numeric property list values can be given in various forms identified by
+a prefixed letter.
+
+\yskip\hang\.C denotes an ASCII character, which should be a standard visible
+character that is not a parenthesis. The numeric value will therefore be
+between @'41 and @'176 but not @'50 or @'51.
+
+\yskip\hang\.D denotes an unsigned decimal integer, which must be
+less than $2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{D 4294967295}'.
+
+\yskip\hang\.F denotes a three-letter Xerox face code; the admissible codes
+are \.{MRR}, \.{MIR}, \.{BRR}, \.{BIR}, \.{LRR}, \.{LIR}, \.{MRC}, \.{MIC},
+\.{BRC}, \.{BIC}, \.{LRC}, \.{LIC}, \.{MRE}, \.{MIE}, \.{BRE}, \.{BIE},
+\.{LRE}, and \.{LIE}, denoting the integers 0 to 17, respectively.
+
+\yskip\hang\.O denotes an unsigned octal integer, which must be less than
+$2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{O 37777777777}'.
+
+\yskip\hang\.H denotes an unsigned hexadecimal integer, which must be less than
+$2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{H FFFFFFFF}'.
+
+\yskip\hang\.R denotes a real number in decimal notation, optionally preceded
+by a `\.+' or `\.-' sign, and optionally including a decimal point. The
+absolute value must be less than 2048.
+
+@ The property names allowed in a \.{FONTDIMEN} property list correspond to
+various \TeX\ parameters, each of which has a (real) numeric value. All
+of the parameters except \.{SLANT} are in design units. The admissible
+names are \.{SLANT}, \.{SPACE}, \.{STRETCH}, \.{SHRINK}, \.{XHEIGHT},
+\.{QUAD}, \.{EXTRASPACE}, \.{NUM1}, \.{NUM2}, \.{NUM3}, \.{DENOM1},
+\.{DENOM2}, \.{SUP1}, \.{SUP2}, \.{SUP3}, \.{SUB1}, \.{SUB2}, \.{SUPDROP},
+\.{SUBDROP}, \.{DELIM1}, \.{DELIM2}, and \.{AXISHEIGHT}, for parameters
+1~to~22. The alternate names \.{DEFAULTRULETHICKNESS},
+\.{BIGOPSPACING1}, \.{BIGOPSPACING2}, \.{BIGOPSPACING3},
+\.{BIGOPSPACING4}, and \.{BIGOPSPACING5}, may also be used for parameters
+8 to 13.
+
+The notation `\.{PARAMETER} $n$' provides another way to specify the
+$n$th parameter; for example, `\.{(PARAMETER} \.{D 1 R -.25)}' is another way
+to specify that the \.{SLANT} is $-0.25$. The value of $n$ must be positive
+and less than |max_param_words|.
+
+@ The elements of a \.{CHARACTER} property list can be of six different types.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{CHARWD} (real value) denotes the character's width in
+design units.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{CHARHT} (real value) denotes the character's height in
+design units.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{CHARDP} (real value) denotes the character's depth in
+design units.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{CHARIC} (real value) denotes the character's italic correction in
+design units.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{NEXTLARGER} (one-byte value), specifies the character that
+follows the present one in a ``charlist.'' The value must be the number of a
+character in the font, and there must be no infinite cycles of supposedly
+larger and larger characters.
+
+\yskip\hang\.{VARCHAR} (property list value), specifies an extensible
+character. This option and \.{NEXTLARGER} are mutually exclusive;
+i.e., they cannot both be used within the same \.{CHARACTER} list.
+
+\yskip\noindent
+The elements of a \.{VARCHAR} property list are either \.{TOP}, \.{MID},
+\.{BOT} or \.{REP}; the values are integers, which must be zero or the number
+or a character in the font. A zero value for \.{TOP}, \.{MID}, or \.{BOT} means
+that the corresponding piece of the extensible character is absent. A nonzero
+value, or a \.{REP} value of zero, denotes the character code used to make
+up the top, middle, bottom, or replicated piece of an extensible character.
+